Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats

i Ag =.
Pee ee j
ie
‘
9
7 ra ! inet é i
] ay ' : ee
we ¥ - ae : 4 J .
¢ 7 7 : A Qn
b , vy ; 7 r 4 ) a , - ¥ ; :
j i ‘ : ; 5 : a
i 3 7 oP : 1 j
u aa . a , i
.
4 ; 4 Ley
: Sng »
é
4
~
4
;
A ¥ j
1
i,
7 j
.
4
2 Gt,
sil
2
+
. - ?
' ai ]
> }
}) bs ry, . ‘
bo a F
7° - | t
>
} ’
2 .
t un 1
AL ag ' H
TA ieee ; se
bi ad Ny ; i ;
’ i ve i i,
f
‘ms 4 ig : 4 Arp
: Pr oMiny a on
r 2 : ./ oy iz Py i] 7"
K at ey “ory, is
ae va val , Mh ee ad ey inks
io CG ean i

‘

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOLUME 54

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1919

bd AMULON.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The scientific publications of the National Museum consist of two
series—Proceedings and Bulletins.

The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are
intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original papers
based on the collections of the National Museum, setting forth newly
acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology derived there-
from, or containing descriptions of new forms and revisions of lim-
ited groups. A volume is issued annually or oftener for distribution
to libraries and scientific establishments, and, in view of the impor-
tanee of the More prompt dissemination of new facts, a liimted edi-
tion of each paper is printed in pamphlet form in advance. The
dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in
the table of contents of the volume.

The present volume is the fifty-fourth of this series.

The Bulletin, publication of which was begun in 1875, is a series
of more elaborate papers, issued separately, and, like the Proceedings,
based chiefly on the collections of the National Museum.

A quarto form of the Bulletin, known as the “‘Special Bulletin,”
has been adopted in a few instances in which a larger page was

«deemed indispensable.

Since 1902 the volumes of the series known as ‘‘Contributions from
the National Herbarium,” and containing papers relating to the
botanical collections of the Museum, have been published as Bulletins.

Witiiam DEC, RAvVENEL,
Administrative Assistant to the Secretary,
in charge of the United States National Museum.
Aprit 30, 1919.

Ill

7 toowsig oT.
‘gobs ok an ot argu uate eed (6 aeciaeh cee i

stig reg aa’ SR aa Seige a
Meas ated a ee ™ Ped Me Lc ae me ie a pele y |

wt ive mamas tani
ow BT8E howeat ain dsidie Wo onaulor tet od euaih ;
hiss silar mow cess a wage a

ee oe ai et seat fl ree ak “aqeg tose
gi bebreoss 918 ‘berbaldng bis caged ‘sivtaqes aged is

-sistulay aid to elaniisos to ag sft
vobion sidd to tlHaoheys it ont ef oat

eenibsoroth odt adil bor vineunqea bouesi preqeq stendals en le /
aanusoeat Isnoite¥. odd 10.2n0ivolloo odd co yRoidy o on
patel Vey a ak bane wtih salt. to arto prises + oa

snot enoltudiakaa)” 28 awoad cain ol Xo omit ads eet aia ne

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pago.
Bartscu, Paut. A new West Indian fossil land shell. No.
2254. Mibecember/ 26. 1GtS sss Ve en ele ee eee 605-0068

New species: Plewrodonte debooyt.

. New marine shells from Panama. No. 2250.
Deceneber 2s. OU ee ie eee ee i DLL Oho

New species: Cylichnella zeteki, Odostomia (Chrysallida) zeteki, Helia-
cus panamensis, Discopsis panamensts, D. argentea.

Two new land shells of the Epiphragmophora
traskil group. No. 2246. December 23, 1918!____._._. 523-524

New subspecies: Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei, E. traskii
isidroensis.

Berry, Epwarp W. Fossil plants from Bolivia and their
bearing upon the age of uplift of the Eastern Andes. No.
BeaWar Ockoper 20 dO / Vorint icra 2. a od OB-164

New species: Discinisca singewaldi, Polystichum bolivianum, Carpo-
lithus viornaformis, Pithecolobium briitonianum, Cassia singewaldi,
C. cultrifoliaformis, Caesalpinia sessilifolioides, Caesalpinites poto-
sianus, Copaifera potosiana, C. corocoriana, Bauhinia potosiana,
Machaerium milleri, Dalbergia potosiana, Myrteola potosiana, Ter-
minalia singewaldi, Apocynophyllum potosianum, Jacaranda poto-
sina, Rubiacites nummularioides, Cypselitespotosianus.

New names: Mimosites engelhardti, Cassia ligustrinaformis, Carpoli-
thus engelhardtt.

Fossil plants from the late Tertiary of Oklahoma.
No 2256/°ONowemtber@OnhOtg a te oe, a os 627-636

New species: Gymnocladus casei, Sapindus oklahomensis, Rhamnus
lesquereuxi, Bumelia oklahomensis.

Berry, S. Stirrman. Chitons taken by the United States
Fisheries steamer ‘‘Albatross”’ in the northwest Pacific in
2906... Now2225.5 Wecember.5, 19U7 1. Ne oe 1-18

New species: Leptochiton diomedeae, Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) ama-
bilis, I. (L.) interfossa, I. (L.) pilsbryanus.

1 Date of publication.

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Boong, Peart L. Description of ten new isopods. No.
2253. | October AG Aone ain! a ee eae ees

New family: Pterisopodidae.

New genus: Pterisopodus.

New species: Gnathia triospathiona, Cirolana hermitensis, Excorallana
berbicensis, Braga occidentalis, Pterisopodus bartschi, Sphaeroma
exosphaeroma, Exosphaeroma barrerae, Astacilla californica, Philos-
cia minutissima, Leptotrichus vedadoensis.

Cirark, Austin H. A new genus and species of multibra-
chiate ophiuran of the family Gorgonocephalidae from
the Caribbean Sea. No. 2257. November 1, 19181____-

New genus: Astrocynodus.
New species: Astrocynodus herrerat.

CocKERELL, T. D. A. New species of North American
fossil beetles, cockroaches, and tsetse flies. No. 2237.
oa) gts piel AC Bs es eu iP fanaa ahve pirat "<p> aincmaasinns$

New genera: Cobaloblatta, Ptilomylacris.

New species: Atimoblatta reducta, Phoberoblatta retrculata, Coba-
loblatta simulans, Brachymylacris bassleri, Ptilomylacris medialis,
Phthinomylacris (?) pauper, Atimoblatta(?) flexuosa, Carabites(?)
arapahoensis, Balaninus (?) beeklyi, Calandrites (?) ursorum.

Dati, Wirt1am Heatrey. Notes on Chrysodomus and
other mollusks from the North Pacific Ocean. No. 2234.
Orion MONS) {set obs Se ree es ee ee eee

New species: Turris (Crassispira) rugitecta, Plicifusus (Retifusus)
scissuratus, P. (Aulacofusus) rhyssoides, P. (Latifusus) wakasanus,
Colus (Latisipho) lepidus, C. (Limatofusus) tahwitanus, Searlesia
constricta, Ancistrolepis latus, Siphonalia lubrica, Boreotrophon
zestra, B. echinus, Anachis bartschti, Lepeta (Cryptoctenidia) lima,
Venericardia (Cyclocardia) morsei, Venericardia hirasev.

— Notes on the nomenclature of the mollusks of the
family Turritidae: No. 2238. April’5, 1918*_--. 22 -=

Dopps, Gipron S. Altitudinal distribution of Entomos
straca in Colorado. No. 2226. October 27, 1917 1_----

Dyar, Harrison G. Descriptions of new Lepidoptera
from Mexico. - No.2229. : April 5 UO1s. ts aes 2 ee

New genera: Melanchroiopsis, Eumulleria, Fotopsis, Bouda, Pu-
mora, Neophaeus, Marzigetta, Alesua, Postanita, Platygraphis,
Anarnatula, Tapinolopha.

New species: Charis craspediodonta, Ipidecla monenoptron, Thecla
bunnirae, T. viggia, T. nippia, T. janthodonia, T. vevenae, T.
muridosca, Errietas lachesis, Butleria penaea, Catia jobrea, Prenes
hemizona, Thespieus gayra, Lerema hypozona, Padraona sophistes,

Page.

591- 604

637-640

301-311

207-234

313-333

59-87

335-372

1 Date of publication.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

P. inculta, Ichoria leucopus, Pericallia pannycha, Melanchroiopsis
acroleuca, Mesembreuxoa melanopis, Euxoa discilinea, E. parsimo-
nia, Nephelestis sabatia, Eumiilleria cliopis, Tiracola nonconformens,
Hydroeciodes aspasta, H. pothen, Chabuata sygeleta, C. iota, Erio-
pyga constans, E. phanerozona, E. pansapha, E. cacoeona, Lophoce-
ramica simplicifacta, Acronycta ybasis, A. fumeola, Fotopsis spar-
ganiotis, Bouda pallipars, B. hidalgonis, Pumora hyperion, Chal-
copasta chalcophanis, C. anopis, Nocloa lamiota, N. beata, Stiria
intermixta, Neophaeus chalcospilans, Antaplaga varrara, A. alesaea,
Cobubatha rustica, Ozarba implora, O. squamicornis, Lithacodia sub-
stellata, Eustrotia delioidalis, Diastema dosceles, Margiza partitalis,
Marzigetta obliqua, Mastigophorus asynetalis, Alesua etialis, Scopt-
fera insurrecta, Taphonia testacealis, Bomolocha dicialis, Ostha
memoria, Pleonectyptera trilineosa, Parachabora pseudanaetia,
Gloveria concinna, G. rubicundens, G. obsoleta, G. sodom, G. lati-
pennis, Lepasta concordens, Symmerista odontomys, Postanita
decurrens, Psilacron eugraphica, P. monostigma, Salluca ama-
thynta, Dicentria obligata, Hemiceras obliquiplaga, Carthara crenu-
losa, Apicia aberrans, Bonatea griseolata, Sicya medungula, Cari-
peta hyperythrata, Selenia gynaecon, S. eucore, S. cacocore, Phero-
tesia dentata, Nesalcis cediopasa, Racheospila cara, Tephroclystia
analis, T, chimera, T, capitata, T. endonephella, T. microleuca, T.
supporta, T. alogista, T. pertacta, Roeselia pseudermana, Sibine
pauper, Euclea fuscipars, Triprocris rosetta, Pyromorpha aurora,
Gingla beovava, Psychonoctua poam, Hypopta actileuca, Platy-
graphis isabella, Syngamia subnebulosalis, Lygropia falsalis, Stenia
mononalis, Scoparia stereostigma, S. anadonta, S. anagantis, 8.
cyclophora, S. flexuosa, Dismidila, tocista, Anarnatula hyporhoda,
Tapinolopha variegata, Moodna inanimella.

Ganan, A. B. Four new African parasitic hymenoptera
belonging to the subfamily Microgasterinae. No. 2252.
NOVEM SE Zo, TOUS oe oS ks) ee ebtelpeceemt” operie a

New species: Microgaster fasciipennis, Apanteles pallidocinctus, A.
ugandaensis, A. gowdeyt.

GirperT, Cuartes H., and Cart Hupss. Description of
Hymenocephalus tenuis, a new Macruroid fish from the
Hawaiian Islands. No. 2231. December 14, 19171___--

New species: Hymenocephalus tenuis.

GitmorE, CHarLtes W. A newly mounted skeleton of the
armored dinosaur, Stegosaurus stenops, in the United
States National Museum. No. 2241. December 26,
ODS oe. Sete ae ee TS ae. es

GinsBuRG, Isaac. On two species of fishes from the Yalu
River, China. No. 2228. October 18, 19171_.-.2..---

New species: Rhinogobius sowerbyi.

1 Date of publication.

Page.

587-590

173~175

383-390

99-101

Vill TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

Hoven, Water. The Hopi Indian Collection in the United
States National Museum. No. 2235. April 6, 19181__. 235-296

H6ézawa, Sangt. Report on the calcareous sponges col-
lected during 1906 by the United States Fisheries steamer
‘“‘Albatross’’ in the Northwestern Pacific. No.224,. Oc-
tober 1G sbO 1S. se ge ee Ne ard San Dorie, alia Bb RAG
New species: Leucosolenia albatrosst, Sycon simushirensis, Heteropia
medioarticulata, Grantia nipponica, G. beringiana, Achramorpha

diomediae, Leucandra tuba, L. poculiformis, L. foliata, L. kurilensis,
L. splendens.

Huss, Cann See Charles HH. Gilberts_ sodvenows _. aeotg7 3-175

Merrit, GrorcE P. Further notes on the Plainview,
Texas, meteorite. No. 2243. October 7, 1918!_._..._. 503-505

On the Fayette County, Texas, meteorite finds of
1878 and 1900 and the probability of their representing
two distinct falls. No. 2248. November 25, 1916 *--- -- 667_AG]

Mitier, Gerrit S., Jr. Mammals and reptiles collected by
Theodoor de Booy in the Virgin Islands. No. 2244.
October 154 LOTS 4. Lacon) siumohstordie aanneeS, BAN Bea / Olt

New species: Cyclura mattea.

OBERHOLSER, Harry C. Birds collected by Dr. W. L. Ab-
bott on various islands in the Java Sea. No. 2232. No-
vembensQclOl 6 .i.sestrdaeyerd MM a ficetabe 4 ee erie 00

New genus: Perissolalage.

New species: Perissolalage chalepa, Zosterops solombensis.

New subspecies: Cerchneis moluccensis microbalia, Muscadivores
rosaceus zamydrus, Kakatoe parvulus abbotti, Dicruropsis pectoralis
solombensis, Artamus leucoryn amydrus, Oriolus maculatus lampro-
chryseus, Haemataena melanocephala massoptera, Butreron capellet
passorhina, Pycnonotus brunneus zaphaeus, Malacocincla abbotti
sirensis, Dicruropsis pectoralis sirensis, Zosterops solombensis
zachlora.

A review of the subspecies of the leach petrel,
Oecanodroma leucorhoa. (Vieillot). No. 2230. October |
195 TOLBY oe. taint ees ees a Se oe = 165-172

Parker, R. R. New flies of the genus Sarcophaga from
Guam and the Philippines. No. 2227. October 17,
(OAR A. osccebe ieee eee aa eee eles. oe es

New species: Sarcophaya subtuberosa, S. crinita, S. orientalis, S.
knabt.

1 Date of publication.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pierce, W. Dwient. The comparative morphology of
the order Strepsiptera together with records and descrip-
tions of insects. No. 2242. September 12, 1918 *------

New family: Callipharixenidae.

New name: Liburnelenchus.

New genera: ''etrozocera, Callipharixenos, Chrysocorizenos, Neos-
tylops, Muirixenos, Dacyrtocara, Cyrtocaraxenos, Delphacizenos,
Elenchinus.

New subgenera: Katastylops, Prostylops.

New species: Tetrozocera santchii, Callipharizenos muiri, Chrysocor-
izenos siamensis, Stylops championi, S. moestae, S. krygeri, S. bi-
salicidis, S.erigeniae, S. salictariae, S. medionitans, S. sinuatus, S.
grandior, S. diabola, S. neonanae, Neostylops shannoni, Pseu-
doxenos neomexicanus, Muirixenos dicranotropidis, M. perkinsi-
ellae, Dacyrtocara oncometopiae, D. undata, Cyrtocaraxenos java-
nensis, Delphacixenos anomalocerus, Agalliaphagus uhleri, Libur-
nelenchus heidemanni, Elenchinus heidemanni.

Riixy, J. H. Annotated catalogue of a collection of birds
made by Mr. Copley Amory, jr., in northeastern Siberia.
Naaeoen eictoler eS) TOUS: oon n iio e524 sh ea OEE

Rouwer, S. A. Descriptions and notes on some Ichneu-
mon-flies from Java. No. 2249. November 25, 1918 '--
New species: Eripternimorpha scirpophagae, E. javensis, E. dam-
mermani, Apanteles (Protapanteles) bataviensis, A. belippae, A.
javensis, Amyosoma leuzerae, Platybracon javensis, Oncophanes hes-

peridis, Hormiopterus choenobivorus.

SNYDER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. An account of some fishes
from Owens River, California. No. 2233. December 13,
Ieper tee reer ee ee ee pe ee heehee

Notes on Hawaiian lizards. No. 2224. October
WF edt CN LWiuc aes te | SND eg eden eee Oe Ree ak ee Re eee eee

The fishes of Mohave River, California. No. 2236.
ON UEH GLDie IMSS eI MCI ur Sytem ee age sole ie A ge Peppa Ree ne ae ae ee

Wetmore, ALEXANDER. Bones of birds collected by Theo-
door de Booy from kitchen midden deposits in the islands
of St. Thomas and St. Croix. No. 2245. November 21,
Area kA Basra, rel eee Nee oe eo ie

New genus: Nesotrochis.
New species: Nesotrochis debooyt.

On the anatomy of Nyctibius with notes on. allied
bindss NO. 22 ole @esoper 15, TORT oo ao se yee

' Date of publication.

Page.

391-501

607-626

563-570

201-205

19-25

297-299

513-522

577-586

x TABLE OF CONTENTS.
=e 5 : F Page.
Wuerry, Epear T. Notes on mimetite, thaumasite, and

wayellite. No. 2240. December 2S pO) Staipiacaste 14! 373-38 |

Witurams, Henry Suarter. Nuculites from the Silurian
formations of Washington County, Maine. No. 2225. .
Oto Demag NSH 7s aaa tae ae ge = we 198

New species: Nuculites pholus, N. ladon, N. nessus, N. lichas, N.
subplanus, N. trescotti, N. robustus, N. crassus, N. speciosus, N.
abnormis, N. chrysippus, N. atreus, N. thyestes, N. amycus, N. bat-
tus, N. galeus, N. pelops, N. eurylochus, N. lentus.

1 Date of publication.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATES.

1-10: . Northwest. Pacific Chitonsiuie 9% 41000. G0d Jb. Sane. TLIO3e
11-12. Nuculites from the Silurian formations of Maine. Sere. Lense
13. Lake at Semper, Colorado. Redrock Lake....-..--------------+-+------
14. Crater Lakes as seen from the Continental Divide. Ice Lake.-......-------
15-18. Fossil plants from Bolivia.........--.--.------------20 225052 e reer
19. Agricultural implements..........----------+- 2-22-2222 eee error eee
20. Sunning and sorting corn......./--------------+-+-+-22 222-2 eee ISKIOSE
21. Hars-of Hopreom ss. iiy.I2t20 822. S2U LU OSL. JO. SII EU? nae
22. Horn bell, scarecrow, dipper of gourd, and Seer sebulonels bas
23. Domestic et of potteryooout. 8622... Wore Ciel) 20i Ect ieee ett

DUG Vessels OR COUT vasevore es havenct ork procreation nae or Eioe atin ate d= to pes:
ee CTV OS ener grey ee . Tn Sener naa kK Yo ddbigt- Alin ban wate

26. Fire-making sticks and slow match. ........-...- elite) od allade heel »-
Zt Jewelry worn.by Men atid women. . 20H BUSTS IE2 DLS slo. ak.
28. Articles for hairdressing..........------ roses. eave l odie) etyayset rs
29. Footwear for children.............-- TU) ohtaved wale) ad tio wots Testes
Bor Weaving battens-and-spindles.... ..-.:..<<~---dUS05.. Mod. alos Gok We
31. Hopi loom and weaver..........-.------ aac nan rare parcnen EOE SY, BEES LA.
22 Quwillworkanklets: < => secor-rororernonv- rororncn «SU Data. seh craioo1 dea. sec
oo-o/..Wicker basket-tray- designs... cual aii most sicela fuse leee t.
oo-tl, Coiled basket- tray, GOSIQUB s 2.0.0 02020200 -CSLESES UME SOUS BURSSS
Aer HER CAMO INGE, WOO 2c screen a an ai eh on en wing ale Aen aoe
43. Soyal feather offerings and boxes for feathers............---.--.----------
at, SH PEGS OL HEO WARE CNN UA ss 50:25 oe. mye yn 3 SS soo sic 2 oe tb al ee ae etn tats
2a, DOW, AFrOWws, SHO WHISG GUATOS.. 020 o38t ee TA -tone tin tent ote nse at's
AN Sagal Wg oy ia Pa cra a2 0Y 0) Sa ae ma IS IP et Se ee er ee
24, Gales ANG COYSes seo on o's wince ais > Sec e ee beelsn LP EREREE PEED NT ERE
48. Cup-and-ball game sets. ........-.--. SER LE EE PPO IETS ee SE LEI IOI
49... Dolls and (OY 8.922 - Ecce tnaety t- Se ei
Va LST RATA SIS TACs TT 26 ec nlc ee Ele ERM ESSN SR RACES Ret ee
IPT hy poll RTSTTET’ aha ¥S) 5g TEs 01 Fs Re nae ee IEE Tee RT aE ARES
1a SET RTRTE! SOT WA rf eg Rei = aS a RA eee
PSM SENT 7 Ha LEG A sR ps Lg OTT AN 6g a a A ER a PSE
a4. Fossil cockroaches from the Pennsylvanian... ...0-5 4. 46-5 masc-i4} eee
50. Fossil tsetse fly, Glossina veterna Cockerell............-.-.----+------------
56. Crystals of mimetite, thaumasite, and wavellite...............-.----------
57. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the right side..........----.--------
58. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, oblique view.-.-.--.-----------+----------
59. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the front.........--.----------------
60. Skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops, from the back.-...........-------------+--
61. Stegosaurus specimens as shown in the United States National Museum. . .
62. Life-sized restoration of Stegosaurus stenops in the United States National

WVTISCAEIOUS oe asa a Sede lew ae ban sign Be EN rated, a RO aliais S.Crard chia ere ae en

XII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Facing
Page
63. Model restoration of Stegosaurus stenops..........2..---2ee-eeeeeee see eee 390
64. Structural characteristics of the family Mengeidae..........-.- SNe ee 502
65. Structural characteristics of the family Mengeidae....................... 502
66. Structural characteristics of the family Mengenillidae.................... 502
67. Structure of the first larva of the family Stichotrematidae................ 502
68. Structural characteristics of the family Callipharixenidae................. 502
69. Comparison of the structure of the family Myrmecolacidae and the coleopt-
erous famaly Rhipiphoridae: (27228)... ee se SPE Tees 502
70. Structural characteristics of the family Stylopidae........................ 502
71. Structural.characteristics of the family Stylopidae........................ 502
72. Structural characteristics of the family Xenidae......................... 502
73. Wings of stylopized leaf-hoppers.. sel siseshodl . ahseelod. Sogsaoe on ok 502
74. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae.................-. 502
75. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae.................-. 502
76. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae................... 502
77. Structural characteristics of the family Halictophagidae... 502
78. Structural characteristics of the families Halictophagidae, sDiozaceridac
and. Wlenchidae 20 3... eens Serna: Sersethe Be SoarsetOe ers ness Cia Se 502
79-80. Micro-structure of the Plainview, Texas, meteorite.............-...-. 506
iy Humert of Teusna and! Cyclura oo 2450545 san. Le 512
82. Femur and tibio-tarsus of Neseotrochis debooyi......---------------------+ cao
835 New land shells from California: . ..... 2 aien: Bee bas-achs betes: oe 524
84285. .New north Pacific calcareous sponges... esis 5). Hae see el etre g- Ys tee 556
863; The Fayette. County, "Texas, meteorite....-......2..-.-....2sosedes ade eelogs 562
87. Polished slice of the Cedar, Fayette County, Texas, meteoric stone . ...... 562
88° New marine:shells from Panama_...>...-.... -. 2sibsaee-eee asheck sivas 576
89592. New Species Of Iso POds sao oc wise ee se anise seer SSE eR ee Ee 604
93:, A new West Indian fossil land shell. j.-0 22220. - 226-4202 - ee eee 606
94295. .Fossil Tertiary. plants from Oklahoma.......... sassech 4zeci-de teed eee 636
96° Astrocynodus herrerat, Dew Species.........-..-«-Sanded> eT -eeeRB See 640
TEXT FIGURES.
Page
TSCHUGCILON CLOT CCIEN: 52 Seater US Nie AAI SEA, SON Foe eee ee omen ee ee 4
Axes of deformation in yatreties of Nuculites..=.--22o soe ees See 42
Map of Colorado showing localities where Entomostraca have been collected... 60
Map of Tolland regionsa. 0 oof ee teenie woe ee ee a eee 61
Mean precipitation by months. ee a ee 62
Isotherm map of the world, with the isotherms of Corona and Pearees drawnin 64
Mean: temperatire by monthss< ii 727 cece eee ee 64
Mean monthly Inintmium temperatwres?: 22225 Sse ee 65
Mean monthly niaximuml temp oratiireg 2 een eee 65
Curves showing the approximate distribution of surface temperature throughout
the year in'thivee sorts of lakess22 eres = emcee ener s se ermiac tee Lee eoel 3)
Drawing of net used in“wiakinecollections-----.--- 4+ - seco Oe eee 71
Graphic representation of altitudinal ranges of all species of Entomostraca known
to occur ini Colorado: Sus Fees en ee hee eee see 73

Sarcophaga subtuberosa. a. c., anterior claspers; a. p., accessory plate; f., for-
ceps; g.s.', first genital segment; g. s.?, second genital sepment; p.c., posterior

Claspers:. 9 i). Se Se Deane Sere eee a . 89
Sarcophagacrinita: ce. scesc ore ere eae ae ee Cea oreo es + Ee er 93
SGTCOPRAGGE OTLENUMLIS coe ace sene- a ace Coe ae eee aoe ee 95

Sarcophaga Crab is. 2 Ae IN Ne eee aa Ok rt en ee ere 96

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XIII

Page

Sarcophaga ruficornis. ...--------+-++-2e 2s eee e reer rete eter rere 97
Map showing the existing distribution of the subgenera of Myrtea dusts) Jeans 109
Di-cini:ca singewaldi Schuchert........-----------+--+----- + e+e reece eee eee 117
Iron broad hoe of Spanish pattern..........-----------------------+eee eee 236
Hand diblie of wood 22 2. 24 2h ctx cde ii wes canine seni neice dE EEN 236
Field pit oven for roasting green corn. a, Fire pit; 0, flue........-..-------- hivn2a6
Box with buckskin cover for sacred feathers.........-..-.------------------+-- 240
Buckskin shirt of archaic style..........-------- +--+ eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 242
Archaic form of shirt of woven stuff........-..------+----+++-+----+-+++++--- 248
Shirt formed by addition of sleeves. a, 6, Forms of neck openings; c, d, method

of applying sleeve.....-.-------------- Pebeseene sede dn-ee a OES eaey= 3 244
Completed shirt... 2.2... 62.00.2522 eee ee eee eee eee eee te ee eee eee eee 244
itr ploti Cloth ssc kes soon cee eek eee aden ea ph enhe RADE Bet SUE ESTs 245
Man’s ceremonial kilt. Method of wearing........----------------+---++----- 245
Woven garter... 222.2... 2.2. ee Deeb ere eee ete ee eee ee eee eee 246
Outline of man’s legging. Legging complete...-.....-------------+-++--+-+---- 246
Outline of fringed legging. Legging complete.....--.--.-------------+---+--- 247
Outline of wrap legging. Legging applied and secured with garter.....-.---- 247
Man’s moccasin. a, Sole; b, vamp,; c, tongue......-------------------++--+-- 248
Bov’s movcasli with anklet vamp......---.---2 222-2 eee beeen ee eee eee eee 248
Woman's blanket dresat sacssec esis sects ewes becetcismseis oe She eee be 248
Mode of wearing woman’s blanket dress...............---.----2-2-22--0-0--- 248
Woman's woyen-belt...;....G 050 ono us Beso. 2 ogee th lean be apesbasie 248
Archaic hair forms of corn husk. Maiden’s hair whorls..................-.-- 249
Method of wearing the shoulder blanket. Shoulder blanket.................-- 250
White cotton wedding blanket. Wedding blanket rolled in bed mat.........- 250
Method of tieiig wonian’s hair, first stages. .6 .25l508 calusee Jo. eiedeewet 8. 251
Method of tieing woman’s hair, second stage.............-------2-----+------ 251
Method of tieing woman’s hair, complete................---.-.-+-..-------+-- 251
Slips of hardwood for ridding hair of insects..........---...-.....----------- 251
Woman’s moccasin legging. a, Sole; b, vamp; c, wrapping, d, vamp sole and

wrappiny joined; ’c, ‘complete... 2220s! .Lagaoll . 2... aoe esneb. adzew. 252
Eye shade complete. Frame of eye shade...... teibertr... nasi bib pire. fe 253
Whip féerfiiifiing é¢otton®. (222.0 eee). ston wetiaiorg sexo... tsaeer cee 253
Process ofwhipping Cobloisschte aceon sconces taste ses et eAck oreeeces ek cane 253
Blanket weavitie tool backiwiewie.4 20) Siberss Jssateb.sa lead. ms culed.ods 255
Shuttle Sf primrtivetorms! . ond: ve avai besoUseup. aedalozed atada Le afaik 255
Oak blanket ‘wéavirig tool, side view2:2--.. 2022 Joiledus sowsal wel. us odetlees 255
Stretcher and record in weaving blankets... -.............-...--2----------- 256
Sash loom with weaving in process. Weft comb...............---...-+-+---- 258
Braided svered white sksheroneup...) .clivees teehee ceweul. on. do-entellen 259
Embroidery on sash. Work stretched. Wooden stretcher..................-- 260
Large stretcher for blanket with adjustable pins. ..................-..------- 260
Old tassel stick. Tassel stick and process of making tassel... .......-...---- 261
Whirtint cord. twister eur igsmees 29. cists Sonlndne t9grel ali te ea gibesbiws 262
Wound work anklet. a, Back view showing lining; b, front view; c, complete. 263
Pump drill. Detail of affixing the strap. Detail of point..............-.---- 276
Ornaments for sides of mask. a, Front view; b, side view.........--.-.------- 277
Mask ornaments of painted gourd. a, Front view; b, side view........------ 277
Lightning frame closed. Same extended by pulling handles together......... 277
Leather waist pouch with waist cord. ............2...200-2 eee eee ee eee ee eee 281
Stone arrow used as a charm against lightning...................-2--...------ 288

Whistle of two pottery disks inclosing a leaf. .............-...--22-22-2222-- 295

XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS,

Page

SC PROLCLES MOOR OV CDRS eee eee cee cb ee aie ee cet ccc Se eae 299
Pronotum of blattid, probably Atimoblatta reducta.......2...2...2--2-2-0-2--- 302
SAUIULODL CLI GO CUD ace eee N e e ae adeetoadat thlyucechnged 302
Wiha bites wOnGPANOCN SIS ee he ot aa ee inp learn, tee mee Ao ies ee ee A tea 307
TSREL UE DS ADCO act td at gee Ne RE ae Soe te Be 2 ye eee 308
Odlandrites: ursorum ... <<. ..26R. A sala ee oe. 2109. n99sa -eetiaacs 45¢ een de 308
Stylops swenki. Ventral view of triungulinid size..........2......-2.-0.--20. 405
Meloid trvungulin... Ventral: VaGWece oc scons oo eu oles obadosh te Meike 405
Myodites solidaginis. a, Triungulinid, ventral view; 6, posterior leg; c, pos-

terior coxa; d, pulvillus, lateral view; e, pulvillus, ventral view; f, mouth

parts, ventral view - Hide imeceeinGedorcrersce crore hier BECP 406
Diagram illustrating ene used in ee female cephalothorax.. - 406
Booceoprap hacalre gions tes ho see ioe ceeeg a eee ey eat av eddals ae! 486

Leucosolenia albatrossi. a, Triradiates of ascon-tube; b, quadriradiate of ascon-
tube; c, oxea of ascon-tube; c’, same seen from side; d, triradiate of the lining
layer of pseudogaster; e, quadriradiate of the lining layer of pseudogaster.... 527
Sycon simushirensis. a, Tubar triradiates; b, subgastral triradiates; c, gastral tri-
radiates; d, gastral quadriradiates; e, triradiate of oscular margin; f, quadri-
radiate of oscular margin; g, oxea of oscular margin...............-.---0--. 530
Heteropia medioarticulata. a, Subdermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates, ¢, pwh_
gastral triradiate; d, gastral triradiate; ¢, gastral quadriradiates; e’, apical rays of
gastral quadriradiates; f, dermal oxea; g, triradiates of oscular margin; h,
quadriradiate of oscular margin; 7, oxea of oscular margin...............-.- 533
Grantia nipponica. a, Dermal triradiates; 6, tubar triradiates; c, subgastral -
triradiate; d, gastral triradiate; e, gastral quadriradiate; e’, apical ray of gastral
quadriradiate; f, quadriradiates of exhalant canals; /’, same seen from lateral
side; g, triradiate of oscular collar; h, quadriradiate of oscular collar; 7, oxea
projecting from dermal surface; j, oxea of oscular collar..........2...--.-- 536
Grantia beringiana. a, Dermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates; c, aber trira-
diate; d, subgastral quadriradiate; e, gastral auadeeares jf, oxea; g, trira-
diate of oscular margin; A, quadriradiate of oscular margin..............--- 539
Achramorpha diomediae. a, Dermal triradiates; b, subgastral triradiates; c¢,
gastral quadriradiates; d, triradiate of oscular margin; e, quadriradiate of
oscular margin; f, oxea projecting from dermal eee g, oxea of oscular
MAT PUM. eS SE Se eee ne Se
Leucandra tuba. a, Regular dermal triradiates; b, ee) decnal triradiate; c,
triradiate of chamber layer; d, quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canal;
e, triradiate of the larger exhalant canal; f, gastral triradiates; g, triradiate of
oscular margin; h, quadriradiate of oscular margin, 1, gastral microxea ...... 544
Leucandra poculiformis. a, Dermal triradiates; b, triradiates of chamber layer;
c, triradiates of the larger exhalant canal; d, quadriradiates of the larger
exhalant canal; e, gastral triradiates; f, gastral quadriradiate. g, dermal
MICTOXKEA 5525 3N 55 esha ses wae = Be hee ee Ahi set allen) sede serts
Leucandra foliata. a, Regular dermal triradiate; 6, sagittal dermal triradiates;
ce, quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canal; d, gastral triradiate; e, gastral
quadriradiates;/, maicréxeal. .¢ jell anbwada-eeie 2608. » -~jeldas- deere 4
Leucandra kurilensis. a, Dermal triradiates; b, tubar triradiates; c, gastral
triradiates; d, oxea; e, triradiates of oscular margin; f, linear spicules of oscular
MAT ON 2--.--rncn « MOM, Hie 5. Swede derek ae. - bt Bataier Jo- epee
Leucandra splendens. a, Dermal triradiate; b, quadriradiate of chamber acon
e, gastral quadriradiate; d, triradiate of aeeatleks margin; f, larger microxea;
g, smaller microxea: 21.24. 22.2220. oe Sealopes ssa 6 ee Dnt see 553
Characteristic form of phosphatic minemli in Bluff, Fayette County, meteorite. 558

541

546

548

5a0

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. XV

Page.
Manor Vayette County school lands)... 2.5. 5-2-2 2+ .4 hacesensc-ce cee ceess 560
Diagram of the intestinal convolutions in Nyctibius griseus abbotti............ 578
Outline of liver lobes of Nyctibius griseus abbotti from the ventral surface. 7,
eee Oe ty LOL LODO 2 eye oe has Sot cnibe patlne dda ees 578
RODAUG Ole CLIDTUS PiISCUS: AD ROUTE er be tania 2 ciara n 3) S ian Sidpa ses ise: sisreigix ain/ainien 581
Tongue of Podargus strigoides. x, Line marking boundary between strong base
and: thin’ paper-like ps2 525-2 es ee wR Ae ee Pook ee eee. es 581
LORSUCTOM SLeMtOTNes CATUPENSIS!. «5-22 -cse adele we cee ebindesawiseec desea coud 582
Tongue omekalachoptius milidits 2S. .205 iene sae Saco bbs od cece Boece: 582
Toungueios Chordeiles winginiantts ooo 15525 bo Shs oe see weave docnseectea wen 584

io yi ee jaewal Br0ly
Pri 9h DE,

mb ahs “mais itsine wrk 2:
* cae aN ah Ancecae, eae ist ae
Bie: orcs (iste miguas: <A Meee Ne) ta centng:

Sh ic hate ie ea ot

en, sient of tate 8
Fa a eae om eae I:

: sas a Sybdteaniaabate fr. eae ex cat. ‘. sicidigheaniaiie Cana: he .
“Seat itae ae Cece fowtginy Wer AE Capt SA wr i SWiliatyacines atitd a
Yering ss antes dy ape oteatiaeeR; iby Raber Velrit rae 4, sch
he ote welt THietie vey eeetal quehiedtiaie, iy epthal ny ead ase
sade tye. SMF, ait aL Age OR pitcitng? conata: 7” 4S Sees Dore Apap yi
Pa See ae: lt Cresuer Ahr A, Te eke a cab alely Qala a eee» ‘ ,
Melita see Ieee Sat thiy sy, ate eee OMNIS. gam aiden mi se ey if
thn, Ee eee re) Me OR a Roi) A, RRR: + ONG. VEER.

Tae ci. ers ea a eters A PRE Ame US Sinsgaie ‘ge les ae ‘peut, oo

{in (2 ttnlts, a4 Pihiet eres ESE 275 ot A Wig ta iewireta eine ae a M
it To ley Aine a i 2S.. irate, . utetyrrenbitse ‘Weitlatons stead a -
Sgt) ae pieuitiena! ( Srbadiale a asunier therein) <, queneolio gees oo a
apne? “eS SE aoe pesprtiae fest: Cetin ‘i WEEDON; a dE OE ’
Se Regn es ; me he Pea ee iste 0 ‘
eA Git 1 Magali decal, Hhiitialaie } amlidal praia titan ae {piel A

Miter Se seh ieee Sorte it, rneditizsdiaten of the larror ec baie easel Vie: te
FAP Seas Ee Me ee TNR petaanant F Pree ore ataal a) searraliple Of,” * ee |
mea has Nero: oa ee eee oF capes Tala aneenge A; Gaal sateen aud ‘ae a
Picgidths yen ape pide. ca Viera ele tees triendltater of «phnaplaante sky At ae
bitte ot Jose enrger «uctihiath cownils, ty apnea lat dal itis MRI \o. 8ieem
jemtehty ce naseh ik se ilat ee - aasival qiattiaibisty glyco. ay s
a 6 aaah ‘Sein abd Be, fie Nee Sw
faicdnced hile ( aieeinitawaaieial sues 2h, ghee ate
i, yom soedadeed sir tases Dobie ena a, ema Ceetet
Gre: ict Tiny fy TROON 6s 5 Bee UR ERAS i
Pp MNS 5. aia, sets Duss kh wien!
Tih bake ih enh a, Storia hee at Gale. eet
Wieteny:, ee agrees) epee = lea hie ht Ele
il oomanaee ¥ Phdana’ rettec baer, &
a inne shrew ih, crhrehiote es os

540

CHITONS TAKEN BY THE UNITED STATES FISHERIES
STEAMER “ALBATROSS” IN THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC
IN 1906.

By S. StrrpMan Berry,

Scripps Institution for Biological Research, La Jolla, California.

A small series of chitons taken in the course of the Northwest

Pacific Expedition of the United States Fisheries Steamer Albatross
~ during the summer of 1906 was kindly transferred to the writer by

Dr. Harold Heath, of Stanford University, for study and report, and
forms the subject matter of the present paper. Though rich neither
in species nor in individuals, the fact that our knowledge of the chiton
fauna of this region is slight and the fortunate circumstance that the
specimens were kept in alcohol render the material noteworthy.
The collection comprises in allsome 45 specimens. These are referable
to 11 species, of which the 4 named below are described as new:

Leptochiton diomedeae, new species.

Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) amabilis, new species.

Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) interfossa, new species.

Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) pilsbryanus, new species.

Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE.

Genus LEPTOCHITON Gray 1847.
LEPTOCHITON ‘DIOMEDEAE, new species.

Plate 1, figs. 1-3; plate 2.

Description.—Shell rather small, elliptical, the shell and girdle
together approximately twice as long as broad. Insertion plates
lacking. Valves moderately elevated, sharply arcuate. Anterior
valve with a concave anterior slope due to the apical region rising
more abruptly than the slightly flaring marginal region; posterior
margin broadly j-shaped in outline when the valve lies in its normal
position. Median valves with small but sharp and rather prominent
beaks, their anterior margins only slightly arcuate except the second

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2228.
33483—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——2 1

Dy PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

valve, where the tegmentum extends well forward mesially. Tail
valve lower and a trifle narrower than the head valve, the flaring
margin rendering the posterior slope distinctly concave; central area
mildly convex, the anterior margin arcuate; mucro a little in front
of the center.

Anterior valve with a sculpture comprising a large number of
small, sharp, conical granules of ovate outline, very closely placed
with a greater or less quincuncial arrangement, so that there often
appear evidences of a secondary ranking of the granules in series
oblique to the lines of growth. Intermediate valves with distinct
lateral areas, the mesial regions of the latter somewhat sunken, but
their anterior margins raised to form a pseudo-rib; finer sculpture of
lateral areas very similar to that of the head valve; central areas
everywhere except in the immediate vicinity of the beaks covered
with a copious fine file-like sculpture of crowded, but distinct and
rarely overlapping pustules like those described except. that toward
the sides they show a quite definite arrangement in longitudinal lines
(these lines being roughly continuous with the less definite and more
oblique series of the lateral areas in a manner not brought out in the
drawing). The posterior valve corresponds in sculpture to the
remainder of the shell (pl. 1, fig. 1).

Interior of head valve simple, but quite heavily calloused near the
margin. Intermediate valves with sutural laminae well separated,
broadly triangular, acute in front, and attached beneath the tegmen-
tum in such a way that the latter projects over somewhat at the base
and there is a notch giving a false appearance of slitting at the sides;
anterior sinus broad at the base, not quite as wide as the adjoining
laminae. Posterior valve with a rather heavy callus at the margin
and another supporting the sutural laminae which are shorter and
have more rounded margins than those of the intermediate valves
(pl. 2, fig. 2).

Girdle with a dorsal armature of small, close-set spines, usually
very even in size, but occasionally both at the margin and elsewhere
a few scattered dagger-like spines, two or three times the length of
the commoner ones, may be noted (pl. 1, fig. 3; pl. 2, fig. 5). With
rather frequent exceptions all the spines show an outward trend.
No striation can be detected with such magnification as I have been
able to use. The spinelets of the ventral surface differ in their close
palisading, smaller size, more conical outline, and even greater uni-
formity for any given region of the girdle (pl. 2, fig. 4).

Radula with large, strongly bidentate second laterals, medians
small and mushroom-like in outline, first laterals small. My prepara-
tion of the radula did not prove satsfactory and the drawing merely
serves to indicate the main features (pl. 2, fig. 6).

No. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 3

Color (in alcohol) a light yellowish brown without mottlings,
Interior of valves white.

The ctenidia are posterior in position and number about 12 on
each side.

Maximum length of type, 15 mm.; width, 8 mm.

Type.—Cat.. No. 215625, U.S.N.M. [S. S. B. 95].

Type-locality.— Station 4967, 244-253 fathoms, brown mud, etc.,
bottom temperature 45.9° F., off Shio Misaki Light, Japan.

Remarks.—This little species is fairly large for a Lepidopleurus, but
offers no particularly striking characters. The three recognizable
Japanese members of the genus, L. hakodatensis Thiele, L. japonica
Thiele, and L. assimilis Thiele, are all from much shallower water and
differ entirely in the possession of broad, striated girdle scales little
resembling the smooth, narrow spinelets of the present form. The
radula of the latter is also distinctive, possibly showing most resem-
blance to that of Z. hakodatensis as figured by Thiele.

Family CALLOCHITONIDAE.

Genus TONICELLA Carpenter, 1873.
TONICELLA SUBMARMOREA (Middendorff, 1846).

1846. Chiton submarmoreus MippENpDoR®F, Bull. Phys.-Math., Acad. Sci. Peters-
burg, vol. 6, No. 8.

1848. Chiton submarmoreus MippENpDoRFF, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol.
6, p. 98.

1886. Tonicella submarmorea Dati, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 9, p. 210.

1892. Tonicella submarmorea Prrspry, Man. Conch. (1), vol. 14, p. 42, pl. 10,
figs. 16-24.

Three specimens were taken between tides at Nikolski, Bering
Island, June 15, 1906 [S. S. B. 116]. Two of these are entered as Cat.
No. 215626, U.S.N.M.

The species has already been recorded from Bering Island by Dall.

Genus SCHIZOPLAX Dall 1879.
SCHIZOPLAX BRANDTII (Middendorff, 1847).

1848. Chiton Brandtii MippENvorrr, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vol. 6, p. 128.

1848. Chiton Brandtii MipvENnporrr, Bull. Phys.-Math., Acad. Sci. St. Peters-
burg, vol. 6, No. 8, pp. 117-118.

1879. Schizoplax Brandtii Dau, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 1, pp. 2, 296, 328, pl.
1, fig. 8 (dentition).

1884. Schizoplax brandtii Dati, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, p. 344.

1892. Schizoplax brandtii Prrspry, Man. Conch. (1), vol. 14, p. 47, pl. 11, figs.
32-37.

One specimen taken between tides at Nikolski, Bering Island, June
15, 1906 [S.S. B. 117}.
The species has already been listed from Bering Island by Dall.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Family ISCHNOCHITONIDAE.
Genus ISCHNOCHITON Gray, 1847.

Subgenus ISCHNORADSIA Shuttleworth, 1853.
ISCHNOCHITON (ISCHNORADSIA) ALBRECHTI (Schrenck, 1863).
Plate 1, figs. 4-5; plate 3, figs. 1-2.
1863. Chiton Albrechti ScHRENCK, Bull. Phys.-Math., Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg,
vol. 5, p. 511.
1867. Chiton Albrechtti ScurENcK, Reisen u. Forsch. Amur-Lande, vol. 2, Zool.,
p. 283, pl. 13, figs. 7-17.
1892. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) albrechti Pruspry, Man. Conch. (1), vol. 14, p.
147, pl. 19, figs. 70-74.

Material.—This fine chiton is represented in the collection by two
large alcoholic specimens [S. S. B. 83], taken at Mororan, Island of
Yesso, Japan, July 6, 1906,
during one of the shore ex-
peditions. One of these is
entered as Cat. No. 215627,
U.S.N.M.

Remarks.—The shell and
girdle characters have been
well described by Pilsbry,
but figures of the radula are
now given for the first time
Fic. 1—ISCHNOCHITON ALBRECHTI [83], PORTION OF GIRDLE (pl. 3, fig. 2). The latter is

SEEN FROM ABOVE; CAMERA DRAWING FROM A MouNTIN Well developed in this spe-

Le aDe ah cies, the powerful second
laterals being armed with a strong, long, entire cutting edge, and the
third laterals having a conspicuous basal process.

Even in the valves of a single individual great variation appears
in the number of insertion plates. The specimen dissected shows
the following formula: Anterior valve, 17; intermediate valves, re-
spectively, 2-3, 2-2, 1-2, 2-2, 2-3, 2-3; posterior valve, 13 slits.

The branchiae number 47-49 on each side, extending practically
the entire length of the foot. ;

ISCHNOCHITON (ISCHNORADSIA) HAKODADENSIS Carpenter, 1892.
Plate 1, figs. 6-7; plate 3, figs. 3-5; plate 4, figs. 1-3.
1892. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis PiusBry, ex Carpenter MSS., Man.
Conch. (1), vol. 14, p. 147, pl. 19, figs. 64-66.

21910. Ischnochiton hakodadensis TuirLE, Revis. Syst. Chitonen, vol. 2, pp. 111,
112, pl. 8, fig. 44 (dentition).

A medium-sized chiton offering several quite puzzling features was
taken rather abundantly by the shore expeditions of the Albatross
both at Hakodate, Japan, and at Mororan, a port somewhat farther
to the north. The specimens exhibit great variability, not only in
color, but in the number of radial riblets (from 5 to 11) and marginal
slits, but after much study I am unable to do otherwise than refer the

no. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 5

entire series to I. hakodadensis. Not only was Carpenter’s original
material from Hakodate, but a considerable degree of variation simi-
lar in character to that remarked upon is recognized in the excellent
description by Pusbry, while furthermore the mounted radulae taken
at random from the material before me show very little variation.

Superficially the shell of J. hakodadensis is so generally similar to
that of J. albrechti that I was not prepared for the striking differences
to be found in their radulae. Although seemingly a much less power-
ful affair than the strong radula of albrechti, that of the present spe-
cies 1s in many respects so much more complicated that I have not
yet been able satisfactorily to elucidate all its details, nor can I secure
preparations offering a reasonable coincidence with the sketches of
two of the teeth given by Thiele. The latter divergence is possibly
explicable on the assumption that the specimens which we have inde-
pendently referred to the same species are not really conspecific.
Here the major laterals are strongly bicuspid, with the inner cusp
conspicuously the larger and longer, and bear a conspicuous wing-
like expansion just below the crown but so narrowly attached at its
base and hence so easily broken away that it is not always readily
observable in dissected radulae and therefore does not show in most
of my camera sketches (pl. 3, figs. 4, 5).

The valves of one of the specimens from Hakodate are slitted as
follows: Anterior valve, 19; intermediate valves, respectively, 2-2,
3-3, 2-2, 2-2, 2-3, 2-2; posterior valve, 15 slits; interidr bluish or
brownish white. A Mororan specimen shows the formula: Anterior
valve, 14; intermediate valves, 3-2, 2-3, 3-3, 3-3 (or 4%), 2-2, 2-3;
posterior valve, 14 slits; interior deep slate blue.

The beautiful zigzag sculpture of flattened overlapping pointed
pustules, which covers the central areas of young specimens, is
usually eroded to the pitted appearance characteristic of the adults.
It should be added that the girdle scales of my specimens seen in situ
from above under a relatively high magnification are very weakly
striate, not smooth, as described by Pilsbry, though in some of my
mounted preparations the striae are almost impossible to distin-
guish (pl. 1, fig. 7; pl. 3, fig. 3).

The ctenidia number 28-32 on each side.

Material examined.

Subgenus LEPIDOzoNA Pilsbry, 1892.

Primarily because of certain differences observed in the radulae,
Thiele removes the Lepidozona group of chitons from Ischnochiton,
and this accomplished finds no recourse except to unite them bodily

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

with Callistochiton. With such a disposition of the group the inves-
tigations which | have thus far made do not lead me to concur, even
though I can as yet suggest no better arrangement. It would not
be surprising if Lepidozona should later on require elevation to generic
rank, but for the present it is perhaps best to leave it where originally
placed by Pusbry.

ISCHNOCHITON (LEPIDOZONA) AMABILIS, new species.
Plate 3, figs. 6-7; plate 4, figs. 4-7; plate 5; figs. 1-4.

Description.—Animal small, elevated, rather elongate; maximum
transverse diameter about three-fifths the length, or of shell alone
about two-fifths the length.

Anterior valve rounded, conical; its frontal slope nearly straight,
becoming slightly convex on the sides. Interior smooth, marked by
about 12 sharp radial lines exactly corresponding to the slits at the
margin; teeth slightly roughened at the edge and with rather coarse
vertical striations on their outer surfaces (pl. 5, figs. 1-2).

Median valves elevated, beaked very slightly or even scarcely at
all, the slopes distinctly convex. Sutural laminae short and broad,
the shallow sinus bridged by a short, delicate, shghtly concave plate,
barely nicked at the margin to form about 8 very delicate squarish
teeth; converging striations or lines corresponding in position to the
slits continue back through the substance of the shell, the exact
number of both slits and lines being often extremely difficult to
determine, though the number appears to become considerably less
in the more posterior valves. Eaves spongy and quite short (pl. 5,
figs. 1-3).

Posterior valve with a rather depressed, yet conspicuous, mucro;
posterior region flattened, its slope concave (pl. 5, fig. 4); side
slopes convex; sutural plates and intermediate plate similar to those
of the middle valves, except that there are only about half as many
slits and lines as in the latter. The lines radiating from the mucro
to the posterior slits are practically indistinguishable. The hinder
margin is thickened and the central region shows a curious, much
branched, triangular callus (pl. 5, fig. 2).

Anterior valve with 12, intermediate valves with 1-1, posterior
valve with 11 slits.

Entire surface of shell closely and rather heavily granulose. An-
terior valve otherwise smooth at the apex, but ornamented below
by 33-40 low radial ribs having shallow, not sharply, incised grooves
between; some ribs slightly bifurcating or otherwise rendered indis-
tinct, but typically bearing a series of 5 or 6 separate sharply ele-
vated pustules; the last series of pustules (4—8) on each side project-
ing like teeth from the valve margin. Intermediate valves with
lateral areas sculptured like the anterior valve, the 6 or 7 low ribs
usually bearing 3-8 pustules each, and the posterior series of 5-6

*®

no. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 7

pustules projecting as dentations past the valve margin; central
areas ornamented by some 22 (valve 7) to 26 (valve 4) nodulose
ribs, for the most part slightly curved toward the jugum, connected
by a series of much fainter and more irregular crossbars, the entire
complex becoming reduced to a scarcely regular reticulum over the
jugal tract. Posterior valve with central and posterior areas clearly
marked, their sculpture closely similar to that of the intermediate
valves; posterior area with some 18-24 pustulose radiating ribs, from
which the pustules seem very often to be rubbed away (pl. 4, fig. 7).

Girdle wide, averaging about one-fourth the width of the median
valves. Dorsal scales translucent, scarcely imbricating, strongly
convex, the convexity directed obliquely outward and forward (ex-
cept in the posterior region), and arranged with a fair degree of
definiteness in oblique lines; variable in size, the largest occurring a
short distance from the shell, the smallest at the margin; all dis-
tinctly ribbed-striate on the upper convexity, the number of striae
being generally about 7 to 10 on the larger scales (pl. 4, figs. 5-6).
Marginal scales minute, transparent, delicate, spiniform, finely
striate, but a few smooth, needle-like spines now and then appearing
among them. Ventral scales similar to the marginal, but elongate
rectangular, and ranked in closely placed transverse series (pl. 3,
fig. 6).

Color of shell in alcohol a warm orange brown, heavily mottled,
and variegated with both darker and lighter tints. Girdle with
alternate bands of orange brown and tan. Ventral surface a light
pinkish tan. Interior of shell grayish pink with lavender clouding.

The radula has strong bidentate major laterals (pl. 3, fig. 7), but
its further details have not yet been successfully worked out.

Ctenidia about 28 on each side, extending to a point nearly opposite
the middle of the third valve.

Length of entire animal (type-specimen) 21, of shell 19 mm.;
width of same 12.25, of shell 7.5 mm.; maximum width of girdle,
2.5 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 215630, U.S.N.M. [S. S. B. 112].

Type-locality Station 4808,1 47 fathoms; bottom of sand, shells,
and coarse gravel; off Cape Tsiuka, Japan; July 16, 1906 (three
specimens).

Remarks.—This very attractive species seems chiefly character-
ized by the ruddy tones of its prettily maculated color scheme, the
very weakly dentate sinus, the bidentate major laterals of the radula,
and the small, little crowded, strongly ribbed girdle scales. The
sculpturing of. the central areas considerably resembles that of the
following species, but here the longitudinal riblets are narrower,
rougher, and have interspaces distinctly wider than the ribs, differ-
ences which are not shown well in the figures. A brief comparison

1 The station number appearing on the original specimen label is 4708, but this seems clearly erroneous.

8 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

with such of the described forms as seem nearest allied is given in
the course of our discussion of the next species. -

ISCHNOCHITON (LEPIDOZONA) INTERFOSSA, new species.
Plate 3, figs. 8-9; plate 5, figs. 5-8; plate 6, figs. 1-4.

Description.—Animal small, elevated, rather elongate, the sides
often nearly straight; maximum diameter about three-fifths the
length, or of shell alone less than half the length.

Anterior valve rounded, conical, its slope very slightly convex.
Interior smooth, marked by delicate lines radiating toward and in
correspondence with the marginal slits; teeth slightly roughened at
the edges, their outer surfaces faintly striate (pl. 5, figs. 5-6).

Median valves elevated, beaked, rather sharply carinate, their
slopes very slightly convex. Sutural laminae broad; inner margins
of same rather abrupt, anterior margins rounded and sloping off
more gradually toward the sides; connected across the sinus by a
short, delicate, weakly denticulate, concave plate, the minute slits
separating the denticles continuing back into the shell as distinct
incised lines, the number of these being uniformly 8. Eaves spongy
and quite short (pl. 5, figs. 5-7).

Posterior valve with conspicuous mucro situated a little in front
of the middle; posterior slope nearly straight (pl. 5, fig. 8). Sutural
laminae and intermediate lamina similar to those of the preceding
valves, except that there are 9 or 10 of the incised lines. Similar
lines radiate from the region of the mucro to the posterior slits.
There is a low, semicircular, rounded callus near the margin above
the slightly roughened insertion teeth (pl. 5, fig. 6).

Anterior valve with 11, intermediate valves with 1-1, posterior
valve with 10 slits.

Entire surface of shell very finely granulose. Anterior valve with
immediate apex smooth; elsewhere with from 24-34 low, rounded,
radial ribs, separated by shallow but rather sharply cut grooves;
the ribs rarely showing a tendency to bifurcation, and typically
ornamented with a series of some 6-8 separate, sharply elevated,
round pustules, the posterior series on each side containing fewer
pustules (4-6) a little larger than the others and projecting like denti-
cles past the margin of the valve. Intermediate valves with lateral
areas sculptured like the anterior valve, the 3-4 low ribs intergrooved
as above, and bearing 2-3 pustules each, a series of 4-5 larger pustules
occurring along the valve margin; central areas ornamented by some
20 (valve 7) to 24 (valve 4) straight or slightly curved, faintly nodu-
lose, longitudinal riblets on each side, these riblets connected by
slightly smaller and less regular transverse crossbars in such a man-
ner that in some lights the surface appears reticulate, in others as
though cut into lines of small square pits which become more irregu-

No. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 9

lar where the ribs curve over the jugal tract. Posterior valve with
posterior and central areas very sharply delimited by a nearly straight
line, the sculpture corresponding to that of the intermediate valves;
posterior area with about 20-24 radiating pustulose ribs (pl. 6, fig. 2).

Girdle wide, averaging about a quarter the width of the median
valves. Dorsal scales translucent, strongly convex, loosely imbricat-
ing, their convexities as a rule, except in the posterior region, directed
obliquely outward and forward (pl. 6, fig. 4); variable in size, but
largest near the shell, becoming exceedingly small at the outer mar-
gin, while a few scales larger than their immediate neighbors and of
a more opaque whitish color occur scattered with no apparent regu-
larity among the others. Mounted in balsam some of the smaller
scales show a faint striation, but the larger appear almost perfectly
smooth. Marginal armature comprising quite numerous, very min-
ute, finely striate, conical, transparent spines, with a few scattered
needle-like spines among them. Ventral scales minute, rectangular,
rod-like, very closely ranked in transverse series (pl. 3, fig. 8).

Color of shell in alcohol a light grayish tan, faintly mottled with
cloudings of a ruddier tone. Girdle pale above, with indistinct sutu-
ral bands of a darker shade. Entire ventral surface of animal and
girdle a light pinkish tan. Interior of shell creamy, shading to warm
tones of pink and salmon in the deeper regions.

Radula with strong, unicuspid major laterals, winged minor laterals,
and well developed, fan-shaped rhachidian teeth (pl. 3, fig. 9).

Ctenidia about 28 on each side, extending forward to the second
valve.

Length of entire animal (type-specimen) 21, of shell, 18.5 mm.;
width of same 12.5, of shell 8 mm.; maximum width of girdle, 2.5 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 215631, U.S.N.M. [S. S. B. 115].

Type-locality.— Station 4808,’ 47 fathoms; bottom of sand, shells,
and coarse gravel; off Cape Tsiuka, Japan; July 16, 1906 (three speci-
mens).

Remarks.—I. interfossa is a very neat appearing little species and
apparently a typical Lepidozona. Though much resembling the pre-
ceding species in form and sculpture, the color alone is sufficient for
preliminary separation of the specimens, while a more minute exam-
ination reveals numerous differences. The special features are the
large, smooth, whitish dorsal scales of the girdle; sharply angled
jugum; beaked valves; sharply-cut grooves between the ribs of the
anterior valve and lateral areas; the number of these ribs; and the
very regular, basket-like sculpturing of the central areas, the longi-
tudinal riblets being distinctly wider than the intervening spaces.

Of allied species J. cultratus Carpenter, according to Pilsbry’s
description, differs from both J. amabilis and J. interfossa in having

1 These specimens were originally in the same vial as those of J. amabilis, so that here also the station
number on the label requires correction.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

but 4 ribs (separated by rather acute interstices, as in interfossa)
on the lateral areas, 13 on the anterior valve, and but 16 narrow rib-
lets on the central areas, the latter connected by irregular wrinkles
rather than transverse bars. The anterior valve has only 8 slits, and
the convex, nondentate sinus of the remaining valves is also distinctive
if correctly observed. The dorsal girdle scales are said to be weakly
striate.

I. craticulatus (Gould) differs from both the Albatross species in
the far more numerous riblets of the lateral areas (‘‘8—10’’), and of
the anterior valve (‘‘about 50’’), the minute latticing of the central
areas, and the fact that the teeth of the head valve are said to be
“distinctly notched or nicked at the edges and deeply, coarsely
grooved outside.’’ The girdle scales are described as striate.

I. coreanicus (Adams and Reeve) is insufficiently known and hence
not liable to comparison with the above species in any certain fashion
at the present time, though Pilsbry' has suggested a possible identity
with J. craticulatus.

The only other Lepidozona which I can find to have been recorded
from this region is J. mertensvi (Middendorff), a much more coarsely
sculptured species, with which none of the Albatross forms are likely
to be confounded.

ISCHNOCHITON (LEPIDOZONA) PILSBRYANUS, new species.
Plate 6, figs. 5-9; plate 7.

Description.—Animal small, elevated, the sides only slightly con-
vex; Maximum transverse diameter a little less than half the length,
or of shell alone about three-sevenths the length.

Anterior valve rounded, conical, its slope straight in front, becom-
ing slightly convex on the sides (pl. 7, fig. 1). Interior smooth,
marked with a series of about 13 delicate radiating lines correspond-
ing to the marginal slits; teeth beveled, slightly rugose at the edges
and obscurely and irregularly striate outside (pl. 7, fig. 2).

Median valves elevated, not beaked, high arched, sharply angled at
the jugum, the side slopes nearly straight or very slightly convex.
Sutural laminae short and broad; connected across the sinus by a
delicate, scarcely projecting, very weakly dentate plate, the outline of
the latter varying from strongly convex in the second valve to slightly
concave in the more central valves, and showing apparently but about
8 slits, though there are some 10-12 of the incised lines which ordi-
narily correspond. Eaves short, relatively solid (pl. 7, figs. 1-4).

Posterior valve with mucro nearly median; posterior slope strongly
concave; sutural laminae as described above, the minute slits and
lines each about 8 in number; similar lines radiate from the mucro

1 Man. Conch., vol. 15, p. 85.

No. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. = if

region to the posterior slits, the concavity of the mucro forming the
base of a low V-shaped callus extending forward; insertion teeth
irregularly roughened at margin (pl. 7, figs 2, 5).

Anterior valve of paratype with 13 slits; intermediate valves with
2-2, 1-1, 1-1, 1-2, 2-2, 2-2 slits; posterior valve with 13 slits.

Entire surface of shell rather closely, heavily granulose. Anterior
valve ornamented with many narrow radiating ribs, their total
number about 55 at the margin, but becoming fewer and finally
almost obsolete toward the apex, said ribs for the most part broken
into a close set series of perhaps 20 low, distinct, rounded pus-
tules, the latter often somewhat worn, and the posterior series larger
and fewer (about 12) but so nearly obsolete as barely to dentate
the margin; interspaces shallow and ungrooved. Intermediate
valves with lateral areas slightly elevated and sculptured as above,
the pustulose ribs 5-7 in number, and with a series of some 7-10
larger, but more obsolete, pustules bordering the posterior margin;
central areas with 20 (valve 7) to 26 (valve 4) pustulose riblets on
each side, usually a little narrower than their interspaces, the pustules
small but distinct and coinciding with the lines of growth so as to
appear grouped in squares, though usually the transverse connecting
ridges are very faint if present at all; both ribs and pustules obsolete
over the jugal tract. Posterior valve with posterior and central
areas sharply delimited, the mucro forming an obtuse angle in their
boundary; sculpture as above, the posterior area with 30-35 radiating
pustulose ribs similar to those of the lateral areas (pl. 6, fig. 7).

Girdle wide, averaging about one-fourth the width of the median
valves. Dorsal scales translucent, rather small, crowded, closely
imbricate (pl. 6, fig. 8), their convex surfaces very finely ribbed-
striate, the numerous (12-18) riblets being so delicate that the scales
appear smooth under low magnifications (pl. 6, fig 9; pl. 7, fig. 6).
Marginal scales small, partly needle-like, partly robust spiniform,
the latter finely striate (pl. 7, fig. 6).

Color of shell in alcohol a light tan with scattered dark red-brown
spots on the central areas and more numerously along the jugum,
where they blend to form conspicuous triangular maculations.
Girdle tan above, but darker and duller in tone than the groundwork
of the shell and very indistinctly mottled with brown. Ventral
surface of animal and girdle a light tan. Interior of shell a pale
flesh color, some of the valves showing a narrow brownish ray on
each side of the jugum.

The radula has strongly bicuspid major laterals, minutely winged
minor laterals, and fan-shaped rhachidian teeth (pl. 7, fig. 7).

Ctenidia about 30 on each side, extending forward to the second
valve.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF 1HE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Length of entire animal (type-specimen) 24, of shell 22 mm.;
width of same 13, of shell 9 mm.; maximum width of girdle, 2.7 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 215632, U.S.N.M. [S. S. B. 118].

Type-locality.—Station 4810; 195 fathoms; bottom of fine gray
sand; bottom temperature 44.7° F.; off Cape Sirakami, Japan; July
16, 1906 (two specimens).

Remarks.—This handsome species is well characterized, the only
one apparently requirmg comparison with it being the J. craticulatus
of Gould, but the latter is a more heavily granulose species and
should be, according to the figures given by Pilsbry in his Manual,
quite easy to distinguish. The special features of J. pilsbryanus
seem to be in brief as follows:

1, the pale, tawny coloration.

2, the sharply arched, elevated shell.

3, the sculpture of numerous finely granulose riblets prevailing
nearly all over the shell, and the arrangement of the pustules in
squares without interlatticing on the central areas.

4, the reduplication of teeth and slits in many of the intermediate
valves.

5, the numerous insertion slits (13) in each of the terminal valves.

6, the crowded, closely imbricating, very finely ribbed-striate
dorsal scales.

The dedication of this species to Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry will require
no apology to students of the group.

Family MOPALIIDAE.
Genus PLACIPHORELLA Carpenter, 1878.
PLACIPHORELLA STIMPSONI (Gould, 1859).
Plate 8, figs. 1-2; plate 9.

1859. Chiton (Molpalia) stimpsoni Goutp, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat: Hist., vol. 7,
. 161.
1860. ehiton (Molpalia) stimpsoni Goutp, Otia Conch., p. 118, [fide Dalk].
1886. Placiphorella stimpsoni Dau (part), Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 9, p. 210.
1892. Placiphorella stimpsonii Pirspry, Man. Conch. (1), vol. 14, p. 307, pl. 62,
figs. 84-87.
Material.—The Albatross expedition took two specimens of this
species between tides at Hakodate, Japan [S. S. B. 93].
Remarks.—I can add little to the excellent description given of
the apparently somewhat variable shell characters by Pilsbry, but
the preservation of the specimens in alcohol renders possible a few
additional observations on the girdle. There is a series of large
bristles near the middle of the girdle, one opposite each suture, and
five or six continuing around the head valve. Other series of large
bristles adorn the anterior lobe, more especially near the margin, in

no. 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 18

addition to a number of smaller and less definitely arranged bristles
and tufts of spines. The figure of one of the large bristles by Car-
penter, which appears in the Manual (vol. 14, pl. 62, fig. 86) is very
misleading, and I can only surmise that he must have mistaken the
white or light-colored bands of spines, revealed by these specimens
under a sufficiently high magnification, for spineless areas. When
perfect the light and dark brown bands in alternation are a conspicu-
ous feature of the bristles. An attempt is made to convey some
idea of this in the accompanying drawing (pl. 9, fig. 4). Here
it also appears that the spinose armature of all the larger bristles
is exceedingly heavy, the spines being crowded upon one another
in a fashion not conspicuously different from that observable in
P. velata Carpenter. These two species are indeed exceedingly
close and resemble one another much more nearly than either pat-
terns the various Alaska-Bering Sea forms, with which they have
at times been confounded.

In addition to those mentioned by Pilsbry, the following differences
from California specimens of P. velata may be noted:

1, the shorter, wider valves.

2, the flatter outline.

3, the conspicuously marbled slate and buff coloration.

Outline drawings of the valves (pl. 9, figs. 1-3) and the typically
Mopalioid radula (pl. 9, figs. 7-8) are here given, the latter for the
first time.

The ctenidia number about 26 on each side.

PLACIPHORELLA BOREALIS Pilsbry, 1892.
Plate 8, figs. 3-5; plate 10.
1886. Placiphorella stimpsoni Datu (part), Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 9, p. 210.

1892. Placiphorella borealis Prrspry, Man. Conch. (1), vol. 14, p. 309, pl. 66,

figs. 14-17.

Material.—Station 4803; 228 fathoms; bottom of black sand and
gravel; bottom temperature 35.4° F.; off Cape Rollin, Simushir
Island, Kuril Group; June 24, 1906 (seven specimens) [S. S. B. 94].
Four specimens are entered as Cat. No. 215633, U.S.N.M.

Remarks.—The shell of this species is the subject of a careful and
detailed description by Pilsbry, but as the girdle characters have
hitherto remained unknown it seems worth while to describe them
in some detail. The dorsal surface of the entire girdle is covered
with very minute pointed spinelets, rather heavily distributed.
Among these one occasionally finds scattered spines or groups of
spines slightly larger in size, a condition more evident near the
margin than elsewhere. In addition occur the usual armored
bristles characteristic of the genus, the most conspicuous being a
fairly regular series bordering the entire anterior lobe a short dis-

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

tance within the margin, but inside of these only a few scattered
bristles are evident, and taken as a whole the girdle is remarkably
free of them. Most of them are quite broken away in my material,
but a series of the stumps or ‘‘pores’’ can be made out running clear
around the girdle, most of them corresponding to the sutures in
position, though there are at least 6 or 7 behind the tail valve, and
2 in the same series on either side of the head valve. The extreme
margin of the anterior lobe is decorated with a single series of short,
very spinose bristles, between and beneath which occur a row of
spines springing directly from the substance of the girdle itself (pl.
8, fig. 5). Toward the front of the lobe the spinose bristles are
quite close together, but, although continued around the entire lobe,
they become progressively smaller and more infrequent toward the
sides and rear. ‘The anterior margin frequently, if not always, ex-
hibits a microscopic crenulation corresponding roughly to the bristles
so that from certain aspects the latter appear as though borne upon
small lobes. The contrast between the two types of bristles (i. e.,
marginal and dorsal) is very marked. The marginal bristles (pl. 10,
fig. 6) have a bushy appearance, due to the very numerous spines,
which, though not actually curved, often appear so because of the
angle at which they project from the more or less twisted core. ‘The
dorsal bristles (pl. 10, fig. 4) are very narrow, trim, and slender, but
larger, their long straight spinelets being much less crowded and
closely applied to the core of the bristle for practically their entire
length. Their arrangement is throughout very neat and regular.
A cross section shows only about 8 spines to the tier on this type of
bristle. The bristles do not appear to be banded, but are nearly
uniform in color.

The radula (pl. 10, fig. 9) is of the same type as that of P. stimpsoni
and P. velata, but the teeth show numerous differences in detail.

The ctenidia number 22-24 on each side.

The species has not been reported since its foundation by Pilsbry
upon the valves of a single specimen obtained by Grebnitzki at
Bering Island. The present record, therefore, constitutes a very
appreciable extension of the known range. Despite his inadequate
material, Pilsbry succeeded in acutely discriminating all the more
important shell characters. P. borealis is, in fact, a very distinct
species, and in the radiate sculpture of the anterior valve, complete
sinus, and peculiar bristles, possesses features sufficient effectually to
prevent confusion with any of the other described species, unless we
consider the Placophoropsis group, the members of which are well
separated by their subgeneric characters.

From P. velata and P. stimpsoni the more sparsely hairy girdle
and much weaker armature of the bristles are striking differences.

» no, 2223. CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 5

Family CHITONIDAE.
Genus CHITON Linnaeus, 1758.
CHITON, species.

Plate 8, fig. 6.

A small specimen collected between tides at Aikawa, Rikuzen
[S. S. B. 120], Cat. No. 215634, U.S.N.M., can not be identified with
any of the described Japanese Chitonidae. It is quite likely new,
and the accompaning illustration was prepared in the expectation of
so treating it. Unfortunately the specimen seems at one time to
have suffered immersion in formalin or some other decalcifying
medium. At any rate, the valves proved so soft and subject to
disintegration upon removal that their characters could not be made
out with enough accuracy to justify naming the specimen. When
the species is later rediscovered it may perhaps be recognized by the
figure.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES. r
Puate 1.

Fic. 1. Leptochiton diomedeae Berry [95], dorsal aspect of first, third, and last valves
of type specimen; X 8.

2. Leptochiton diomedeae Berry [95], entire animal in ventral aspect; X 3.

3. Leptochiton diomedeae Berry, dorsal view of portion of girdle of same speci-
men; drawn from a mount in balsam; X 28.

4. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) albrechit Schrenck [83], dorsal view of portion of
girdle; drawn from a mount in balsam; X 73.

5. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) albrechti Schrenck, a few scales from the same
preparation as fig. 4 seen in greater magnification; 27.

6. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis Carpenter [85], dorsal view of por-
tion of girdle of a specimen from Hakodate; drawn from a mount in
balsam; X 10. ,

7. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis Carpenter, a few scales from the
same preparation as fig. 6 seen in greater magnification; X 27.

PLATE 2.

Fie. 1. Leptochiton diomedeae Berry [95], exterior view of first, third, and last
valves of type; camera drawing; X 9.

2. Interior view of same, same scale.

3. Anterior view of third valve; same scale.

4. Isolated girdle scales from same specimen, the four larger from the dorsal,
the four smaller from the ventral surface of the girdle; camera drawing
from a mount in balsam; X 163.

5. Portion of girdle margin of same specimen, seen from above; camera out-
line from a mount in balsam; same scale as preceding.

6. Teeth from radula of same specimen; camera drawing from a mount in
balsam; X 163.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. - vou. 54.

PLATE 3.

Fie. 1. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) albrechti Schrenck [83], isolated girdle scales

drawn by camera from a mount in balsam; the largest scale shows radial
striae, the others transverse color bands; X 31.

. Isolated radula teeth from same specimen; camera drawing from a mount

in balsam; X 31.

. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis Carpenter [84], isolated girdle scales

of a specimen from Mororan; camera drawing from a mount in balsam;
P sdor

. Isolated radula teeth from same specimen; camera drawing from a mount

in balsam; X 66.

. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis Carpenter [85], isolated radula teeth

of a specimen from Hakodate; camera drawing from a mount in bal-
sam; X 66.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) amabilis Berry [113], isolated girdle scales of

paratype; camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 31.

. Two major lateral teeth from radula of same specimen, camera drawing

from a mount in balsam; X 66.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) interfossa Berry [114], isolated girdle scales of

paratype; camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 31.

. Isolated teeth from radula of same specimen; camera drawing from a mount

in balsam; X 66.

PLATE 4.

Fic. 1. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) hakodadensis Carpenter [85], dorsal aspect of a

or ® GW bo

specimen from Hakodate; x 14.

. Ventral aspect of same specimen; same scale. ;

. Dorsal aspect of fourth valve of another specimen from the same lot; X 4.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) amabilis Berry [112], dorsal aspect of type; X 2.

. Dorsal aspect of a portion of girdle of paratype [113]; camera drawing from

a mount in balsam; X 11.

. Portion of same preparation under greater magnification; X 50.
. Dorsal aspect of first, fifth, and last valves of paratype [113]; X 63.

PuaTE 5.

Fic. 1. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) amabilis Berry [113], exterior view of first, fifth,

oe oo bo

and last valves of paratype; camera drawing; X 63.

. Interior view of same; same scale.

. Anterior view of fifth valve; same scale.

. Profile of last valve; same scale.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) interfossa Berry [114], exterior view of first, fifth,

and last valves of paratype; camera drawing; X 6.

. Interior view of same; same scale.
. Anterior view of fifth valve; same scale.
. Profile of last valve; same scale.

NO. 2223.

CHITONS FROM THE NORTHWEST PACIFIC—BERRY. 17

Fia.

Do PP W bd

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

PLATE 6.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) interfossa Berry [115], dorsal aspect of type; x 2.
. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) interfossa Berry [114], dorsal aspect of first, fifth,

and last valves of paratype; X 6.

. Dorsal aspect of portion of girdle of same specimen; drawn from a mount

in balsam; X 12.

. Portion of same preparation under greater magnification; X 43. On the

immediate area selected for illustration the scales are less crowded than
is typically the case.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) pilsbryanus Berry [118], dorsal aspect of type; X 1}.
. Ventral aspect of same; same scale.
. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) pilsbryanus Berry [119], dorsal aspect of first, third,

and last valves of paratype; X 4.8.

. Dorsal aspect of portion of girdle of same specimen; drawn from a mount

in balsam; X 93.

. Portion of same preparation under greater magnification; * 27. The

scales are typically much more crowded than appears in the drawing.

PLATE 7.

. Ischnochiton (Lepidozona) pilsbryanus Berry [119], exterior view of first, third,

and last valves of paratype; part camera drawing; X 7.

. Interior view of same; same scale.

. Anterior view of third valve; same scale.

. Interior view of left side of second valve; same scale.

. Lateral view of tail valve; same scale.

. Isolated girdle scales from same specimen; camera drawing from a mount

in balsam; X 25.

. Isolated teeth from radula of same specimen; camera drawing from a mount

in balsam; X 52.
PLATE 8.

. Placiphorella stimpsoni (Gould) [93], dorsal aspect of a specimen from Hako-

date; slightly magnified.

. Ventral aspect of same; same scale.
. Placiphorella borealis Pilsbry [94], dorsal aspect of a specimen from 228

fathoms, off Simushir Island; same scale.

. Ventral aspect of same; same scale.
. Portion of margin of anterior lobe of girdle of another specimen from the

same lot; viewed ventrally from a preparation in balsam; X 18.

. Chiton Bpacies [120], dorsal aspect of a specimen from Aikawa; X 2.4.

PLATE 9.

Placiphorella stimpsont (Gould) [93], exterior view of first, fourth, and last
valves; camera drawing; X 2}.

Interior view of same; same scale.

Posterior view of sixth valve; same scale.

Basal portion of large epinose bristle from anterior lobe of girdle of same
specimen; camera outline from a mount in balsam; X 65.

Isolated spine from large bristle; camera drawing; X 65.

Portion of margin of girdle near front of anterior lobe of same specimen;
camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 65.

Isolated teeth from radula of same specimen; camera drawing from a mount
in balsam; X65.

Series of teeth from one side of radula of same specimen; same scale as fig. 7.

3343—19—Proe.N.M. Vol.54——3

Fie.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.
Puiate 10.

. Placiphorella borealis Pilsbry [94], exterior view of first, third, and last
valves; camera drawing; X 24.
. Interior view of same; same scale.

. Posterior view of fifth valve; same scale.

. Basal portion of large spinose bristle from anterior lobe of girdle of same
specimen; camera outline from a mount in balsam; X 60. On most
bristles the spines appear to be more closely placed than is indicated in
the drawing.

. Portion of ventral surface of anterior lobe of same specimen, showing patches
of spinelets; camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 60.

. Basal portion of marginal spinose bristle from anterior lobe of girdle of same
specimen; camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 60.

. Isolated spines from ventral surface of anterior lobe of same specimen;
camera drawing from a mount in balsam; X 150.

. Isolated girdle and bristle spines from same specimen; camera drawing from
amount in balsam; X 150. ;

. Isolated teeth from radula of same specimen; camera drawing from a mount
in balsam; X 60.

Nore.—The drawings on Plates 1, 4, 6, and 8 are from the brush of Mr. E. Russel
Lord-Wood.

The majority of the figures as originally prepared were intended for plates of a
larger size than those used in these Proceedings. Then again the plates first made
were destroyed by fire and the make-up of several of them subsequently rearranged.
This resulted in changes in the degree of magnification of the figures at a time when
most of the specimens were no longer available for checking. There is therefore an
unavoidable source of possible error in the magnifications as given.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. |

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SE& PAGE 15

TA liegt oe rt 2
er

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL, 54 PL. 2

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 15

. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 3

; ee Pais | a
al

iy oa ae

es ial =

iain eal

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS. VOL. 54 PL. 4

SOve c
ESRD Sees
ra rons) =

PW A

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 16

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM : PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 5

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE |6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 6

2°
aft.
ate

$7: f
Mii yaad

ssoncesatennnere

ierlens

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE I7

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 7

S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE IT

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 8

ye 2 & +: fie ty 21

Wasa”

Fe a peed
F = SSC =
SS
Sk
5 : +
i ak
oy e 3
M/F x,
¥ De
ee)

NNers eee
ts aN -. x : s

Migame

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE IT

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 9

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

[ uae
e\ \ :

\
NS

lov: Seis oe. See

fe
—- : a

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 10

= =
Er NY
MYL Fie Sy) SON

ye a Ye CN Pas fic
CE ff, Nees ae see
py NUDE 0 7 Ro Sat

Km 7¥Az=»\- i Z ‘ ee ae
g A= V. ans Rok ees Rae

NORTHWEST PACIFIC CHITONS

For DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE)

NOTES ON HAWAIIAN LIZARDS.

By JoHn OTTERBEIN SNYDER,
Of Stanford University, California.

During the cruise of the United States Steamer Albatross in 1902
and on other occasions, the writer spent some time in observing the
geckos and skinks on several islands of the Hawaiian group. Notes
then made relating chiefly to their habits and distribution are here
recorded. There is no occasion to attempt adding to the very
complete descriptions of the species presented by Doctor Stejneger '
in his paper on Hawaiian reptiles, but an observer might profitably
employ himself in a study of their habits, life history, and local
distribution. The geckos especially, which may be seen almost
anywhere, are very peculiar, interesting, and engaging little animals.
Considerable variation is found in their anatomical structure, color,
and squamation; they live under a variety of conditions, and they
may be easily kept in captivity.

In collecting the geckos a large pair of forceps proved useful, and
a small shot-gun served to stop the more nimble and wary skinks.
Specimens were dropped at once into a small quantity of 90 per cent
alcohol which contained about 2 per cent formalin. They could then
be carried in the jar all day without being affected by the hot, moist
atmosphere. Later they were washed for a short time in water,
pierced with the scalpel, and gradually hardened in alcohol.

The little white eggs of the geckos, not unlike those of humming-
birds, never fail to attract attention. They are occasionally found
after transportation to this country hidden in bunches of bananas
or in the packing material of other tropical fruits. They are generally
laid in any convenient place which is free from direct light, but
they are not buried in the sand or moist earth like those of the
skinks. The latter are elongate, pink when fresh, growing dark with
the developing embryo. The shell is flexible and contains a rela-
tively small amount of lime.

Gecko eggs are easily hatched if kept in glass-covered boxes away -
from direct light. As the eggs are more easily found in some places

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, 1899, pp. 783-813. A brief paper by Richard C. McGregor deals with
the lizards of Maui. (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 28,1904, pp. 115-118.)

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2224.
19

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

than the lizards themselves, ability to recognize those of the different
species will aid in tracing their distribution. An interesting charac-
teristic of the eggs of some forms is that when freshly laid the shells
are soft, viscid, and flexible. They then adhere to each other, or
to any foreign body which they happen to touch. They sometimes
bear the appearance of having been forced with considerable pressure
against some object the sides being greatly indented. On drying
the shells become firm and hard, the surface retaining any impression
that it may have received. The eggs of other species apparently
have hard shells when laid, as they are not attached to objects, nor
are their sides ever indented. Such eggs lie loose at the bottom of
cavities in which they have been deposited. The period of incuba-
tion was not definitely determined. It seems short, however, as
many eggs gathered July 6, some of which appeared to be quite
fresh, were all hatched by August 14.

Doctor Stejneger’s opinion that the lizards migrated to the islands
with the ancestors of the Hawaiians is supported by observations of
the habits of the geckos at least. Wherever large canoes were seen
lying on the beach (a number of them were carefully examined),
geckos were found concealed among the mats covering them. Eggs
were found also in the canoes. It would be quite impossible at the
present time to provision and launch a large canoe without including
both adult geckos and their eggs.

The native name for the skink is ‘‘Moo,”’ meaning lizard; for the
gecko ‘‘Moo-kaula,” a seer or magician-lizard. Some of the natives
look upon the lizards. with a degree of superstition, but they have
no fear of them. They may be seen in the native huts and likewise
in the best of houses. A number of them lived in the writer’s state-
room for several months, finally arriving in San Francisco. They
regularly appeared in the evening, running about the room in search
of food. The climate here was apparently too cold, for they became
torpid and refused to eat. They may be regarded as beneficial
animals, as they destroy large numbers of insects.

Family GEKKONIDAE.

LEPIDODACTYLUS LUGUBRIS (Bibron).

Many more specimens of this species were seen than of all the
others. Near Honolulu 102 examples of L. lugubris were noted in
about two hours, while only five of other species were seen. At
another time 144 specimens of L. lugubris were collected with only _
one each of the other species. The collector’s catch should not be
regarded as an index of the relative abundance of a species, and in this
particular case it appears that the gregarious habit of the form was
largely the cause of its being caught in such numbers. Geckos of a
more wary nature, and those which closely resemble the bark of

NO. 2224, NOTES ON HAWAIIAN LIZARDS—SNYDER. 21

trees both in the color and roughness of the skin, are apt to be over-
looked. Hemidactylus garnotii, for example, is well- protected in
this way, and moreover it seems to be possessed of keen vision, is
cautious of danger, and swift in flight, frequently gliding like a flash
from among other geckos which remain undisturbed at the approach ~
of danger.

Many individuals of L. lugubris were often found huddled together
in a small crevice where they were not exposed to direct light. In
such cases they might be carefully removed with the forceps, until
the number was considerably reduced, when those remaining would
suddenly take fright and scatter in every direction. It was not only
common to find them thus assembled in favorite crannies, but they
were also frequently gathered in communities. For mstance, every
available crack in a particular part of an old board fence was occupied,
while other sections of the same fence offermg accommodations
which to the observer appeared equaily suitable sheltered very few
individuals. Moreover, when the crevices of such a community were
completely depopulated, it was found that after a short time they
were recolonized. One such case will serve to illustrate. One hun-
dred and forty individuals were taken from a portion of a fence.
Each crevice was carefully examined and. the lizards removed, very
few escaping. After a lapse of 21 days the same place was again
visited and 110 specimens found. These were all adults. Other
experiments proved that the same individuals did not always retire
to the same place on consecutive days, and it was also seen that
members of different species often pass the day together in the same
little den. In one instance eggs of three forms, with embryos in
about. the same stage of development, were found in one place to-
gether with adult individuals of two species.

Geckos are easily caught with long forceps, the instrument being
useful in extracting them from the depths of cracks. When an
individual found itself pursued with the forceps it either precipitately
left its retreat or darted down to the innermost corner, where it
remained perfectly motionless. If further troubled it usually moved
the tail forth and back, often thrashing it with some violence. In
one instance an excited individual slowly backed outward from the
depths of its retreat, actually presenting the wrigeling tail in the
direction of danger. When seized the tail parted from the body, |
upon which the gecko instantly crouched down and remained mo-
tionless as if expecting the accepted offering to appease the enemy.
Opportunity to repeat the observation was offered, and it became
quite evident that individuals of the species when driven into close
quarters instinctively offer a part of their bodies that they may
escape with their lives. The tails reproduce quickly, and the indi-
vidual is thus soon prepared for another encounter. Nothing was
learned of the enemies of the geckos.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

When caught the gecko sometimes utters a faint squeak, and in
running about at night it occasionally makes a shrill, cricket-like
sound, not audible to all ears. Two individuals at times approach
one another and touch noses with a sharp chirp. This may be
observed in the house after lamplight, when the geckos scamper
about-over the walls and curtains.

The eggs of LZ. lugubris are pyriform in shape. The shells are
white, hard, and thick, and so firm that they may be dropped from
the hand to the ground without always breaking. They measure
from 6.2 to 6.8 by 8.8 to 9.2 millimeters. When laid the shell is soft
and viscid, but it soon hardens and adheres to whatever it touches.
The shells while soft usually become indented and variously modified
in form by objects with which they come in close contact. They are
found sticking against vertical surfaces or cemented together in clus-
ters, often tightly wedged in narrow cracks. They may be seen in
cracks of trees, boards, and posts, under loose bark, in clumps of
leaves, under rocks, behind picture frames and books, or in any place
that offers partial or entire concealment. Usually two to eight eggs
are in a crevice, although one cavity was seen which contained 22
eges of L. lugubris, together with several of H. garnotit, all with
embryos in various stages of development.

In about two hours after hatching the young shed a thin, papery
epidermis, which peels off in scraps, leaving the fresh skin bright and
delicately marked with the grays, browns, and yellows of the adults.
The young are very active, and when scarcely a day old pursue flies
and mosquitoes with avidity. If touched with a bristle or straw
they suddenly jump, then run a short distance, wriggling their tails
violently, or quickly escape and conceal themselves. They are less
nocturnal than the adults and may often be seen running about when
the latter are hidden.away. When 10 hours’ old they measure 31 to
38 millimeters in length.

In life the color varies considerably in shade, and it appears that
the lighter and darker ones possess a color in keeping with their
surroundings. Geckos found among the dead leaves of the banana
plant were very light, with a delicate brownish, yellowish, or pink
tint, unlike those of the fences or tree trunks which were dark, in
some cases quite dusky. It was seen with surprise, however, that
the young on emerging from eggs which had been kept for a time on
white cotton exhibited about the same degree of color variation as
that of the adults. Opportunity to complete a few simple expezi-
ments suggested by the above did not occur.

No differences were observed on comparing specimens from Hawaii
with numerous examples from Samoa.

Collected at Honolulu; Aiea, Oahu; Waimea, Kauai.

NO, 2224, NOTES ON HAWAIIAN LIZARDS—SNYDER. 23

HEMIDACTYLUS GARNOTII Duméril and Bibron.

This is the largest and most brightly colored of the Hawaiian
geckos. The upper parts present a fine mosaic of grays, browns, and
blacks, with prominent white spots which are arranged in somewhat
irregular rows. The under parts are bright lemon yellow, the throat
barely tinted, the color more intense on chest and belly, the tail
inclining to orange or even salmon red; ventral parts of legs yellow.

Individuals of the species appear to be solitary in habit, at least
not gregarious like L. lugubris. One passes the day concealed in
some crevice, from which it may be seen peering out, or it may be
lying flat on the shady side of a limb conveniently near an opening in
the bark. On an observer’s approach it darts within, not always
concealing itself. If not further disturbed it soon turns about
and cautiously looks out. If a capture is attempted it either
disappears within its retreat or instantly springs out and makes for
another crevice, or scrambles nimbly up the tree on the side opposite
the enemy. If closely pursued it may suddenly drop to the ground,
where it lies sprawled out and perfectly motionless. When driven
into a corner it turns about, opens its mouth, and thrusts out its
tongue, which is moved along the lips in a characteristic way. It
will bite one’s finger, holding on tenaciously, although not able to
produce the slightest wound.

The eggs are white, almost spherical, measuring 9 to 10 by 10 to 11
millimeters in diameter. The shells are smooth and firm, apparently
neither soft nor sticky when laid. They are deposited loosely in
crevices, often among eggs of L. lugubris. Four or five may occa-
sionally be found in the same place.

The newly hatched young vary considerably in size, specimens
about 10 hours old measuring 39.5 to 56 millimeters in length, the
slender tail adding much to the elongate form. They are very active,
snapping up small insects and occasionally springing upon flies
almost too large for them to manage. When pursued with one’s
finger or a pencil they rush about in a panic, thrashing their tails
from side to side. An egg, accidentally dropped and broken, freed
a young gecko, which immediately disappeared to new cover, leaving
the tail wriggling among the pieces of shell. The young are able to
utter a scarcely audible squeak. On hatching, the skin is moist,
but it soon dries and becomes silvery in color. Small areas of the
epidermis loosen, puff out from the body, and eventually tear and
break away, so that in from one to two hours the new skin appears
bright and shining. The dorsal surface lacks the white spots of the
adult; the under parts are light yellow or orange, deepening on the
tail to orange or salmon red.

Honolulu; Aiea, Oahu; Puako Bay, Hawaii; Lahina and Wailuku
River, Maui; Waimea, Kauai. Eggs of the species were found on
Laysan Island.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

PEROPUS MUTILATUS (Wiegmann).

The skin of this species is so thin and tender that a specimen may
scarcely be caught without mutilating it. The struggles of the animal
in one’s fingers result in tearing great rents in the skin, and it is
difficult to retain one between the tips of the forceps. The wounds
thus made bleed but very little, and it appears that the fragile skin,
like the easily broken tail, aids the animal at times in escapmg from
an enemy.

In life the under parts are more or less tinted with yellow, very
bright in some examples, almost absent in others. The color is
more intense on the hind legs and belly.

Eggs of the species, easily distinguished from the others, were
secured and successfully hatched. Specimens of both the eggs and
young were lost in transportation, and no description remains.

Honolulu; Waimea, Kauai; Puako Bay, Hawaii.

HEMIPHYLLODACTYLUS LEUCOSTICTUS Stejneger.

In life the whole body is slightly tinted with pink. The under
parts from the throat posteriorly, including the legs, are pale yellow.
In the younger specimens the tail is pale orange beneath. Where the
tail has been reproduced, the yellow color stops short, the lately
acquired part being dark beneath. The throat is spotted with dusky.

Eggs measuring 5.7 to 6.6 millimeters, smaller than those of other
species, found under a bit of loose bark, proved on hatching to belong
to this species. They were slightly indented and firmly cemented
together. The young, just hatched, measured 29. millimeters in
length; snout to tail, 15.5. They soon shed the epidermis, exhibiting
the colors of the adult. They are precocious like the young of other
forms.

Honolulu; Waimea, Kauai.

Family SCINCIDAE.

LEIOLOPISMA NOCTUA (Lesson).
One specimen was seen at Honolulu.

EMOIA CYANURA (Lesson).

Specimens collected by the writer exhibit two types of coloration *
one with a well-defined, narrow, light band extending from the pos-
terior edge of the rostral plate to at least the middle of the body; the
other without a distinct median band, which if at all developed never
extends on the head.

1 Stejneger (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, 1899, p. 808) discusses the color variation of this species, and
Werner (Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 14, p. 384) describes some dark-colored examples from Molokai as Lygosoma

cyanurum schauinslandi. The figure in Zoology of the Voyage of the Coquille (pl. 4, fig. 2) is of interest in
this connection.

No. 2224. NOTES ON HAWAIIAN LIZARDS—SNYDER. 95

Examples from Waimea, Kauai, belong to the first type. In some
of these a median band which covers the adjoining halves of two rows
of scales is sharply outlined to the base of the tail, while in others it
grows indistinct and blends with the lateral bands near the middle of
the body. The lateral bands vary, as does the median one, occa-
sionally fusing with the latter not far behind the shoulders, but always
remaining distinct on the head and neck. There is no light band on
the side, extending between the front and hind legs. In life the light
bands are brassy, and many scales on the sides have a metallic sheen.
The tail is not blue, but becomes so on immersion in alcohol.

_ The second type is represented by specimens from Hanalei Valley,
Kauai, and from Wailuku Valley, Maui. In one individual three
light bands are present. The median one, which covers two rows of
scales, is well separated from the others, and extends from the occiput
to near the base of the tail. Lateral bands extend from the eye to
the same point posteriorly. In others the bands are more or less
completely fused, forming a broad, light-colored area. All agree in
being much darker, both on the dorsal and ventral surfaces, than
those of the first type, the brassy bands being much duller and con-
trasting less strongly with the darker portions. In these also the
bands have a metallic sheen in life and the tails are not blue.

An examination of this material seems to show that the color
variation is not due to age or sex. It is worth mentioning that
those of the first type were found in a relatively dry region where
lantana and prickley pears flourish, while the others were taken at a
high altitude from the moist ground beneath masses of ferns, in dense
thickets of tropical vegetation.

Waimea and Hanalei Valley, Kauai; Wailuku River, Maui.

ABLEPHARUS POECILOPLEURUS (Wiegmann).

Unlike Emoia cyanura, this species appears to be confined to the
dryer regions of low altitudes, and is not seen in the moist valleys of
the mountains.

Of 10 adult specimens found on Laysan Island none possessed a
perfect tail, They had suffered amputations at various times, one
individual having a third growth. Lizards’ tails are not mentioned
in papers dealing with the food of birds, the probable enemies of
Laysan skinks.

Puako Bay and Waimea, Hawaii; Laysan Island.

Ps ths a nd
BOT ows to soviad

I wmebiveds ary hatdy
Godsadgeagees rade 1 al 3
pc BR ee fort he ; get cee ain Oot

6 & sveo eehia ln a coped orp ebay

saat t Br Tyas weal

anda bent teers ik roe a iaW motk by ea
vancined seers iaitiveg: Be Haney dud

- OR. bitte 19a becthasten anid inbaligeh
adltrinplinn opottte poacaansenraar age |

wi ti ova itd, il ame a Ulatsiqtaes, ~|
nals 200RhwWa ae oly sai 3 ae cae LR atid 3)

artoveh saviownharntinaneatione cnn s
peat ipiamcrigedae eae viersody
ntuobbg pmo ettinngr alsuoctt ctor debs

tt wiatihe The Son Lge & “OOS otra y Labi tet ait ‘j Ch i |
li vyletie Mogan ith halia (lamedth peoltay Tikit Hear gi
the comers ofa he FEO : ig fer) abhi Rb baie e VORA ya Shak dbus SPE 2
forms, prece "
ed Phhesieosadreturboggs evinsge oids aranenges piomi octet
lo eyolley, teiou bd? ai aoor dog ae eee apie wok to enoiyes a
Famil ym a

a: pemieents enon bask], aaeeal: mqbaupk geautisoge daha Or “a
| 000. ,2enit enomay Je enoietiqme Bb , Doe bad Bins dias dootiag

boudituocpsimione "eliastebyAgi OTR erg db
to votenene oldsdow add esis ca baa' ¥

“Bpreiotw clbautted have all tin ake nei
ene rtp e well-detined, harrow, Lett:
' terior édge of the rediral plate to a4
other without, a. distinct median, pans
axtands oni ‘bead... |

NUCULITES FROM THE SILURIAN FORMATIONS OF WASH-
INGTON COUNTY, MAINE.

By Henry SHaLer WILLIAMS
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF MAINE.

In the year 1897 the writer began a study of the Paleozoic rocks
and fossils of eastern and northeastern Maine.

As the work proceeded a series of publications have been issued,
by several agencies, illustrating the new facts regarding the geology
and paleontology as they have been elaborated.

As all of these papers are more or less intimately related to each
other, it may be convenient for the reader to have before him a list
of them, with date, place of publication, and general nature of con-
tents. .

I. Contributions to the Geology of Maine. Bulletin United States
Geological Survey, No. 165, 1900, 8, 212 pp., 14 pls. and maps.

Part I. The Paleozoic faunas of Maine: a preliminary report upon
the Paleozoic faunas already known and upon new faunas recently
collected from Aroostook County, by Henry S. Willams.

Part II. Geology of the Aroostook volcanic area of Maine, includ-
ing an account of the clastic rocks of Aroostook County, by Herbert
K. Gregory.

Part III. List of Localities of Paleozoic, igneous and other crys-
talline rocks examined during the seasons of 1897 and 1898, by
Henry S. Williams.

In this bulletin the following geological formations are named and
defined and preliminary lists given of their fossils, by which their
position in the geological time scale is determined:

. Mapleton sandstone

. Moose River sandstone
. Chapman sandstone

. Square Lake limestone
. Ashland limestone :
. Ashland shale Silurian.

. Sheridan sandstone

. Graptolite shales

. Aroostook limestone

\Devonian.

eBPwmw pb oan oo

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VoL. 54—No. 2225. 27

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

No new species of fossils are described, but a couple of plates of
figures of Rhynchonella mainensis Billings and other species from the
Square Lake limestone, illustrating the variability expressed by rep-
resentatives of this one genus in the restricted limits of this one
limestone bed, are given and discussed.

II. The Silurian-Devonian boundary in North America, I, The
Chapman Sandstone fauna. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 9; 1900, pp:
203-213.

III. The Silurian-Devonian boundary in North America. <A dis-
cussion of the problems involved in determining geological boundary
planes. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 11, 1900, pp. 333-346.

IV. Note on fossils collected by N. S. Shaler from the Cobscook
Bay region of Washington County, Maine, incorporated in Smith
and White’s paper on The Geology of the Perry Basin in Southeastern
Maine. U.S. Geol. Survey, Professional Paper No. 35, 1905, pp.
21-27.

V. A new Brachiopod, Rensselaeria mainensis, from the Devonian
of Maine. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, pp. 267-269.

In this paper the new species, Rensselaeria mainensis, is described
and figured. The types are from the Chapman sandstone of Aroos-
took County, Maine. The types are deposited in the United States
National Museum. ,

VI. On the revision of the Mollusk genus Pterinea Goldfuss. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, pp. 83-90, published April 17, 1908.

In this paper the new genera Tolmaia, Follmanella, Actinopterella,
and Cornellites are defined. This revision was incident to the class i-
fication and description of the Pterinoid fossils of the Chapman sand-
stone formation.

VIL. Some new Mollusca from the Silurian formations of Washing-
ton County, Maine. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 42, No. 1908, pp.
381-398, with plates 49 and 50. Published July 3, 1912.

In this paper the new genus Eurymyella was defined and the
species, Hurymyella shaleri, E. shaleri, var. breva, var. longa, and var.
minor, and Hurymyella angularis, E. simulans, E. plana, E. recta, E.
convexa, and E. denbowensis. The new genus Cliopteria and species
C. bicostata and C. unicosta, Pterinea laxata, and the new species
Streptotrochus ione, 8. regularis, S. carinatus, and S. sulcatus were
described and figured.

VIII. Correlation of the Paleozoic Fauna of the Eastport Quad-
rangle, Maine. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 23, 1912, pp. 349-356.

In this paper the formations of the Eastport quadrangle are sub-
divided into six (unnamed) divisions based on the faunal character-
istics of the sediments.

__ IX. New Species of Silurian Fossils from the Edmunds and Pem-
broke formations of Washington County, Maine. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 45, July, 1913, pp. 319-352, with plates 29-31.

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 29

In this paper are described the species Whitfieldella edmundsi,
Chonetes edmundsi, Chonetes cobscooki, Brachyprion shaleri, the new .
genus Palaeopecten, and species P. cobscooki, P. danbyi (McCoy)
(sensu stricto Williams), P. transversalis, Pterinea (?Tolmaia) tres-
cotti, Tolmaia campestris, Dalmanella lunata Sowerby was recognized
andfigured. Chonetes bastini, Camarotoechia leightoni, Lingula scobina,
Lingula minima, var. americana, Actinopteria bella, A. fornicata, A.
dispar, Grammysia pembrokensis, Leiopteria rubra, Modiolopsis leigh-
toni, M. leightoni, var. quadrata, and Nuculites corrugata were des-
scribed and figured and the species Grammysia triangulata (Salter)
and Platyschisma helicites (Sowerby) were recognized and figured.

X. Correlation problems suggested by a study of the Eastport
Quadrangle, Maine. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 24, 1913, pp. 377-
398.

This paper announces the names adopted for the six divisions of
the rocks of the Eastport quadrangle, and gives a tentative correla-
tion of the formations with the divisions of the Silurian-Devonian
formations of New York State and England.

XI. Eastport Folio Maine. U. S. Geological Survey, Folio No.
192, 1914, By Edwin S. Bastin and Henry S. Williams. Eight
plates, 16 to 23, contain 148 figures illustrating the faunas of the
Quoddy, Dennys, Edmunds, Pembroke, and Eastport formations,
and in the text lists of the faunas are given and their correlation
values discussed.

XII. New Spirifers from the Silurian Formations of Washington
County, Maine.°

Spirifer trescottt.

Slirifer cobscookt.

Spirifer edmundst.

Spirifer lubecensis.

ON THE GENUS NUCULITES CONRAD, 1841.

The original definition of the genus Nuculites Conrad, 1841, is as
follows:

“Genus Nuculites. Equivalved; hinge with cardinal teeth as wn
Nucula, but apparently uninterrupted beneath the apex; an anterior mb
like that of Solecurtus, but narrower, extends from the apex, either direct or
slightly oblique, toward the base, never passing much beyond the middle
of the valve.” }

TYPE-SPECIES OF THE GENUS.

Nine species of ‘‘ Nuculites” were defined by Conrad in the same
paper with the definition of the genus (p. 50).

Of these, the first, N. lamellosa, was not figured, and the specimen
appears to have been lost, as no further reference to it appears in the
literature.

1 Geol. Surv. New York, 5th Ann. Rept., 1841, p. 49.

30 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

The second species, Nuculites emarginata, was transferred by Hall
to his new genus Palaconeilo, the shells of which ‘‘differ from. Nucu-
lites in having no anterior clavicular ridge.’’ 3

The third species, N. triqueter, the fourth, N. oblongata, and the
seventh, NV. cunevformis, all from the Hamilton group, Devonian, of
New York State, have been recognized as typical representatives of
Conrad’s genus Nuculites.?

FIGURES OF THE TYPE-SPECIES.

In the generally distributed edition of the 5th Annual Report of the
Geological Survey of New York, published in 1841, containing Con-
rad’s definition of the genus Nuculites, no figures were published.

The original plate, prepared by Conrad to illustrate the species
described in that report, was reproduced in the fifteenth annual
report of the regents of the University of New York on the state of
the Cabinet of Natural History with the following explanation:

The plate is plate 2 opposite page 194, described as ‘‘ Copied from
the original lithographic plate of T. A. Conrad, Esq.’ On page 193
it is stated that ‘‘this is a copy of the lithographic plate—which was
published with his (Conrad’s) report in 1841 and circulated with some
but not with all the copies.”

In a footnote to page 192 is the additional remark: ‘J (James
Hall) wnferred that only a small number of copies of the plate were pub-
lished with the report, but it may have been more extensively distributed
than I supposed, for I have found five copies among my own volumes.”

In the explanation of this plate, figure 7 is cited as ‘‘ Nuculites
cuneiformis; Conrad, Annual Report, 1841, p. 50;” and figure 8 as
“ Nuculites oblongatus, Conrad, Annual Report, 1841, p. 50.” Both
of the figures show the anterior clavicle, and the figures of NV. oblong-
atus shows the continuous series of crenulations on the hinge line.

Hall, 1885, recognized Nuculites oblongatus Conrad and Nuculites
cuneiformis Conrad, as the types of the genus Nuculites Conrad, 1841,?
and emended the definition with full illustration of the two species
(see pl. 47).

The emended generic definition is as follows: ‘ Nuculites, Conrad
(Geol. Surv. N. Y.; Ann. Rep., p. 49, 1841) Types, Nuculites oblong-
atus, Conrad, and Nuculites cuneiformis, Conrad.

“Shell equivalve, inequilateral, transverse. Anterior end rounded.
Postervor sometumes obliquely truncate and pointed. Beaks anterior.
Cardinal line arcuate. Post umbonal slope rounded or angular. Sur-
face marked only by concentric striae in all the known species. Hinge
furnished with a row of transverse narrow teeth beginning at the anterior

1 Prelim. Notice Lamellioranchiata, pt. 2, 1870, p. 8.
2Tdem.,p.4. Pal. New York, vol. 5, pt. 1, Lamartibehuentata: p pt. 2, pp. 26, 324, 325, and 326, 1885.
8 Pal. New York, vol. 5, pt. 1, Lamellibranchiata, pt. 1, p. 26, 1885.

NO, 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 81

muscular scar and extending without interruption posteriorly as far as
the posterior scars. Ligament external, contained in a narrow groove
along the margin of the hinge. Anterior muscular scar deeply impressed,
separated from the cavity of the shell by a vertical or slightly oblique
clavicle or partition, extending about two-thirds the distance from the
beak toward the base.

Posterior scar elongate, situated just below the termination of the hinge
crenulations. Just anterior to the posterior adductor are one or two
small retractor impressions. The cavity of the umbo also usually shows
three or four impressions of umbonal muscles. Pallial line simple.

This genus differs very distinctly from Nucula in the anterior clavicle
and absence of cartilage pit.

Examples: Nuculites oblongatus, plate xlvii, figures 1-12. Nucul-
ites triqueter, plate xlvii, figures 17—28.1

NEW SPECIES FROM WASHINGTON COUNTY, MAINE.

The following species of Nuculites have been recognized from the
faunules of the uppermost beds of the Edmunds formation (locality
numbers 5.33.8 B, and 1443 D 7) and from the Leighton shale mem-
ber of the Pembroke formation (locality numbers 1.43.9 A, 1.45.6 A,
1.55.1 A, 5.34.7 A2, 5.44.2 A, 5.3.2 A, 5.3.8 F, E and Mt, 5.4.7 B,
5.25.4 B, 5.24.6 B).

EDMUNDS FORMATION.

Nuculites corrugatus, page 32, plate 11, figures 10, 18.

N. subplanus, page 34, plate 11, figure 17; plate 12, figure 8.
N. trescotti, page 35, plate 12, figure 1.

N. lentus, page 46, plate 12, figures 6, 13.

PEMBROKE FORMATION, LEIGHTON MEMBER.

Nuculites corrugatus, page 32, plate 11, figure 12.
N. amycus, page 43, plate 11, figure 5.

N. battus, page 43, plate 11, figures 11, 13.

N. galeus, page 44, plate 11, figures 1, 14,19; plate 12, figure 2.
N. thyestes, page 41, plate 11, figure 8.

N. atreus, page 40, plate 12, figure 3.

N. chrysippus, page 39, plate 12, figure 5.

N. speciosus, page 38, plate 12, figures 9, 18, 19.
N. pelops, page 44, plate 11, figures 3, 7, 19.

N. eurylochus, page 45, plate 11, figure 4.

N. pholus, page 32, plate 11, figure 6.

N. ladon, page 33, plate 11, figure 15.

N. lichas, page 34, plate 11, figure 20.

N. nessus, page 33, plate 11, figure 21.

1 P©], New York, vol. 5, part 1, Lamellibranchiata, 2, pp. xxvi, xxvii.

au PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

N. robustus, page 36, plate 11, figure 9; plate 12, fizures 4, 7, 10,
12, 14, 15.

N. abnormis, page 39, plate 11, figure 16.

N. crassus, paze 37, plate 12, figures 16, 17.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.
NUCULITES CORRUGATUS Williams.
Plate 11, figs. 10, 12, 18.
1913. Nuculites corrugatus Wit11aMs, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 347, pl. 31,
figs. 11 and 14.

In the original publication of this species two specimens were
selected for illustration, both of which are more or less distorted.
Considerable variation in form was recognized. Since then all the
representatives of the genus, from the Eastport Quadrangle, have
been critically studied with the result that the normal form of the
species can now be more accurately determined. This normal form
is fairly well represented by the new figures given in this paper (pl.
1) .fles.10,, 02, and pls).

The average length of 18 specimens from the Leighton Cove locality
is 234 mm. The average height in proportion to length is 53/100.

The specimens from the Crowe Neck locality are smaller, rarely
exceeding the average length of the Leighton Cove specimens. Their
relative height is approximately the same.

Other forms, associated with this species in the typical locality, are
represented by figures 6, 15, 20, and 21. These are described beyond
under separate specific names.

Formation and locality—Pembroke formation, in the Leighton
gray shale member at the head of Leighton Cove, Pembroke Town-
ship (loc. 5.3.8 F) for the cotypes Cat. No. 58976 U.S.N.M. and the
specimen figured on plate 11, figure 12.

Edmunds formation, gray shales, shore of the little cove in north-
east part of Crowe Neck opening into northeast end of Straight Bay
Trescott Township (loc. 5.33.8 B) for the specimens figured as figure
10 and 18 on plate 11, Cat. No. 62869 U.S.N.M.

This last locality is believed to be at the dividing line between the
Edmunds and Pembroke formation. In the folio it is mapped as
Edmunds.

Remarks.—Specimens of this species have been found in other out-
crops of the Pembroke shales, at the head of Leighton Cove in lower
beds of the same section (namely, loc. No. 5.3.8 m and 5.3.8 E also
on the outside of Leighton Point (at loc. No. 5 : 4.7 B).

NUCULITES PHOLUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 6.

This-is a small species, which in general form resembles N. corru-
gatus, but it is less than half the size; the beak is further back ard
both the front and back ends are more prolonged and narrowed. The

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 83

clavicle is distinct, dips forward and reaches half way across the shell.
The hinge is crenulate. The posterior end is depressed without dis-
tinct unbonal ridge but with obscure traces of corrugations.

Dimensions, 14 by 64 mm. =46%.

Formation and locality Pembroke formation. Thin gray shales
at the head of Leighton Cove (loc. 5.3.8. F).

Remarks.—The type-specimen of this species comes from the same
faunule with typical Nuculites corrugatus (loc. No. 5.3.8 F).

The same species has been recognized in the faunules of other
localities of the Pembroke, namely, Oak Hill (loc. No. 1.43.9 A)
species No. 2087 A and C and 2089; a mile or so southeast of Oak -
Hill doc. No. 1.55.1 A) species No. 1849; northeast of Leighton
Point, in the shales continuing Kelley Point outcrops to the southeast
(loc. No. 5.4.7 A) species No. 2124, 2125, and 2126.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62870, U.S.N.M.

The following three species come from the same shales in which
typical Nuculites corrugatus is found (loc. No. 5.3.8 F). Morpho-
logically, they are specifically distinct from that species. Their
present form is evidently secondary, not original. They have been
figured and given separate names in order to discuss the problems
they offer the paleontologist for solution.

NUCULITES LADON, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 15.

Nuculites ladon resembles in its present outline WN. battus, repre-
sented in the figure immediately above it on plate 11. It differs in the
narrowing of both front and back ends, associated with an arching
of the center of the shell, which removes it from a subquadrate to an
oval shape.

It is so near to JN. battus, however, that taken alone one would
naturally consider it a variety of that species. It is probable that
it is a distorted specimen of N. corrugatus. There are no traces on
the umbonal slopes of the corrugations characteristic of the latter
species.

Formation and locality—Pembroke formation, gray shale at head
of Leighton Cove, (loc. No. 5.3.8 F), Leighton Neck, Pembroke.

Remarks.—The same form has been found in the Pembroke shales
outside Leighton Point (loc. No. 5.4.7 B).

Ty pe-specimen.—Cat. No. 62871 U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES NESSUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 21.
The second species, Nuculites nessus, is more like N. corrugatus in
its general surface characters, but is a short, high form, with broadly

rounded ends, a beak nearly central, high, overarching the hinge, and
3343—19—Proc.N.M.Vol.54 4

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

a slender, long clavicle. Hinge short and arching. The corruga-
tions are present on the umbonal slopes and the slight broad depres-
sion across the center is ike JN. corrugatus.

Formation and locality—Same as N. ladon.

Remarks.—A specimen presenting this form has been seen in the
shales of the Edmunds formation at northern end of Straight Bay
(loc. No. 1443 D 7).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62872, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES LICHAS, new species.

Plate 11, fig. 20.

The third species, Nuculites lichas, is still closer in general form to
N. corrugatus, but the front is higher, more broadly rounded, the
back low and not projecting above the hinge, the posterior end is
probably like that of NV. corrugatus but low and flattened. Several
wrinkle-like lines radiate backward from behind the beak, which in
the specimen are nearly as prominent as the long, slender backward
trending clavicle.

Formation and locality Same as N. ladon.

Remarks.—It would be misleading to speak of these three forms
as varieties, in the biological sense, of N. corrugatus. There is no
reason to suppose that the shells of the species NV. corrugatus varied
in these ways in life. Nor is it any more correct to call them varie-
ties of N. battus to which in their present state they have close resem-

blance.
Strictly speaking, they are metamorphic species, real for the pale-

ontologist, but mythical, as are their names, for the zoologist.
Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62873, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES SUBPLANUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 17; plate 12, fig. 8, magnified.

Shell thin, transversely elliptical, compressed, somewhat narrowed
behind, basal margin regularly and gently rounded with a slight unde--
fined constriction near the posterior end. Beak low and broad, ris-
ing but little above the hinge line, terminating a little in front of
center. General surface depressed-convex, umbonal ridge low, unde-
fined, and with a slightly depressed furrow in front of it. Surface
crossed by fine concentric lines, the posterior umbonal ridge and slope
crossed by fine radiating lines. Clavicle short but distinct, hinge
with crenulate teeth.

The dimensions of the type-specimen are 20 by 12 mm., making
the height 60 per cent of the length, which is within the limit already
set for specimens of JN. corrugatus.

Formation and locality —Edmunds formations: Gray shales, shore
of the little cove in northeast part of Crowe Neck, opening into north
end of Straight Bay, Trescott Township (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

NO, 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 85

This outcrop is believed to represent the uppermost beds of the
Edmunds.

Remarks.—The discovery that specimens, from the Crowe Neck
locality, Edmunds formation, in other respects having the characters
of NV. corrugatus, are crossed upon the umbonal ridge and slope by
distinct fine radiating lines suggests intimate genetic relationship
between the two species.

From a morphologic point of view N. subplanus and N. corrugatus
are two distinct species. The fact that the radiating lines on the
posterior end of the shell occur only in this Crowe Neck locality, sug-
gests that they are a matter of preservation rather than of specific »
distinction.

From a taxonomic point of view, if the radiating lines be given
specific value, then N. subplanus becomes the type of the Crowe
Neck forms and the more elongate forms which in other respects
agree with the typical N. corrugatus of the Leighton Cove locality
become varieties of N. subplanus distinguished from JN. corrugatus
by the radiating lines.

With this interpretation the Leighton Cove (Pembroke) species
N. corrugatus becomes the later representative of the Edmunds,
Crowe Neck, species NV. subplanus from which it differs by absence
of the radiating lines on the posterior end of the shell.

Ty pe-specumen.—Cat. No. 62874, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES TRESCOTTI, new species.

Plate 12, fig. 1.

Shell obliquely ovate; front end short, narrowly rounded; pos-
terior end large, subcuneate, produced both downward and _ back-
ward. Beak prominent, arching over the hinge and terminating
near the front. Valves convex, most so over the central portion.
Umbonal ridge prominent, subangular, below and anterior to which
is a well-defined depressed furrow extending from posterior side of
beak obliquely across to the post-inferior margin. Basal margin
broadly rounded from the front to the umbonal furrow, where it
turns upward to form a distinct reentrant sinus. Hinge short, with
crenulate teeth (evident behind the beak); the posterior margin,
from the end of the hinge to top of the umbonal ridge, long and
nearly straight. The cardinal slope abrupt and slightly concave.
Surface crossed by sharp, fine concentric lnes. The clavicle is
approximately vertical to the hinge line, well defined, but slender,
and in some specimens distinctly curved as in Nuculites triqueter
Conrad.

The long axis, from the center of the front margin to extremity of
the postumbonal ridge, cuts the shell into two approximately equal
portions; the arched basal margin protruding below to balance the

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

umbonal extension forward. The height is slightly (one to two-
tenths) greater than one-half the length.

The figured specimen (pl. 12, fig. 1) is the largest specimen seen. A
smaller specimen (M 1773), presenting more fully the specific char-
acteristics, has a length of 11 millimeters and is regarded as cotypical
with the former.

Formation and locality Edmunds formation, northeastern part
of Crowe Neck (loc. 5.33.8 B), Trescott Township, Washington
County, Maine, gray shales near the top of the Edmunds formation.

Remarks.—This species recalls Nucula coarctaia Phillips=Cucul-
*lella coarctata McCoy, from Fresh water, East, Pembrokeshire, Eng-
land; especially Phillip’s figure 47, plate 26, from which our species
differs in its greater proportionate length. McCoy, in redefining the
species, mentions the proportion of height to length as 65/100 which
is approximately that of N. trescotte.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62875, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES ROBUSTUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 9; plate 12, figs. 4, 7, 10, 12, 14, 15.

1839 cf. Cucullaea antigua SoweRsy, Murchison Sil. System, p. 602, pls. 3, 11
and 12a. ;
1855 cf. Cucullella antiqua (McCoy) British Pal. Fossils, p. 284.

A small, thick-shelled species, much resembling Cucullaea antiqua
Sowerby, but having a more prominent overarching beak, stronger
clavicle and more transversely elongate form.

Externally, the shell is transversely ovate, rather convex, beak
prominent overarching, posterior end produced, basal margin broadly
rounded, a shallow furrow below the inconspicuous umbonal ridge,
front margin rounded (pl. 11, fig. 9).

Interior molds show prominent beak, arching over the hinge mar-
gins, terminating about } length back from front margin. Clavicle
strong, straight, reaching beyond middle of shell; the anterior mus-
cular scar to within the space set off by the clavicle. Behind the
beak the interior of the shell is strengthened by a broad rib bounding
the posterior muscular scar on its front side. The cardinal edge is
strongly developed and has a continuous series of crenulate teeth
from near the front end of the hinge to a point beyond the front side
of the posterior muscular scar.

In front the teeth incline inward toward the beak, and are slightly
longer than those behind the beak, which also incline inward toward
the beak. Those immediately under the beak are smaller than at
either end.

Of 16 specimens measured, the average length is a little over 12
mm., the smallest 63, the largest 18 mm. The average height 51/100,
the length, varying from 42 to 69 per cent.

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 837

The figures of Cucullaea antiqua given by Sowerby are 8} and 14
mm. long, with height about 70 per cent and 64 per cent of length.

McCoy gives the proportion 65/100 for height to length, thus show-
ing, mathematically, the more slender form of our species.

Formation and locality.—Pembroke formation, gray shales on east
side of Young’s Point, Denbow Neck, Lubec (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62876, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES CRASSUS, new species.
Plate 12, figs. 16 and 17.

The definition of this species is founded upon two molds of the
interior of left valves and a fragment of the exterior.

Shell large, long, elongate-ovate, anterior and posterior ends about
equally narrowly rounded. <A deep, broad posterior furrow on the
exterior runs from the hinge to the basa! margin separating oft the
strong umbonal ridge from the body of the shell. In the mold of
interior the shell seems to have been thickened for a width of several
millimeters in front of the posterior adductor, which is deeply im-
pressed. The clavicle is strong and expanding at the inner surface
of the shell; and extends more than halfway across the shell. The
basal margin is broadly, evenly rounded up to the edge of the pos-
terior furrow, which ends in a sinus. The surface curves down
abruptly at both the anterior and posterior ends. The crenulations
are strong both sides the beak. The beak arches over the hinge.

The exterior surface is marked by fine concentric lines.

Dimensions, 37 by 154 mm. (414 per cent); 30 by 13 (43 per cent).

The teeth behind the beak distinctly express the “ V-shaped form”
which Verrill and Bush considered to be a characteristic of modern
genera of this group of shells.!

Formation and localty.—Pembroke formation, gray splintery
shales on east side of Denbow Point, north side of a little cove on north
side of Young’s Point. Lubec (loc. No. 5.24.6. B).

Remarks.—This is a large, thick shell, having about the propor-
tions of NV. robustus but twice as large. Our specimens are larger
than the largest reported specimen of Nuculites oblongatus Conrad,
and proportionally the shell is longer and narrower. The height of
two specimens of NV. crassus is 41 per cent and 43 per cent of the length.
The corresponding proportion of NV. oblongatus is 57 per cent.

It agrees with N. robustus in the strong reinforcement of the inner
surface of the shell between the umbonal cavity and the posterior
muscular scar, the narrowing of the posterior end, and the flattening
of the umbonal and central cavity of the shell shown in the interior
molds. In these features, the resemblance to Cucullaea antiqua Sow-
erby is closer than to the Devonian JN, oblongatus Conrad.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62877 U.S.N.M.

1 Amer, Jour. Sci., vol. 3, 1897, p. 58.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

NUCULITES SPECIOSUS, new species.
Plate 12, figs. 9, 18, 19.

Shell thin, large, elongate, subcylindrical,' aets ake three
times the Hees Hinge line long, crenulate. Posterior end cune-
ate. Front rounded, clavicle in igen? strong but thin and
inclining forward; in a second specimen (M 1809) inclining backward.
Beak low, in the mold of interior scarcely projecting beyond hinge,
terminating about one-fourth of length back of front margin. Pos-
terior end prominently corrugated, apparently in part due to pucker-
ing of the shell by pressure.

The dimensions of the largest specimen are: Length 43, and height
15 mm. (pl. 12, fig. 19); another specimen from the same locality
(M. 1807) measures 40 by 14 mm. Two other specimens from same
locality, probably the same species, measure 33 by 13 mm., and 32
by 13 mm. (M. 1806, see pl. 12, fig. 9, and M. 2081).

Another specimen, from another outcrop of probably the same
horizon (M. 1809, see pl. 12, fig. 18) has an estimated length 42,
estimated height 14 mm.

In size and general form it resembles N. crassus, but differs from
that species in its thin shell, inconspicuous beak, slender clavicle and
absence of trace of muscular impressions.

In these latter characters, it approaches NV. corrugatus; but it 1s
longer, thicker, not so flat, and the extremities, both anterior and
posterior, are lengthened and more attenuate than in N. corrugatus.

These differences from JN. corrugatus may, in part, be accounted
for by the slaty deformation of the rock in which they are contained.
The rock containing the types of WV. corrugatus is a similar shale, but
does not show the splintery structure of the shale holding N. specio-
sus, and it is to be noted that all of the specimens referred to N. specio-
sus have their long axis in line with the long axis of the splinters.

The only specimen associated with them, lying crosswise to the
direction of slaty elongation, is abnormally short (see N. abnormis,
pl. 11, fig. 16).

Formation and locality,—Pembroke formation, gray shale on the
west side of Coffin Neck, opposite Gooseberry Island, Lubec Town-
ship (loc. No. 5.44.2 A). These beds rest immediately upon some
light greenish shales holding an unmistakable Edmunds fauna.

Remarks.—This species has been found in other outcrops of the
shales near the border between the Edmunds and Pembroke forma-
tions, at the northern end of Coffin Neck (loc. No. 5.34.7 A”), and in the
collection made by N. S. Shaler in Straights Bay, precise locality not
known (loc. No. 1443 D7), probably the same as locality No. 5.33.8 B.

Type-specimen.—Cat. Nos. 62878, 62880, U.S.N.M.

1 A specimen (M 2013) from the collection made by N. S. Shaler (loc. 1443 D 7), probably the same locality

as our 5.33.8 B, presents apparently the characters of this species undistorted—the subcylindrical form of
the types is supposed to have been produced by pressure (see M 1805, NV. abnormia).

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 89

NUCULITES ABNORMIS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 16.

Shell rhomboid-ovate, flattened, resembling in outline a Devonian
Cypricardella, but with the clavicle and crenulate teeth of Nuculites.

The antero-posterior diameter is 28 mm. and height (estimated)
20, or at least 70 per cent of length. Beak situated about one-third
of length back of front margin. The umbonal ridge, as in Cypricar-
della, with central body of the shell depressed convex, the postum-
bonal slope is concave and falls off-abruptly from the umbonal ridge.
The hinge behind the beak is marked with the characteristic crenu-
late tecth of Nuculites and the clavicle is distinct and slants forward.

This specimen was found in the same shales with Nuculites specio-
sus, from which it differs very greatly in form; nevertheless it is quite
possible that the difference in form is due to metamorphic distortion
after fossilization.

Formation and locality—Pembroke formation, gray shales on west
side of Coffin Neck, opposite Gooseberry Island, Lubec (loc. No.
5.44.2 A). These shales lie immediately above some light greenish
shales containing an Edmunds fauna.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 62881, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES CHRYSIPPUS, new species.
Plate 12, fig. 5.

The name Nuculites chrysippus is given to an elongate, cuneate
form similar to that of NV. cuneiformis Conrad. Most of the terms
used in describing that species apply equally well to this one.

Shell of medium size, elongate-ovate, cuneiform, widest in front
and pointed behind; length (22 mm.) twice the height (11 mm.), thus
differing from NV. cuneiformis, the length of which is greater than
the height. Basal margin gently curving in the anterior part, becom-
ing nearly straight behind. Posterior extremity narrow, but less so
and less elongate than in JN. cuneiformis and obliquely truncate
behind. This truncation of the margin lies between the two faintly
expressed umbonal ridges which radiate from the beaks. At the base,
they are 34 mm. apart, the space between them is flat and marked by
two intermediate faint corrugations as in N. corrugatus. The cardi-
nal line is nearly straight. Anterior end sloping rapidly in a straight
line from the beaks and abruptly rounded below. The beak is at
the extreme front (if the axis of the shell be made parallel to the
hinge line). If the margin of the base be made the transverse axis
of the shell, the beak stands near the front, which is broadly rounded
to the center of the base and the shell is very oblique and the umbonal
slope is greatly elongate and bounded by two faint diverging ridges.
In front of the more anterior of these ridges, there is a broad shallow

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 54.

furrow extending from the middle of the sheli to the basal margin,
The post-cardinal slope is abrupt as is also that at the front end of
the shell. The surface is marked by fine concentric stria and stronger
lines of growth about two millimeters apart. The clavicle is slender,
runs about half way to the base, and is directed backward at about
40 degrees from the hinge line.

Formation and locality——Pembroke formation, splintery gray
shales, in the southern part of West Pembroke, on west side Penna-
maquam River (loc. No. 1.45.6 A).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62882, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES ATREUS, new species.
Plate 12, fig. 3.

The name, Nuculites atreus, is given to a transversely elliptical shell,
the beak of which is situated almost central (about 1 mm. in front of
the center). The valves moderately convex, beak low, protruding
slightly beyond the hinge margin. The two ends are sub-equal, the
anterior evenly rounded, the posterior obliquely truncated, forming a
blunt angle with the base line. The umbonal ridge is only slightly
angular, scarcely separating the body lope from the post-umbonal
slope. The hinge line is slightly arching, corresponding to the gentle
curvature of the basal margin, making the form nearly equilateral.
The clavicle is thin and reaches less than half way to the basal margin,
and inclines forward about 35° from a transverse line running through

‘the middle of the shell. There are distinct crenulations on the hinge.
The surface markings are as upon NV. chrysippus.

The surface of this shell is evenly rounded from front to the umbo-
nal angle, which is only slightly and broadly undulate. There are
no indications of furrows or ridges radiating from the beak, and the
only break in this even curvature of the margin is the posterior
truncation spanning the end of the slope between the umbonal ridge
and the end of the hinge line.

The shell presents some resemblance in outer form to. Palaeoneilo
plana Hall, and may be distinguished from Hall’s figure (24 of plate
48) by the more central position of its beak, the broader curvature
of the anterior end, and the wider and truncate termination of the
posterior end. In addition to the crenulate teeth of Palaconeilo, this
species has the clavicle of Nuculites. Dimensions: antero-posterior
diameter 18 mm., height from beak to basal margin, 7 mm. (= 39
per cent). The beak is 83 mm. from front and 93 mm. from posterior
extremity.

Formation and locality —Pembroke formation, splintery gray shales
in the southern part of West Pembroke on west side of Pennamaquam
River (loc. No. 1.45.6 A).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62883, U.S.N.M.

No. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 4l

NUCULITES THYESTES, new species.

Plate 11, fig. 8.

Nuculites thyestes has a broadly ovate form; the length is about
one-third greater than the height, valves depressed-convex, beak low,
and (when viewed in such a position that the line connecting the mid-
dle of the anterior with the middle of the posterior end is horizontal),
the beak is decidedly posterior to the center. From this point of
view, the anterior end is evenly curved and is very broad, and the
posterior end is short and not more than half the height of the front.
The hinge is not in evidence, but the posterior slope indicates the
position of the beak, and there is a gradually broadening furrow
separating two very low umbonal ridges. The clavicle is short, reach-
ing about one-third the distance to the margin and slants forward.
The surface markings are the same as for JV. chrysippus and N. atreus.
Dimensions, greatest diameter 214 mm. (which is on the line con-
necting the center of posterior end with center of anterior end);
height 17 mm. (79 per cent).

Formation and locality.—Pembroke formation, splintery gray shales
in the southern part of West Pembroke, on west side of Pennamquam
River (loc. No 1.45.6 A).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62884, U.S.N.M.

REMARKS ON N. CHRYSIPPUS, N. ATREUS, AND N. THYESTES.

These three quite dissimilar shells, found in a small outcrop of the
splintery Pembroke shales in West Pembroke village, offer some par-
ticularly interesting facts for the paleontologist.

They are represented by figure 8 on plate 11, and figures 3 and 5
on plate 12.

At first glance they appear to represent three distinct genera neither
of which is Nuculites. On closer inspection, however, a slender clav-
icle is discovered on each specimen and on one of them the charac-
teristic crenulations are seen, so that upon comparing them with
fuller collections of Nuculites from other outcrops of the Pembroke
shales, it is clear that each of them is a distorted specimen of some
species of Nuculites.

The three forms are so decidedly different that, from a morphologic
point of view, they must be regarded as distinct species. In order to
discuss them, I have given them names:

M 1787= Nuculites chrysippus (pl. 12, fig. 5).

M 1788= WN. atreus (pl. 12, fig. 3).

M 1789= N. thyestes (pl. 11, fig. 8).

Although neither of the forms has any near resemblance to N.
corrugatus, nor has there been found in this locality any specimen
that can be referred morphologically to that species, a study of the

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

collections leads very strongly to the belief that they are but dis-
torted representatives of the same zoological species I have called
N. corrugatus.

But on this hypothesis it would not be correct to refer to these
species as varieties of N. corrugatus for there is no evidence to show
that the zoological species N. corrugatus expressed anything like
these divergences in form.

Further, they are not imaginary species, for the characters they
express as fossils are as positive and real and exact as those expressed
by any other fossils.

Nevertheless, taken separately, as figured and morphologically
described, there is nothing to indicate that they are not as ‘‘good”’
species as any others described in this paper.

They are, however, evidently distorted as is demonstrated by the
ollowing diagrams, which show the realtionship of the present form

4
Fig. 1.—AXES OF DEFORMATION IN VARIETIES OF NUCULITES.

of each to the axis of general deformation of the splintery shales in
which they lie.

The outline is here drawn as near as possible as it lay on the splint-
ery shale, the long axis of which is here placed horizontal and the
chief compression of which has been in a vertical direction.

The line C-D is, for each specimen, approximately its long trans-
verse axis and A-B its vertical axis running through the tip of the
beak, on the supposition that they were originally normal shaped
specimens of Nuculites.

Taking these three specimens to be actually three distorted indi-
viduals of the same species, a study of the effects of the pressure and
movement of the rock upon the original form is instructive.

In the first figure (N. chrysippus) the squeezing has changed the
relations of the lines A~B to C—D from 90° for each arc to 145° for the
arcs A-D and B-C and 45° for the arcs D-B and A-C, thus relatively
shortening the height of the front and the back and lengthening the
hinge margin behind the beak and the front half of the base; redis-
tributing each of the elements of the circumference without markedly
disturbing the general shape of the contour. The beak is shifted
forward to the extreme front and the clavicle is turned strongly
backward.

NO, 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 438

In the second figure (N. atreus) the squeezing has not greatly
affected the angular position of the parts, as shown by the nearly
normal relation of the axes A-B to C-D (90°); but has apparently
thrust the front half of the shell upward and forward, elongating the
part in front of the beak, while the posterior basal part has been forced
upward toward the beak, thus shortening the posterior end.

In the third figure (N. thyestes) the ares A-C and D-B have been
reduced about 20°, with corresponding increase of the arcs A~D and
C-B. But the effect of this squeezing has been very different from
the first case, because of the different position of the beak, which was
evidently more stable, the other parts of the shell moving about it.
The result has been a great flattening out of the front half of the shell,
a shortening and pushing forward of the posterior part, arching of
the hinge margin, and thrusting of the beak into a nearly central
position, leaving the clavicle in a normal relation to the beak.

NUCULITES AMYCUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 5.

Shell narrow, elongate, with a high, angular umbonal ridge. The
beak low, terminating at about one-quarter distance back from front
to posterior extremity. The umbonal ridge forms the most elevated
part of the surface in the middle where it is sharply angular and flat-
tens out both toward the beak and toward the postero-basal angle.
On the posterior slope there is a slightly raised secondary parallel
ridge. Anterior to the umbonal ridge, the surface slopes off grad-
ually toward the front. The clavicle, inclines slightly backward,
and extends scarcely halfway to the base.

Dimensions.—Antero-posterior diameter 134 mm.; height, 7 mm.
(52 per cent). There is a faint linear depression in the specimen
(which is a mold of the interior) proceeding from behind the tip of
the beak, crowning the umbonal ridge near its cardinal end, and
terminating on the basal margin at a point about 3 mm. in front of
the posterior extremity. This depression appears to have been a
raised line on the interior of the shell about one-half the strength of
the clavicle. It is possible that it is the expression of a crack of the
shell, as its direction is parallel to the axis of elongation of the rock
in which it lis.

Formation and locality —Pembroke formation, gray splintery shales
in the vicinity of Oak Hill, northwestern Pembroke (loc. No. 1.43.9
A).

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 62885, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES BATTUS, new species.
Plate 11, figs. 11 and 13.

Shell thin, subquadrate, flattened, height more than half the
antero-posterior diameter. Both anterior and posterior ends broadly

A4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. YOL. 54,

rounded, clavicle slender, nearty erect, and reaching halfway to base.
Beak low, terminating slightly anterior to the middle.
Dimensions.—M 1802, 184 by 12 mm. (65 per cent), M 1803, 18 by
13 mm. (72 per cent).
Formation and locality.—Pembroke formation, gray splintery shales
outcropping near Oak Hill, northwestern Pembroke (loc. No. 1.43.9

T'ype-specumen.—Cat. No. 62886, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES GALEUS, new species.
Plate 11, figs. 1, 14, 19c; plate 12, fig. 2.

Shell elongate-oval, the posterior end narrow and subangular, the
anterior somewhat narrowed and evenly rounded.

The beak terminates at about the anterior third. The body of the
shell is subcylindrical, swollen in the middle and tapers down toward
both ends. The umbonal ridge is near the cardinal margin, its outer
slope abrupt and rounded off toward its outer end. The umbonal
furrow is faintly expressed and its termination forms a slight sinus
at the margin. The clavicle is slender, reaches halfway across the
shell and slants obliquely forward from the beak. The concentric
growth-lines are distinct, the finer concentric lines also are in evi-
dence.

Dimensions.—Transverse length 29 mm., height at beak 12 mm.
(41 per cent). Tip of beak 11 mm. from front end; the lower end of
clavicle, 64 mm. from front end.

Formation and locality —Pembroke formation, splintery gray shales
on south side of Pennamaquam River at Kelly Point and westward,
Pembroke Township (loc. No. 5.3.2 A).

Remarks.—Several specimens (one figured) from this same locality
have the same general form. Specimens from the Oak Hill (loc. No.
1.43.9 A) outcrop of probably the same shales, have the same form.
One of them is given on plate 12, figure 2. Another specimen from
the Kelley Point shales (loc. No. 5.3.2 A) is figured (pl. 11, fig. 1) and is
referred to this species. Their affinities with both NV. corrugatus and
N. speciosus are apparent.

Ty pe-specimen.—Cat. Nos. 62887, 62888, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES PELOPS, new species.
Plate 11, figs 3, 7, 19a.

Shell erect, obliquely ovate, height greater than the transverse
diameter; beak narrow overarching the hinge. Shell moderately
convex; posterior surface gently sloping off to the hinge and pos-
terior margin; the anterior slope more abrupt than the posterior.
The posterior margin forms a blunt angle with the hinge margin and

NO, 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 45

falls off toward the base in a nearly straight line to the middle, then
gently curves around the postero-basal angle into the basal margin.
The front margin is gently arched, running into the basal margin in a
broad regular curved line. The anterior side is shorter than the pos-
terior and their margins are subparallel. The hinge is arched and
shorter than the transverse diameter of the shell. The clavicle is
slender and short, extending about one-third distance to the base.
The hinge is crenulate. The surface is marked by fine concentric
lines; and, in this specimen, is marked by several small pustulous
elevations, which are seen to be produced by Ostracods lying inside
the shell and pressed into the shell during fossilization, thus showing
the thin structure of the shell.

Another specimen from the same locality is M 1790 A (pl. 11, fig. 3).

Dimensions of 1791: length 15 mm.; height 17 mm. (113 per cent).

No. 1790, transverse diameter, 14, estimated height 19 mm. (135
per cent).

The type-specimen shows faint indication of an umbonal furrow,
and in the umbonal region it is bounded by a slight indication of an
umbonal ridge.

The second specimen shows some faint indication of wrinkling of
the surface in the direction of the long axis of deformation of the
shales in which it hes.

Both specimens lie with the transverse axis of the shell, at near
right angles to the axis of elongation of the shales, thus clearly indi-
cating the metamorphic nature of their specific characters.

Formation and locality—Pembroke formation, gray, splintery shales,
Kelley Point, south shore of Pannamaquam River (loc. No. 5.3.2 A).

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 62889, U.S.N.M.

NUCULITES EURYLOCHUS, new species.
Plate 11, fig. 4.

Shell of medium size, subcireular, length and height about equal,
margins regularly rounded. Valves moderately convex below,
becoming gibbous a little above middle. Beaks a little anterior to
the middle, small, rising but little above hinge line. Posterior slope a
little longer than the anterior slope and marked by a curved a
sion fading out toward the hinge and toward the base. The clavicle
distinct, erect and distinctly in front of the beak, reaching nearly half
way across the shell. Test thin. Surface marked by fine concen-
tric strias and at irregular distances stronger growth lines. The crenu-
lations of the hinge are not actually seen, but their presence is inferred
from the fact that the specimens of NV. galeus on the same slab (1790 A)
show the crenulations and the two agree in other characters of the
shell except form.

This species, like N. galeus, is regarded as a metamorphic species
(namely, the acquired are more prominent than the original char-

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54,

acteristics). Except for the presence of a distinct clavicle, this
species might, on morphologic grounds, be classed with Paracyclas.
Another specimen (M 1799) represents the same form.
Formation and locality—Pembroke formation, gray, splintery
shales, Kelley Point, south shore of Pennamaquam River (loc. 5.3.2 A).
Type-specomen.—Cat. No. 62890, U.S.N.M.

REMARKS UPON THE SPECIES N. GALEUS, N. PELOPS, AND N.
EURYLOCHUS.

On plate 11 a figure is given (fig. 19) of a slab of the splinteryshale
from the Kelly Point locality (loc. No. 5.3.2 A) showing examples of
these three species as they, at present, lie upon the surface of the shale.

At the top of the plate separate figures are given of each species
oriented as is customarily done in preparing plates to illustrate fossil
species. The straight lines drawn across the faces of the separate
figures represent the long axis of the splintery slab upon which they
lie, thus indicating roughly the direction in which the specimens
have been distorted.

On the same plate, figure 7, is a more perfect specimen from the
same shales of the species NV. pelops, and its orientation in relation to
the long axis of the splintery shales is the same as the specimen figured
above it (fig. 3) seen on this particular slab (fig. 19).

This presentation of the facts will make it clearly evident that the
morphologic characters upon which the specific descriptions are (and
must be) based have been greatly affected by distortion incident to
movement of the containing rock after the shells were embedded.

Paleontologists are familiar with this fact, but may not be aware
of the great difficulty there is in determining from the literature, or
from the actual specimens in museums, whether distortion has or has
not taken place. .

NUCULITES LENTUS, new species.
Plate 12, figs. 6 and 13.

1860 cf. Clidophorus elongatus Hatt, Canadian Nat. and E., vol. 5, p. 150.
Also Dawson, T. W., Acadian Geology, ed. 4, 1891, p. 601, fig. 206.

This species agrees in so many particulars with the definition given
to Clidophorus elongatus Hall from the Silurian at Arisaig, Nova
Scotia, that the definition will be given entire and note made of points
of divergence from that definition.

Hall’s definition is as follows: Clidophorus elongatus, Hall, figure
206.1 Shell subelliptical, length about twice the height, beak much
nearer to the anterior end, which is narrowly rounded; umbones
rounded, prominent; a defined gradually widening depression extends
from the umbo to the posterior basal margin, causing a straightening
or slight sinuosity in the edge of the shell; a defined ridge along the

1 The quotation is made from Dawson’s Acadian Geology, 4th edition, p. 601.

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 47

posterior slope between the sinus and the cardinal margin. Surface
very finely striated. A slender clavicle extends from the anterior
cardinal margin a little more than halfway to the base, and curving
slightly forward.

Arisaig, coll. J. W. D.

In the first place, Nuculites lentus has crenulate hinge teeth. The
genus Clidophorus was, in its original definition, distinguished from
Nuculites by the absence of crenulation upon the hinge. The appli-
cation of the generic name Clidophorus to the species C. elongatus thus
distinguishes the two species.

In our figure 6 (pl.12) the two valves of the same shell are together,
and comparison with Hall’s figure shows that the right valve is nar-
rower while the left valve is broader than his figure. The difference
between the two valves is, however, clearly a matter of distortion.
Figure 13 shows a specimen which differs from C. elongatus in the
broader, less extended, posterior end; both of our figured specimens
show the preumbonal furrow to be less strongly marked than in @.
elongatus, and the beak is also broader and less conspicuous. The
clavicle of NV. lentus is apparently more slender and straighter than
that of C. elongatus. The specific definition of the latter, however, is
in all its particulars broad enough to include such specimens as JN,
lentus and not specific enough to exclude them.

Formation and locality Edmunds formation, gray shales on shore
of small cove in northeast part of Crowe Neck forming the northern
extremity of Straight Bay, Trescott Township, near the dividing line
between the Edmunds and Pembroke formations, classified as Ed-
munds in the Eastport folio (loc. No. 5.33.8 A).

Type-specimens.—Cat. No. 62891 U.S.N.M.

ON THE INTERPRETATION OF FOSSILS.

In selecting Nuculites corrugatus for description, and in writing the
description of the species, the chief purpose was to present to the
reader the characteristic fossils of the several formations which were
being mapped in the Eastport Folio.

It was a species met with in several of the outcrops of the Leighton
member of the Pembroke formation and in one exposure of the Ed-
munds formation, which latter, by its fauna as well as position, was
interpreted to be at the top of the Edmunds formation.

Specimens from the typical locality were found to express consid-
erable variation inform. Two specimens (one transversely elongate
and the other much shorter and higher in form) were selected to
express this variability. In this description, therefore, several of
the characters regarded as of specific value were described as varying
in presence or absence or in strength of expression of the characters.

In this method of species-description I was following rules very
commonly adopted by expert paleontologists.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

In the present paper, the description of the representatives of the
genus Nuculites,asexpressed in the Silurian formations of Washington
County, was made the chief purpose of the investigation. In this
study the object in view has not been paleontological but zoological
(or rather conchological), namely, the determination of the proper
zoological categories to which the several specimens under investi-
gation belong.

The first point to determine was the meaning of the generic cate-
gory Nuculites and the validity of its name.

Having decided this point, all specimens from the whole collection,
which belonged within this category were examined and their mor-
phologic characters closely studied. They were classified, labelled
and named strictly on the basis of their morphology. The reason
for being strict in the application of this rule was the realization that
there are several quite diverse causes both for difference and for like-
ness of morphologic characters, neglecting which must necessarily
lead to a misinterpretation of the significance of the fossils.

Some of these diverse causes may be mentioned as self-evident:

1. The shells of the same zoological species may differ by reason
of a natural variability in development of the shell in normal growth.

2. Morphologic differences may arise in addition to natural or
inherent variability by reason of differences in food or in conditions
of environment. Such a cause is likely to show itself on comparing
specimens of the same species from distinct localities.

3. Differences may arise in fossil species from difference in the kind
of sediment in which they are imbedded, due to chemical or purely
physical causes incident to the solidifying of the rock.

4. Differences in fossil shells may be caused by movements of the
rock magma after fossilization. Such changes may be considerable
and of unknown amount and without leaving any indication upon
the shell itself of such metamorphism.

5. Another cause may find its expression in the literature and
figures by which knowledge of fossils is recorded and communicated.
The author may associate as characteristics of the species characters
observed on separate specimens which he imagines were originally
the same species. This results in producing a composite idea of the
species, the composition being made up in the author’s mind, the
reasons for which may or may not be manifest to the reader of the
literature or the student of the fossil specimens.

From these considerations it becomes evident that the scientific
record of carefully made observations may be affected by the relative
importance the author (it may be quite unconsciously) assigns to
one or other of these various causes of the morphologic differences
he observes.

The fossils described in this paper offer such an admirable example
of these diverse causes of difference that it has seemed to the author

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 49

worth while to supplement the purly descriptive part of the paper
by a discussion of the more obscure problems of interpretation of
fossils, particularly of those from the Paleozoic rocks.

I use the word interpretation purposly, because when the paleon-
tologist gives a zoological name to a Paleozoic fossil he is necessarily
interpreting the morphologic form impressed upon the rock into the
category of living organisms.

See tee is very much more and a different process than
description. In description we are narrating what is visible to our
eyes and what we see; in interpreting we are explaining what we con-
ceive to be the meaning of the thing before our eyes and thus are
imagining what is supposed to be symbolized by the thing seen. Fos-
sils are, like the cuneiform inscriptions on Babylonian cylinders,
symbols, and their correct interpretation involves a hypothesis as
to the cause or causes for the particular form they assume. In both
cases it is of prime importance to determine with precision the exact
form of the symbol, but in the interpretation, the complexity and
difficulties are far greater for the fossils than for the cylinders. The
general hypothesis that the fossils were produced by living organisms
may be adopted with the same confidence we have that the cunei-
form inscriptions were written by men.

It is a simple matter also to compare a fossil shell with the sheil of
a living organism and to interpret the various characters, such as
beak, hinge, clavicle, muscular impressions, etc. The real difficulty
comes when we attempt to give generic and specific names, and to
assign taxonomic values to the characters observed. These difficul-
ties are increased when we find, as is above stated, that the characters
themselves have been moeified after their original formation. Not
only are there these difficulties in reaching a correct interpretation
of fossils, but the evils resulting from misinterpretation are great
and far-reaching.

They become misleading in the field of zoology and evolution, as
well as in the field of stratigraphy and formational correlation. These
misinterpretations of fossils are not to be corrected by accumulation
of statistics, but only by a more careful attention to the processes
of thinking and the conceptions formed in interpreting the facts
observed.

It involves the training of the imagination as well as the training
of the powers of observation.

THE NUCULITES FROM THE LEIGHTON COVE SHALES.
(Loc. No. 5.3.8 F.)
In order to give mathematical expression to the divergence of form
of specimens associated in a single faunule, I have measured all the
specimens (perfect enough for record) from the Leighton Cove locality,
3343—19—Proc.N.M.Vol.54——5 |

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Pembroke (loc. No. 5.3.8. F), giving in the following table the length,
height, and percentage of height to length, and the specific defini-
tion under which they fall.

No. Name. | Length. Height. | Per cent.

mm. mm
Mat QTR WA se osc moalcrctc aisles INS COTTUGGUUS= <2 sence cscs eneeeSsaeceee 25 13 52
(0G THD ees oe es ee Secon oaceaeolaance GO sicteaicicisine clones smc Es 264 163 62+
(Bigs 14) eins ceee eee ee kee lessee GO. coe mete Ba aoe eee esate 33 14 423
Mual2ih Base sre. Sse e ee eels 43. GOS sae tata sd Seno eee eee 26 il 424
Larabee ie mets ic ais ee icieiel| Sate (2) aoe esas Sa cenis eee eens 26 12 46
DE SRE S22 th ceeeee ce INS Cornugatuse.. ie se eS. AEE eee: 24 10 42
Gade Si 2S cee sheen at Jace eee oO Oee bee ccbcececesaseanesesenan eee 28 14 57
Bese sp See esse Ot Ree seeks ee eee 21 134 65
| era he sae nee eee taro GOe oe totes seca ween aaa eee eee Dit 13
VES aR es 82a ee eee | eae oseee artes Sica ga5-- Sas eee 24 12 50
IN erreiesiccineeeinss ce eee teen C (BRAS ASHER Seno aes Cneene Soraaeoe 18 10 554
hs 3s eee SE SES eee ce Gor seston cles -2 We sbi ge SEY 23 12 524+
(ORs Hede seis sea aenenceocssoJeeE 0 ee ee ee ORE coe ae 22 13 59
uss ooh sc meenteattee fo seealceee GOssE asso seek ec keeeeee nee 19 10 52--
Di core ssniscee ealemeiatacee| ster Osan ste se etat eens cicaeeee 28 14 50
Mise beet SoA RES eae toe ene sal Bae Come eter eee is Pee 22 13 59
WW his ttinn ves otien ae caeemealeniane CO sse secpenicoceewn sens sosce as eaue 21 114 55
TWAS rk Sees Se te UCASE Sas dot! Se ies Se ee LER 153 83 55
Son std co soowOe SESH eBeee CE NG COTTUGCUUS:.«.-10)~ = ose eisiemjon c= oe ais =| 26 10 334
MMU7Z67 il isse ee eek eee ease dene IN DROVES Se ac. Aas SaaS ee aa eee 14 it 50
NDR S15) ease as Mees Sve he epee tone INF TUES SUS ca) ja a2 atm che msieioein Saye See a eee 19 14 74
i. 0 ly aa Sea ee oe eee INE LECOMASS LIAataats oe om os ote eee s 17 12 70+-
1 a oh KS eee Ser eRe AGRE coor Saco IN SRUICILOLS ne siaiciatnka ers sioneis oe eee, tata 19 114 60+

It will be seen from the table that 18 specimens were definitely
referred to the species N. corrugatus. The average length of these
(omitting fractions) is 23 mm. and the average height 53 per cent of
the length. The extremes of length are 33 and 15, and 12 of the 18
“ specimens vary but 3 mm. from the mean. The extremes of height
are 42 per cent and 65 per cent, and 9 of them (namely, one-half) vary
only 4 per cent from the mean, 53 per cent.

Another specimen is more slender than these (height 38 per cent,)
but comes within the average length, 26 mm.

The other four specimens have a specifically different shape and
have been given separate names.

The shales in which these specimens are imbedded are fine-grained
fissile shales, showing no particular deformation since solidification.
The specimens do not appear to have been elongated or shortened in
any particular relationship to the angle of their position on the shales.
Their general surface characters, also, are not so diverse as to furnish
basis for good specific distinction.

It is, therefore, quite consistent with common usage to consider all
of them zoologically as belonging to a single species and to regard
those named N. pholus, N. nessus, N. ladon, and N. lichas as sub-
species or varieties of NV. corrugatus.

This interpret:tion will work no particular harm for purely paleon-
tologic purposes, except in making the characters of this species
indefinite and elastic; but, from what follows, it will be seen that it
would be misleading to assume that the variability found to be a fact
in the fossils represents actual variability of the species in producing
its shell, from a zoological point of view.

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM HE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 651

It will be seen, also, that the calling of N. ladon, or any of the last
four named forms, a variety of N. corrugatus or a distinct species is a
matter of interpretation not of facts observed. For instance, in case
18 of the 23 specimens from this one faunule were of the form of JN.
ladon and only one of them was like WV. corrugatus, common usage
would lead the paleontologist to decide that N. corrugatus is a variety
of NV. ladon. And in case we had in evidence only a single specimen
of NV. corrugatus and N. ladon, there would be no question of their
specific distinctness.

THE NUCULITES FROM THE SPLINTERY SHALES OF KELLEY POINT.

In the same Leighton member of the Pembroke formation, but
above the Leighton Cove shales, there is a series of gray splintery
shales outcropping along the northeastern side of the Leighton penin-
sula on the western shore of Pennamaquam River, extending from
outside Leighton Point (at loc. 5.4.7 B) to West. Pembroke and beyond.
Nuculites have been found in these splintery shales from several
localities (loc. No. 5.4.7 B, Kelley Point (5.3.2 A), West Pembroke
(1.45.6 A) and Oak Hill (1.43.9 A)).

The following species come from these localities:

No. Name. Locality. Length.

mm mm.
5.4. 28 12 43
5.4. 17 8 47
5.4. 10 5 50
5.4. 10 5 50
5.4. 12 8 66+

5.3. 18 14 774
5.3. 154 17 109
ie Deos 154 16 103
ESP 14 13 93
5.3. 134 | 113 85
5.3: 124 12 96
| 6.3. 15 15 100
| 5.3. 21 9 43

5.3. 29 12 414
5d. 24 12 50

5.3. 24 9 374

d 5.3. 26 10 384
TOG ie wie cerae INCE TONTUS Scie ese tac se acta een seas 5.3. 21 94 45
WISI e Racca ING. CUNY SUD PUSS eens e a aoe Ae eeaeeace eae Wai G Ares. <1 22 11 50
MiB ea sesEEke UN SGET CUS Eee SSE ey. CSREL ES CESS SPS EALS S M45 6 AL. Sk] 183 ll 59
117 (2) eh ae INFILLY ESTES ee ahs tense eee acca eee 1:45:67 AG Se seee 22 17 72
800u 53 ..0 INEGRULEUS’. $55. 3. SEALS ee BE USSG Awe Seas 27 10 37
SOM sasewae IN OUIYCUSS sae taunt amen ec ynese ecieee ce Ts43 Oo Ag eae 12 6 50
ESO2 ee seers IN MODHANS SSS I TES LOLU SS FOES TE EEE A VASLOVAS oak 184 12 65
HBOS 32st somes. cto dor .2s2keese PAS OrArees SS oe 18 13 72
PANSY hy Nee N. cf. pholus as OAy 2k. 22 19 15 79
BUST sccm cmalsplects 6 Kaa eae nu ile ee ie 18 9 50
2087: D....22. ENE GQLCUS 2S Tue Bes See NT Na A a WAS ORAS bt US 26 il 42
DOSS. estas as al sieves Oe siete myo a pan sacyarentn crepes) Baie) s erase eter ayeyae WAS Oe Ar oe seo 254 10 39
20895 5.213 INS YDILOLUS Sa 1e NAS SP eS: SESS 143290 A Pe ke 15 74 50

The great diversity of form presented by the Nuculites from these
splintery shales is evident from the fact that the attempt to classify
and describe the 31 specimens has resulted in assigning them to 12
distinct species.

59 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vo. 54.

An average of less than three specimens are found sufficiently alike,
morphologically, to be classed under the same definition. Also this
diversity of form is shown by the distribution in the faunules. In
the faunule 5.4.7 B, five specimens are distributed in three species.

Faunule 1.45.6 A with only three specimens has three species.

In faunule 1.43.9 A the 13 specimens fall into 7 species.

In order to obtain a mathematical expression of this diversity of
form, we may take the relation of height to length expressed in per-
centages. Taking all the 31 specimens from these splintery shales,
sufficiently perfect to give the percentage, the height averages 60 per
cent of the length, and the extremes range from 37 to 109 per cent.

The averages for the specimens of each faunule are 51 per cent,
70 per cent, 60 per cent, and 52 per cent.

The form of the several species as expressed by the percentage of
the height to the length is as follows:

N. galeus, 41 per cent; N. amycus, 44 per cent; N. cf. lentus, 45 per
cent; N. cf. corrugatus, 43 per cent (the average for the type is 53
per cent); N. pholus, 50 per cent; N. chrysippus, 50 per cent; N.
atreus, 59 per cent; N. cf. ladon, 66 per cent; N. battus, 68 per cent;
N. thyestes, 72 per cent; N. eurylochus, 93 per cent; N. pelops, 96 per
cent.

The greatest number of specimens falling under one specific defini-
tion is 8 for species NV. galeus, the height ratio of which is 41 per cent,
with range from 37 to 50 per cent. And the total number of the spec-
imens coming within this range of form is 18 or over half of the total
number of specimens in the list.

From this analysis, it is evident that, whatever may have been the
original form of the specimens here under consideration, it was a
narrower, more elongate form than WN. corrugatus, the average height
of which, in its typical locality (loc. No. 5.3.8 F), is 53 per cent of the

length.
METAMORPHIC SPECIES.

Without going into further details, the evidence is sufficient to
show that the species of the splintery shales, all of them, have an
entirely different status from ordinary zoological species.

Independent of the question whether they are well or poorly de-
scribed, or as to their taxonomic rank, the causes of their present
form are evidently secondary and not (wholly) attributable to the
organisms supposed to have produced the shell.

It 1s quite evident, also, that these secondary causes have more or
less obliterated the original characters. Nevertheless, the characters
they now exhibit are as clear and distinct as if they were original
characters, and in description and illustration must be treated as any
other fossils.

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 58

In the present case I have taken pains to bring together the mor-
phological characters with the evidences of metamorphism exhibited
by the shales in which they lie so as to demonstrate the real cause of
the specific form.

The evidence of metamorphism is mostly obliterated, when the
specimens have been detached and trimmed for the museum, and is
entirely absent in the ordinary figures by which the fossil species are
illustrated.

In order to distinguish such species from those fossil species which
preserve their original characters, I propose to call them METAMOR-
PHIC SPECIES, using the word metamorphic in the sense proposed in
the Rules of Nomenclature and Classification adopted by the United
States Geological Survey in 1903. In these Rules the following defini-
tion is given: ‘‘ Metamorphic including altered rocks of either sedimen-
tary or igneous origin in which the acquired are more prominent than
he original characteristics.”

The species of the splintery shales of Kelley Point are metamorphic
species in this sense that the acquired are more prominent than the
original characteristics. With this definition in mind the paleontol-
ogist will be able to remove a large number of fossil species from zoo-
logical nomenclature, and place them in a category by themselves ~
for the special use of the geologist.

In the present paper I have assigned names selected from classical
mythology to those species which seem to me to come under this
definition of metamorphic species. They are of importance to the
paleontologist in defining the fossil contents of formations and the
characteristic expression of the faunas of particular localities. But
they have no legitimate place in zoological nomenclature as species
or varieties, although their generic characters may be cited whenever
these characters have not been obliterated by the metamorphic
processes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puate 11.

The figures on this plate are all natural size.

The arrangement of the figures is designed to illustrate the effects of distortion by
which the original form of the shells has been obscured or entirely obliterated.

Figure 19 is an elongated slab of the splintery shale from locality 5.3.2. A showing
the specimens, illustrated in figures 1, 2, 3, and 4, as they lie upon the surface of the
slab; the separate figures have been rearranged to correspond to the ordinary mode
of representing such figures upon a plate.

The original orientation of these specimens is indicated by the lines, drawn across
them, which represent the long axis of the slab on which they lie.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF TUE NAVTIONAL MUSEUM. ~~ vot.54.

Nuculites galeus Williams.

Fig. 1. A right valve, the same as marked C on figure 19 (specimen number M
1790 C).

14. A left valve from the same locality, somewhat, larger than figure 1, but present-
ing the same elements of form (M 1793).

19c. The same specimen as figure 1, shown in its original position on the slab
(M 1790).

Locality —Slaty shale of the Leighton member of the Pembroke formation, on the
south shore of Pennamaquam River at Kelley Point. Pembroke Township (loc. No.
5.3.2 A).

Nuculites, species indet

Fig. 2. A nearly circular specimen, the outlines of which are too imperfect for exact
delineation, figured in order to illustrate the extreme shortening of the shell. The
same as figure 19 d (M 1790).

Locality.—Same as figure 1.

Nuculites pelops Williams.

Fig. 3. An imperfect specimen of a left valve, the same as figure 19 a, of the form
better expressed by figure 7 which is made the type of the species.
19a. The same specimen as figure 3 shown in its original position (M 1790 A).
7. A left valve showing the full form. By the line drawn across its face (showing
its original position in relation to the axis of deformation of the shale in which it lay)
._ the agreement in form with figure 3 is explained.
Locality—Same as figure 1 (loc. No. 5.3.2 A).

Nuculites eurylochus Williams.

Fig. 4. A left valve which might easily be mistaken for a Paracyclas. The different
position of the cross lines in figures 6 and 4 demonstrates how the deforming force
was exerted nearly at right angles upon the two specimens, thus accounting, in part,
for the present diversity of form (M 1790 B).

Locality —Same as figure 1 (loc. No. 5.3.2 A).

Nuculites amycus Williams.

Fig. 5. A left valve, probably narrower than moor}, the umbonal ridge appears
to be accentuated by pressure (M 1801).

Locality.—Slaty shales of Pembroke formation, near Oak Hill, northwestern Pem-
broke (loc. No. 1.43.9 A).

Nuculites pholus Williams.

Fig. 6. A small right valve, presenting some of the characters of N. corrugatus. Its
narrower form and more central position of the beak oy: be the results of distortion
(M 176).

Locality Pembroke shales at the head of Leighton Cove, Pembroke Township
(loc. No. 5.3.8 F).

Nuculites thyestes Williams.

Fig. 8. A right valve in which the front half of the shell is evidently flattened and
produced in the direction of the antero-basal angle, and the posterior part is shortened
(M 1789). :

Locality—Slaty shales of the Pembroke formation from the southern part of West
Pembroke (loc. No. 1.45.6 A).

no. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 55

Nuculites robustus Williams.

Fig. 9. A figure of the exterior surface; produced directly from the mold of the
exterior of the same specimen, mold of the interior of which is represented by figures
12 of plate 12. This effect is produecd by reversing the figure on the plate from the
position in which it was photographed, making it to appear convex instead of concave
as is the original specimen (M 1786).

Locality —Gray Pembroke shales from the east side of Young’s Point near the end
of Denbow Neck, Lubec (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

Nuculites corrugatus Williams.

Fig. 10. A slightly elongated left valve, presenting otherwise the typical charac-
ters of the species (M 1764 A).

Locality.—Shales from the upper beds of the Edmunds formation, in the cove at the
north end of Straight Bay, northeast corner of Crowe Neck, Trescott (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

12. An undistorted specimen of a left valve, showing the normal shape of this species
from the original locality. This specimen expresses the mean form of which the
two figures originally published are extremes (M 1215 A).

Locality Pembroke shales at the head of Leighton Cove, Pembroke township
(loc. No. 5.3.8 F).

18. A left valve somewhat crushed at the umbo, the clavicle forced outward toward
the front margin (M 1764 B).

Locality Edmunds formation same as figure 10 (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

Nuculites battus Williams.

Figs. 11 and 13. Two specimens of left valves. The quadrate form is probably pro-
duced by flattening of the very thin shells. The pustulose elevations of the surface
are seen, in the original, to be impressions of ostracods pressed through the shell from
inside (M 1803 and 1802).

Locality —Slaty Pembroke shales from vicinity of Oak Hill, Western Pembroke
Township (loc. No. 1.43.9 A).

Nuculites ladon Williams.

Fig. 15. A right valve, somewhat resembling N. battus, but a more gibbous form
(M 1317).
Locality —Same locality as figure 12 (loc. No. 5.3.8 F).

Nuculites abnormts Williams.

Fig. 16. An imperfect mold of interior of a left valve, showing a very high, flattened
form. This specimen is probably distorted by pressure. The specimens of NV. spe-
ciosus of plate 12 (M 1805) came from the same locality.

Locality —Gray slaty shales at the base of the Pembroke formation on west side of
Coffin Neck, opposite Goosberry Island, Lubec (loc. No. t.44.2 A).

Nuculites subplanus Williams.

Fig. 17. A compressed, oval left valve, entirely differing from N. corrugatus in
form (compare with figs. 10 and 18 from the same locality) but resembling it in
the possession in this locality of fine radiating lines on the posterior umbonal ridge
and slope (see pl. 12, fig. 8) (M 1765 A).

Locality Edmunds formation. Crowe Neck locality same as figure 10 (loc. No.
5.33.8 B).

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Nuculites lichas Williams.

Fig. 20. Aright valve. In its present form this has little in common with N. corru-
gatus. Itis quite easy to imagine, however, the specific characters of this shell to have
been produced by distortion of a specimen originally like figure 12, with which it is
associated (M 1816).

Locality —Same as figure 12 (5.3.8 F).

Nuculites nessus Williams.

Fig. 21. A right valve of a thin shelled species, the puckering of the surface of which
is quite evidently secondary. The lower half of the shell appears as if it had been
thrust backward in relation to the upper half. The impressed grooves behind the
beak are nearly as strong as the clavicle, but, as morphologic characters, are equally
prominent (M 1815).

Locality —Same as figure 12 (loc. No. 5.3.8 F).

PLATE 12.

All natural size, except figure 7, magnified 2 diameters; figure 8, magnified; and 11
and 14 magnified several diameters.

Nuculites trescotti Williams.

Fig. 1. A left valve, exhibiting the general characteristics of form, but larger than
the average size of the specimen from the same locality (M 1766). Another specimen
(M 1773) (not here figured) is cotypical with it and better represents the average char-
acters of the species.

Locality—Edmunds shales in the cove at the northern end of Straight Bay on Crowe
Neck, Trescott (5.33.8 B).

Nuculites galeus Williams.

Fig. 2. Slightly elongate right valve referred to this species. Compare with figure
14 of plate 11 (M 1800).

Locality. Pembroke shales in vicinity of Oak Hill, western.part of Pembroke Town-
ship (loc. No. 1.43.9 A).

Nuculites atreus Williams.

Fig. 3. A right valve, having a shorter and more gibbous form than N. subplanus
and differing also in surface characters (M 1788).

Locality —Pembroke shales, southern part of west Pembroke village, west side of
Pennamaquam River (loc. No. 1.45.6 A).

Nuculites robustus Williams.

Fig. 4. A small slab with three internal molds, showing the high prominent beak,
strong clavicle and the strong reinforcement of the inside surface separating the um-
bonal cavity from the impression of the posterior muscular scar (M 1776).

Locality —Pembroke shales on east side of Youngs Point near the end of Denbow
Neck, Lubec (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

7. A right valve, magnified two diameters (the same specimen represented on upper
side of figure 4). In making this figure, the specimen has been turned upward so as to
show under the beak the hinge margin with the crenulations (M 1776).

Locality—Same as figure 4 (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

10. Another specimen of the right valve (M1777). The form is more elongate than
figure 4,

Locality—Same as figure 4 (loc. No. 5.25.4 B.)

NO. 2225. NUCULITES FROM THE MAINE SILURIAN—WILLIAMS. 57

12. An internal cast of a left valve (M1786 D). In this specimen the strong clavicle
is in evidence, but the internal ridge separating the umbonal cavity from the posterior
muscular scar is wanting. The figure showing the external surface of this species (pl.
11, fig. 9) was made from the impression of the exterior of this same specimen, and the
drawing of the hinge teeth enlarged represented by figure 14 is also made from this
specimen.

Locality. Same as figure 4 (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

14. An enlarged drawing of the hinge border and its teeth made from the internal
mold (fig. 12) on a scale to compare with the hinge of Tindaria reproduced in the figure
1 immediately above it.

Locality.—Same as figure 4 (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

15. An umbonal view of a left valve associated with the other specimens of this
species. Introduced to show the effect of changing the point of view in preparing
illustrations (M 1781).

Locality —Same as figure 4 (loc. No. 5.25.4 B).

Nuculites chrysippus Williams.

Fig. 5. A specimen of the right valve, oriented on the plate as seems consistent with
the development of the lines of growth. If it were turned on its center about 20
degrees to the right, its characteristic form would be obscured. (M 1787).

Locality—Pembroke splintery shales in the southern part of West Pembroke on
west side of Pennamaquam River (loc. No. 1.45.6 A).

Nuculites lentus Williams.

Fig. 6. The two valves of a single specimen as originally attached at the hinge line.
The much narrower and elongate form of the right valve than the left is readily
explained by the different relation of the two valves to the compressing force which
affected the whole rock in which the shell was imbedded (M 1769).

Locality.—Edmunds shale at north end of Straight Bay near east end of Crowe Neck,
Trescott (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

13. A detached right valve of apparently normal size and shape (M 1768).

Locality.—Same as fig. 6 (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

Nuculites subplanus Williams.

Fig. 8. A magnified portion of the. surface of the posterior end of the specimen
figured on plate 11, figure 17, showing the radiating lines crowning the finer, more
closely set concentric lines (M 1765 B).

Locality—Edmunds shale formation, at north end of Straight Bay, Crowe Neck,
Trescott (loc. No. 5.33.8 B).

Nuculites speciosus Williams.

Fig. 9. A right valve, of smaller size. The front is rather shorter than in the other
examples of this species, showing, however, the normal characters of the posteroir end
(M 1806).

Locality—Pembroke shales on the west side of Coffin Neck, opposite Gooseberry
Island, immediately underlain by shale carrying an Edmunds fauna (loc. No. 5.44.2 A).

18. A right valve, the basal margin of which is curved inward narrowing the front
part of the shell (M 1809).

Locality.—Pembroke shale at north end of Coffin Neck, Lubec (loc. No. 5.34.7 A?).

19. A right valve, imperfectly showing the surface characters of the posterior end,
but in outline expressing approximately the normal shape (M 1804).

Locality. Same as figure 9 (5.44.2 A).

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Tindaria callistyformis Verrill and Bush.

Fig. 11. Hinge of a right valve (mag. 8 diam.) front view, introduced here for com-
parison of crenulate dentition with that of Nuculites robustus, figure 14. Copied from
figure 21 on page 61 of Verrill and Bush article in Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 3,
1897.

Locality.—Recent off Atlantic coast of North America.

Nuculites crassus Willlams.

Fig. 16. Mold of interior of a left valve, showing the strong clavicle and posterior
muscular scar (M 1761 A).

Locality—Pembroke shales, in cove between Youngs Point and extremity of Den-
bow Neck, Lubec (loc. No. 5.24.6 B).

17. Another mold of interior of a left valve, showlng the crenulate hinge both sides
the beak, the strong clavicle and muscular scars (M 1761 B).

Locality.—Same as figure 16 (loc. No. 5.24.6 B).

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 11

NUCULITES FROM THE SILURIAN FORMATIONS OF MAINE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 53-56

[7 ONE
ae bail ne 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 12

ANTS p>

_—

NUCULITES FROM THE SILURIAN FORMATIONS OF MAINE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 56-58

yk
ee ee ee ee

ALTITUDINAL DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA IN
COLORADO.

By Giron S. Dopps,
Of the Department of Zoology, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri.

INTRODUCTION.

During the summers of 1908, 1912, and 1913 I made collections
of plankton Crustacea from 124 lakes and ponds in Colorado, at
elevations from 4,100 to 12,188 feet. I have also received material
from Prof. Max M. Ellis and Mr. L. C. Bragg. These collections have
yielded 55 species of Entomostraca, which form the basis of this
report. I have also made use of all other available records of species
previously reported from the State, giving a total of 71 species
(Phyllopoda, 16; Cladocera, 34; Copepoda, 21).

The following list includes the localities where fairly complete col-
lections have been made in the State.

On the plains: Feet.
La Junta (Dodds), Tl lakesafabouts.’ ats. ...<- ce oe be 4, 100
Boulder (Dodds). lakessat abouts. /sseiwles-caweh -o. pancmec eke 5, 300
Greeley (Beardsley), several lakes at about...................-- 4, 600
In the mountains:
Tolland recion (Dodds), 106 Takes® so. 2.2 Aono cow ss. encuiciasae 28 8, 100-12, 188
Twin Lakes region (Juday), several'at about.................... 9, 200
Pikes Peak region (Ward), 5 lakes at about ....................-. 11, 000

Besides these, there are a number of localities from which one or
two species have been reported—scattered records in mountains and
plains by various men, including some records by early naturalists,
chiefly with the Hayden survey.

The interest of this study lies in the fact that here, within a rela-
tively small area, we find a wide range of environmental conditions,
physiographic and climatic, with a corresponding diversity of ani-
mal and plant life. The eastern two-fifths of the State of Colorado
is included within the area of the Great Plains, with a climate, except
for its arid nature, essentially like that of the Mississippi Valley
generally, while the remainder includes the highest area of the Rocky
Mountain region, parts of which have a climate almost arctic.

1 For list of these lakes, their elevations, and the species collected in each, see Table 8, printed as a folio
at the end of the text.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2226,
59

60°: PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von. 54.

It will be seen from the above that while collections have been
made from widely scattered representative localities in the eastern
half of the State, the greater part of my own collections are from an
area with the city of Boulder as its center, including 7 lakes on the
plains east of this city and 106 in the mountain region to the west.
This mountain area I will refer to as the Tolland region after the
town of Tolland, where, during most of my study, I made my headquar-
ters, at the summer mountain laboratory of the University of Colo-

woe ee ~~ - ee ee - + +e + - — - - — -

INIA) Zam

Sit Ans Wy
|

GN
“
°

LAUNTA | |

(Mev ale hana.

40 60 8&0 100
KILOMETERS

Fic. 1.—Map oF COLORADO SHOWING LOCALITIES WHERE ENTOMOSTRACA HAVE BEEN COLLECTED. THE
BLACK RECTANGLE INCLOSES THE TOLLAND REGION, THE AREA SHOWN IN DETAIL IN FIG. 2.

rado. The lakes of the Tolland and Boulder regions afford especially
favorable conditions for the study of altitudinal distribution, because
here, within a distance of less than 30 miles, is passed through the
whole range of climatic conditions, from temperate to subarctic.
To the east of Boulder extend the plains with elevations up to 5,400
feet, while to the west, clearly visible, 20 miles away, Arapahoe
Peak with its glacier, rising to 13,506 feet, marks the Continental
Divide.

The climatological data presented in the following paragraphs,
while in general true for any part of the State, apply particularly

to this area.
CLIMATE.

The data regarding climate presented in this paper are, for the most
part, from the annual summaries of the Weather Bureau for the Colo-
rado section, though use is also made of data collected by Francis

xo. 2226. . DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 61

Ramaley and other members of the biological staff of the University
of Colorado, all interpreted in the light of eight years’ residence at

Beaver Res.
N
1
es. Tumbleson tL
2
°

3 oa - f
5 Moonshine Eo See Peasy
Shy ee w Block UL?

By Sy

a arias: H
BALO MTN.
Gis!

So saecie 4 ae
‘ GLACIERNS; 2

S.ARke oct ¢
2 \»

s
; 3 as ‘ j : ‘ Gi ee My bi ary mengye ain " 4 . pe
Con’ . ~- RONA sees aa : ety ; eae Aa a
ef eal Beh + 5 NG Tera 3 ise pili abr et aes te Sa Se Sere, SS — “
» seal \ is ney cas Ts senses 950 Cary ua ZA PF Smertwcedl A :
qT : j ite : he Rod abe sig : se o)
pworona: Res. = t ‘ P £ : et Manchester L.
\ neem By 4 . .. + = =

| L 1 DB... Co ee a he 4 xr 3 - : z

Eat Bulk é 4 ‘ aah eek y *: Plocer.Pong ‘

~ i S* Forest Lakes 3 . AOLLINSVILLE ee j
, f A %& a a EY 8500
Fi z= rae ost, ED gio
ie Ca es ro ec E oe
2 a; ae it m eer he te eae 4
Sil & WE; a eee a a melleRess at

A x ty Jétrekar’Lokes * oes Nohy “ i ~
£ x \ 5 !

; w NEBRASKA iy

‘ t x} ¢ ~ HILL rd Bed

\ ge SHB & t a
4 po. 8 3 Me
) = yeas ip
Le

\ (350% Echo L = s fet
i Jomes {Peak Liv; “Gf ">
dal

TOLLAND REGION

COLORABO
TOPOCRAPHY, AND LAKES

Past

i 2 5
a = =5 tHles
oes : = Z 3 Kilometers

“oN sggz- tiller Le
* Noe... \ Contour interval soo f@et (/52.4m)
‘ Ss. See ae ~ Qrawn from U.S.G.S. Topographic mops.

Fic. 2.—Map OF TOLLAND REGION, THE AREA INCLUDED IN THE BLACK RECTANGLE IN FIG. 1.

Boulder and of several summers spent in whole or in part in the moun-
tains of this region.

Three stations have been chosen as representative of typical condi-
tions in different parts of the area under study:

Denver (5,272 feet), in plains region, records for 41 years.

Frances (9,300 feet), mountains, records for 8 years.

Corona (11,660 feet), high mountains, records for 6 years.

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

Reference to the maps (figs. 1 and 2) will show that the two moun-
tain stations lie within the Tolland region and that Denver on the
plains is also so located as to be of direct use when compared with the
other two stations. In discussing climate, special attention has been,
given to precipitation and temperature, because these two factors of
climate seem to be those most directly of interest in relation to the
fauna under study.

Precipitation.—The usual increase of precipitation with elevation is
well marked in this region and seems to contimue to the highest ele-
vations, as is shown in Table 1.

TaBLE 1.—Annual precipitation.

: Total pre- .
Stations. cipitation. Snowfall.
Inches.
WDGMVER Ss ote = 2 cians acl neinin cities enacts & cemnw ac teeramecineanaceen 14. 02 | 62.3 inches (5-+- feet).
PAN COS ie ae ae els A es achat ete ale itn afore OS es ais 24.16 | 180 inches (15 feet).
Coronas. occ s2bes cect oom eee ah aoe onan a eeenie poneceseae | 43.69 | 390.6 inches (32+ feet).

The plains are decidedly an arid region. Denver is fairly typical
of the entire eastern plains of the State, but there are places where

rt old |
SSS
rag 8 CA) as Sm) 2 ~
eet tt ter

Fig. 3.—MEAN PRECIPITATION BY MONTHS.

the rainfall is only 11 or 12 inches. The arid climate of the plains
seems, as will be pointed out later, to play the chief part in determin-
ing the nature of their entomostracan fauna. The greater precipi-
tation of the mountain region is probably of little importance directly,
but has its chief significance in the fact that a large proportion of it
comes in the form of snow. Reference to figure 3 shows that at
Corona the greater part of the precipitation comes in those months
when it is entirely in the form of snow (all months but June, July,
and August). At the higher lakes, great banks of snow accumulate

No. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 63

on the slopes above, or extend out over the lakes on the ice, and have
a great deal to do with keeping the temperature of the lakes low
throughout the summer.

Temperature.—Temperature is probably the climatic factor which
in this region plays the largest part in determining the distribution
of animal life, and it is the factor which within our area is subject to
. the greatest variation. On the plains we have the conditions which
are prevalent throughout temperate latitudes, while in the higher
parts of the mountains there is a close approach to arctic conditions.
For purposes of comparison between different parts of the area under
study, I have made use again of the three stations—Denver, Frances,
and Corona—the elevations and temperatures of which are shown in
Table 2.

TABLE 2.—Mean annual temperature.

Elevation. Mean annual temperature.

Stations. | eee ai ; a

MEN Versa aete an sate saan. ccas cae he oe nate D275 Nace n aecye ton Eh enlaesadacenos 02
MYATICESE AGERE S24 doen a tenets pace e Sonate 9, 300 4,028 | 41.0 8.8
(Charani, ASSURE Ot aaa ee Seep a 11, 660 6, 385 | 26.0 23.8

The conditions recorded at Denver are representative of the plains
in general, and those at Corona of the highest lakes studied in this
region, so that the difference between these two stations expresses the
divergence between the two extremes of lakes. It is seen that the
mean annual difference between these two stations is 23.8° F., whicn,
allowing 1.35° F. as equivalent to 1° of latitude, corresponds to 17.2°
latitude. Thus, though Corona is distant from Denver but 40 miles,
it has an annual mean which might be expected 1, 200 miles to the
north. It is this steep temperature gradient that gives mterest to
studies in this region.

As a matter of fact, the isotherm corresponding to the temperature
of Corona does actually pass through these far northern regions
as may be seen by reference to map (fig. 4), while that of Frances,
though less extreme, also passes well to the north, at one place toucb-
ing the Arctic Circle. In this map it is to be noted that the isotherms
are drawn as reduced to sea level, so that the effect of elevation is
already felt at Denver, where the actual temperature is probably 15°
F’. below the corresponding sea-level temperature shown on the map.
An isotherm map, not reduced to sea level, would show all lines bend-
ing far southward over the Rocky Mountain system, as a result of
which the isotherm of 26° F. would actually pass through Corona,
while at Denver, only 40 miles to the east, would be that of 50° F.

The mean distribution of temperature throughout the year at these
three stations is shown in figure 5.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Though the annual mean gives a ready basis for comparison, and
furnishes an index of general climatic conditions, it is probably not of
itself as effective in determining distribution of aquatic animals as

Fic. 4.—ISOTHERM MAP OF THE WORLD, WITH THE ISOTHERMS OF CORONA AND FRANCES DRAWN IN.
other peculiarities of temperature, such as maximum and minimum

temperature at certain seasons. Figure 6, a graphic representa-
or e mean a minima for the three ee oe shows that at

- 2 ; ; ~
-
od s
-- | .
Ea ee PR x

Se te SS
ia cS
pa ctetobolba IS

Fic. 5.—MEAN TEMPERATURE BY MONTHS.

Corona there are six months in the year during which zero F. is
commonly reached, and that further, during all montee freezing tem-
peratures may be expected. Asa matter of BbSenvaniee frosts are not
uncommon during the entire summer in the higher parts of this region.

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 65

Figure 7, showing mean monthly maxima, indicates in another way
the difference between these three stations. It isseen that at Corona

Jan. Feb. Mar Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Ock Nov. Dec,
pa a i a a
- |

°
7m

Ea as ch
1
a eeBe sib al pb hip sid Nae DR
Pa a

Fic. 6.—MEAN MONTHLY MINIMUM TEMPERATURES.

there are three months—December, January, and February—during
which the temperature remains constantly below freezing, while at

Jan. Feb. War. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Ock. Nov. Dec.

in TT eR a Oo
a A ee i 9

pez
0 a ee
Fn is ed

Fic. 7.— MEAN MONTHLY MAXIMUM TEMPERATURES.

Denver during the same months it commonly reaches 65° F., a
higher figure than the average maximum at Corona during the summer
3343—19—Proe.N.M.Vol.54—6

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. voL. 54.

months. These studies of maxima and minima show more clearly
than does the annual or monthly mean the rigorous nature of the
climate and short duration of the summer season in the region of the
highest lakes.

The above data regarding climate do not touch directly on the
medium inhabited by the Crustacea—the water. To an aquatic
animal climate means water temperature, not air temperature, and
the data just given are of importance only because the temperature
of the water is determined by that of the air and by general climatic
conditions. Nevertheless it is desirable that data be given concern-
ing the temperature of the water during the summer, the length of
time free from ice, etc. Such records will be presented as a part of
the account of the lakes themselves.

TOPOGRAPHY AND DESCRIPTION OF LAKES.

The eastern portion of Colorado lies in the region of the Great Plains,
with an elevation of from 4,000 to 5,000 or 6,000 feet. The plains
have a gradual slope toward the east, the valleys are broad, and
the hills gently rolling. In this region natural bodies of water are
few and small, bemg limited almost entirely to transient pools and
ponds which are dry for a considerable part of the year. In addi-
tion to these natural ponds there are many pools, ponds, and reser-
voirs which owe their existence to irrigation and are filled periodi-
cally from ditches. The largest of these are reservoirs a mile or
two in the largest dimension, contaming water throughout the year,
but subject to great fluctuation in level. Another quite frequent
type includes the cattle ponds, depressions 2 to 4 feet deep and 50
to 100 feet across, scooped out to hold water for stock. The water
is commonly muddy from the clay bottom, is frequently very foul
with the droppings of the stock which water there, and seldom con-
tains much plant growth of any kind. There are long periods with
neither outflow nor inflow and they may be entirely dry for con-
siderable periods. Some of these have a very rich fauna.

In drawing conclusions about distribution it must be borne in mind
that these artificial bodies of water are of recent origin, and it is en-
tirely probable that their development has been more rapid than the
migration of plankton Crustacea, so that an equilibrium has prob-
ably not been reached. This condition may account for the absence
of certain species from the plains which might be expected there.
The climatic conditions of these lakes present no facts of great inter-
est, being essentially like similar bodies of water in other parts of
the Mississippi Valley. During the winter months, from the last of
November till the close of February, they may be covered with ice,
and the water temperature only a little above the freezing point.
From May to September the temperature during the day commonly

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 67

rises to 90° F. in small bodies of water and probably at times to 100° F.
Upper figure, plate 13, illustrates a typical lake of the plains.

A description of the lakes in the mountain region is not so simple
a matter, and, in view of the fact that the greatest interest of the
present studies centers in the alpime fauna, must be given in greater
detail.

At their western border the plains pass, for the most part, abruptly
into the mountains, so that the first rank of foothills often rises
within a distance of a mile or two from one to three thousand feet
above the plains. In sharp contrast to the topography of the plains,
the relief in the mountains is great and the streams run in narrow
valleys a thousand or more feet in depth. The highest part of the
mountains, the Continental Divide, crosses the State from north to
south, in much of its course beng from 11,000 to 13 000 feet in
i sees with peaks rising to 14,000 feet.

In the mountain region west of Boulder there are very many small
lakes, from 106 of which I have made collections. Inasmuch as nearly
all of these lakes are of glacial origin, some account of glaciation and
glacial topography is necessary. Though no part of Colorado was
covered by the continental glacier there were in the higher moun-
tains at the same time very many glaciers, only a few remnants of
which remain. In the Tolland region these extended downward
from the Continental Divide to an elevation of 8,000 to 9,000 feet,
reaching eastward in the valleys as tongues of ice a distance of 5 to
10 miles. On the western slope glaciation in this region was less
extensive.

The cirques in which these glaciers had their origins, just below
the divide, are now one of the conspicuous topographic features of
the higher parts of the mountains. Each cirque, separated from
those adjacent to it by high, narrow ridges extending outward from
the divide, is shut in on three sides by steep rock walls a thousand
feet or more in height. In nearly every cirque is a lake fed by water
from the huge snow banks, some of them perennial, which accumu-
late on its walls in the winter.

These lakes in the cirques at the heads of streams are the highest
bodies of water to be considered and present the most extreme alpine
conditions. They le just at or above the upper limits of timber,
nearly all of them at elevations above 11,000 feet, the highest one
studied being Ice Lake at 12,188 feet. I have designated these as
alpine lakes, and those at lower elevations in the mountains will
be spoken of as montane, the division, as will be explained later,
being made on the basis of faunal as well as physical peculiarities.
I have made collections from 24 alpine lakes.

None of these is more than one-fourth mile in length, and, while
they are considered locally to be very deep, I suspect that few, if any
of them, are over 50 feet, though as boats are not available it can

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

not be determined certainly. One of them (Yankee Doodle Lake),
reputed locally to be ‘‘bottomless,’’ I found to measure about 25
feet. The rugged inclines surrounding these lakes are covered with
large angular fragments of rock, and the bottoms of the lakes are
largely of the same material and usually practically devoid of silt
and entirely without vegetable mold. The water, derived from
melting snow on the slopes above, is very clear, and in many lakes,
when viewed from above, presents a brilliant green color.

A striking feature of these lakes is the great amount of snow which
accumulates on the cirque walls above, in some of them extending
well out over the ice cover of the lake. A lake so covered is long in
becoming free from ice and the water remains at a low temperature all
summer, so that climatic differences between alpine lakes are deter-
mined by the size and position of such snowbanks rather than by
elevation.

At the beginning of June, even in warm seasons, all of these lakes
are completely covered with ice, and in 1912, a season of heavy snow-
fall and delayed spring, the breaking up of the ice did not begin until
early in July. In those where much snow extends over the ice the
process is greatly delayed, as an extreme of which we have Ice Lake
(12,188 feet), which on August 28, 1912, was still about half covered
with ice and had a temperature of 40°F. (See lower fig., pl.14.) It
is probable that the ice did not entirely melt during the summer and
that the temperature did not rise above 45°. I have made no obser-
vations of the time of freezing of these lakes in the autumn and have
been unable to get definite information, but, judging by general
weather conditions in this region, the temperature of the water must
begin to decrease early in September and it is probable that by the
end of the month they are frozen over. By records made at times
of studying each lake it has been learned that, at the time of breaking
up of the ice, the surface temperature is 35° to 37° F. and by the
time the last floating pieces have melted it has reached about 44.°
It then rises rapidly to about 52°, where it remains without much
change as long as any considerable mass of snow persists on the cirque
walls above to furnish cold water. In all alpine lakes except the
few where there is insufficient snow to last well through the summer
52° F. is about the maximum temperature.

The striking conditions then, which characterize the alpine lakes
are short season (two to three months free from ice) and the low
temperature even during the warmest part of the year (a maximum
of about 52° F.). (See fig. 8.)

Though it is not in all cases possible to assign a given lake definitely
to one group or the other, yet, for the most part, the alpme lakes
form a well-defined group, quite distinct from any of the kinds of
lakes which must be included in the montane group.

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 69

The lakes which I have designated as montane are of two main
types: (1) Rock-basin lakes on the upper courses of the streams,
just below the cirques; (2) morainal lakes inclosed by the morainal
ridges in the valleys and on the lower hillsides These lakes are
similar to each other and different from the alpine lakes in that they
are surrounded by forests (pine, fir, and spruce), and that there is
an abundance of other vegetation growing about them and at the
water’s edge, as a result of which there may be much plant débris
and considerable silt on the bottoms of the lakes. There may also be
a considerable growth of algae and other aquatic plants. These
features, together with the longer season and warmer temperatures,

Fig. 8.—CURVES SHOWING TIE APPROXIMATE DISTRIBUTION OF SURFACE TEMPERATURE THROUGHOUT
THE YEAR IN THREE SORTS OF LAKES,

set them off distinctly from the lakes of the preceding group, and
we shall see later that the fauna is also quite distinct.

The rock-basin lakes on the upper stream courses are about the
same size, on the average, as the alpine lakes in the cirques above
but probably have less depth. There may be one or more of these
lakes on a stream, which between the lakes usually descends over a
steep terrace often several hundred feet high. (See upper fig., pl. 14.)
The temperature conditions here are somewhat less rigorous than in
the alpine lakes. The cold water flowing out from the higher lakes
beccs-es somewhat warmed, and temperatures from 55° to 60° F.
are -ommon, the latter figure about corresponding to 52° in the higher
lakes. The time of breaking up of the ice in the spring is about a
month earlier than in the higher lakes. Though most of the lakes
of this type are above 10,500 feet, and there are none to correspond
to them at lower elevations, it seems. probable that, if lakes were
present onthe stream courses lower down, the difference in elevation

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

would not give to the lakes a decided faunal peculiarity to differ-
entiate them from those just described.

Morainal lakes, from about 40 of which I have made collections,
are-most abundant between 9,000 and 10,500 feet. These lakes,
very numerous in some localities, are inclosed by a network of
morainal ridges, usually timbered, varying from a few feet to about
100 feet in height. Most of them are small, many of them mere
ponds, and few are more than a few feet deep. They represent
all stages of filling with silt and obliteration by growing vegetation.
At one extreme are those with clean gravel bottoms and at the other
marshes, where the water is entirely hid by plant growth, or meadows
and thickets where the process of filling has produced dry land.
None of these lakes are on large streams and most of them receive
only the surface water from the small basin bounded by the sur-
rounding ridges. Many never have any outflow and others only
at times of high water. They are chiefly of a stagnant character,
in strong contrast to those on the direct course of the streams, and
the water is frequently of a dark brown color, due to the decaying
organic matter on the bottom. (See lower fig., pl. 13.)

Climatic conditions are much less rigorous than in the lakes at
higher elevations. I have not observed the time of the melting of
the ice in the spring, but inquiries among people living in this region
place it at about the last of April, and freezing in the fall is probably
in-October or November. Water temperatures of 55° to 65° F. are
common in June, July, and August, while in some of the lower ones
70° or exceptionally 80° have been recorded. (See fig. 8.)

It is to be noted that all of these lakes are included in the western
or higher half of the area between the Continental Divide and the
plains, and that in the eastern portion (the foothill area), to which
glaciation did not extend, there are very few bodies of standing
water of any sort. Accordingly data from elevations between 5,400
and 8,000 feet are wanting.

METHODS.

In the plains region no special difficulties are experienced in col-
lecting, but in the mountains, especially in the higher and rougher
portions, the work involved in getting from lake to lake is great.
Many of them can be reached only on foot, and my practice was to
make trips of two or three days, carrying food, blankets, and the
necessary collecting materials. For such work I reduced the col-
lecting outfit to a size which was carried in an Army haversack with
special pockets sewed in for vials, etc.

A conical net of No. 10 bolting cloth was used. It was 16 inches
long, with an opening of 5 inches, supported by a stout wire ring,
to which a long cord was attached by three shorter ones. In the
bottom of the net, instead of the screw cup of Dr. E. A. Birge, I em-

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. wl

ployed a small copper funnel of about 40 cc. capacity, which may be
stopped with a cork and easily discharged into any suitable vessel.
The funnel was loaded with about 2 ounces of lead to give weight
to throw the net out from shore and to cause it to sink below the
surface of the water. Such a net may be thrown out 50 to 75 feet —
from shore, or, by means of a long cord, drawn across small lakes
or arms of larger ones. In practice I commonly threw out from
several places on the shore and made surface
collections by drawing the net in promptly, or
deeper ones by allowing it to sink to the desired
depth before drawing it in (fig. 9).

During three seasons of collecting by this
method the question often presented itself
whether there is a considerable chance that 1m-
portant species may be overlooked, rendering
unreliable any conclusions based upon such ma-
terial. Comparisons of collections made at dif-
ferent times and at different points on the shore
at the same time lead me to believe that there
is little danger that any but some of the most
infrequent species are likely to be overlooked.
One weak point in my collections is that they
were all made in the summer, which, while secur-
ing the majority of species resident in the lake,
fails to get those which may be winter residents
only. It is probable that in some lakes in lower 4. 9 jnawine oF

2 De AWING OF NET
altitudes there exist species as winter forms that — vsep m maxrne cottec-
are part of the summer fauna in the higher ™%*
ones. From some of these lakes only one collection was made,
while from others material was secured at frequent intervals during
one or two summers. It seems that in the higher lakes, where the
summer season is short, one good collection at the proper time may
be relied upon to contain all species; but in those at lower altitudes,
where the season is longer, and seasonal succession is more marked,
frequent collections are necessary.

THE FAUNA OF THE AREA STUDIED.

General nature and distribution —A tabulated summary of the
results of my collections, by groups of lakes, is given in Table 4,
page 76. From this it will appear that they contain 55 species
including: Phyllopoda, 10; Cladocera, 28; and Copepoda, 17. As
noted in the introductory paragraph, when we add to these species
those recorded by other students, we have a list of 71 known for the
State. So far as possible I have considered all these records in

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

drawing conclusions. Figure 10 includes the total list for the State,
with a graphic expression of the known range of each. The solid
black part of the line represents the range as it appears from my col-
lections and the open part the extension of range from other Colorado
records. The broken lines indicate probable extensions of range into
elevations not covered by the present records and are based upon the
facts of general distribution of each species. The downward exten-
sion of many species below the Colorado records means that these are
common lowland forms in temperate latitudes and do not in Colorado
find their lower limit, inasmuch as even the lowest portions of the
State have considerable elevation.

It is at once evident from the above chart that the species in this
list fall into three groups—(1) those confined to the plains; (2) those
limited to the mountains; (3) those that are not so restricted, but are
found at all elevations. The first two of these groups include the
stenothermic species, those unable to live except within rather nar-
row extremes of temperature. The two stenothermic groups differ
from each other in that while one of them is unable to withstand high
temperatures, the other can not tolerate low. The third group in-
cludes the euthermic species—those not so limited by temperature
conditions, but able to live about equally well within wide limits, such
as those between mountains and plains or between arctic conditions
and tropical. In comparing vertical and latitudinal distribution, the
first of these groups represents the arctic, or far northern, fauna; the
second the more southern forms; while the third is typical of the
species which have a wide north and south range. A brief analysis
will show to what extent this parallel holds and will also point out
that the stenothermic groups are in various respects more narrowly
limited than the euthermic.

In the group confined to the mountains there are 16 species, and
3 others, which, though they do extend to the plains, belong pri-
marily in the higher area, making 19 in all. These 19 species fall
into two groups: (1) Ten species with a wide range in arctic and
subarctic regions (all but one in both old and new worlds), which
here range southward along the higher parts of the Rocky Moun-
tains, a true southward extension of a northern fauna ; and (2) nine
species (some with very narrow ranges), pretty strictly confined to
the Rocky Mountain region of the United States, a purely mountain
fauna having the characteristics of an arctic fauna but including
different species.

The group confined to the plains has somewhat similar components.
Of the 28 species assigned to this group (the position of 3 is some-
what doubtful) 5 are found also in the old world and 6 others have
quite a wide range in the United States. The remaining 17 species
have a rather restricted range on the plains of the western part of
the United States, some few extending into Mexico and southern

NO. 2226, DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 73

Canada. The two stenothermic groups have the common charac-
teristic, that each has a considerable proportion. of species with a
very restricted range. ;

Elevations. feet

NAMES.

WtADLOMUS, SLOSRONG= — oe ee ee
Diaptomus arapahoensis ___~----~------~-----~
Diaptomus coloradensis _______-_____--—____-
DrInvomus invent ===
[Rath ON TE WOO Ea Se
MACLOLIA?) MNOUCONGiaee eee Se Se eee
TAMRC TST GOWN Se ee a ee ee
WiGtOwa- (Seti CY Oa ee oe oe ee
OLOpeCatim. OLtv0erTum_—— =— 53
Hur ycenis Lamellatue——— = ee ee
Alcropenusimarpaesi = — es. eth ss ees eer
Mevanothriac dentata= shes st Sse eee
WAMPLOCETCUS TEClITGStMms —-=4 "== ss ss Va
Pleurocusprocurvatusa— 222 Ss
Aone anecigie 2— | = Sees ee oe ee
VAT OU CLLCAL ER CLS Oats De ek ed ee
Streptocephalus coloradensis_________--_-----~
Branchinecta coloradensts = 3 se es
aptomus NUudus A Loe Sa ee
DD Lentonis, var ipiecinmes tts 2 ti te te eS
Canthocamptus staphylinoides __-___-------~.--
Niveblocerussserricaudatus—— 2
MCCTOULTAD” WICSUUtCOTNIS 2a ~~ oe ee et es
ALO UAC OR ae eB At Ree ee ES
ALON RO MULOL ee eee eee ae eee ee
Ailonmonectangula@as 2 sees 22k ee ebak Age
DTM LOT OLS TL me re ee re
Dephnignypulegt ss. Pere a SEE
Cemogapiinia, TEuCchlatg— 2 = =~
Gertedaphnia- pulehetia~2o~ se
OTLULOTALR SS LCE NA CM ate ne ee ee ee
Oyclops allidws ate Be ee
CYUCLODSADICUSDIAGLUS — 2-8 a eee
Oyciona: sennwlatusist ees Vela eA ee TEA
COUCLODSRUUGIC TR ae eee ee ee
Grapvoleberts ‘testudinarias == 22 i ee
puUNnocepialns serrnulalyss— 2-2-3 22 s
Stmocephalus vetuluse > 5 22) ei FP eee
Scaphoteberis. mucronata____ ==
BOsmina longinostrigs eer are rae Nea .
Canthocamptus minutiso———_--..
Dania nyaunassar 282 tawe “een eter Yr
DaOnnnra wusitlaceawe ae Bat ees Fa a
Dwnhevediatcnassate. “Vari rigs Mois win,
iemidunus sOvlobatU spa 8 ee Se
Diaptomus signicaida Se) 2 Re La” sy
DAUD TONUWS USICULES Ses asap eA We ed Fn Beene
icurorus qaunuctisn ts FIV he
RICUnOUUS Centiculatyus, = -— = ee
Leydigea quadrangularis
Kurzia latissima
Moma trachiatat 05. IORI Was us
Mommaxaiinis = eats TAS OT «Pek a ae et

y I y
L i

AMDT RECUAI GL tee TSE o .
ApUs*nNewberryins 2 ee) OLDS _ B88
Apus longicaudatus
Eulimnadia texana
BHstheria morsei

Fic. 10.—GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION OF ALTITUDINAL RANGES OF ALL SPECIES OF ENTOMOSTRACA KNOWN
TO OCCUR IN COLORADO. SOLID BARS INDICATE THE RANGE AS SEEN IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE
WRITER: OPEN PORTIONS, EXTENSIONS OF RANGE FROM OTHER RECORDS; DOTTED PORTIONS, PROBABLE
5X TENSIONS OF RANGE INTO ELEVATIONS NOT COVERED BY COLORADO RECORDS, ESPECIALLY INTO
LOWER ELEVATIONS THAN THOSE FOUND IN THE STATE, ;

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

In strong contrast is the third group, including 24 species which
seem about equally.at home in either mountains or plains. Of these
there are 22 common to both old and new worlds, and only two have
a range restricted to the western United States.

Table 3 summarizes the facts presented in the preceding para-
graphs.

TaBLE 3.—Dvstribution of species by groups.

eR ; Mountains
Mountains. Plains. and plains.

INMMbeRIS Peles ti EAGlsON OUP Saja, pm anit po sre nia ae ol nlain on oe ninlaieie alalaieclnlalm 19 28 24
Confined tojavestoumsWmited (StAleSe te. ose a eeieewie ce <a olele ce nlaineiclore laine 9 17 2
GConfineditoJNionbbwAIm ria ache oak <yteae oh ota alae icisinis.= o eiclaioreiasieii als 1 Co} Diesen epee
Wrorld=widetssc sd crmctisc codes cio bocce ee conte ee ete ste sersintesicjanletertetelseace ale 9 5 22

In the above comparisons between the euthermic and steno-
thermic groups of species there have doubtless been some mistakes
made in assigning certain species to a given group, but, even allowing
for some error from this source, it is quite evident that the steno-
thermic forms found in this region have a much less extended range
than the euthermic. Of course, inasmuch as stenothermic species
are of necessity shut out from large areas by unsuitable tempera-
tures, it is not to be expected that such species should have as wide
ranges as do those forms not so limited, but such differences as those
just pointed out can hardly find a complete explanation in this
set of conditions.

In this connection it is of interest to compare the genera Cyclops
and Diaptomus, each of which is world-wide, forming an important
part of the fresh-water plankton Crustacea everywhere. Cyclops is
characterized by having a relatively small number of species, most
of which are euthermic in nature and have a wide geographical
range, while Diaptomus includes a multiplicity of species, usually
stenothermic and with very limited ranges. Of the five species of
Oyclops found in Colorado, four are very common at all elevations
and are also practically world-wide in distribution; while of the 13
species of Diaptomus about half belong strictly to the mountains,
the other half to the plains, and not one of them has a range extend-
ing beyond North America, most of them being confined to a narrow
area in western United States. Moreover in the entire genus there
is not known a single species common to Eastern and Western
Hemispheres. The apparent correlation between stenothermic
habit and restricted range is striking, but to what extent it is of
general application and whether there is any necessary relation
between the two conditions must at present be left unanswered.

Zonation.—If we can recognize among plants or animals ranging
through different climatic conditions a zonation, we have an instruc-
tive method of analysis of use in bringing out significant points in

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 75

their distribution. Thus we recognize on the basis of latitude a
very striking zonation of both animal and plant life and in a similar
way a definite zonation on the basis of altitude. In the region of the
Rocky Mountains from which my collections were made, Ramaley
(1907) has defined and limited the plant zones on the basis of dis-
tribution of forest growths as follows:

Plains zone: Up to 5,800 feet. Grassland with trees and shrubs
along water courses only.

Foothill zone: 5,800-8,000 feet. An open forest chiefly of rock
pine (Pinus scopulorum).

Montane zone: 8,000-10,000 feet. Close forest of lodge-pole
pine (Pinus murrayana).

Subalpine zone: 10,000-11,500 feet. Forests chiefly of Engelmann
spruce (Picea engelmannr).

Alpine zone: Above 11,500 feet Above timber line, where con-
ditions are so extreme that trees will not grow.

Such a zonation gives a definite datum to which other animals or
plants may be referred. This expresses much more significantly their
true position than to place them between such and such elevations,
because on the basis of zonal position we at once have sugyested the
environmental conditions and associates.

A study of the plankton Crustacea in my collections, and compari-
son with the records of others, so far as they can be applied to this
problem, indicate three pretty well defined zones, which I shall call
alpine, montane, and plains zones, the first and the last corresponding
in the main with Ramaley’s zones of the same names, and the montane
zone covering pretty much the same range as his three middle ones.
Whether these shall prove to be of general application to other parts
of the Rocky Mountains or not, they afford an instructive method of
pointing out the significant features of distribution in the region under
study.

Alpine zone.—This zone includes lakes, nearly all of which are
above 11,000 feet. The bodies of water that I have assigned to this
zone (43 in all) include the lakes that I have designated as ‘‘alpine’’
lakes (together with a very few of these on upper stream courses,
though not at the head), 32 in number, and 11 shallow pools at the
same general elevation, all of them at or above timber line. Their
general characteristics have already heen pointed out.

The fauna of these lakes, while less abundant in species and indi-
viduals than that of the lower lakes, is by no means meager and in-
cludes 17 species, some of which were found in certain lakes in con-
siderable abundance. The fauna of this zone is characterized by (1)
the greater abundance here of certain species than in other zones, and
(2). the absence of a considerable number of species that are present
in lower zones.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

VOL, 54.

TABLE 4.—Summary of the writer’s collections by groups of lakes, giving number of
records in each zone, the total number of localities, and the altitudinal range of each

species.
Plains | Montane F
zone. zone, Alpine zone,
Q, 5 ! ice) |o
eS) Aao|s ae
2) feeerr X wv >
es | 8 i a i \ititudinal
r ¥ Peay ae | fAL t
Be as |lee|2e/3 8 | range (leet).
boh=) Miry Cpeel ere obs
aS |S) us| 2 2
Si | a | g3 | a |
Be | Her | Saemitionyy
os 50 | EB 44 | oO
4 | & n i} SS a, I
5 ag |o | s
} lo)
Branchinecta coloradensis Packard ..........---.--- 1 Let seateaks 3 Od 5, 100-11, 200
Be PackandtReassenee. = ee eer ges sence Saunas tioneniee 2 2 4, 100-5, 100
Thamnocephalus platyurus Packard....-.-...-.--- 1 1 4,100
Streptocephalus coloradensis Dodds.-.........-.-.-- 1 4 4, 900-8, 850
Sateranus Packer - Ss0 i). Sees saccade sheen 2 2 5, 100-5, 300
Apus aequalis Packard TUBE eee Season |Seeeod Mesos 1 _ 4,100
Aj lucasanus Packard’: 7. 2.255. 22- see eee Se eee Pia eee ASA ee 2 8 | ee eae 2 4, 900-5, 300
Estheria complerimanus Packard.......-..--.-.--- ‘tly eae ER pat le Sees | roots 1 4,900
ESmorseiiPackard “S83 (128. ee eS EI SET CE Ae. Aa Ee CPCS 2 4, 100-5, 100
Dimmnetgs/gouldti arden oat -settoaeis eee teen | Pal gee | ears Ieee ele 2 8, 500-9, 500
LatonaisetiferaOse sie) le Eeee Rees sat EE eer ey a 1h || Be SVS So oe NES De 1 8, 850
Holopedium gibbermm Zaddach. -..222.22222-2.2225.|.2)2_22) 9 1 1 Hod (SRR 11 9, 500-10, 950
Daphnia hyatinaiLeydige: -F38iS fle. SSee HRW NCE) HER Se) SES 1 5,
Dilongisping ©. WaMeees cs ccce cic cebee cece se 1 39 Eu | seach eae Se 48 5, 250-11, 350
‘Dipsitiaceatbairda: te. Se Vas. oA ee eee Ghiss. SIAL EEE SARS 6 4,100
DxpulerhDe Geer secre vases cee eee ceo eececee 3 14 4 20 7| 48 4, 100-11, 650
Scapholeberis mucronata (O. F. M.)..-.-.........- 1 12 UGE GPSS oe 14 5, 400-9, 650
Simocephalus vetulus (O. F. M.)-....--.-.-..--.-.- 3 22 ip ee \ eects 26 4, 100-10, 350
Ceriodaphnia reticulata Jurine.......-.----.-..---- 3 17), S54 22 1 | 1 | 22 4, 100-11, 185
Moinaorachiaia urine) eee. Joc eee eae eee oe fl Seed Seas | rere Fett 7 4,100
Bosmina longirostris (O. F. M.).--...-....----.-.- S| _ SER See 3 4, 100-5, 400
Streblocerus serricaudatus (Fischer).....-.........- 9, 500
Macrothrizx hirsuticornis Norman and Brady.....-. 5, 400-11, 250
Hurnyeernus lamellatusi(Os Be Me) fecha. 2-jncee ----- 0 8, 100-10, 850
Camptocercus rectirostris Schoedier.......-.-.-.--- 8, 880
Alcroperus harpae Bande wecene oa. nas feo eee 8, 100-10, 950
Graptoleberis testudinaria (Fischer)...-.......-.-.- 5, 200-10, 800
Leydigea quadrangularis (Fischer)....-.....--.---- 5,200
AlonainectangulalSars: tess. esate eee - ee aoe 5, 250-11, 250
Amaninis\(Meavdiz)s scene ee eae 8, 100-11, 185
Avgutiota Sars) 49.0 PO esa h itt eh PVT 8, 100-9, 500
Dunhevedia.crassaskeing see oe ee eee eee 5, 400-8, 675
Pleurorus procurvatus Birge........--..--.---.--- 8, 150-9, 500
Ps Gow netus TUTINGls 25 - tee aeeeatek evecare 5, 250
Pidentaculatiws Birge. 2822. 132 Fee Oe Tyas 5, 250-5, 400
Alonelia excisai(Hischer)\a-aacenee eee eee eeeeeeres 8, 100-8, 475
Anetigua GLAlljebore) a: sees ceeeeee see cee ne eel eceeeoe See eee oe Se 1 9, 500
Chydorus sphaericus (O. F. M.)..-.-...-.-..------ 6 32 9 15 9| 71 4, 100-12, 188
Diaptomus albuquerquensis Herrick..-...........- ShISUELE | SES OME eee eae 8 4, 100
D fargpahoensis\D OGAS® a8252 sescose eee eee ees eee enn omlcreee AN Re Bo 4 10, 750-11, 165
Delaviceps: Schacht: Seem. fo-e ee ese cee cheer ON Reree Sa NS SSE Ae | ae 2 4, 100-5, 400
DyeoloradensisMarshis poe eee oe oe eee cee ee eal eae e eee 19 1 8 1/29 8, 675-11, 350
D. leptopus, var. piscinae Forbes... --..-...-.-.--- (*) Die SAAS |S ASA AS 27 8, 100-10, 950
D:liptoni:Borbes.. 2 2260200 see. pees sae 2 9,575
D. niadis Marsh ss ee eee = 7 5, 200-9, 300
D. pallidus Herrick 1 4,100
D. shoshone Forbes 39 9, 250-12, 188
D. siciloides Lilljeborg 2 4,100
Cyclops albidus Jurine 16 4, 100-11, 000
CabicuspidatusiClquseci £2 eae tee ot ne eee ee 38 4, 100-11, 900
Cxserrulatus Wischer, ..hece! Sate ate tee sa eee 30 4, 100-11, 150
CxO swUNrine = eee esses asec ne- eee eee ne 45 4, 100-11, 600
Marshia albuquerquensis Werrick.-............-.--- MN eS Shara ere tae | ee a 1 4,100
Canthocamptus minutis Claus..-....--.-----.----- (G3) eel! eSetie| [oe Seals ase e Py al 10, 200
CxsiaphylinoidestPearse:s Psi 22222. eth nee cede ease Bel dew ae [2 ess 4 9, 250-11, 350

An (*) indicates that the species has been coilected in the zone by other investigators though not appear -

ing in the collections of the writer.

One species in my collections, Diaptomus arapahoensis four lakes),
is confined to the zone, though its frequency is insufficient to be of im-
portance as a characteristic species.

Diaptomus shoshone, though not

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. CT

strictly confined to the zone, belongs primarily here and is the chief
differential form. It was found in 33 out of the 43 bodies of water in
the alpine zone and only in 6 of the 63 lakes of the montane zone. It
was first described from Yellowstone Lake by Forbes, and has since
been collected at Pikes Peak by Ward at 11,000 feet, and in the Tol-
land region, and may be taken as a typical alpine form. I have not
found it below 9,250 feet. The species of second importance is
Daphnia pulex (27 lakes), which, though present in all zones, and havy-
ing a general distribution throughout the world, seems to have a par-
ticular significance in this zone. The variety found here is a very
large form with long straight spine and more than the usual number
of anal spines and_of teeth in the pecten. The striking condition is
the frequency with which these two species, Diaptomus shoshone and
Daphnia pulex, are associated together in this zone, so that the two
rather than eithcr one may be said to characterize the fauna of the
zone. In 39 out of the 43 lakes assigned to this zone, one or both of
these species are found, and in 22 cases both of them. This association,
as we shall see presently, gives place, in the montane zone, to another
equally stable one. ‘Third in frequency of occurrence is Chydorus
sphaericus (24 lakes), but as it is common in all zones and in all parts
of the world it does not seem to have any special significance in this
zone. Next in importance comes Diaptomus coloradensis (nine lakes),
which appears to belong in the lower part of this zone, whence it ex-
tends into the montane zone, where it has its greatest abundance.
This species, said by Marsh to be common in the mountain lakes of
Colorado, is closely related to D. tyrelli, a common mountain form in
the western United States. Only one other species need be men-
tioned particularly, Branchinecta coloradensis (five pools). This
phyllopod characterizes the pools of this zone and in them makes
a third member of the pulez-shoshone combination. This species,
common in the pools of the alpine region, has only once (9,575 fect)
appeared in my collections from the montane zone, and this was in
a pond where were also the two primary members of the alpine fauna.
The species was described from material near Grays Peak at 12,000
feet, has been collected near Leadville at 12,500 feet, and on the slopes
of Pikes Peak at 11,000 feet, and ranks as a typical example of a moun-
tain species with a restricted range. One record, however, necessi-
tates somewhat of a changed notion on this point. I have recently
received from Prof. Max M. Ellis a collection from St. Vrain, Colorado
(5,100 feet), dated May 30, 1912, in which are a considerable number
of specimens of this species. This record at once extends its range to
the plains, where it is possible that it is found in the early spring,
though not during the entire summer. The record does not, however,
take away from its significance in the alpine zone, where it is much
more common than at any other elevation. The remaining species of

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

this zone, as may be seen from Table 4, are, for the most part,
euthermic forms ranging up from the plains.

Montane zone.—To this zone I have assigned 63 bodies of water,
nearly all below 11,000 feet (the great majority below 10,500 feet).
In spite of peculiarities of different types of lakes, the faunal char-
acters of this zone are well defined and quite distinct from. those
of either of the others. In this zone I have collected 35 species, 11
of which are confined to the zone, though on the basis of general
distribution 3 of these may be expected in the plains. Three
other species, evidently belonging primarily to this zone, are found
in one or two lakes each, at Boulder, just at the edge of the plains,
but not in plains lakes more remote from the mountains. In addi-
tion to these species there are the usual euthermic forms, common
at all altitudes, which make a large part of the fauna of all zones.
On account of the absence of lakes in the foothill region of the moun-
tains (between 5,400 and 8,100 feet) there are certain points about
the fauna of this zone in doubt, especially the nature of the transi-
tion between montane and plains zones. In describing the fauna of
this zone it will be well to treat first the 49 lakes of the morainal
type, more or less stagnant in their nature, and later those directly
on the stream courses (14 in number).

In the morainal lakes there have been found 34 species (including
all but one of those found in the zone), and in this region I think of
the morainal lakes as beirg typical of the zone. The characteristic
species, Diaptomus leptopus, var. piscinae (27 of the 49 lakes), is
confined to the zone except for one record by Marsh of its occurrence
in the lake on the university campus at Boulder. The most abun-
dant species is Daphnia longispina (39 lakes), which, though it is a
widespread species in temperate lowlands throughout the world, in
our region seems to belong, primarily, to the montane zone, for it is
not found at all in the alpine lakes, and on the planes of the State
it has so far been found in only one lake near Boulder, close to the
mountains. Here, as in the alpine zone, the frequent association
of two species (a copepod and a cladoceran) is conspicuous, and
- the two above mentioned form a pair which, in the montane zone,
replaces the pulex-shoshone group of the alpine zone. In 43 lakes
one or both are found and in 23 both. Though neither member ot
this pair has been found in any alpine lake, the members of the
alpine pair have been found in this zone, Daphnia pulex (14), Diapto-
mus shoshone (5 times), but there is only one case where all four
species have been collected from the same lake.

In spite of this ard other cases of partial mixing of these two faunas
the fact is quite evident that the two arrangements (pulex-shoshone
and longispina-leptopus) are very much more frequent than either
of the other possible combinations of these four species, and it is

NO. 2226, DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 79

equally clear that one pair belongs primarily to the alpine and the
other to the montane zone. These two sets of species are nearly
mutually exclusive, the conditions necessary for the one being so
different from those demanded by the other that it amounts essen-
tially to mutual repulsion. This is especially true of the two species
of Diaptomus and to a marked degree also of Diaptomus shoshone
and Daphnia longispina. A third species of importance is Diaptomus
coloradensis (19 lakes), found also in the alpine zone, which seems
about equally well at home in either zone and to have about equal
relations to each of the two combinations. It is to be noted, how-
ever, that in neither zone is it so abundant as the definitive Diap-
tomus of that zone.

The significance of such combinations of species as the above is
that they may be used as a measure of ecological conditions. In
our area Diaptomus shoshone and Daphnia pulex are ecologically
similar, as are also the corresponding members of the montane pair,
and the two pairs are ecologically dissimilar, though the lack of
similarity is not the same in degree between all of these species.
Though we are unable to measure in physical and chemical units
the complex of conditions required for any of the above species, the
frequency of their association together gives us an index for the
measurement of the similarity of the conditions demanded. Con-
ditions required by two species may be so similar that one is seldom
found without the other, or they may be so unlike that they are as
mutually exclusive as if one actually repelled the other. I have
reduced to percentages the frequency of association of the members
of these two pairs and also of Diaptomus coloradensis, which is a
frequent associate of both. In Table 5 are shown the association
percentages of each of these species in the alpine and montane zones.
It is read as follows: Daphnia pulex is found in 45 lakes, in 27 per
cent of which Daphnia longispina is found, in 20 per cent Diaptomus

leptotus, etc.
TABLE 5.—Association percentages.

._ | Daphnia | Diapto- | Diapto- | Diapto-

Name. D aan longi- | mus lep- | mus sho-| mus colo- ee

P ; spina. topus. shone. | radensis. 5

POPIVRUY TULEL cee con. Saleen nue aekee veces alaet decane S 27 20 58 25 | 45
Daphnia longispina............-.2+--+2+--- D5 eka Sune 49 8 34 47
Dia DiOMUs LEPLOPUS —< ee ne docs cet cent 33. | atl ba ae 4 26 | 27
PADIONULS SROSHONE: - 22. =ta-e eee ake ee 66 | 10 Salever so shes 30 | 39
Diaptomus coloradensis..........---.------ 38 55 24 ADD etn sacas 29

From the above table the high association percentages between
the two members of each pair are evident as well as the low correla-
tion between the two species of Diaptomus or between Diaptomus
Shoshone and Daphnia longispina. Such figures as the above are
useful in giving other sorts of information about the inter-relations

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

of the several species, as for instance, the less restricted nature of
Daphnia pulex and Diaptomus coloradensis, evidenced by their more
uniform correlation percentages, contrasted with the wide variability
of correlation of each of the other three species. In using such figures
care must be exercised not to attach to them greater significance
than is justified on the basis of the number of localities collected and
the frequency of occurrence of the various forms, but in this table
I suspect that the significance of the figures is less, rather than
greater, than the actual facts, because, in some cases, two species
are computed as living in the same lake when one of them is plainly
the dominant form and clearly belongs there, while the other one is
present in small numbers and barely manages to exist.

In a similar manner I computed correlation percentages between
all the species in my collections, and though such figures when ar-
ranged in the form of a table were useful in the analysis of my data
they do not seem of sufficient importance to publish. I merely sug-
gest this as a possible means of analysis for other data of this sort.

The following northern species, which range southward along the
mountain range, are entirely or nearly confined to these lakes, and
belong primarily to the montane zone: Limnetis gouldii (3 lakes),
Latona setifera (1), Holopedium gibberum (9), Eurycerus lamellatus
(8), Acroperus harpae (11), Camptocercus rectirostris (2), Alonella
excisa (2), and Alonella exigua (1). Two other species worthy of
mention are Diaptomus lintoni (2), described from the Yellowstone
region, and Diaptomus nudus (5), described from lakes at Pikes Peak
at 11,000 feet, apparently under alpine conditions, but in the Tolland
region not found above the montane zone. Simocephalus vetulus
(22), the dominant Cladoceran in marshes and weedy pools of this
zone, is widespread and common in all zones except the alpine, from
which it may be shut out by the lack of plant growth rather than
by extreme climatic conditions, an indirect rather than a direct effect
of altitude. Chydorus sphaericus and four species of Cyclops are
common here but have no significance as they are met with every-
where. Other species not of special significance may be learned by
reference to Table 4.

Of the other lakes of this Zone, the 14 on stream courses, it is
difficult to give a good characterization. At first I was inclined to
place them in a separate zone, the subalpine, but because of the lack
of lakes of this type in elevations below 10,000 feet it is not possible
to tell which of their faunal characters are due to altitude. Barker
Reservoir (8,200 feet), a lake of the same sort, has somewhat similar
faunal characters, a fact which leads me to suppose that their fauna
does not give place to a different one in lower altitudes.

That these lakes are definitely distinct from those of the alpine
zone is clearly indicated by the fact that while the dominant forms

No. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 81

of the alpine lakes are constantly being carried into these lakes by
the streams, yet they do not find a footing here, Daphnia pulex
being found in small numbers in three of them and Diaptomus
shoshone in but one. It is equally conspicuous that not only the
definitive species, but also other important and common forms of the
montane morainal lakes are either wanting or very scarce here,
Diaptomus leptopus being wanting and Diaptomus longispina, though
found in 8 of the 14, was never abundant. On the positive side we
may say that the fauna of these lakes comprises 18 species, usually
present in very small numbers, most of which are euthermic forms,
found at all altitudes. The only species which attains anything like
abundance is Cyclops bicuspidatus, found in 10 of the 14 lakes, in 5
of which it is abundant. Not only does it seem more at home here
than does any other species, but it is more abundant here -than in
any other type of lake studied. The reasons for assigning these lakes
to the montane zone are unwillingness, on the basis of the present
data, to constitute them a separate zone; evident separateness from
the alpine lakes; their geographical relations; and the fact that most
of their species are also found in the morainal lakes of the montane
zone.

These two kinds of lakes I have taken as constituting the montane
zone, and because those of the morainal sort are more abundant I
have come to think of them as the representative type of the zone,
to which I have referred the others. If the latter kind were the
more abundant the faunal characters of the zone would be defined
quite otherwise than they have been; but in either case, the dis-
tinctness from those above and from those on the plains would
remain, and the differences seem in either instance to be due to
altitude rather than to peculiarities which might equally well be
duplicated at any elevation.

As already pointed out, the absence of lakes in the lower portion
of the mountain region, a strip about 12 miles wide, makes it impos-
sible to get data to show the nature of the fauna in the foothill
region and the transition between montane and plains faunas. The
small evidence we have bearing on this question seems to indi-
cate that probably the chief species of the montane zone continue
to be the dominant forms through the foothill area, wherever there
are bodies of water. The finding of Diaptomus leptopus, var. pis-
cinae (1), D. nudus (2), and Daphnia longispina (1), montane forms,
in lakes near Boulder, just at the edge of the plains, though not in
plains collections more remote from the mountains, seems to indicate
that these species, in the foothill region as in the higher lakes, may
continue to be important forms.

Plains zone.—My own data concerning the plains lakes are some-
what meager, due to the loss, before I had studied them, of a con-

3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——7 caw

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

siderable number of collections. My records are from only 7 lakes
in the Boulder region and 11 near La Junta. To get a fairly ade-
quate notion of the fauna of the plains I have, accordingly, had to
supplement my own records with all others available, chiefly those
of Beardsley from the Greeley region, and still our knowledge of
the plains fauna is less complete than of that of the mountains.
My own collections from lakes on the plains include 36 species. The
total list is 50, and 5 others, though collected only in the mountains,
are to be expected also on the plains, making a total considerably
larger than that of both mountain zones combined. Of these 55
species, 28 have been collected only in the plains, though a few of
these, on the basis of general distribution, are to be expected in the
mountains also. The remaining 27 range upward into mountain
zones. The few lakes collected in the Boulder region, just at the
border between mountains and plains, but really in the plains, seem
to have a fauna somewhat resembling that of the montane zone,
indicating, as is to be expected, that there is not a sharp dividing
line, and that these lakes belong as much to the mountains as to the
plains.

Concerning the composition of the fauna it is unnecessary to go
into detailed description, as it is made up chiefly of species which
are common members of lowland faunas in America and to a con-
siderable extent in Europe and other Old World areas. This is
particularly true of the euthermic members of this fauna, but as
pointed out previously (Table 3), it is not true to a large extent of
the stenothermic members, those 28 species found only in the plains
area, of which 17 are confined to the western part of the United
States and 6 others to North America. This condition indicates
that like the fauna of the mountain lakes, that of the plains is also
considerably specialized. This is a condition contrary to expecta-
tion, for we are accustomed to think of the plains conditions as the
‘‘ordinary” and the mountains as the ‘‘exceptional” and so cal-
culated to produce the exceptional fauna. It appears, however,
that in the great plains of this country, especially their western
portion (probably on account of their arid climate) there exist con-
ditions of a quite specialized nature, differing decidedly from those
of lowland countries in general. This may furnish an explanation
for the restricted range of a considerable proportion of the species
of the plains zone in Colorado. A conspicuous feature of this fauna
is the large proportion of Phyllopods (12 species) confined exclu-
sively to the plains zone, none of which has a range extending beyond
the semiarid plains of western United States, northern Mexico, and
southern Canada, and most of them are much more restricted than
that. Though Phyllopods are universally distributed and every
portion of the world is likely to have the group represented in its

NO. 2226, DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 83

fauna, it is very unusual for so large a proportion of a fauna to fall
within this group. Of the 42 North American species of Phyllopods,
16 have been found in Colorado (12 confined strictly to the plains)
and 25 are confined to the area west of the meridian of Kansas City.
These species are the part of the fauna which differentiates it from
that of most lowlands in temperate regions. This type of fauna finds
a suitable home in the transient pools of the arid plains, from which
the species unable to endure these conditions are excluded. Because
other types of lakes and ponds were almost unknown here until the
development of irrigation produced them, the more generalized por-
tion of the fauna has not had the same chance to develop, and it is
probable that even with the facility of dispersal which characterizes
plankton organisms, an equilibrium has not yet been reached, so that
we may expect the next period of years to produce considerable changes.
Though the exploration in no part of the area studied has been
anything like complete (especially deficient in the plains area) it is
pretty evident that three well-defined zones exist, and while farther
investigations may change many details, it seems safe to assume that
what has been presented here expresses fairly weil the main facts.
Table 4, page 76, expresses briefly the facts about zonation. It would
be of interest to learn how far this zonation may be applicable to
other portions of the Rocky Mountain region, and to what extent the
dominant species may be the same in other localities, but up to the
present, in other mountain areas in this country, insufficient work has
been done to give a very definite notion of its plankton Crustacea.

COMPARISON WITH OTHER MOUNTAIN FAUNAS.

Though no extensive work on mountain plankton Crustacea has
been done in this country, there has been accomplished in Europe
some work of considerable importance, notably in two regions, the
Alps and the mountains of the Scandinavian Peninsula.

Important among work in the Alps is that of Zschokke (1900)
treating other European mountains as well. Much of his descriptive
matter dealing with the nature of lakes and streams, and his photo-
graphs of lakes in the Alps, might well be used to illustrate conditions
in the higher part of the mountains of the Tolland region. His
description of a typical alpine lake essentially describes lakes of our
own alpine zone, so that we are justified in making a direct compari-
son of the fauna. The only conspicuous difference is that in the Alps
corresponding conditions are reached at a lower elevation than in the
Colorado Rockies. A comparison of the plankton Crustacea beings
out a striking similarity also, for though so far separated geographi-
cally, a comparison of the 63 species from the Alps with the 44
reported from our own mountains shows 19 species in common
(Table 6). Zschokke’s data are not presented in such a way as to

84 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUUH. VOL. 54,

make it possible to determine if there is a zonation similar to that
just described for our own mountains, and a comparison of the greatest
recorded elevations for each of the 19 common species, while showing
a general agreement, also presents some striking differences which
make comparisons on this basis of little direct use. The average
difference in greatest elevations is approximately 3,500 feet, which
probably expresses the relative values of altitude in the two regions
as affecting plankton Crustacea.

TABLE 6.—S>pecies common to the three mountain regions.

Cae 2 Seed: sole, 2 Swed-
rado | Swiss| is rado | Swiss} ish
Name. Moun-| Alps. | Moun- Name. Moun-| Alps. | Moun-

tains. tains. || tains. tains.
Holopedium gibberum....-...- * * * Alona guitata:.2..2.-......-- * * *
Daphnia longispina.......--- * * * Alona quadrangularis.......-|..-..-- * *
Daphnia pulex.......-------- * * * Alonella excisa...-..-.-.----- E Mee Sacer *
Dapiiahyqung S72 ee s-\0 a Tent) Fee erase Alonella exigua.......--..--- OU lsc cceceleees
Simocephalus vetulus.......- ae viel|h Se * Pleurozus truncatus .......-- once ale * *
Ceriodaphnia pulchelia.......| * | * |..--..- Chydorus sphaericus ........- * * *
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula...|..--..- [epi se * Cyclops albidus............-- * ton DS SERS
Scapholeberis mucronata....- ae * C, bicuspidatus .......:5-2-<s * Mle rap faete
Streblocerus serricaudatus....| * |......- * CHSENTULTLUS So access tosce el * z *
Macrothriz hirsuticornis.....- * Le emnin 55 CG, strenwis baat seasainciap='s|eteaelee - * +
Bosmina longirostris....-..-- * Fests CRvennalis: oso. saan eti cae teen peace * *
Eurycerus lamellatus.....--- Fret oe * OSVITIGIS. eee cicernesige cis = ete * * *
Acroperus harpae.......----- * * * Diaptomus denticornis.......|..----- * *
Alona affinis). 2.64.2. .524.- * * * Canthocamptus minutis...... * + ie) eee e
AN ONACOSLOLO sas me eee ae teas nae iets = * §

Ekman (1905), in an extensive account of the plankton Crustacea
of the high mountains of northern Sweden, lists 49 species, 15 of
which are also in the Colorado mountain list and 19 of them in
Zschokke’s list from the Alps. In the three mountain lists there
are 12 common species, certainly a strikingly large duplication
considering the wide separation of the areas. Ekman recognizes
three zones, birch, willow, and lichen, which he makes the basis of
faunal zones. The limits and characters are shown in Table 7,
compiled from his data.

TaBLE 7.— Table of zonation in Swedish mountains.

Average
maxi- Num- | Num-
Name of zone. Elevation. Time open. mum ber of | ber of
tempera- | lakes. | species.
ture.
Birkenregion (subalpine) -..-....- Up to 700 meters (2,300 \ 10 to 12C. \

Feet). , 3} to 4months.|}- (Ona B 48 45
ths re (ower al- To 1,000 meters (3,250 feet) -| 2to 3} months. { 50 F. \ 89 39
Flechtenregion (higher alpine). -| To 1,350 meters (4,350 feet).| 2 papas and (?) 43 26

ess.

Above 1,350 meters depressions are filled with permanent snow. No fauna.

In determining the character of the entomostracan fauna of a lake,
Ekman considers that temperature is of prime importance. He
finds that in all zones the smaller bodies of water open earlier in the

NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 85

spring and attain a higher temperature during the summer, so that
for temperature conditions and faunal characters the smaller lakes
at higher elevations resemble the larger ones at lower altitudes. As
a result of this condition, faunal zones can not be drawn definitely
on the basis of altitudinal limits, but there is overlapping due to the
size difference of lakes. In lakes of the Colorado Rockies I find the
temperature difference above referred to, but have been able only
indefinitely to correlate it with faunal differences. It is not easy to
compare zone for zone with the Colorado lakes, but it is probable that
his birch zone agrees with the upper part of my montane zone, and
that his other two correspond to my alpine zone, although I have
not encountered conditions as severe as those of his highest lakes.

PLACE OF COLORADO FAUNA IN WORLD DISTRIBUTION.

Wesenberg-Lund (1908), in summarizing the present knowledge
of the fresh-water plankton of the earth, classifies lakes under the
following zones:

(1) Arctic lakes: Those in Arctic America, Greenland, Franz Jos-
eph Land, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, and Arctic Siberia.

(2) North European lakes: Scotland, Iceland, Norway, Sweden,
Finland, etc.

(3) Central European lakes of the level country.

(4) The Mediterranean lakes.

(5) Tropical lakes: Those of Central Africa and places of similar
climate.

To these zones he adds (6) the Central European alpine lakes.

He describes the physical and climatic characters in each zone, and
so far as possible gives the constitution of the plankton.

Though a detailed comparison can not be made, it is possible to
assign some elements of our Colorado fauna to certain of Wesenberg-
Lund’s zones. The lakes of the alpine zone, though less extreme
than the northernmost of those, belong very close to the arctic lakes.
Though there are few common species, the general similarity of the
fauna is evident. Holopediwm gibberum, which he considers as very
nearly confined to the arctic regions, is found in our alpine and mon-
tane zones. Other species considered as arctic by him are Daphnia
longispina, Bosmina longirostris, Ceriodaphnia pulchella, and Chydorus
sphaericus. All these range southward from the arctic regions. In
Colorado they are not by any means the most important nor the
highest of our alpine forms, but they do range high in the mountain
region. The importance of Diaptomus in both faunas is marked,
though it is not surprising that there are no common species of this
genus. The essential agreement of the climate of our alpine zone
to that of the zone occupied by the arctic lakes has been pointed out
in the section on climate.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Our montane zone seems to correspond to the North European
lakes. The isotherm indicating the mean annual temperature at
this elevation in the mountains of Colorado passes through the coun-
tries he assigns to this zone. The agreement of faunas is also evident.
Certain.species, most of which do not reach into the arctic regions,
are common in the North European lakes and also in our montane
zone. Chief among these are the following: Latona setifera, Daphnia
longispina, Ceriodaphnia reticulata, Simocephalus vetulus, S. serrula-
tus, Scapholeberis mucronata, Streblocerus serricaudatus, Hurycerus
lamellatus, Camptocereus rectirostris, Acroperus harpae, Graptoleberis
testudinaria, Alona guttata, Depanothria dentata. These species are
common in our montane zone, though not confined to it, and do not
commonly reach into the alpine zone. Thus it seems that our two well-
defined mountain zones correspond to the two most northerly zones
recognized by Wesenberg-Lund. It is probable, however, that the
most extreme conditions met with in our alpine zone are less extreme
than the most extreme of the arctic zone.

If we carry the comparison further, we may compare the plains
zone with the Central European lakes ‘of the level country, except
so far as our conditions are specialized and local in their nature due
to the arid climate. Wesenberg-Lund comments on the very great
similarity (large number of common species) between the plankton
of Central Europe and temperate North America.

The above writer is unable, because of the relatively small amount
of data, to clearly recognize in America zones corresponding to those
of Europe. Judging partly by the mean annual temperatures and
partly by the available records of the distribution of plankton Crus-
tacea it appears that the Hudson Bay region and Labrador correspond
to the arctic zone, and that the region from Lake Superior and east-
ward to Newfoundland represents the zone of the North European
lakes. Just where lines should be drawn between zones in the
western portion of Canada and in Alaska is not clear except that
the mountainous nature of this area causes the lines to curve far
southward. It is accordingly not possible definitely to refer the
different zones represented in the Colorado mountains to their posi-
tion in the scheme of general distribution on this continent. This
much is certain, that the alpine zone is a true southern extension of
arctic condition and of arctic fauna along the higher parts of the
Rocky Mountains.

The great similarity between the fauna of the higher Rocky
Mountains and that of the Alps has already been pointed out. Each
resembles the fauna of arctic regions. There is this difference:
While the alpine fauna of the Colorado Rockies is a direct southern
continuation, without interruption, of an arctic fauna, that of the
Alps is separated from the corresponding arctic fauna by intervening

$
NO. 2226. DISTRIBUTION OF ENTOMOSTRACA—DODDS. 87

lowlands, and rises as an island, surrounded by faunas of warmer
_ climates. This difference of situation does not, however, make any
apparent or significant difference in the nature of the two faunas.
The conditions and fauna in both eases, as pointed out by Zschokke,
are glacial in their nature—in the Alps as a remnant left at the
retreat of the glacier, and in the Rockies as a direct southern exten-
sion of present glacial conditions in the north.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

BearpstEy, A. E. Notes on Colorado Entomostraca, Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., vol.
23. 1902, pp. 40-48.

CockErELL, T. D. A. The Fauna of Boulder County, Colorado, II. Univ. of Colorado
Studies, vol. 9, 1912, pp. 41-52.

Dopps, G. S. Descriptions of Two New Species of Entomostraca from Colorado,
with Notes on other Species. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, pp. 97-102.

Key to the Entomostraca of Colorado. Univ. of Colorado Studies, vol. 11,
1915, pp. 265-299.

Exman, Sven. Die Phyllopoden, Cladoceren und Freilebenden Copepoden der
nord-schwedischen Hochgebirge. Zool. Jahrb. Abth. System, vol. 21, 1905,
pp. 1-170.

Jupay, CuHancry. A Study of Twin Lakes, Colorado, with especial Consideration of
the Food of the Trouts. Bull. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 26, 1907, pp. 147-178.
Packarp, A.S. Monograph on the Phyllopod Crustacea of North America, with
remarks on the Order Phyllocarida. 12th Ann. Rept. U.S. Geol. Surv. (Hayden),

vol. 1, 1883, pp. 295-592.

Pearse, A. 8. Contributions to the Copepod Fauna of Nebraska and other States.
Studies from Zool. Lab. Univ. of Nebraska, No. 65, 1905, pp. 145-160.

Notes on Phyllopod Crustacea. Michigan Acad. Sci., 14th Report, 1912.

RaMALEY, FrRANcIs. Plant Zones in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado. Science,
N.S., vol. 26, 1907, pp. 642-643.

Saantz, H. L. Notes on the North American Species of Branchinecta and their
Habits. Biol Bull., vol. 9, 1905, pp. 249-264.

Warp, Henry B. A Biological Reconnaissance of Some Elevated Lakes in the
Sierras and the Rockies. Studies from Zool. Lab. Univ. of Nebraska, No. 60,
1904. Report on the Cladocera, by E. A. Birge. Report on the Copepoda,
by C. Dwight Marsh.

WESENBERG-LuND, C. Plankton Investigations of the Danish Lakes. Generai Part;
The Baltic Fresh-water Plankton, its Origin and Distribution, 1908, 301 pp., 46
tables.

ZscHoKKE, F. Die Tierwelt der Hochgebirgseen. Neu. Denkschr. allg. Schweiz,
Ges. ges. Nat., 1900, 400 pp., 8 pls., 4 maps.

iv we

‘S

fab

eins Leen imo?
or Ae petit
; Toa = Le
Sat wine et
un aye vinieanortinnnien Ei }
it spi ay fai bats ‘ape a t*

hi! ABs aIneite ib sh i

sburato ‘ 4) vi

SBE

&
oobi i

t tasaieds

no j sth ie

ba
1
-

————— ‘ . ’ wee @ Oe 5 Oe ee ol Be 6
. a+ Oey . ide Toe oat MOOR Sec Pealverh eye ised)

. . Tae . ' oo Boe, MT al 8 ae ee ne

Crea we ae > ipl ipa eat . ar 38 Le evs eae sn Oe

, ma . ’ Seat oo Cee Pree Peace chet tet) rie die

. se pan Sen Oreity Cant Cet AOA: Cnt Net

. . . . Ge 6h oo coe) scp eeererie, 7

. ' . oo Tee an CEP SC Ya eee Ch Eee

. PEST eect) M3 ie let so eae Cp Ye

. : Snraynan Ue ier cea enat WeLsrta respon pel Meee

. , . * CWC On DF f Bre) GAN elm RE

. . SLtaoe Riemer ael ie 5s. bi ey sree ne eaie lt aera

Raln aseseen tee MIRROR ALEC Te Gece

eo Conc OR he Deh pee iete Ugh es ae

. . Cee Ope eich 0 [eet fea ie Tet CRE Peele)

rer . x Cua) . O) 5OS (OF48iy TRUE per er a esran

Fe * Amer . Te le) ass Tee eee ates ay eis

. ' oo oe SG) 2) oe eer eae

aoe EL Ga Pec UPA AES Hite cere edac: c
Chet . oo oe . Bie, 85-6) 8) 0) ie ise ate

moe * rk Coed . CRSOLACe elie Cherie Own

" el PENS eg ay eae re OT err ate Cay eG, Wel cay Te ear ag i ey ae ae
: Ce Feelin (ANT ot one Cha see COG SP i Mere Da
‘ Cet fuer fee iinet Vest eet la, Cee eCue fate Cea! MON Cre eer er nec)
Bi clea nyoietsbalc ah fe stole m Pant den cial ress Cede Oo. ip Le osrcD? o

: a re ate LO Tod Le Lath Jo Bl em SC Di bd RT Wf [ec deat Some | ete fe 3m Cent)
. Cheats ae CET ee 7 Wein onn Pear) ste ay eo SO

1
i
i
hi
ipa a . i
{ ay
y { AN
} Ai
. 4 1
is Lisi ye
he Aye y i
i f Ny
« : f "
i eh i
ter i oie
; ° i { ry A LE a f, he in
y ‘ a

; i itt .

Per g yas } id ey '

; i, i re

Taare 8.—List of lakes, with the elevation and fauna of each.

Feteettte

4) +444

+ettetetee

FFF eeettt! Het

t$tt+

+4444!
b4eetbtt +

Reynolds Lak
Trost Tomond

pee arate Pee 10, 800 |
er Triple Lake. ae Sod = al ae Sas Pen ee eras Sosees Nenad Peceedl harman fect |) oka Rerres Wancad Ca ens coed |b So leet ig eae asi ieee babe eich eit SOCEOY bain
fel ieee aeepr. eeree omer | Cc (BEES Baaoe maps Rane ol ie teeta bc Betas pce Uc cee es Me ET

Porker Reservoli 8, 200 6 SET atest se eenesleseveelsevessicesaselsisescisacses|sneveyleveneelssenes senses!
Double Lake aioe

East Buck Lake
East Forest Lake.
North Forest Lake
Triple Pool No.
Triple Pool No.

Hummock Pool,

+i tttetttes
FEEtHH+t+

ae ane
+ oo cue

sree ae os
Raat

ke ea
Losses AGqBS

tee vtcu duet Oe
siesfesresat OBE

poe

Re ch hee
7 *

ies. re wore

new ele gts +

OG AAR t
vid aie? tao Uae Bot

reves ede RE x den dons
cs.

ium ideandet tc sbunicd 4 das vrs —pehidl
owe 16s Ree Lows we tS

oes Kp -oe eee Rook

pec stavune 1088 we

salen he ihe yew! cep a ay aca) ~

jos le ba he . wali ambicnieiwn weatp
‘gpyts natin’ . .

gheewiedosy>
es Ye sf
weewey +f mds ‘ moa ‘ : wigneeees | winner!
69} Peeiare + “a af es . treme hana e fies “
f 4 tg
jo-ghcne re shen elie BARA nade wees gd presen’ a ae We i an 6. +o ene
fein ee Th» ty aiaee hen ss aoe BULAD SBA Ter aEe Wa :
TAR iv cette ole tated ai h cimbeairle aoaieal
a. aera Gamor nthe nnn alvns nevis! pret. 4 4) nara

o> one a fie Or

Se a

rt
fete eo ge pee + Se senwal names rie Satie eta

Pesta ASA eek PE

Seabee ater fares ronan enwiidiod ees
Sf F 3

. Wie Poeee ale pam rivbaheng al ney ste f . : ee

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 13

LAKE AT SEMPER, COLORADO (5,400 FEET)

A lake of the plains with the mountains in view in the background

REDROCK LAKE (10,000 FEET)

A montane lake of the morainal type

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 14

CRATER LAKES AS SEEN FROM THE CONTINENTAL DIVIDE

Shows an alpine lake in a cirque at timber line (11,000 feet) and several Montana lakes at lower
elevations

IcE LAKE (12,188 FEET)

A lake of the alpine zone. Photograph taken August 1, 1914

NEW FLIES OF THE GENUS SARCOPHAGA FROM GUAM
AND THE PHILIPPINES.

R. R. Parker,
Of the State College, Bozeman, Montana.

This paper, containing descriptions of four new species of Sar-
cophaga, is based on material from the Philippine Islands and Guam
belonging to the United States National Museum.

SARCOPHAGA SUBTUBEROSA, new species.

Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21497).
Bears number 1255; collector, D. T. Fulloway, Guam.

Allotype.—Female, United States National
Museum (No. 21497). No record number;
collector, D. T. Fulloway; Guam.

Paratypes.—United States National Mu-
seum, one male, four females.

Length.—8 to 12 mm.

(Male) Head.—Viewed from side para-
frontals and genae with dark reflections, not
intensified on transverse impression. Breadth
of front at narrowest part varies from slightly
less to slightly greater than one-half eye
width; cheek height approximately one third yy¢. 1. sarcopHaca suBTUBER-
that of eye. Front prominent; frontal vitta — 0sa. @.¢., ANTERIOR CLASPERS;

: a. p., ACCESSORY PLATE; f., FOR-
at narrowest part of front nearly orfully twice cups. 9. 5, rImst GENITAL SEG-
as wide as each parafrontal, its sides parallel — =z; 9. 8.2, szconD GENITAL
or slightly converging backward. Second — SVQuiNt P: t Bosmmnton
antennal segment dark; third about twice
length of second; arista plumose to beyond middle. Back of head
somewhat convex, with one row of black cilia behind eyes, other-
wise clothed with whitish or yellowish-white hair that completely
covers metacephalon and extends on to posterior part of cheek.
Anterior part of latter clothed with black hair. Gena with a row
of hairs near lower eye orbit; other hairs, if present, very minute.
Palpi dark.

Chaetotacy—Lateral verticals absent; vibrissae inserted just
above line of oral margin; each row of frontals extends below base
of vitta and diverges from inner edge of gena.

PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2227.

90 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou, 54.

Thoraz.—Mesonotum clothed with rather short, reclinate bristles.
Hairs covering anterior spiracle light yellowish except at very
base; those of anterior margin of posterior spiracle mostly dark
brownish but faintly lighter at very tips; those of spiracular cover
light yellowish throughout.

Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or very slightly acute angle;
anterior cross-vein more basal than end of first longitudinal; third
vein bristly; costal spine vestigial; section III of costa about one
and one half times section V; alulae fringed with hair; calypters
whitish, margins fringed with whitish hair.

Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with fine hairs
that do not become longer and beard-like posteriorly; anterior face
with three rows of bristles, those of intermediate row shortest and
absent distally; posterior face without ventral row of bristles; tibia
straight or shghtly curved, only the posterior face with a weak beard
of long, coarse hairs on distal two-thirds to three-fourths; tarsus not
shorter than the tibia. Middle femur clothed beneath on posterior,
proximal half with beard-hke growth of long hairs; anterior ventral
row of short bristles complete, posterior row represented by ‘‘comb”’
only, which extends back to the long hairs: submesotibial bristle
present. Ventral surface of anterior coxa with an irregular row of
bristles at each side only.

Chaetotary.—Anterior dorsocentrals not weaker than anterior
postsuturals and longer than vestiture of prescutum; acrostichals
absent; immer presuturals very weak: last two pairs of posterior
dorsocentrals much the stronger, anterior to these two or three
pairs scarcely longer than vestiture of scutum; prescutellar acros-
tichals present; scutellar apicals present; three sternopleurals; lower
sternopleura with a single row of bristles, otherwise clothed with hair.

Abdomen.—Somewhat conical or slightly oval, clothed above
with short, reclinate bristles, beneath with longer, more erect hair
that becomes much longer on fourth notum. Vestiture of fourth
ventral plate very short and strongly reclinate or decumbent.

Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without marginal bristles; third
with two, and with two or three laterals on each side; fourth with a
complete row ending ventrally in long hairs.

Genital segments.—Not prominent, usually only second segment
and membranous band between it and first showing, ground color
usually black or blackish but sometimes brownish. First, some-
times faintly grayish pollinose, in profile slightly arched, marginal
bristles absent; second, rotund, very slightly flattened, vestiture
slightly longer than that of first; anal area small. Forceps black or
blackish, base with long, slightly curly hairs a little longer than
vestiture of second segment; prongs approximated for about half
their length, tips bare. Connecting membrane, on each side just
anterior to “humps,” with a row of long hairs.

No. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 91

Genitalia.—Similar to those of S. tuberosa Pandellé, S. sarrace-
nioides Aldrich, ete. Accessory plates hairy. Fifth ventral plate
not distinguishable from that of S. harpax Pandellé; base with sharply
angular median ridge, in profile its posterior extremity not upturned;
lamellae expanded, their inner edges with prominent fringe of bristles.

Female.—These differ from males in the following important
characters:

Head.—Breadth of front at its narrowest part equal to or slightly
less than eye width. Frontal vitta a little wider than each para-
frontal.

Thoraz.—Vestiture of scutellum very short, strongly reclinate.

Legs.—Posterior trochanter with slender, apical bristle; bristles
of intermediate row of anterior face of femur lacking or a few scarcely
differentiated bristles proximally; posterior face usually with two
ventral, proximal bristles. Middle femur with complete posterior
ventral row of short bristles, ‘‘comb”’’ not differentiated.

Chaetotaxy.—Three or four sternopleurals, rarely five.

Abdomen.—Oval; vestiture throughout of short reclinate bristles
except that of ventral surface of fourth notum, which is erect and
hairy.

Genital segments.—Not protuberant, not visible from above.
First segment not divided into two lateral lips but often very
slightly carinated (anterio-posteriorly) along the mid-dorsal line,
ground color varies from that of abdomen (blackish) to orange
brown; often with same pollinose colors as abdomen; spiracles
central, but usually concealed by edge of fourth notum. Fifth
and sixth ventral plates fused, wider than fourth; fifth usually
grayish pollinose, much broader than long, its posterior margin
with a few bristles (one or two) at each side; the heavily chitinized
portion of sixth polished, consistmg of a short, anterior part and
two rounded posterior lobes (one on each half), each lobe with
apical bristles.

Described from three male and eight female specimens.

Range.—Guam, Philippine Islands.

This fly is of interest primarily as a subspecies of Sarcophaga
tuberosa Pandellé. It is at once distinguished from other described
subspecies by the presence of but a single row of black cilia behind
the eyes and the white vestiture on the posterior portion of the cheek.
All other subspecies known have three rows of black cilia and the
cheek vestiture black. The tip of the forceps prongs of subtuberosa
are attenuated. At least another subspecies, S. tuberosa harpaz
Pandellé occurs in the Orient.1_ A male and female were included
in the material from the Philippines.

1 Bottcher (Ent. Mitt., vol. 1, 1912, p. 164) reports it from Formosa.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54..

S. subtuberosa is also interesting as an apparent lnk connecting
the tuberosa and haemorrhoidalis groups of Béttcher.1 The penis
and genital segments are similar to those of the tuberosa subspecies
of the tuberosa group and the fifth ventral plate is like that of harpax
and tuberosa. The single row of black cilia behind the eyes, the
white vestiture on the posterior portion of the cheek, and the undi-
vided nature of the first genital segment of the female all suggest
the haemorrhoidalis group (S. haemorrhoidalis Fallen, S. ruficornis
Wiedemann, S. falculata Pandellé, 8. securifera Villeneuve, etc.)

Three of the female paratypes are from the Philippme Islands,
two bear the accession number 1312 (B. Arce, collector), and the
other 1306. The allotype is also from the Philippmes and is labeled
“Acc. No. Bur. Agr. P. I.”’ The remaming female paratypes are
from Guam (collector D.T. Fulloway). Females from the Philippines
have the first genital segment a dull brownish orange (possibly due to
imperfectly hardened reared material), those from Guam have this
segment deep brown or blackish.

SARCOPHAGA CRINITA, new species.

Holotype.-—Male, United States National Museum -(No. 21498).
Acc. No. 1537; collector, B. Arce; Philippine Islands.

Allotype.—Female, United States National Museum (No. 21498).
Acc. No. 1431; collector, B. Arce; Philippe Islands.

Paratype.—United States National Museum, one male.

Length.—9-10 mm.

Male, head.—Viewed from side parafrontals and genae with
dark reflections, transverse impression with a brownish tinge.
Breadth of front at narrowest part about three-sevenths that of
eye (exactly in three specimens measured); cheek height approxi-
mately one-fifth that of eye. Front prominent; frontal vitta at
narrowest part of front about twice as wide as each parafrontal,
its sides very slightly converging backward. Second antennal
segment dark; third about three times length of second; arista
plumose on basal half or slightly more. Back of head almost flat
or somewhat convex, with three rows of black cilia behind eye, other-
wise clothed with silvery-white hair that completely covers meta-
cephalon. Cheek vestiture black except possibly for a few scattered
white hairs posteriorly. Gena with a row of bristly hairs near lower
eye orbit, other hairs if present very minute. Palpi dark.

Chaetotacy.—Lateral verticals absent; vibrissae inserted on line
with oral margin; each row of frontals extends below base of vitta
and diverges from inner edge of gena.

Thoraz.—Mesanotum clothed with rather short, reclinate bristles.
Hairs covering anterior spiracle dark brown or blackish, though some-
times faintly light colored at tips; those of anterior margin of

1 Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1912.

no. 2227. FLIHS FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 93

posterior spiracle dark brown or blackish; those of spiracular cover
dark colored, sometimes faintly yellowish at tips forming a narrow,
yellow border.

Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or a very slightly acute angle;
anterior cross-vein slightly more basal than end of first longitudinal,
third vei bristly (about two-thirds or three-fourths of distance to
anterior cross vein); costal spine vestigial; section III of costa
equal to or slightly greater than section V; alulae fringed with
hair; calypters whitish, margins fringed with white hair,

Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with short hairs;
anterior face with three rows of bristles, those of intermediate row
shortest, weak and absent distally, those of lower row few and
scattered; posterior ventral row of bristles present
on proximal half only: tibia straight or slightly
curved, beards absent: tarsus approximately same
length as tibia. Middle femur with short, scattered
hairs beneath; anterior and posterior ventral rows
of bristles complete, bristles of their distal halves
weak and inconspicuous, “comb’’ not developed:
submesotibial bristle present. Ventral surface of .
anterior coxa with an irregular row of bristles at "oN (arn
each side only. s LETTERING AS IN

Chaetotaxy.—Dorsocentrals strongly reclinate. An- ™* 1)
terior dorsocentrals quite long, slightly longer than anterior pairs of
postsuturals; acrostichals present; inner presuturals absent: four
pairs posterior dorsocentrals, the two anterior pairs much the weaker
though considerably longer than vestiture of scutum; praescutellar
acrostichals present; scutellar apicals present: three sternopleurals:
lower sternopleura with bristles only.

Abdomen.—Somewhat conical or slightly oval, clothed above
with short, reclinate bristles, beneath with longer, more erect hair
that does not become longer on fourth notum. Vestiture of fourth
ventral plate shortest and strongly reclinate or decumbent.

Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without marginal bristles; third with
two; fourth with complete row.

Genital segments ——Not prominent, usually only second segment
and membranous band between it and first showing. First, ground
color, brownish, faintly grayish pollinose, in profile slightly arched,
marginal bristles absent, vestiture short and sparse: second, very
noticeably flattened, blackish, vestiture longer than that of first;
anal area small and extending above middle of posterior surface.
Forceps black or blackish, base without upward flap-like extensions
or at most these are short and inconspicuous, vestiture shorter than
that of second segment; prongs approximated for about two-thirds
their length, then separated and bent prominently forward, each tip
with a minute tooth.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

plate concealed in specimens examined by overlapping of ventral
edges of fourth notum. Claspers short and slender; anterior pair
curved forward and slightly expanded at very tip.

Female.—These differ from males in the following important
characters:

Head.—Breadth of front at its narrowest part slightly greater
than one-half eye width. Frontal vitta equal to or slightly wider
than each parafronital.

Legs.—intermediate row of bristles of anterior face of posterior
femur at most represented by a few slender, weak bristles proximally.

Abdomen.—Oval; vestiture throughout of short, reclinate bristles.

Genital segments.—Not protuberant, not visible from above.
First genital segment divided into two lateral lips, ground color,
black or blackish and more or less grayish pollinose.

Described from three male and two female specimens.

Range.—Philippine Islands.

In all three male specimens examined the lower row of bristles of
the anterior face of the third femur consisted of four bristles, two
near the center and one distal and one proximal to these that were
farther from the central bristles than these were from each other.

SARCOPHAGA ORIENTALIS, new species.

Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21499).

Length —14 mm.

Male, head.—Viewed from side parafrontals and genae with dark
reflections, not intensified on transverse impression. Breadth of
front at narrowest part about one-half eye width;. cheek height
approximately one-third that of eye. Front prominent; frontal
vitta at narrowest part of front about same width as each parafrontal,
its sides slightly converging backward and the margins somewhat
effaced below ocellar triangle. Second antennal segment dark;
third at least twice length of second; arista plumose to beyond middle.
Back of head slightly convex, with three rows of black cilia behind
eyes, otherwise clothed with whitish hair that completely covers
metacephalon. Cheek vestiture black. Gena with row of short
hairs close to lower eye orbit, continued as very minute hairs up on to
parafrontals. Palpi dark.

Chaetotary.—Lateral verticals present; vibrissae inserted on line
with oral margins; each row of frontals extends below base of vitta
and diverges slightly from inner edge of gena.

Thorax.—Mesanotum clothed with short reclinate bristles. Hairs
covering anterior and posterior spiracles dark except at tips.

Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a slightly acute angle; anterior cross-
vein nearer end of first than end of second longitudinal; third vein

No. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 95

bristly; costal spine vestigial; section Ili of costa slightly greater
than section V; calypters whitish, margins fringed with whitish hair.

Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with long, fine
hairs, that become longer and beard-like posteriorly; anterior face
with well-developed upper and intermediate rows of bristles, lower
row represented by only two bristles at distal end and with longer,
slender, bristle-like hairs proximal to them; posterior face without
ventral row of bristles: tibia with long, well developed anterior and
posterior beards, latter the longer and more dense; anterior face
with a single slender, median bristle (besides those near median dorsal
ridge) on distal portion: tarsus not shorter than tibia. Middle femur
clothed beneath on posterior, proximal half with pro-
nounced beard-like growth of long hairs; anterior,
veniral row of short bristles present only on distal
half, posterior row represented only by strong ‘‘comb”’:
tibia clothed beneath on distal half with long hair
that tends to become beard-like anteriorly and pos-
teriorly; submeso-tibial bristle absent. Ventral sur-
face of anterior coxa with a row of bristles at each
side only.

Chaetotaxry.—Anterior dorsocentrals short, but “"3.° 7 SARCOPRA
longer than vestiture of praescutum; acrostichals and (Same Lerreria
inner presuturals absent: only last two pairs postsu- “*™ "°°"
tural dorsocentrals well developed; prescutellar acrostichals present:
scutellar apicals present: three sternopleurals, strong: lower sterno-
pleura with long bristle-like hair.

Abdomen.—Clothed above with short reclinate bristles, beneath
with longer erect hairs that become still longer on fourth notum.

Chaetotaxy.—Second segment without dorsal, marginal bristles;
third with two dorsal and on each side two lateral.

Genital segments.—Second segment shining black, first dull and
brownish. First, in profile slightly arched, marginal bristles absent,
vestiture shorter and finer than on second; second, rotund, slightly
flattened, vestiture on center long and somewhat bristle-like, anal area
small. Forceps black, separated from slightly beyond base, tips bent
forward and a little convergent; base with long, fine hairs; at forward
bend near tip of prongs cach with a tuft of prominent bristles (see
in profile).

Genitalia.—Claspers blackish, anterior pair very broad. Distal
portion of penis brownish, with very large, lateral, chitinous processes
extending anteriorly.

Described from one male specimen collected by B. Arce and
bearing label, ‘‘Acc. No. 1317, Bur. Agr. P. I.”

Range.—Philippine Islands.

The parafrontals, genae, and posterior eye orbits are golden
pinollose. The abdomen of the type-specimen is so distorted that

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

the ventral plates can not be seen. The genital segments are mounted
on a cardboard point and pinned with the specimen.

SARCOPHAGA KNABI, new species.

Holotype.—Male, United States National Museum (No. 21500).
Paratype.—United States National Museum (No. 21500), one male.
Length.—10-12 mm.

Male, head.—Parafrontals and genae dull brassy to bright golden
pollinose, also posterior eye orbits. Breadth of front at narrowest
part slightly more than one-half eye width; cheek height approxi-
mately two-fifths that of eye. Front not prominent; frontal vitta
at narrowest part of front about twice width of each parafrontal, its
sides slightly converging backward. Second an-
tennal segment dark; third about twice length of
second; arista plumose to beyond middle. Back of
head somewhat convex, with one row of black
cilia behind eyes, otherwise clothed with whitish,
yellowish hair that completely covers metacephalon.
Cheek clothed with whitish or yellowish hairs.
Gena with row of small hairs close to lower eye
Fic.4.—SARCOPHAGA orbit. Palpi dark.

ce pee Chaetotary.—Lateral verticals may be weakly
TERING AS IN FIG. 1.) F 3 : 4 :
developed; vibrissae inserted on line with oral mar-
gin; each row of frontals scarcely if at all extending below base of
vitta, the lowermost pairs a little divergent.

Thoraz.—Mesonotum clothed with short reclinate bristles. Spi-
racular cover very light colored.

Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right or slightly acute angle;
anterior cross-vein under middle of section III of costa; latter
equal to at least sections V and VI; third vein bristly; costal spine
vestigial; calypters whitish, margins fringed with white hair.

Legs.—Dark. Posterior femur clothed beneath with short, fine
hair that ends posteriorly in a row of bristle-like hairs; upper row of
bristles of anterior face complete, intermediate row represented by a
few bristles centrally, lower row of short, well separated bristles;
tibia with anterior and posterior beards of long, slender hairs, latter
somewhat the stronger; anterior face without bristles (except near
median dorsal ridge); tarsus shorter than tibia. Middle femur
clothed beneath with short, fine hair; anterior, ventral row of short
bristles complete, posterior row represented only by ‘‘comb”’; sub-
mesotibial bristle present; anterior coxa with irregular row of
bristles at each side only.

Chaetotazy.—Anterior dorsocentrals weak, about as strong as
anterior postsuturals; acrostichals and inner presuturals absent;
only last two pairs posterior dorsocentrals strong, anterior to these

no. 2227. FLIES FROM GUAM AND THE PHILIPPINES—PARKER. 97

two or three very weak pairs (probably two usually); prescutellar
acrostichals present; scutellar apicals present; three sternopleurals;
lower sternopleura with bristles and bristle-like hairs.

Abdomen.—Clothed above with short, reclinate bristles, beneath
with slightly longer more erect hair. Vestiture of fourth ventral
plate short and decumbent. Fifth ventral plate
divided, basal portion ridged.

Chaetotary.—Second segment without mar-
ginal bristles, third with two and with two lat-
erals on each side, fourth with complete row
ending ventrally in long hairs.

Genital segments.—First dark pollinose (not
normally visible); second blackish or brownish,
subshining. Second, slightly flattened, vesti-
ture of fine hair and shorter than that of base
of forceps. Forceps-prongs shining, brownish,
and becoming blackish toward tips, each of
latter ending in a small, claw-like tooth directed
forward; base clothed with long, dense hair. SAS aay ONCE ae ean

Described from two male specimens. Nis. (SAME LETTERING AS

Range.—Philippine Islands. in le

The holotype bears the following label: ‘“‘Acc. No. 108, Bur. Agr.,
P. I.,” the paratype, “Acc. No. 136, Bur. Agr., P. I.”

Among the material examined is one female specimen which may
be the female of this species and bears the label, ‘‘ Probably female of
Sarcophaga knabi R. Pkr.” The original label reads as follows:
‘Acc. No. 146, Bur. Agr., P. I.”’

Among the described species included in the lot from the Philippines
were a male and female, probably of Sarcophaga ruficornis Wiedemann.
a male and female of S. tuberosa harpaz Pandellé, and a male of S.
orchidea Béttcher. S.ruficornis has been known only from India; and,
since no figure of the genital segments now exists in the literature, one
presented in this paper (fig. 5). S. orchidea was described from
Formosa. r

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——8

A vith ae rh a
ne ies Peilocingos!

som Ba Wile

J
Pa Pie rig eee Fo Petes en 4

a mie, dette hint.

Ctet Hy as ch
ul Fed si bobs

feer teint, won
igi wit amtoridr ale] agile wt
sorewhal | tha’ ercsurart suptacion’ fiee pita headles, Soity
impadinn. date 1° ride) * tisaue shapes Shen) tibis. MidAle fa

aiothed peace maths “whort; fine eiep herton, ventral rows omy fy
bristles domplois, posterior row roprememted wey bey “ eons
rhesotibial bristle: presiut; entrar Apa wihh segue: OW:
bryiiles Gh Gem side only, a '
OO Oiaetotuay arbarior ‘erence Weak, abort:

attorior A retiring scrostichalt: Kat: Inno, t

ON TWO SPECIES OF FISHES FROM THE YALU RIVER,
CHINA.

By Isaac GINSBURG,
Aid, Division of Fishes, United States National Museum.

The United States National Museum has received, through the
kindness of Mr. Arthur de C. Sowerby, a very desirable and repre-
sentative series of fresh-water fishes from Manchuria collected by
himself. The following descriptions of two species from the Yalu
River are deemed of sufficient interest to ichthyologists to warrant
their publication.

HEMIBARBUS LONGIROSTRIS (Regan).
Acanthogobio longirostris Reaan, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, p. 60, pl. 3,
fig. 3.
Hemibarbus labeo Bera, Faun. Russ. Poiss., vol. 3, 1914, p. 631 (in synonymy).

Two specimens 105 and 155 mm. long are evidently this species.
Berg places it in the synonymy of Hemibarbus labeo Bleeker with a
query. However, it seems to be a valid species. Compared with
specimens of the same size of H. labeo and H. maculatus, the following
differences are found. The scales are larger, the formula being
41-44, = while in the older species it is 47-52; a The sub-
orbital ring and preopercle are much wider, and contain large mucifer-
ous cavities. The exposed muscular part of the cheek at the angle
of the preopercle is one-half or less the vertical diameter of the pupil,
while in the other species it is equal to the vertical diameter of the
pupil or more than that. In coloration the present species is nearest
to H. maculatus. The dorsal and caudal fins are spotted with black,
but there is no regular row of large black spots on the sides. The
sides are dotted irregularly with small black spots which, in the
smaller specimen, are connected with more or less indistinct lines
forming reticulations.

Regan records the pharyngeal teeth as being in two rows, and on
that account placed the species. in Acanthogobio. However, the
pharyngeal bone from one side of the large specimen was dissected
out and the teeth were found to be 5. 3. 1. The small tooth of the

PRGCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2228.
99

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

inner row of the type was probably broken off in dissecting, or else
the pharyngeal teeth in this species are subject to variation. Since
the other species of Hemibarbus uniformly have three rows of pharyn-
geal teeth the first assumption is probably correct.

RHINOGOBIUS SOWERBYI, new species (Gobiidae).

D. VI, 9; A 9; Se. 35-36/9-10.

Body elongate, cylindrical anteriorly, compressed posteriorly.
Head depressed, longer than wide and wider than deep. Snout
blunt, rounded, gibbous. Mouth somewhat oblique, medium;
maxillary reaches to a vertical through anterior third of eye. Lips
thick, cheeks tumid. Interorbital space concave, about as wide as
horizontal diameter of eye. Teeth in three rows in each jaw, erect;
outer row somewhat enlarged, compressed, usually truncate, slightly
bent backward. Outer row extends to somewhat less than an eye
diameter before the angle of mouth, inner rows end considerably
before. Tongue entire, rounded. Anterior nostril with a very short
tube placed in a slight depression; it is almost but not quite on a
level with the lower margin of the eye, and is nearer the posterior
margin of the upper lip than the anterior margin of the eye. Posterior
nostril without raised border placed in front of eye and on a horizontal
through its middle. Cheeks, opercles, top of head, and nape, scale-
less and without raised muciferous papillae, the naked area extending
to a vertical through insertion of pectoral; 6-8 embedded cycloid
scales on dorsum before spinous dorsal. At the sides of the dorsum
directly over opercle two rows of embedded scales extend further
forward, to the cheeks. Belly entirely naked to origin of anal.
Scales on body well developed, imbricated; all are ctenoid and of
nearly the same size, except those on the dorsal aspect anterior to the
origin of the spinous dorsal. 35-36 scales from upper, posterior angle
of the opercle to base of caudal. 9-10 rows from origin of anal to
second dorsal, counting upwards and backwards. Gill openings
restricted; isthmus wide, the insertion of the gill membrane on the
isthmus on a vertical through about the middle of opercle. Outer
edge of shoulder girdle with neither a fleshy ridge nor papillae.
Pectoral fins with a scaleless, somewhat muscular base; the fins
rounded, reaching vent; the upper rays connected by membrane,
not silklike. Ventrals completely united, infundibuliform, the inter-
spinal membrane well developed, emarginate; the disk is broader
than long and reaches midway between its origin and vent. Dorsal
fins separated by a space about equal to diameter of eye. The fourth
spine the longest, about two in head, the second, third, and fifth spines
nearly as long as fourth, first spine considerably shorter, last spine
shortest. The posterior rays of second dorsal and anal longest; they
reach the base of the rudimentary caudal rays in the paratype, but

NO. 2228, TWO SPECIES OF CHINESE FISHES—GINSBURG. 101

do not quite reach so far in the type. Origin of anal fin slightly
posterior to that of second dorsal, both fins ending on same vertical.
Caudal rounded, not prolonged. Anal papilla oblong, triangular,
slightly bifid in type, truncate in paratype, its length about equal to
half diameter of eye.

Head brownish, nape marbled with darker. One or two very in-
distinct longitudinal lines on upper part of opercles, two or three such
lines on nape directly over opercle, more distinct. The exposed part
of every scale with a large brown spot anteriorly, the margin yellow-
ish. Fins dusky, the spinous dorsal darkest. Dorsals, anal and
caudal margined with light yellowish; a rather indistinct yellow band
at base of pectoral. Five very indistinct crossbars on body behind
pectorals. An oblong spot more or less distinct at base of caudal.
The entire body and fins are stippled with very minute dark spots.

Two specimens from the Yalu River collected by Arthur de C. Sow-
erby.

Holotype.—68 mm. long. Cat. No. 76734, U.S.N.M.

Paratype.—65 mm. long. Cat. No. 76734—A, U.S.N.M.

This species is very near Rhinogobius nagoyae, Jordan and Seale,'
rom Nagoyae, Japan. It differs from that species in that the fourth
‘dorsal spine is the longest instead of the second. ‘The longest spine
in the present species is about one-half the head instead of nearly
equal to it. The soft dorsal and caudal lack the regular rows of spots
present in the older species.

Measurements. | Holotype. Paratype.

Mm. | Per cent.| Mim. | Per cent.

Motaliencthts. 2 She. 2. ae ora See Mee ceils asec eee osemtceiee 689 no eeeesecien Gon Riceeae cae
Mengthwwithout: caudalt tscccms-ccscnsccsssbeccacsececsoae Wee eae (WROSiIm Nl Seaseercns Gy ae PeSeoeeees
ength Olhead: «2. ..<.- saseceitessinaciew actses cstsjs sos ovitg- os Sees -e see 17.5 31.8 | 15.75 30.3
Width ofihead (directly beind"eyes) = Me ie a eee eee | 12 68.6 | 10 63.5
Depth of head (directly behind eyes)................-..------------ ee 42.8 7.25 46.1
ILGyia a (SOO es 12 ose so oes aae Sb ce Soe Cana nEenenade ssedoRSsconee 6 33.0} 5.5 | 34.9
Eornizontal'diameterioneye)..---<--ceccccecec ss ccs sche cciccscacs sesh 3 17.1 3 19.0
COPONtOSNGIOHE J. coco aace tew maton clewine cfajse sae ele avis otetewectesiemetds 11.5 20.9 9.5 18.3
Wersiineigiteerrocetescr ence cto cece ck sie cisce eee tees setae 7 2 | eG 11.5
Length of caudal peduncle (end ofanal to base of caudal on mid line).| 13 23,6))\\epll..5 22.2
MU PLONSHOUL TOS PITOUS GOLSal ene nna ae ce stnser cence ce eeet et stiene 36.4 | 20 38.5
End of second dorsal to rudimentary rays of caudal b 17.3 | 10 | 19.3
PL ONSMOUL GORY OLN Gs sc \~c75 sis nic miaie la wie eiciats s aereisicicleieia/aiele ele dlaiwisisicisis eisicjele 3 59:0) 2955" | 56.7
Wentitomudimentary rays Of Cad allt ej. <cieesten ciricte ~ sretejais ciee are temicinle 32.7; 18 | 34.6
BascronspimMOUs dC Orsaleeseeme se cm seesisniscecee sess coscee woes cece 18.2; 9.75 | 18.8
IB aReiol second! dorsalls ccc icc ciete os eaeawins semicfoinesomeciieica cet acceetoe 18.2 9.5 18.3
Base Oranalosss Seo otc etconeeuncccmos ae i 13.6 eor |} 14.4
Length of caudal. . wade 23,6Nle lon at 25

Menptih ol ventral sacs cece cccceeoseicces oe t 14) veto: 14.9
Length of pectorals................----- see A 24.6 | 13 25

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 30, 1906, p. 147.

Ae :
Prete
OH yas

ahi’ “ai wiht HB

® 4 x a a .
Si reed rere © 7 F po ii 17s ¥E ;
Asha ae ‘2 One elfic(s ine As, icf aoe f Vi le 33 ith oe
‘ hae eh Res eres eae Hind Pa ee a Uae ie
cide iegadtt eat ey ON ny DAs

a1 eet

viey ows 1 ; me Ae Me
2 earthed 10 Be 2olo’ yiado to on q sqe 10 soot Jt

4 ie ore p “f
bc sdevetige h oanier plojego 8 pac’,
. + oi
*
i

are boi

Soult ely” a GO St0vKe > a a

it bbivr’ Bt hae rite’ dire Pain T bya a

sy wie § ' +e 2) i
" Bedodito Ay 967 v rent
*, aL i

“ ‘ y }
‘ vr Ga ely a ‘ ora ce H
BP Pte ke oats hire:

as 9) iow ar bia? met Tse aoe a

intel cals Aw'rt Ha Piy iT “na qat (oe
ft

neved dhl og toh one ei feet
Biol” Bile grin Sig bape a's

A Ba hb

sun na ar

ae Ft 9

SO 22010 Et

OY Selirhae
roto bein ot are i
pha eos reser |

veshnin ene e Ny s* .

eB feshysrecieh gah i sa oadlsaaneatas i?

eer ii aes <0 lento ehouicge ot daft f

ih = nip <b aha fi Ya eke ‘deinen er Z
ieee Se Fae

D Kops 4 Fe oe -

4 sce

ae co
iT

iwrers
pina er

y ie

spi

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA AND THEIR BEARING
UPON THE AGE OF UPLIFT OF THE EASTERN ANDES.

By Epwarp W. Brrry,
Of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore.

INTRODUCTION.

The present contribution includes a description of the fossil plants
from two well-known localities in Bolivia—the copper district of
Corocoro and the silver and tin district of Potosi—both classic local-
ities that have been worked since the sixteenth century. The rather
definite results regarding the age of these deposits has not only an
important bearing on the time of mineralization in these regions, but
is of the greatest value in indicating the period of elevation of the
Andes, which is shown to be much later and more profound than has
hitherto been supposed. This study is based upon material col-
lected in 1915 by Profs. J. T. Singewald, jr., of the Johns Hopkins
University, and Benjamin L. Miller, of Lehigh University. The
types and figured specimens have been presented to the United
States National Museum. A discussion of the results of this study is
followed by a description of the flora, and by an account of a new
species of Brachiopod contributed by Prof. Charles Schuchert, of
Yale University.

PRESENT PHYSIOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE.

A brief outline of the present physiography, geology, and climate ©
of Bolivia are necessary to an understanding of the bearing of the
fossil floras discussed in the following pages on the geological history
of the region.

Although lying wholly within the Torrid Zone the combination of
elevation, mountain barriers, and prevailing winds has had a most
profound influence on the climate, and consequently upon the flora
and fauna. Except for certain transverse and irrigated valleys and
the relatively low and barren Coast Range the country bordering the
Pacific (now belonging to Chile) is a desert of shifting sands. Thisis
bounded on the east by the Western Andes or Cordillera Occidental,
which parallels the coast at a distance of from 50 to 100 miles.!

1 The relatively low Coast Range is omitted, as it is of no importance in the present connection.

PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEuM, VOL. 54—N0oO. 2229,
- 103

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54,

The western Andes consist chiefly of Mesozoic deposits, together
with innumerable lava flows and ash beds of the great series of high
volcanoes, whose greatest activity appears to have been reached in
very late geologic times. The Cordillera Occidental, with many
peaks between 19,000 and 21,000 feet in altitude, forms the western
ramparts of the high Bolivean plateau or ‘‘altaplanicie,’ which ex-
tends from the Vilcanota massif of Peru southward to the Argentine
frontier—a distance of about 500 miles and with an average width
of about 80 miles. It has an average elevation of between 12,000 and
13,000 feet, and is bleak and inhospitable in the north (the ‘‘puna”’),
and arid and barren toward the south—the desert of Lipez—with saline
depressions, and ridges and peaks rising through the flat mantle of
Pleistocene and Recent deposits.

The eastern ramparts of the ‘‘altaplanicie” are formed by the
somewhat fanned-out chains of the eastern Andes or ‘‘Cordillera
Real,” consisting largely of folded Paleozoics with granitic cores and
other igneous intrusives, in part at least of late Tertiary age, forming
a series of high peaks, a number of which reach above 21,000 feet.
It is about 250 miles from the western range of the Cordillera Real
to the Sierra de Cochabamba and the Sierra de Misiones, which form
the eastern boundary of this imposing mountain mass. It is in the
midst of this extremely rugged montane country that Potosi rises
to a height of 15,381 feet, surrounded on all sides by much higher
peaks.

Three-fifths of the area of Bolivia hes east of the Cordillera Real,
and forms a part of the Amazon and Paraguay drainage basins.
The latter region consists of gently undulating forests, low alluvial
grass-covered plains (llanos), great swamps, and flooded bottom
lands.

Little can be said of the details of either the existing climate or
vegetation of much of Bolivia. The lowlands east of the mountains,
comprising the Provinces of E] Beni, Santa Cruz, Chuquisaca, and
Tarija, together with the eastern mountain valleys below 5,000 fect,
are termed ‘‘yungas”’ (a climatic term) and have a humid tropical
climate. The higher valleys of the eastern Andes between 5,000 and
9,500 feet, where they are situated so as to receive the moisture-
laden northeast trade winds, have a subtropical character. Above
9,500 feet and up to 11,000 feet the climate is in general temperate
and suitable for raising vegetables and cereals. Between 11,000 feet
and 12,500 feet in the mountains, and consequently including the
high plateau, is the ‘‘puna”’ or region of cold and aridity, with two
seasons—a cold summer or autumn and a winter. The air is cold
and dry and the growing season is too short for anything except oca
(Oxalis) quinoa (Chenopodium), potato, barley, and coarse grasses.

)

No. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 105

Above 12,500 feet and extending to the snow line (about 17,500
feet) is the ‘‘puna brava,” a bleak inhospitable region of shepherds
and miners, and with arctic rosette plants and a few grasses.

POTOSI.

Cerro Rico de Potosi or Potosi Mountain les immediately south-
east of the town of Potosi in the northern part of the Province of
that name, in the eastern Andes or Cordillera Real, which forms the
eastern boundary of the high plateau of Bolivia. The mountain,
which has a height of 15,381 feet, consists of a core of rhyolite sur-
rounded by conglomerates, shales, and tuffs. Fossil plants are abun-
dant in the latter on the northeast slope of the mountain and also
in some of the mine tunnels.

Silver was discovered at Potosi in 1544, and mining for this metal
and latterly for tin has been in operation for over 350 years. An
account of the region has recently been published by Miller and Sin-
gewald,! who collected the fossils that are the basis of the present
contribution.

COROCORO.

Corocoro is near the western edge of the high plateau (altiplanicie)
of Bolivia in a group of low structural hills such as not infrequently
project through the flat surficial deposits of the plateau. It les a
short distance south of the Arica-La Paz Railroad in the Province
of La Paz, about 100 kilometers southwest of the town of La Paz
and at an altitude of slightly more than 13,000 feet. It is about
2° north and 2° 40’ west of Potosi. The country rock is a thick and
much faulted series of prevailingly red, gypsiferous and ferruginous
shales, sandstones, and conglomerates. Copper has been mined at
Corocoro since before the arrival of the Spaniards in the sixteenth
century, and a general account of the district has recently been pub-
lished by Singewald and Miller.?

AGE OF THE COROCORO ROCK.

Opinions regarding the age of this series have ranged from Carbo-
niferous to Tertiary. These have not been based upon paleonto-
logic evidence, however, since no fossils have hitherto been known
from the series. Messrs. Singewald and Miller collected fossil plants
from a sandy tuff northwest of Corocoro and obtained the cast of a
footprint from a specimen collected by Fernando Dorian, manager of
the Corocoro Copper Mines (Ltd.) along the railroad between Tarejra

1 Miller and Singewald, Mining Conditions at Potosi, Bolivia. Eng. and Min. Journ., vol. 103, 1917,
pp. 255-260.

2 Singewald and Miller, The Corocoro Copper District of Bolivia, Eng. and Min. Journ., vol. 103, 1917,
pp. 171-176.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou, 54.

and Corocoro. The latter, according to Prof. R. 8. Lull, probably
represents an Upper Triassic amphibian. Unfortunately the strati-
graphic relations between the two outcrops is unknown, but there is
no reason to doubt Professor Lull’s determination or the possible
presence of rocks of Triassic age in the vicinity.

The fossil plants are, however, of more immediate interest, since
they occur in the horizon of the ‘‘vetas,” and hence fix the age of
the immediate country rock and mineralization as late Tertiary.
While the fossil plants are neither abundant nor well preserved, suffi-
cient species can be identified to fix the horizon as very nearly the
same as that at Potosi, and hence determine the age of the copper-
bearing rocks rather definitely as late Tertiary.

The plants which I have identified are the following: Polystichum
bolwianum, Acacia uninervifolia, Mimosa arcuatifolia, Mimosites en-
gelhardtr, Cassia ligustrinaformis, Coparfera corocoriana, Terminalia
singewaldi.

All but the last two are present at Potosi. The Copaifera and
Terminalia are both represented by fruits. The latter is very similar
to the not uncommon fruits of Terminalia antiqua from Potosi, and the
leaflets of a species of Copaifera that might represent the same species
as the fruits from Corocoro are present at Potosi. Thus the paral-
lelism between the two floras is extremely close.

When a meager flora like that found at Corocoro is compared with
a more extensive flora like that at Potosi, the age might differ appre-
ciably, and yet the more common species of the larger flora might be
expected to be present in the smaller. When, however, it is not only
the commonest species of the larger that are found in the smaller, but
also forms like the Polystichum found in a single specimen in both,
additional indication of contemporaneity is afforded. Furthermore
all of the Corocoro plants are represented in the modern flora by
closely related species east of the mountains and all of the genera are
still found in the same general region where climatic conditions differ
from those prevailing at the present time on the high plateau of
Bolivia. The latter region, because of its altitude and consequent
coldness, and the aridity due to the interposition of the lofty eastern
Andes in the path of the prevailingly eastern tradewinds, is prac-
tically treeless and in striking contrast with the conditions at the time
the fossil flora was living in this region, all of the seven recorded
species except the Polystichum being arborescent and some of them
usually large trees. If the evidence for the Pliocene age of the Potosi
flora is regarded as conclusive then there can be no doubt but that the
Corocoro flora is also Pliocene, and this age is thereby established for
the copper-bearing rocks of this mining district.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 107

BOTANICAL CHARACTER.

The present contribution enumerates 85 different species of plants
from Bolivia, of which 82 come from the tufis of the historic Cerro de
Potosi. Collections from these tuffs studied by Engelhardt in 1887
and 1894 resulted in making known 44 species of fossil plants, and
Britton in 1893 added 11 species. The flora as at present known is
remarkable for the great predominance of small individuals in it and
for the large numbers and variety of its Leguminosae. It contains
the representatives of 6 Pteridophytes (all ferns), 1 coniferophyte (a
Podocarpus) and 75 angiosperms, of which 3 are Monocotyledons and
the balance Dicotyledons. Of the latter there are 8 of doubtful affin-
ities, 5 Gamopetalae, and 59 Choripetalae. The Dicotyledonae rep-
resent 41 genera in 20 families and 13 orders. The largest genus is
Cassia with 10 species. The most abundant individual forms are
Myrica banksioides and Calliandra obliqua. Much the largest order
is the Rosales, represented by the families Saxifragaceae, Cunoni-
aceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae, and Papilionaceae, containing
altogether 47 species, the great majority belonging to the last three
families. There are 13 species of Mimosaceae representing the
genera Acacia, Inga, Pithecolobhium, Mimosa, Mimosites, Calliandra,
and Enterolobium. ‘There are 17 species of Caesalpiniaceae repre-
senting the genera Cassia, Caesalpinia, Caesalpinites, Copaifera,
Bauhinia, and Peltophorum. There are 12 species of Papilionaceae,
representing the genera Amicia, Machaerium, Dalbergia, Desmodium,
Drepanocarpus, Aeschynomene, Sweetia, Lonchocarpus, and Platy-
podium. ‘There are thus 9 genera of Papilionaceae, 6 of Caesal-
piniaceae, and 7 of Mimosaceae. No other families are represented
by more than two genera and most of them have but a single genus
present. Similarly all of the nonleguminous genera except Myrica
and Weinmannia are represented by a single species.

There are three or four species of Myrica in the fossil flora of
Potosi, the only common and clearly defined of which is Myrica
banksioides Engelhardt, and I am not sure but that Myrica wendtia
Britton and Myrica engelhardtit Britton are not simply: large and
small variants of this species. Myrica potosina Britton is not a
Myrica, and while Myricophyllum, species Engelhardt, is clearly dis-
tinct from all of the preceding and apparently represents a perfectly
good Comptonia-like Myrica, it is represented by such incomplete
material that little can be said about it.

Myrica is a very old generic type with a large number of fossil
species, ranging in age from the Mid-Cretaceous to the present. The
still existing species are relatively few in number, are widely scattered
geographically, and represent survivors from a Tertiary cosmopotitan
distribution.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Myrica has about 35 existing species and is widely distributed in
the warmer parts of both hemispheres. Although we commonly
think of Myrica as a temperate type, the bulk of the existing species
are decidedly warm temperate and upland tropical! types. The
subgenus Morella comprises nearly all the existing species, and its
area of distribution includes southeastern Asia from Japan and China
through the East Indies. In Africa it extends from Abyssinia to
Madagascar and the Cape throughout the eastern watershed. In
Europe a single species extends from southern Portugal to the Azores
and Canaries. In America one species (carolinensis) reaches north-
ward to Nova Scotia; another (cerifera) extends northward to Mary-
land; and two species on the Pacific coast extend the range north-
ward to Oregon. The balance of the species occur throughout the
Antilles, Central America, and northwestern South America. Only
one species, usually considered as a subgenus, is cold temperate in its
distribution. The latter, Myrica gale, ranges from Kamchatka to
Lappland, Britain, and western France in the Palarctic region, and
from Newfoundland to southern Alaska in the Nearctic region, where
it extends southward to Virginia. Thus eastern North America is
the only region where there is any considerable overlapping of the
two subgenera. These features are brought out on the accompanying
sketch map, and the conclusion is reached that Myrica gale is a late
Tertiary or Pleistocene Holarctic radiation from what was a dis-
tinctly warm temperate group of species, and this conclusion is more |
or less corroborated by the geological history of the genus—the bulk
of the fossil species representing the J/orella section of the genus, or
the allied genus Comptonia, which is sometimes made a third sub-
genus of Myrica, and which has but a single existing species of
eastern North America, although cosmopolitan in the Tertiary.
Myrica is not uncommon in the warm temperate and subtropical
Tertiary coastal floras of southeastern North America.

There are several shrubby species of A/yrica in the Inter-Andean
region of Central Peru (Myrica variwbractea De Candolle, M. weber-
bauert De Candolle) which range upward to 3,000 meters. Whether
these extend southward as far as the Potosi region I do not know,
but Myrica xalapensis is found in eastern Bolivia in the Santa Cruz
region, and is doubtless more wide ranging than the meager records
indicate.

The fossil ferns are too few and incomplete to merit any special
comment. The grasses are represented by three types, and the
presence of flowering scales of a species of Festuca is notable, since
the known fossil grasses usually comprise stem or leaf fragments.
The fragment of a palm, while too incomplete to arouse botanical
interest, is important ecologically and serves to establish the presence
of this essentially tropical type in the flora. Genera not otherwise

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 109

Fig. 1.—MAP SHOWING THE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBGENERA OF MYRICA.

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

known in the fossil state and all South American in the existing
flora include Ruprechtia of the Polygonaceae; Escallonia of the Saxi-
fragaceae; E’nterolobium of the Mimosaceae; Peltophorum of the
Caesalpiniaceae; Amicia, Drepanocarpus, Aeschynomene, Sweetia,
and Platypodiwm of the Papilionaceae; Porheria of the Zygophylla-
ceae; Myrteola of the Myrtaceae; and Cuphea of the Lythraceae.
The family Combretaceae is represented both at Potosi and Corocoro
by the characteristic fruits of species apparently belonging to the
Diptera section of Terminalia—an old genus with a large number of
modern tropical and subtropical species and still present in eastern
Bolivia. In lieu of a more extended botanical analysis the reader is
referred to the accompanying table of fossil species with their existing
relatives. This, together with the facts introduced in the systematic
account of the fossils, will serve to complete the botanical picture and
also supply the pertinent facts regarding the geological history of the
various fossil types.

CORRELATION.

The number of Tertiary plants described from South America is
inconsiderable, so that there is no means of direct comparison between
the Potosi flora and other fossil floras except with those that are
remote geographically, and such comparisons become increasingly
hazardous the nearer the approach to the Recent.

Tertiary plants have been known from southern Chile (Coronel)
since 1891,1 and a flora of apparently the same age is present at
several localities in the extreme southern part of the continent.
These all appear to fall in the earlier Tertiary, De Lapparent regard-
ing them as Eocene (probably Sparnacian) and Dusén, following
Wilckens, regarding them as probably Oligocene. At the opposite
end of the continent Engelhardt * has described a considerable flora
from Colombia (Santa Ana, Caucathale) and Ecuador (Tablayacu,
Loja Basin). These are simply designated as Tertiary by Engel-
hardt, Wolf,‘ and others. From certain resemblances to the flora
from Panama recently studied I am disposed to regard the Loja
coals as the same age as the plant bearing beds of Panama, which
are either Oligocene or early Miocene, and in any event much older

1 Engelhardt, H., Ueber Tertiirpflanzen von Chile, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 16, Hit. 4, 1891,
pp. 629-692, pls. 1-14. Engelhardt, H., Bemerkungen zu chilenischen Tertiirpflanzen. Abh.Sitz. Naturw.
Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1905, pp. 69-82, pl. 1.

2 Gilkinet, A., Quelques plantes fossiles des terres Magellaniques. Resultats voyage du 8. Y. Belgica en
1897-1899, 1909. Dusen, P., Ueber die tertiare Flora der Magellanslinder. Svenska Exped. till Magel-
lanslanderna, vol. 1, 1899, pp. 87-107, pls. 8-13.

3 Engelhardt, H., Ueber neue Tertiairpflanzen Stid-Amerikas, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 19, 1895,
pp. 1-47, pls. 1-9.

4 Wolf, Teodoro, Geografia y Geologia del Ecuador, 1892. Wolf, T.,and Rath, G. vom, Zeits. Deutsch.
Geol. Gesell., vol. 28, 1876, pp. 391-393.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 111

than the Potosi flora. I have heard of fossil plants in the lake beds
of Sad Paulo through von Ihering, who wrote me of collections having
been sent to Kurtz at Cordoba some years ago, but these have appar-
ently never been described. The only other South American Ter-
tiary plants known to me, aside from the record of leaf impressions,
apparently uncollected, on the island of Trinidad,' are the Pliocene
plants from the province of Bahia (Brazil), briefly reported upon by
. Krasser? and Bonnet. Ettingshausen at the time of his death had in
preparation an illustrated account of this flora with autotypic repro-
ductions of the related existing species, but this unfortunately was
never completed.

It is obvious, then, that the familiar method of ascertaining the
age of the Potosi flora by direct comparison with fossil floras of
known age in the same general region or even on the same continent
is impossible, and it is necessary to rely on a comparison of the Potosi
flora with that found in the vicinity of Potosi and on the high plateau
of Bolivia at the present time in order to get a measure of the differ-
ences in the environments between the two, and then to determine
the degree of resemblance between the Potosi flora and that existing
in any other part of South America at the present time, and to
endeavor to deduce from these criteria its probable age.

Tt is perhaps needless to more than mention the existing flora at
Potosi or on the high plateau near Corocoro since the rainfall is
scanty and both regions are practically treeless and totally incapable
of supporting the fossil flora found at these two localities. From a
cursory study of Engelhardt’s and Britton’s determinations I long
ago catalogued the Potosi flora as Pliocene, and when I began the
study of the collections made by Singewald and Miller, the great
resemblance of the majority of the forms, to be mentioned in detail
in subsequent paragraphs, to those still existing in the rain forests
of eastern Bolivia or to characteristic types of the Amazon Basin,
led me to even consider these fossil floras as possibly as young as
the older Pleistocene. I do not think that the resemblance to the
recent flora east of the Andes is overestimated, but the remarkable
discovery of a marine Brachiopod in the Potosi tuffs added another
factor. It is obvious that the fossil plants could not have grown at
Potosi or Corocoro had the front range of the Andes at that time been
elevated sufficiently to precipitate the moisture-laden winds that
come from the east. At the present time the eastern slopes of the
Cordillera Real are very different climatologically and consequently

1 Wall and Sawkins, Report on the Geology of Trinidad. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Britain, London, 1860,
pp. 35-52.

2 Krasser, F., Konstantin von Ettingshausens studien iiber die fossile Flora von Ouricanga in Brazilien.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 112, Abh. 1, 1903, pp. 852-860.

§ Bonnet, Ed., Contribution & la flore pliocéne de la province de Bahia (Brésil). Bull. Mus. d’hist. Nat,
Année 1905, p- 510-512,

PP PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

floristically from the western or leeward slopes and the plateau lands
behind them. The first has almost daily rains and is forested to the
timber line. The second are so dry that they permit the growth of
only drought-resisting grasses and low scrub, and over very large
areas there is no vegetation whatever. Consequently it might seem
that a moderate reduction in elevation would have permitted some
of the moisture-laden winds to pass and made possible the Potosi
and Corocoro floras. When, however, it was found that the former
was associated with a marine form, also of very modern aspect, it
was realized that the change of elevation involved had actually
amounted to about 24 miles.

The admirable physiographic studies of Bowman in the Peruvian
Andes,! as well as less detailed studies farther south, furnish distinct
evidence of glaciation thought to be late Pleistocene because of the
freshness of the deposits and the related topographic forms. More-
over his evidence of the profound erosion as indicated by the mature
topography below the present rough summit topography leads him
to regard the Andes as having undergone progressive elevation
throughout the Tertiary, and he concludes that there has been a
change of elevation in the late Tertiary amounting to about 5,000
feet.

It would seem then, that if the physiographic history of the region
is correct, in even its broader outlines, the fossil floras are pre-Pleisto-
cene in age. The Bahia Pliocene flora, previously mentioned com-
prises about 70 forms, none of which have been adequately described
and none at all have been figured so that comparisons with the
Potosi flora rest entirely upon names. Notwithstanding this diffi-
culty it may be noted that the following genera, all of which should
be determinable with reasonable certainty, are common to the Potosi
flora and the Pliocene flora of Bahia: Inga, Cassia, Copaifera, Dal-
bergia, Terminalia, and Weinmannia. All are, of course, typical
members of the tropical flora of the Amazon Basin and hence this
agreement may be without any special significance. At the same
time it is worth noting that if this resemblance is worth anything it
tends to confirm the evidence independently reached by a comparison
of the Potosi flora with the existing flora of tropical South America
east of the Andes. That comparison may now be briefly sketched.

I have assembled in the accompanying table the fossil species in
one column, the most closely related existing species in another
column, and the range of the latter in a third column. Where the
resemblance of fossil to living species was not extremely close or
where I lacked material for adequate comparison I have named no
existing species so that the resemblances are underestimated rather
than adequately emphasized and the table is therefore much more

1 Bowman, Isaiah, The Andes of Southern Peru. Amer. Geogr. Soc., 1916.

No. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. Tt3

significant than similar tables ordinarily constructed by paleo-
botanists for like purposes. Thus of the 82 species of plants recorded
from Potosi, after deducting the 16 indefinite forms referred to form
genera such as Antholithus, Carpolithus, Poacites, Phragmites, Pal-
mophyllum, Pecopteris, Rubiacites, Cypselites, and Leguminosites, 54
of the Potosi species out of the 66 remaining are so similar to living
forms that in a majority of cases it would have done but little violence
to the facts to have identified them as fossil occurrences of these
existing forms. Without elaboration then it may be stated that the
fossil flora is preponderantly modern in its aspect, and this similarity
to the existing flora of the American tropics is too great to warrant
considering the fossil flora as older than the late Tertiary. I know of
no described flora as young as even the late Miocene that is as homo-
genous and does not contain some exotic elements or some genera
that are not still found in the same general region. Summarizing, it
may be noted that the Potosi fossil flora contains no species not
closely related to still existing species, no genera not still found in
the same general region, several genera not otherwise known fossil,
and an abundant representation of relatively modern types and
localized genera, as for example those of the Papilionaceae.

One has only to go eastward or northeastward a few hundred miles
from Potosi to find what is essentially the same flora as that found
fossil, existing, however, under climatic conditions quite different
from those prevailing at the present time at Potosi or upon the high
plateau of Bolivia.

Categorical conclusions regarding the exact physical environment
of the fossil flora can not be deduced, but certain more general
statements are warranted. The number of fossil forms definitely
correlated with existing forms is 54. Forty-six of these fossil forms
are represented in the existing flora of the Amazon Basin, and many
of these extend greater or less distances into eastern Bolivia, such
details as are available being introduced under the systematic
description of the species. A number of these range northward to
Central America and the Antilles and some are more characteristic
of the Orinoco or northwestern part of the Amazon Basin than of
that part in the latitude of Bolivia. In two or three cases where the
existing species closest to the fossil is confined to this more northerly
region, as in Polystichwm and Myrica, these genera are represented
in the existing flora of Bolivia by other species of the genus, material
of which has not been available for comparison.

In the whole fossil flora enumerated comprising a representation of
85 species only the following can be regarded as Andean or West
Coast forms: Festuca, Escallonia, Amicia, Polystichum, Porliera,
Euphorbia, and Myrteola. This is a relatively small number and of

3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54—9

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

these Festuca, Escallonia, Polystuchum, Porliera, and Euphorbia are
represented outside the Andean region, leaving only Amicia and
Myrteola as typically Andean plants. Plants of extra-tropical cli-
matic requirements in that they are montane forms and hence live
under temperate temperatures or in arid situations include Festuca,
Escallonia, Amicia, Polystichum, Porliera, Euphorbia, and Myrieola,
the same genera previously enumerated as Andean in character.
Polystichum and Escallonia are not certainly indicative of temperate
conditions nor is Huphorbia, although the latter as well as Porliera
indicate more or less aridity. It is not possible to determine what
the relation of these few forms is to the predominantly humid and
tropical character of the bulk of the Potosi flora. Possibly it is to be
explained by local aridity of sandy areas of soil under a tropical sun,
or there may have been elevations near to the basin of sedimentation
that would explain this element of the fossil flora. The absence of
large-leafed species in the flora as a whole and the vast predominance
of compound leaves with small leaflets, may also have been due to a
sandy substratum.

While botanists may justly object to the prides of some of the
Potosi forms to one genus rather than another when several alterna-
tives are presented, and this comment is especially applicable to the
leaflets of the Leguminosae which are so abundant in the Potosi
deposits, none, I think, can oppose the conclusion that whatever the
opinion of students regarding the validity of some of the identifica-
tions, in no case does this uncertainty in any number of specific cases
alter the outstanding result of this study, namely, that the fossil
flora found in the tuffs at Potosi is very similar to existing assem-
blages found in eastern Bolivia or at various other places in the
Amazon Basin, or that the conditions of existence for the fossil flora
must have been similar to that under which those existing floras with
which it has been compared are flourishing and quite different from
the environmental conditions prevailing at the present time within
the eastern Andes of Bolivia or on the high plateau or in fact any-
where west of the region of heavy rains on the eastern slopes of the
front range.

From a consideration of all the evidence available it is concluded
that the flora is Pliocene in age and that the major elevation of the
eastern Andes of Bolivia and the high plateau took place in the late
Pliocene and throughout the Pleistocene and that the extensive
mineralization of this region also took place during this same period.

NO. 2229.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY.

Fossil species.

Most closely related existing
species.

Range.

Polystichum bolivianum ..

Lomariopsis tertiaria
Lomariopsis, (?) sp.-.----
Acrostichum linearifolium
Gymnogramme, (?) sp-..-

Pecopteris, s
Podocarpus fossilis
Festuca, sp
Poacites, sp
Phragmites, sp
Palmophylium, sp
Myrica banksioides

yrica engelhardtii......-
Myrica wenditii
Myricophyllum, sp
Ruprechtia braunii
Car polithus viornaformis -
Capparis multinervis....-
Escallonia wendtii

Weinmannia potosina....
Acacia uninervifolia
Acacia dimidiato-cordata. .
Acacia tenuifolia
Inga ochseniusi...........
Pithecolobium brittonia-
num.
Pithecolobium tertiarum . -

Mimosa arcuatifolia

Mimosa montanoides. ....

Mimosites engelhardti
Calliandra obliqua...-..--

Calliandra ovatifolia......

Enterolobium grandi-
Solium.
Enterolobium parvifolium

Cassia singewaldi
Cassia rigidulifolia
Cassia obscura

Cassia wendtii
Cassia membranacea
Cassia ligustrinaformis . - -
Cassia cultrifoliaformis. - -

Cassia cristoides........-.
Cassia Chrueocarpoiies. .

Cassia franckei
Caesalpinia gmehlingi...-

Caesalpinia

sessilifoli-
oides.

Caesalpinites potosianus. .
Copaifera potosiana
Copaifera corocoriand....-
Bauhinia potosiana....
Peltophorum membrana-
ceum.
Amicia antiqua
Machaerium eriocarpoides

Machaerium milleri
Dalbergia potosiana
Dalbergia chartacea.......
Dalbergia (?) antiqua.....
Desmodium ellipticum....

Drepanocarpus franckei. .

Aeschynomene bolivianum

eed eed
Sees eee

Polystichum triangulum(Lin-
naeus) Fée. i
Lomariopsis sorbifolia- (Lin-

nea
“Acrostichum lineare Fée..---
Gymnogramme trifoliata Des-
veaux.
“Podocarpus lamberti Kiotz..-
Festuca, spp

Ruprechtia laurifolia Martius.
Viorna, spp
Capparis jacobinae Maricaud -
Escallonia, spp

Weinmannia glabra De Can-
dolle

Acacia peradoxa De Candoile

Acacia fasciculata Kunth. ...

Acacia pedicellaia Bentham...

Inga blanchetiana Bentham. .

Pithecolobium duice Ben-
tham.

Pithecolobium trapezifolium
Bentham.

Mimosa invisa, Martius and.

fiat lupulina Bentham. .

Mimosa montana Humboldt,
Bonpland, Kunth.

Calliandra macrocephala
Bentham.

Calliandra leptopoda Ben-
tham.

Enterolobium timbouva Mar-
tius.

Enierolobium
Bentham.

Cassia mucronata Sprengel. -

Cassia rotundifolia Persoon. -

schomburgkii

Cassia ligustrina Linnaeus.. -
Cassia cultrifolia Humboldt,
Bonpiand, Kunth.
Cassia crista Jacquin ...-....-
Cassia chrysocar pa Desveaux
Cassia dentata Vogel
Caesalpinia pulcherrima
Swartz.
Caesalpinia microphylla De
Candolle.

Bauhinia, spp

Peltophorum
Bentham.

Amicia Lobbiana Bentham - -

Machaerium eriocarpum Ben-
tham.

vogelianum

Dalbergia variabilis Vogel...

Dalbergia riparia Bentham ..

Desmodium barbatum Ben-
tham.

sea oa ira lunatus

NAT RAI falcatum De
Candolle.

West Indies.

Guatemala and Antilles to
Brazil.

Brazil.
Peru and Brazil.

Brazil.
Andean.

West_Indies.

Brazil.

South America.

Brazil.

Andean and _ elsewhere
South America.

Southern Mexico, West In-
dies, and northern South
America.

Tropical South America.

Brazil.

Eastern Bolivia and Brazil.

Brazil.
West Indies and northern
South America.

Cc glom bia, Guiana, and Bra-
zil.

Southern Mexico and West
Indies to Brazil.

Brazil.

Peru.

Brazil.
Do.

West Indies to Brazil and ’
eastern Bolivia.
Panama to Brazil.

Brazil.
Mexico and West Indies to
Brazil.

Tropical South America.
Northern South America.

Central America and West
Indies to Brazil.

Guiana and Brazil.

Brazil.

Mexico and West Indies to
Brazil.

Brazil.

Amazon Basin.

Kastern Bolivia.
Brazil.

Andean (Bolivia).
East Bolivia and Brazil.

Peru, Guiana and Brazil.
Amazon Basin.
Southern Mexico and West
Andes to Brazil.
0.

Mexico to Brazil.

116

. Po-
Fossil species. tosi.

Sweetia tertiaria........-- mK
Lonchocarpus obtusifolius | X
Platypodium potosianum.| X
Leguminosites (2) globu- | xX

laris.
Leguminosites, sp.-...--- eas
Porlieria tertiaria........- x
Euphorbia, (?) sp....---- x
Passiflora canfieldi.....-- x
Myrteola potosiana.....--! x
Terminalia antiqua....-.- Ne
Terminalia singewaldi... Baten 3
Cuphea antiqua.....-.--- x<
Gaylussacia tertiaria.....- <
Apocynophyllum poto-| xX

sianum.
Jacaranda potosina.......|
Rubiacites mnummulari-| xX

oides.
Cypselites potosianus..... x
Car polithus engelhardti...| X

Carpolithus, sp. nos. 1 x

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

VOL. 54.

Nw |
Coro-
of Po-
j, | Coro

Most closely related existing
species.

Sweetia elegans Bentham....

Lonchocarpus obtusus Ben-
tham.

Platypodium elegans Vogel. .

Euphorbia, spp.------..-----
Passiflora, spp
Miuynicola sSppe- casera
Terminalia, spp

Cuphen, Sppasasce casera
Gaylussacia iedifolia Martius.

tius.

Range.

Brazil.
Do.

Panama to Brazil and East
Bolivia.

Andean and extra Andean
arid.
Arid South America.
Eastern Bolivia.
Andean.
hepical South America.
(0)

Eastern Bolivia.
Brazil.

Do.

to 5.
Antholithus quinquepar- | X
titus.
Spined stem

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS.

The following description of the new species of brachiopod is con-
tributed by Prof. Charles Schuchert, of Yale University:

DISCINISCA SINGEWALDI, new species.

This common and very interesting inarticulate brachiopod is
related to the lamellose and nonradially striate Discinisca lamellosa
(Broderip)' which lives in less than 60 feet of water all along the
South American coast from Chile to Panama. The new spccies is
small for the genus and differs from all other forms in that there is
a more or less distinct and flat false area beneath the elevated beak
or umbo of the dorsal valve. The outline of the shells varies from
circular to oval; the dorsal valve is moderately convex with the
umbo marginal or nearly so, and the abundant lamellae all terminate
in decidedly projecting bands; the ventral valve is more or less
flat, less distinctly lamellose, and the pedicle cleft is open from the
umbo, which is situated at about one-third the length of the shell,
to the posterior margin.

A nearly circular shell measures 10 mm. long, 11 mm. wide, and
4mm. high. An oval specimen measures 9 mm. long, 7 mm. wide,
and 2.5 mm. high.

Locality and geologic age.—These shells were collected by Profes-
sors Singewald and Miller at Huakachi Hill, near Potosi, Bolivia, at
an elevation of 13,500 feet above the level of the Pacific Ocean. In
regard to the age of the strata yielding these brachiopods, it can be

1 See Davidson, Trans. Linnean Soc. London, Zoology, vol. 4, 1888, pp. 197-200; and Blochmann, Unter-
suchungen tiber den Bau der Brachiopuden, Jena, 1900, pp. 69-70.

NO. 2229, FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 17

said that they appear to be of late Tertiary age and either of Mio-
cene or Pliocene time. This conclusion is based on the close rela-
tion of D. singewaldi to D. lamellosa. Since Miocene time Discinisca
has been abundant, and the striate-lamellose group is common in
the Miocene of the Atlantic and eastern Gulf States (D. lugubris),
and occurs rarely in the Coos Bay formation of the Pacific States (D.
oregonensis). To-day this group of Disciniscas is common all along

Fic. 2.—DISCINISCA SINGEWALDI SCHUCHERT,

the Pacific coast of South America (D. laevis, D. cumingti, D. strigata);
and the lamellose section is also represented (D. lamellosa).

It is a great surprise to learn that these shells were collected at
13,500 feet above the sea, for this means that the Andes in the region
of Bolivia have been raised that much since Miocene or even Plio-
cene time. No brachiopod has ever adapted itself to fresh waters,
though Lingulas continue to live in the much freshened waters of
the present sea margin. The evidence is clear that D. singewaldi is
a marine animal, living in shallow waters whose depth probably
did not exceed 60 feet. The exact age of the species and of the beds
in which it occurs must be determined from other evidence, though
they appear to be referable to either Miocene or Pliocene time.

Cotypes.—In the Peabody Museum of Yale University.

PTERIDOPHYTA.

"Order FlitC Aik.

Family POLYPODIACEAE.
Genus POLYSTICHUM Roth.
POLYSTICHUM BOLIVIANUM, new species.
Plate 15, fig. 1.

Description.—Frond character unknown. Pinnules small, inequi-
aterally trilobate, short stalked. Length, 9 mm.; maximum width,
5.5 mm. Margin entire or with an occasional mucronate tooth, dis-
tinctly not spinulose. Texture coriaceous. The pinnule on one side
above the middle shows an outwardly directed, conical, acuminate
pointed lobe subtending an open rectangular sinus. On the other
side one-third of the distance from the base is a similar conical
acuminate lobe slightly larger than that of the opposite side, sub-
tending a similar sinus. About halfway to the tip of the pinnule on
this side there is a second vestigial lobe or mucronate tooth above
which the margin curves inward to the conical acuminate tip of the

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

pinnule. - The venation is largely immersed in the thick lamina. At
the base three veins diverge at acute angles of about 20° on one side
and 30° on the other, the lateral ones ending in the tips of the lateral
lobes and the median one in the tip of the pimnule. A few subordinate
dichotomously forking veinlets are faintly seen. On subordinate
branches from these three primary veins on each side are impressions
of round sori with a slightly raised center, about 0.25 mm. in diameter.

This fern is very obviously a species of Polystichum, the characters
of which as a whole are very well known. When it comes to making
comparisons with existing species of Polystichum difficulties are
almost unsurmountable for several reasons—namely, the inadequate
amount of fossil material, the variability of the recent species, the
lack of sufficient comparative material, and the difficulty of connéct-
ing mere names of recent species with actual specimens.

Polystichum is a large genus in the existing flora found on all the
continents, and hence with a cosmopolitan distribution. It contains
many vague or but little understood species and many extremely
variable and polymorphous forms. It is found in both the tropical
and boreal regions (Greenland, Antarctica) and on many high moun-
tains, and its present distribution is clearly indicative of a long geo-
ogical history which is almost entirely unknown.

Maxon, in a recent revision 1 of the West Indian species, recognizes
19 species in that region. He has been good enough to examine the
fossil for me and considers it an ally of the historic and extremely
variable Polystichum triangulum (Linnaeus) Fée. The latter, as far
as known, is now strictly West Indian in its distribution. In Jamaica
it is common in rocky situations up to 1,800 meters. Other West
Indian species whose pinnules are more or less closely similar to the
fossil are the Cuban species Polystichum decoratum Maxon, Polystichum
heterolepis Fée, and the Jamaican Polystichum rhizophorum (Jenman)
Maxon.

There are a number of existing species in South America, some rang-
ing from the Antilles into Brazil and others ranging from Central
America into the Andean region, while still others are confined to
South America. I have examined specimens of Polystichum flecum
(Kuntz) Phillippi, from Juan Fernandez, Polystichum capense
(Willdenow) J. Smith, from Chile and Polystuchum mohrioides (Bory)
Pres! from the Falkland Islands. These, while they show the
generic likeness of the fossil, are not specifically close to it. Of the
three the last is most like the fossil, but it is more dissimilar than the
West Indian species previously enumerated. Other existing South
American species which I have not seen include Polysiichum dubium
(Hooker) Diels of the Andes of Ecuador and Peru, which is markedly
different from the fossil in its pmnate and anastomosing veinlets

Maxon, W. R., Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb., vol, 13, pt. 1, 1$C, pp. 25-39, pls 2-9.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 119

Another variable form Polystichum denticulatum (Swartz) J. Smith
of neotropical South America has reduced forms in the higher Andes,
as, for example, the var rigidissimum described by Hooker from
Colombia; but this type also seems to be remote from the fossil.

The resemblances between the fossil form and still existing West
Indian species I regard as valid evidence of relationship, and while
it is probable that the types mentioned from the latter region are
represented in the rainforest along the eastern foothills of the present
Andes, this resemblance is sufficient, it seems to me, to stamp the
fossil as a form that dwelt as either an epiphyte or a rock dwelling
form in a region less desiccated and warmer than that inhabited by
such modern forms as Polystichum mohrioides (Bory) Presl of south-
ern Chile and Patagonia, or Polystichum denticulatum, var rigidissumum
Hooker of the high Andes of Colombia.

This species is represented by a pinnule and a sori bearing counter-
part from Potosi and by the fragment of a pinnule from Corocoro.

Cotypes.—Cat. No. 35078 a and b, U.S.N.M.

Genus LOMARIOPSIS Fée.
LOMARIOPSIS TERTIARIA Engelhardt.

Lomariopsis tertiaria ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 3.

Description.—This species was described from Potosi by Engel-
hardt, who compared it with the existing Lomariopsis sorbifolia
Linnaeus which ranges from Guatemala and the Antilles to Brazil.
It has not been recognized in the collections studied by me.

Lomariopsis is a characteristic type of the tropical forests of both
hemispheres, with relatively few but highly polymorphic existing
species.

LOMARIOPSIS, (?) species, Engelhardt.
Lomariopsis, (?) species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 2.

Description.—A fragment of a larger form, apparently based on
the single specimen figured, was described from Potosi by Engel-
hardt. It has not been recognized in the other collections, and while
the generic reference is probably correct the material is much too
restricted for definite characterization.

Genus ACROSTICHUM Linnaeus.
ACROSTICHUM LINEARIFOLIUM Engelhardt.

Acrostichum linearifolium ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 4.
Description.—This species, which was based on an inadequate
amount of material, has been briefly described by Englehardt, who
compared it with the existing Acrostichum lineare Fée of Brazil.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

Without seeing the original material it is impossible to arrive at a
conclusion regarding its validity. There are some small fragments
in the present collection that appear to have the venation of Acrosti-
chum and these may represent this species.

Genus GYMNOGRAMME Desveaux.
GYMNOGRAMME, (?) species, Engelhardt.

Gymnoqramme, (?) species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1.

Description.—This somewhat questionably identified form was
described from Potosi by Engelhardt and has not been recognized in
the more recent collections. It was compared with the existing
Gymnogramme trifoliata Desveaux, a tropical species of Peru and
Brazil. Gymnogramme has numerous existing species in South
America, to which region it is practically confined, and it is well
represented in the drier regions of the higher Andes from Colombia
to Bolivia.

Genus PECOPTERIS Brongniart.
PECOPTERIS, species, Engelhardt.

Pecopteris, species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 15.

Description—A small undeterminable fragment of a fern is de-
scribed and figured from Potosi by Englehardt under the above non-
commital name, more properly restricted to Paleozoic fern-like forms.
Its botanical affinity is not determinable.

CONIFEROPHYTA.

Order TAXALES.
Family TAXACEAR.

Subfamily PoDOCARPEAE.
Genus PODOCARPUS L’Heritier.

PODOCARPUS FOSSILIS Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 2.

Podocarpus fossilis ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 12.

Description.—Leaves sessile, linear-lanceolate and falcate in out-
line, acutely pointed at both ends. Margins entire. Texture very
coriaceous. Length, about 4 cm.; maximum width, in the middle
part of the leaf, about 3mm. Midrib stout, impressed on the upper
surface. Secondaries longitudinally parallel, 5 or 6 equally spaced
in each half of the lamina.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 121

This characteristic species is represented by fragments in the
present collection, but a complete leaf is reproduced from Engel-
hardt’s figure. It is clearly referable to Podocarpus, belonging to
the section Eupodocarpus of Endlicher, and is comparable with the
existing Podocarpus lamberti Klotzsch of middle and southern Brazil.

The existing species of Podocarpus number over 40 species and they
are as dominant representatives of the Coniferales in the Southern
Hemisphere as are the pines in the northern. They extend north-
ward to China and Japan through the East Indian region and to
Jamaica and Central America in the Western Hemisphere, and have
representatives in all three of the great southern land masses, as well
as in Madagascar and New Zealand. ‘This distribution is suggestive
of a long geological history in keeping with which certain forms
from the British Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous and the American
Lower Cretaceous are referred to the genus Nageiopsis.and con-
sidered as the prototypes of the Nageva section of Podocarpus, which
should probably be raised to its former position of generic rank.
Some 15 or more fossil species of Podocarpus have been described
chiefly from the European Tertiary, and no conclusively identified
fossil forms, other than the present species, have beefi discovered on
the American continents. The section EHupodocarpus (Endlicher) to
which the present fossil species belongs comprises over 30 existing
species, almost as widely distributed as the genus, with several West
Indian and South American species, but found also in Africa, Asia,
Australia, and New Zealand. All of these are much alike and the
fossil might be successfully compared with almost any one of them.
Podocarpus is not found at the present time west of the front range
of the Andes, but is represented by two or more species in the forests
of the eastern slopes, the so-called Ceja region of Herzog.!| In
northern Peru it is also found in the lateral valleys inside the front
range, the most widespread form being Podocarpus oleifolius, a
shrubby or arborescent form, which in latitude 6° reaches altitudes
up to 3,300 meters on the eastern slopes of the central Cordillera.

ANGIOSPERMOPHYTA.
Class MONOCOTYLEDONAE.

Order POALES.

Family POACEAE.

Genus FESTUCA Linnaeus.
FESTUCA, species.
Plate 15, figs. 3, 4.
Description.—F lowering scales rounded on the back, about 7 mm.
long, longitudinally veined, awned. The latter about as long or twice
as long as the scale.

1 Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, 1910.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

These remains are clearly those of a grass. Several specimens of
different sizes are present, one slightly smaller and with two awns.
They are too incomplete for accurate characterization and are sup-
posed to represent a fossil species of Festuca, although they may rep-
resent the allied genus Bromus Linnaeus.

The existing species of Festuca are mostly tufted perennials and
comprise upwards of 100 species, found on all the continents in tem-
- perate situations and represented by tall species in the Ecuador Andes,
Bromus has about half as many existing species, is nearly as widely
distributed, but more prevailingly in the Northern Hemisphere,
although present in South America. It is temperate in habitat,
although sparingly present in montane equatorial regions.

Cat. No. 35079, U.S.N.M.

Genus POACITES Brongniart.
POACITES, species, Engelhardt.

Poacites, species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh.
1, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 5.

Description.—Fragments of the leaves of grasses are occasional in
the Potosi deposits. Engelhardt records and figures one under the
above name. They are not botanically determinable and are of inter-
est merely in indicating the presence of grasses in the Potosi flora
already more definitely indicated by the forms which I have referred
to Festuca.

Genus PHRAGMITES Trinius.
PHRAGMITES, species.
Plate 15, fig. 5.

Description.—A fragment of a finely striated stem with short inter-
nodes indicates the presence of a rather large grass in the Potosi flora.
Itisreferred to Phragmites as aform genus for fossil grasses of unknown
generic affinity, and the remains are entirely too incomplete to be
characterized.

Cat. No. 35080, U.S.N.M.

Order ARECALES.

Family ARECACEAE.
Genus PALMOPHYLLUM Brongniart.
PALMOPHYLLUM, species.

Description.—A small fragment of the basal part of a leaf of a small
fan palm was collected from shales near La Palca mill about 12 kilo-
meters northwest of Potosi.

It is too incomplete for generic identification, and its siraticoplesn
position with relation to the Potosi tuffs is also unknown.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 123

Class DICOTYLEDONAE. -

Order MYRICALES.

Family MYRICACEAE.

Genus MYRICA Linnaeus.
MYRICA BANKSIOIDES Engelhardt.
Plate 15, figs. 6, 7.
Myrica banksioides ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887,
P Abh. 5, p. 36, pl. 1, figs. 10, 14; 1894, Abh. 1, p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7, 14, 17.—
Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 256, figs. 5-8.

Description.—Leaves linear lanceolate in outline, frequently falcate,
gradually narrowed to the acuminate tip and to the narrowly cuneate
base. Length ranging from 3 cm. to 8 cm. Maximum width, in the
middle part of the leaf, ranging from 4mm. te9mm. Margins some-
times nearly entire, usually toothed; the basal one-third is usually
entire, above which irregularly developed and more or less distant
serrate teeth are present. The teeth may be small and straight-
serrate or large and salient-serrate, separated by regularly curved
sinuses, or small and directed upward, thus approaching aquiline-
serrate. The smaller specimen figured in the present report or Engel-
hardt’s figure 14 (1894) illustrate the unequal character and maxi-
mum size of the teeth. The teeth of the opposite margins may show
differences in character as illustrated in my smaller figure cited above.
The texture is coriaceous. In the very abundant material no petioles
are preserved. The midrib is stout and prominent on the lower sur-
face of the leaf. The secondaries are numerous, subparallel, thick, and
more or less immersed in the leaf substance; they diverge from the
midrib at angles of about 45° and are generally rather straight in
their courses. Each marginal tooth is traversed by a craspedodrome
secondary. Where marginal teeth are not developed the secondaries
are camptodrome, and there are usually one or more camptodrome
secondaries between adjacent craspedodrome secondaries. The ter-
tiary venation is obscure and largely immersed.

This unmistakable species of Myrica is the most abundant fossil in
the present collections, except for the minute leaflets of Calliandra
obliqua Engelhardt, and it appears to have been equally abundant in
the collections studied by both Engelhardt and Britton. Engelhardt?
compared it with Myrica banksiaefolia Unger,? of the Oligocene and
Miocene of Europe, and with Myrica polymorpha Schimper,’ of the
Oligocene of Europe, and said to be present in the upper Eocene of

1Sitz Naturw. Gesell, Isis in Dresden, 1887, Abh. 5, p. 36.

2 Unger, Foss. Fl. v. Sotzka, 1850, p. 160, pl. 27, figs. 3, 4.
8 Schimper, Pal. Végét., vol. 2, 1872, p. 536.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Wyoming. Such comparisons are not worth much, however, since
there are a large number of described fossil species from a variety of
horizons that are very similar to the present species. Among recent
species it is said to much resemble Myrica microcarpa Bentham of
Jamaica. I have been unable to see specimens of Myrica varwbractea
De Candolle and Myrica weberbauerit De Candolle, which occur in the
existing flora of the interandean region of central Peru.
Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 35081, c5082, U.S.N.M.

MYRICA ENGELHARDTII Britton.

Myrica engelhardtti Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 258,
hg 19° ;

Description.—Leaves of small size, sessile, obtusely pointed at the
apex, narrowly cuneate at the base. Margins with remote, small
serrate teeth. Length, about 2.5 cm.; maximum width, about 6 mm.
Midrib stout, slightly curved. Secondaries thin, numerous, regularly
spaced, straight, subparallel, craspedodrome; about 17 pairs diverge
from the midrib at wide angles and terminate in the marginal teeth.

This species was described from Potosi by Britton and was based
upon the single specimen figured. It is not contained in the collec-
tions erudied by me.

In view of its rarity and small size Ane in consideration of the
variability of the very abundant Myrica bankswoides Engelhardt, it
seems probable that Myrica engelhardtw is simply a ae ‘beied
variant of that species.

MYRICA WENDTH Britton.

Myrica wendtii Britton, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 258,
figs. 1-4, 20.

Description.—Leaves relatively large, lanceolate or oblong lanceo-
late in outline and frequently faleate. Apex narrowly pointed, almost
invariably broken away. Base narrowly cuneate. Margins entire
at the base; throughout the greater part of their length coarsely and
irrecularly serrate, the teeth varying from aquiline to salient or
straight serrate. Midrib stout, prominent no the lower surface of
the leaf. Texture coriaceous. Length, 6 cm. to 10 cm.; maximum ©
width, in the middle part of the leaf, 1 cm. to 2 cm. Secondaries
thin, numerous, subparallel, craspedodrome, diverging from the mid-
rib at wide angles, nearly straight in their outward course, terminating
in the marginal teeth.

This species was apparently abundant in the collections studied by
Britton, but is sparingly represented by fragmentary material in the
collections studied by me. It is possible that it may merely repre-
sent unusually large forms of the common and variable Myrica bank-
stoides Engelhardt,

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 125

Genus MYRICOPHYLLUM Saporta.
MYRICOPHYLLUM, species, Engelhardt.
Myricophyllum, species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 24.

Description.—Incomplete material of a linear leaf, with a stout
midrib, prominently toothed margin, and stout secondaries diverging
from the midrib at wide angles, every second or third one ending in
a marginal tooth; the balance camptodrome.

The only known specimen is the small fragment figured by Engel-
hardt. It is clearly distinct from the other members of the Potosi
flora, and apparently represents a striking Comptonia-like Myrica.

Order POLYGONALES.

Family POLYGONACEAE.
Genus RUPRECHTIA C. A. Meyer.
RUPRECHTIA BRAUNH Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 8.
Ruprechtia braunti ENGELHARDT, Sitz, Naturw. Gesell. Isisin Dresden, 1894, Abh,
1 p-.6; pl... fig. 19.

Description.—Leaves linear lanceolate in outline. Apex gradually
narrowed, acuminate. Base acuminate, inequilateral. Margins en-
tire, more or less undulate. Texture coriaceous. Length, about 6.25
cm. Maximum width, at or below the middle, about 9mm. Petiole
not preserved. Midrib thin but prominent on the lower surface of
the leaf, inclined to be flexuous. Secondaries numerous, thin but
prominent, ascending, somewhat irregularly spaced; they diverge
from the midrib at angles of about 40° and are camptodrome.

The present species may be compared with the leaves of the existing
Triplaris salicifolia from southern Brazil which C. A. Meyer refers to
Ruprechtia and with Ruprechtia laurifolia Martius of eastern Brazil.
Ruprechtia is a genus, not otherwise known in the fossil state, with
about 20 existing species of shrubs and trees of tropical and sub-
tropical regions of South America.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 35125, U.S.N.M.

Order RANALES.

Family RANUNCULACEAE.
Genus CARPOLITHUS Alfioni.

CARPOLITHUS VIORNAFORMIS, new species.
Plate 15, fig. 9.

Description.—A fruit referable of the Ranunculaceae and appar-
ently representing a one-seeded ovate achene with a long slender
curved naked style. Achene about 1 mm. long, rounded at the base
and pointed distad. Style about 7 mm. long.

126 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

This well-marked form is very suggestive of certain existing species
commonly referred to the genus Clematis, especially some of the sub-
tropical species sometimes referred to the genus Viorna Reichenbach.
As there are other genera in this family with similar fruits and the
material is not available for extended comparisons with recent South
American forms, it is referred to the form genus Carpolithus.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35083, U.S.N.M.

Order PAPAVERALES.

Family CAPPARIDACEAE.
Genus CAPPARIS Linnaeus.

CAPPARIS MULTINERVIS Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 10.

Capparis multinervis ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 7, pl. 1)siguié:

Description.—Leaves short petioled, linear, with an obtusely
rounded tip and a cuneate base. Margins entire. Texture coria-
ceous. Length 6 or 7 cm. Maximum width, midway between the
apex and the base, 7 to 12 mm. Petiole stout, curved, about 3 or
4mm. in length. Midrib stout, straight except basally, where it is
curved, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries
numerous, widely but regularly spaced, stout and somewhat promi-
nent; 15 to 18 opposite to alternate pairs diverge from the midrib at
wide angles, sometimes as great as 75° in the median part of the leaf,
but averaging somewhat less generally; they are nearly straight and
subparallel in their outward course for three-fourths of the distance
to the margin, where they curve upward in a broad camptodrome
arch to join the secondary next above. The tertiaries are mostly
obsolete, occasionally they are seen but not sufficiently to determine
the areolation.

A single specimen, somewhat larger than that figured by Engel-
hardt, is contained in the present collection. Capparis, although with
usually well-marked characters of both form and venation, has a prac-
tically unknown geological history. An unquestionable species from
the lower Kocene of the southern United States! is very similar to the
present species. A second and somewhat doubtfully determined
form was recorded by Unger from the European Miocene. The
genus comprises about 100 existing species of shrubs and small
trees of the equatorial region and, although present in the Eastern
Hemisphere, the bulk of the forms occur in the American Tropics, ©
especially in Central and South America. The Potosi species is

1 Berry, E. W., Lower Eocene Floras of southeastern North America. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 91,
1916, p. 218, pl. 44, figs. 1-3; pl. 52, fig. 5.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. |

very similar to a number of existing forms, among which may be
mentioned Capparis domingenesis Strengel and Capparis longifolia
of the West Indies, Capparis augustfolia Humboldt, Bonpland, and
Kunth of Central America and Capparis jacobinae Moricaud of
Brazil. In the existing flora of Bolivia there are several species of
Capparis, in the Thornbush or Gran Chaco country of eastern Bolivia,
and other species occur in the Andean outliers of Santa Cruz and
Cochabamba.
Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35084 N.S.N.M.

Order ROSALES.

Family SAXIFRAGACEAE.
Genus ESCALLONIA Linnaeus.
ESCALLONIA WENDTIH Britton.
Plate 15, fig. 11.

Escallonia wendtii Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Mining Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 254,
figs. 14, 15.
Description.—Leaves of medium size, ovate or elliptical in outline
with a bluntly pointed apex and a broadly cuneate base. Margins
crenulate above, the teeth becoming gradually more widely spaced
below the middle and passing by an insensible transition into small
widely spaced serrate teeth, which eventually become obsolete, the
lower one-third of the margins being entire. Length 4 to 4.5 cm.
Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, 2.25 to
2.5 cm. Petiole missing or absent. Midrib stout and prominent,
slightly curved. Secondaries thin, about nine pairs diverge from
the midrib at angles of about 45°, somewhat unequally spaced, sub-
parallel and camptodrome. ‘Tertiaries not made out.

This species was described by Britton from the two specimens
figured by him and is not contained in the collections from Potosi
studied by me.

Escallonia contains about 50 existing species of shrubs or small
trees, confined to and widespread in South America, with many
Andean species.

If correctly identified it is one of the few fossil forms found at
Potosi that would not be out of place in a dry montane environment,
but as other of the numerous existing species are found in somewhat
different environments east of the present mountains, its significance
is equivocal.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

Family CUNONIACEAE.
Genus WEINMANNIA Linnaeus,
WEINMANNIA BRITTONI Engelhardt,
Plate 15, fig. 12.
Weinmannia brittonti ENGLEHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 16.

Deseription.—Leaflets small, sessile, ovate or obovate in general
outline, with a narrowed acuminate base and a broadly rounded apex.
Margins with a few relatively large serrate teeth in the upper part,
entire toward the base. Texture coriaceous. Length, about 1 cm.
Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaflet, about 5.5 mm.
Midrib stout, slightly curved. Secondaries thin, few in number,
subparallel, diverging from the midrib at angles of about 45°,
craspedodrome.

This small species was described from Potosi by Engelhardt and is
apparently unrepresented in the other collections. It was compared
with the existing Adesmia muricata De Candolle (Leguminosae), but
more particularly with Weinmannia glabra De Candolle, a species
found from the West Indies and southern Mexico throughout northern
South America (Colombia, Venezuela, Guiana.)

The genus Weinmannia contains about 75 existing species of
shrubs or trees, of which over half are confined to temperate and
tropical South America and not uncommon in the warmer parts of
the Andean region. The remaining species are found in Madagascar,
Australia, New Zealand, and Oceanica. Upwards of a score of fossil
species have been described, mostly from Europe and North America,
and well-preserved and undoubted forms are present in the Miocene
lake deposits at Florissant, Colorado.

WEINMANNIA POTOSINA (Britton).
Plate 15, fig. 13.
Myrica potosina Britton, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 258,
figs. 9, 10.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, lanceolate in outline, with an acute
apex and a more or less inequilateral rounded to cuneate base. Mar-
gins finely serrate, entire at the base. Texture subcoriaceous.
Length ranging from 1.5 to 2.25 cm. Maximum width, midway
between the apex and the base, ranging from 5 to 7 mm. Midrib
stout, prominent, more or less curved. Secondaries thin but promi-
nent, numerous, regularly spaced, subparallel, craspedodrome.

This species, at first regarded as a Lomatia, was described from
Potosi by Britton as a new species of Myrica. It was apparently
unrepresented in the collections studies by Engelhardt, but is repre-
sented by two specimens in the collections studied by me. I can not

No. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 129

see in these forms any relation to Myrica and regard them as repre-
senting a species of Weinmannia, thus making two species of this
genus in the Potosi flora. It is well marked specifically from the
other species of Weinmannia, which is a smaller, more coarsely toothed
leaflet with a narrow base and rounded apex.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 35126, U.S.N.M.

Family MIMOSACEAE.

Genus ACACIA Willdenow.
ACACIA UNINERVIFOLIA Engelhardt.
Plate 15, figs. 14, 15.
Acacia uninervifolia ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
AbhS 1, p: 11, pl. 1, figs: 10, 11; 20:

Description.—Leaflets or phyllodes sessile, somewhat variable in
size, slightly or not at all inequilateral, lanceolate to linear lanceolate
in outline, with an equally acuminate apex and base. . Margins entire
Texture coriaceous. Length, ranging from 1 to 2.25cem. Maximum
width, in the middle of the leaflet, ranging from 1to3.5mm. Midrib
relatively stout and prominent on the lower surface of the leaflets.
Secondaries thin, numerous, regularly spaced and subparallel; about
15 pairs diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45°, curving
regularly upward and ultimately camptodrome. ‘Tertiary venation
obsolete by immersion.

This species is common at Potosi and also occurs sparingly at
Corocoro. It was described by Engelhardt’ in 1894, who compared
it with the phyllodes of the existing Acacia paradoxa De Candolle.
Engelhardt’s figure 20 shows a relatively shorter and wider form and
may represent a leaflet of Machaerium eriocarpoides Engelhardt.

The present species is similar to Mimosites Engelhardti Berry,
Machaerium eriocarpoides Engelhardt, and Enterolobium grandifolium
Engelhardt. It is relatively longer and narrower than any of these
and may be readily distinguished by the accompanying illustrations
showing its extremes of size.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 35085, 35086, U.S.N.M.

ACACIA DIMIDIATO-CORDATA Engelhardt.
Plate 15, figs. 16, 17, 18.
Acacia dimidiato-cordata ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
AbH. op. Ll. Diz 1; dig: bis

Description.—Leaves even pinnate, leaflets small, sessile, elliptica
in outline, with a rounded apex and an inequilateral base. Margins
full and rounded, entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length ranging
from 2to8mm. Maximum width ranging from 1to4mm. Midrib

1 Sitz. Naturf. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1, p. 11.
3348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——_10

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

thin, scarcely distinguisable from a secondary which diverges from
it at an acute angle at the base and sweeps upward nearly to the tip
where it becomes lost in the tertiary areolation made up of acute
proximal forks and distal camptodrome arches.

This peculiar species is abundant at Potosi and it appears to be
identical with the single leaflet imperfectly figured by Engelhardt.
In one case a pair of terminal leaflets are preserved in attachment,
showing that the leaves were even pinnate. The majority of the
leaflets approach the maximum of size and often fail to show the
characteristic venation, which I assume was the case in the leaflet
figured by Engelhardt. This venation is characteristic of certain
modern species of Acacia and Calliandra and resembles modern
species like Acacia Roemeriana, Acacia fasciculata Kunth? of Brazil
or Acacia crassifolia A. Gray of Mexico.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35087 to 35089, U.S.N.M.

ACACIA TENUIFOLIA Engelhardt.

Acacia tenuifolia ENGELHARDT, Sitz, Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1
p. 11, pl. 1, figs. 45, 46.

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, oblong lanceolate, nearly equi-
lateral, equally acutely pointed at both ends. Margins entire.
Length, 1 to 1.25 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the
leaflet, 4 to 5 mm. Midrib thin, straight. Secondaries about five
thin camptodrome pairs.

This species is only doubtfully represented in the present collec-
tions. It is compared by Engelhardt with the existing Acacia
pedicellata Bentham of eastern Bolivia and Brazil.

Genus INGA Willdenow.
INGA OCHSENIUSI Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 19.

Inga ochseniusi ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell, Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1,
ps Lh phil, figs: 39, '40:

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, inequilateral, elliptical in out-
line, nearly equally rounded at both ends, but the base much more
equilateral than the apex. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous.
Length, about 11 mm. Maximum width, about 5 mm. Midrib
stout, curved. Secondaries thin, numerous, camptodrome; those on
the narrower side of the leaflet more ascending and forming a more
acute angle with the midrib than those on the broader side.

This species was described by Engelhardt and has not been recog-
nized in the other collections from Potosi. It was compared with
the existing Pithecolobium diversifolium Bentham, Inga flabelliformis

1 This species is usually known as Mimosa fasciculata, Bentham having transferred it to the genus Mimosa

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 131

Martius, and Inga balnchetiana Bentham, and is closest to the last,
a Brazilian species.

The genus Jnga contains a considerable number of fossil species
and is found as early as the Upper Cretaceous in North America.
There are several well-marked forms in the lower Eocene of the Mi-s
sissipp!1 embayment region. The existing species, upward of 200
in number, are confined to the American Tropics and reach their
maximum of abundance and variation in the Brazilian region where
about 66 species are already known. Tropical Peru ranks next in
number of species with about 30. All of the five sections of the
genus are represented in the existing flora of Bolivia with a total of
12 known species, all of which, so far as I know, being confined to
eastern Bolivia.

Genus PITHECOLOBIUM Martius.

PITHECOLOBIUM BRITTONIANUM, new species.
Plate 15, fig. 20.

Cassia chrysocarpoides Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., 1893, fig. 36 (not
figs. 29-35, 37).

Description.—Leaflets sessile, mequilateral, elliptical in general
outline, with an emarginate tip and an inequilateral base which is
straight on one side and full and rounded on the other. Length
about 1.6 cm. Maximum width, about midway between the apex
and the base, about 11.5 mm. Margins entire, full. Texture cori-
aceous. Midrib stout, curved, prominent on the lower surface of the
leaflet. Secondaries numerous, subparrallel, comptodrome. Ter-
tiaries obsolete.

This species is based on leaflets collected by Wendt and ques-
tionably referred by Britton to Cassia chrysocarpoides of Engelhardt!
to which they are not related. It is the second species of Pitheco-
lobium to be recorded from Potosi and is based upon more complete
material than Pathecolobium tertiarium Engelhardt.2 The fossil forms
that have been referred to this genus are few in number, and include,
in addition to the species already cited, two well-marked species from
the lower Eocene and one from the lower Oligocene of the Mississippi
embayment and a fourth species from the Tertiary of Colombia. The
present Potosi species is very similar to Pithecolobium oligocaenum
Berry * from the lower Oligocene of Louisiana.

The genus comprises considerably over 100 existing species, many
of which are large trees and found in all tropical countries. Three-
fourths of the species are confined to America, where they range from
the West Indies and Central America to southern Brazil. Among

1Engelhardt, H., Sitz. Naturf. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887, Abh. 4, p. 37, fig. 15.
3 Idem., 1894, Abh. 1, p. 12.
3 Berry, E. W., U.S. Geo}. Survey Prof. Paper 98M, 1916 p. 239, pl. 55, fig. 10

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

the forms that I have seen Pithecolobium dulce Bentham of the West
Indies and northern South America, may be mentioned as a closely
similar form to Pithecolobium brittonianum. In Bolivia the genus is,
so far as I know, found only east of the Andes in eastern Bolivia, where
the flora is essentially similar to that of the Amazon basin. P.
scalare, P. saman, and P. sophoricarpum are found along the banks of
the Rio Piral, Rio Yapacani, and Rio Grande; P. scalare and P.
sophoricarpum occur in the broken growth on the savannas of Santa
Cruz and the last named is a member of the subandean woods that
clothe the eastern slopes of the ‘‘Cordillera Real.”
Holotype.—Cat. No. 35140, U.S.N.M.

PITHECOLOBIUM TERTIARIUM Engelhardt.

Pithecolobium tertiarium ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 33.

Description.—Leaflets rhombic with truncated inequilateral apex
and an unknown base. Marginsentire. Texture coriaceous. Some-
what larger than Pithecolobium brittonianum Berry and with a char-
acteristic Pithecolobium venation.

This species was based upon a single fragmentary specimen and
is not contained in the present collections, and thus may be regarded
as of rare occurrence in the Pliocene flora of Potosi. It was com-
pared by its describer with the existing Pithecolobium trapezifolium
Bentham of Colombia, Guiana, and Brazil.

Genus MIMOSA Linnaeus.

MIMOSA ARCUATIFOLIA Engelhardt.

Plate 15, fig. 21.

Mimosa arcuatifolia ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 10, pl. 1, figs. 52-54.

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, linear-lanceolate, arcuate,
inequilateral, with a bluntly pointed apex and base, the latter
slightly wider than the apex. Margins entire. Texture subcori-
aceous. Length, 3 to 4mm. Maximum width, in the middle part
of the leaflet, about 1 mm. Venation obsolete except for the thin
arcuate midrib.

This species is fairly abundant at Potosi and occurs also at Corocoro.
it is distinguished with difficulty from the smaller leaflets of the more
abundant Calliandra obliqua, with which Engelhardt in all probabil-
ity confused it. The present species is, however, less linear, some-
what more slender and arcuate, with a less oblique base, and lacks
the three primaries of Calliandra obliqua. According to Engelhardt
it is very similar to the existing Mimosa invisa Martius, which ranges
from southern Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil, or Mimosa
lupulina Bentham of the last region. It may also be compared with

NO. 2229, FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 35

Mimosa microcephala Bonpland and with Mimosa pectinata Kunth.
It has also less aptly been compared with the existing Parkinsonia
aculeata Linnacus.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35090, U.S.N.M.

MIMOSA MONTANOIDES Engelhardt.
Mimosa montanoides EXGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 64.

Description.—Leaves small, even pinnate. Leaflets tiny, obovate,
entire, 2 to 3mm. in length by 0.5 to 1.5 mm. in maximum width,
sessile.

This somewhat rare form was described by Engelhardt and is
apparently absent in the other collections from Potosi. It is of some-
what doubtful botanical affinity, but is compared by its describer
with the existing Peruvian species, Mimosa montana Humboldt,
Bonpland, and Kunta.

Genus MIMOSITES Bowerbank.
MIMOSITES ENGELHARDTI, new name.
Plate 15, fig. 22.
Mimosites linearis ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 18, pl. 1, figs. 21, 35 (not M. linearifolius Lesquereux, 1878=
M. linearis Knowlton, 1898). '

Description.—Leaflets sessile, linear-lanceolate, slightly inequi-

lateral, with an acuminate-cuspidate tip and an acuminate base.
Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Length, 12to15 mm. Maxi-
mum width, 2 to 3 mm. Miadrib relatively stout. Secondaries
obsolete by immersion.
* The name of this species appears to be preoccupied by the Mimo-
sites linearifolius of Lesquereux ! from the Green River Eocene of
Wyoming which Knowlton ? amended to Mimosites linearis in 1898.
While Engelhardt named his form in 1894, it seems desirable to rename
it in order to avoid confusion, and I therefore take the liberty of
calling it engelhardti as a slight token of esteem for the labors of M.
Engelhardt.

This species is abundant at Potosi, always in the form of detached
leaflets, and it occurs sparingly at Corocoro. It is very similar and
liable to be confused with other leguminous leaflets found at Potosi—
namely, Acacia uninervifolia Engelhardt, Machaerium eriocarpoides
Engelhardt, and Enterolobiwm grandifolium Engelhardt. The first
is more narrowly elongate and lanceolate, with more prominent
camptodrome secondaries. The second is relatively shorter and
wider, petiolulate, more lanceolate, and with more prominent sec-
ondaries. The third is larger, more inequilateral and more lanceolate.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 35091, U.S.N.M.

1 Lesquereux, L., Tertiary Flora, 1878, p. 300, pl. 59, fig. 7.
2 Knowlton, F. H., Bull. 152 U. S. Geol. Survey, 1898, p. 144.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Genus CALLIANDRA Bentham.
CALLIANDRA OBLIQUA Engelhardt.
Plate 15, figs. 23-29.

Calliandra oblique ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh.
1, p. 15, pl. 1, fig. 55.

Description.—Leaflets small, variable in size, oblong in outline,
sessile or subsessile, acutely pointed, with a very inequilateral,
obliquely truncate, or subcordate base. Margins entire. Texture
coriaceous. Length ranging from 7 to 28 mm.; width ranging from
2to8mm. Venation consisting of usually three primaries diverging
from the base, sometimes with subordinate veins from the base, con-
nected by circles toward the tip and connected by cross veinlets. A
fragment of a leaf shows three pairs of opposite leaflets.

The leaflets of this species are the most abundant forms found at
Potosi, and each parting of the tuffs is strewn with them. They are
variable in size, and unless the venation can be seen are indistinguish-
able from the leaflets of Mimosa arcuatifolia Engelhardt; in fact,
Engelhardt figured but a single leaflet of Calliandra obliqua, which is
near its maximum size, and he probably confused the smaller leaflets
with Mimosa arcuatifolia.

The venation is typical of Calliandra, but is also shared by some
species of Acacia. The present species is said by Engelhardt to be
practically identical with the existing Calliandra macrocephala
Bentham, of Brazil. It is also identical with an unnamed Calliandra
figured by Schenk.! It may also be compared with the existing
Calliandra parviflora Bentham.

The modern species of Calliandra comprise over a hundred shrubs
and small trees of tropical and subtropical America, with a few out-
lying species in farther India, Ceylon, and Madagascar. The genus
is well represented in eastern Bolivia, and some species extend west-
ward to the subandean zone of the eastern slopes, but so far as J
know none occur in or west of the Cordillera Real or eastern Andes.

Plesiotypes—Cat. No. 35128-35134, U.S.N.M.

CALLIANDRA OVATIFOLIA Engelhardt.

Calliandra ovatifolia ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 56.

Description —Leaflets inequilateral, sessile, orbicular or broadly
elliptical in outline, not much longer than wide. Apex more nearly
equilateral than the base. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous.
Midrib stout, curved. Secondaries numerous, thin, subparallel,
diverging from the midrib at wide angles.

1 Palaeophytologie, 1890, p. 693, fig. 5.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. [35

This species, of somewhat doubtful validity, is not represented in
the present collection. It was compared by Engelhardt with the exist-
ing Brazilian species Calliandra leptopoda Bentham.

Genus ENTEROLOBIUM Martius,
ENTEROLOBIUM GRANDIFOLIUM Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 30.
Enierolobium grandifolium ENae.uarpt, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
_ 1894, Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 60.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, faleate-lanceolate in outline, with a
shortly acuminate inequilateral tip and a bluntly pointed very inequi-
lateralbase. Marginsentire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length about
1.6 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base,
about 4 mm., one-fourth on one side of the midrib and three-fourths
on the opposite side. Midrib mediumly stout, curved. Secondaries
mostly obsolete by immersion, a few subparallel with the lower
lateral margins and camptodrome are made out with difficulty.

The present species is not common in the collections. It is very
similar to the existing Enterolobium timbouva Martius, a Brazilian
species ranging northward to the West Indies, and recorded by Her-
zog*' from the hill country of Velasco, in eastern Bolivia. The genus
is a small.one closely related to Inga and Pithecolobium, with about
half a dozen known existing species of trees with even pinnate small
leaves, confined to tropical America and found from the West Indies
and Central America to Brazil. Except for the two species recorded
from Potosi it is unknown in the fossil state. -

Enterolobium grandifolium is readily distinguished from the associ-
ated small, falcate, slightly petiolulate, Enterolobium parvifolium. It
is somewhat like the broader forms referred by Engelhardt to Acacia
uninervifolia as well as similar to Mimosites engelhardti Berry and
Machaerium eriocarpoides Engelhardt. It is, however, somewhat
larger than these, falcate and much more inequilateral.

ENTEROLOBIUM PARVIFOLIUM Engelhardt.
Plate 15, fig. 31.

Enterolobium parvifolium ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 61.

Description.—Leaflets slightly petiolulate, linear falcate, inequi-
lateral. Apex bluntly pointed to slightly cuspidate, slightly inequi-
lateral. Base inequilaterally pointed. Margins entire. Texture
coriaceous. Length ranging from 1 to 1.5 cm. Maximum width, in
the middle part of the leaflet, about 2.5 mm. Midrib stout, curved.
Secondaries obsolete, a few camptodrome ones diverging at wide angles
occasionally seen.

Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, Englers Bot. Jahrb., vol. 44, 1910.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

This species, represented by several specimens from Potosi, is
much smaller, more falcate, and relatively more slender than the
associated Lnterolobium grandifolium Engelhardt. Among the asso-
ciated forms it approaches closest to Machaerium eriocarpoides Engel-
hardt, in which, however, the leaflets are straighter, relatively wider,
lanceolate instead of linear, the petiolule is longer, and the second-
aries are less obsolete and more ascending.

Enterolobium parvifolium may be compared with the existing
Enterolobium schomburgkit Bentham, which ranges from Panama to
Brazil, and which it greatly resembles. I have figured an exces-
sively falcate leaflet, the majority are less falcate and more like the
specimen figured by Engelhardt.*

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35093, U.S.N.M.

Family CAESALPINIACEAE.
Genus CASSIA Linnaeus.
CASSIA SINGEWALDI, new species.
Plate 15, figs. 32-34.

Cassia chrysocarpoides Britton (not Engelhardt), Trans. Amer. Inst. Mining
Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 252 (part), figs. 30-33 (not figs. 29, 34, 35).

Description.—Leaflets obovate to elliptical in outline with a
broadly rounded equilateral or nearly equilateral tip and a markedly
inequilateral base, which is somewhat variable in outline. In some
leaflets one margin narrows almost straightly, while the other is
broadly rounded; in others both margins are full and that on one
side resembles half of the base of a cordate leaflet: and every gradation
between these two extremes are present. Margins entire, generally
slightly undulate. The leaf substance is not thick, but the leaflets
appear stiff and subcoriaceous in texture. A short expanded peti-
olule is present in some of the leaflets that it has not been found pos-
sible to differentiate from this species by means of any other char-
acters, but the majority are sessile with an expanded base of the
midrib.

Length ranging from 3.3 to 3.5 cm. Maximum width, at or above
the middle, ranging from 1.4 to 1.75 cm. Midrib stout, prominent
on the underside of the leaflet. Secondaries relatively stout; about
12 pairs diverge from the midrib at angles of from 40 to 70°, being
more ascending in the narrower more obovate leaflets, and less ascend-
ing in the elliptical leaflets or in the fuller side of the leaflets. The
secondaries are approximately evenly spaced and subparallel: they
are for the most part rather straight in their courses and are campto-
drome in the marginal region. The tertiaries are thin, but well
marked, as shown in the figures, forming an open polygonal or often

1 Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 61.

No. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 137

nearly rectangular areolation. The leaflets have the appearance of
having had a glaucous surface, but this may be due to their preser-
vation.

This species is based upon material collected by Singewald and
Miller and on certain of the leaflets figured by Britton and referred
to Cassia chrysocarpoides Engelhardt. Of the latter the form with
a petiolule refigured in the present connection may be of another
species, but is otherwise indistinguishable. Cassia chrysocarpoides
Engelhardt is relatively much shorter and broader with a more pointed
tip and with thinner and more curved secondaries.

It is named for Dr. J. T. Singewald, jr., of the Johns Hopkins
University.

Cotype.—Cat. No. 35092 U.S.N.M.

CASSIA RIGIDULIFOLIA Engelhardt.
Plate 16, fig. 1.

Cassia rigidulifola ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Alh. 1, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 34.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, but slightly inequilateral, obovate
in outline, with a retuse apex and a cuneate base. Margins entire,
full and evenly rounded. Texture coriaceous. Length about 2.5
cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, about
1 cm. Midrib stout and straight, prominent. Secondaries widely
spaced, stout, about six pairs diverge from the midrib at wide angles
of about 55 to 60°, pursue a nearly. straight course two-thirds of the
distance to the margin and then arch oe in a broad campto-
drome loop. Tertiaries mostly obsolete.

This species was compared by Engelhardt with the existing Cassia
mucronata Sprengel of Brazil, and it is also much like various fossil
species referred to Cassia. On the other hand it is much like various
existing and fossil species referred to Dalbergia, Gastrolobium, ete.

CASSIA OBSCURA Engelhardt.

Cassia obscura ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1,
p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 50.

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, oval in form, with entire mar-
gins. Length, 6 mm. Maximum width, at or below the middle,
about 5mm. Apex rounded. Base obliquely inequilateral. Midrib
straight. Secondaries, 4 or 5 camptodrome pairs.

‘This obscure form is evidently leguminous, but its affinity with
Cassia is uncertain. It is not represented in the present collection,
nor in that studied by Britton. It was compared by Engelhardt with
the existing Cassia rotundifolia Persoon, a widespread form in tropi-
cal America which ranges from Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil.

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

CASSIA WENDTII Britton.
Plate 16, figs. 2-4.

Cassia wendtii Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 254, figs.
52-58, 1893.

Description.—Leaflets slightly petiolulate, small, variable, oblong-
elliptical and inequilateral in outline, broadly rounded or obtusely
pointed and nearly equilateral at the apex, cuneate and generally
inequilateral at the base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous.
Length, ranging from 1 to 2 em. Maximum width, at or below the
middle, ranging from 5 to 7 mm. Petiolule short, less than 1 mm. in
length. Midrib slender. Secondaries thin, numerous, about 10
regularly spaced, camptodrome pairs.

This species is readily distinguishable from the other species of
Cassia described from Potosi. It is, however, liable to be confused
with Drepanocarpus francket described by Engelhardt from this de-
posit, and it is not certain that the two are distinct. The latter is,
however, more nearly elliptical and equilateral, with a more evenly
rounded apex and base, and is sessile instead of petiolulate. The
present species is close to various fossil and existing species of Cassia,
Caesalpinia, ete.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 35094, 35095, 35096, U.S.N.M.

CASSIA MEMBRANACEA Engelhardt.
Plate 16, figs. 5, 6.
Cassia membranacea ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abn. Ep. 9, plat fie, 31. 32.

Cassia ligustrinoides Brirron (not Engelhardt), Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng.,
vol. 21, 1893, figs. 46-48 (not figs. 21-27).

Description.—Leaflets sessile, ovate in outline, generally but
slightly inequilateral, bluntly pointed at both ends. Margins entire,
generally full and equally rounded. Substance thin. Length rang-
ing from 2.7 to 4 em. Maximum width, generally midway between
the apex and the base, ranging from 1 to 1.6 cm. Midrib stout, prom-
inent. Secondaries thin, 8 to 10 pairs diverge from the midrib at
angles of 45° or less and form a diminishing series of camptodrome
arches subparallel with the lateral margins. Tertiaries thin, more or
less percurrent and intermediates crossing to form a more or less
quadrangular open areolation. A large leaflet is figured, which is
abnormally inequilateral and widest above the middle.

The present species is not abundant in the collections. It was com-
pared by Engelhardt! with the existing Peltophorum vogelianium Ben-
tham of Brazil. Among the Potosi forms of Cassia it is closest to
Cassia chrysocarpoides Engelhardt, differmg in its more narrowly

1 Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1, p. 9.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 139

elongated form and more pointed apex and base. It differs from

Dalbergia chartacea Engelhardt and Sweetia tertiaria Engelhardt in

the same particulars, and there are minor differences in the venation.
Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35097, U.S.N.M.

CASSIA LIGUSTRINAFORMIS, new name.
Plate 16, figs. 7, 8.
Cassia ligusirinoides ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887,
Abh. 5, p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 16; 1894, Abh. 1, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 27—Brirron,
Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 252, figs. 21, 22, 24, 25, 46-48,
63 (?), not figs. 23, 26, 27, 1893; (not Schrank, Denks. Akad. Muench., vol.
6, 1816, p. 179.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, inequilateral, lanceolate in outline,
with a pomted nearly equilateral tip and a slightly blunter pointed,
inequilateral base. Margins entire, evenly rounded. Texture sub-
coriaceous. Length ranging from 3.5 to 5.5 cm. Maximum width,
midway between the apex and the base, ranging from 9 mm. to 1.5 cm.
Midrib mediumly stout, generally curved, not especially prominent.
Secondaries thin but prominent, numerous; about 10 opposite to
alternate pairs diverge from the midrib at angles averaging about 45°
and are camptodrome. ‘Tertiaries thin but well marked.

This is a common and characteristic form in the Potosi collections
much like numerous previously described fossil species and many
still existing species of this large genus, especially the existing Cassia
ligustrina Linnaeus after which it was named. It is also found at
Corocoro. Britton has referred several forms to this species which
fall beyond its limits of variation, and this is especially true of the
small petiolate leaves shown in his figures 26 and 27. Engelhardt’s
name is preoccupied by Schrank, 1816. Cassia is abundant and
varied at Potosi being represented by no less than 10 species. Cassia
chrysocarpoides Engelhardt is much shorter and wider, Cassia cris-
toides Engelhardt is a much smaller spatulate form, Cassia wendtit
Britton is very much smaller and oblong elliptical in form, Cassia
singewaldi Berry is a broadly elliptical form. Cassia rigidulifolia
Engelhardt is a large retuse form, Cassia obscura Engelhardt is a very
small obscure form, and Cassia membranacea is very similar to the
present species, but with slightly wider thinner leaves with more
numerous secondaries.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 35135, 35136, U.S.N.M.

CASSIA CULTRIFOLIAFORMIS, new species.
Plate 16, fig. 9.

Description.—Leaves bifoliate. Leaflets inequilateral obovate,
coriaceous, with a widely rounded apex and a gradually narrowed
sessile base. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Length about
1 cm. Maximum width, above the middle, about 4 to 5mm. The
upper margin is nearly straight, the outer margin is full and rounded.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Venation thin; several fine primaries diverge from the base at acute
angles and take a subparallel course, forking at intervals and fre-
quently inosculating to form narrow clongate meshes that give the
leaflet the appearance of close set parallel veins, ultimate loops camp-
todrome along the margin.

This handsome and well-marked species is scarcely to be disting-
uished from the existing Cassia cultrifolia Humboldt, Bonpland, and
Kunth of the northern South American Tropics, differing merely in
the character of the base, which is narrowly cuneate instead of equil-
ateral. It may also be compared with the existing Cassia bifoliolita
_ with which the differences are more obvious. It is also very similar
to the existing Acacia crassifolia A. Gray, but smaller and less
expanded.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35098, U.S.N.M.

CASSIA CRISTOIDES Engelhardt.
Plate 16, figs. 10, 11.
Cassia cristoides ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887, Abh. 5,

p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 13—Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893,
p. 252, figs. 40-43 (not fig. 44).

Description.—Leaflets sessile, but slightly inequilateral, elongate
obovate in outline, with a broadly rounded or slightly emarginate
apex and a cuneate base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous.
Length ranging from 2.5 to 3 em. Maximum width, in the middle
part of the leaflet, ranging from 8 to 11 mm. Midrib stout and
prominent. Secondaries thin, numerous, ascending, camptodrome;
eight or nine subopposite to alternate pairs diverge from the midrib
at regular intervals at angles of about 45° and sweep upward sub-
parallel.

This species is comparable with the existing Cassia crista Jacquin
which ranges from the West Indies and Central America to Brazil.
Except for the truncated or emarginate apex it is much like the
associated Cassia wendtiit Britton. It belongs to the same group
of leaflets as Cassia ligustrinaformis Berry, Cassia singewaldi
Berry, Cassia membranacea Engelhardt and Cassia chrysocarpoides
Engelhardt. The emarginate forms are much like the retuse Cassia
rigidulifola Engelhardt in outline but differ strikingly in venation.
It is also much like Platypodium potosianum Engelhardt in form,
but larger and sessile instead of petiolulate.

CASSIA CHRYSOCARPOIDES Engelhardt.
Plate 16, figs. 12, 13.
Cassia chrysocarpoides ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887,
Abh. 5, p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 15; 1894, Abh. 1, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 30—Bnrirron, Trans.
Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 252, figs. 29, 34, 35 (not figs. 30-33).

Description.—Leaflets sessile or short petiolulate, slightly oval or

ovate in form, the two ends nearly equally rounded, the apex slightly

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 141

more so and at times the lamina is slightly narrowed distad. Margins
entire, full and evenly rounded, the lamina on one side about 1 mm.
wider than on the opposite side. Texture subcoriaceous. Length
about 2.8 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex and the
base, about 1.6 cm. Petiolule when present stout, about 1.5 mm.
long. Midrib rather stout and prominent, nearly straight. Second-
arics regularly spaced, subopposite to alternate; about 10 pairs
diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45° to 50°, curve regularly
upward in a subparallel manner and are camptodrome. ‘Tertiaries
thin, arched in the marginal region and largely percurrent internally.
Areolation indistinct.

This well marked species is sparingly represented in the present
collections but appears to have been abundant in some of the earlier
collections. It is very close to the existing Cassia chrysocarpa
Desveaux of Brazil and Guiana. Among the numerous fossil species
of Cassia described from Potosi the only one lable to be confused
with the present species is Cassia membranacea Engelhardt, a thinner,
narrower, more elongated and more pointed form. Similar species
in other genera are Dalbergia chartacea Engelhardt, which is narrower,
more elongated, and more pointed, and Sweetia tertiaria Engelhardt,
which is more narrowed distad and with more numerous straighter
secondaries.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35099, U.S.N.M.

CASSIA FRANCKEI (Engelhardt).

Phyllites franckei ENGLEHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isisin Dresden, 1887, Abh. 5,
p. 38, pl. 1, fig. 12; 1894, Abh. 1, p. 13.—Brirton, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min,
Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 258, fig. 61.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, lanceolate in outline, falcate, with an
acute apex and a cuneate base. Margins dentate, entire toward the
base. Length about 5.5cm. Maximum width, at or below the mid-
dle, about 1.4 em. Midrib stout, curved. Secondaries numerous,
thin, ascending, camptodrome.

This species was based upon incomplete material described from
Potosi by Engelhardt and not represented in the other collections.
Engelhardt referred it to the noncommital form-genus Phyllites, but
called attention to its resemblance to the existing Cassia dentata
Vogel of the Brazilian tropics. This resemblance is so very great
that I have ventured to refer this form to the genus Cassia.

Genus CAESALPINIA Linnaeus.
CAESALPINIA GMEHLINGI Engelhardt.
Plate 16, fig. 14.

Caesalpinia gmehlingi ENGLEHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 29.

Description.—An elliptical sessile leaflet, nearly equilateral, with
entire margins. Length about 1.4 cm. Maximum width, in the

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

middle part of the leaflet, about 9 mm. Midrib thin. Secondaries
about 6, subopposite, camptodrome pairs diverging from the midrib
at wide angles.

This species is not represented in the present collections. It was
compared by Engelhardt with the wide ranging existing species
Caesalpinia pulcherroma Swartz, which extends from the West
Indies and Mexico to Brazil and is also recorded from the Galapagos
and Sandwich Islands.

Among the Potosi species the present is very similar in size, outline,
and venation to the more elliptical leaflets of Cassia chrysocarpoides
Engelhardt.

CAESALPINIA SESSILIFOLIOIDES, new species.

Plate 16, fig. 15.

Deseription.—Leaflets small, sessile, markedly inequilateral, ellip-
tical in outline, with a rounded slightly mucronate and nearly equi-
lateral tip and a broadly rounded inequilateral base. Margins
entire, full, and evenly rounded. Leaf substance thin but firm.
Length, about 4mm. Maximum width, midway between the apex
and the base, about 2.75 mm. Midrib thin, conspicuously expanded
at the extreme base. Secondaries thin, ascending, camptodrome, 5
on the narrower side of the leaflet and 7 on the broader side. The
latter side 40 to 50 per cent wider than the opposite side.

This well-marked species is represented by but a single specimen
and there is thus no opportunity of ascertaining its limits of varia-
tion. It is almost identical in character with the leaflets of the exist-
ing Caesalpinia sessilifolia of Central America or Caesalpinia micro-
phylla De Candolle of the Brazilian region. It may also be com-
pared with the tropical American Cassia rotundifolia Persoon.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35127, U.S.N.M.

Genus CAESALPINITES Saporta.
CAESALPINITES POTOSIANUS, new species.
Plate 16, fig. 16.

Description.—Leaflets petiolulate, small, nearly equilateral, oblong-
lanceolate in outline, with a rapidly narrowed and bluntly pointed
apex and a rounded base. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous.
Length ranging from 6 to 8 mm. Maximum width, in the middle
part of the leaflet, 1.5 to 2 mm. Petiolule stout, curved, about
0.5 mm. in length. Midrib thin, not prominent. Secondaries obso-
lete by immersion in the substance of the leaflet.

This species is represented by several specimens, which on account
of the obsolete venation are referred to the form genus Caesalpinites
for generically indeterminate leaflets of the Caesalpiniaceae. These

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 1438

leaflets suggest a variety of existing Leguminosae and might with
equal propriety be referred to the form genus Mimosites of the
Mimosaceae. I have been influenced in referring them to Caesal-
pinites by the great abundance of Caesalpiniaceae in the Potosi
flora and by their equal predominance in the existing flora of the
Amazon Basin, with which the Potosi flora shows so much similarity
and from which it appears to have been derived.

There are a number of other species in the Potosi flora that greatly
resemble the present one. Among these I might mention the super-
ficially identical Calliandra obliqua Engelhardt, which, however, is
more pointed, sessile, with a very obliquely inequilateral base and
several digitate primaries. Mimosa arcuatifolia Engelhardt is
identical in form but smaller and sessile. Enterolobium parvifoliwm
Engelhardt is larger, relatively narrower, more elongate, more pointed
at both ends and prevailingly falcate. Machaerium eriocarpoides
Engelhardt is larger and stouter, more pointed at both ends, and
with a well-marked secondary venation. Enterolobium grandi-
foluwm Engelhardt is also much larger and stouter, more lanceolate,
sessile, and very inequilateral, so that there is no doubt that Caesal-
pinites potosianus represents a distinct leguminous species.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35100, U.S.N.M.

Genus COPAIFERA Linnaeus.
COPAIFERA POTOSIANA, new species.

Plate 16, fig, 17.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, inequilaterally trapezoidal in out-
line, bluntly pointed at both ends. Length, about 1.75 cm.
Maximum width, midway between the apex and the base, about
8mm. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Midrib stout, curved,
prominent on the lower surface of the leaflets. Secondaries numer-
ous, thin, mostly immersed, ascending, camptodrome. ‘Tertiaries
obsolete by immersion.

The present species is somewhat suggestive of Pithecolobium as
well as some of the smaller leafed species of Jnga, as, for example,
Inga trapezifolia De Candolle, but the venation is somewhat different.
The fossil leaflets, which are not uncommon at Potosi, are similar to
those of the existing Copaifera trapezifolia Hayne, and are not unlike
those of Copaifera langsdorffii Desfontaines of the Amazon basin,
which is recorded from near Mapiri, Bolivia.

The genus Copaifera comprises about 16 existing species of the
equatorial region of Africa and America, ranging from the West
Indies to the Amazon basin in the latter region. Four of the species
are African and the balance are American. A number of fossil
species, based for the most part upon the characteristic pods, have

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

been described. The genus is present in the early Tertiary of Chile !
and during the middle Eocene it extended northward as far as Texas,?
and was present in the Mediterranean region of Europe in the Oligo-
cene and Miocene.

A pod of a species of Copaifera, possibly belonging to the same
species which furnished the leaflets upon which Copaifera potosiana
is based, are represented at Corocoro, Bolivia.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35137, U.S.N.M.

COPAIFERA COROCORIANA, new species.
Plate 16, fig. 18.

Deservption.—Pod of small size, nearly orbicular in outline, greatly
compressed, pedunculate, obliquely cuspidate tipped, single seeded.
Length, about 1 cm. from the top of the recurved cuspidate tip to the
top of the peduncle. Horizontal diameter, about 8mm. Peduncle
stout, about 4 mm. long. Seed lenticular, nearly orbicular, com-
pressed, about 4 mm. in diameter. Pod tardily, if at all, dehiscent;
its surface minutely wrinkled.

The present species is somewhat smaller than the normal size of
the pods in the existing species which I have seen, and it is also smaller
than those of the described fossil species. It may represent the fruit
of the same tree as the leaflets from Potosi described as Copaifera
potosiana.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35141, U.S.N.M.

Genus BAUHINIA Linnaeus.
BAUHINIA POTOSIANA, new species.
Plate 17, figs. 1, 2.

Descrvption.—Leaves small, bifoliate. Leaflets unsymmetrical ob-
lanceolate or obovate, 2.1 cm. in length by 5.5 mm. in maximum
width. Margins entire. Leaf-substance thin. The stout slightly
upward curved midrib forms the distal margin of the leaflet, only
the outside part of the lamina being developed. The latter is full
and evenly rounded. The apex is unsymmetrically rounded and the
base is cuneate. The midrib ® gives rise to three secondaries which
diverge at acute angles and are subparallel both with each other
and with the margin of the leaflet. The lowest is thin and parallel
with the margin, close to which it arches from tip to tip of out-
wardly directed tertiaries from the second secondary. The latter,
which is much stouter than the other two, traverses the median
portion of the lamina, parallel to and somewhat nearer to the margin
than to the midrib. It forks twice or thrice, sending off subordinate
veins at acute angles, which form elongated camptodrome loops.

1 Engelhardt, H., Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesoll., vol. 16, 1891, pt. 4, p. 681, pl. 5, fig. 8; pl. 7, fig. 4.

2 Berry, E. W., Torreya, vol. 15, 1915, pp. 41-44, fig. 5.
3 This is probably morphologically an upper secondary, the true midrib being obsolete.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 145

The tertiaries form elongated meshes, all of which in the upper half
of the leaflet are arched distad and pointed proximad.

This characteristic form bears some resemblance to certain leaflets
of Acacia and Calliandra, as well as to the leaflets of some species
of Cassia, as, for example, the South American Cassia cultrifolia
Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth. While the form is not distine-
tive, the venation is typically that of Bauhinia, to which genus I
have referred it. It is smaller than, perhaps, the majority of existing
species of Bauhinia, but there are a number that resemble it closely
in size both among recent species, as, for example, Bauhinia uniflora,
and among fossil species, as, for example, Bauhinia marylandica
Berry.

This remarkable genus, abundantly represented by butterflylike
leaves in the Upper Cretaceous of North America, comprises upward
of 200 existing species of trees or high-climbing shrubs widely dis-
tributed in the Tropics of both hemispheres. About 40 per cent of
the recent species are American, where they range from the West
Indies and Mexico to southern Brazil. South America contains
_ more species than any other continent, although both Africa and
Asia have numerous species. Bauhinia is common in eastern Bo-
livia, but does not, as far as I know, occur farther west than the
well-watered subandean eastern slope of the Cordillera, although a
small-leafed species, Bauhinia microphylla, is present in the thorn-
bush country or Gran Chaco region.

Cotypes.—Cat. Nos. 35101, 35102, U.S.N.M.

Genus PELTOPHORUM Vogel.
PELTOPHORUM MEMBRANACEUM Engelhardt.
Plate 17, fig. 3.

Peltophorum membranaceum ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 47.

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, nequilateral, ovate in general
outhne, with a bluntly pointed apex and an obliquely cuneate base.
Margins entire. Length, about 8 mm. Maximum width, in the
middle part, about 3.5 mm., one side one-third wider than the other.
Midrib mediumly stout, curved proximad. Secondaries thin, about
three ascending camptodrome pairs.

This species was described from Potosi by Engelhardt, and is not
present in the other collections from Bolivia. The peculiar outline
serves to readily distinguish it from the other members of the Potosi
flora. It has been compared with the existing Peltophorum vogelia-
num Bentham of the Brazilian region.

The genus Peltophorum, not otherwise known in the fossil state,
comprises about eight species of trees common to the tropics ot both
hemispheres.

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54———11

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Family PAPILIONACEAE.
Genus AMICIA Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth.

VOL, 54.

AMICIA ANTIQUA Britton.
Plate 17, figs. 4, 5.

Amicia antiqua Britron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 252,
figs. 11, 45.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, narrowly or broadly cuneate in
general outline, with an emarginate apex. Length rangmg from
2to3cm. Maximum width in the apical part of the leaflet ranging
from 0.75 to 1.4 cm. Margins entire, slightly undulate. Texture
coriaceous. Midrib mediumly stout, slightly flexuous, prominent on
the lower surface of the leaflets. Secondaries thin, numerous,
ascending, camptodrome. Tertiaries obsolete.

This species was described by Britton from a limited amount of
material collected by Wendt and is not contained in the recent
collection made by Singewald and Miller. It may be compared
with the existing Amicia lobbiana Bentham found at high altitudes
in the Peruvian and Bolivian Andes (1,800-3,000 meters).

The genus Amicia, not otherwise known fossil, comprises five or
six species of shrubs or undershrubs of the Andean region, ranging
from Mexico to Bolivia.

The identification of the present species is somewhat questionable
upon general grounds, for while the fossil agrees with the existing
leaflets of Amicia, and it is quite natural to identify the fossil leaflets
with a recent genus of the same general region, the fact that the
vast majority of the fossil forms found at Potosi are related to
existing forms of the more humid regions of eastern Bolivia and
the Amazon Basin, raises the question whether the present leaflets
may not be more properly referable to some other leguminous genus
with similar leaflets, such as would more naturally be expected to
occur under such conditions and in such an association, as, for exam-
ple, the genus Dalbergia.

Genus MACHAERIUM Persoon.
MACHAERIUM ERIOCARPOIDES Engelhardt.
Plate 17, fig. 6.

Machaerium eriocarpoides ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis. in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 28.

Description.—Leaflets petiolulate, lanceolate in outline, nearly
equilateral, with an equally pointed apex and base. . Margins entire.
Texture subcoriaceous. Length, 1.2 to 1.4 em. Maximum width,
midway between the apex and the base, 2.5 to 3.25 mm. Petiolule
stout, 0.5 to 1mm long. Midrib stout. Secondaries thin, regularly

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 147

spaced, subparallel; six or seven pairs diverge from the midrib at
angles of about 45° and are camptodrome. ‘Tertiaries obsolete by
immersion.

This species is not uncommon in the present collection. While
similar to several other fossil species found at Potosi, 1t may be dis-
tinguished from Acacia uninervifoha Engelhardt by its petiolule,
greater width and fewer secondaries; from Lnterolobium grandi-
folium Engelhardt by its petiolule, its smaller size, more prominent
secondaries and more equilateral form; from Mimosites engelhardti
Berry by its wider, less elongated, and more lanceolate form, by its
petiolule and more prominent secondaries. According to Engelhardt
it is very similar to the existing Brazilian species Machaerium crio-
carpum Bentham. ‘This species is recorded by Herzog * from the hill
country of Velasco and from the broken woods along the Rio Pirai
and Rio Yapacani, in eastern Bolivia.

The existing species of Machaertum comprise over 60 trees or high
climbing shrubs, with small pinnate leaves, confined to the American
Tropics, where they range from the West Indies and Central America
to southern Brazil. Their maximum display isin the Amazon region,
and they do not appear to be represented in the present Sith eat
region of Bolivia.

The known fossil species are few in number and comprise, in addi-
tion to the present form, three Oligocene and a Miocene species in cen-
tral and southern Europe.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35103, U.S.N.M.

MACHAERIUM MILLERI, new species.
' Plate 17, fig. 7

Description.—Leaflets petiolulate, oblong-obovate, nearly equi-
lateral, with a broadly rounded apex and a cuneate base. Margins
entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length about 2 cm. Maximum
width, at or slightly above the middle, about 7mm. _ Petiolule stout,
curved, 2 to 2.5 mm in length. Midrib stout, curved. Secondaries
thin, numerous; they diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45°
and pursue a nearly straight ascending course, forking and anasto-
mosing, and eventually lost in the pamipnodrorme: areolation of the
marginal region.

This well-marked form suggests comparisons with various existing
species of Leptolobium and Platypodium, both of which are repre-
sented in the Potosi flora. The venation, however, appears to ally it
more closely with the reticulate veined species of Machaerium. It is
readily distinguished from the associated Machaerium eriocarpoides
Engelhardt, which is a lanceolate leaflet with relatively distant and
regularly curved camptodrome secondaries. Among other forms

1 Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, Englers Bot. Jahrb., vol. 44, 1910.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

from Potosi there is some resemblance to Platypodium potosianum
Engelhardt, which is about the same size but generally wider with
fewer regularly curved camptodrome secondaries. There is also a
more distant resemblance to Cassia wendtii Britton, which is more
inequilateral, with a shorter petiolule, fewer and better marked
camptodrome secondaries, generally more pointed tip and widest
below the middle. Named for the collector, Prof. B. L. Miller, of
Lehigh University.
Holotype.—Cat. No. 35104, U.S.N.M.

Genus DALBERGIA Linnaeus (son).
DALBERGIA POTOSIANA, new species.

Plate 17, fig. 8.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, obovate in general outline, with a
broadly rounded deeply emarginate apex and a broadly cuneate base.
Margins full, entire. Leaf substance thin but firm. Length, about
1.5 em. Maximum width, above the middle, about 5mm. Midrib
very stout, curved. Secondaries very thin, about three to five
camptodrome pairs. Tertiaries mostly obsolete. Areolation fine, its
details obscure.

This well-marked species is clearly distinct from the other members
of the Potosi flora and not close to Dalbergia chartacea Engelhardt,
which has larger, ovate leaflets. It is very similar to a large number
of existing and fossil species of Dalbergia, to which a large number of
fossil leaflets and pods have been referred. A pod from Potosi is
referred to this genus by Engelhardt, but its determination is not
above suspicion.

The existing species of Dalbergia number about 80 forms, occurring
in both the Oriental and Occidental Tropics. There are a large num-
ber of species in the Amazon Basin.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35105, U.S.N.M.

DALGERGIA CHARTACEA Engelhardt.

Dalbergia chartacea ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 25.

Description.—Leaflets ovate, bluntly pointed at the apex, with a
broadly cuneate base, nearly equilateral, with full and evenly rounded
entire margins. Texture coriaceous. Length, about 2.5cm. Maxi-
mum width, midway between the apex and the base, about 11 mm.
Midrib straight and mediumly stout. Secondaries thin; about six
pairs diverge from the midrib at angles of about 45°; they range
from opposite to alternate and pursue a subparallel camptodrome
course. Tertiaries mostly obsolete.

This somewhat doubtfully determined form is not represented in
the present collections. 1t was compared by Engelhardt with the

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 149

existing Dalbergia variabilis Vogel of tropical Peru, Guiana, and
Brazil. In both outline and venation the present leaflets are distin-
guished with difficulty from those of the associated species Cassia
membranacea Engelhardt and Sweetia tertiaria Engelhardt. The first
are slightly narrower and more elongate, and the last, while similar in
size and outline, are slightly broader with straighter, more numerous
secondaries.
DALBERGIA (?) ANTIQUA Engelhardt.
Plate 17, fig. 9.
Dalbergia antigua ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 23.

Description.—An oval pod, pointed at both ends, with a coriaceous
integument and extended peduncle with a persistent calyx. About
2.5 cm. long and 1 cm. wide in the median region.

’ The character of this pod is more suggestive of Cassia than Dal-
bergia, hence I have questioned Engelhardt’s generic reference. It
is not represented in the present collections, but was compared by
Engelhardt with the existing Dalbergia riparia Bentham of the
Amazon Basin.
Genus DESMODIUM Desveaux.
DESMODIUM ELLIPTICUM Engelhardt.
Desmodium ellipticum ENGELHARDT, Sitz, Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, figs. 42-44.

Description.—Leaflets sessile or short petiolulate, elliptical in out-
line, slightly inequilateral. Apex and base about equally rounded.
Margins entire. Length, about 9 mm. Maximum width, midway
between the apex and the base, about 6mm. Midrib slender, curved.
Petiolule, when present, about 1 mm. long, stout. Secondaries thin,
three or four camptodrome pairs diverging from the midrib at wide
angles.

This species is not represented in the present collection. It was
compared by Engelhardt with the existing Desmodium barbatum Ben-
tham, which is widely distributed from the West Indies and southern
Mexico to Brazil. In the existing flora Desmodium is a large genus
with between 150 and 200 species of herbaceous and shrubby plants
widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres and with a few
extratropical species in both regions.

Genus DREPANOCARPUS Meyer.

DREPANOCARPUS FRANCKEI Engelhardt.

Plate 17, figs. 10, 11.
Drepanocarpus franckei ENGELHARDT, Sitz, Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 36-38.
Description.—Leaflets sessile, elliptical in outline, nearly equi-
lateral, with a broadly rounded apex and a similarly rounded, some-

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

times obliquely, inequilateral base. Margins entire. ‘Texture coria-
ceous. Length ranging from 10 to 13 mm. Maximum width, mid-
way between the apex and the base,4to5mm. Midrib stout, promi-
nent below, channeled above, relatively straight. Secondaries
prominent, numerous, subparallel, camptodrome.

This species is well marked and readily distinguished from the
other members of the Potosi flora. It is comparable with the exist-
ing Drepanocarpus lunatus Meyer, a widespread form ranging from
the West Indies and southern Mexico to Brazil, and recorded also
from tropical West Africa. Drepanocarpus is not otherwise known
in the fossil state. The existing species comprise 8 to 10 trees or
high climbing shrubs, all of which are confined to tropical America
with the single exception noted above.

Genus AESCHYNOMENE Linnaeus.
AESCHYNGMENE BOLIVIANUM (Engelhardt).
Plate 17, fig. 12.

Hedysarum bolivianum ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 62, 63.

Description.—Leaflets small, sessile, obovate in outline, with a
broadly rounded tip and an acuminate base. Margins entire. Tex-
ture membranaceous or chartaceous. Leaf substance thin. Length,
about 7 mm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaflet,
about 3.5 mm. Midrib thin, curved. Secondaries thin, numerous,
equally spaced, subparallel, camptodrome.

This species was described by Engelhardt, who compared it with
the existing and polymorphous Aeschynomene falcatum De Candolle,
which ranges from Mexico to Brazil. It has not been recognized in
the other collections from Potosi. I have transferred this form to
the genus Aeschynomene with the recent species of which Engel-
hardt compared it and which it resembles more closely than it does
Hedysarum. The latter is a genus with over three score existing
species of herbs or shrubs of the temperate regions of Europe, Asia,
Africa, and North America. The genus Aeschynomene, on the other
hand, is confined to the tropics of both hemispheres, with numerous
existing species of herbs or shrubs, well represented in the Brazilian
region. ;

Genus SWEETIA Sprengel.
SWEETIA TERTIARIA Engelhardt.
Plate 17, fig. 13.

Sweetia tertiaria ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1887, Abh. 5,
p. 38, pl. 1, fig. 11; 1894, Abh. 1, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 26—Brrrron, Trans. Amer.
Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 254, fig. 79.

Description.—Leaflets sessile, nearly equilateral, ovate in general
’ outline, with a rounded or emarginate apex and a cuneate base.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS £ROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 151

Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length, ranging from 2.5
to 3.5 cm. Maximum width, in the middle part of the leaflet, rang-
ing from 1.3 to 1.7 em. Midrib stout and straight. Secondaries
thin, numerous, camptodrome.

This species was contained in both the collections from Potosi
studied by Engelhardt, but has not been recognized in the other
collections. It is clearly distinct from the other members of the
Potosi flora, and was compared with the existing Sweetia elegans Ben-
tham, a Brazilian species. Britton’s reference of this fossil to the
genus Swertia was simply a typographic error.

The genus Sweetia consists of about 10 existing species of trees
confined to the South American Tropics and ranging from Guiana to
southern Brazil. It is not otherwise known in the fossil state.

Genus LONCHOCARPUS Humboidt, Bonpland, and Kunth.
LONCHOCARPUS OBTUSIFOLIUS Engelhardt.
Plate 17, fig. 14.

Lonchecarpus obtusifolius ENceLHArRpT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 22 (not Engelhardt, 1895).

Description.—Leaflets elliptical in outline, slightly inequilateral,
narrowed from below the middle to the broadly rounded base.
Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length, about 2.4 em.
Maxnnum width, below the middle, about 1.4 em. Midrib thin,
straight. Secondaries thin, about 5 subopposite, camptodrome
pairs. A few percurrent tertiaries visible. :

This species was described from Potosi by Engelhardt, who com-
pared it with the existing Lonchocarpus obtusus Bentham of the Bra-
zilian region. It is sparingly represented in the present collections.
It has also been recorded by Engelhardt ' from the Tertiary of Ecua-
dor, although the two occurrences represent different species. It is
somewhat similar to three other Potosi species of Leguminosae—
namely, Dalbergia chartacea Engelhardt, Sweetia tertiaria Engelhardt,
and Cassia chrysocarpoides Engelhardt. The first is relatively nar-
rower and longer, widest in the middle, not narrowed distad more
than proximad and more pointed; the second is also widest in the
middle, not more narrowed distad than proximad and with more
numerous and less ascending secondaries; the third is widest in the
middle, more pointed, not more narrowed distad than proximad,
and with more numerous and less ascending secondaries.

Lonchocarpus is a genus with upward of 70 existing species of
trees and high climbing shrubs of the tropical regions of America,
Africa, and Australia, with more than half the existing forms con-
fined to America. Several fossil species have been recorded, includ-

i Engelhardt, H., Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 19, p. 17, pl. 3, fig. 1, 1895.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 54.

ing one from the Tertiary of Ecuador,’ one from the late Tertiary
of New Jersey,? and one from the Pleistocene of Cuba.
Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35106, U.S.N.M.

Genus PLATYPODIUM Vogel.
PLATYPODIUM POTOSIANUM Engelhardt.
Plate 17, figs. 15-17.
Platypodium potosianum ENGELHARpt, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 41.
Cassia cristoides Brirron (not Engelhardt), Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol.
21, 1903, fig. 44, (not figs. 40-43).
Cassia chrysocarpoides Brirron (not Engelhardt), Trans. Amer. Inst. Min, Eng.,
vol. 21, 1893, fig. 37 (not figs. 29-36).

Description.—Leaflets petiolulate, oblong elliptical to oblong-
obovate, with a nearly equilateral broadly rounded to very slightly
emarginate apex and a slightly narrowed rounded or bluntly pointed
considerably inequilateral base. Margins entire. Texture sub-
coriaceous. Length, ranging from 1.3 to 1.8 cm. Maximum width,
at or somewhat above the middle, ranging from’7 to 8 mm. _ Petio-
lule stout, curved, about 2 mm. in length. Midrib relatively stout
and prominent. Secondaries numerous, well marked, subparallel,
camptodrome; seven to nine pairs diverge from the midrib at angles
of about 45°. Tertiaries mostly obsolete except for ascending sub-
ordinates between and subparallel with the secondaries.

The present species is very close to the existing Platypodium elegans
Vogel, which ranges from Panama to Brazil and eastern Bolivia.
It resembles somewhat the smaller leaflets of Cassia cristoides Engel-
hardt Cassia chrysocarpoides Engelhardt and is about the same
size as Cassia wendtw Britton. The latter, is, however, nearly ses-
sile and pointed at both ends.

The genus Platypodium is not otherwise known in the fossil state.
The existing species are few in number and comprise trees with even
or odd pinnate small leaves confined to the Southern American Tropics
and chiefly developed in the Amazon and Orinoco basins.

Plesvotype.—Cat. No. 35107, U.S.N.M.

LEGUMINOSAE INCERTAE SEDIS.
Genus LEGUMINOSITES Bowerbank.
LEGUMINOSITES (7?) GLOBULARIS Engelhardt.
Leguminosites (?) globularis ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 59.

Description.—A globular seed about 4 mm. in diameter, referred
tentatively to the Leguminosae by Engelhardt and not contained
in the other collections from Potosi.

1 Engelhardt, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Gesell., vol. 19, p. 17, 1895.
2 Hollick, A., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vol. 28, 1896, p. 49, pl. 259, figs. 6-8.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 153

LEGUMINOSITES, species.
Plate 18, fig. 1.

Description.—A small leguminous leaflet, ovate in form, with a
rounded tip and greatly inequilateral base. Margin entire. Length,
about 3 mm. Maximum width about 1 mm. Midrib stout and
curved. A stout ascending secondary from its base on each side
gives the leaflet a triveined appearance. Distad there are two
pairs of thin camptodrome secondaries.

This may be a distinct species. As it is represented by only a
single specimen, it is not considered wise to make it the basis of a
new species, especially as it may represent a variant of the abundant
Calliandra obliqua Engelhardt.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35108, U.S.N.M.

Order GERANIALES.

Family ZYGOPHYLLACEAE.
Genus PORLIERIA Ruiz and Pavon.
PORLIERIA TERTIARIA Britton.
Plate 18, figs. 2, 3.
Porlieria tertiaria Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 251,
figs. 71-75.
Mimosites, species, ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 11, pl. 1, figs. 48, 49.

Description Leaves opposite, subsessile, evenly pinnate in my
specimens, but odd pinnate in the type material. General outline
elliptical or obovate. Length, ranging from 6 to9 mm. Maximum
width, at or above the middle, 3 to5 mm. Leaflets sessile by a but
slightly narrowed base, 8 or 9 subopposite to alternate pairs with
sometimes an odd terminal leaflet, crowded especially distad, diverg-
ing at narrow angles both proximad and distad, especially one or two
distal pairs. In the middle part of the leaf the angle of divergence
ranges from 45 to 60°. Rachis relatively very stout. Texture
coriaceous. Leaflets linear oblong or slightly spatulate, with a
slightly narrowed, broadly sessile base and a rounded apex, slightly
inequilateral. Marginsentire. Midribs thin andimmersed. Length,
ranging from 1 to 2.5 mm. Maximum width one-half to one-fourth
the length.

This species is not uncommon at Potosi. Porlieria is a small genus
of shrubby plants, with three or four existing xerophytic species,
found from Texas and Mexico southward to the Chilean Andes and
the Argentina steppes. The fossil species greatly resembles the
existing Porlieria hygrometrica Ruiz and Pavon of the arid country
between southern Peru and northern Chile and Porlieria lorenizi

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

Engler of the Argentina steppes and eastern Bolivia plains (Santa
Cruz, Cochabamba). It is one of the few fossil species found at
Potosi that is clearly indicative of arid conditions, and this may
be due to its having grown on a porous slope where insolation was
great—i. e., it may reflect edaphic rather than climatic conditions.

The fragmentary specimens described by Engelhardt as Mimosites,
species 1 and Mimosa montanoides? may, and probably do, represent
this species.

Plesvotypes—Cat. No. 35109, 35110, U.S.N.M.

Family EUPHORBIACEAE.
Genus EUPHORBIA Linnaeus.
EUPHORBIA (?), species, Britton.

Euphorbia (?), Brrrron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1903, p. 256, figs.
59, 60.

Description—This record was based on an obscure specimen
preserved in a coarser grained rock than the balance of the Potosi
flora and considered by Britton to possibly represent a nodulose
stem of some fleshy Huphorbia such as still characterize the existing
flora in parts of South America. Nothing like it is contained in the
collection studied by me.

Order PARIETALES.

Family PASSIFLORACEAE.
Genus PASSIFLORA Linnaeus.
PASSIFLORA CANFIELDI Britton.
Plate 18, figs. 4, 5.

Passiflora (?) canfieldi Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893,
p. 256, figs. 12, 13.

Description.—Leaves small, sessile, palmately trilobate. Margins
crenulate. Texture coriaceous. Length about 1.5 cm. Maximum
width, from tip to tip of the lateral lobes, about 1.4 cm. Sinuses rec-
tangular, extending about halfway to the base. Central lobe broadly
rounded distad with subparallel sides, much longer than the lateral
lobes, its dimensions about 9 mm by about 5 mm, hence nearly twice
as long as wide. Lateral lobes short, tending to be more narrowly
rounded than the median lobe, their upper margins straighter than
their lateral margins, which are full and curved to the broadly rounded
base. The basal half of the leaf forms an almost exact semicircle and
the crenulations of the margin become obsolete in the basal region.

1 Engelhardt, H., Isis in Dresden, 1894, Abh. 1, p. 11, pl. 1, fas 48, 49.
2 Idem, p. 10, pl. ee fig. 64.

yO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. ¥55

- Primaries three, stout, diverging from the extreme base at ‘angles of
about 40°, the central nearly straight and the laterals slightly
curving outward, each terminating at the summit of the obtuse
lobes. Tertiaries obsolete by immersion, from the character of the
margin, presumably camptodrome as in the recent species.

This species is not represented in the present collection and the
accompanying illustrations are reproduced from Britton’s report.
The latter author is doubtful of the reference of these leaves to
Passiflora, but I see nothing to criticise in this determination. The
marginal character and the peculiar aspect of the leaves, with their
broadly ‘rounded base, obtuse lobes, and extended oblong central
lobe, and with the basal primaries stamp them clearly as referable.to
the Passifloriaceae, a family abundantly represented in the existing
flora of South America. A number of fossil species of Passifloria are
known, but none of these is especially close to the present species.
The existing species number upward of 300 climbing shrubs or rank
annuals, mostly American and tropical in their distribution, but found
also in Madagascar (one species), Asia, and Australia. The present
species appears to be referable to the section Granadilla De Candalle,
which has over 80 existing species, more than half of which are Br all
ian. J do not know whether or not Passiflora occurs at the present
time in Bolivia to the west of the front range of the Andes, but it
is not uncommon in eastern Bolivia, and according to Heros ae
species occurs in the Andean outliers of Santa Cruz and Cochabamba
up to elevations of 2,600 meters.

Order MYRTALES.
Family MYRTACEAE.

Genus MYRTEOLA Berg.

MYRTEOLA POTOSIANA, new species.

Plate 18, fig. 6.

Description.— Leaves small, ovate in outline, petiolate, with entire
margins and coriaceous texture. Apex acute. Base about equally
acute. Length, about 13 mm. Maximum width, midway between
the apex and the base, about 5mm. Petiole stout, about 2.25 mm.
in length. Midrib stout. Secondaries thin, about 1 mm. apart,
diverging from the midrib at angles of between 40° and 50°, generally
straightly ascending and subparallel, occasionally slightly curved,
their tips joined close to the margin by a slightly arched acrodrome
vein forming a marginal hem along each margin. Tertiaries indis-
tinct, occasional fine percurrent tertiaries and acutely diverging
branches from the secondaries can be discerned.

1 Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, 1910.

L5G PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vOL. 54.

This little leaf is essentially myrtaceous in character and may be -
compared with various existing species of Myrtus and Myrcia. It
shows more similarity, however to the leaves of the genus Myrteola,
a genus of 9 or 10 species of shrubs and undershrubs closely related
to Myrtus and now found in the existing flora in the Andean region
from Ecuador to the Straits of Magellan; one species of the last
region, Myrteola nummularia (Poiret) Berg, being also found on the
Falkland Islands. ;

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35111, U.S.N.M.

Family COMBRETACEAE.
Genus TERMINALIA Linnaeus.
TERMINALIA ANTIQUA Britton.
Plate 18, figs. 8, 9.

Terminalia antiqua Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 254,
figs. 16, 28, 68-70.

Descripiion.—Samaras bialate, elliptical in outline, wider than
high, emarginate at the summit, cordate, truncate or decurrent to
the stout peduncle. Length ranging from 1 to 2 cm. Width
ranging from 1.1 to 2.5 cm. Peduncle ranging from 5 to 10 mm. in
length, curved or straight. Essential part of fruit narrowly fusiform,
extending upward four-fifths or all the way to the apical sinus.
Wings thin, scarious. Veins numerous, thin, said by Britton to be
simple but abundantly forked and anastomosing in my material.

These characteristic fruits are not uncommon at Potosi and Britton
has figured a number to illustrate their variations. My material is
smaller but otherwise indistinguishable, and undoubtedly belongs to
the same species. On the other hand a Terminalia fruit collected at
Corocoro, while it is bialate, is considerably larger and more coria-
ceous, with a large turbinate seed cavity and this I have described as
a distinct species. While these Potosi fruits are suggestive of some
of the Sapindaceae and average smaller than most modern winged
Terminalia fruits, I have no hesitation in referring them to the latter
genus. According to Britton’ the present species is closely com-
parable to fruits of the existing Terminalia oblonga Persoon collected
in Guatemala.

Terminalia is a large genus in the existing flora of the tropics of
both hemispheres, with over 100 species about equally divided
between America, Asia, Africa, and Australia. It is an old type and
the modern species are segregated into four sections, based primarily
on the characters of the fruit which may be fleshy, ligneous, or
variously winged. So far as I know Terminalia is not now endemic

1Trans. Amer. Inst. Min, Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 254.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 157

in the Andean region of Bolivia, but several species are recorded by
Herzog in the region of Santiago and San Jose and in the broken
forests along the Rio Pirai and Rio Yapacani in eastern Bolivia.

_The fossil record of Terminalia while very incomplete embraces
about a dozen species found in both Europe and southeastern North
America from the lower Eocene onward. The bulk of these, par-
ticularly those of the Mississippi embayment region, appear to have
been littoral species like the modern Terminaha catappa and Termin-
alia littoralis.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 35112, 35113, U.S.N.M.

TERMINALIA SINGEWALDI, new species.

Plate 18, fig. 7.

Description.Samaras bialate, reniform im outline, wider than high,
deeply emarginate or cordate at both the apex and the base. Ped-
uncle stout, about as long as the vertical axis of the fruit. Length
of the latter, 1.25 cm. Wings thin with entire margins. Veins thin,
numerous, somewhat flexuous, frequently forking and less frequently
anastomosing. Height of wings, between 2.25 and 2.5 cm. Width,
about 1.25 cm. Width from margin to margin of the opposite
wings, about 3.15 cm. Essential part of fruit turbinate, rounded
distad, and tapering downward proximad to join the peduncle;
turgid, the veins of the wings crossing its surface diagonally.

This species apparently belongs to the section Diptera of the genus.
It is somewhat similar to Terminaha antiqua Britton, which is so
common at Potosi, but differs from the latter in its larger size, in its
turgid and turbinate, distally rounded seed cavity, and in its more
equilateral wings with less frequently anastomosing veins. It is
comparable to various two-winged modern species of Asia, Africa,
and of the South American Tropics east of the Andes.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35114, U.S.N.M.

Family LYTHRACEAE.

Genus CUPHEA P. Browne.
CUPHEA ANTIQUA Britton.
Plate 18, figs. 10-12.
Cuphea antigua Brrrron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 256,
figs. 49-51. |

Description.—Leaves small, ovate in general outline, with an
acutely pointed apex, and a rounded, truncate, or cordate, inequi-
lateral base. Margins entire. Length, 1.25 to 1.5 cm. Maximum
width, in the middle part of the leaf, 6 to9 mm. Petiole wanting.

1 Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, Englers Bot. Jahrb., vol. 44, 1910.

158 PROCEEDINGS GF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Midrib thin, generally somewhat curved. Normally there is “a basi-
lar or subbasilar acrodrome primary on either side diverging from
the midrib at varying angles and merging with the secondary vena-
tion at or above the middle of the leaf. Sometimes a primary is
developed on only one side and even when there is one on each side
they are somewhat unlike in their courses since they tend to be
parallel with the lateral margins of the leaf which are somewhat
unsymmetric as compared with one another. There are two or three
pairs of arched camptodrome secondaries above the primary or four
pairs in case a primary is not developed on one side.

This species is known only from materials in the collection from
Potosi studied by Britton and may therefore have been less common
than the bulk of the fossil flora where the general representation runs
remarkably uniform for the three collections studied.

Cuphea is a large modern genus with about 160 existing species of
herbs and shrubs, otherwise unknown in the fossil state. With the
exception of Cuphea balsamona of the Galapagos and Sandwich
Islands it is confined to America and there chiefly in the equatorial
and subtropical regions. Cuphea viscosissima Jacquin is the only
North American species that extends northward beyond the Gulf
States. There are over 50 species in Mexico and many extend south-
ward along the Andes. There are 77 species in extratropical Brazil.
These are several species in the moister parts of the Peruvian eastern
Andes; thus Cuphea cordata is an under shrub which extends upward
in the less arid parts of this region to elevations of 7,500 feet. The
distribution of Cuphea in the existing flora of Bolivia is unknown,
but the genus is represented in the Santa Cruz and Cochabamba
regions of eastern Bolivia.

GAMOPETALAE.

Order ERICALES.
Family VACCINIACEAE.

Genus GAYLUSSACIA Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth.

GAYLUSSACIA TERTIARIA Engethardt.

Gaylussacia teriaria ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 6, pl.1, figs. 8, 9.

Description.—Leaves spatulate or oblong lanceolate in outline,
with an acuminate apex and a more gradually narrowed acute base.
Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Length ranging from 2.5 to
3 em. Maximum width, in the middie part of the leaf, about 5.5
mm. Petiole missing, or absent. Midrib stout and prominent.
Secondaries numerous, thin, and camptodrome.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 159

This species was described by Engelhardt and has not been recog-
nized in the collections from Potosi studied by me. It was compared
with the existing Gaylussacia ledifolia Martius, a Brazilian species.
Gaylussacia has many existing species of shrubs and undershrubs
widely distributed in the Western Hemisphere from the equator well
into both the North and the South Temperate Zones. The maximum
of species occur in Brazil. On the other hand, the allied genera
Gaultheria and Vacciniwm have numerous Andean species from Cen-
tral America to Chile, and the fossil species may possibly be more
closely related to some of the existing species in the last two genera

Order GENTIANALES.

Family APOCYNACEAE.
Genus APOCYNOPHYLLUM Unger.
APOCYNOPHYLLUM POTOSIANUM, new species.
Plate 18, fig. 13.

Undetermined leaf, Brirron, Trans. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 21, 1893, p. 259,
figs. 64s 67.

Description.—Leaves narrowly linear lanceolate, more or less fal-
cate, with a gradually narrowed acuminate apex and base, presuma-
ably sessile. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous. Midrib stout
and prominent, curved, expanded proximad. Secondaries remote,
diverging from the midrib at wide angles, straight to near the mar-
gin where their ends are joined by flat arches. Thin percurrent veins
subparallel with the arches usually present half way between them
and the midrib. Length ranging from 5 to 6 em. Maximum width,
in the middle part of the leaf, ranging from 3 to 6 mm.

Leaves of this character have been referred to the genus Callis-
temon of the Myrtaceae and to the genus Greviliea of the Proteaceae
as well as to the form genera Acerates and Apocynophyllum. The
last, established for fossil forms of the Apocynaceae of uncertain
generic identity, seems to be the proper reference for these Potosi
forms which are not uncommon although usually broken. The form
and venation are very characteristic. Lack of sufficient recent
material renders comparisons difficult. The form and particularly
the venation warrant the reference of this form to the Apocynaceae
which has a large number of shrubs, trees, and leaves in tropical
South America. A number of genera prominent in the South Ameri-
can flora such as Skytanthus, Aspidosperma, Tabernaemontana, Val-
lesia, Thevetia, Prestonia, Forsteronia, Robbia, etc., have some species
with leaves that are very similar to the fossil.

Cotypes.—Cat. No. 35115, a, b, c, U.S.N.M.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vob. 54.

Order POLEMONIALES.

Family BIGNONIACEAE.
Genus JACARANDA Jussieu.

JACARANDA POTOSINA, new species.

Plate 18, fig. 14.

Descri ption.—Leaflets small and thin, subsessile, lanceolate in out-
line, with a bluntly pomted apex and a narrowly cuneate base.
Margins entire. Length, about 1.5 cm. Maximum width, midway
between the apex and the base, about 3 mm. Petiolule very broad,
short, 1 mm. or less in length, truncate. Midrib attenuated distad,
broad in the lower half of the leaflet, expanding rapidly proximad to its
junction with the petiolule with which it is continuous. Secondaries
thin, numerous, ascending; they diverge frgm the midrib at acute
angles subparallel with one another and the lateral margins and are
connected by. straight oblique. tertiaries.

This well marked new form is referred with some hesitation to the
genus Jacaranda, agreeing with the leaflets of several of the existing
pinnate leafed species with tiny leaflets, as for example, Jacaranda
caroliniana Pohl or Jacaranda cuspidifolia Martius.

The genus Jacaranda comprises about two score existing species of
shrubs of the campos and trees. It is confined to tropical America
and ranges from Bermuda to Brazil, and is abundant in the Amazon
basin. The only other known fossil species is one based upon both
leaflets and seeds described by Ettingshausen ! which Schenk ? thinks
is of doubtful identity. There are poorly preserved specimens of
several varieties of winged seeds present in the Potosi collections, but
none of these can be conclusively referred to the Bignoniaceae.

According to Herzog * Jacaranda cuspidifolia occurs in the vicinity
of Santiago and San Jose and in the hill country of Velasco and a
second species is found in the broken woods along Rio Pirai and Rio
. Yapacani, all localities in eastern Bolivia.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35116, U.S.N.M.
1 Ettingshausen, C. von. Die tertiiire Flora von Hiring in Tutol, 1855, p. 59, pl. 20, figs. 12-20.

2 Schenk, A., Palaeophytologie, 1890, p. 779.
3 Herzog, Th., Pflanzenformationen Ost Bolivias, vol. 44, 1910.

No. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 161

Order RUBIALES.

Family RUBIACEAE.
Genus RUBIACITES Weber.
RUBIACITES NUMMULARIOIDES, new species.
Plate 18, fig. 15.

Description.—Leaves small, ovate, or broadly elliptical in outline,
relatively long petiolate, widest in the middle, with a somewhat nar-
rowed rounded tip and a broadly cuneate base. Margins entire.
Texture coriaceous. Length, about 4 mm. Maximum width, about
3 mm. Petiole stout, curved, about 1.5 mm. in length. Midrib
stout. Secondaries thin, about three subparallel, openly campto-
drome pairs. ‘Tertiaries obsolete.

These small leaves are somewhat suggestive of some species of
Celastraceae, but upon the whole their closest affinities appear to be
with several existing genera of Rubiaceae, and they are consequently
referred to the form genus Rubiacites proposed by Weber for Rubia-
ceous leaves of uncertain generic affinity. Ignoring the exclusively
herbaceous genera comparisons may be made with various existing
species of Anisomeris Presl, Palicourea Aublet, and Coprosma Forster.
None of these genera are recorded as fossils. Anisomeris comprises
about 25 species of shrubs ranging from Venezuela to Paraguay, but
chiefly Brazilian. Coprosma comprises about 40 species of shrubs
and small trees mostly oriental and extending from Java to New
Zealand and in Oceanica to Hawaii but found also on Juan Fernandez
and in Chile. Palicowrea comprises over 100 species of shrubs con-
fined to tropical America and ranging from Mexico and the Antilles to
southern Brazil.

Holotype-—Cat. No. 35117, U.S.N.M.

Order CAMPANULALES.

Family COMPOSITAE.
Genus CYPSELITES Heer.
CYPSELITES POTOSIANUS, new species.
Plate 18, fig. 16.

Description.—A linear, cylindrical achene with a corona of pappus
distad. Surface with about 10 longitudinal ribs. Length, about 3
mm. Diameter, 1.5 mm. This undoubtedly represents the fruit of
some species of Compositae of uncertain generic relationship. It is
represented in the collections by two good specimens and fragments
of others and is referred to the form-genus Cypselites to which Heer has
referred a variety of similar remains from the Miocene of Switzerland.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35118, U.S.N.M. 3

3343—19—Proc.N.M. vol.64—_12

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

INCERTAE SEDIS.
CARPOLITHUS ENGELHARDTI, new name.
Plate 18, fig. 17.

Carpolites ovoideus ENGELHARDT, Sitz, Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden, 1894,
Abh. 1, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 58 (not Corda or Goeppert).

Description.—An elliptical lenticular seed about 9 mm. in diameter
and with a smooth surface, probably representing the seed of some
leguminous tree, but of uncertain generic affinity. There is a single
characteristic specimen in the present collection. Engelhardt’s name
was used by Corda in 1841 for a Paleozoic fruit and again by Goeppert
in 1845 for another Paleozoic fruit, and both have been taken up by
later authors, so that the name of the Potosi form has been changed
as a slight token to M. Engelhardt, its original describer.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35119, U.S.N.M.

CARPOLITHUS, species No. 1.

Plate 18, fig. 19.

A compressed seed or fruit about 7 mm. long and 5 mm. wide
with the hilum at one side and surrounded by a narrow marginal
wing. Possibly referable to the Aceraceae.

Cat. No. 35121, U.S.N.M.

CARPOLITHUS, species No. 2.
Plate 18, fig. 20.

A fruit consisting of five spherical nutlets, each about 4 mm. in
diameter.

Cat. No. 35122, U.S.N.M.

CARPOLITHUS, species No. 3.
Plate 18, fig. 21.

A small, obovate, somewhat compressed seed with three longi-
tudinal oblique ridges on each face, rounded distad and pointed
proximad, one margin nearly straight and the other full and rounded.
About 5 mm. long and 3 mm. wide. Probably corresponds to the
unnamed seed figured from Potosi by Britton in his figure 78.

Cat. No. 35138, U.S.N.M.

CARPOLITHUS, species No. 4.
Plate 18, fig. 22.
A small, somewhat compressed obovate seed longitudinally lined

proximad, about 2 mm. long and 1 mm. in maximum width.
Cat. No. 35123, U.S.N.M.

NO. 2229. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA—BERRY. 1638

CARPOLITHUS, species No. 5.
Plate 18, fig. 23.

A fruit subglobular above, with a long stout peduncle, suggestive
of the Lauraceae. Length, about 7 mm. Maximum width, about
2.5 mm.

Cat. No. 35124, U.S.N.M.

ANTHOLITHUS QUINQUEPARTITA Engelhardt.

Antholithus quinquepartita ENGELHARDT, Sitz. Naturw. Gesell. Isis in Dresden,
1894, Abh. 1, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 57.

A small five parted calyx was described under the above name by
Engelhardt without any suggestion as to its botanical affinity. No
specimens are present in the collections studied by me. In appear-
ance it suggests the Anacardiaceae or Celastraceae.

SPINED STEM.

Plate 18, fig. 18.

There are such a variety of unrelated plants in the modern flora of
the tropics, including ferns, various monocotyledons and numerous
dicotyledons, that possess slender spined stems like the small frag-
ment figured that it is a hopeless task to even pass them in review:
As an additional element in the Potosi flora this specimen deserves
to be placed on record.

Cat. No. 35120, U.S.N.M.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLate 15.

Fic. 1. Polystichum bolivianum Berry.

2. Podocarpus fossilis Engelhardt.

3, 4. Festuca, species.

5. Phragmites, species.

6, 7. Myrica banksioides Engelhardt.

8. Ruprechtia braunit Engelhardt.
Carpolithus viornaformis Berry.
10. Capparis muliinervis Engelhardt.
11. Escallonia wendtii Britton.
12. Weinmannia brittoni Engelhardt.
13. Weinmannia potosina (Britton).
14, 15. Acacia uninervifolia Engelhardt.
16, 17, 18. Acacia dimidiato-cordata Engelhardt.
19. Inga ochseniusi Engelhardt.
20. Pithecolobium brittonianum Berry.
21. Mimosa arcuatifolia Engelhardt.
22. Mimosites engelhardti Berry.
23-29. Calliandra obliqua Engelhardt.
30. Enterolobium grandifolium Engelhardt.
31. Enterolobium parvifolium Engelhardt.
32-34. Cassia singewaldi Berry.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Prare 16.

Fic. 1. Cassia rigiaslifolia Engelhardt.

2,3,4. Cassia wendtii Britton.

5,6. Cassia membranacea Bagelharat.

7,8. Cassia ligustrinaforinis Berry.

9, Cassia cultrifoliaformis Berry. :
10,11. Cassia cristoides Engelhardt.
12,13. Cussia chrysovarpoides Engelhardt.
14. Caesalpinia gmehlingi Engelhardt.
15. Caesalpinia sessilifolioides Berry.

16. Caesalpinites potosianus Berry.
17. Coparfera potosiana Berry.
18. Copaifera corocoriana Berry.

Lev oyagerrind kee

Frias. 1,2. Bauhiiia potosiane Berry.

3. Peltophorum membranaceum Engelhardt.
° 4,5. Amicia antiqua Britton.

6. Machaeriun: eriocurpoides Engelhardt.

7. Muchaerium millert Berry.

8. Dalbergia potostana Berry.

9. Dalbergia (?) antiqua Engelhardt.
10,11. Drepanocarpus franckei Engelhardt.
12. Aeschynomene bolivianum (Engeihardt).
13. Sweetiu tertaria Engelhardt.
14. Lenchocarpus obtusifolius Engelhardt.
15.16,17. Platypodium potosianum Engelhardt.

PuateE 18,
Mia. 1. Leguininosites, species.

2,3. Porlieria tertiaria Britton.

4,5. Passiflora canfielct Britton.

6. Myrieola potosiana Berry.

7. Terminala singewaldi Berry.

8,9. Terminalia untiqua Britton.
10, 11,12. Cuphea antiqua Britton.
13. Apocynophkyllum potosianum Berry.
14. Jacaranda potosina Berry.
15. Rubiacites nummulariordes Berry.
16. Cypselites potosvanus Berry.

7. Carpolithus engelhardti Berry.
18. Spined stenr.
19. Carpolithus, species No.
20. Carpolithus, species No.
21. Carpolithus, species No.
22. Carpolithus, species No.
23. Carpolithus, species No.

Sok eso Soa

U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 15

aS
SP
aes

FOssiL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 163

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 16

rn
iS)

FossiL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 164

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

FossiL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 164

- NATIONAL MUSEUM

FoOssiL PLANTS FROM BOLIVIA

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE FAGE 164

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 18

22 23

A REVIEW OF THE SUBSPECIES OF THE LEACH PETREL,
OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA (VIEILLOT).

By Harry C. OBERHOLSER,
Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture.

Notwithstanding the considerable attention that has been paid to
the petrels of the Oceanodroma leucorhoa group, the last word has
evidently not: yet been said on the subject. Nor do we consider
that all points in this difficult case are settled by the present investi-
gation, which we undertook in connection with the identification of
the specimens of this species in the Biological Survey collection; but
the following notes on the status of the different forms of Oceanodroma
leucorhoa seem worthy of presentation in print while we are waiting
for more material to clear up the remaining uncertainty concerning
their geographic distribution.

The latest author to discuss the relationships of these birds:
recognized two forms—Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa from the
Atlantic Ocean, Bering Sea, and the Aleutian Islands, and Oceano-
droma leucorhoa kaedingt from the Pacific coast of North America
from southern Alaska southward. This conclusion, however, was
arrived at apparently without examination of the type series of
Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingt.

For the present comparisons we have had available the collections
of the United States National Museum, including that of the Biological
Survey of the Department of Agriculture, and also that of the Carnegie
Museum, for which last the writer’s thanks are due Mr. W. E. C.
Todd. This material comprises altogether 158 specimens, repre-
senting nearly all parts of the North American range of the species,
and includes the type series of Oceanodroma kaedingi Anthony,
with, of course, the type, and also the types of Oceanodroma beali
Emerson and QOceanodroma beldingi Emerson. All measurements
have been taken in millimeters, and otherwise as in the writer’s
paper on Butorides virescens.?

We are able to recognize three forms of Oceanodroma leucorhoa, as
set forth below:

OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA LEUCORHOA (Vieillot).
Procellaria leucorhoa ViEmLotT, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., vol. 25, 1817, p. 422
(maritime parts of Picardy, France).

Procellaria leachii TEmmincK, Man. d’Ornith., ed. 2, vol. 2, 1820, p. 812 (St. Kilda
Island, Scotland).

1 Willett, Auk, vol. 32, July, 1915, p. 301.
2 See Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 42, Aug. 29,1912, p. 533.

PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2230. 165

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

P{rocellaria]. Bullockii Firemine, Hist. Brit. Anim., 1828, p. 136 (St. Kilda
Island, Scotland; based on the same specimen as Procellaria leachit Temminck),

Th{alassidroma]. scapulata Krrturrz, Denkwiird. Reise Russ. Amer. Micrones.
und Kamts., vol. 2, 1858, p. 191 (Pacific Ocean off the coast of Japan, in
latitude 37° N.; longitude 148° 30’ E.).

Subspecific characters.—Size large; plumage sooty brown, lighter
below; head slightly plumbeous; rump white; and tail much forked.

Measurements.—Male:! Wing, 145-157 (average, 152.9) mm.; tail,
77.5-88 (84.8); exposed culmen, 16-17 (16.4); height of bill at base,
5.8-6.8 (6.2); tarsus, 22-25 (23.8); middle toe without claw, 19.5-22
- (20.6); fork of tail, 15.5-23 (19.3). Female:? Wing, 148-163 (aver-
age, 155.6) mm.; tail, 80-90 (85.8); exposed culmen, 15-17.1 (16.1);
. height of bill at nacens 6.8 (6.3); tarsus, 23-25.8 (24.1); middle toe
without claw, 18.8-22 (20.6); fork of tail, 15.5-26.5 (19.7).

Type-locality.—Maritime parts of Picardy, France.

Geographic distribution.—North Atlantic Ocean and North Pacific
Ocean: breeds from southern Greenland and Iceland south to Maine
and Ireland, and from the Aleutian and Commander Islands to the
Kuril Islands. Migrates east to Sicily, south in the Atlantic Ocean
to Virginia, the Bermuda Islands, the Equator, and casually even to
South Africa; in the Pacific Ocean to Japan and Midway Island.

Remarks.—Petrels of this species from the Aleutian Islands and
the middle and western portions of the North Pacific Ocean, includ-
ing the Commander and Kuril Islands, appear to be slightly darker
than birds from the North Atlantic Ocean, but this is probably due
to the age of the specimens rather than to any subspecific difference;
and since our series does not show them to be satisfactorily different,
they must bear the name Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa. A speci-
men from the Ugashik River on the mainland of Alaska, west of the
Alaska Peninsula, taken, December 3, 1881, is apparently also refer-
able to this form.

Average measurements of specimens from the different parts of
the range of this subspecies are as follows:

ee
; \ wi F posed | of bill | “the ork
Locality. | Wing. | Tail. ene nt Tarsus. with of tail:
men. | base. claw
|
| Se eee
| mm: | mm. | mm. | mm mm. m. :
Ten males from northeastern North America..; 152.9 84.8 16.4 6.2 23.8 20.6 19.3
Five males from the North Pacific Ocean..-.. 3.4 84.8 16.0 6.1 24.8 19.5 21.0
Hight females from northeastern North Amer-
BL) AOR). © X52 See ee to es Aeenee 0) See Ye 155.6 85.8 16.1 6.3 24.1 20.6 19.7
Two females from the North Pacific Ocean... 153.8 84.8 15.7 5.9 25.0 20.3 17.5

Birds of this species evidently become much more brownish and
sometimes paler after lying in the cabinet for a long term of years,

1 Ten specimens, from northeastern North America.
2 Hight specimens, from northeastern North America.

No. 2230. REVIEW OF OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA—OBERHOLSER. 167

since fresh birds are usually darker. The more or less plumbeous cast
of the plumage is entirely an individual variation, and the complete
lack of it is often due to the age of the skin, like the brownish cast
above mentioned. The whitish edgings on the secondaries and
tertials, used sometimes by authors as a subspecific or specific dis-
tinction, are an indication of fresh plumage, for these apparently
soon either partially or completely wear away by abrasion of the
feathers. The measurements given above bring out the fact that
the female of this subspecies, as in all the other forms of the species,
averages slightly larger than the male.

The writer has examined 34 specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa
leucorhoa, including, in addition to those from the localities men-
tioned in the subjoined table of measurements, birds from the
Potomac River and from the State of New York, both without date
of capture.

Measurements of specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa.

| ' lund ot |
3 3 |
U.S.N.M wales] esl a
"Nie. 2 «|ebes Locality. Date. Collector. 20 pies . 2o| 2
& | , (oFlgs| 3 igs :
S |aG ie }e tole
Flee} fF Jal |e
mm. \mm.jmm.'mm.|mm.\mm.|mm,
G238 7 ese sic Male... Cee Ne Tease tionesisie H. Herrick..| 148.5\84 |16 | 6.8/24.1/20.8/15.5
an
62386 To. o 6]... Ovees lees (0 oY ey Ac a a GOesecce 157 |84.5/16.5) 6.2/22 |20 |20
93003 1...-.|..- do....| Off Nantucket | July 28, 1883 | J. E. Bene- | 152 |88 |16 | 6 |24.5|19.5/21
Shoals, Mass. | dict. |
93007 25. - al sae G0scsaiaeees Otic tee ctalets July 27,1883 |..... Gomatsce 155 |87 |17 | 6 (24 |22 His
7023815 oes do....; Bank Quereau, | Sept.13,1878 | R. L. New- | 156 |87 |17 | 6.5)23 |20 (|23
North Atlantic comb.
Ocean.
(ay7: DE esc do....| Sable Island Bank, | Sept. 3,1878 | U. S. Fish | 154.5)87 16.2} 6 |25 (21 |22.5
Nova Scotia. Commis-
75243 1 -do.. d 6.1/24 |20.2/16
25278 1.....|...do- 6.5)23.3)21 118
11941... = GO0-se5 nD . 6 |24.8/21 /21
94554252 335|5.< do....| Fort Chimo, Un- Faly 12,1882 | L.M.Turner| 155 (83 |16 | 5.8/23.5/20.5/17.5
gava, Quebec.
654285"... 2-22 -do-22 ate Island, Alaska.| June 20,1873 | W.H.Dall..| 151 |84 16.5) 5.9/25.5/19.2/19.5
192387. ....| Male?.. Kiska Island, Alaska.| Sept. 17, 1904 | J. H. Egbert) 153 /87 |15.1] 5.3/24 |19 125.1
211226. ....| Male... Near Midway Island, Nov. 9 1907 | P. Bartsch..| 155.583 16.5) 6.2)25.5/20.1|16.5
Pacific Ocean, Lat.
af N.; Long. 179°
211225. ....!...do....| Near Midway Is-!Nov..5,19 |....- do. -! 158.5|86 |16.2) 6.1124.5/21 |22
land, Pacific
Ocean, Lat. 27°
20’ oo Long. 172°
45’ W
201457.....|...do....| Simushir Island, | June 23,1904 | A. H. Clark.| 149 |84 |15.5] 6.8)24.5118 |22
Kuril Islands, Ja-
an.
93004 3..... Female.| Off Nantucket | July 28,1883 | J. E. Bene- | 148 (87 (17.1/ 6 |25.8/20.5/16
E Shoals, Mass. dict.
111719 1....|...do....| Bird Rocks, Gulf of | July 9,1887 | W. Palmer..| 152 |80 |15 | 6.7/23.5/19.2)15.5
St. Lawrence,
Quebec.
PAV TS ee een overs G2. GOs ice “GObece cece sates dov--s 156 (84 /16.5} 6 |23.5/20 |17.5
10280 Rasen ales -do....| Bank Quereau, ‘Sept. 13,1878 | R. L. New- | 163 |90 |16 | 6 (|24.8/20.3/26.5
North Atlantic comb.
Ocean.
V264S ee, calles 2 do....| Potomac River......| —— —,185- | J. Varden...) 151.5/87.5|15 | 6.8/23.5)/18. 8/20
111858 1....|...do....| Off Cape Sable, | Aug.30,1887 | W. Palmer...) 155 |86 |17 | 6.5|23 |22 |23.5
Nova Scotia. |
111765 1....)...do....) Penguin Island, | July 24,1887 |..... dos. sco 158 |84 |15.5) 6 |24.5/21.8/17.7
Newfoundland.

1 Used in measurement averages on p. 166.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von. 54.

Measurements of specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa—Continued .

Ze] E
Bie (se
x © =
J : 1]O Sala
UE NM: Sex. Locality. Date. Collector. Ss| S| |ss/s
: ; | |BAls.} 8 iss] 5
| a, |e! a uo) o| +4
(Zh ier | Pees) IS
BR |e le |e

. |mm.|mm.|\mm.|mm.\mm.
108426 1....| Female.| Fox Islands, Maine. .| June 19,1880 | M. Hardy...| 161 |88 /16.8) 6 |24 /22 :
211228. ....|...do....| Near Midway Island | Nov.11,1907 | P. Bartsch..| 150 (86 {15.4| 5.6/24.5/21 {17.
Pacific Ocean,
Lat. 26° N.; Long.
p 174° 16’ E.

201458. . ...|...do....| About 100 miles east | June 12,1906 | A. H. Clark.| 157.5)83.5/16 | 6.2/25.5)19.5/17.5
of Miedni Island,
Commander Is-
lands, Kamchatka.

3
S
as

930062 See alee nest Off Nantucket | July 27,1883 | J. E. Bene- | 153 (82 |16 | 6.2/24.5/21 {15
Shoals, Mass. dict.

B42 Gy Pere aie aml ai epetT a Bay of Fundy, New |...........-.. J. R. Willis .| 156.5/91 |15.8] 6. 4/24. 2/19. 1/25
Brunswick.

740 O74 oh ese S once Near Midway Island,} Nov.11,1907 | P. Bartsch...) 154 (84 {16 | 5.9/25.7/18.5/16

Pacific Ocean, Lat.
26° N.; Long.
174° 16’ E.

1 Used in measurement averages on p. 166.
OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA BEALI Emerson.

Oceanodroma beali Emerson, Condor, vol. 8, March 20, 1906, p. 54 (Sitka Bay,
Alaska).

Oceanodroma beldingi Emerson, Condor, vol. 8, March 20, 1906, p. 54 (Netarts
Bay, coast of Oregon).

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa,
but decidedly smaller, particularly the wing, tail, exposed culmen,
and middle toe.

Measurements.—Mate:? Wing, 138-151 (average, 144.8) mm.; tail,
75-84 (80.1); exposed culmen, 14.5-15.2 (14.8); height of bill at
base, 5.5-6.5 (5.8); tarsus, 22.5-24 (23.2); middle toe without claw,
17.2-19.8 (18.3); fork of tail, 13-22 (18.2). Female:* Wing, 143.5-
152 (average, 147.6) mm.; tail, 78.5-84.5 (81.6); exposed culmen,
14.5-15.1 (14.9); height of bill at base, 5.5-6 (5.7); tarsus, 22.1-24.2
(23.1); middle toe without claw, 18-19.5 (18.7); fork of tail, 15-18.8
(17.4).

Type-locality.—Sitka Bay, Alaska.

Geographic distribution. —Coast region of northwestern North Amer-
ica: breeds from southeastern Alaska south to the coast of Oregon;
migrates south to the coast of California.

Remarks.—There is apparently no color difference between this
race and Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa, nor any appreciable dif-
ference in the depth of the fork of the tail, but the present form is
sufficiently smaller to warrant subspecific separation; in fact, birds
from Washington and Oregon have been commonly referred to Ocea-

2 Eleven specimens, from the coast of Oregon and Washington.
3 Nine specimens, from the coast of Oregon and Washington.

no. 2230. REVIEW OF OCHANODROMA LEUCORHOA—OBERHOLSER. 169

nodroma leucorhoa kaedingi, but, as shown below, they are certainly
not the same as that bird. Specimens from the coast region of Wash-
ington and Oregon are most different from Oceanodroma leucorhoa
lewcorhoa, and in present comparisons these have therefore been used
as typical. Those from the latter locality form the basis of Oceano-
droma beldingi Emerson.t. The birds from the vicinity of Sitka,
described by Emerson as Oceanodroma beali,! do not, however, as
supposed by him, differ in color from the birds of Oregon, such differ-
ence as was noted by the describer’ being due to individual varia-
tion. Although the birds from Sitka (Oceanodroma bealt) are, it is
true, slightly larger than those from Oregon, the difference is alto-
gether too slight to warrant recognition in nomenclature, and the
two supposed races must therefore be united under the name
Oceanodroma beali, which name has anteriority.

Average measurements of birds from the different parts of the
range of this subspecies are added below:

ing | | . We hee
Ex- | Height “Midate

i : ; | Fork
Locality. | Wing. | Tail. | posed | of bill | | Tarsus. He eee
P ‘\without} of tail.
culmen.|at base. cai

| claw.
|

Eleven males from the coast of Washington | mm. mm. mm, mm.
BNGEOTOCON sae ete ote atc emsiece cceaee 144.8 80.1 14.8

am mm. mm, mm.
Ten males from the vicinity of Sitka, Alaska.) 146.7 81.1 15.3 6.
5
5

23.2 18.3 18.2
23.2 18.5 19.2

0
Eth 23.1 18.7 17.4
Bt) 23.3 18.9 18.7

Nine ca from the coast of Washington
and! Oregon =f asec oka onoe tes cestode wuss 147.6 | 81.6 14.9
Ten femmes rari the vicinity of Sitka, Alaska.| 149.0 81.3 15.3

A nestling taken by Mr. G. Willett (No. 239960, U.S.N.M.) on St.
Lazaria Island, Alaska, August 11, 1912, has the body barely covered
with down, and is so young that the feathers apparently have just
begun to grow. In color it is, above, plain grayish brown, between
mouse gray and hair brown; and below, of the same color but darker.
The date of this specimen indicates the breeding season of the species,
which is further corroborated by a nestling taken on Carroll Island,
Washington, on August 10, 1915.

Altogether, 99 specimens of this race have been available. In
addition to the localities already mentioned and those included in
the table of measurements below, the following localities are repre-
sented by specimens:

Neah Bay, Washington; Destruction Island, Washington (July 11,
1915); Chemoluro Island, Alaska (May 24 and 28, 1884; June 21,
1884); Belkofski Island, Alaska (September 10, 1893); and Forrester
Island, Alaska (June 23, 1887, July, 1913, June 23 and 29, 1914).

1 Condor, vol. 8, Mar. 20, 1906, p. 54.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 54.

170

“UOSIOUI 26U2p129 DULO.LPOUDIIO JO dA, p SOT ‘d UO Sosv.lOAe JUOWIO.MSCOUL UI Pas) ¢ “MOSIOUL 27099 DULOLpOUNIIO JO OdA, z *10}09][00 04} Aq YSey oy} Ur pornseoyy 1
8I T 8 GE g°¢ TST €8 cep een a 53528 2 Oem WOSE iG OUNCE ieee ges ee eek eee es ea ee OD eam ig SOD Ra |ae a aenne LOL2OT: WNND Se!
8°8T G61 &% 8's Cer 08 SPL “OP= =" |2°5 55" 8 SSZ29T “NSO
2°81 61 8° g's by 18 OSD alae eae | eo OD ae a ae NOD ee om aa oe eee peer ets gtk we LD rea "=O De” ad oe “"e LSZ2ST “WN'S' 0
ST 8T € GS 9 6°FL 28 CRT esos Soo stage eo Doers aes = RODEO Ae Gena > pula wees wn oh pO pl) Oa] Se "77" "9 PSLZZ9T “NSO
€ ‘81 8T Gv 8°¢ 8 FL 68 SRN et: ge alb Sa er ge ee = OD CS ala a it oe eee a SRO DE Fa “MODIS = meets “s 8SZ2ST ‘WN'S'0.
SLT 61 £6 gq TST G82 OUI See On| TRS Me EOD ages LOST Oc CONE. We © aS aes eo eae ae OD oan “OD ie “2 @S2ZS5T “WN'S'O
¢°ST 61 GES g°¢ SI £8 GOST TERM PABA GHE angi OSES SSeS Toy;uryse A ysnd BT |" -Op™~ 8 OSZLST “WN'S'0
8°LT G6 8 °ES 9 8 °F G'F8 OST Se 7s5-MoMOteO (Sil PIG o ATE ss Wose1Q ‘s}18]0N “Syooy Yory eelqy | “OPs "| e861 “Ba1Q “ydeq eure
"MOD0L0
4 a 3 a Tee ee ¥ At es 4 sal Sa ee “-uBUqog “i “H | 106 ‘9 : pee ‘S}IBJ0N ‘Syooy Yory oemyy, “Yoo wWiyng Eas eel as g rp ee \L‘H
. ; “6 r : SESS Eee gay pea lbewersotegesacee orsoo 47 55Uene =*0pse*|-s2 eee" “61968 “INN'S
(a4 8°81 GF g29 GOL G8 CcT Z16L ‘IT “sny w NS’
¢6L 6°81 8°ES 9 cI ¢8 GST GI61 ‘g “ony NSO
o‘9T ¢‘8T 9°CS ) ia A! G62 ica ZI61‘e “sny ‘NW N'S'O
¢'6L L°8T 8 °CS 8° 8°71 18 OST S161 ‘s ‘sny ‘WNS' 01
ST 6I € | o°¢ ¢°ST 62 L¥L Z16I‘S “sny WN'S'0
ie a8 G‘8T €°GS g's ST ¢°9L €FL reget RODE Se lee ee ES nee eee eee pep) Ue ‘WNS'1
0G ¢ "61 € 9 8°ST G°€8 FST ZLB Lalen SO Vac lees ee ae ca eee aa ee ae 50 Drees ‘WN'S'2
8T 8T G°& 9 G°cT G8 o'ShT gs ce) Ue il bee et Ete aie ee EEE eS SSOpE ‘WN'S'0
we oe oe on I ae ar racy Te oe “eysely ‘punog vxyI1g ‘pueysy eee 48 ae NS’ on
; F = ; aL ope fe HR ROUS dC Soca SREEs os soo Sd= Set sndsea tae Ses-9pe t=: NS"
‘me | se let (| Boa Hite aun [so ey heed
a
81 81 €% 9 SI €8 61 he ROD ean Sia Be O De 5 | pacman gE CLG Te SIENTS Sel
LT GL £% 9 G'ST GL 8s SO DLE lee eae MORE Shes “79 9G225T ‘TAN’ S'O
6t | SST vw | G'S SI | 9°62 ad See a Pw BO pe aay ante L681 ‘oz eune Ope |e “9 61061 “WCN'S'
cM PPR SESE | th |e foc) ARR PR GA So eg SG re
ol opr | G62. | apt [etcctcctttcee Opes] BIOL ® | Apne [rocco es Saooae ---op--|*e
eI BUT | 2° | 99 SI LL as Ver aiio Me Pe Re SP TOL Gy ATMalee macnn eee oer ee eae copes << “"Op"" "|" ¢ SZBI “8010 “adoq eure)
61 GUT | 9% | 9°9 SI 28 EFL ae pam TO6T‘L oun |*-*"° Wose1 ‘s11BION “SyOoY ee ear, |7-7OD" "|" 7 7 eg UBWTYOR AL “A
ef eke FER PR | ogee [age EGR ANE ay [oon ae eS oar ee
; A x Z Sate asda Bee A
@°61 ¢°8T &@ €°‘9 SI 18 PRL | £06 yak POD eS ee) Ue Baca SU hee WNS'D
Lt 6I | 8 "8% 9 | Tot. | gree eI | 661 SIGL G,. “SIV |e eae AE hag s:. ape ODM nea Reena ‘WN'S"0
G°ST 8T G "ES 8's 8°FI §8 Or Sbies | iS0G | Wie, Weim es Ob weet | eeatre: “SO Doma ee TRE ae pee Sige ee oS ee ee ODE sant POD all hem ‘WN'S'O
8 °%S ¢'8T GG 8°9 ST gg StI | 102 eI161‘T “sny WNS'0
Ba 4 8°8T 9° 9 G°ST 98 COT a S0G- = 1G > angus, ea | pei POD tan A ‘WN'S'0
L°81 61 a <6 69 9T G°LL eer SOC! see CORES Re ieee = SODAS: ‘WN'S'O
50 S'S | 9° 9 ST | S08 | S°6hT | FOr erer ‘te Arne WN'S'0
GE | aa gE g°g¢ as 18 OLOF Diente: ten aI ey ““J2°TTIM “9 | ST6T (Lb Aqng |-eysepy ‘punog vyyIg “puLysT LENA TS EUS ed Oi ***"06L0%6 JUN N’S'0
“eH ae eon aaa qe ee ¢ one 08 ss Sa: [QUITS SP OBS TG oMIW a |i sarc ae eerie “"""gBNSeTV “@XUS | OLB | ” ““OPPT [SUNNY “Lf
‘ “MBO c
Ire eseq 4e |‘mataTNo ,
on ‘- ee cy “snsie J, un ue Peso ‘Treg, | -Surm |! te a “10409109 018 “AqTBO0'T ‘xeg | ‘sequmu pue umesnyy
eIPPLA ' rag

"4ypaq voysoona) DULO.poUDnaIG fo suaunoods fo syuamainsvayy

NO. 2230. REVIEW OF OCHANODROMA LEUCORHOA—OBERHOLSER. 171

OCEANODROMA LEUCORHOA KAEDINGI Anthony.
Oceanodroma kaedingi ANTHONY, Auk, vol. 15, No. 1, January, 1898, p. 37 (‘‘at
sea near Guadalupe Island, Lower California’’).

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali, but
decidedly smaller, especially the wing, tail, tarsus, and middle toe,
the greatest difference appearing in the shortness of the tail; tail
much less forked; and pileum more distinctly plumbeous.

Measurements.—Male:! Wing, 137-145 (average, 140.4) mm.; tail,
66.5-74.5 (71.1); exposed culmen, 12.8-15 (13.9); height of bill at
base, 4.5-6. (5.4); tarsus, 20-21.5 (20.6); middle toe without claw,
15.3-17.2 (16.5); fork of tail, 9.8-17.5 (13.6). Female:? Wing, 138-
145.5 (average, 142.6) mm.; tail, 67.5-77 (72.4); exposed culmen,
13.5-14 (13.9); height of bill at base, 5-6 (5.5); tarsus, 19.5-21.3
(20.7) ; middle toe without claw, 15-17.8 (16.4); fork of tail, 10-18.5
(12.6).

Type-locality.— Pacific Ocean off the coast of northern Lower Cali-
fornia, in latitude 31° N.; longitude 117° W.

Geographic distribution—The Pacific coast and islands of Lower
California, south to Clarion and Socorro Islands in the Revillagigedo
group, Mexico, and north probably also to southern California.

Remarks.—This race is similar to Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa,
but in size differs decidedly more from the typical subspecies than
it does from Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali. Although the depth of the
forking of the tail varies somewhat, as may be seen in the appended
table of measurements, it is much less in Oceanodroma leucorhoa
kaedingi than in either of the two other subspecies, and is an excellent
character for distinguishing the present race. Although Oceanodroma
leucorhoa beali is of the same color as Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa,
the present form seems to differ in the more distinctly plumbeous
shade of the pileum, which the excellent series at our disposal shows
to be fairly constant. As may be seen by the above-given characters,
Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi is much more different from either
Oceanodroma leucorhoa leucorhoa or Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali than
the two latter are from each other, but it is undoubtedly only a
subspecies, since its characters intergrade individually with those of
Oceanodroma leucorhoa beali.

All the specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi at present
known have been taken at sea near Guadalupe Island, Lower Cali-
fornia, or off the coast of northern Lower California, or in the region
southward to the Revillagigedo Islands. Its breeding ground is not
definitely known, but may be assumed to be some of the islands
within this area. However, it may be a breeding bird on the islands
off central and southern California, as birds of this species from the

1 Seventeen specimens, from the Pacifie Ocean, off the coast of northern Lower California.
2 Hight specimens, from the Pacific Ocean, off the coast of northern Lower California.

1eZ PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Farallon Islands, California, have not been available in the present
connection.

Among the birds examined, not only of this form, but of the two
other subspecies of Oceanodroma leucorhoa as well, are specimens in
which the middle upper tail-coverts are more or less extensively,
sometimes wholly, brown; and in the series of Oceanodroma leucorhoa
kaedingi are four specimens, males and females, that have very
little white on the upper tail-coverts, this being restricted to the
outer vanes of the shortest lateral feathers. This variation is
apparently individual, but it may be a lingering mark of the juvenal
plumage.

Twenty-five specimens of this form have been examined, all of
which are included in the following table of measurements:

Measurements of specimens of Oceanodroma leucorhoa kaedingi.

|3 S
1S |e EE.
Carnegie | |2 5 ES
Museum Sex. Locality. Date. | Collector. 3: ae Sele
No. | | | 3B aie a a ao iv
| ne x le |S|IE 15
| Fleiss M jal |e
| I
1897 | mm. |mm.|mm.|mm.|mm,|mm.|mm.
222101 | Male...) Pacific Ocean, near Gua-| July 18] A. W. An-| 145 |70 |14 5) 5.2,21 |16 /11.8
dalupe Island, Lower thony. | |
California, Lat. 28° } |
om N.; Long. 118° 31’ |
222191 |...do....| Pacific Ocean, off north-| July 25 do.......| 144 /74.5)14.5, 4.5)20.5)15. 5/16
ern Lower California,
| Lat. aoa N.; Long. |
| 11 : |
22228 stdOs.. slece ee GOs Sits aaetiaceeces tee Ost cel araten do.......| 137.5/70 |14.5) 5.1/2 |16. 2/14
22226 ©. 2.d0.-.2|..2-- 0 (ee Sree Psd Osea ne| sees dos. | 139 |72 |13.8 5.8/20 |17 {15.2
7 Pape ANN Beets CBee eae GOS Mets ce-ch aee = 22Osee 2] 2 sesC0ocs2.5-| 0140) ||7l 113.8, Ge 205) 7,2114
22232 LN Ol sae Cee ws OO Ra anepepadcriccce Oss eral voce OO Sah 148 (70 (14 | 5.5/21 15.813
222208 ||. Oe oe alana GOS. Ssemiasistisacieecas Sel Seo. Fe eecdOseccans 138 |70 |13 | 6 |21 |16 /15
22250 ecedOseeel ecice GOs sees se asses oat GOs. okclsacce do.ss.5..|° 140) |71 fe cel'5.2/20: 5:10 12
22222) |...d0....|....< GOsss8 sete see senses sec OOene e Be eee OOnercn | lS (GS) uIL2a8 Deol tai a Ones
DIAG | SSC 0.5 SLE Sed Osc eaas socaes eee .--G0.....|....-d0.-.....| 139. 5/66. 5/14.3; 5.1120 |17.2) 9.8
DIAS ON. GOs. a|ee 2 Oc oo sac eee waa Sedo: eos So. Sd Ose we 140.5)73 {13.8 5.5/20.816 14.8
2223RP EMO LealeecesdOvec ce <a tien oa ae Sidodsed| i252 do.......| 137 |71 [14 | 5 120,217 116.3
Dees Os oa (GO Beoewoceecscnonees $2.00 ser ne anendO.s.22-0|) 108) (oollaan| Oso eOso ide ake
22230" 52800. seston doe GOL eee chee earns aro KO See wapesdOsecues-| 1429 72051405) 5.221 16. 814.7
Ped 22 (Ore asl et Once ene ceaismanee vss ses. 2 Os. s eee 139.5/73 |13 |6. |21.5)17 /|11.8
222301 22 dol..c|so8 dows Rie et PAdons jst dor 2 23 143/74 15 | 5.821 |17.217.5
PDA S| <<GO. sae leeces Os Scie owen eeciionas Bed eee eos ac dole. 140 |69 13.5 5.220 |15.3/12.2
222111 | Female| Pacific Ocean, near Gua-| July 18 |.....do....... 143 |67.5)14 | 51/21 |17.3)13
dalupe Island, Lower | | | |
California, Lat. 28° 35’ | | |
N.; Long. 118° 30’ W. a ees!
222291 |...do....| Pacific Ocean, off north-|} July 25 |.....do.......| 144 |70 (14 | 5.5/21.3)17.8)11.7
ern Lower California, omc.
Let: 31° N.; Long. 117° |
:
D222 d|| cad Once eaten GOs Sat set sees: SF d0s22 55 eee OOs. see) 140 t80/14 3 j21 17. 2/11.5
2271815) dow etieeeee dO. sie ee enone SEOs a doses (eL45 a dann Lannb 2216 a 0G mini
2223415 Se dO Jon =|-e eed Ose. 2 eee eri ese. odd O4tt..|Ploks do.......| 145.5)/75. 5/13. 7) 5. 8/19, 8 15. 8/18. 5
22233) || 2d0.--<|<-- == GOsso ae aster ee tees BRE (OR anal seer GO.- s2o2 144 [74 (13.5) 5.1/19.5)15 |13
PIPPIN | sates Si aber) One a soc bapuoseneseS BPG One hie lect One cPatee 138 {69 |13.8 5 |21 |16 |10
D721 | Ae Co Sa eae Co RL Se SU OG. leas das ree 141 ae | 6 j21 |16 {12.3
| |

1Used in measurement averages on p. 171.
2 Type of Oceanodroma kaedingi Anthony.

DESCRIPTION OF HYMENOCEPHALUS TENUIS, A NEW
MACRUROID FISH FROM THE HAWAITAN ISLANDS.

By Cuarves H. Grmpert and Cari L. Husss,
Of Stanford University, California.

During the course of their studies on the macruroid fishes of the
Japanese and Philippine faunas, the authors have reexamined several
of the Hawaiian species of this group, resulting in the discovery of
an undescribed species of Hymenocephalus, widely different from any
of the described forms. The description of this new species forms
the basis of the present paper.

HYMENOCEPHALUS TENUIS, new species.

Hymenocephalus striatulus GipBEeRtT, Bull. U. 8. Fish Comm., 1903 (1905), sec. 2,
p. 665 (in part, including only the specimen from Station 3920).

Type-speciomen.—75 mm. long to end of tail, 20 mm. long to anus;
dredged off the southern coast of Oahu, one of the Hawaiian Islands,
at Albatross station 3920; depth, 265 to 280 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature, 44.6 Fahr.; Cat. No. 78177, U.S.N.M.

In its form this species differs from all others, being the only one
in which the head is not compressed. The width of the cylindrical
head is half its length and is just equal to its greatest depth, which
is also the greatest depth of the body. Preocular length of snout,
1.3 in orbit, 3.6 in Jength of head. The length of the orbit is a
little greater than its vertical height, and is contained 1.15 times
in the postorbital, or 2.65 times in the entire length of the head.
The hinder margin of the pupil is equidistant from the tip of the
snout and from the end of the opercle. The sides of the inter-
orbital area are strongly concave; its least width is contained 6
times in the head; the least suborbital width is about 0.3 the orbital
length. The barbel’is not quite half the length of the orbit. The
upper jaw extends from below the front of the nasal fossa back-
wards and slightly downwards almost to below the hinder margin
of the orbit. Length of upper jaw 2.25 in that of head. The gill-
rakers are tubercular and are fewer in number than in any other

PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 223]. 173

174 PROCEEDINGS GF VHE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vOL. 54,

species, there being only about 10 in the similar double series of
the outer;two arches. They are scarcely less rudimentary than in
the species of the genera related to Coryphaenoides and Lionurus.
The structure of the head is comparatively firm.

The distance between anus and base of ventral fins equals that
between tip_of snout and hinder margin of pupil, and is a little
longer than the distance from base of ventral to fold of the gill-
membranes where they cross the isthmus. Laterally the gill-
membranes are free from the isthmus.

The lens-like structure before the anus is longitudinally elliptical
in outline, and is a little longer than the similar but more nearly
circular organ on the midventral line before the ventral fins.

The scales are largely lost, but several are retained along the
sides and on the belly. They are all smooth and are marked with
numerous concentric striae. About three rows of scales seem to
separate the lateral line from the front of the first dorsal fin.

The distal portion of the second dorsal spine is weakly but dis-
tinctly denticulate, as in no other described species of the genus.
The base of the first dorsal fin is contained 1.8 times in the inter-
dorsal space, 1.3 times in the postocular length of the head. The
rays of the paired fins are slender and weak; the outer ventral ray
extends not quite to the anus and is contained 1.7 in the head; the
inner ventral rays are shorter than the orbit and extend but half-
way to the anus. The first anal rays are also shorter than the orbit.
There are 8 rays in the ventral fin.

The ground color is yellowish brown, darkest about the base of
the first dorsal fin; a median silvery streak is evident along the tail;
the sides of the head and trunk to above the pectoral base are bright
silvery in color, separated by an indistinct darker streak from the
color of the back. The region before the ventral fins is blackish,
with coppery luster near the isthmus. The head is marked by a
dark streak along the front of the snout, one along the inner margin
of the jaw next the teeth, and one along the crest forming the side
of each mandibular ramus. The gular membrane is crossed regularly
by fine parallel black lines, which are not separated by silvery streaks
and are not to be confounded with the true striae of the abdominal
region, which are of rather restricted development in this species.
These fine striae extend forward from immediately above the ventral
base, fading out along the sides of the isthmus. Behind the ventrals,
they can barely be distinguished for a short distance. There are
none immediately in front of the ventral base, and none immediately
below the bases of the pectorals. The abdominal region is punctulate
with very large chromatophores with pearly centers. The sides of
the trunk above the silvery region are finely and densely punctulate.
The chromatophores on the tail are coarser and sparser, occurring

No. 2231. A NEW MACRUROID FISH—GILBERT AND HUBBS. 175

largely in oblique rows which follow the grooves between the myo-
tomes. A similar metameric arrangement is apparent in the squa-
mation of the tail. The buccal and branchial cavities are wholly lined
with silvery or white, with the exception of a few scattered spots on
the inner surface of the opercles.

Only the one specimen is known. It is evidently immature but
can not represent the young stage of any other species, as we have
examined much smaller specimens of numerous other species and
find that they do not in the least resemble this form.

BIDS COLLECTED BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT ON: VARIOUS
ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA.

By Harry C. OBERHOLSER,
Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculiure.

The present paper contains the ornithological results of Dr. W. L.
Abbott’s visits to four islands in the Java Sea. .

The writer has to thank Doctor Abbott for most of the physio-
graphic facts concerning these islands; and Dr. Charles W. Richmond,
assistant curator of birds in the United States National Museum, for
other help.

The measurements used are all given in millimeters, and have been
taken as in the author’s article on Butorides virescens.' The names
of colors are based on Mr. R. Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color
Nomenclature.

I. SOLOMBO BESAR ISLAND.

Solombo Besar Island, Solombo Island, or Masolombo Besar, as it
is variously called, is situated in the eastern part of the Java Sea. It
lies about 90 miles south of Borneo, about 145 miles north of the
nearest point of the eastern end of Java, and some 120 miles east of
Bawean Island. It is approximately 2 by 4 miles in extent, is of vol-
canic origin, though now surrounded by a coral reef, and has a low
but rather uneven contour, which culminates in a hill some 250 feet
in height. The soil is fertile and is extensively cultivated by the
resident population. Nearly all the heavy forest has been cleared,
and the chief remaining portion is to be found on and about the hill
already mentioned. The principal native mammals are rats and flying
_ foxes; and there are also many cattle running wild. Birds in 1907
were abundant and tame, though apparently of few species.

Dr. W. L. Abbott visited this island from December 3 to 6, 1907,
and during this time collectéd 33 specimens of birds, which he sent to
the United States National Museum. These represent 10 species, 8
of which are hereinafter described as new forms. One of these new
birds belongs to an apparently undescribed endemic genus. Also

3348—19—Proce.N.M.vol.54 Gs 177

178 PROCEEDINGS OL THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

No birds have heretofore been reported from Solombo Besar, and
Doctor Abbott’s brief stay probably has not nearly phd its
ornithological possibilities. Judging from the admittedly inadequate
basis offered by the few species of birds catalogued below, this island
appears to be faunally more closely related to Java and nae than
to Borneo. :

Family FALCONIDAE.

CERCHNEIS MOLUCCENSIS MICROBALIA, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Cerchneis moluccensis occiden-
talis, from Celebes, but with the blackish brown spots and bars of
back, scapulars, and upper surface of wings decidedly smaller;
blackish streaks on pileum somewhat narrower; and blackish mark-
ings of lower surface smaller.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181449, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, March 12, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper
surface auburn, rather lighter on rump and pileum, the latter nar-
rowly streaked with black, the cervix, back, and rump with sub-
triangular spots or bars of black, these most numerous on cervix,
largest on the back and smallest on the rump; upper tail-coverts
neutral gray, the tips more or less washed with auburn; tail light .
neutral gray above, with a broad band of black near its end, and a
rather wide tip of partly grayish, partly whitish, light-pmkish cin-
namon; tail below similar; but paler; wing-quills fuscous black, the
outer webs, excepting the outermost two primaries, conspicuously
spotted basally with auburn, the inner webs barred with the same
color, which, on the inner edge of the feathers, passes into white,
the amount of auburn decreasing toward the outer quills until on
the outermost the bars are nearly all white; primary coverts with
alternating broad bars of fuscous black and auburn; remaining
wing-coverts auburn, with subtriangular spots or narrow bars of
black; subocular region pale grayish, finely streaked with black;
lower parts cinnamon, rather duller anteriorly, the jugulum and
sides of throat heavily streaked with fuscous black, the breast and
upper abdomen thickly strewn with roundish or subtriangular spots
of fuscous black, the thighs and crissum immaculate; lower wing-
coverts white, barred, spotted, and streaked, but rather sparingly,
with black and neutral gray; axillars white, but much tinged with
auburn and heavily barred with fuscous black and neutral gray;
‘“‘feet yellow.” Total length,’ 338 mm.; wing, 230; tail, 152; ex-
posed culmen, 19.5; culmen from cere, 15; tarsus, 42.5; middle toe
without claw, 29.5.

This bird represents an apparently wrall-chaneetemiaan race, with
which the birds from Flores and Timorlaut, mentioned by Meyer

1 Measured in the flesh by the collector.

No. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN TUE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 179

and Wiglesworth,’ as well as those from other of the Sunda Islands,
are probably identical. It differs from Cerchneis moluccensis moluc-
censis and Cerchneis moluccensis orientalis in paler under surface and
cheeks, more purely whitish under wing-coverts, and additionally as
from Cerchneis moluccensis occidentalis? The specimen obtained by
Doctor Abbott, taken on December 3, 1907, is molting a few of its
contour feathers, but neither remiges nor rectrices.

With the present addition there are now four subspecies of Cerch-
neis moluccensis moluccensis, the names and geographic ranges of
which are as follows:

Cerchneis moluccensis moluccensis (Jacquinot and Pucheran).—
Moluccan islands of Goram, Ceram, Amboina, Buru, Peling, and
doubtless other intervening and adjacent islands.

Cerchneis moluccensis orientalis (Meyer and Wiglesworth).—
Moluccan islands of Gilolo (Halmahera), Morotai, Ternate, Tidore,
Mareh, Batchian, and probably neighboring islands.

Cerchneis moluccensis occidentalis (Meyer and Wiglesworth).—
Celebes and Borneo.

Cerchneis moluccensis microbalia Oberholser.—West to Java: south
to Lombok, Sumba, Flores, Letti, and Timor; east to Timorlaut;
and north to Solombo Besar Island.

Family MEGAPODIIDAKE.

MEGAPODIUS DUPERRYI GOULDII Gray.
Megapodius gouldii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861, p. 290 (Lombok Island,
East Indies).

Doctor Abbott obtained no specimens of this bird, but found un-
mistakable evidences of the occurrence of megapodes, doubtless this
species, on the island. This record is interesting as marking the
extreme western limit of the recorded range of this species.

Family CHARADRIIDAE.
PLUVIALIS DOMINICA FULVA (Gmelin).

[Charadrius] fulvuus GmMEtin, Syst. Nat., vol. 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 687 (Tahiti Island,
Society Islands).

One immature female, taken, December 5, 1907. Length (in flesh),
253 mm
Family TRERONIDAE.

MUSCADIVORES ROSACEUS ZAMYDRUS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Muscadivores rosaceus rosaceus,
from the island of Timor, but decidedly darker above, with the me-

1 Birds Celebes, vol. 1, 1898, p. 80.
2 See p. 178.

180 PROCEEDINGS GF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. 54.

tallic sheen on interscapular region and posterior parts more evident
(less overlaid with gray).

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181434, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 6, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Top
and sides of head light grayish vinaceous, paling somewhat on lores
and forehead; an incomplete orbital ring whitish; hind neck be-
tween light neutral gray and pale neutral gray; back and scapulars
metallic dull Indian purple, in places rather dull metallic leaf green,
both colors more or less overlaid and dulled by grayish, least so pos-
teriorly; lower back and rump neutral gray, deepening on the shorter
upper tail-coverts, and with a sheen of metallic dull Indian purple,
this most conspicuous on the upper tail-coverts, where shghtly mixed
with dull metallic green; longest upper tail-coverts metallic leaf
green, with a decided metallic purplish bronze tinge, particularly
on the margins of the feathers; rectrices metallic dark dull yellow
green, becoming more bronzy marginally, and more biuish medi-
ally, especially on terminal portion of some of the feathers; basal
and outer portions of inner webs of wing-quills fuscous black, shading
on inner margins of primaries and secondaries to fuscous; primaries
and secondaries glaucous greenish slate gray on the outer webs, and
greenish slate or greenish slate black on the inner and terminal por-
tions of the inner webs, the outer vanes and tips of inner secondaries
and tertials becoming more metallic leaf greenish, the tertials with
also a tinge of dull Indian purple; primary coverts metallic dusky
yellowish green; remaining upper wing-coverts dull metallic leaf
green, mixed with dull Indian purple, greenish slate, and greenish |
slate gray; chin pale pinkish buff, shading into the pale brownish
drab of middle of throat; sides of neck anteriorly between light and
pale neutral gray, shading posteriorly into pale vinaceous drab;
jugulum, breast, and abdomen, pale vinaceous drab; sides and
flanks light neutral gray, the latter much washed with pale vinaceous
drab; under tail-coverts kaiser brown; lining of wing pale neutral
oray.

A fine series of 10 adults shows that this big pigeon from Solombo
Besar Island is an easily recognizable subspecies, and apparently
hitherto undescribed. The birds of this series exhibit some individual
variations, but as a whole are fairly uniform in characters. They
vary individually, for the most part, in the metallic color of the upper
surface, which in some examples is decidediy purplish, in others green;
in the depth of the gray color of nape, and in the color of the lower
surface, which in some is much more pinkish than in others, this due,
probably at least in part, to adventitious stain. The colors of the
soft parts in life are given on the label of a male (No. 181435, U.S.N.M.)
as follows: ‘‘Iris deep red; eyelids red; bill leaden; cere red purple;
feet purple red.’’ None of the specimens show any indications of

No. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 181

‘molt in the wing-quills, and only one (No. 181432, U.S.N.M., Decem-
ber 4, 1907) in the rectrices. Four others (No. 181431, U.S.N.M.,
December 5, 1907; No. 181434, U.S.N.M., December 6, 1907; No.
181435, U.S.N.M., December 4, 1907; and No. 181436, U.S.N.M.,
December 3, 1907) have a few pin-feathers on the hind neck, and all
but one bird also on the foreneck.

Detailed measurements of all these specimens are as follows:

Measurements of specimens of Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus.

[ eve peat) ais ‘fii :
Wiese | |S =
| | | | a | Be = te
aaitte : : ; | eae | 80 | yj | 23
ULS.N.M. No.;. “Sex. | Locality. Date. Collector. | §& oe |2'0
| = , 2 = eee
| Shel) poke |e pee
| | ee sl a ole | ele
a ee | 3 ! bs s figs SU
| |
| | 1907. | mm.| mm. | mm. |mm.| min. /mm.
TSR Ae eS Male....| Solombo Besar | Dec. 3] Dr. W.L.Ab- | 420 | 233 | 150 | 20.5] 30 | 36.5
| Island, Java | bott. | | |
Sea.
atdS 2 seer sts 22 doses doy eke see Deck auiwese s do. 235,223) 420 238 154. 5} 22.5} 32 | 37
HSU hye Se ae (a do.. (3a) Ne Pee Be (Chee SaaS dOn bn ore | 415 235 | 150 | 19 | 31 | 37
iS e aaa ae ee dives sia dor eae tlie: Hoare. so dors. ee? | 4190 | 239 | 155 | 19.5] 30 | 33.5
1 Pei bah ar eel leas Yona: BS eee GOncaaeee seer GOtsce sec ree don 22.2 425 242 152, 5/521 1 30)5) 33:5
R143 Ie sh )5 5/185 = GOs4 A eeeA dowetets. = 3) DEC es baleen= (0 Ores eee | 406 | 228 147. 5) 18.5} 31 35
1 BSN AE 8 om tepals do.. dO. ee Sears doy v5.43 do ee. | 396 | 230 144. 5) 20 | 31.5) 37
USTA38S2 98368 bre.- do.. dosjs-a S382 Dece 6:42 sat dO #.ea sh geeec | 230 152. 5| 19. 5} 32. 5) 34.5
TST Ee eRe Seine (aN doen deesce 7a ee Gobesee) anes dgueee meee 415 | 227 | 152. 5) 21.5! 30 35
c NE Bea NSC lef p70 Ce i lle CB nl Raced yal ai 413. 4| 233, 6 Esl | 20. 21 30. 9| 35.4
¥S1440-~.-_. | Female .| Solombo Besar | Dec. 3 { Dr.W.L.Ab-! 405 | 208 | 143 | 19 | 31 | 35
| Island, Java | pott. | |
| Sea. | |
| | | | |
1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2 Type.

Family KAKATOIDAE.

KAKATOE PARVULUS ABBOTTI, new subspecies.’

Subspecific characters—In color like Kakatoe parvulus parvulus,
from the island of Timor, but decidedly larger.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181453, U.S.N.M.: Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. Ue Alabate: Entire
plumage cream white, excepting the long recurved feathers of crest,
which are picric yellow; the basal portion of inner webs of wing-quills,
and the greater part of the inner webs of the rectrices, which are
martins yellow; and the auriculars, which are slightly tinged with
the same yellow; ‘‘bill and cere black.”

This new cockatoo is interesting as marking a new western limit .
for the genus. Doctor Abbott reported it in hundreds on Solombo
Besar. He obtamed eight specimens, all adults in full plumage,
though somewhat soiled. The principal individual variation consists
in the depth and extent of the yellow on the rectrices. Doctor Abbott
records the color of the iris as red, and of the bare skin about the
eyes as bluish white. Measurements of all the specimens follow.

2Named for Dr. W. L. ADbOtE,

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Measurements of specimens of Kakatoe parvulus abbottt.

; | | 3
hg 30 | Bouma
U.S.N.M & | £ F 28
“No... |.) SeX: » | » Locality. | Date. Collector. 5 | Souk e ee lei
NO. | | | = n § ros) S nn Oe
| lil lineat eee Ste emetic =
| Beeb Balle wee iad
le |e l-e ia 16 |e {5
= f Sa bs | z ! wie
| | 1907 jmm.| mm. | mm. | mm.) mm.) mm.| mm
1si45seee ee | Male..... | Solombo Besar'| Dec. 4) Dr. W.L. Ab- /420 | 264 | 134 | 37 | 3d | 25 | 34.5
| Island, Java | > “bott. |
Sea.2 | ;
181455. 3.2% OO cain aren GO mera Pee DOC. islet OVO ates Seo 415 | 265 | 137.5) 39. 5) 38 25 | 37
184505 oe. Iu ED Cele coees| heed okt Goze eete WIDECS Pa leaece doses beer 395 | 267 | 136 36. 5) 3 23 3l
181454... .. ECO see salen dosed tee Dec 40) aoa dO). 8sshecc \410 | 262 | 13838 | 36 | 34 | 25.5) 33.5
Mevarace vot menaless 25 cc 4/0. na. cee Lb a ht 1410 | 264.5! 135. 1| 37.31 35.5] 24.6] 34.0
1814563) <2 Female...| Solombo Besar| Dec. 3| Dr. W.L.Ab- |405 | 256 | 1384 | 37 | 85 | 24 | 33
| Island, Java | | dott. |
| Sea. | |
181457. .... Si La eae aeene Lipa ete Hed. °6 tees Guiana, oats 418 | 261 | 139 | 35 | 33 | 23 | 34.5
18145261 LOMaleng? 3 sa Ob se: os DDC 004 |5c en dossiers 412 | 256 126 | 36.5) 35 26 | 34.5
[= Female] | |
181458... 4 | Female?.|...-.. GOs 422 hts WDE CAOnleee= G0... soos 421 | 253 | 146. | 34.8) 33 | 26.5) 33
Avera recotes females. sass ais atelste ate wists 9 oe wsioby~ eel erp mincee ee inser 414 | 256. 5] 136. 2) 35.8) 34 24.9) 33.5
|
1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2Type.

Family ALCEDINIDAE.
SAUROPATIS CHLORIS CYANESCENS Oberkolser.
Sauropatis chloris cyanescens OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, Feb-
ruary 8, 1917, p. 189 (Pulo Taya, off the southeastern coast of Sumatra).

One adult male, No. 181492, U.S.N.M., taken, December 4, 1907.
This does not differ from Bawean Island birds. It is in worn
plumage, and shows evidence of molt among the contour feathers and
rectrices. It measures: Total length (in flesh), 263 mm.; wing, 110;

tail, 71.5; exposed culmen, 48; tarsus, 16.

Family CAMPEPHAGIDAE.
PERISSOLALAGE, new genus.?

Generic characters.—Similar to Lalage Boie, but bill, in both verti-
eal and horizontal aspects, longer and relatively more slender (more
turdine); culmen less conspicuously curved, and more sharpely
ridged; tail decidedly longer; lower tail-coverts much shorter, cover-
ing only about basal one-third of rectrices; spurious (first) primary
relatively as well as actually much shorter and narrower; third and
fourth (counting from outermost) primaries longest, the second
shorter, equal to the fifth and very much longer than the sixth.

Type.—Perissolalage chalepa, new species.

PERISSOLALAGE CHALEPA, new species.

Specific characters —Female similar to same sex of Lalage nigra
(=terat), but the terminal portion of tail-feathers more extensively
white; the lesser wing-coverts conspicuously edged with cinnamome-

3 From repioods, mirabilis; and Lalage (Aa\ayn, loquacitas).

No. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 188

ous; all the other wing edgings more or less strongly tinged with buffy
or cinnamomeous instead of being pure white; superciliary stripe
narrower and shorter, posteriorly not reaching beyond the auriculars;
entire upper surface strongly rufescent brown instead of grayish
brown; and even wings and tail more rufescent.

Description.—Type, adult female, No. 181577, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Fore-
head brussels brown; crown between brussels brown and clove
brown; both forehead and crown with rather broad shaft streaks of
fuscous black, the crown slightly streaked with buffy whitish, its
ground color passing posteriorly into the light olive brown of the
back; back and scapulars between olive brown and buffy brown,
with narrow, barely discernible, dark clove brown shaft streaks;
rump smoke gray with paler terminal bars; upper tail-coverts smoke
eray With paler tips, the longest feathers darker, more brownish, with
hair brown subterminal bars and grayish white tips; tail fuscous, the
two middle feathers narrowly margined on both webs with brownish
white, the remaining rectrices with large terminal white areas, these
longest on the outer web, and increasing progressively to the outer-
most pair, which has about one-third of the inner web and two-thirds
of the outer web white; wings fuscous, but the whole basal portion of
the inner yanes of wing-quills white, this occupying. two-thirds or
more of the length of each feather on the inner primaries and outer
secondaries; quills narrowly margined on exterior webs with creamy
white or light buff, this broadest and most buffy on terminal portion
of secondaries and tertials; primary coverts narrowly tipped with
buffy white; greater wing-coverts narrowly edged and more broadly
tipped with the same; median coverts very broadly margined on
both sides with light pinkish cinnamon or whitish; lesser coverts also
edged broadly on both vanes with whitish, pinkish cinnamon, and
cinnamon, leaving, as on the median coverts, only a pointed central
area of fuscous; lores olive brown, but much mixed with white; broad
postocular stripe brown like the crown; superciliary stripe, sides of
head and neck, and entire lower surface, including lining of wings,
creamy white, more definitely tinged with cream color on the breast,
sides of neck and of body; the flanks, sides of breast and of body
somewhat obscurely and irregularly barred with pale mouse gray;
thighs mixed light mouse gray, light drab, and dull white; bill (in
skin) fuscous, the tip darker, the basal portion of mandible pale
brownish. Total length (in flesh),| 192 mm.; wing, 90; tail, 81;
exposed culmen, 15.5; tarsus, 23; middle toe without claw, 14.5.

Of this remarkably distinct bird Doctor Abbott obtained but a single
example, an adult female. It isin process of molting some of the con-
tour feathers, but wing-quills and rectrices seem to be intact. The char-
acters it exhibits preclude its reference to any genus hitherto described.

1 Measured by the collector.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The adult male will of course pro ove to be probably a bird of black, white,
and gray plumage like the males of the species in the genus Lalage.

Family DICRURIDAE.

DICRUROPSIS PECTORALIS SOLOMBENSIS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Dvicruropsis pectoralis leucops
from Celebes, but smaller; iris light yellow (adult) or pale brownish
gray (immature); hair-like plumes of forehead longer; back duller,
less bluish or purplish black; hackles on sides of. neck longer and
somewhat less purplish (more greenish); posterior lower parts duller,
more brownish (less velvety), black, with a less bluish (more greenish)
sheen; metallic spots on feathers of throat and breast decidedly more
SRS (less bluish).

Description.—Type, adult female, me 181512, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, Thee nahen A. 190737 Driv WE i Abbott.
Upper surface velvety black, with a slight blaish green sheen, the
feathers of pileum and some pointed feathers on cervix, shining
metallic bluish slate biack, and the upper tail-coverts shining metallic
dusky yellowish green; tail black, more or less edged with shining
metallic dusky pollen a green on exterior vanes of rectrices; wings
black, becoming somewhat brownish on tips of primaries and inner
margins of all the quills; the exposed portions of all the superior
wing-coverts, the tertials, outer webs of secondaries, and outer webs
of primaries except distal portion, shining metallic dusky yellowish
green; sides of head and neck velvety black, the long pointed feathers
of the latter shining metallic dull dusky bluish green; lower surface
brownish black, the feathers of lower throat, jugulum, and upper
breast with short lanceolate tips of shining metallic dusky dull green,
giving to these parts a spotted appearance; lining of wing black,
with a greenish or bluish metallic sheen, and a few of the under wing-
coverts tipped with white; ‘‘iris pale straw yellow.”

This race is apparently more nearly like Dicruropsis peciorals
borneensis (Sharpe) than like either Dicruropsis pectoralis pecioralis
or Dicruropsis pectoralis leucops, but it differs in its duller, less vel-
vety upper and lower parts, longer and more bluish neck hackies, and
possibly also in the color of the iris.

Of the five examples obtained by Doctor Abbott, two, Nos. 181512
and 181515, U.S.N.M., are adults. The three others are somewhat
immature, though fully grown, and differ from the adults in still more
brownish black posterior surface and duller dorsum. None of the
five seem to be in process of molt. The color of the bill and feet is
given by the collector as black; of the iris in adult birds as pale yel-
low or straw yellow, in immature individuals pale brownish gray.

Both Dicruropsis borneensis (Sharpe) and Dicruropsis leucops
(Wallace)? seem without doubt to be but subspecies of Dicruropsis
PT gee a et Te Ra Tk ore ga ORE Te PEL PERP YS AY YS. RO CO a ae Cea

1 Chibia borneensis Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 246 (Mount Kina Balu, Borneo).
2 Dicrurus leucops Wallace, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 478 (Celebes).

no. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 185

pectoralis. Also, Chibia hottentotta appears to be generically Bae
from the other ee of the group, as contended by some recent
authors. It has a relatively more slender bill, much longer hair-like
frontal plumes, and different wing-formula, the second primary
(counting from the outermost) being decidedly longer than the
eighth, instead of equal or shorter. As Chibia hottentotia is the type
of Chibia Hodgson, the remaining species will take the generic name
Dicruropsis Salvadori.

Measurements of the series of the present new subspecies are as
follows:

Measurements of specimens of Dicruropsis pectoralis solombensis.

v jl
I is
a 1 | I | |= .
b fs 4 6 | | 3 | WES z
'T.S.N.M.No.} Sex. Locality. Date. Collector. os [Seal £5
| [5 | | Oo . a
Peeniates | ees
€ irs 5 a 5 =
& S iS) ic) a |e
| 1907. mm. | mm. |mm. |\mm.\mm.|mm.
ike) Gy Ge eRee ees Male im-| Solombo Besar Dec. 4 | Dr. W.L. Ab- | 303 | 151 | 181 | 30 | 23.8) 17.3
mature. | eee Java | bott.
181D Tes 55555 sdOpssd. Sok dO .e. gant: I Decssile- ee dof hea: 306 | 150° | 131 | 30.5] 25 | 17
(Female?
=Male
isibie. Jee fe Male | hdl. Pao eal Silas ts. she. 304 | 152 | 133.5] 30.5] 25.2) 17
ture.]
Average of 3 males....., ole Be eee cae wet Me ERE aca 304 | 151 | 131.8) 30.3] 24.7] 17.1
PSIH12. fee. e Female..| Solombo Besar | Dec. 4 | Dr. W.L. Ab- | 296 | 147.5) 130 [ 29 22 "16.5
| Island, Java | bott.
| Sea.3
181015 Fo: 8..5|see Go: 255 [saeies (Eee | Dees 6: ssc. OOwccc ce es 292 149. 5) 126.5) 28 | 24 16.5
INVEPAPOOL cHOINAGS oes acces cclaciciceiane scr ecivecicicciee desis ciscisies 294 148. 5| 128.3) 28, 5 23 «| 16.5

Family ARTAMIDAE.

ARTAMUS LEUCORYN AMYDRUS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Much like Artamus leucoryn leucoryn,* but
paler on upper parts and jugulum.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181532, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Pile-
um and anterior hind-neck dark quaker drab; upper tail-coverts
creamy white; remainder of upper surface dark grayish brown, the
middle of the back dusky drab; wings and tail sooty black, the outer
webs of the secondaries mostly glaucous slate gray, the inner mar-
gins of all the wing-quills more or less brownish, and some of the
rectrices with very narrow ‘pale brownish tips; lores and a narrow ill-

1 Teas Salv ei eae Zool. Soc. rane 1878, p. 88 (type ise monotypy, Dicrurus megalornis
Gray).

2 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 8 Type.

4 Lanius leucoryn. Linnaeus, Mantissa Plantarum, 1771, p. 524 (Manila, Luzon I., Philippine Islands).
While the original spelling of the specific name here given is evidently an abbreviation, it is practically
impossible to determine how Linnaeus would have spelled the remaining portion of the word. In view
of at least four such possibilities, it seems much better to use the specific term as he left it, and write now
Artamus leucoryn (Linnaeus).

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THI NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

defined capistrum, black; sides of head dark quaker drab, some-
what blackish anteriorly; sides of neck dark grayish brown; throat
and jugulum dark quaker drab; rest of under parts creamy white,
sharply defined transversely against the gray of throat; edge of wing
underneath sooty black, flecked with white; remainder of wing-lining
creamy white.

The characters of this race have already been indicated by Mr.
Stresemann,' but no name provided. The birds from Solombo Besar
and those also in the United States National Museum from other
localities bear out these differences, and indicate that the form is
worthy of nomenclatural recognition. It may be distinguished from
Ariamus lewcoryn celebensis by its smaller size and somewhat darker
upper and lower parts. In addition to Solombo Besar, it inhabits
the islands of Bali, Java, Banka, and Sumatra, with doubtless others
adjacent.

Two specimens are in the present collection. Both exhibit indi-
cations of molt among the contour feathers, and one (No. 181533,
U.S.N.M., December 3, 1907—not the type) is molting also some of
the wing-quills. Measurements of both are as follows:

Measurements of specimens of Artamus leucoryn amydrus.

| : :
= =
| is = AS
= | 5 os
U.S.N.M. No.-| Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. a | ee 23
= : | 2] 4 los
#)] eis) 8) 218°
S iS ae | # =
ae |e l|af/alea ls
| 1907. | mm,| mm.| mm. \mm.\mm.\mm
TSISSB se icmchsc cie,s | Male..;| Solombo Besar | Dec. 3/| Dr. W.L. Ab- | 188 | 132 59 | 20 | 17.3) 15
Island, Java | bott.
Sea. | |
ISLHSQ ee oe. Eee ee GosA| 5 Sado8. 55.2222 le Deets 43) a2 GOre54 wae 194 133 61 | 20 17 14.8
Average: of Qumalassy- Ot eee Use PERE ee eae 191 | 132.5} 60 | 20 | 17.2] 14.9
| }
|

Family ORIOLIDAE.

ORIOLUS MACULATUS LAMPROCHRYSEUS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters—Similar to Oriolus maculatus maculatus,
from Java, but larger; upper parts brighter, more golden (less green-
ish) yellow; yellow tips on inner webs of inner secondaries and ter-
tials narrower; these tips and the edgings of secondaries and tertials
of a duller yellow; yellow wing speculum averaging smaller.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181523, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 4, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Lores,
superciliary, subocular, and broad postocular streaks continuous
with a broad occipital band, black; rest of upper parts, including
crown, forehead, scapulars, and upper tail-coverts, together with

1 Novit. Zool., vol. 20, June 17, 1913, p. 291.
2 Measured in the flesh by the collector.
3T ype.

xo. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 18%

entire lower surface, yellow, between lemon chrome and light cad-
mium, the throat almost pure lemon chrome; tail black, basally
edged on inner webs of the rectrices with lemon chrome, this color at
the base occupying practically all of the web; the two middle rec-
trices with a narrow tip of lemon chrome, and each succeeding pair
with an increasingly broad terminal band of the same color, this band
measuring on the outermost pair about 45 mm. in width; wings
black, the inner margins of the quills somewhat brownish; all the
primaries excepting the outermost narrowly margined exteriorly
with grayish white, this decreasing in length inwardly, the inner
feathers tipped with buffy white; secondaries rather broadly edged
on terminal portion of outer webs with wax yellow, the tertials
broadly margined on same part of outer vanes and narrowly tipped
on inner vanes with the same color; lesser and median wing-coverts
deep yellow like the back; greater coverts, edge of wing, lining of
wing, together with broad tips of the black primary coverts, lemon
chrome; “‘iris deep red, feet leaden.”

This new subspecies differs from Ovriolus maculatus richmondi
Oberholser! of the Pagi Islands, western Sumatra, in more golden
yellow upper and lower parts, more brightly yellow spots on tertials
and secondaries, and usually larger yellow wing-speculum.

Three specimens are in the collection, all adults in good plumage,
though showing among the contour feathers slight indication of molt.
The feet of one of the males, No. 181521, U.S.N.M., are described on
the label as “leaden blue”; the bill of the same specimen as “ pale
purplish fleshy.’”’ Measurements are given below:

Measurements of specimens of Oriolus maculatus lamprochryseus.

| fea
| ; ect
| 8 ee
| ar =| | e.
| | g Ss oF
r | ° iS} 168
U.S.N.M. No. | Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. Ph = | 25
| =a 214/33
| 2/2) ag) 818 |s*
ied i :
| | Se Ve ees
Z | E
1907. mm.| mm. | mm. |mm.\mm.|\ mm
TRIS 23 Fe LER. ; Male..| Solombo Besar | Dec. 4} Dr. W.L.Ab-| 281 | 150.5) 101 | 32.5) 27.8) 21
Island, Java bott. |
Sea.
biG eee see eee domaine GO eerie ciseria GOS sea leeaac GO ersiecens 293 | 151 | 104.5} 33.8) 27.5) 20
PAY OT AC OUOU COM ALON alee ata\slajclststoe tore ame inte (nisin oleae miele vine oes isilain 287 | 150.8) 102.8) 33.2) 27.7) 20.5
1815222 acre Female} Solombo Besar | Dec. 5 | Dr. W.L.Ab- | 281/150 | 104 | 32 | 27 | 21
Island, Java } bott.
| Sea. | |
| }

1 Oriolus maculatus richmondi Oberholser, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 60, No. 7, Oct. 26, 1912, p. 16
(North Pagi Island, western coast of Sumatra). It may be worth while to mention here that through some
inadvertence the original diagnosis of this form is not entirely correct, as printed, and therefore somewhat
misleading. The proper characterization is as follows: Similar to Oriolus maculatus maculatus, from Java,
but larger; yellow of upper and lower parts deeper and more tinged with orange; yellow tips on tertials and
inner secondaries darker and duller, those on tertials larger on outer webs, but narrower, often practically
absent on inner webs, and yellow wing speculum smaller.

2 Measured in the flesh by the collector.

* Type.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF TIE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Family ZOSTEROPIDAE.

ZOSTEROPS SOLOMBENSIS, new species.

Specific characters.—Similar to Zosterops flava, from Java, but
much larger; upper parts much more greenish and more uniform,
the forehead and rump being barely more yellowish than the back;
yellow of lower parts duller, lighter, more greenish; sides and flanks
strongly washed with olive green; lores and line under eye blackish.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181588, U.S.N.M.; Solombo
Besar Island, Java Sea, December 5, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper
surface warbler green, the pileum more yellowish; upper tail-coverts
lighter, between pyrite yellow and warbler green; tail chaetura
drab, the feathers margined basally on external webs with warbler
green; wings chaetura drab, the inner margins of the remiges, except
at tips, paler, almost whitish, the tertials hair brown, washed with
warbler green; superior wing-coverts and outer margins of outer
vanes of wing-quills, warbler green; broad orbital ring white; a small
spot under the anterior part of the eye and continuous with the
lores, black; supraloral stripe lemon chrome; remainder of sides of
head and neck between pyrite yellow and warbler green, and passing
superiorly into the green of the upper parts, inferiorly into the
yellow of the lower surface; lower parts medially rather dull lemon
chrome; sides of breast and body, together with the flanks, between
pyrite yellow and warbler green; lining of wing naphthalene yellow.
Wing, 58 mm.; tail, 41.5; exposed culmen, 9;! tarsus, 18; middle toe
without claw, 10.7.

The sole specimen secured by Doctor Abbott is an adult in perfect
plumage, and differs so much from the other described forms of the
genus that it seems to represent a new species. It may be dis-
tinguished from Zosterops richmondi McGregor, from Cagayan-
cillo Island, in the Philippine Archipelago, by its darker, more green-
ish (less yellowish) upper parts, the forehead not yellow; darker
wing-quills and rectrices; duller, paler, and narrower yellow supra-
loral stripe; rather more golden yellow lower surface, and darker,
more olive-washed sides and flanks.

II. ARENDS ISLAND.

Arends Island hes in the eastern part of the Java Sea, about 50
miles south of Cape Salatan, southeastern Borneo, and some 35
miles north of the island of Solombo Besar.

Doctor Abbott stopped here on November 23 and 24, 1908,
and collected for the United States National Museum eight specimens
of birds, representing three species. Since there is apparently no
published account of any birds from Arends Island, and since all
three of the species obtained by Doctor Abbott are of more than pass-
ing interest, it seems worth while to place them on record.

1 Tip slightly broken.

xo. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THLE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 189

Family MEGAPODIIDAE.
MEGAPODIUS DUPERRYH GOULDII Gray.

Megapodius gouldit Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861 (meeting of June 25), p.
290 (Lombok Island, East Indies).

One adult female is in the collection. This was taken on Novem-
ber 24, 1908. ‘‘Feet brick red; toes blackish; soles orange.’ Total
length (in flesh), 398 mm.; wing, 212; tail, 84; exposed culmen, 21.5;
tarsus, 64; middle toe without claw, 38.5.

The present example differs from Megapodius duperryi duperryvt of
New Guinea in its smaller size, paler upper and lower parts, and is
apparently identical with Megapodius duperryvi gouldii of the Lesser
Sunda Islands, though we have no specimens of the latter for actual
comparison. This Arends Island bird, together with Doctor Abbott’s
other record from Solombo Besar Island,? extend for some distance
westward the known range of the species.

The following four forms of Megapodius duperryii are now recogniz-
able, and further investigations may increase this number:

Megapodius duperryi duperry Lesson and Garnot.—New
Guinea.

Megapodius duperryit gouldii Gray.—Lesser Sunda Islands, south
to Lombok and Flores; east to the Aru and Kei Islands; north to
the Banda Islands and Arends Island; and west to Arends Island,
Solombo Besar Island, and the Kangean Islands.

Megapodius duperryii tumulus Gould.—Northern territory of
Australia.

Megapodius duperryii assimilis Masters.—Northern Queensland.

Family TRERONIDAE.
MUSCADIVORES ROSACEUS ZAMYDRUS Oberholser.

Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus OBERHOLSER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54, 1917,
p. 179 (Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea).

Six specimens appear to be indistinguishable from the series from
Solombo Besar Island already described under the above name.’
Two of the six (No. 181676, U.S.N.M., November 23, 1908, and No.
181680, November 24, 1908) are molting both wing-quills and rectrices.
Measurements of all are given in the following table:

1 Measured by the collector. 2 See p. 179.

190 PROCEEDINGS Oi' THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.
Measurements of specimens of Muscadivores rosaceus zamydrus.
‘A ne } pe | g Ss
ca |S
bo aden es 15
U.S.N.M. No. | Sex. Locality. Date. | Collector. | & ge) 4(ce
| = | wb of| 3 ly o
$/ 8) ge 18 tas
| [sj —_
| HF) ae ja |e se
1908 mm.| mm.| mm.\mm.)\mm. mm
USLO61Osn es seins ote | Male....| Arends Island, | Nov. 23} Dr. W. L. Ab- | 410/227 |140 /21 |30 /3
Java Sea. | bott.
USUGTO eset telat =i eo eal Peso (ORES ace aatae ONION ae4 a acai Gowceres ace 417/241 153. 5/20.5/33 |36
1SLGSO Ee eeecine sien wey LOZ ae letters) = Osea eet arate |. eGOsscse seeks Gola. 22 430/232 |151.5/22 |32.5)/36.5
STG TS ee see alc meee eee Onna inte araieie dose) sic AOS binetfeeiclase Goes -cee 427/232 |153 |23 |33.5)36.5
AVETAPO OA TIM GIOS yo. mare aes eee seein sine cieiantle eine mines ceric e risers 421/233 |149.5}21. 6/32. 3/36.
WSU Giilistastescrasasisarie Female..| Arends Island, | Nov. 23 | Dr. W. L. Ab- “400 207 (140 |20.5)31 34.5
Java Sea. bott. ~°
USTGS Tee nainccaniaes ee Osea <tys Cee Abene SEARS Nov. 24 }..... GO: acwccne ----/238 |152 |22 [33.5/36.5
cACVOra relOl2 MemMales ewecletiactanaiecise sain anl<taimiate(aciole stelolsiaiie/segelsinnstatelateieista 400)222.5)146 |21.3)32. 3/35. 5

1 Measured in the flesh by the collector.

Family ORIOLIDAE.
ORIOLUS MACULATUS LAMPROCHRYSEUS Oberholser.

Oriolus maculatus lamprochryseus OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54,
1917, p. 186 (Solombo Besar Island, Java Sea).

One specimen, No. 181700, U.S.N.M., was obtained by Doctor
Abbott on November 24, 1908. It is a male in juvenal plumage,
and is apparently not distinguishable from the bird of Solombo Besar
Island, already described by the writer as Oriolus maculatus lampro-
chryscus.2. It measures: total length (in flesh),* 277 mm.; wing,’
145.5; tail, 98.5; exposed culmen, 32; tarsus, 28; middle toe without
claw, 20.5.

III. PULO MATA SIRI.

Pulo Mata Siri is the largest of the Laurot, or Laut Kitchil, Islands.
It is situated in the middle of this group, some 75 miles south of the
southeastern corner of Borneo, 225 miles north-northeast of the
eastern end of Java, and about 250 miles west of southeastern
Celebes. It is about 7$ miles in length from northeast to south-
west, and approximately 14 miles in width. Its surface is rocky,
rough, and hilly, culminating in a high ridge which traverses its
length, and at the highest poimt reaches an altitude of 1,400 feet.
The rocks are chiefly granite, and there is but little coral reef along
the coast.

This island is uninhabited, and is entirely covered with dense
forest or jungle. The commonest mammals are rats, squirrels, bats,
and muntjacs. Birds, at the time ot Doctor Abbott’s explorations,
seemed not to be numerous.

2See p. 186. 3 Measured by the collector.

No. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SHEA—OBERHOLSER. 191

Doctor Abbott. paid two visits to Pulo- Mata Siri: ‘the first from
December 7 to 12, 1907; the second from November 25 to December
1, 1908. On ieee occasions he collected 13 specimens of birds of 8
species, 5 of these representing new subspecies hereinafter described.
These specimens, which Doctor Abbott has presented to the United
States National Museum, and a single other species reported but
not secured, constitute, up to the present time, the only ornitho-
logical records from the island of Mata Siri. Other birds, of course,
remain to be detected here, but the avifauna is probably not large.

If these few birds are a criterion, Pulo Mata Siri is, as would be
expected, faunally most closely allied to Borneo, but possessed,
nevertheless, of a decided Javan and Celebesian infusion.

Family ARDEIDAE.

NANNOCNUS EURHYTHMUS (Swinhoe).

Ardetia eurhythma SwinHoEr, Ibis, ser. 3, vol. 3, No. 9, January, 1873, p. 74, pl.
2 (Amoy, China) (wrongly spelled Ardetta euryihma on the plate).

One specimen, an immature female, No. 181399, U.S.N.M., taken,
December 9, 1907; ‘‘iris yellow; bill dark brown above, pale greenish
yellow beneath; feet pale green.”” Length (in flesh), 372 mm.

This apparently is the southernmost record for the species.

The specific name of this species has been consistently misspelled
by authors. It is correct as above written.

Family MEGAPODIIDAE.

MEGAPODIUS DUPERRYII GOULDI Gray.

Megapodius gouldii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1861 (meeting of June 25), p
290 (Lombok Island, East Indies).

Megapodes were reported to Doctor Abbott, but no specimens were
obtained by him.

Family TRERONIDAE.

HAEMATAENA MELANOCEPHALA MASSOPTERA, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Haemataena melanocephala mela-
nocephala, from Java, but much larger; gray of head and neck some-
what paler; yellow of throat with slightly more of a chrome tinge.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181420, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata
Siri, Java Sea, December 8, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Head and
throat all around pale gull gray, with a large black patch, about
22 mm. long by 15-17 mm. wide, on occiput, and with the chin and
middle of upper throat chrome yellow; hind neck and sides of neck
_ warbler green, shading toward olive green on the upper back and
scapulars; lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts mixed olive
green, warbler green, and dark green; tail-feathers basally, and,

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

excepting the middle pair, also on marginal portion of mner webs,
fuscous, the remaining portions of the feathers somewhat metallic
cerro green, in places tinged with dark green or with bronzy, and”
having on the two middle rectrices numerous narrow almost invisible
bronzy bars; wings fuscous, the superior coverts and the exposed
portions of the quills in the closed wing somewhat metallic olive
green, cerro green, bronzy green, and dark green, all mingled
together, the general effect being near olive green; jugulum ‘and
breast between cerro green and spinach green, and shading to
between parrot green and grass green on abdomen, sides, and thighs;
crissum, including anal region, chrome yellow to cadmium yellow,
the longest lower tail-coverts mostly red, between carmine and
acajou red; lining of wig neutral gray, the feathers edged and
tinged with cerro green and olive yellowish; ‘‘iris yellow; eyelids
greenish yellow; bill pale yellow-green; feet deep red.’ Total
length (in flesh), 266 mm.; wing, 127; tail, 81; exposed culmen, 15;
tarsus, 23.5; middle toe without claw, 24.

This new race is much larger than Haemataena’ melanocephala
melanospila of Celebes, and has the gray of head and neck paler,
also the vellow of throat and crissum hghter and less orange-tinged.
From Haemataena melanocephala xanthorrhoa of the Sanghi Islands,
it differs in the darker gray of head and neck, darker yellow of
throat, and lighter, less orange-shaded yellow of posterior lower
parts. Compared with Haemataena melanocephala bangueyensis, from
the Philippine Islands, it is much larger, with gray of head and
neck paler, and yellow of throat deeper. The type is the only
specimen obtained by Doctor Abbott.

The genus Haemataena Bonaparte‘ (type, Columba melanocephala
Forster) is sufficiently different from Ptilinopus Swainson to make
necessary its recognition im nomenclature. The long tail, unbifur-
cated pectoral feathers, and relatively broad terminal portion of
the first primary are distinctive. Ft. equals Spilotreron Salvadori.

The forms referable to this genus are apparently all subspecies
of Haemataena melanocephala, and are as follows:

Haemataena melanocephala melanocephala (Forster).

Haemataena melanocephala melanospila (Salvadori).

Haemataena melanocephala massoptera Oberholser.

Haemataena melanocephala xanthorrhoa (Salvadori).

Haemataena melanocephala bangueyensis (Meyer).

Haemaiaena melanocephala pelingensis (Hartert).

Haemataena melanocephala chrysorrhoa (Salvadori).

BUTRERON CAPELLEI PASSCRHINA, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Buireron capeller capeller, from
Java, but bill more robust.

1 For this generic name, see Richmond, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 593.

no. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 198

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181430, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata
Siri, Java Sea, December 10, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Forehead
pale olive gray, the anterior portion palest; crown greenish gray,
between gnaphalium green and hathi gray; hind neck vetiver green;
upper back and scapulars darker, between vetiver green and andover
green; lower back storm gray, slightly washed with the green color of
the interscapular region; rump green like the upper back, but ante-
riorly shading insensibly into the gray of the lower back, and poste-
-riorly into the dull mignonette green of the longest upper tail-coverts;
broad tips of middle pair of rectrices between light yellowish olive and
imgnonette green, the remaining exposed portion of the same color
but somewhat darker, and the basal concealed part deep gull gray,
more or less washed with the same green; remaining rectrices dusky
neutral gray, basally deep gull gray on the outer vanes, light neutral
gray on the inner, and terminally, for some 23 mm., pale neutral gray,
the two pairs next the middle pair washed with the green of the mid-
die feathers, particularly on the outer webs, the outer rectrices also
very slightly and narrowly tinged with the same on the outer mar-
gins of their gray tips; wings slate color, but the outer webs of ter-
tials and most of the lesser wing-coverts (excepting only those along
the bend of the wing) together with a few of the inner median coverts,
between andover green and vetiver green like the scapulars; narrow
edgings on the outer webs of the inner median coverts and some of the
inner greater coverts, lemon yellow; and similar but much broader
edgings on the two innermost greater coverts and on the outermost
tertial and innermost secondary, lemon chrome; lores pale greenish
olive gray; superciliary region, a narrow orbital ring, and the anterior
malar region, greenish gray like the crown; remaining parts of the
sides of the head, together with the sides of the neck, vetiver green,
rather brighter on the subauricular region; anterior part of chin
between yellowish glaucous and seafoam yellow; posterior portion
of chin and medial uppermost part of throat between citron green and
water green; middle of rest of throat lime green; these colors of chin
and throat pass insensibly into each other and into those of sides of
head and neck; a broad (27 mm.) band on jugulum yellow ocher,
shading laterally to buckthorn brown; breast light lime green; sides of
body and upper abdomen between tea green and water green; flanks
and lower abdomen between slate olive and sage green; shorter lower
tail-coverts of the same green color, but mixed with feathers of cart-
ridge buff and pinkish buff, and some of the green feathers broadly
tipped with the same buff; rest of lower tail-coverts Hay’s brown;
thighs partly dull green like the lower abdomen, partly cartridge
buff; lining of wing partly slate gray, partly dark gull gray.

3343—19—Proc.N,M.vol.54——14

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou, 54.

The five birds, all adult, obtained by Doctor Abbott are in good
plumage, and show only slight individual variation. There seems to
be no difference in size between male and female. Two of the females,
No. 181426 U.S.N.M., December 12, 1907, and No. 181427 U.S.N.M.,
December 10, 1907, are each molting one or two of the wing-quills.
The colors of unfeathered parts, taken from the fresh birds, and
given as the same on the labels of both sexes, are as follows: “‘ Eye-
lids and feet yellow; iris dark brown; bill greenish jade color, base
and cere green.”’ Measurements of all the specimens are added

below.
Measurements of specimens of Butreron capellei passorhina.

iE
| | bes) arcing
3 | | | 4) |
z | | | | SP alee
5 Sex. Locality. Date. | Collector. | ars ants i
é ls ult
. op | 2 = =
a4 | =I 3 |S £
C | a & ~ a >)
A | | = | b&b Feo Pears) kts
4 LS\2/e)e)2| alg
2 | elEl/alalm}als
= ——-- S -=~ - —— =| | |
1907. | mm,.)mm.|mmMN,.|NMM.|\mm,.;mm,|mmn.
181430. .| Male..... Pulo Mata Siri,Java | Dec. 10 | Dr. W. L. Abbott.) 387 | 202/127 | 23 | 11.5) 30.5/28.5
Sea. |
1814295 3|E 5 dOL cee | ect GOMss Ase eae oe Decw12 d/o eee 375 | 194/116 | 24 |10,5/31 |28.5
ACVELAGONOL 2aMAlEserse gs cece se see miele aya cre Foie oie ee centererare = SELB. 381 | 198/121. 5} 23.5) 11 | 30. 8)28.5
181428. .| Female. .| Pulo Mata Siri, Java | Dec. 8 | Dr. W. L. Abbott .| 378 | 208/122 |23 |11 | 32 30.5
Sea. | |
W814 975.\3 f2dorsass|ee. a dos. ee RS Dec. 10 AE dole jsereeee | 373 | 203/118 | 24 | 11.5) 26.5)30
1S14265 3p ee G Oe oles ate On Roanonsse ao] SD EC 2a eee OO eens se= er | 368 | 195/124 | 23° )10 | 28 |28.5
ESET OLB IG EGS Sas anospans osocs gas sees as sebocnounceaoe seaascoad 373 | 202/121.3 23.3! 10.8) 28.8/29.7
1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2 Type.

Family ALCEDINIDAE.
SAUROPATIS CHLORIS CYANESCENS Oberholser.

Sauropatis chloris cyanescens OBERHOLSER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, Feb-
ruary 8, 1917, p. 189 (Pula Taya, off the southeastern coast of Sumatra).

One immature female, No. 181491, U.S.N.M., taken, December
12, 1907.

This is nearly adult, but still has the dull-colored upper surface and
dusky scale-like markings on the lower surface. It is molting both
remiges and contour feathers. It is subspecifically the same as the
birds from Bawean Island. Its measurements are: Total length (in
flesh *), 258 mm.; wing, 112; tail, 70; exposed culmen, 46; tarsus,
15.5.

Family PYCNONOTIDAE.

PYCNONOTUS BRUNNEUS ZAPHAEUS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Pycnonotus brunneus brunneus *
from the Malay Peninsula,and of about the same size, but upper sur-

8 Measured by the collector.
4 For this use of Pycnonotus bruaneus Blyth, see Oberholser, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 98, June 30, 1917,
pp. 44-45.

no. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 195

face darker and more brownish or rufescent (less olivaceous or gray-
ish); lower parts brighter, more yellowish, not so uniformly dull
brownish or ochraceous.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181543, U.S.N.M.; Pulo
Mata Siri, Laurot Islands, Java Sea, December 11, 1907; Dr. W. L.
Abbott. Upper parts brownish olive, becoming more rufescent on

rump, and shading into dark dresden brown on upper tail-coverts;
- the feathers of pileum edged with paler, which imparts a somewhat
scaly effect; tail between mummy brown and brownish olive,. paler on
tips and inner margins of feathers, and edged on outer webs with
brownish olive; wings fuscous, all the quills and superior coverts
margined with brownish olive or light brownish olive; sides of head,
neck, and breast brownish olive; cheeks and sides of throat light
brownish olive; chin and upper throat buff, between deep olive buff
and deep colonial buff; jugulum and upper breast dull isabella color,
somewhat mixed with cream buff; abdomen dull marguerite yellow;
lower breast the same, but washed with isabella color; sides, flanks,
and thighs, light brownish olive; crissum and lining of wing chamois,
a little mixed with fuscous; ‘iris red.’’ Total length (in flesh *),
194 mm.; wing, 84; tail, 75.5; exposed culmen, 13.5; height of bill
at base, 6.0; tarsus, 20; middle toe without claw, 13.5.

The single specimen of this new race that Doctor Abbott obtained
on Pulo Mata Siri is identical with a good series of the same species
from Borneo; and the birds from both these islands together differ, as
above set forth, noticeably in color from examples taken on the Malay
Peninsula and its islands, though apparently not in size. From Pyc-
nonotus brunneus zapolius Oberholser,? of the Anamba Islands, Pycno-
notus brunneus zaphaeus may readily be distinguished by its more
rufescent or brownish (less greenish) upper surface, and darker, more
brownish and ochraceous (less grayish and yellowish) lower parts.

The geographic distribution of Pycnonotus brunneus zaphaeus, so
far as known, is confined to Pulo Mata Siri and Borneo. Thus Pyc-
nonotus brunneus brunneus becomes restricted to the Malay Peninsula
and its islands and to southern Tenasserim.

Family TIMALIIDAE.

MALACOCINCLA ABBOTT! SIRENSIS, new subspecies.

Subspecifie characters.—Similar to Malacocincla abbotti olivacea
(Strickland), from the southern part of the Malay Peninsula, but
upper surface decidedly darker; lower parts duller, the sides of neck,
sides of breast, and sides of body less ochraceous (more grayish) ; and
jugulum pale vinaceous buff instead of ochraceous buff.

1 Measured by the collector.
2 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 98, June 30, 1917, p. 45 (Pulo Siantan, Anamba Islands).

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181561, U.S.N.M.; Pulo Mata
Siri, Java Sea, December 11, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper parts
dark brown, between dresden brown and mummy brown, somewhat
darker on the pileum, and inclining to cinnamon brown on the rump,
the feathers of the forehead with broad buffy central areas, those of
the fore part of crown with narrow shaft lines of the same color;
upper tail-coverts reddish brown, between argus brown and Sanford’s
brown; tail basally of the same color, though somewhat darker, and
terminally shading toward Prout’s brown; primaries and secondaries
dusky sepia, the outer webs of secondaries, with all of the tertials and
superior wing-coverts, Prout’s brown, and the outer webs of the
primaries between cinnamon brown and dresden brown; sides of
head brown like the back, but the lores mixed with pale grayish from
the basal portion of the feathers, the superciliary region also slightly
erayish and with narrow shaft lines of grayish or buffy white; auricu-
lars like the back but somewhat lightened by rather broad buff shaft
markings; sides of neck Saccardo’s umber, shading inferiorly toward
tawny olive; chin white; throat grayish white; jugulum vinaceous
buff, slightly washed laterally with brownish; breast tilleul buff;
abdomen dull pinkish buff; lower tail-coverts between ochraceous
tawny and zine orange; sides of breast and jugulum between tawny
olive and Saccardo’s umber; sides tawny olive; flanks clay color;
thighs between wood brown and tawny olive; inner under wing-
coverts between cinnamon buff and pinkish buff; the outer rows
tilleul buff; inner margins of outer secondaries and inner primaries
avellaneous. Total length (in flesh'), 160 mm.; wing, 73.5; tail, 47;
exposed culmen, 17.5; tarsus, 28; middle toe without claw, 16.2.

This new subspecies is more rufescent on the upper parts and on sides
of neck than Malacocincla abbott. biittikoferi from Borneo; also more
extensively and brightly tinged with ochraceous and ochraceous
buff below. It thus really more closely resembles Malacocincla
abbottt oliwacea from the Malay Peninsula. The Bornean bird,
Malacocincla abbotti biittikeferi,? while it seems to be but subspecifi-
cally different from the Malay Peninsula race, Malacocincla abbotti
olivacea, is yet a recognizable form, differing in less rufescent upper
surface, and less extensively and brightly ochraceous under parts.
The type of Malacocincla abbotti sirensis is the only specimen ob-
tained by Doctor Abbott.

The present species, Malacocincla abbotti Blyth, is clearly so differ-
ent structurally from Turdinus macrodactylus, the type of the genus
Turdinus, that its generic separation is apparently necessary. The

i Measured by the collector.
2 Malacocincla biittikoferi Finsch, Notes Leyden Mus., vol. 22, March, 1901, p. 218 (Borneo).

NO. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 197

former has a tarsus that t appears almost booted, so o slight a are “¢ usually
the indications of scutellae, while in ZYurdinus macrodactylus the
scutellations are very distinct. Also the tarsi are weaker; the feathers
of throat not stiff and scale-like; and the lower tail-coverts reach
much more than halfway to the ends of the rectrices, instead of
much less than halfway in Turdinus. The name Malacocincla Blyth
(type, Malacocincla abbotti Blyth)! is the proper generic term for this
species and its allies.

The subspecies of Malacocincla abbotti now number five, the ranges
of which are as follows:

Malacocincla abbotti abbotti Blyth.—Nepal and Assam to Tenas-
serim.

Malacocinela abbotti olivacea (Strickland).—Malay Peninsula.

Malacocincla abbotti biittikofert Finsch.—Borneo.

Malacocincla abbott. baweana Oberholser.2—Bawean Island, Java
Sea.

Malacocincla abbotti sirensis Oberholser.—Pulo Mata Siri, Java
Sea.

Family TURDIDAE.
KITTACINCLA MELANURA NIGRICAUDA Vordermen.

Cittocincla nigricauda VORDERMAN, Natuurk. Tijdsch. Nederl.-Indie, vol. 52,
1893, p..197 (Kangean Island, Java Sea).

A single immature male of this species, taken on November 26,
1908, is referred to this form from the Kangean Islands. We have
no specimens from these islands, however, and the present bird may
well not be identical; but from the published description of Aittacincla
nigricauda it is not with certainty distinguishable. It is just molting
from the juvenal plumage into that of the adult, and with wings,
upper surface, throat, and breast still showing evidences of imma-
turity. From specimens of Kittacincla melanura opisthochroa Ober-
holser,’ from Lasia Island, off the western coast of Sumatra, this
Pulo Mata Siri bird differs in much larger size and much paler pos-
terior lower parts.

The measurements of this specimen (No. 181704, U.S.N.M.) a are
as follows: Total length (in flesh +), 228 mm.; wing, 99°; tail, 106°;
exposed culmen, 18; tarsus, 27; middle toe without claw, 19.

If this bird is really identical with Kittacincla nigricauda Vorder-
man, the latter is certainly but a subspecies of Kittacincla melanura.

1 Malacocincla Blyth, Journ. Asiatic Soe. Bengal, vol. 14, pt. 2, No. 164, for August, 1864, p. 600 (type, by
monotypy, Malacocinela abbotti Blyth).

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, February 8, 1917, p. 194 (Bawean Island, Java Sea).

3 Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. 60, No. 7, October 26, 1912, p. 13 (Pulo Lasia).

4 Measured by the collector.

5 Not fully grown.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Family D DICRURIDAE.

DICRUROPSIS PECTORALIS SIRENSIS, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Resembling Dicruropsis' pectoralis solom-
bensis Oberholser,? from Solombo Besar Island, but larger; frontal
hairs shorter or absent; black of upper parts deeper, richer, more
velvety, and more bluish (less brownish or greenish) ; hackles on sides
of neck more bluish or purplish (less greenish); metallic spots on
throat and breast more bluish (less greenish); posterior lower sur-
face of a deeper and more velvety (less brownish) black, with more
bluish (less greenish) sheen.

Description—Type, adult female, No. 181510, U.S.N.M.; Pulo
Mata Siri, Java Sea, December 8, 1907; Dr. W. L. Abbott. Upper
parts velvety black, with a slight violet or bluish sheen, but pileum and
a few pointed feathers on cervix, shining metallic iiuish black, and
the upper tail-coverts shining anetniie dull blackish green; tail black
the external webs of rectrices more or less rhatgivied with shining
metallic dull blackish green; wings black, becoming slightly brownish
on tips of primaries and on inner margins of all the quills; the exposed
portions of all the superior wing-coverts, the tertials, outer webs of
secondaries, and outer webs of primaries, excepting distal portions,
shining metallic dull blackish green; sides of head and neck velvety
black with a slight violet sheen, the long pointed feathers on the
sides of the neck shining metallic dark delft blue; lower parts velvety
black with a slight violet or bluish sheen, the feathers of lower throat,
jugulum, and upper breast with short lanceolate tips of shining
metallic dusky dull bluish green, giving to these parts a spotted
appearance; lining of wing black, with a bluish or bluish green sheen;
‘Gris straw yellow.”

From Dicruropsis pectoralis leucops, which this new race resembles
more than it does Dicruropsis pectoralis solombensis Oberholser,’
from Solombo Besar Island, it is separable by its rather duller upper
surface, longer hackles on sides of neck, and duller, more brownish
posterior lower parts. The two specimens in the collection are both
adults i in good plumage. Their measurements follow.

1 For the use of this generic name, see p. 185 2 See p. 184.

NO. 2232. BIRDS FROM ISLANDS IN THE JAVA SEA—OBERHOLSER. 199

Measurements of specimens of Dicruropsis pectoralis sirensis.

e ee | °.:
| rise | of
= | , oO | Pes)
SN Fat | i] | 2
vu. Fe M. Sex. Locality. | Date. Collector. 2 | ar 1 on
sNO. | = oh S 5 | = sé
S = a | eee See | ees
a = i Fide & pelseare
|
= i AFORE 2 a= (ease
} |
| | : | 1907. mm mm mm.\ mm.| mm. | mn
HOGS Pa eee | Female..| Pulo Mata | Dee. 8] Dr. W. L. | 305 157) 127 | 31.0 | 26 17
| | Siri, Lau- Abbott. + } |
- rot Is-| | |
lands, Ja- | | |
| va Sea.2 | | | $
ARIS 2. Wedgie: (ayeaeatodi dO... 5. | 308 | 158 | 134 | 30,8 | 25.5 | 18.5
Avgcrapern wotemalesiy 5-0. oa oo ee see rail 306.5 | 157.5 | 130.5 | 30.9 | 25.8 | 4&2
1 Measured in the flesh by the collector. 2 Type.

IV. PULO KALAMBAU.

Pulo Kalambau is one of the largest three islands of the Laurot,
or Laut Kitchil, Islands, m the eastern portion of the Java Sea.
It lies in the southern part of tnis group, and about 90 miles south
of the eastern end of southern Borneo.

Doctor Abbott landed here for a day on December 7, 1907, and
collected two birds, which he as usual presented to the United States
National Museum. These represent two species, and one is an unde-
scribed subspacies. So far as we are aware no birds have ever
been recorded from Pulo Kalambau. Those collected by Doctor
Abbott are given below.

Family RALLIDAE.

GALLICREX CINEREA (Gmelin).
[| Fulica] cinerea GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vol. 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 702 (China).

Doctor Abbott obtained a single specimen, an adult female,
No. 181400, U.S.N.M., December 7, 1907. Length (in flesh), 350 mm.

This example is in perfect plumage, but appears to exhibit no
significant differences in either size or color from Chinese or Philip-
pine birds, though it is somewhat smaller than any of our limited
series of specimens from the Philippine Islands.

Family ZOSTEROPIDAE.
ZOSTEROPS SOLOMBENSIS ZACHLORA, new subspecies.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Zosterops solombensis solom-
bensis, from Solombo Besar Island, but somewhat larger, particularly
the bill; upper tail-coverts, pileum, and cervix, duller, more greenish
(less yellowish) olive green; back lighter; and lower surface duller
less golden (more greenish) yellow, the flanks and sides paler.

3 See p. 188.

°200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vob. 54.

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 181589, U.S.N.M.; Pulo
Kalambau, Laurot Islands, Java Sea, December 7, 1907; Dr. W. L.
Abbott. Upper surface warbler green, the upper tail-coverts
lighter, between warbler green and pyrite yellow; tail chaetura
drab, the feathers margined basally on external webs with warbler
green; wings chaetura drab, the imner margins of the remiges,
except at tips, paler, almost whitish, the tertials hair brown washed
with warbler green; superior wing-coverts and outer margins of
outer vanes of wing-quills warbler green; broad orbital ring white;
a small black spot under the anterior part of the eye and continuous
with the black lores; supraloral stripe lemon chrome; remainder of
sides of head and neck between warbler green and pyrite yellow,
and passing superiorly into the green of the upper parts, inferiorly
into the yellow of the lower surface; lower parts medially rather
dull yellow, between lemon yellow and wax yellow; flanks, with
sides of breast and body, pyrite yellow; lining of wing naphthalene
yellow. Total length,’ 126 mm.; wing, 57.5; tail, 42.5; exposed
culmen, 11.5; tarsus, 18.5; middle toe without claw, 10.5.

Although Doctor Abbott obtaimed but a single specimen, this
differs in such a manner from Zosterops solombensis solombensis of
Solombo Besar Island, that it seems to be without doubt subspecifi-
cally distinct. Its upper surface is more uniform, indeed, almost
of the same shade throughout, due chiefly to the fact that there is
much less contrast between the back and the upper tail-coverts.

1 Measured in the flesh by the collector.

AN ACCOUNT OF SOME FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER,
CALIFORNIA.

By Joun OTTERBEIN SNYDER,
Of Stanford University, California.

Owens River basin occupies a long, narrow valley in the most
rugged part of the high Sierras of California. On the west the moun-
tains rise in an enormous wall above which tower the peaks of
Whitney, Tyndall, and Lyell. On the east are Inyo Range and the
White Mountains, whose summits also reach a great elevation.
Owens Valley may properly be included within the Great Basin,
its western boundary being coincident with the recognized confines
of the latter. It is without exterior drainage, Owens River and its
tributaries receiving their water from the slopes of the neighboring
mountains and discharging it into Owens Lake, from which it is
carried off largely by evaporation. The water of the lake is strongly
impregnated with mineral salts.

The catchment basin of Owens River is narrowly though sharply
separated from that of the San Joaquin by the crest of the Sierras.
On the north are Mono Lake and its tributaries, and also a few rela-
tively small depressions which may at one time have been connected
with the quaternary Lake Lahontan. Extending far to the east
and south is a wide expanse of almost waterless desert.

The occurrence of fishes in Owens River has long been known,
but no serious attempt has been made to establish their relationships,
a matter of importance when considered in connection with the
geographical position and the complete isolation of the valley. Con-
siderable interest therefore attaches to a small collection made by Mr.
Clarence Kennedy while acting as assistant to the California State
Fish and Game Commission at Laws, a station on the main river.
Here the current is not very rapid, and the shores are more or less
marshy.

Four native species are represented in the collection, possibly
not the entire fish fauna of the basin. They are a catostomid, two
cyprinoids, and a poeciliid. The catostomid and cyprinoids are
Lahontan species and do not appear to possess any local peculiari-

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2333
201

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54

ties. The former, Catostomus arenarius, is abundantly represented
in Owens River, while on the contrary it seems to be very rare in the
Lahontan system, where specimens are seldom caught. ‘The cypri-
noids, Siphateles obesus and Agosia robusta, are common and widely
distributed Lahontan species. The poeciliid, Cyprinodon macula-
rius, is a form which has an irregular distribution in desert springs
and small streams of southern Nevada, California, and elsewhere..
Native trout have not been reported from the Owens River basin,
their absence calling to mind the similar case of Eagle Lake, which
has been reached by Lahontan catostomids and cyprinoids but not
by the trout. The trout of Hagle Lake is related to those of the
western slopes of the mountains.

The fauna of Owens River has been largely derived from the
Lahontan system. Two of its species, C. arenarius and A. robusta,
may have reached the river by stream capture, but the presence of
Siphateles offers some difficulty to the acceptance of a speculation
which would thus account for the invasion of the basin by Lahontan
species. The known species of Siphateles are lake and channel forms,
and none has yet been observed at a great distance up stream from
a lake, a deep spring pond, or a slough-like channel.

CATOSTOMUS ARENARIUS Snyder. a

SAND-BAR SUCKER.

Representatives of but one species of Catostomus were secured,
and these belong to a form (C. arenarius lately described from the
Lahontan system. Where first discovered, the species appears to be
rare, for after considerable collecting only nine specimens were obtained,
not enough to furnish very definite data regarding its characteristics
and distribution. Since, however, examples were taken in high
mountain streams, in the lower Truckee River, and in Pyramid and
Tahoe Lakes, one may be permitted to infer that its distribution is
rather general in the Lahontan system, and therefore equally so in
Owens River. Of its occurrence here Mr. Kennedy observes:

Suckers are common everwhere in the main river, usually lying in schools on the
inflow side of the pools, with heads upstream. Some are very handsome fish, dark
olive brown, with the paler areas of the sides flecked with shining gold which fades
into yellowish white on the fins and ventral surface. Some are not so dark, gray and
white examples often being seen.

Differences of a measurable character appear when examples from
Owens River and the Lahontan system are compared, the former
having somewhat smaller scales and longer fins. The differences are
slight, and they may perhaps disappear with the study of a larger
series of specimens.

NO. 2333. FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER—SNYDER. 203

Scale counts on Catostomus arenarius, Owens River.

Sealeslaterall senerse ase 25 sone oles einis ebesaie 72 | aN 7A | 7h 16 | a7 TS tee | 80
Number’ ot specimenst: . ef. SQu252% 2-28 3 a |S | | «5 | Ouro bel O48 3
Scales before dorsal fin...........----------| 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 | 39 | 40] 41 42
Numberof-specimenss. 20.5042.) YS. «ee | ho Orih Sif d | LO 3) 9). 2 1
| | | | | | |
Scalesabove tater HiG....c:-2----- 5. sp da don V6 [17 [1s |... lero l es
Nuinper ef specnmnens: LS 2h) est ee EG LT: | SS aa ese beh oplaios
Scales below lateral line. ....-.....------ fete 2) S| 14 eRe a Se
Number of specimens.......-..--.-.-- -..-| 10 | 14 | 16 | 14 ee ee
| baal Neer ae eee Pe

Measurements of Catostomus arenorius, Owens River.

Length of body....-. mm..| 155 | 179 | 170 | 154 | 169 | 153 | 160 | 143 | 128 | 18
IhengthAiead. ae. feo et .29 | .2D:| .20 |. 255 126i $240), 245 P25 G le 26 |e 2
Depth body -£¢.-- ai--: £E (Fie! (90) | eet (oie | TO) 22 Ne OT) 20 od | op
Depth caudal pedunele. .-.!.095 | .10 | .10 | .09 | .09 | .10 | .09 | .10 | .10; .09
Length caudal peduncle...) .17 |.155 | .14.| .16 |) .17) .17 |.155 | .18 | .18) .17
Length snout... .........-- Vous deh 2 Wy |. 1S6y) Fey | £42 015. | eh Ie 1
Diameter eyerr: 2). fo2\- 5 er 04 }-.04 |.037 | .04 | .04 |.036 |.037 |.038 |.048 04
Interorbital width -......- eds |. O90n). fuk .10.) .10 10 |.095 | .09 | ..11 09
Depth head’. re... 20. 2. ee 0 A Pe ea WF a a We 16
Spout tojoccipyt... 22... > a2 P2me | 2 Be) ve 22e Yt Fadel 22.) 520). 2000 20) 22 21
Snoutiejdorsaly ..9e 32. a8 .48 | .51 | .52 515 } -52) .51 | .49 7) 251 | 52). .00
Snout to ventral.......... .57 | .50 | .56 | On) OMe) OT, | Bool. OS, | DP bec DOO
Length base of dorsal. . 22). 147). 15) |. 185-) 14,112) '.13? 15 | .13 | 12 15
Length base of anal....... .08 |.085 | .08 | .08 |.078 | .08 .085 | .08 |.075 | .08
Height dorsal... ......-.- Lis | 1 ber |. Peete) bet L1G | 17.) 18 |. 185 bo 19 8
Height anal..............1. 95 |.295 | .20 | .22 | . 19 BS): a A a a
Length pectoral. ......-.- fap) tae.) 19pF | 12) 20 tet | OT TST Os has
Beneth ventrak. 4. ab... <% 1H} i. ESe| Sia] ie) bo 215 |. 175°). Togs fe
envthyeaudal. - 42.4... - a. | 22 | .23 |.215 | .21 | .22 | .22 |.225 | .23 | ..25 V ep
Worsal tays-.>.. .4-2.... e- HO 5° get "9 7 Ca Vt a a 0 a ea 6 at 20 Pa
Amal tays.-) aR: Jp8. 2h 23 a ae eee eee a Uy leet Woest sh
Seales lateral line......... Ve Ge | = ee | 4 | | Sle | Me | 75 4 Eiletehts baknee
Scales above lateral line...) 17 | 15| 15! 17} 18| 17|.17) 16 broth fant he
Scales below lateral line.... 12) 12) 13| 14) 13] 13] 13] 13) 14 3
Seales before dorsal... ....- | 39) 36 | 39 | 39| 38 | 40] 41 | 40 | 7 eee
| | | |

SIPHATELES OBESUS (Girard).
LAKE CHUB.

Specimens of this species appear to be like those found in the
Lahontan system. The largest fishes secured at Laws measure 132
millimeters.

Scale counts of Siphateles obesus, Owens River.

| | cog
Scales in lateral series..........- |.50.| Bk) 52 |58./\541.55,1 56 1|,57)|,58 4.59 | .60
Number of speCimens..........-- eg RE Lg FG el SP a RA 3 PG Lata
; | | | |
Seales before dorsal fin.......-.-. L2G) ic 2 Zell 28 te ea valte2Os | (Sel +3ul | 32 | bBo
Number of specimens........---- i 0 a ah a | oe eer) el Deere
} |
Scalesjaboye lateral line ..).: . 5 <.| 12.) 13 )-44)]-2.-) 25)))16 |. 2.0). Lathes ee]-o-]e -3-
Number of specimens. ........--- 6p) 16 [Zi |e 3 2 | Wek: ie “| the
Scales below lateral line. ....... Gi) 7 | Subtanl $9 jleyslobee alt t Fe | gece tie
Number of specimens............ PIM, yee Nees] HOO |< \owia|2 a eale aise [Awa le a. ole ne
|

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54

Examples from the Lahontan system exhibit the following scale characters:

Scales in lateral series........... (50 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55156 57 | 58 | 59} 60

Number of specimens. ....-...--- b Babee Qi dSen, Geral s Msi iad | cide Ae i

Scales before dorsal fin.......... [ee |) BE 29 1 SO ST 32 Weds ne easels 25 ee

Number of specimens. ........--- Ap ORR el MGS RS i) duly 20). ceebaer | ee haa

Scales above lateral line........ | 12 | TE oa 2 Da eel a Ba ie pik. |icn

Number of specimens. .......---- ec Se SOC25! | Tabet We leas. Cee ject sn ee pee
Lee | |

Measurements of Siphateles obesus, Owens River, Laws.

| |
Length of body......mm..} 109} 90| 86/ 91]| 89] 83] S8L| 82] 88 89
Renethjitead er oe oie 29 est) S29 28) 2284 SQM 27, SN or eee
Depth woody as ss ee coe (240 | 220" | "226. | . 2G] 2208! 26, | 22%": 2a ay aoe
Depth caudal peduncle...) .11 | .18 |.135 | .13 | .12 | .13 | .13 | .13 |.1385 | .18
Length caudal peduncle...| .20 | .20 | .22 | .20 | .21 | .20 | .20| .21 | .19 | ..21
Kencth snout. <5... 5- 22 .08 |.075 | .08 | .08 | .08 | .09 |.076 | .08 |.075 | .08
Diametereyes: (2iho.-2. .05 | .06 | .06 |.055 |.065 | .07 |.065 | .07 | .06 | .06
Interorbital width .......- OFF) STON) £ LOOP) 095" <5 10h 1012092 -| 10S hile eras
Pepinneate =. eee ee 20 20 P20") 20") «20 | F2k 1220 20" ea Nae
Snout to occiput.......... AV ZN). 20 | h Qie i 20s BOI 622i. 21 seat pee
Snoutitd-dorsal = fos: 2 .06 | .57 | .55 | .53 | .55 | .57 | .55 | .55 1.5657) 255
Snout to ventral .......... .500 | .55 | .56 | .55 | .56 | .56 | .56 |.,56 | 256] 9.55
Length base of dorsal. .... SRP) 2 LO) 2B) OR 126 eh ae | 512 +: a a er
Length base of anal. --...}. 085 | .09 | .10 | .08 | .09 |.082 |.085 | .09 | .10 08
Merah dorawke-). ee. eM EO VSS") Tet) CRAY 208) AG 4 208 ATS: en 20
Fleroht anal “2 oo. 21S) | SU. tT ea BS eT | 4 5 De aS
Length pectoral.....-..--- Veo | = UGS) SS. s Uifenees Wy tera 7) =i 7, x eS a eee aE
Tenoth ventrat 2225-0 oe. |}. 155°). 15: | 15°) . 14 |. 16 | 214 | «15 4 25° 4 S66
enethicandale = sa sae 230) [225 | adorh .22 1) 220) || e222 lo 20] 24 eee 25
Borsa hrays: Sees oa S18 8 Save a8 Si peas cha nite: 3)
POT ROS os Se he aan = 8 ee ae Se alge 8 8 8 omni eeany | i 8 7
Scales lateral line......... Pe | a2) Ve | Os.) Spe | oa SO) Gi be 54
Scales above lateral line.... 14| 14] 13] 14; 15} 14) 138] 14) 14 15
Scales below lateral line... 6 7 7 8 7 ‘oot eigen 7 7 7
Scales before dorsal........ Soul poet |e 29°) "S233 Rggaingy Hogg 31

AGOSIA ROBUSTA Rutter.

BLACK MINNOW.

Numerous specimens of this species fail to present any distinctive
local characteristics when compared with a large series from the
Lahontan system. The general shape is similar to Lahontan ex-
emples. The barbels, usually present, are in some cases only seen
on one side or the other, or are entirely absent. The laternal line
may be entirely complete or variously interrupted, but usually
extends to or beyond a point beneath the origin of the dorsal fin.
There is a dark lateral stripe which is indistinct anteriorly, but very
prominent posteriorly, ending in a black, round spot at the base
of the caudal fin. Spots of dark pigment are scattered over the
body. They are irregular in outline, their boundaries not coinciden
with those of the included scales.

NO. 2333. FISHES FROM OWENS RIVER—SNYDER. 205

In 20 examples the scales in the lateral series number 60 to 67;
between occiput and insertion of dorsal 37 to 42; above lateral line
12 to 14; below lateral line 9 or 10.

Mr. Kennedy remarks:

This species is not common. It varies much in color, often being olive brown
above, occasionally more gray than olive; yellowish white below. The side stripe
is in some cases very conspicuous, in others obscure. The small, yellowish eye dis-
tinguishes this fish among others. ;

CYPRINODON MACULARIUS Baird and Girard.
SPOTTED PURSY MINNOW.

This little fish occurs in the shallow pools along the river. It
abounds in the bog pastures and tulle swamps, and enters the irriga-
tion ditches in large numbers. When undisturbed it swims about
after the manner of top-minnows, the mouth at the surface, the tail
deeply submerged.

Mr. Kennedy reports that the swampy areas of Owens River are
relatively free from mosquitoes, and suggests that their absence is
probably due to the activities of this fish. The suggestion is well
worth serious attention, and if investigation proves that the species
aids in controling the pest in this place, its introductlon should
be attempted in swampy and irrigated regions where mosquitoes
abound, parts of the Sacramento Valley, and the lower Humboldt
River, for example.

ae a) hubetieneee

cal see ‘of api. Wi

vd Pudi “ots ad nee watts:

row) ol

PDAS |

} i ast ee ee io
et sae

ans oitd 2

f Eeshws, irage

Afi i ran y

aN wee Witees) Maw?

ee ee ee rn ee tel
as. PI eT Wah ite Jedin sa tS Ny
Yes Habra Grewal: :

MOR MORIST A Rrotinns, Vs vale aile te a
BLADE MENON

" Mearienmdns syeihocte if This upieivees alt iach arey distinctev
joxs gf phe Minitchisticsiniels when tanecr ated Sep a large aeties frye,
hanno ntes: apie. hei geared shape te auhatlan te ,
Grapes, The harhots, waietle arestet, ore, (te one tier only eel
one aah ahie 20 the ther, ar are ondinely gheonk the Late ita tine
nity Tbe wntite sy .Uayihetey ok caciously interreptnd ih hat) genome
niwede-to. or bepowdcs prews benenth the onigity af! she dowsat &
Phere is 3 atk jntessl strope thigh a amelertinet sntickoRanenam
provdnent geatucionly, «aging MM em
of aho wands) fies lie wi shale
pody. Thay are’ ms
‘wath oun fhe ne a,

NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS AND OTHER MOLLUSKS
FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

By Witi1am Hearrty Datt,

Honorary Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum.

During the past year the writer received from Mr. Y. Hirasé, of
Japan, a number of shells for identification, with a request that any
new species be described. Having given special attention to the
Chrysodomoid whelks, the opportunity was taken to revise the group-
ing of those mollusks as well as to prepare descriptions of a number
of new species which occurred in Mr. Hirasé’s collection.

The unique types were returned to him, but of several species
cotypes were available for the National Collection. A few species
of especial interest from the west coast of America are included in
this paper.

A prodrome of the proposed classification of Chrysodomus and
its allies was published! but, as this comprised merely a list of
genera and subdivisions with designation of types, it was thought
best. to give herewith the complete discussion of the facts upon
which the revision was based. A large number of boreal species
from the Bering Sea region remain to be described at a later oppor-
tunity. '

Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson.

The nuclei or larval shells of species belonging to Chrysodomus
and its allies present several distinct types and numerous mutations.

In many cases, as in Buccinum and Busycon, it was shown many
years ago by Loven and others that a single ovicapsule contains a
number of ova fertile and unfertile. The unfertile eggs serve as food
for the larvae developed from the fertile ones and there is a certain
amount of competition between the larvae in the capsule which re-
sults in the most vigorous larvae getting more food and making a
larger growth than the more weakly coinhabitants of the capsule.
Thus at the time of leaving the capsule and coming into the outer
world, it sometimes happens that there will be perceptible differ-
ences between the individuals issuing from a single capsule, not only

1Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 29, pp. 7-8, January, 1916.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2134. 307

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

in actual size but in the length of the coil of whorls and the size
and compactness of the larval apex.

The most common and typical nucleus comprises one or two
whorls of a thin, smooth, more or less inflated character, while the
normal sculpture of the adult shell usually commences abruptly at
the termination of the nuclear coil. In some cases there are three or
more nuclear whorls which are then usually coiled in a subeylindri-
cal fashion.

The apex or initial whorl of the first fundamental type may pre-
sent either of the following phases: (1) a bulbous appearance at
times even larger in diameter than the next succeeding whorl; it
may, however, be (2) small and coiled upon itself in a regular man-
ner, gradually increasing in size. It may be (8) tilted obliquely to
the axes of the succeeding whorls, or it may be (4) so compactly
coiled that the initial cell forms with its first half whorl a little angie
or point which forms the actual apex of the spire. Again the initial
vell may be (5) quite small and regularly increase, with a low blunt
spire recalling the appearance of a small 7'urbo viewed vertically
from above. Most of these mutations are incidents of growth, and
while the nucleus in a general way remains tolerably constant in
form (though varying in size) within the species, I have found cases
where from the same bunch of capsules one might select bulbous
turbinoid, or laxly coiled nuclei.

These nuclear shells are thin, easily eroded, and it is frequently a
matter of no little difficulty to find a single intact nucleus, even in a
very large series of specimens of a single species. As the animal
grows it either forms septa behind it as the viscera are withdrawn
from the nuclear shell or fills the latter solidly up with shelly mat-
ter. This septum is often bulbous exactly as in nuclei of the type
above mentioned (No. 1) and may later be solidly filled up internally
with a shelly deposit. If the species had originally a nucleus of the
type about to be described, and this thin shell be eroded away as is
common, the septum-tip may remain, and so closely resemble the bul-
bous type as to deceive the very elect. One must therefore be on the
alert for a wholly intact nucleus, and if possible secure it from a
very young specimen. The best come from ovicapsules where the
young shells are ready to emerge but have not yet been exposed to
the erosive properties of seawater.

The third type above referred to? so nearly resembles the apex
in the genus Caricella of the Volutidae, that one suspects the pres-

1¥For illustrations of the different types of nucleus which parallel one another in the
Chrysodomiae and Volutidae see Friele in Norwegian North Atlantic expedition, Mol-
lusea, pt. 1, pls. 1-3; and Dall, Trans. Wagner Inst., vol. 3, pt. 1, pls. 6 and 7, as
follows: No. 1, Friele, pl. 1, fig. 12 a—b; No. 2, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 3a; No. 3, Dall, pl. 6, fig.
6; No. 5a; and Friele, pl. 1, fig. 110; No. 4, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 6, and Friele, pl. 1, fig. 100;
No. 5, Dall, pl. 6, fig. 8.

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. _ 209

ence in the larva of a cartilaginous primal] cell, lost in the ovicapsule
before emergence, and of which the shelly pointed apex is the
secondary stage.

The first fundamental type may for brevity be termed the Chrys-
odomoid. The second, after its characteristic genus, the Siphonor-
bitoid. The latter may be described as follows: It has a turbinoid
aspect when viewed from above and is always depressed or at least
blunt; it is regularly coiled; it begins with a smooth minute apical
cell which develops a whorl or sometimes a whorl and a half, then
assumes a sculptured surface, composed of one or more sharp spirals
crossed by rather distant thin sharp axial riblets for two or three
regularly enlarging, moderately inflated whorls, usually ending ab-
ruptly but sometimes merging gradually into the adult sculpture;
and is more or less invested with a distinct, sometimes villous,
periostracum. This type of nucleus is common not only to the group,
Siphonorbis, but also to Mohnia, Kryptos, and the aberrant 7'ro-
schelia, which, by its dentition, is allied to Fascitolaria and Fusinus,
perhaps indicating a closer relationship between these genera at an
earlier period.

The Siphonorbis nucleus is figured by Friele on plate 2, figs. 19,
22, 30, and 34; and one with the original sculpture eroded, at fig. 25.

As far as sculpture is concerned the group of Colus divides itself
naturally into those with spiral sculpture, but without axial riblets
(Colus sensu stricto), in which the spiral sculpture may be strong
or feeble, though in some of the latter it is almost obsolete, the shell
without careful and even microscopic scrutiny appearing smooth;
and those with axial plications, which are frequently confined to
the early whorls and absent or obsolete on the later ones. There is
also a small group (Avryptos) in which the axial sculpture may be
developed only as nodules at the shoulder. The latter has not been
examined anatomically and has been claimed as a member of another
family.

In general form we have infinite gradations from the elongated
type, simulating /'usinus, with narrow, nearly straight, and produced
canal, to those species in which the canal is short and recurved, or
wide and hardly differentiated from the aperture; or Buccinoid and
scarcely to be differentiated from Buccinum except by the operculum.
There is also a small group in which the shell is plicate and usually
dark colored and, comparec with the typical forms, quite minute
in size.

The group of Chrysodomus proper has preponderately spiral
sculpture sometimes varied by rude axial nodes or projecting lamellae,
the shell substance tending to have a translucent outer layer and the

3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——15

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

periostracum extremely thin and usually absent except in the most
protected places; the color tending in many cases to a purplish tint.
In Colus, on the other hand, the periostracum is generally conspicu-
ous, strongly adherent, usually smooth or even polished, though
occasionally villous; the outer layer of the shell beneath it of an
opaque chalky consistency and generally whitish. When the villosity
of the periostracum is worn the basis may remain smooth and even
acquire a polish. It is usually of a yellowish or greenish brown.
The operculum is usually rounded-triangular with apical nucleus,
the inner side with a thickened margin of a vitreous appearance.
This, however, may be reduced to a thin, hardly perceptible varnish.
The operculum may be shortened and the apex curved to the left, a
tendency which in Mohnia is increased until the operculum as-
sumes a subspiral form. In Ancistrolepis it becomes fan shaped,
solid, with the apical part much prolonged beyond the attachment to
the opercular gland, reminding one of the spurlike end of the oper-
culum in Strombus. In Beringius it becomes short and rounded-
quadrate, the nucleus at one side.

Whichever set of characters are selected to divide the genera into
groups, it will be found that the other characters, each in its own
group, will provide a parallel set of forms. Thus it becomes ex-
tremely puzzling to decide which characters shall carry most weight,
and whatever decision is arrived at there will be a reasonable oppor-
tunity for differences of opinion among systematists.

The dentition among the species examined seems to show compara-
tively little variation, chiefly in the presence or absence of minor
cusps.

It is somewhat surprising that some authors, even at this late day,
will accept the prelinnean and frankly polynomial names in the
work of Klein and oppose the adoption of the binomial and prop-
erly proposed names of the Museum Boltenianum. The probable
explanation is that the latter until recently has been difficult of access
and Klein’s miserable Tentamen is comparatively common. At all
events Klein’s polynomials have fortunately no standing in zoological
nomenclature. Mérch in 1852 adopted the name Stpho for Murex
islandicus Gmelin, but it had previously been used by Fabricius and
others and was not available. Moreover, the same species had been
adopted by Beck as an example of his genus 7’ritonofusus. In my
discussion of the history of the generic name F'usus in 1906, above
cited, I showed that by adopting the name Colus Bolten, for the group
typified by WU. islandicus, the name Fasciolaria of Lamarck could be
conserved. Colus being prior to Beck’s genus, the name 7'ritonofusus,
accepted by me in revising the family in 1902, must be relegated to
synonymy.

NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. BAL

In the magnificent volume on the mollusks of the expeditions in
northern seas of the Princess Alice and Hirondelle by Dautzenberg
and Fischer, published by the Prince of Monaco in 1912, the authors
have utilized Morch’s name for this group of Chrysodominae and
have divided it into several subgenera, chiefly on the basis of the ©
relative lengths of the spire and canal. If the learned authors had
been able to consult such a collection of boreal Buccinidae as the
United States National Museum possesses, it is probable that they
would have given less weight to characters of which every grada-
tion may sometimes be observed between species of this group, and
which often afford little opportunity of drawing valid distinctions
of more than specific rank between them.

Their arrangement is as follows:

Genus SIPHO “ Klein, 1753.”

Subgenus Siphonorbis Morch, 1869_____-________. Type, S. ebur Morch.
Section Turrisipho Dautzenberg and Fischer,

ASTD SO Es Ss ihe SOE atte ee Type, S. lachesis Morch.
Subgenus Anomalosipho Dautzenberg and Fischer,

(0) oe ne 0 ee ee. ee ee Type, S. verkruzeni “ Kobelt.”
Subgenus Mohnia Friele, 1879_-__~_____________ Type, S. mohni Friele.
Subgenus Parasipho Dautzenberg and Fischer,

a a a ep a a ee gy) Sel Aaa: Lee Type, S. kroyeri Moller.

The arrangement adopted by M. Cossmann in his Essais de
Paléoconchologie comparée, 1901, p. 96,-is as follows:

Family CHRYSODOMIDAE.
Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson, 1840.

Subgenus Chrysodomus s. s.
Subgenus Sipho “ Klein,” Cossmann, 1901.1
Neotype, S. gracilis Da Costa.
Section Siphonorbis Morch, 1869.
Type, Neptunea ebur Morch.
Subgenus Volutopsis Morch, 1857.
Type, Veptunea norvegica Chemnitz.
Section Mohnia Friele, 1879.
Type, Wf. mohni Friele.

1M. Cossmann in the “ Hssais,” p. 101, writes: ‘Le nom Sipho, emprunté a Klein a
été admis par les plupart des auteurs bien avant Moérch (vy. Herrmannsen, 1845).’’ On
turning to Herrmannsen’s volume (of 1847) we find indeed that Sipho had been used by
Fabricius and Brown before Morch, but for totally different animals from those now desig-
nated Oolus, while for Klein’s Sipho Herrmannsen’s comment is: ‘‘ Genus Turbinum, Fusi,
Mitrae, Buccini, et Pisaniae species confundens,”’

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM,

VOL. 54.

Genus PARVISIPHO Cossmann, 1889.

Subgenus Parvisipho s. s. 1889.

Type, Yusus terebralis Lamarck (Eocene).
Section Columbellisipho Cossmann, 1889.
Type, Fusus hordeolus Lamarck (Eocene).

Subgenus Z'ortisipho Cossmann, 1889.

Type, Pusus gucundus Deshayes (Eocene).

Subgenus Andonia Harris and Burrows, 1891.

Type, Fusus bonellit Géné (Pliocene).

Subgenus Amplosipho Cossmann, 1901.

Type, Buccinum rottaet Baudon (Eocene).

Subgenus Varicosipho Cossmann, 1901.

Type, Sipho labrosus Tate (Eocene).

In the case of the arrangement of Dautzenberg and Fischer, it has
already been conclusively shown that SipAo can not be used in con-
formity with the International rules. TZwurrisipho differs from Si-
phonorbis only in the relative height of the spire to the length of the
aperture. This character is subject to infinite gradations between
related species and in my opinion is of not more than specific value,
when the whole series is considered. Take the following series show-
ing the relation between aperture (including the canal) and the
whole shell in total length.

S. lachesis has a ratio of 1 to 2.36.

S. tortuosus has a ratio of 1 to 1.93, difference 0.43.

C. islandicus has a ratio of 1 to 1.90, difference 0.03.

C. hirsutus has a ratio of 1 to 1.90, difference 0.03.

C. jeffreysianus has a ratio of 1 to 1.82, difference 0.08.

C. pubescens has a ratio of 1 to 1.68, difference 0.14.

S. sabinii has a ratio of 1 to 1.44, difference 0.24.

Thus the difference between sabinii and tortwosus equals 0.49, or
0.06 more than between Jachesis and the species nearest to it.

It is, however, true that the unusually long spire of S. lachesis gives
it a rather peculiar aspect.

Anomalosipho presents a somewhat different case. The shell so
beautifully figured by Messrs. Dautzenberg and Fischer under the
name of Sipho verkruzeni Kobelt, is difficult to identify with the
original figure of that species given by Kobelt in 1876, who says
“feinen nur bei starkerer vergrésserung sichtbaren spiralstreifen.”
This agrees with specimens received from Verkruzen by me and
named by Kobelt in 1876. It is possible that Verkruzen, who was
not an expert, may have sent out more than one species under that
name. At all events Dautzenberg’s shell upon which the name

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. : 213

Anomalosipho is based, is very different in form and color from the
original S. verkruzeni, which is not an Anomalosipho as defined. I
would therefore propose the name of Anomalosipho dautzenbergii
for the real type of that subgenus, which has perfectly obvious
strong spiral sculpture and is closely related to “ Huthria” conulus,
Aurivillius, from the Arctic Ocean near Bering Strait, described and
figured in the Vega report of 1885 (pl. 13, fig. 6).

Mohnia is generally accepted, and fairly well distinguished from
the other groups, though some species of Plicifusus have a somewhat
incurved nucleus of the operculum. It is notable that shells specifi-
cally very unlike agree in having a Mohnia operculum.

The subgenus Parasipho is founded on the same type as Plicifusus
proposed 10 years earlier, and which will therefore take precedence.

M. Cossmann’s arrangement is peculiar in making Mohnia a
section of ‘Volutopsis, but its principal feature is the combination
of a number of small Eocene forms under the generic name of Par-
visipho. In the absence of specimens of these species, it would be
unwise to discuss their relations, especially as M. Cossmann’s fig-
ures, phototyped from the fossils, are not as clearly defined in minor
details as might be desired. One notes, however, the resemblance of
Columbellisipho to Aesopus Gould, and of Amplosipho to certain
forms which have by others been referred to Daphnella. It is also
doubtful if any form with a strongly thickened varicose outer lip
internally dentate, ike Varicosipho, can be safely referred to this
family. The difficulties of correctly referring fossil forms to their
true position in the system without an intimate knowledge of their
recent analogues are, however, very great, and the service rendered
by M. Cossmann in bringing together scattered material for the use
of those of more limited facilities is one deserving of appreciation.

Taking into account the preceding considerations, the following
arrangement has been settled on.

Family CHRYSODOMIDAE.
Genus CHRYSODOMUS Swainson.

Murex, sp. LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 754.

Fusus, sp. BRUGUIERE,. Encyl. Meth., vol. 1, 1789, p. xv, pl. 426. Not of
Helbling, 1779.

Neptunea, sp. BOLTEN, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 115.—Linx, Beschr. Rost.
Samml., vol. 3, 1807, p. 117.

Chrysodomus SwAINson, Malacology, 1840, pp. 90, 308. Type, Murex an-
tiquus Linnaeus. Not of G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p.
269 (= Beringius Dall).

914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. 54.

Atractus AGAssiz, Min. Conch., German ed., 1840, p. 44. Types, Murer
striatus (= antiquus Linnaeus) and M. contrarius Gmelin. Not Atrac-
tus Wagler, 1828.

Neptunea Morcu, Cat. Yoldi, 1852, p. 104. (First species, Murer antiquus
Linnaeus). Not of Renier, 1847.

Chrysodomus COSSMANN, Essais de Pal. Comp., livr. 4, 1901, p. 98. Type,
Murex despectus Linnaeus.—Dat1, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 1264, p.
520, 1902.

Neptunea DAUTZENBERG AND FiscHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco,
livr. 37, 1912, p. 68 Harmer, Pliocene Moll. Gt. Brit., pt. 1, p. 156,
1915. Not Neptunia Renier, 1847 (Coelenterata).

The name Neptunea Bolten was given to a heterogeneous collec-
tion now divided into eight or more genera of several distinct
families. Link in 1807 segregated Massa without accepting La-
marck’s name for it, which had already been used by Bolten for a
different group. Bolten selected no type and gave no diagnosis. One
by one the species included in his genus were used as types for new
genera by later authors. The name generally accepted for the present
group and including Fusinus Rafinesque, was Fusus Bruguiére, 1789,
but not of Helbling, 1779.

In 1840 Swainson instituted the genus Chrysodomus and men-
tioned as typical example (p. 90) the “beautiful orange mouth wilk
of England” (Fusus antiquus). The first species of his list given on
a later page is (0. dispectus (sic), the second C. argyrostomus (= C.
antiquus). Both are unquestionably congeneric, and the former,
Murex despectus Linnaeus, has been taken as type by several authors
who probably did not notice the selection of a type on the earlier
page.

Shell large, short-fusiform, smooth or spirally sculptured, some-_
times with rude axial ribbing or nodosities or varixlike sharp
laminae; outer coat of the shell subtranslucent, the inner layers with
a darker, usually purplish tint, the periostracum inconspicuous
and dehiscent; last whorl longer than the spire, with a wide aperture,
the outer lip in the adult flaring or subreflected, not thickened; pillar
flexuous, smooth; labium without callosities or lirae; inner side of the
outer lip without liration in the typical group; the canal rather
long, wide, open and flexuous; animal short and broad; the penis
large, usually sickleshaped and with a small elongate terminal
papilla; operculum ovate with apical nucleus, nearly closing the
aperture; ovicapsules massed, sessile either in a heap as in Buccinum,
or in acylindrical erect group; nucleus submammillary, of the Chryso-
domoid type hereinbefore defined; the subsequent whorls rapidly in-
creasing, not numerous. The dental formula 1. 1. 1, the teeth usually
tricuspid, the central rhachidian cusp and outer lateral cusps usually
larger; the minor cusps often irregular, multiple or obsolete. The
habitat of the genus is in cold water of the North temperate or Arc-
tic seas.

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 915

Section SULCOSIPHO Dall.

Shell like Chrysodomus but more slender and elongate and with
the whorl in front of the suture conspicuously widely sulcate or tabu-
late, the nucleus inflated and slightly oblique, the color whitish.

Type.—C hrysodomus tabulatus Baird, Puget Sound. C.adelphicus
Dall, of Japan, appears to belong to this group also.

Subgenus BARBITONIA Dall.

Shell short and stout, resembling CArysodomus, smooth or
axially ribbed, the outer wall of the aperture in the adult spirally
irate within. Habitat, Northeastern Asia and Japan.

Type.—fusus arthriticus Valenciennes, 1858, Hakodate.

The closely related Neptunea cumingi Crosse, 1862, according to
Aurivillius, has a radula differing from that of typical Chrysodomus
in having two rather long cusps on the laterals, the rhachidian tooth
bearing two curved cusps springing backward from the anterior
edge of the basal plate, and between them on the posterior edge of
the plate two short triangular cusps with no median denticle. The
operculum is large, slightly arched with an apical nucleus. Fusus
Lulbaceus Bernardi, and vinosus Dall, have the dentition of Chryso-
domus, lack axial ribbing and lirations, and, though otherwise simi-
lar, do not belong to this group.

Genus SEARLESIA Harmer.

Searlesia HARMER, Pliocene Moll. Gt. Britain, vol. 1, 1915, p. 135. Type,
Trophon costifer S. Wood, Crag of Britain.
Chrysodomus CoSSMANN, Essais, vol. 4, 1901, p. 101.

Nucleus (of S. dirus) smooth, of two laxly coiled smooth whorls
changing abruptly into the adult sculpture of few strong axial ribs
crossed by numerous spiral threads. The shell-structure subtrans-
lucent, dark colored; the shell short-fusiform, periostracum incon-
spicuous; aperture shorter than the spire, the outer lip thickened
and internally lirate; the body callous, with a narrow chink between
the reflected enamel and the strong siphonal fasciole; canal short,
open, slightly recurved. Radular formula $ :4:4, the median rachi-
dian cusp longer than the others.

The specimens of 7. costifer at my disposal show the nucleus less
perfectly than the recent species from which I have taken the de-
scription, but they appear to be essentially similar. The genus is
convenient as it takes in several West American and Japanese species
for which no satisfactory place had hitherto been found. The
operculum is similar to that of Colus, long-ovate, arcuate, with
apical nucleus and, on the proximal side, a marginal band of vitreous
enamel.

916 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. von, 54.

Genus ECPHORA Conrad.

EHcphora Conrap, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., vol. 1, 1848, p. 310.—Dat1,
Trans. Wagner Inst., vol. 3, 1890, p. 124. Type, Fusus quadricostatus
Say, Miocene, Maryland.

Shell vertically depressed, few whorled, the last much the largest;
structure of shell Chrysodomoid; sculpture of few strong spiral
ribs; canal short, very deep and narrow with a large, funicular um-
bilical pit.

Stenomphalus Sandberger, 1853, from the North European Mio-
cene, appears to represent this form on the other side of the Atlantic,
but I have not been able to examine a specimen.

Genus COLUS Bolten.

Colus Botten, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 117, edition of 1819, p. 82. No
type selected.

Neptunea B Linx, Beschr. Rostock Samml., vol. 3, 1807, p. 117. No type
selected.

Tritonofusus Brcx, Amtl. Ber. d. 24 Vers. Deutsche Naturf., Kiel, 1847,
p. 114. Type, Fusus islandicus Chemnitz — HERRMANNSEN, Ind. Gen.
Mal., vol. 2, 1849, p. 611.—Datt, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264,
1902, p. 522. Not of Mérch, Fort. ov. Gronl. Bloddyr, 1857, p. 18.

Neptunella VERRILL, Inv. An. Vineyard Sound, 1873, p. 6387; Amer. Journ.
Sci., ser. 38, vol. 6, 1873, p. 439. Type, Fusus pygmaeus Gould. Not
Neptunella Meek, 1864.

Siphonella VERRILL, Checkl. Mar. Iny. Atlantic Coast, 1879, p. 20 (New name
for Neptunella preoccupied). Not Siphonella Hagen, 1851, Insecta.
Sipho Morcu, Cat. Yoldi, vol. 1, 1852, p. 104. Not Sipho of Fabricius, 1822,

or of Brown, 1844, or Sypho of Brown, 1827.

Fusus of many AuTHors, but not of Helbling, 1779.

Colus Dati, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), vol. 11, No. 10, 1906, p. 294. Type,
Murex islandicus Gmelin.

Sipho DAUTZENBERG AND FISCHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr.
37, 1912, p. 81. Type, Buccinum gracile Da Costa.

Shell long-fusiform, slender, with numerous moderately rounded
whorls, the nucleus Chrysodomoid, the shell structure usually white,
often with a chalky external layer under a conspicuous, usually
brownish, adherent periostracum; sculpture spiral, seldom very
strong, sometimes nearly obsolete, never axially plicate or ribbed;
aperture of moderate size, the outer lip simple, acute, not thickened
or reflected, rarely slightly expanded; pillar smooth, the inside of the
outer lip not lirate or denticulate; canal varying in length, usually
somewhat tortuous or, when short, recurved; operculum filling the
aperture, formed as in Chrysodomus. Radula like Chrysodomus, the
minor cusps variable, the rhachidian tooth always cuspidate. Ovi-
capsules solitary, lentiform or hemispherical, attached by the whole
of the flat side, usually with several enclosed voung. Nepionic shells

NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. O17.

small, generally with the apical whorl inflated, the next succeeding
somewhat constricted, and the rest regularly increasing; but the
nucleus varies as previously described from inflated and irregular to
blunt and regularly coiled, but always smooth.

Type—Murex islandicus Gmelin.

It is questionable whether the small form named by Gould Fusus
pygmaeus should be separated sectionally from Colus proper, or
not. The characters of radula and periostracum upon which Verrill
based his Veptunella are common to species of larger growth which
one would not think of separating. The nucleus, however, is pecu-
liar in being strongly spirally keeled clear up to the minute apical
cell, thus tabulating the nuclear whorls. The summit, however, is
not flat, and there are no such radial riblets as are found in Siphon-
orbis. Sipho parvus Verrill, a still smaller and similar species as
far as adult characters go, has the nucleus Chrysodomoid, though on
a smaller scale.

Another group of species, typified by /usus spitzbergensis Reeve,
has a special aspect due to the short canal and the prominence of the

spiral ribs separated by chaneled interspaces. It may be called
Aulacdfusus.
Subgenus LATISIPHO Dall.

? Parvisipho CoSSMANN, (part) Cat. Eocene bas. Paris, vol. 4, 1889, p. 147.
EKocene of Paris basin. Type, Fusus terebralis Lamarck (not Gould).

Shell of moderate size, Buccinoid in form, with fine spiral stria-
tion or none; no axial sculpture; the periostracum persistent,
smooth; the spire short, about equal to the aperture; the canal short,
“markedly recurved; the outer lip ample, simple, slightly reflected
in the adult; the body and pillar callous, smooth; the siphonal
fasciole strong with no chink between it and the columellar callus.
Operculum as in Colus with apical nucleus. The nuclear whorls as
in Colus but small.

Type-—Chrysodomus hypolispus Dall, 1891, U. S. Nat. Mus., No.
122606. Bering Sea.

The group of fossil species, included under Parvisipho by its
author, from the present writer’s point of view appears heterogene-
ous, including smooth, plicate, and varicose species, some with inter-
nal lirae in the aperture. P. terebralis Lamarck seems from the
figure somewhat like the present group in outline, but, considering
its geological remoteness, the boreal habit and buccinoid aspect of
_the group here assembled under Latistpho, it seems that a separa-
tion is not unreasonable. The features in Parvisitpho upon which
M. Cossmann lays special stress, such as the pillar without callus,
the absence of a siphonal fasciole (bourrelet), etc., are quite the

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

contrary of those which obtain in Latisipho, of which numerous spe-
cies exist in the Bering Sea region, and which are contrasted with
typical Colus by their buccinoid form and strongly recurved short
canal.

This group is related to Colus much as Latifusus is to Plicifusus.

Curious zigzag ridges, not very prominent, appear behind the
shoulder of the last whorl in some specimens of this species, but
are absent in others. No explanation of them is obvious, but I
suspect them to be pathologic.

Subgenus ANOMALOSIPHO Dautzenberg and Fischer.

Anomalosipho DAUTZENBERG AND FrscHer, Res. Camp. scientifiques de
Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 99.

Shell solid, of moderate size, the nucleus unknown, the sculpture
exclusively spiral, the sutures not constricted, the aperture shorter
than the spire, the canal very short, wide, hardly differentiated from
the aperture.

Type—Sipho verkruzent Dautzenberg and Fischer (not Kobelt) =
Colus dautzenbergii Dall. Atlantic Ocean; Grand Banks. -

The Sipho verkruzeni, var. plicata figured by Brégger and cited
in the work of Dautzenberg and Fischer, appears from the excellent
figure to be probably a young specimen of Plicifusus areticus Philippi.
Tritonofusus adonis Dall, and Euthria conulus Aurivillius, are mem-
bers of this subgenus, but all specimens yet seen have the apices of
the shell eroded so that the nuclear characters are unknown. The
radula appears to have normally three cusps on the rhachidian tooth
and four on the laterals, but one or more cusps are sometimes defi-
cient, according to Aurivillius.

Genus SIPHONORBIS Morch.

Siphonorbis Morcu, Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 17, 1869, p. 397. No type
cited. (First species, Musus lachesis Morch).—Fiscurer, Manuel de
Conchyl., 1884, p. 624. Type selected, S. eburx Mérch, Greenland seas.—
Dat, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, p. 522.—DAuTZENBERG
AND FiscHsmr, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82,
93 (Fusus ebur Morch).

Turrisipho DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHEer, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco,
livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82, 97. Type, S. lachesis Morch.

Nucleus siphonorbitoid as before herein described; shell generally
like Colus, but variable; the canal usually short; the sculpture, if
any, spiral; the spire varying in relative length compared with the
aperture; the operculum as in Colus; the rhachidian tooth with a
single cusp, the laterals with two cusps; otherwise as in Colus.

NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 219

The peculiarly depressed, sharply reticulate, nepionic whorls start-
‘ing from a smooth apical cell form such a contrast to the nucleus in
Colus that it seems reasonable to separate them generically.

Genus KRYPTOS Jeffreys.

Kryptos (Jeffreys) DAUTZENBERG AND FiscHer, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France,
vol. 9, 1896, p. 485. Type, K. elegans Jeffreys, Mém. Soc. Zool. de
France, vol. 9, 1896, p. 485, pl. 15, fig. 20 (Separate copies, p. 41).
Northeastern Atlantic in deep water.

Nucleus initially smooth, then depressed and reticulate as in
Siphonorbis; shell as in Siphonorbis except that axial ribbing is
developed over part or the whole of the shell, becoming reticulate
or nodulous at intersection with the more prominent spiral sculpture.
Operculum rounded-quadrate, short, as in Beringius; verge relatively
enormous, cylindrical, with conical tip; eyes and radula apparently
wanting in the typical species, A. elegans.

A manuscript note of Jeffreys states that the type is identical with
Boreofusus nodosus Jeffreys of the Porcupine Expedition ; but I have
not found that 2. nodosus has been published, though we have speci-
mens so labeled in his collection.

The typical species of Avryptos has a plain, somewhat concave
band in front of the suture and behind the nodosities at the shoulder
of the whorl. Locard referred the species to Plewrotomella, but the
nuclear characters are so obviously Siphonorbitoid that I can not
accept this conclusion. Fusus fenestratus Turton, (+fusiforme
Broderip, +roderipii Jeffreys) probably belongs to this genus.
Jeffreys’ statement that the “top whorl” is smooth results from the
fact that Broderip’s type-specimen, now in the Jeffreys collection,
had been cleaned with acid. Other species are Husus abyssorum

‘Fischer, 1884! (profundicola Verrill and Smith, April, 1884). F.
sarst Jeffreys is not a plicate species and probably =ebur Morch.

This group is related to Siphonorbis somewhat as Plicifusus is to
Colus.

Genus PLICIFUSUS Dall.

Plicifusus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 528.
Type, Fusus kroyeri Moller.

Parasipho DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHER, Res. Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco,
livr. 37, 1912, pp. 82, 100. Type, F. kroyeri Moller.

Shell strongly plicate axially, smooth or spirally sculptured, usually
with an inconspicuous periostracum; nucleus Chrysodomoid; aper-
ture ample, the outer lip markedly flexuous behind, slightly ex-
panded, simple, sharp; the pillar callous, the canal slightly twisted

1 Fischer’s separate copies of this leafiet were received July 26, 1884; the part of the
Journal de Conchyliologie containing it, in November, 1884, at the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. I am unable to say when this number of the Journal was published. It is dated
1888 but did not appear until sometime in 1884.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

and recurved, moderately long; the aperture (including the canal)
about as long as the spire. Operculum as in Colus. Dentition (of °
P. arcticus Philippi) 4:4:4, the cusps of the rhachidian subequal,
the middle cusp of the laterals smaller and often variable or bifid.
The type of.the radular sac is chrysodomoid. Arctic seas.

The small size, livid coloration, and heavy shell of the North
Atlantic species described by Mdller, is so different from the large,
whitish, thin form from the Arctic Ocean and Bering Sea named
~ by Philippi in 1850 Fusus arcticus, that I think it best to regard the
two as distinct species, though they have generally been regarded as
synonymous.

: Subgenus REtTIFuSUS Dall.

Shell of small or moderate size,.with a conspicuous dark usually
vernicose periostracum; axially plicate, the surface reticulated by
_ sharply incised spiral grooves; nucleus swollen, chrysodomoid; outer
lip flexuous, slightly reflected, sharp, simple, without internal lirae;
canal short, recurved, with the siphonal fasciole indistinct; opercu-
lum arcuate with apical nucleus. Bering Sea and north Pacific.

Type.—Tritonium jessoense Schrenck.

Ohrysodomus virens Dall, and several new species belong to this
group.

Subgenus LATIFUSUsS Dall.

Shell short and broad, whitish, with a dull slightly villous perio-
stracum; arcuately plicate with fine spiral threading; canal and
aperture as long as the spire; outer lip strongly flexuous behind,
slightly thickened and reflected; pillar short, smooth, with the body .
coated with callus in the adult; canal short, wide, recurved, with the
siphonal fasciole feeble; operculum arcuate, the nucleus apical and
in perfect specimens incurved; the apex of all the specimens is more
or less eroded, but appears to have been acute and chrysodomoid.

Type—Chrysodomus griseus Dall, Californian coast in deep
water. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 96531.

This is the buccinoid phase of Plicifusus as Latisipho is of Colus.

Subgenus MicroFrusus Dall.

Shell small, with a somewhat villous, inconspicuous periostracum ;
nucleus smooth, swollen, obliquely tilted, chrysodomoid; subsequent
whorls near the apex axially ribbed, the remainder without axial
sculpture; spiral sculpture of fine close threading; suture appressed,
spire acute; aperture shorter than the spire, with a wide, very short,
recurved canal; outer lip simple, sharp; pillar without callous de-
posit, or marked siphonal fasciole.

Type—Chrysodomus acutispiratus Sowerby. Japan, U.S. Nat.
Mus., No. 274056.

NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 221

It is possible that some of the species included under Parvisipho
Cossmann might find a place here.

Section HELICOFUSUS Dall.

Shell small, short, inflated, with an external chalky layer covered
with a dark rude periostracum, both usually eroded; the inner shell
layer of an orange color; nucleus large for the shell, depressed, dome-
like, smooth and of about one whorl; the succeeding whorl or two
with short small axial ribs, the later whorls with only fine spiral
sculpture, usually eroded; aperture as long as the spire; outer lip
sharp, flexuous behind, not reflected; body and pillar with a thin
callus; pillar short, twisted, abruptly bent to the left with the wide
short canal, no siphonal fasciole present; operculum as in Plicifusus.

Type.—Chrysodomus laticaudatus Dall. Alaska U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Nos. 210801 and (nucleus) 213357.

The remarkable way in which the canal is diverted from its normal
direction, seems to place this species in a group apart. The large
number of specimens collected, though showing some variation, are
constant enough to indicate that the deflected canal is a permanent
feature. The tendency to superficial erosion is also characteristic.

Genus EXILIA Conrad.

Eailia Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. ser., vol. 4, p. 291, 1860.
Type, #. pergracilis Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860,
pl. 47, fig. 84. Eocene of Texas.

Shell elongate, very slender, with numerous whorls, chrysodomoid
nucleus, and a straight canal; periostracum conspicuous, polished ;
sculpture of numerous fine flexuous axial ribs and spiral striation;
aperture small, simple, not lirate within, outer lip thin, sharp, not.
reflected ; inner lip and pillar smooth, without plications or denticles
of any sort; operculum long, slightly arcuate, with apical nucleus.

This shell has the nucleus and periostracum of Plicifusus but much
the form of Fusinus, of which Gabb’s Fatlifusus is a synonym. A
curious error appears in Cossmann’s Essais de Paléoconchologie com-
parée, (livr. 4, 1901, p. 26,) in which H’wilia is described as having
two oblique plaits on the pillar. There are none of any kind what-
ever. M. Cossmann’s specimen was probably wrongly identified with
Exilia, and may have been a Fusimitra.

Chrysodomus rectirostris Carpenter, and C. kelseyi Dall, appear
to belong to this genus, which is also represented in the Pliocene of
California.

Genus VOLUTOPSIUS Morch.

Volutopsius Moxrcu, Fort. ov. Gronl. Bléddyr., April, 1857, p. 13; Article
Manual, 1875, p. 129. Type, Fusus largillierti Petit. Greenland.
Strombella Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus., Jan. 1857, p. 18. Type, Strombus
norvegicus Gmelin. Not Strombella Schliiter, Syst. Conch. Samml.,

1838, p. 22.

999 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Volutopsis Datu, Proce, Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, 1873, p. 57—G. O. Sars, Moll.
Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p. 268.—DaAUTZENBERG AND FiscHErR, Res. Camp.
Scientifiques de Monaco, 1912, p. 64.

Shell large, frequently rude or irregular, with the last whorl
largest, covered with a thin, inconspicuous more or less dehiscent
periostracum; spire short, blunt, beginning with a relatively large
smocth bulbous nucleus; sculpture variable, smooth, spirally striate,
or with indistinct wavelike axially directed prominences or even with
feeble axial ribs; the aperture ample, the canal short, wide, hardly
differentiated. Operculum short-ovate or rounded-quadrate, the nu-
cleus at the right anterior corner; dentition: the rhachidian tooth
with two to five small cusps, the laterals with two large arcuate cusps.
In V. castanea Morch the formula is $: 4:4; in V. norvegica $:4:4,
in V. fragilis 4:4:4 according to Sars and Hanna. Ovicapsules
large, hemispherical, attached by the whole of the flat side, contain-
ing several embryos. The species are boreal and Arctic, especially
numerous in the Bering Sea region.

Having compared the Newfoundland V. largillierti with a large
series (35 specimens) of the V. norvegica, 1 am inclined to regard
them as distinct though closely related species. Mérch’s type was the
former; in it the nucleus is large, flattish above and with about a
whorl and a half. The shell is thin and of an orange tint. In nor-
vegica the enfolding of the apical whorl is almost pointed, and the
nepionic shell continues in a subcylindric fashion for three or four
whorls. The test is white and heavy.

Tn accordance with the International rules for nomenclature, I have
returned to the original spelling of the name.

A feature which is not confined to this genus and which is fore-
shadowed in Ancistrolepis is that, while the species hike V. castanea
which live in shallow water near shore retain the usual long retrac-
tile proboscis and well developed functional radula, other species
living in deep water have the radula degenerate in size (V. fragilis) ,
the proboscis much shortened and the esophagus enlarged. From
dissections made by Mr. G. Dallas Hanna under my supervision, these
facts have been demonstrated. It seems that these deep water
dwellers live chiefly by swallowing quantities of mud containing
minute organisms, with which the stomach and esophagus were found
loaded. The radula being no longer required and a long proboscis
being inconvenient for the purpose, both appear to have degenerated.
Something of the sort was noted by me in connection with Aneistro-
lepis in 1902, and with an abyssal trochoid mollusk (Z'ureicula
bairdii Dall), in 1889. These adaptations to suit the environment
would probably be found on examination of a series of species to
gradually merge into one another.

NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 223

Mr. Hanna finds that in Volutopsius and Pyrolofusus the radula
is contained in a long sac below the esophagus and separated from
it by a thick muscular septum. It emerges by a small orifice near
the end of the evertible proboscis, so that on splitting open the pro-
boscis no radula is visible. In Chrysodomus and Plicifusus on the
other hand, the radula lies on the lower side of the esophageal tube
covered only with a thin, not muscular, membrane. In Beringius
(Kennicottii Dall) the radular sac is of the Chrysodomoid type.

Genus PYRULOFUSUS Morch.

Pyrulofusus (Beck Ms.) MoOrou, Mem. Soc. Malac. de Belgique, vol. 4, 1869,
p. 20. . Sole example, Fusus deformis Reeve.

Pirulofusus CossMANN, Essais Pal. Comp., vol. 4, 1901, p. 98, as synonym
of Chrysodomus.

Heliotropis DatL, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, April, 1878, p. 61. Type.
Neptunea harpa Morcn.

Pyrulofusus FRietr, Jahrb. Mal. Ges., vol. 6; 1879, p. 280; N. Atl. Exp.
1882, vol. 1, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 8; pl. 4, figs. 11-18—Fiscurr, Man. de
Conchyl, 1884, p. 624.—DautTzENBERG AND FiscHer, Res. Camp. Scien-
tifiques de Monaco, 1912, p. 67.

Pyrolofusus Krausr, Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 51, 1885, p. 282; Zool. Jahrb.,
vol. 6, 1892, p. 362.—FRIELE AND GreIc, N. Atl. Exp., vol. 3, 1901, p.
102.—Dat1, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 523.

Shell large, relatively thin, with a very short spire and large body
whorl, usually sinistral but with rare dextral individuals; nucleus
very large, smooth, flat-topped, infolded with an apical dimple,
subsequently spirally sculptured, with obscure axial folds; perios-
tracum thin, dehiscent; aperture ample, the outer lip expanded and
thickened, the body and pillar enameled, often brightly colored:
the canal very short, shallow and wide, hardly recurved and with no
evident siphonal fasciole; operculum much smaller than the aper-
ture, rounded-quadrate with apical nucleus: radula chrysodomoid
but rather irregular, the rhachidian tooth in the typical species
tricuspid; the laterals with two large terminal cusps, the median
cusp of the central tooth variable. Ovicapsules as in Volutopsius,
large, solitary, and hemispherical, with few embryos. I have dex-
tral specimens of both the sinistral species; an Arctic Pliocene form

is dextral. P. harpa Morch, has two strong cusps on the rhachidian
tooth and two on each lateral. According to Friele the middle cusp

of the rhachidian tooth in P. deformis is quite irregular. The Fusus
contrarius 1s not a member of this genus, but merely a reversed
species of Chrysodomus.

Genus BERINGIUS Dall.

Beringius DAL, Sci. Expl. Alaska, 1879, pl. 2, figs. 1, la—c. Sole exampie.
Chrysodomus crebricostatus Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 9, 1886,
p. 804; vol. 7, 1894, p. 710; vo'. 24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 529, pl. 35, fig. 1.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54

Jumala Frietr, N. Ttl. Exp., vol. 1, 1882, p. 6. Type, Fusus turtoni Bean,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1898, olim.—DAUTZENBERG AND FIscHER, Res

Camp. Scientifiques de Monaco, livr. 37, 1912, p. 62.
Ukko FRIELE, in Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 2, 1893, p. 352.—
FRIELE, Moll. Nordseefahrt Alichael Sars, 1902, p. 6.

Shell dextral, large, solid, the spire usually longer than the aperture,
the sculpture very variable but usually strong; the periostracum thin,
dehiscent; the nucleus swollen, with several hardly increasing whorls
forming a subcylindrical tip to the spire in most cases; aperture of
moderate size, the outer lip slightly expanded and hardly thickened ;
pillar smooth, short, callous; canal short, wide, hardly recurved;
operculum smaller than the aperture, subovate with apical nucleus;
radula peculiar, with an edentate rhachidian plate, the laterals
formed by single strong cusps with the tip incurved and two or more
small blunt denticles on the inner edge near the middle. The ovi-
capsules are pouch-shaped, pedunculate, attached by the edge of the
disk and opening at the upper edge, with few embryos.

None of the other groups here designated, except M/ohnia, show
such variation as this one in types of sculpture among the species;
ranging from smooth to strongly axially ribbed, strongly spirally
ridged, or finely striated.

The name Ukko was substituted for Jumala by the author, because
it was found that the latter is the name by which the Christian Lapps
signify the Deity. Both names are antedated by Beringius.

Genus LIOMESUS Stimpson.

Liomesus Svimpson, Canadian Naturalist, new ser., Oct. 1865, p. 34. Type,
Buccinum dalei J. Sowerby.

Buccinopsis JerrrEys, British Conch., vol. 4, 1867, p. 297 (B. dalei J.
Sowerby) ; Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rep. for 1868, p. 244; (not of Conrad,
Emory’s Rep. Mexican Boundary, vol. 1, p. 158, pl. 138, figs. 4a—A4b.
1857). —Koset, Conch. Cab., ed. 2; Buccinum, p. 99, 1888.

Liomesus HARMER, Brit. Pliocene Moll., p. 115, 1914.

Shell of moderate size, bucciniform, the nucleus minute, with a
very short twisted pillar, the outer lip thickened but not reflected ;
pillar and body smooth; the periostracum conspicuous, often villous;
the operculum with apical nucleus; the rhachidian plate edentulous,
the lateral teeth thorn-shaped, simple, their apices incurved without
accessory denticles; the ovicapsules like those of Beringius but
smaller.

The typical species is a Crag fossil of England, but it has long been
confused with a totally distinct recent form from the Doggerbank,
the earliest specific name for which is Buccinum ovum Turton, 1825.
A later name is Zritonium eburneum M. Sars, 1849. The recent
species of Bering Sea, like the British alae fossils, are solid
heavy shells, while the recent European species is thin and delicate.
The radula is very long.

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 225

Genus ANCISTROLEPIS Dall.

Ancistrolepis DauL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1895, p. 709. Type,
Chrysodomus eucosmius Dall, Bering Sea; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
24, No. 1264, 1902, p. 523; Smithsonian Misc. Coll., No. 1727, 1907,
Dp 15%.

Shell buccinoid, with the pillar shorter than the aperture, twisted
as is usually the canal; suture channelled; nucleus beginning with a
small initial cell, a blunt apex and followed by regularly increasing
inflated, smooth and polished whorls; the periostracum usually coarse
and villous or laminate; operculum straight, concave, fan-shaped
with apical nucleus and small area of attachment; penis on a stout
stalk with pediform distal extremity without any curved or attenu-
ated terminal papilla; radula degenerate and disproportionately
small, rhachidian tooth with three long subequal cusps, the laterals
with a larger outer and two smaller inner curved cusps.

All of the species have spiral sculpture, some very strong. None
of them has any axial ribbing. In most of them the periostracum
is dehiscent and the shell substance white.

Section JAPELION Dall.

Shell with a produced spire, a very wide and sharp-edged channel
in front of the suture and the periostracum adherent, polished, con-
spicuous. Otherwise as in the typical section so far as known.

Type. —Buccinum hirasei Pilsbry, 1901. Japan.

It is a remarkable case of convergence which has brought ‘the
typical species of this section to a point where in its specific
characters it almost reproduces those of Zritonium pericochlion
Schrenck. A casual inspection would hardly distinguish between
them, but Azrasez has the short pillar of Ancistrolepis while pericoch-
lion has a straight long pillar and hardly recurved perfectly distinct
canal. It is probable that the latter bears a relation to Colus such as
Sulcosipho tabulatus does to Chrysodomus. But until the soft parts
and operculum are known, I refrain from further action.

There are a number of groups of fossils and a few recent forms
which apparently belong to the Chrysodominae, or like 7'roschelia
seem to bridge the gap between this subfamily and the Fusinae. In
the absence of authentic specimens it has seemed best in this review
to restrict myself to the consideration of the boreal and Arctic forms
of which the United States National Museum possesses a quite un-
equaled series.

The position of Sulcosinus will remain undetermined until speci-
mens are obtained containing the living animal. Its conspicuously
thickened continuous peristome is not paralleled either in the Buc-
cininae or Chrysodominae.

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——16

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.
TURRIS (CRASSISPIRA!) RUGITECTA, new species.

Shell solid, moderately large with ten whorls, exclusive of the
(lost) nucleus, blackish brown with a broad pale peripheral band;
axial sculpture of about (on the penultimate whorl 17) short oblique
similar ribs, beginning at the shoulder and on the last whorl gradu-
ally becoming obsolete toward the canal, separated by subequal inter-
spaces; spiral sculpture of in front of the suture a prominent blunt
keel, in the anal fasciole two or three subequal cords; in front of the
shoulder (on the penultimate whorl] four, on the last whorl twelve or
more) flattish equal cords overrunning the ribs, separated by nar-
rower grooves which toward the canal become gradually wider; apex
acute, last whorl more than half of the length of the shell, aperture
rather narrow, smooth within, the enamel dark brown except where
the pale band reaches the margin of the outer lip; anal sinus wide,
not very deep, rounded proximally, canal wide, short, slightly curved
to the right, with no siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 30; of last
whorl 16; of aperture 12; maximum diameter of shell 10 mm.

Habitat—Lower California, off San Bartolomé Bay, Dr. Paul
Bartsch. U.S. Nat. Mus., Cat. No. 266911.

This is a remarkably fine species, less black than most of the species
of Crassispira. Toward the upper part of the spire the spaces be-
tween the ribs remain brown, but on the later whorls they partake
of the waxen pale band as well as the ribs.

PLICIFUSUS (RETIFUSUS) SCISSURATUS, new species.

Shell slender, elongate, acute, with grayish buff colored perios-
tracum and about eight whorls without the (lost) nucleus; suture
distinct, slightly appressed; whorls moderately convex; axial sculp-
ture on the penultimate whorl of about thirteen narrow, rounded,
retractively arcuate plications extending from suture to suture and
on the last whorl over the periphery to become obsolete on the
base; spiral sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 10-11) straplike
flattish bands separated by narrow deeply cut grooves, and divided
by a shallower groove in the center of each spiral; these bands are |
practically uniform over the whole surface; aperture sublunate, the
canal wide, recurved, half as long as the aperture; outer lip recurved,
thin, white, the throat more or less livid; pillar white, erased, arcuate,
obliquely truncate in front, the fasciole inconspicuous. Length of
shell 55; of last whorl 35; of aperture and canal 25; maximum diam-
eter of last whorl 19 mm.

Habitat—Nemuro, Japan. Hirasé collection, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Cat. No. 274071.

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 99"

This species belongs to the group of P. yessoénsis Schrenck (man-
churicus EK. A. Smith) but is much larger than that species, the perios-
tracum lighter and polished, the canal relatively longer, and the
whole shell relatively more slender.

PLICIFUSUS (AULACOFUSUS) RHYSSOIDES, new species.

Shell slender, fusiform, with an olivaceous periostracum, and about
seven whorls, nucleus more or less eroded but apparently globose
and blunt; penultimate whorl with thirteen retractively arcuate
rounded plications with about equal interspaces, extending from
suture to suture and obsolete on the periphery of the last whorl; the
suture distinct but not constricted; spiral sculpture of fine equal
close-set rounded threads, about three to a millimeter, slightly sparser
toward the canal; aperture semilunate, white within, the outer lip
slightly expanded; canal short, wide, recurved; the pillar white,
shghtly arcuate, erased, obliquely truncate in front, the siphonal
fasciole faint. Length of shell 49; of last whorl 80; of aperture 20;
maximum diameter of last whorl 18 mm.

Habitat—Rikuzen, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Cat. No. 274069.

The operculum is thin, pale yellowish-brown, the apex strongly
incurved. This species is quite close to P. rhyssus Dall, from which
it differs in its more fusiform shape, less inflated whorls, less con-
stricted suture, and, in the specimens available, lighter colored perios-
tracum. The incurvation of the apex of the operculum suggests an
approach toward M/ohnia.

PLICIFUSUS (LATIFUSUS) WAKASANUS, new species.

Shell of moderate size, thin and light, covered by a yellowish-
brown smooth periostracum, with six moderately rounded whorls
without the (lacking) nucleus; suture distinct, not appressed ; whorls
axially sculptured with (on the penultimate whorl 15-18) retrac-
tively arcuate plications, strongest near the suture, barely crossing
the periphery, and becoming gradually obsolete on the last whorl;
the plications are rounded, not sharply defined, and have about equal
interspaces; spiral sculpture of numerous equal flattish threads with
narrower interspaces, about three threads to a millimeter, this sculp-
ture covering evenly the whole surface; aperture semilunate, interior
and pillar white; outer lip slightly expanded, pillar straight, an-
teriorly obliquely truncate; canal short, recurved, with no marked
siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 40; of last whorl 28; of aper-
ture 18; maximum diameter of last whorl 17 mm.

Habitat—Wakasa, Sea of Japan. Hirasé collection.

This belongs to the group represented on the American coast by
Plicifusus (Latifusus) griseus Dall.

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

COLUS (LATISIPHO) LEPIDUS, new species.

Shell very thin, with a strong, smooth, yellowish-brown periostra-
cum which in drying comes away from or cracks the thin calcareous
portion of the shell; whorls six without the (deficient) nucleus, mod-
erately inflated, with the appressed suture somewhat constricted ;
in front of the suture there are whitish radiating ill-defined patches
which in some specimens might almost attain to something like a
color pattern; the apical whorls of the best preserved specimen are
decorticated and slightly eroded, but bear the remains of about seven
oblique short plications which apparently did not reach the sutures;
the later three whorls are smooth, except for a few very faint irreg-
ular indications of spiral threads; the aperture is short, roughly
semilunate, with the outer lip slightly expanded and reflected; the
pillar is straight, white and somewhat callous; the color within the
aperture livid purplish; the canal short, slightly twisted, with no
marked siphonal fasciole. Length of shell 40, of last whorl 25, of
aperture 15; maximum diameter of last whorl 17 mm. Another
specimen increases more rapidly in diameter, that of the-last whorl
measuring 20 mm.

Habitat—Iterup Island of the Kuril group. Hirasé collection.

There is nothing on the American coast that resembles this species,
and the color painting is unique among the species of the region.
Unfortunately both the specimens are more or less broken and
eroded.

COLUS (LIMATOFUSUS) TAHWITANUS, new species.

Shell small, buccinoid, with about six whorls; nucleus eroded,
suture deep, not appressed; whorls well rounded; sculpture of fine
even uniform grooves with wider flat interspaces over the whole
shell; periostracum dull, olivaceous; interior white, outer lip re-
flected, arcuate; pillar and body erased, axis twisted, almost pervious,
canal very short and strongly recurved. Height 33; max. diameter
17 mm.

Habitat—Of Tahwit Head, Washington, in 178 fathoms, mud.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122682.

SEARLESIA CONSTRICTA, new species.

Shell dark purplish brown, strongly constricted and appressed at
the suture, rude and with no visible periostracum, with about six
prominently rounded whorls without the (decollate) nucleus; axial
sculpture of (on the penultimate whorl 12) prominent nearly straight
rounded riblets which become obsolete toward the sutures and on the
last half of the last whorl; spiral sculpture on the earlier whorls of
strong rounded threads overrunning the plications without nodosi-
ties, and alternated with one or two intercalary smaller threads all

No. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. 229

close-set; this alternation continves over the shell, but is less con-
spicuous on the last whorl; aperture semilunate, livid brown within,
pinched to a notch by the sutural constriction; outer lip somewhat
thickened, not reflected, lirate within (with about 15 lirae) ; inner
lip with a thin coating of brownish enamel and three sharp sub-
sutural lirae in the adult, close to the subsutural notch; pillar nearly
straight, canal narrow, strongly recurved, short, with a very con-
spicuous flaring siphonal fasciole, with a chink between it and the
reflected enamel of the inner lip; operculum small for the size of the
aperture, brownish, with apical nucieus. Length of shell 44; of last
whorl 29; of aperture and canal 19; of operculum 7.5; maximum
diameter of last whorl 17.5 mm.

Habitat—Fusan, Korea. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Cat. No. 247072.

This shell belongs to the group of @. dirus Reeve (incisus Gould),
of the west coast of America, and which includes “ Huthria” viridula
Dunker (? ferrea Reeve) of Japan. The probabilities are against
the identification of the northern group, which has received the name
of Searlesta from Harmer, with the Magellanic Huthria typified by
E. plumbea; so I have accepted Harmer’s name for a group which
appears to be largely represented by species in the North Atlantic
Pliocene, and in regard to the generic affinities of which very diverse
opinions have been expressed.

ANCISTROLEPIS LATUS, new species.

Shell large, solid, pale orange color under the (lost) periostracum,
with two nuclear and five subsequent whorls rapidly enlarging; nu-
clear whorls beginning with a minute apex followed by two rounded,
smooth, inflated, equal whorls with a deeply constricted suture form-
ing a subcylindrical apex to the mature shell; later whorls with a
wide and deep channel in front of the suture bounded in front by a
sharp thin elevated keel; the remainder of the surface with numerous,
obsolete flat spiral ridges which are larger and more perceptible on the
base of the last whorl, where (in the type) six may be discerned, with
narrower interspaces; axial sculpture of rather rude incremental
lines; aperture wide, notched at the end of the keel; outer lip sharp,
rounded; inner lip with a smooth continuous callus, its edge slightly
raised ; canal very short and wide; siphonal fasciole well marked; in-
terior of the aperture orange and white, concentrically zoned. Length
- of shell 100; of last whorl 75; of aperture 57; maximum width of
shell 70 mm.

Habitat—Quelpart Island, south of Korea. Hirasé. Type in
Hirasé collection.

This species is wider with a wider presutural channel and more
elevated keel than A. magnus Dall, to which it is of described spe-

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

cies most nearly allied. The latter has a smaller and shorter nucleus
and white shell substance. It is also a lighter and thinner shell.
It is possible, judging from some of the other species, that the spiral
ridges which are obsolete in the type-specimen, may in other individ-
uals be stronger and more elevated. The operculum is unknown.

ANCISTROLEPIS DAMON Dall.

Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) damon Dart, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., No.
1727, p. 157, 1907.

The original specimen of this species from which it was described
had a single low keel at the shoulder and half a dozen nearly obsolete
ridges on the base. Specimens from Nemuro, Yesso, sent by Mr.
Hirasé have five prominent cords on the base with wider interspaces,
and the spiral striation quite perceptible over the whole surface.
There is also a cord in front of the suture, between it and the shoul-
der keel. Another specimen from the same locality has in addition
two strong equidistant cords on the periphery in front of the keel.
For these quite distinct looking forms, I propose the varietal name of
polygramma.

SIPHONALIA LUBRICA, new species.

Shell slender, acute, with about seven whorls and a nucleus of some-
what less than two additional whorls; with brown flammulations and
more or less interrupted spiral rows of brown dots on a yellowish-
white ground; nucleus smooth, polished, flat-topped with the whorls
inflated; subsequent whorls sculptured with (on the penultimate
whorl 12) short rounded axial riblets at the shoulder of the whorl
but more or less obsolete above and below, and varying in extent on
the spire in different specimens; these are separated by narrower
interspaces and may be obsolete on the last whorl and a half; spiral
sculpture of close-set inconspicuous threads more or less flattened
on the last whorl and rarely with occasional smaller intercalary
threads; suture rather constricted and strongly appressed; aperture
rounded, the outer lip thin and sharp; when mature (and not worn
by hermit crabs) with eight or ten lirations a little within the margin
of the outer lip; a small, prominent subsutural callus on the body
and another at the margin of the canal on the concavely arcuate
pillar-lip; throat and pillar white, the latter slightly erased; canal
narrow, long, strongly recurved, the fasciole not prominent. Length
of shell 59; of last whorl 40; of aperture 18; of the canal 17; max-
imum diameter of last whorl 22 mm.

Habitat—Tosa and Nagasaki, Japan. Hirasé collection.

This species is rather exceptional in its slender form and polished
surface. The operculum was not preserved. The prominent callus
on the edge of the pillar at the inception of the canal gives it some-
what the aspect of a Fasciolaria.

No. 2134. * NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. O34

BUCCINUM SIMULATUM Dall.

Buccinum simulatum Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., No. 1727, p. 150, 1907.
Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, in 54 fathoms.

Habitat—Akkeshi, Yesso. Hirasé collection.

The Japanese specimen differs from that from Bering Sea, in hav-
ing the sculpture a little more prominent and the axial plications
smaller, more distinct, and numerous. These differences, however,
are well within specific limits in this genus.

BUCCINUM GLACIALE, var. PARALLELUM Dall.

Tritonium carinatum DuNKER, Novit. Conch. Moll. Marina, p. 1, pl. 2, figs.
8, 4, 1858. Not Buccinum carinatum GMELIN, 1792, or Turton, 1819.

Buccinum angulosum Morcu, in Dunker, Novit. Conch. Moll. Marina, pl.
2, figs. 3, 4, explanation on plate. Not B. angulosum Gray, 1839.

This variety of B. glaciale seems confined to the Bering Sea region
and many specimens reach a length of 80-85 mm., while I have one
95 mm. in length from Atka Island, Aleutians. Mr. Hirasé, how-
ever, has reached the other extreme by sending a specimen quite ma-
ture and characteristic which is probably a male, and measures only
26 millimeters long. It is from Iterup Island of the Kuril group.

Both the names previously given to this variety were preoccupied
for other species.

BUCCINUM STRIATISSIMUM Sowerby.

Buccinum striatissimum Sowersy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 4, p. 370,
fig. 1, 1899.

The typical form of this species is the fine large shell figured by
Sowerby. In the northern dredgings there are numerous apparently
adult shells of a stout and stumpy character, whose thickset appear-
ance is increased by the fact that the apex is usually eroded. These
on examination prove to be nearly all males, a few immature females
forming the exceptions. I showed years ago that in certain species
of Buccinum the males were usually very much smaller than the fe-
males, who have to carry the vast mass of material composing their
heaps of agglutinated ovicapsules. This does not seem to be true of
all the species of Buccinum, but is markedly so in B. cyaneum and
B. hydrophanum Hancock, and appears to be so in the case of B.
striatissimum. The variety of B. wndatum which lives on the coast
of New England has two races of males, one of nearly the size of
the average female, and another conspicuously dwarfed.

This small thick male B. striatissimum has such a different aspect
from that of the large thin females that it might easily be taken for
a distinct form.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

BOREOTROPHON XESTRA, new species.

Shell fusiform with about six moderately rounded whorls, white
with a thin chalky external layer, and distinct suture; last whorl
axially sculptured with sixteen sharp elevated laminae, continuous
over the whorl but obsolete on the canal, and rising in a short tri-
angular spine at the shoulder; there are also rather strong axial lines
of growth irregularly distributed; there is no spiral sculpture; aper-
ture rounded, outer lip sharp, slightly expanded, inner lip smooth,
white, with a thin layer of enamel; pillar obliquely truncate at the
proximal end of the canal; canal narrow, long, arcuate, slightly re-
curved. Length of shell 34; of last whorl 27; of canal and aperture
20; maximum diameter of last whorl 19 mm.

Habitat.—Station 4813 of U. S. 8S. Albatross, in 200 fathoms, mud
and sand, off Sado Island, Japan, bottom temperature 33°.9 Fahren-

heit. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205508. Also at Sagami, Japan,
Hirasé collection.

This belongs to the group of B. cepula Sowerby, than which it is
more delicate, with a longer spire and generally thinner shell. The
Hirasé specimens were immature.

BOREOTROPHON ECHINUS, new species.

hell thin, yellowish white, fusiform, with about six post-nuclear
whorls; nucleus small, smooth, with about two laxly coiled whorls;
subsequent whorls spirally sculptured with from one to three strong,
rather distant cords, the posterior cord being at the shoulder of
the whorl; on the last whorl there may be five to eight of these
cords, those on the canal being more or less obscure; at their inter-
section with the varices these cords develop guttered spines, usually
only the spine on the posterior cord at the shoulder is prominent
and this in a well developed specimen may be long and deeply
recurved, even sickle-shaped, while in less well developed specimens
there may be only an ordinary triangular anteriorly grooved short
spine; the slope between the shoulder and the suture behind it has
no spiral sculpture; axial sculpture of thin sharp varices varying
from ten to seven, less numerous on the later whorls and more or
less spinose at the intersections with the cords; aperture sublunate,
outer lip sharp, thin, slightly expanded; canal rather long, some-
times bifurcated by the end of the previously formed canal, rather
tortuous, narrow, and recurved; inner lip concavely arcuate, smooth.
Length of shell 36; of last whorl 30; of aperture and canal 22;
maximum diameter (excluding spines) 13 mm. Another specimen
is about one-third longer.
Habitat—Sagami, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 274076.

NO. 2134. NOTES ON CHRYSODOMUS—DALL. Ise

This very elegant species belongs in the group of B. stuarti Edgar
Smith, of the west American fauna, and is subject to the modifica-
tions of sculpture which I have elsewhere discussed in this genus.

ANACHIS BARTSCHII, new species.

Shell small, polished, white, with (on the upper whorls one, on
the penultimate whorl two, and on the last whorl one near the
suture, two at the periphery, and three to five on the base) narrow
brown spiral lines; between the peripheral pair on the ribs is a
series of squarish, nearly black spots, about eleven on the last whorl,
but sometimes a rib is skipped; whorls seven, spire acute; nucleus
white, small, smooth, blunt, of a whorl and a half; axial sculpture
of eleven or twelve rounded, nearly vertical, equal and equally
spaced ribs, with subequal interspaces, extending from the suture
well beyond the periphery; spiral sculpture of a few faint striae
near the end of the canal; behind the outer lip is a slight varicose
swelling; aperture less than half the length of the shell; outer lip
thickened, with a sharp edge, internally with four small denticula-
tions; body erased, pillar smooth, canal short, rather deeply sinuous,
the axis minutely pervious. Length of shell.8; of la&8t whorl 4.7;
of aperture 3; maximum diameter of shell 3.5 mm.

Habitat.—Mazatlan, Mexico. Dr. Paul Bartsch. Type in United
States National Museum, Cat. No. 265463.

This is one of the prettiest species of the group from the Gulf
region. The painting recalls that of A. azora Duclos, from the
Mauritius, but the latter has strong denticulations on the pillar lip.

LEPETA (CRYPTOCTENIDIA) LIMA, new species.

Shell large for the genus, ovate, with a convexly arcuate back, the
apex one-fourth the total length from the anterior edge, the anterior
slope straight or slightly concave; sculpture of concentric close-set
sharp slightly elevated lamellae over-running numerous narrow, ele-
vated, clean-cut threads which radiate from the apex to the periphery
with equal or wider interspaces, and scaly at the intersections; the
sculpture is uniform over the whole surface and rasplike to the
touch; shell white, usually discolored by a ferruginous coating
externally, the interior bluish white, more or less translucent. Length
of shell 37; width 30; height of apex above the base 10 mm.

Habitat—Nemuro, Yesso, Japan. Hirasé collection. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 274074.

This is sharply distinguished by its size and rasplike surface from
any of the other species. The name Cryptobranchia having been
used by Gray, thirty years before Middendorff’s application of it to
the present group, I substitute Cryptoctenidia.

934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

VENERICARDIA (CYCLOCARDIA) MORSEI, new species.

Shell of moderate size, solid, moderately inflated, covered by a
yellowish horny periostracum; the umbones rather acute, prosocoe-
lous, over a short, rounded, deeply impressed lunule; sculpture of
17-18 radiating arcuate ribs, rendered slightly nodulous in places
by rude, conspicuous, rather irregular lines of growth, and separated
by subequal, almost channelled, interspaces; interior yellowish white,
the muscular impressions rather deep, the hinge normal, the margin
with squarish crenulations; the ligament as long as the posterior
hinge-line. Height of shell 28; width 25; diameter 15 mm.

Habitat.—Sagami, Japan. Hirasé collection. Cotype, U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 274075.

This species has a remarkable superficial resemblance to V. borealis
Conrad, of the North Atlantic, and, without careful comparison,
- would be unhesitatingly referred to that species. The number of rays
is the same, the profile is very similar, and the color not very different.
However, a close examination shows that in the Japanese species the
periostracum is horny, not villous; the lunule is short, rounded and
deep, not long, narrow and shallow; the valves are more inflated;
the radiating sculpture is more prominent, the interspaces are more
sharply defined, and the anterior cardinal tooth averages narrower.
The present species is named in honor of Prof. Edward S. Morse,
who has published on this genus. There is no closely related species
on the Pacific coast of America.

VENERICARDIA HIRASEI, new species.

Shell solid, subquadrate, suffused with light brown and rose color,
inflated, equivalve, inequilateral, the beaks high, strongly incurved,
prosocoelous; umbones one-sixth the total length from the anterior
end, overhanging a deeply impressed short-cordate unsculptured
lunule; radial sculpture of 29-30 narrow prominent equal and equally
distributed ribs with subequal channelled interspaces; these ribs are
spinose with each spine issuing from the interior of its predecessor,
the distal margin of the cup of each spine in the middle part of
the disk being thickened into a conspicuous ring out of which the
next spine issues, as in some Cardiums; in the middle of the shell
there are about four spines to the length of five millimeters along the
rib; interior white, the hinge normal, the lower valve-margin crenate
by the sculpture. Length of shell 37; height 30; diameter 30 mm.

Habitat—Kii, Japan. Hirasé collection.

This very handsome Venericardia has no very close relatives in the
genus, perhaps the V. spinosa Lamarck of the Mediterranean being
as near as any. There is nothing like it on the Pacific coast of
America.

THE HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION IN THE UNITED
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By Watrer Hoveu,

Curator of Ethnology, United States National Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

This publication aims to give an impression of the arts and indus-
tries of a tribe of Pueblo Indians at a period when they were little
modified by outside influences. It may serve as a guide to the Hopi
collection now exhibited in the Natural History building of the
United States National Museum. Handbooks of this character
which are made up virtually of extended labels of the collections are
projected for other sections of the exhibit of Ethnology.

The following descriptive label for the family group case dis-
played in the west north hall of the Natural History Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution in Washington gives a brief account of the
Hopi:

The Hopi Indians occupy stone-built villages in northeastern Arizona. They
were first seen by white men in 1540 when Tobar and Padilla were dispatched
by Coronado to visit them. On account of the isolation of their country, they
have preserved to a greater degree than other tribes the arts and customs of
the Pueblos. They are farmers and depend mainly upon corn for their sub-
sistence. Among the arts in which they are skillful, are weaving, basket-mak-
ing, and wood-carving, and in the minor art of cookery they are widely known
among the Indians. The group represents the parching, grinding, and baking
of maize which goes on in every household. A woman and little girl grind
on the slanting millstones the corn prepared by the parcher, The baker
spreads with her hand the batter on the heated stone slab and the result Is
the paperlike bread called piki. Another woman is weaving a basket of yucca
leaves. The man brings in from the field a backload of corn ears and the
boy exhibits triumphantly a rabbit which he has killed with the curved boom-
erang club peculiar to the Hopi.

AGRICULTURE AND REARING.

Agriculture is the principal occupation of the Hopi. They are
industrious and resourceful tillers of the soil under conditions which
would seem hopeless to a farmer. Their efforts are principally de-
voted to raising corn, but wheat, beans, squashes, and common vege-
tables are grown. They preserve an agriculture of native cotton,
Gossypium hopi, which they use for ceremonial purposes.’

1Lewton, F. L., The Cotton of the Hopi Indians: a new species of Gossypium, Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 60, No. 6, Oct. 23, 1912.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2235.
236

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Corn is planted in the sandy soil along the washes, dependence
for its ripening being placed on the winter snows and the summer
thunderstorms. In spite-of the conditions, large quantities of corn
are produced. The. fields are cleared of brush in February and
leveled. Planting begins in April and
the crop is gathered in September.
Spring frosts and sandstorms are draw-
backs to the success of the crops, and
sometimes floods injure the low-lying
fields. The tools used are a planting
stick usually with wedge point (pl. 19,
fig. 4), but sometimes having a blade
(pl. 19, fig. 5). A hole is dug and from
6 to 12 or more grains placed therein and
Me : covered. The hills are about 6 feet apart.
Fig. 1.—Iron proap nor or spantsa ‘The plant is small and rarely 5 feet high,

her apes the ears shooting near the ground.

The field is kept pak of weeds by means of hoes, usually the
heavy homemade blade of Spanish pattern, like Hace seen among
the Rio Grande Pueblos (fig. 1), sometimes of wood (pl. 19, fig. 6),
and anciently, according to tradition, of stone. These implements

Fic. 2,—HAND DIBBLE OF WOOD.

are smooth ceo ts blades of fine stone (see Archeology, second
floor, east side), found mostly in the northern cliff-house region, but
never in ancient Hopi sites. The Hopi call them wiki, hoes, regard
them as sacred obyects, and place them on the altars of some of their
ceremonies, but there is little evidence
that the fhe spatulate stones were
actual hoes, though the Hopi may
have anciently used stone hoes. The
wooden hand trowel for tending
plants appears to be a_ survival
(fig. 2).
Corn is gathered by removing the
Fic. 3.—FIeLp pir ovEN For Roasmne 6 ears and transporting them to the
GREEN CORN i Tae eC aeene pueblo in wicker carrying baskets on
the back (see family group) or in blankets over the back or on the
burro. The fodder is gathered by breaking off the stalks and tying
them in bundles. It is usually almost valueless, as the leaves are
frayed or whipped off by the wind. Much of it is used in the green
state during the roasting-ear season, when a part of the crop is baked

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. W384

in field pit ovens (fig. 3), and either eaten at feasts or strung on cord
to be dried for winter provision. Husking pegs of bone or wood have
been observed among the Hopi, but it is not known that this imple-
ment is ancient. Corn ears are stored in the house in a place reserved —
for the purpose, is often sorted by the colors, and is occasionally taken
out, sunned, and brushed to free it from dust and insects (pl. 20). It
is also stored by crops, one year’s-being held over in case of failure
due to a bad season. This custom is said to have arisen on account
of famines, which have often plagued the Hopi in former years.
Hopi corn is a pure breed of ancient strain, 12 rowed, white, yellow,
red, carmine, dark blue, black, and variegated. The cobs are slen-
der, the ears 5-7 inches long, generally perfect, and the grains regu-
lar and not indented (pl. 21).

The Hopi have also pop corn and sweet or sugar corn, both prob-
ably introduced. Sweet corn is referred to as the particular posses-
sion of the Middle Mesa Pueblo Shemopavi, where it is raised in
some amount.*

In the cornfields scarecrows consisting of sheep scapulae, tin cans,
etc. (pl. 22, fig. 3), are set up.

For cleaning brush from the fields, a curious rake-fork is used
(pl. 19, fig. 1, Cat. No. 128767, collected by Mrs. M. C. Stevenson). It
consists of a three-tined branch of a juniper tree, peeled, and across
the tines is secured by lashing a strengthening rod of wood.

For picking the fruit of the prickly pear, wooden tweezers, natcha,
are used (pl. 19, figs. 2,3). The fruit is picked with the tweezers
and rolled in sand until the spines are removed. The Navaho, Zufi,
Pima, Papago, and other southwestern tribes use similar implements.

A great number of varieties of beans are grown by the Hopi and
these form a substantial addition to their-fare. They are named
pala mozhri, red beans, avatch mozhri, speckled beans, ete., from
their color or markings. Success also sometimes attends the plant-
ing of peas. Squashes, gourds, pumpkins, ‘melons, and onions are
raised. As in Mexico, the flowers of the squash are much appre-
ciated as a dainty food.

Of cultivated fruits, the Hopi have only peaches which were in-
troduced among the Pueblos several centuries ago by the Spaniards.
The trees are planted on sand slopes below the pueblos and as there
are no peach diseases or insect enemies in the region, they flourish
to a considerable age. At this elevation, however (6,500 feet), frosts
render the crop precarious. The Hopi are extravagantly fond of
the fruit and a good yield is a matter of great rejoicing. The ber-
ries of the rhus and prickly pears furnish the only native fruits in
the immediate environment of the Hopi.

1Collins, G. N., A drought-resisting adaptation in seedlings of Hopi maize, Journ.
Agricultural research, Washington, D. C., vol. 1, No. 4, Jan. 10, 1914.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 54.

DOMESTICATION.

At the time of the arrival of the Spaniards the.Hopi had two
domestic animals, the dog and the turkey. The dog appears to have
been a short-legged species, resembling a dachshund. The name
given this animal is poko, which also means pet or attendant animal
of the world quarter beings. Bones of the dog are not infrequently
dug up. The skull of a dog was excavated from a grave at Chavez
Pass, Arizona,? the specimen being polished, as though from use as
a fetish or object of special care.

The turkey is the only bird that was domesticated by the American
Indians north of Mexico. In the latter country the turkey was a
familiar domestic animal, and in the Pueblo region the same condi-
tion of affairs seems to have prevailed since early times. The turkey
is mentioned in the Zui cosmogenic legend, and its tail-feather mark-
ings are said to be caused by the slime of the earlier wet world. It
is a sacred bird, probably never eaten but preserved for its feathers,
which were used both for ceremonial and practical purposes in pahos
and in preparing the feather cord from which garments were con-
structed.$

The Hopi have received from the white man horses, burros, cattle,
sheep, goats, pigs, chickens, and cats. It is difficult to say in what
order the animals came into the possession of the Hopi, but in point
of usefulness the smaller animals are first. (A bell of horns for
grazing animals is shown in pl. 22, fig. 1.) The care of cattle neces-
sitates the use of the horse, and it is probable that the Hopi acquired
these animals late and never owned them in number. The burro,
however, is an animal suited to meager environments, and has become
inseparable from the Hopi economy. With the larger animals came
rude harness, spurs, whip, hobbles, the lariat, and other articles con-
nected with them (pl. 22, fig. 4).

In the humane treatment of animals the Hopi has much to learn.
Horses are often overworked and starved, and the goad is some-
times cruelly used on the weak, jaded animals. Burros are “ pun-
ished” for stealing, the penalty being the loss of an ear. Some old
offenders have suffered the loss of both ears. The Hopi does not
appear to be intentionally cruel; he is rather childishly careless of
the rights of the dumb creatures under his charge. The equipments
rendered necessary by the introduction of the horse are crude com-
pared with those of the Navaho, and reflect the scanty resources of
the Hopi and their incomplete utilization of the horse, again losing

1ZLucas, F. A., A dog of the ancient Pueblos, Science, n. s., vol. 5, No. 118, April 2,
1897, p. 543-544.

8 Fewkes, J. W., Two summers’ work in Pueblo ruins, 22d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethn.,

pi2i.
3 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, p. 71.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 239

in comparison with the Navaho, who are the best horsemen in the
Southwest.

The Hopi depend almost entirely upon their flocks of sheep and
goats for the material for clothing and for animal food. The sheep
apparently do not differ from those of the Navaho, whose flocks are
mostly mongrel interbred animals whose fleece is coarse and full of
chaffy useless fibers called kemp by wool graders. The fiber is very
strong and serves well for the manufacture of coarse stuffs. Hopi
sheep are herded with goats whose courage and aggressiveness serve
to protect the weaker sheep. The flocks are constantly tended by
herders while grazing. At nightfall they are driven into stone cor-
rals, located on the wide ledges just below the pueblo. The herders
are usually women and children, but the men also are charged with
the responsibility when the numerous ceremonials do not require their
attention. A crook is used in herding and the sheep are sheared with
the iron shears of commerce. Sundry piles of stone set up in various
places are said to be for the purpose of guiding the herders in driv-
ing their charges, probably with regard to the boundaries of com-
munal or clan lands.

Chickens are kept in some number for eggs, which are sold to the
white people when the latter can be induced to buy. Sometimes a
coop is built on the house roof for the chickens, but usually they
roost in the rooms. They do not thrive, principally on account of in-
sect pests.

Dogs are plentiful in the Hopi villages, where they lie around
sleeping in the shade all day. Their nocturnal habits appear in the
excursions, yelping and fighting, in which they engage after sun-
down in the pueblos. They are mongrels of little use except as
scavengers and for hunting rabbits. Cats are very scarce and die
soon under the severe conditions as to food and water in the pueblos.

DOMESTIC ECONOMY.

The Pueblos are better provided with vessels for various domestic
use than any other tribes, and this accords with their great advance-
ment in domestic science. With apparently small advantages to
be derived from an environment that seems to offer little for mate-
rial needs, the Hopi present a striking example of resourcefulness.
The chief necessity in this arid region is for containers adapted
for water, salt, seeds, for cooking purposes, and other multifarious
uses; and this need was supplied by pottery, which even at the
earliest time at which the Hopi are known to investigators was
greatly diversified in form, texture, and ornamentation. Plate 23
shows: Figure 1, a dipper; figure 2, a salt vessel; figure 3, a condi-
ment bowl; figures 4 and 8, bottle forms for water; figure 6, spoon;
figure 5, a water vase; and figure 7, a food bowl.

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Vessels of wood—Vessels of wood were uncommon and were
usually procured only when natural shells or knots suggested the
use as spoons or small bowls. The cottonwood, which may be termed
the culture tree of the Hopi, decayed easily, forming hollow cylin-
ders which were adapted with not much work to the shells of drums
and gave this tribe their only idea of a boat, expressed in the snake
legend. The roots of this tree being of even grain, soft and easily
worked, were the favorite material for feather boxes and gaming
cups. (See pls. 43, 48.) Feather boxes for holding the plumage
necessary for pahos and the decoration of religious paraphernalia
are by far the most common wooden vessels
employed by these Indians. — (See pl. 48, figs.
2, 3, 4; and fig. 4.)

Vessels of skin, etc-—Vessels of skin, raw-
hide, or membrane were also of slight value in
the Hopi domestic economy, and those now or
recently found in the villages were of scrota
of the domestic goat, made by distending the
membrane with sand, leaving to dry, and fitting
with a rim of bent branch of rhus over which
the skin was turned and stitched with sinew.
The Hopi, however, knew how to work raw-
hide into masks, decoys, etc.

Gourds.—The light, strong rind of the culti-
vated gourd marked this plant for a wide range
of usefulness among the Hopi. Despite the
discovery of pottery with its attendant econ-
omies, the gourd continued in favor, its light-
ness and strength being valuable qualities,
while its use was not superseded by basketry,
which brought in vessels that were lighter than
pottery and nonbreakable.

The species of gourd cultivated by the Hopi

Fic. 4.—BOX WITH BUCK : :
SKIN COVER ForsacreD are small, and the imposing gourd vessels

FEATHERS. °
such as are seen about the Pima houses are ab-

sent from the Hopi economics. The small gourds, however, are very
useful for many purposes, and the shell, which is more available and
more easily worked than wood, has numerous applications. In con-
nection with water the gourd is used for dippers (pl. 24, fig. 3, pl. 22,
fig. 2) spring bailers, sacred water vessels (pl. 24, fig. 2) and canteens;
for household use, as spoons, cups, and dippers; as tools, for pottery
smoothers, and cups for paint; for special use, as seed bottles and ves-
sels (pl. 24, figs. 1, 4, 5), medicine holders, powder horns, etc.; in
music, as horns, trumpets, flutes, bells, and rattles; in games, as pea
shooters, ete.; in religious paraphernalia, as parts of masks such as

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 241

noses, horns, flowers, etc., the mask head of the serpent effigy, also for
containing sacred honey and water, and as pahos; in art, as gourds
decorated with symbolic designs. The gourd has always been fertile
in suggestion to the Hopi and to the tribes of man, as illustrated by
the adaptations for masks mentioned above and for the forms it has
impressed upon pottery and basketry.

Cradles.—The Hopi cradle is of two types, the one commonly used
consisting of a yoke made by bending a sapling of green wood and
weaving across it wicker work of rhus stems (pl. 25, fig. 2). A bow
also of wicker is adjusted at the upper end of the cradle to protect
the face of the infant. A carrying cord is attached to the limbs of
the yoke about one-third of the length of the cradle below the head.
An orifice is left in the wicker work of the cradle at the proper place
for adjusting an absorbent mass of frayed cedar bark under the in-
fant. The baby is folded in a blanket, laid on the cradle and secured
to it by means of a woven belt or band of cloth wound continuously
around the cradle and infant. The cradle described above is peculiar
to the East Mesa and Oraibi. The other type of cradle consists of a
thin board with rounded ends and has a collapsible bow made of
three withes held in position by cords (pl. 25, fig. 1). The margin
of the plank has holes burnt or bored through it in which cord loops
are fastened. The band for securing the infant on the cradle is rove
through these loops. This type of cradle is peculiar to the Middle
Mesa. It is more difficult to make than the wicker cradle, since the
working out of a board by primitive methods presents an almost
insuperable obstacle. in recent years boards from packing boxes have
been utilized for cradles. The old cradles have been preserved for
generations and are worn thin and smooth from long use. Especially
is the wear noticeable where the head of the infant comes in contact
with the board. The cradle of the Hopi appears to be a survival from
a former environment which entailed the use of a pack cradle whose
necessity is apparent among tribes not having fixed habitations. The
Hopi now use the cradle merely as a bed for the infant during its
period of sleep, the secondary explanation being that lashing in the
confines of the cradle will make the child grow straight, and with
this object in view especial attention is given to a boy. The effect of
the hard cradle in producing deformation of the skull has been notice-
able and the flattened back of the cranium of the Hopi and most
other Pueblos is very characteristic. This deformation is observed in
the most ancient crania recovered from the graves in this region.

Fire-making tools——ULike many other tribes of the world, the Hopi
have preserved their primitive wood friction fire-making implements
for the purpose of religion. The abandonment of the fire sticks in
practical use, however, is recent, and all Hopi men still know the

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—17

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54

method. The apparatus consists of a spindle and the tablet of wood
upon which it is rotated, kindling of rubbed cedar bark and a roll
of cedar bark used as a slow match (pl. 26, figs. 1-3). The drill and
hearth are made of the root of the cottonwood, a material of peculiar
excellence for the purpose. In the New Fire Ceremony the lower
piece or hearth employed is made of sandstone, a custom unique in
the history of fire-making.

COSTUME AND ADORNMENT. |

Man’s costume.——There is evidence that formerly when skins were
more plentiful the Hopi men sometimes wore shirt coats of tanned

Fia. 5.—a, BUCKSKIN SHIRT OF ARCHAIC STYLE. 0, DETAIL OF SEAMS,

deerskin of the general type prevailing in America (fig. 5). This is
true also of the Zufii and Rio Grande Pueblos and some specimens
of this costume, which seems to have come in from the Plains, have
survived. Asa rule, however, the costume of the Pueblos is affiliated
with that of Mexico and is thus characterized by the use of weaving
to a greater extent than among any other North American tribes.
Men formerly wore leggins of tanned skin, but these were also prob-
ably adopted from outside sources. The typical body garment of the
Hopi man in historic times was a length of dark blue or black woolen
cloth with an opening made in the middle for drawing over the head,
equal lengths of the garment hanging over the back and front like

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 243

the Mexican poncho (fig. 6). This early form with the addition
of sleeves was sewed partly down either side, leaving openings under
the armpits and slits in the skirts (fig. 7). The sleeves were loose and
short. This shirt-coat, which is shown complete in figure 8, had
little ornament, but modernly bits of ribbon and stitchings of red
and green worsted have been affected. No undergarment except a
loin cloth was worn (fig. 9). This feature of dress is well nigh uni-
versal and may be considered among the most primitive. The cere- -
monial costume gives a good indication of the archaic dress. This
consists of a width of cloth finished on the edges, wrapped sarong
fashion around the waist and held by a
belt (fig. 10). ‘The leather belt was prob-
ably not” worn in ancient times and not
generally in modern times, those found
among the Hopi being adopted from the
Navaho. These costly leather belts, heav-
ily adorned with large pierced and chased
silver plaques, are worn by young men
who wish to be leaders of fashion.

Woven belts and garters for holding the by fl
leggings are ancient (fig. 11). Ul Gn ,

It is difficult to ascertain whether the | fG \
legging was anciently used. The pre-
sumption, however, is that it came into
use at the time when the moccasin re-
placed the sandal. The legging was a
square of tanned deerskin folded once
around the calf of the leg and tied with
a thong or woven garter (fig. 12 a-b). A
more ornamental legging with pairs of
tying cords and fringe (fig. 13) is a com-
panion piece with the “old style” shirt
(fig. 5). Another more pronounced in fic. 6 —Ancnatc Form oF sumer
art, folded on the leg and tied with the A eae
garter, is shown in figure 14.. Knit leggings are sometimes worn by
old men and women.

Moccasins are worn by all Hopi men. Though their form is char-
acteristic and not to be confounded with those made by any other
tribe, it is a fact borne out by archaeological evidence that the Hopi
and other Pueblo tribes anciently were sandal-wearing peoples and
it must be concluded that the leather moccasin was acquired from
the non-Pueblo tribes. Peculiarities in the manufacture of the Hopi
moccasin, especially the sole bent up around the sides of the foot,
seem to point to the Navaho and Apache as the tribes responsible
for the change in footwear, and this change probably took place after

Ss SSW
S a hee i }

‘

A)
Ww , \ i

G ;
. ¢Z v4,

SSS
SS

yj
Z

Y
y
Me

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 54.

AD PELE PIII

aR EL

FIG. 7.—SHIRT FORMED BY ADDITION OF SLEEVES. @, b, FORMS[OFgNECK OPENINGS. ¢, d, METHOD
OF APPLYING SLEEVE.

Fig. 8.—COMPLETED SHIRT.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—-HOUGH. 245

the introduction of cattle. The man’s moccasin (fig. 15) is well made
and serviceable. It is composed of (a) the sole made |.
of rawhide from the back of the cowskin, (}) the vamp, I i

fe i

—

and (c) the tongue. At present the Hopi use siiver but- He
tons for fastening the flap, like the Navaho, instead of
tying thongs. ‘The boys’ moccasin (fig. 16) sometimes

has an extended vamp in two parts sewed together, going
around the foot as an ankiet.

The blanket also enters somewhat into Hopi costume
as an emergency or temporary wrap for a naked priest
going through the wintry air to the Kiva, or by the
softer men of modern days. The blanket is generally
put to more practical use for carrying a canteen or sup- |
plies on the back or as bedding.

Smaller adjuncts of clothing, as pouches, etc., were
rarely used by the Hopi, except in ceremonies for sacred
meal (see fig. 46).

Among the Hopi men, not so frequently as among the
other Pueblos, the hair is tied in a knot at the back of the
head with a narrow woven tape. The Hopi have adopted
this style exclusively since the “ hair-cutting order” went
into effect. Anciently the hair cord was probably of
twisted or braided cotton or other fiber like the Navaho
tsos be tlotl early adopted by this tribe from the Pueblos.
Garters for securing the tops of the leggings are worn by
Hopi men and this custom is common among all the
Pueblos, but there is no evidence of its antiquity. Orna-
ments worn by men consist of beads of worked shell and Fic. 9—Man’s
stone made into a necklace. The beads, which are disks, “°~°""
are strung uniformly into a strand of a certain length or are spaced

|
i

LIME

a TT

Fic. 10.—a. MAN’S CEREMONIAL KILT. 6, METHOD OF WEARING.

at intervals with oval pieces of shell or turquoise (pl. 27, fig. 1). Sev-
eral of these strands are bunched and bound together for a short

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

space, forming a necklace which is put on over the head. The
importance and value of these necklaces to the Hopi is very great,
because of the religious significance of the beads and
their pecuniary worth. The standard value is about
two dollars a string, depending on the character of the
beads and the amount of turquoise. The Hopi do not
make beads, but obtain them in trade from the Zuni or
Rio Grande tribes. Beads are the most ancient recog-
nizable feature of Pueblo costume and are found prac-
tically of the same form and materials in prehistoric
ruins. Ornaments of metal, as earrings, finger rings,
ete., are of modern introduction among the Hopi, who
were unacquainted with metallic minerals before the
arrival of the Spanish. Hopi men formerly wore on the
left wrist a band of leather to take the rebound of the
bowstring, but this part of costume has not survived
for personal use, though it is still in ceremonial use.
The parts of man’s costume here described may be
regarded as typical of a completely dressed Hopi, but
only on rarest occasions has any one seen the complete
assemblage. Usually the season, avocation, wealth, age, or whim of
the individual fixes the matter whether he shall wear all, a part, or

Fia@. 11.—W0OvVEN
GARTER,

Fia. 12.—a, OUTLINE OF MAN’S LEGGING; b, LEGGING COMPLETE.

next to none of the tribal costume. As in civilization, the most
lavishly dressed man has nothing else to do.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. Bae

Married woman's costume—The chief garment of the married
woman is of dark brown and blue blanket stuff woven in one piece
for her by the men weavers. It is wide enough to reach from the

shoulder to the middle of the lower leg, though worn shorter when

pope)
Sihal pias 2

]

Fic. 13.—a, OUTLINE OF FRINGED LEGGING; b, LEGGING COMPLETE.

moccasins and wrap-leggins form a part of the costume. ‘The mak-
ing of one of these blankets into a dress is simplicity itself, only re-
quiring the two ends to be brought together and sewed (fig. 17), the
result being a bag open above and below, the seam on the left side.
The upper edges are now stitched together for a short distance over
the right shoulder, an
opening being left there
for the right arm. It is
now ready to be drawn on
over the head, and when
it is in place it will be
seen that the left arm and
shoulder are free (fig. 18).
The dress is sometimes or-
namented with embroidery
and stitching of colored
yarns. The weaving of
14.—a, OUTLINE OF WRAP-LEGGING; b. LEGGING APpLinp this dress is interesting

i, a oe and is described on page

254. Sometimes the blanket, pusala, is not made into a dress,
but is used to enwrap the baby or for other household purposes.
Tt is the completed fabric in demand among the Pueblos, with
whom it was exchanged for beads and other commodities. The

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. [vou. 54.

pusala is of standard size, measures 50 by 60 inches, and as all
Pueblo wear the same style of dress, it is available for clothing in
any part of the Pueblo region.
The serviceable quality of the
Hopi pusala is excellent and
well known to the Pueblo In-
dians. A wide, long belt, woven
by Hopi women or purchased
6 trom the Navaho, girds the dress
at the waist (fig. 19). This belt
is given many turns around the
body, and the end tucked under,

Fia. 15.—MAN’S MOCCASIN. a, SOLE; b, VAMP; c, TONGUE. FIG. 16.—a, BOYS’ MOCCASIN WITH b, ANKLET VAMP.

the long fringe hanging down on the left side (see fig. 18). é
Onmarried woman.—The costume of the unmarried woman is like

Fic. 18.—MODE oF WEARING WOM-- FiqG, 19.—WoOMAN’S
Fic. 17.—WOMAN’S BLANKET DRESS. AN’S BLANKET DRESS. WOVEN BELT.

that of the married woman except that earrings consisting of little
wooden tablets overlaid on one side with a mosaic of turquoise are

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 249

worn (pl. 27, fig. 2). The dressing of the hair in whorls is character-
istic of the maidens. The method of hair dressing is as follows: The
hair is carefully brushed with a bundle of grass stems (pl. 28, fig. 1),
parted in the middle and divided into two locks, each wound over a
wooden bow (pl. 28, figs. 2, 3) of size determined by the length of
the hair. The mass of hair on the bow is pressed together at the
middle and wound with hair cord (pl. 28, fig. 4), which is passed at
each turn also around the lock of hair next the head in figure eight
winding. When the winding is completed, the bow is removed and
the hair adjusted into a circular shape. Previously the hair whorls
were held in shape with a light structure of corn husk covered with
hair combings. These forms were six inches in diameter divided into
two sections (fig. 20, a, 6) the division facilitating the tieing of the
hair (fig. 20 c). This coiffure is said to represent the squash flower
and to be significant of fertility as well as to indicate that the girl
is of marriageable age.

Fic. 20.—a, b. ARCHAIC HAIR FORMS OF CORN HUSK. ¢. MAIDEN’S HAIR WHORLS.

Children.—Little attention is given to the clothing of children, but
such garments as they possess are modeled after those of their par-
ents, being usually cut from cast-off apparel of adults.

Married women.—In full dress the Hopi women wear a camisa
with sleeves. This garment is at present made of calico, resembles
the Mexican Auipil, but it is not possible to say that it is traceable
from ancient times. The probability is that it was adopted not many
years ago.

The shoulder blanket is the most striking article of Hopi women’s
dress. The colors are red, white, and blue, the body of the blanket
being white with wide border of red and blue. The material is
cotton and wool and the weaving is diversified and excellent. The
blanket measures 36 by 48 inches and is worn over the shoulders
somewhat like a shawl. It is not customarily found in ordinary

250 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

use, but is worn in full dress and in ceremonies (fig. 21a, b, ¢). Un-
married girls, however, wear it when out walking, and matrons don
it on gala occasions or during
ceremonies. Within the last 15
years Hopi women have begun to
wear a length of gay cotton print
in the manner of the Mexican
rebosa or the Spanish mantilla. It
is hike these also, a versatile gar-
ment as to the methods of wearing
it, and adds a bit of style to the
rather primly clad and demure
maidens and young matrons. The
blanket worn as part of the mar-
riage ceremony, and which becomes
the woman’s choicest possession, is
woven of white cotton. It is care-
fully woven, so as to be a perfect
example of the weaver’s skill (fig.
22a). It measures 48 by 58 inches,
is quite heavy, the weaving being
like canvas, and requires the tieing
FIG. 21.—«, b, BeBe OF WEARING THE SHOULDER strings observed on the upper edge.
BLANKET, ¢, SHOULDER BLANKET. 5 :

The corners are sometimes rein-
forced with yellow yarn. Itisrolled ina reed mat (fig.226). After the
marriage ceremony the blanket is heavily embroidered with worsteds

FIG. 22.—a. WHITE COTTON WEDDING BLANKET. 6, WEDDING BLANKET ROLLED IN BED MAT.

in pleasing color and designs and heavy tassels are fastened to the
corners. The Hopi married woman’s hair is parted with a straight

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 251

part and gathered into two locks over the ears. Each lock is wound
over the first finger and the end drawn through as the finger is with-
drawn (fig. 23). The end of the lock is looped up and caught in the
winding (fig. 24). There is thus found a loose knot which is wound
over and over with hair cord, the result being a spindle swelling at

Fic. 24.—METHOD OF TIEING
Fa. 23.—METHOD OF TIEING WOMAN’S HAIR, SECOND FIG. 25.—METHOD OF TIEING WOM-
WOMAN’S HAIR, FIRST STAGE. STAGE. AN’S HAIR, COMPLETE,

the middle of the lock (fig. 25). In connection with care of the hair
a device of thin slips of hardwood is used for crushing lice (fig. 26).
Navaho silver bracelets are sometimes worn and rarely earrings.
Necklaces like those of the men are worn. Formerly necklaces of
juniper berries and other wild fruits and
seeds were worn by women (pl. 27, fig. 3).
Hopi women customarily go barefoot, but
it is probable that the cumbrous moccasin
with wrap-leggins was formerly more in
use than at present, when deerskin is scarce
and expensive, beyond the means of the
poor and frugal Hopi. The woman’s moc-
casin (fig. 27a, b, c, d, e) is small, stylish,
and has the sole turned higher around the
sides of the foot than the man’s moc-
casin. To the edge of the upturned
sole is sewed a whole white tanned deer-
Fig. 26.—Suirs or HARDWoop FoR = Skin, which is wrapped in folds around

f, ftoido> tO Dail the calf of the leg and ties at the knee,
giving the limbs a most elephantine appearance. Moccasins of
this style are required in the trousseau of a bride, and it is probable
that they will be made to last her lifetime, since she, like her sisters,
will prefer to go barefoot. Baby’s moccasins are made of fur (pl. 29,
fig. 2) and small children wear a replica of their elder’s moccasin (pl.
29, fig. 1, boy’s moccasins; fig. 3, small girl’s moccasin leggins).

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

A curious and rare article of costume is an eye shade, which is
made of a circular frame of rods (fig. 28b) to fit around’ the head.
and a bowed frame attached, covered with skin to form a visor
(fig. 28a).

WEAVING.

The summer climate of the elevated region inhabited by the Hopi
is that of Maine, but the winter temperature, while not so low is
nevertheless cold enough to necessi-
tate substantial woolen clothing.
For centuries the Hopi have been
famed as weavers of excellent blue
cloth which was traded for by many
tribes living far or near-in the
Pueblo region. The Hopi did not
weave cloth in a commercial sense;
the products of their looms were
mostly finished “ blankets” of estab-
tablished measurement (50 by 60
inches), which without cutting or
alteration would make a woman’s
dress or smaller “ blankets” for chil-
dren (see Costume, p. 247). The
true blanket or serape, like those for
whose manufacture the Navaho are
celebrated, was so rarely made by
the Hopi that it can scarcely be con-
sidered in describing their textile in-
dustry. Narrower widths of woolen
stuff than that of the woman’s dress
were made for men’s garments. Spe-
cial weavings of cotton, or of cotton
and wool, as the wedding blanket
and the girls’ shoulder wrap, etc.,
were of ceremonial character and are

Fic. 22—WOMAN'S MOCCASIN LEGGING. treated under separate headings.

@, SOLE; b, VAMP; c, WRAPPING; d, VAMP . :

SOLE AND WRAPPING JOINED; €, COM- Materials.—The earhest fabric

BORTE: of the Hopi referred to by white
men was made of cotton and this textile material is found in the
ancient sites of the Pueblo region. Cotton and shredded yucca fiber
were the ancient vegetable fabric materials. The use of cotton has
survived the introduction of wool, being prescribed for textiles used
in ceremonials, the largest work being the wedding blanket (see also
Hair cord, p. 261). Cotton was prepared by whipping the fiber-
enveloped seeds with a bundle of pliant rods (fig. 29) on a bed of
sand, the process being shown in figure 30. This primitive gin
removes the seeds and leaves the cotton in a fluffy mass, which is

NO. 2235.

HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 053

made into rolls by hand. Bowing cotton after the Asiatic method
appears to have been unknown in America.

The excellent quality of
the Hopi blanket is due
to the strong fiber of the
wool of their native sheep
and to the conscientious

Fic. 29.—
WuHip FOR
FLUFFING
COTTON.

Laying up the warp.—
Since the fabric is to be
woven to the edges and

work in pre
paring the yarn.
The washed
wool is dyed
with indigo, a
material that
has from time
immemorial
been an article
of commerce in
the Southwest,
where it was in-
troduced by the
Sp anish. The Tig. 28.—a. EYE SHADE COMPLETE. 0. FRAME OF EYE
wool, which Pee

was formerly whipped like cotton, is now carded with the
toothed appliance which was no doubt introduced on the
transfer of the present weaving art to the Pueblos some time
after the Spanish-Mexican invasion, formed into rolis and
spun on the simple spindle, which consists of a rod about
the length and size of an arrowshaft weighted with a per-
forated disk of wood, horn, or earthenware (pl. 30, figs.
4, 5, 6). After spinning the yarn is stretched and
smoothed by taking one turn over a polished corncob and
drawing the corncob along, care being taken to regulate
the tension, and
finally the loose
fibers are re-
moved by singe-
ing and the fin-
ished yarn laid
ap id ans, -* §

finished there without sel- Fig. 30.—PROCESS OF WHIPPING COTTON.
vage or loose ends, the warp is measured back and forward continu-
ously between two rods fastened by means of pegs in the floor at a

954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.
I

proper distance apart, and the warp yarn given a regular spacing
with a winding of cord which passes through the loop and over the
rod, taking in the next loop, and so forth. The warp ends are thus
in a line on the periphery of the rods. The lower rod is tied to the
floor or cloth beam, and the upper rod is tied at the ends to another
rod which receives the lacing of cord which goes over this rod and
the supporting beam (pl. 31).

Setting up of the loom.—The warp, with its rods forming a frame,
is then stretched between two beams, the upper attached to pegs in
the kiva wall and the lower secured by plaited wool rope to sockets ©
bored in a plank set in the floor, which takes the place of the sockets
made in the stone slabs of the floor according to ancient practice.
The warp frame is secured to the beams by a spiral winding cord
and is not applied as among the Navaho, who run the cord under the
beam along the edge of the warp. The warp is kept taut by cords
which lash the upper loom beam to the wall pegs and may be ad-
justed if the web becomes slack. One man can set up the warp, but
the services of two are preferable. The loom is then suspended in a
vertical position and the weaving begins at the lower border.

The heddles are then applied either for plain, checked, or diaper
weaving, as required, all three of these methods being sometimes used
on the same piece of work. The dress blanket is usually begun with
three diaper heddles and with them is woven a broad band of basket
pattern, or “birdseye” in blue. The warp is then reversed in the
loom frame and a similar band is woven at the other end of the
blanket and the termination of each of these weavings is finished with
a cording. The body of the blanket of dark brown wool is then put
in with two heddles set for plain weaving. The finishing off of this
portion of the blanket is very difficult and is effected by means of
slender rods which open the sheds. The weaver beats the weft home
with a wooden sword or batten, small in case of the belt loom and
large in case of the blanket loom (pl. 30, figs. 1, 2,3). This is also
effected at certain points when necessary with a weft comb, which
consists of a strip of wood having teeth cut at one end. At the finish
a slender bone awl is used for pressing the weft home. The large
batten is used to spring or hold open a shed, as the heddles are only
actuated by hand, the Pueblo looms being vertical, and on account of
this position none of them have the simple but important device for
moving the heddles by foot power, which is practicable on the hor-
izontal webs of the Old World. The horizontal loom, however, was
used in ancient Mexico,! but was of great simplicity. A primitive
shuttle (fig. 31), consisting of a stick on which yarn is wound to and
fro, is employed.

1Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S. A., Navaho Weavers, 3d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Nthnol.,
1881, p. 391.

BOuRASS. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 255

Several very old blanket weaving tools are in the Museum col-
lection, and considerable difficulty has been experienced in definitely
ascertaining their use, especially since these tools are archaic to the
present weavers. Figure 32 is the oldest and best specimen of
browned oak polished by long use and carved back and
front with patterns. It was collected by Mrs. M. C.
Stevenson, who was told that the notches on the
handle of -the tur z kohu, as it is called, recorded
the number of blankets the weaver had made, and
the notches on the blade the number of days to
be consumed in making a blanket, thus indicating
an interesting record or tally stick. The terraced
end set with sharp iron point probably served to
push in certain threads of the warp to form a
special shed for diaper weave. Figure 33 is also of
oak with two spurs formed in the end. These
probably served as a comb for pressing down por-
tions of the weft. Figure 34, of oak, resembles the

Fic. 31—SHUTTLE OF
Fie. 32.—a, BLANKET WEAVING TOOL. 5, BACK VIEW. PRIMITIVE FORM,

stretching pins used by the embroidery of blankets (fig. 38). This
specimen has-also tally notches on the side.

Belt weaving.—tThe greatest play of fancy in the Hopi textile
art is in the weaving of belts. Apparently tapes, belts, and other
narrow weavings have a long history and preserve to some extent
the primitive art
in tools, methods,
and designs.
Wider fabrics are
the product of
civilization and
have not the long
lineage of design
that is unbroken
in the narrow fabrics. The handicraft that could produce small
and greatly varied patterns with a few warp threads was not
perpetuated in the fabrics requiring numerous warp threads. An
examination of the hand woven tapes and belts of Europe, Asia,

Fic. 33.—a, OAK BLANKET WEAVING TOOL. D, SIDE VIEW.

956° PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEU VoL. 54.

and North Africa will prove a » revelation in design. The Hopi and
other Pueblo belts take their place in this most interesting series
that has been generally overlooked by students of textile manipu-
lation and design. In the Pueblo tribes the weaver’s art antedates
the introduction of wool and dyed yarns on which the present indus-
try largely rests.

Hopi belts are woven on a small loom and worked in all respects
like the blanket, except for the taking out of threads at the central
warps where the design is woven. They may also be woven with
reed heddles, an ancient improvement in weaving methods, which
renders the separation of the warp to produce the sheds much easier
than by the cord heddles, the latter an invention presumably more
ancient than the reed heddles. An interesting feature of belt weav-
ing is that the operator’s bedy forms part of the loom illustrated
by a figure in the Zuni family
group in the Natural History
Building of the United States
National Museum.

The warp, which is attached to
a roller of wood secured to-a sup-
port, is stretched by cords which
are fastened to the ends of a yoke
FIG. 34-STRETCHER AND RECORD IN wEavine Passing over the weaver’s back
' BLANKETS, and tied to the cloth beam. By
movements of the body, the weaver, who sits on the ground in
front of her work, can tighten or loosen the warp, an advantage
in making the sheds for the passage of the shuttle. This device
is in world wide use and appears to be connected with the distribu-
tion of weaving from a culture center.

The tools in belt weaving are the same as those employed in blanket
weaving but smaller. The roller or cloth beam and the back yoke,
however, are not parts of the blanket loom. Instead of using the
back yoke of the Pueblos, the Navaho stretch the belt warp in the
V-shape opening of a tree fork, which forms a belt loom of primitive
aspect, as shown in one of the groups in the United States National
Museum.

The warp of a typical belt is set us ont Two pairs of white
threads for edging; 12 red and 12 green on both edges forming plain-
woven red and green bordering pend: 60 red yarn and 14 white
cotton threads, forming the middle pattern section; and then warps
of red and green as above to the other edge, which is bound with
two pairs of white threads. Another example has two white edging
warps, 12 red, 6 black, 12 red, 20 white, 20 red for center band; and
to other edge 12 red, 6 black, 12 red, 2 edging warps. In the pat-

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 257

tern band the red threads are worked in pairs, the white always
single. The weft is white wool yarn and shows very little in the pat-
tern and not at all in the border bands. The specimen is 1% inches
wide and is probably Zui.

In Hopi belt weaving the heddles are not applied for patterns, but
continuously, to alternate warp threads as in plain weaving, the de-
signs being formed by lifting the required warp yarns by hand with
a small wooden blade or batten. This interesting combination of
hand and machine work points to a more primitive method as in
the Navaho, Chilkat, and Salish weavings.

As remarked, the belts of the Hopi and Zufii exhibit great skill in
technic and ingenuity in pattern. The warp and weft are often of
the same yarn, giving uniformity of texture, but usually the warp
is partly of yarn of the same thickness as the weft yarn and partly
smaller. This arrangement furnishes a fertile field for the play of
design. The warp in the central or pattern band of a belt is generally
of small white yarn and another color of larger yarn, usually red,
the former working’ out white pattern grounds, having raised figures
in red warp, the latter contrast being produced by the difference in
size of the yarns, the small warp being worked singly and the larger
in pairs.

Wedding blanket of cotton—The Hopi wedding blanket, following
correct custom, should be of plain white cotton fabric, resembling
coarse canvas woven in the hand loom (fig. 22). During the year
following the investiture of the bride with the wedding blanket it is
embroidered on the upper and lower borders with symbolic patterns
in black, green, red, and rarely yellow yarn, and on each corner is
fastened a large tassel which is formed on a grooved flat stick about
which the material for the tassel is wound. The upper corner tassels
are usually white and smaller than the lower, which are of black and
red. The embroidered band on the upper margin of the blanket is
narrower and simpler in design than that of the lower, whose pattern
represents rainclouds, rain, squash flowers, and butterflies, applied in
a very pleasing ensemble. No embroidered wedding blankets antedate
the period when dyed yarns could be procured from the trader and all
known specimens are worked with worsteds, but many were collected
before aniline colors came into use. As to the character of the wed-
ding blanket before wool was introduced there is no information,
though following the method employed in the kilts of the Snake
society the garments may have been ornamented with painted designs.
It is probable, however, that no large woven blankets were made in
ancient times, and no wide fabrics have been found in the cliff dwell-
ings, the widest being 26 inches from Grand Gulch, Utah.

3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—18

2958 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Weaving of kilts—The kilts worn by Hopi priests in ceremonies
are of two kinds, plain woven cloth, which is made of coarse cotton
yarn strongly fulled and resembling canvas, decorated with symbolic
designs in red, black, and white paint worn by the Snake and Ante-
lope fraternity; and the other of similar canvas decorated with
woven designs in bright worsted, worn by the Flute and other frater-
nities. These are woven in small looms, the tools and procedure be-

ing the same as
in the blanket
loom except that
in the second va-
riety the heddles
are set to work
in the patterns
_————— in colored yarns.
Sometimes, how-
ever, the designs
are worked in
by embroidering
after the piece is
finished in the
loom. The up-
per border is
corded with
black yarn. The
lower edge is
finished with a
braid of black
wool sewed. to
the margin.
The corners are
finished with
small tassels.
These kilts are
20 inches wide
and 394 inches
Fig. 35.—SASH LOOM WITH WEAVING IN PROCESS. WEFT COMB (TO RIGHT). long.

ay wat
i il

iW Gu eh

iM 8 i NM a y \

ah a uy bed bp

Weaving of sashes—Sashes worn in ceremonies are panels of plain
weaving of cotton or wool, decorated at the end with designs in col-
ored yarns and terminating in a fringe. They are woven plain for
part of the length and then the heddles are adjusted to work in the
patterns in yarns (fig. 35). Two sections or panels thus made are
sewed together at the upper end with a roving of cord. In most
specimens in the Museum the warp and weft are yarn of the same
size. Where the decorated weaving begins a much finer weft is used.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN CQLLECTION—HOUGH. 259

The effect of this is not to alter materially the surface of the cloth
but to narrow the weaving which would have been necessarily much
wider on the addition of the worsteds used in decoration. There is
also an advantage in narrowing the sash at the end with the effect
of making it more graceful. Specimen Cat. No. 166318, U.S.N.M.,
Hopi Indians, Arizona, collected by James Mooney, has a small warp
and a thicker weft. At the beginning of the embroidery the weft
and warp cords are made of equal size. This again produces a taper-
ing form and distinctly finer cloth. These sashes are made 9 inches
wide and 44 inches long to 104 inches wide and 48 inches long.
Braiding the sacred white sash—A typical example of the sacred
sash (Cat. No. 22953 U.S.N.M., collected by Maj. J. W. Powell) is
composed of 216 threads of white cotton
about the size of small package cord braided
into a band 8 inches wide and 61 inches long
to the termination of the solid braiding
(fig. 36). The work is started midway of
the cords where a twining is applied tempo-
rarily and proceeds toward either end, where
the cords are divided into 12 tresses braided
into narrow tapes for a short distance.
Rings are now slipped on over the cord and
secured and the cords divided into sixes are
twisted together, hanging down as 36 twists
forming a long fringe. The rings (fig. 36),
which number 18, have an annular core of
corn husk wound with cord and are secured
to the cord bundles by tying at the termi-
nation of the braided portion of the tape.
This most remarkable example of braiding
is worked with great skill, and the finished
texture is even and compact. No tools are i, 36—Brawep sAcrED WHITE
required for this work, and it is only neces- Pac pa
sary after the braid is begun at the middle to secure this portion
between two wooden clamps in order to suspend the mass of cords
from a support in the wall. The cotton employed in these sashes
is native (the only Pueblo aboriginal cotton that has survived),
grown exclusively for ceremonial purposes and prepared by men
in accordance with traditional religious usages. Plaited sacred
sashes were used by all the Pueblos; it is not known, however,
that all the tribes made them; probably most of the tribes procured
the sacred cotton or the finished sashes from those Pueblos who
lived in the area where the cotton plant could be grown. The
art of making the sashes is ancient, as the remains of a square,

SS A

—

SSS

2 SS See

——

—
SS

SSssSss>

SSS

5 =
== SSS
Ss

eee

: a

SSS

LSS

=
SSS

SSS SSS Ss
S

=
SSS

SSS

SSS eS
SSS
SSS
Sse
=

SS
<—
—

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

braided (sennit) sash fringe with rings found in Bear Creek Cave,
Blue River, Arizona, show.?

These sashes, which are kept white by the application of kaolin,
are used by the Hopi priests in the Nashnaiya ceremony. They
are secured at the waist and hang down in two panels on the left
side. The Zufii use them in the sword swallowing ceremony of the
great fire fraternity.2 The Hopi name for them is wuko kwewa,
great sash. It is possible that this sash may be of Mexican origin.

Embroidery—The Hopi embroider ceremonial kilts, sashes, and
wedding blankets, and to a slight extent the woman’s dress for every-
day wear. The art
as it exists at pres-
ent appears to have
been acquired from
the white man, but it
may also have been
derived from weav-
ing, as in the raised
woven work on the
hems of the women’s
Fi@. 37.—a@. EMBROIDERY ON SASH. b. WORK STRETCHED. Woopen (dress or the raised

STRETCHER (IN CENTER). figures on belts.
The material to be embroidered is stretched by means of strips of wood
having points at the extremities (fig. 37, a, 6, ¢), and when used are
buttoned into the goods and the working done with a fine bone awl
(now with a darning needle). Larger stretchers, consisting of a strip
of notched wood with a pointed rod lashed to the ends, are useful for
larger embroidery spans or for stretching blankets (fig. 38).
Tassel making.—Tassels are important adjuncts of the ceremonial
blankets, and are sometimes of complicated structure. Ordinary
blankets are supplied with rudimentary tassels or “tags” at the

Fig. 38.—LARGE STRETCHER FOR BLANKET WITH ADJUSTABLE PINS.

corners, and completed wedding blankets have bunch tassels made
by the ordinary process; sometimes the shank of the tassel is over-
laid with colored cords in basket-weave. The tassels for the white
braided sash (fig. 36) are made on a tassel stick, a very old speci-
men of which is shown in figure 39a, a section of the end showing the
grooves. A cord is laid on the longer groove and brought down the
sides and a cord is wrapped continuously over it on the stick (fig.

1 Hough, Walter, Ancient Culture of the Pueblos of the Upper Gila River, Bull. 87,
U. S. Nat. Mus., Washington, 1914, fig. 159, p. 76.
2Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, The Zuii, 23d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer, Ethnol., pl. 18.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 261

396). The under cord is then cut at the point indicated in the shorter
groove, the loops slipped off the stick (fig. 39¢), and on it is laid
a ring of cornhusk, which forms the core of the tassel; the loops
are rolled over this ring and the resultant tassel ball formed. This
is an example of remarkable imagination and ingenuity. |

Knitting.—Many of the Hopi, in common with the Navaho, Zuni,
and other Pueblo tribes, are familiar with the art of knitting, but
usually practice it only in the making of leggings of blue yarn. Knit-
ting was learned from the whites, at what period it is difficult to
ascertain. An unfinished piece of knitting with wooden needles in
place was brought presumably from cliff ruins in northern New
Mexico by Dr. Washington Matthews, but the circumstances of its
finding are not now known. A coarse horsehair legging and one made
of brown (buffalo?) hair were also
collected by Dr. Matthews. A fab-
ric resembling the crochet bags
which have a wide distribution in
the Eastern and Western Hem-
ispheres and are especially common
in South and Central America has
been found in archeological sites in
northern New Mexico and Arizona;
no specimens, however, have been
found in the southern portion of the
Pueblo region. A hook or needle
would be indicated for the making
of this fabric,’ but no implements of
this character have been discovered
except a needle of bone? in ancient
sites; and it is probable that this
method, like knitting, was compar- P&S, Of mans sues od. Tass
atively recently acquired. or Emry Korra.

Hair cord.—One of the most primitive textile materials is hair,
and the kind that is most available is human hair, which without
doubt was worked into cord from the earliest times. Among the
Hopi hair cord is made by women and at present the art is practically
limited to the making of cord used in the coiffure of women. There
is evidence, however, that formerly whenever a cord of peculiar
strength and wearing quality was needed, cord made of human hair
was employed. Some of the earlier specimens collected by the Bu-
reau of Ethnology show uses of human hair cord for a netting over
gourd canteens, for the strings of marionette birds, and in cere-
monies, etc. On the acquisition of cattle and the horse an abundant

1See Mason, Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, p. 380.
2See Hough, Museum-Gates Expedition, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, pl. 13.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

supply of the material became available. The hair of horses and
cattle had some use for lariats, bridles, cinches, and other parts of
horse trappings, but not to such an extent as among the Mexicans.
It was used in religious paraphernalia, on dolls, etc., to represent
human hair. The banner placed above the kiva hatchway, to an-
nounce that a ceremony was going on within, is decorated with red
dyed horsehair. Hair cord was made by hand or with the spindle.
‘he whirling cord twister, known to the Mexicans -and southwestern
Indians, was used by the Hopi (fig. 40). (See also p. 253.)

Weaving rabbit-fur robes——A fabric that long antedates woolen
blankets in the Pueblo region is made from rabbit fur cut into
strips, wound around thick cord and joined by twined work of wool,
cotton, or hair cord (see background, pl. 31). The large blankets
thus made are warmer and more
flexible than dressed fur skins. In
ancient times the cords were over-
laid with strips of downy turkey
feather and formed into robes and
body garments. These were still
in use in 1540, but no mention is
made at that time of rabbit fur
robes. The making of this fur
fabric was a widespread aboriginal
industry all over the Rocky Moun-
tains, from the mouth of the Co-
lumbia to Mexico. There are ref-
erences to their use among the
eastern tribes.

In making fur robes great lengths
of fur-covered cord are first pre-
pared, and this generally takes a
Jong time, unless rabbits are plentiful. The skins are cut in strips
about a quarter of an inch wide, dampened and wound spirally
around the cord, and when the skin is dry it remains rigidly in place.
The width of the robe having been determined, a section-of the fur
cord is bent over and the warp threads tied to it at intervals. The
cord is laid to and fro continuously as it is twined in the warp threads,
the robes thus having a succession of loops on two edges. When the
robe is of proper length, the warp cords are tied to the last breadth
of fur cord. The resultant fabric is about an inch thick and warm,
but gives a most excellent harborage for fleas and other vermin.

Wound work.—The Hopi practice a variety of textile work that is
intermediate between basketry and weaving. The basis is a strip of
rawhide or other flexible material wound with colored yarns in a
counted order of winds, so that when.a number of these strips are

Fic. 40.—W HIRLING CORD TWISTER.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 263

laid side by side a pattern is built up. These strips are joined to
form anklets, and it requires considerable precision on the part of
the worker to wind the strips, which alone are meaningless, but
when joined form a pleasing design (fig. 41, a, b, ¢). The method
is very like that of the coiled basket, resembling closely that variety
known as “ lazy stitch.”

The method, however, may be more related to embroidery with
quills, which was interpreted in wampum and later in glass beads.
Some of the Plains Tribes worked patterns in braided quill on
string, which, wound around a pipe stem or other object, revealed
the design in the mind of the artist. It is probable that this work
was known to many tribes in America, but it has survived in only
a few.

Hopi quillwork was confined to the making of anklets identical
with those described, formed of worsted and rawhide. Porcupine
quills were used and the basis is horsehair. The quills were dyed,
split and worked over the hair
with a series of half hitches
(pl. 32). The Zui made simi-
lar quill anklets and the method
was also known to some of
the Rio Grande Pueblos. It is
probable that these objects were
distributed among some of the
Pueblos through exchange.

BASKETRY.

The working of pliable ele- Fig. 41. Wounp worK ANKLET. @. BACK VIEW, SHOW
ments of vegetal origin into ING LINING; b FROND VIEW; ¢C. COMPLETE.
basketry and cognate textures is an important feature of the eco-
nomic life of the Hopi. The great development of the potter’s art in.
this region has not apparently diminished the necessity for basketry,
which has a range of employment here comparable with that in other
strictly basket regions. The grosser use to which basketwork is put is
in the construction of wind breaks in the fields and the twined weav-
ing employed is the simplest and most primitive method known to
man. Twining, however, is not well represented among the Hopi, the
only instance of its use being the grass stem mat in which wedding
blankets are rolled.2. There have been collected in the Hopi pueblos
numerous twined baskets, some of them very old, but these baskets
are of Ute workmanship and have been brought to the Pueblos by
exchange. Baskets of extraneous origin will be mentioned later.

1 Mason, O. T., Aboriginal Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, p. 249,
2Tdem, pl. 103.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. YOu. 54.

The use of fiat splints or strips gives rise to basket structures of
one type having several varieties in complexity, passing from checker
to twilled and finally to diaper as the highest expression. Generally
this construction produces thin, weak textures familiar in the mats
made by many peoples. The Hopi made mats, apa, from ancient
times down to several decades ago. Formerly throughout the Pueblo
region it was customary to enwrap the dead in matting before burial,
traces of this material being found in ancient cemeteries.1_ Matting is
common in cliff dwellings and ceremonial caves.?

The matting hoods over fireplaces are the only survival of this
textile among the Hopi. The basket that most characterizes the
Pueblo Indians is made from strips of yucca leaf. They are usually
in twilled and sometimes in diaper weaving. The forms, which are
rarely graceful or regular owing to the roughness of the material, are
circular trays often large; squarish baskets with vertical walls; and
somewhat bottle-shape baskets. The splints are bent over and sewed
to form the edge, and frequently a wooden hoop is used to strengthen
the rim, a feature also of ancient baskets of this type.*

Neatly formed head rings or pottery jar rests, forehead bands, belt
weaver harness, and cradle head bows are of twilled weaving. , The
Hopi specimens differ little from similar objects made by other
Pueblos. None of the Pueblos ever made lids or covers fitting over or
telescoping the basket receptacle, a practice rarely absent wherever
this style of basket weaving is pursued in other parts of America and
in the Eastern Hemisphere. American examples may be cited from
the Pimas, Mohaves, Cherokees, Choctaws, and other southern tribes,
Mexicans, Central Americans, Guianians, Peruvians, etc.

Wicker basketry, uncommon in America, is prevalent among the
Hopi and Zufii and little used by the other Pueblos. The Hopi
wicker baskets are the most artistic to be found in the world, and here
the decorations on wickerwork reaches its highest perfection, pre-
senting a surprising range of color and symbolic design. The forms
decorated in color are placques, and occasionally small deep baskets;
forms with structural decoration are oblong trays. Carrying bas-
kets and one of the two varieties of cradles are of wickerwork.
The frames of some of the masks are made by this method. It is
worthy of remark that wicker weaving is almost confined to the
Pueblo or Oraibi. The common material for wicker basketry are
the stems of Rhus, tough and strong, forming the frame work, and
the stems of Bigelovia graveolens, Chrysothamnus graveolens, and
Verbesnia encelioides, the latter desert plants, commonly called rabbit
brush, furnishing innumerable stems of even size, rather soft, but

1 Wewkes, 22d Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 1900 (1904), fig. 60, p. 97.
2 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 16.
8Idem, p. 88.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 265

wearing well. The stems are gathered, peeled, rubbed to remove
slight irregularities, and dyed. Dyeing is done by various processes
and with various materials, subject generally to individual methods
and experiences. Body colors as black, white, green, red, and brown,
are washed on the splints, or sometimes applied after the basket is
finished, the medium being an emulsion of fatty seeds of melon, etc.,
or saliva, or both, formed by chewing seeds, mixing the resulting
liquid with paint and applying to the splints with a tuft of rabbit
fur. The colors are ground and mixed on a small flat stone. The
materials are kaolin or limestone, white; soot or coal, black; copper
carbonate, green; red, brown, and sometimes yellow, iron ochers.
Dyes proper, mordanted or not, are subject to the fertile knowledge
and inventiveness of the Hopi women, who produce a ‘considerable
range of colors, often of great delicacy and beauty. This familiar-
ity with dyes is shown not only in baskets, but in the preparation
of bread, which is often given a variety of colors with vegetal dyes.
Some little information as to these colors can be set down as follows:
Blue is derived from larkspur fiowers; dark blue, beans, shells of
sunflower seeds, and indigo; green, yellowish to olive, from com-
posite flowers and leaves; yellow, from CArysothamnus and other
desert composite flowers; orange yellow, from saffron flowers; red,
from bark of alder, berries of rhus,and flowers of the cockscomb;
brown, red-brown, and yellow-brown, from plants of Thelesperma;
black, from ink of resin and iron alum as in dyeing leather. Shades
of pink, carmine, violet, and lavender are produced apparently by
manipulation of the color from cockscomb. As a rule all these
vegetal dyes on wood fade rather soon, especially when subjected to
actinic light.

The weaving of wicker baskets is begun by crossing at right angles
a number of the rods which form the foundation. The crossing area
is sewed with splints, the sewing forming a square area divided into
parts by a diagonal stepped line (pl. 34, fig. 1). The great majority
of wicker baskets are begun in this manner and very rarely in older
specimens is there a modification of the plan. The radiating rods
are then diverged evenly and the tangential element worked in. If
enough radiating rods have not been provided to fill out the circum-
ference, other rods are added as needed. The edge is finished by a
spiral sewing of yucca leaf after the ends of the radiating rods have
been bent over evenly. This edging is painted red.

Designs on wicker baskets are similar to those on the coiled bas-
kets, but show greater freedom. They are tangential, while those
on the coiled baskets are radial, in both cases due to the technic of
the design-bearing element. The radial designs are forced from cen-
ter to circumference, while the tangential designs are forced to ex-
pand from side to side. An identical bird design by the two methods

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. D4.

shows this (pl. 33, fig. 1; pl. 38, fig. 6). Occasionally in modern
coiled baskets the design is aided by overlaid sewing, to show the
beaks and feet of the birds, for example. This is an innovation.

The foundation of coiled baskets is a bundle of grass stems,
takashu (Hilaria jamesii) bemg used. The sewing, which covers
and holds together the coil, is of strips of yucca leaf split with the
thumbnail into bands of equal width and smoothed by drawing under
the pressure of the thumbnail. The wicker basket requires no tools,
but the coiled basket demands an awl, preferably of bone, as this sub-
stance does not chip or cut the sewing. The beginning coil must be
slender and pliable to take the short turns, hence it is formed of
shredded yucca leaf instead of the harsh grass, the latter being
added when the coils grow larger and less curved. The coil grows
less again on the outer edge of the basket where it tapers to a finish.
The lining strip or sewing is secured at one end, passed over the coil,
through a hole made by the awl, engaging some of the previous
turns and foundation grass stems, and so on until used up, when an-
other strip is started in. Im case the pattern requires a color at
some point in the sewing, a splint of the color desired is started in.
The pattern is regulated by counting the stitches. Both the coil
and the sewing are kept moist by burial in damp sand, which the
basket weaver keeps near her. ‘These baskets are very strong and
serviceable, and more of these are made than of any other kind.
They resemble, in the size and substance of the coil, the baskets of
North Africa; but they are of ancient use in the western and north-
ern Pueblo region and not the result of foreign influence. Coiled
baskets are made in the three towns on the Middle Mesa.

Coiled basket forms are circular placques, most numerous and
sometimes very large; deep bowl forms, sometimes at present with
un-Indian handles and covers; and vase forms which are modern.
About 1872 coiled sombreros were made as an innovation. Though
the coiling was the finest ever made by the Hopi, these hats were too
heavy for comfortable wear.

Mention should be made of the baskets acquired by the Hopi from
other neighboring tribes. At the time of the explorations by Major
J. W. Powell in Tusayan, great numbers of these baskets were col-
lected and at first thought to be representatives of the Hopi basket
art. These are now in the United States National Museum. They
consist of twined pack baskets and pitched water bottles of the Utes
and Apaches; strong fine coiled bowls and twined pitched water bot-
tles of the Havasupai; coiled bowls of Ute-Navaho and water bottles
probably from the Mohave. These were also rod and splint baskets,
evidently very old, whose origin is unsettled. They were found also
at Zuhi and in the Rio Grande pueblos. The largest collection of
these interesting baskets is exhibited in the United States National

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 267

Museum (north alcove, first floor). A descriptive label for these
baskets written by Prof. O. T. Mason is as follows:

Made up on a coil of small rods or splints of willow or Rhus aronatica. The
composition of the foundation coil characterizes basketry of this type as
“single-rod coil,’ “rod-and-splint coil,’ ‘two vertical-rod coil,” “ three-rod
oil,” “ two-rod-and-splint coil,” “ splint coil,” and ‘straw coil.’ The coils are
held together by an over-and-over sewing with osier splints which pass around
one coil, under a small rod or splint of the under coil, each stitch interlocking
with the one underneath. The ornamentation of these baskets is produced by
substituting dyed or natural black splints and the figures are mostly geometric.
‘The borders are fastened on with the plain stitch of the coils, or with a row

of false braid effected by passing a single splint backward and forward under
the stitches of the last coil.

They are smoothly and strongly made of well-prepared material,
decorated with archaic patterns, follow in the main the forms of
ancient pottery, and their appearance suggests great age. It is
probable that they are the work of some ancient Pueblo tribe now
extinct, and have been preserved among the Pueblos for hundreds of
years. Mr. Cushing wrote that some of these baskets had been
recovered by the Zuni from prehistoric deposits. So far as known,
no specimen has been found by explorers of the cliff dwellings and
none occur in the remarkable basket finds in Grand Gulch, Utah,
described by Mr. George Pepper. Some of these interesting baskets
are figured by Professor Mason.? Baskets of the thick coil type are
made by the Pima and Indians of northern Mexico, usually for coarse
construction as in granaries and storage baskets. They are not
covered with sewing as in the Hopi examples. The Hopi variety
of coil basket has an ancient history in the Pueblo region, specimens
having been found in the Bear Creek ceremonial cave on Blue
River, Arizona.’

The tools used in basket making are simple, the awl being most
in evidence though needed mostly for coiled baskét making. This
important tool, which serves for many uses, is at present made from
the leg bone of the sheep, but was formerly made of deer bone. It is
brought to a fine smooth point on a whetstone and constant use in
sewing gives it an exquisite polish. A metal knife and of recent years
even scissors, form part of the basket maker’s equipment; formerly
chips of flint or obsidian may have served. A polishing stone some-
times grooved may be used, though the rods may be smoothed by
drawing them over sand rock in place on the mesas. A wrench of
antelope or goat’s horn (pl. 46, fig. 4), like those employed in
straightening arrow shafts, may be used for the larger rods, ancient
basketry owes its excellent craftmanship to this tool.

1 Ancient Basketmakers of Soutieasvenn Utah. Seppieiient to Tosa American Mu-
seum Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. 2, No. 4, April, 1902.

2 Aboriginal American Basketry, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1902, pl. 28.

3 Hough, 1902, Culture of the Ancient Pueblos, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 24.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 5-£-

The ornamentation of Hopi basketry, pottery, and other articles
is never merely aesthetic or employed for the sensuous pleasure in
beauty of form and color. It expresses itself in symbolism of re-
ligious meaning, the outgrowth of nature worship which embraces
and gives import to design, color and even material. The origin
of art in religion and its inextricability from belief, a feature which
seems to vanish with civilization, is nowhere better shown than
among the Hopi nature-worshippers. The significance of a decorated
basket thus is far deeper than its beauty and usefulness and greater
than the craftsmanship that created its material structure. The color
symbolism is based primarily on the geography of the spiritual do-
main. The being who rules the northeast quarter is yellow, and ali
things in nature about him are yellow, the southwest quarter is blue;
the northeast quarter is red; the southeast quarter is white; below
is black, and above all colors."

The designs on Hopi basketry are not as varied as those on pot-
tery, and are less intelligible on account of the difficulty of expressing
ideas in the textile medium, which often reduces them to the lowest
terms of convention. The commonest designs are of birds or char-
acteristic parts of birds. The snake is sometimes found. The ante-
lope appears to be the only mammal used in basket decoration,
though the mountain sheep may have been represented. Clouds, the
rainbow, and perhaps stars are frequently noticed in combination
with birds. Kachinas often in elaborate designs are in frequent use,
the commonest being the corn maid, avatch or speckled kachina, and
man eagle. The tendency in modern baskets is to make these figures
more realistic and to accomplish this weaving elements never seen in
ancient work are employed. There are also designs in bands or in-
dividual figures which have been conventionalized beyond present
explanation. On this point it may be said that interpretations of
designs secured from modern basket makers are apt to be delusive.
The designs must be traced step by step from known designs or parts
of designs by the method pursued by J. W. Fewkes on the Sikyatki
pottery.2. Doctor Fewkes used as a basis the designs on paraphernalia
made by the fraternities for the various ceremonies current among
the Hopi. Except a few interesting pieces of pottery from Oraibi,
- in which the ancient decorations had survived to some degree, the
native ware collected in 1872 and succeeding years showed great de-
terioration. This is not true of basket designs, other textile designs,
and designs used to decorate religious paraphernalia.

The designs shown (pls. 33-41) were selected from the large series
in the United States National Museum, from photographs of the
“Basket Ceremony,” and from specimens in native dyes collected

1 Hough, Hopi ceremonial pigments, Ann. Rep. U. 8S. Nat, Mus., 1901, p. 467.
2 Published in the 17th Ann. Rept. Bur, Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 269

by the writer. They show the unrivalled skill of the Hopi as de-
signers and their inherent aesthetic proclivities. It is hoped they
may prove useful in the work of those who are seeking to institute a
school of American design which is attracting a lively interest now-
adays. ;

The designs of the Hopi basket maker deal exclusively with life and
nature forms, and these may with more or less facility be identified.
There are many examples, however, which show the disintegration of
such designs sometimes to small units and often these units are placed
in geometric combinations which become difficult of solution. It will
be seen that the majority of designs are based on the bird form, which
is evidently the foundation of most of the geometrics.

In Hopi baskets the color combinations are rarely or never in the
order of the symbolic meanings of colors. The wicker baskets are
characterized by the greatest variety and brillianey of colors in con-
trast with the plainness of Zui wicker plaques. The coiled baskets
are more sober in color than the wicker and often the coiled plaque is
decorated only in two or several shades of natural yucca. The cause
of this difference may be in the indication that greater skill in dyeing
was possessed by the Oraibi than by the Middle Mesa basket makers.
it seems likely also that yucca splints are less susceptible to dye than
the brush splints.?

Designs are arranged: In two; two with two secondary; four; and
four with four secondaries. Designs containing elements in 5, 6,
and 7 may be regarded as departures from custom in the interests
of modern ideas of beauty or completeness (pl. 33, figs. 5, 6; pl. 35,
fig. 6). Three part designs are not found. Designs of more parts
utilize the septums of wicker basket structure in simple alterations
and repeats (pl. 37, fig.5). Occasionally the sky band is drawn across
the field of a coiled basket, as was the custom in Sikyatki pottery.’
(See pl. 40, fig. 3.) This band never appears in wicker baskets.

The concave field of the basket is the sky and embraces the whole
circle of the visible heavens, in this respect resembling the decorated
area of Sikyatki pottery bowls as observed by Dr. J. Walker Fewkes.?
The center of the field in wicker basket plaques, an usually undeco-
rated circular space is the heart of the sky, the above. The margin
line near the edge of the basket is the horizon. In the free area are
placed birds, clouds, etc., and any design worked therein is repre-
sented as in the sky.

The common arrangement is indicated above, but several different
dispositions of the areas are noted. In the case of Kachina figures
or masks the whole area is occupied, the demarcations of sky hori-

1 Hough, A collection of Hopi ceremonial dyes and pigments, Ann, Rept. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1900, pp. 465-471.
2Hewkes, 17th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pl. 2.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ~ vou. 54.

zon, etc., Helle obliterated. Sometimes the whole area is occupied
Be ends of geometric or continuous figures in squares. Several
examples show a two part design, probably birds outlining an
elliptic or bilobed figure, undecorated, obliterating the central circle
(pl. 87, fig. 6). Rarely in wicker baskets are the radiating arms of
the prime compass points represented (pl. 35, fig. 4), but frequently
in coiled plaques (pl. 38, fig. 1; pl. 40, fig. 2; pl. 41, fig. 1). The
middle portion of Eoied! and wicker plaques is dligtentrtly treated.
In wicker plaques the central area is usually decorated only with a
stepped diagonal line in the placket in the center formed by over-
laying the crossed splints, rods which form the skeleton_of the
basket. The circular area is bordered with a band of alternating
white and colored rectangles (figures in pl. 35 and others). In the
coiled plaque the design begins generally at the second turn of the
coil. In bird designs the beaks are placed to the center of coiled
baskets and to the margin in wicker plaques (figs. in pl. 33); for
coil (pl. 38, figs. 5, 6; pl. 40, figs. 2, 3).

The designs on wicker plaques figured show birds and clouds in
recognizable, somewhat realistic forms (pl. 33); modified by the de-
signers, but recognizable (pl. 34); and converted entirely into geo-
metrics (pl. 35). Plate 36 shows kachina and other special designs.
Plate 387 shows in figure 1 four antelope in simple line design, which
may be compared with the fine realistic designs on the coiled plaque
plate 40, figure 1. Figures 3-6 of plate 41 are motion designs and
special designs.

The designs on coiled plaques show birds and birds and clouds
(pl. 88); four and two bird conventions (pl. 39); antelope realistic
design and complex bird designs (pl. 40); and designs of birds and
perhaps snakes showing motion (pl. 41).

As designs become more conventional they tend to overlap; thus,
birds and clouds represented as stepped figures can not be distin-
guished. Likewise the bird or cloud form may be reduced to a star
symbol (pl. 36, fig. 1), or a dragonfly which would be represented as
plate 34, figure 1.

The bird represented is doubtless the eagle primarily, but other
birds may occur. The bird in figure 6, plate 38, suggests the bird fig-
ures mounted on a rod and pedestal used in certain ceremonies of the
Hopi and especially among the Zuni.

STONE.

Although their arts have been modified by contact with the white
man, the Hopi possess a number of uses of stone inherited from an-
other period. These are the metate and mano for grinding corn
and the stone hand hammer for working as well as sharpening them};

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH.

bho

vat

abrading and polishing stones; the slab for baking bread; mortars
and pestles; paint mortars and slabs; slabs for potter’s work; and

covers for ovens, etc.1 These are still made by stone art methods,
but the Hopi possess and use stone axes, mauls, hammers, knives, ar-

rowheads, “hoes,” etc., found in ancient ruins and now having a
secondary employment for domestic and religious purposes. Con-
structions with stone are practically the same now as in past cen-
turies, and pictographs are still cut in rock faces; on the whole the
attitude of the Hopi toward stone, except in minor features, has
been little changed by the introduction of iron. It may be said in
explanation of this unprogressiveness that the introduction of iron
has been slow, in small amount and comparatively recent, due to
isolation of the villages, and that no Hopi has yet become an iron-
worker. The Hopi probably received their first iron from the Rio
Grande Pueblos in the form of crude, heavy hoes (see fig. 1). They
were also in touch with the trade in iron arrowpoints, a trade at one
time of considerable proportions and extending over a vast terri-
tory, causing the rapid disappearance of the stone arrowhead. The
iron arrowhead appears to have been brought from the Plains tribes
by the Taos Indians and traded to the Pueblos. The Utes, Navaho,
and Apache retained the stone arrowpoint in large measure until the
recent introduction of firearms, while the Pueblos had discarded it
except as fetiches long before this period.

The hafting of stone axes and hammers, examples of which have
been encountered among the Hopi and other Pueblos, probably in
few cases follow the ancient methods, but is a crude application of
ingenuity to accomplish the result, much as the problem of mount-
ing an ancient specimen would be solved by a civilized man to whom
the genesis of the implement was unknown.

Archeological objects picked up from ruins are valued as fetiches
and are placed on the altars or employed in other ways by the secret
orders (see fig. 47). Some of these specimens have come down ap-
parently through many generations in Hopi fraternities and are
entrusted to individuals for safe-keeping. Other archeological
artifacts have been put to practical uses, especially axes and hammers,
the resultant misuse without sharpening, tending to reduce an axe
to a form resembling that of the hammer and the hammer to a
nodule. In many cases metates recovered from village sites have
resumed their utility in Hopi households. Stone fetiches were not
often made by the ancient Hopi and there is no evidence that they
ever made hard stone fetiches in number like those of the Zuni or from
ancient sites on the Tularosa River, but figurines worked from soft
sandstone and painted representing zooic and anthropomorphic be-

1See exhibit of archeology, second floor, and family group case, first floor.

272 PROCEEDINGS Ol THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ee

ings and forming part of the paraphernalia of altars were made.?
The manufacture of these required little patience and skill.

The Hopi fetiches of stone were commonly natural, such as con-
cretions or stones of suggestive shape or color. These were rarely and
then only slightly worked, perhaps in the way of a groove for the
cord or other chance modification, as the drawing of an eye, the ad-
dition of paint, etc., to identify the fetich. Beads of stone and
worked shell, while prized and regarded as indispensable for orna-
ments as a sign of wealth and of the favor of the gods, are not
made by the Hopi, but are secured in trade with the Zufii and the
Rio Grande tribes. Turquoise mosaic earrings, constructed by im-
bedding small plates of the stone in gum covering a rectangular
wooden tablet and finished by grinding and polishing, appear to be
still made by the Hopi in perpetuation of the ancient art (see pl. 27,
fie. 2).

CLAY.

The culture of the Hopi is inseparably connected with the fictile
art. Knowledge of the properties, uses and value of clay was thor-
ough and was displayed in the mixing and application of this sub-
stance to house building, as mortar in the setting up of stone walls
and as plaster for finishing walls, roofs and floors. The most striking
use of clay, however, was in pottery, whose high development and
wide employment in every avenue of social life marks a characteristic
and remarkable feature of Hopi art. The diversity of pottery forms
appears to have been in response to the limitations of the environ-
ment (see prefatory remarks on basketry) and the presence of excel-
lent clays. The explanation may not be as simple, since there is also
required a certain genius and adaptability in the people undergoing
development, these qualities differing widely among groups of men
placed in the same environment. There is also to be considered the
contact with older and more advanced tribes. It is instructive to
note here the comparatively negative effect of Pueblo culture and
semi-arid environment on the Navaho and Apache intrusions in the
Pueblo region. Those tribes which have sojourned in this environ-
ment for nearly 800 years have developed nothing resembling Pueblo
material culture and have absorbed little from contact with the
Pueblos and retain practically unchanged the characteristics of their
sub-Arctic culture. Thus they have never made pottery or erected
stone houses or taken the close affiliations of village ihe which mark
the culture of the Pueblos.

The making of pottery among the Hopi is agen reel woman’s
work and they carry on all the operations without other assistance.
The clays are found in small seams between the great beds of sand-

1See case of fetiches, north side.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 213

stone forming the mesas and must be dug out and carried to the vil-
lage with considerable effort. Several varieties of-clays whose quali-
iies are known to the potter are found in the various strata of the
cliff. These form the basis of the ordinary ware made in the pueblo
of Walpi. Very fine clay, which was used by the ancient potters, is
taken from the mesa near Sikyatki. This clay is used for very fine
work by one or two of the Walpi potters. White clay of the proper
quality for washing the surface of vessels is found in this locality,
the source of the material being near one of the buttes south of the
villages. This kaolin is only used to produce a finish on ware made
from the coarser local clays. The body of the ware is a paste, made
by mixing two of the local clays in about equal portions. The mate-
rial is freed from stones and sand and placed in a bowl and soaked
with water. When it has been softened and a portion of it is de-
sired for use, it is removed to a smooth stone slab and carefully
spread out. During this process some of the moisture of the clay is
absorbed in the stone and some dried out by the air, and in a short
time it approaches readiness for use. After a course of rolling and
Ineading, it is in proper condition. In case the clay has too much
moisture, it is spread out on a stone slab which is later leaned up in
a slanting position in the sun. It will be observed also that no temper
is mixed with the paste. In forming the vessels the clay is taken be-
tween the two hands and molded evenly into a long cylindrical mass.
This is wound spirally at the beginning; other similar rope-like
masses are added until the werk is completed. During the process
these coils are pressed together and a vessel of comparatively
smooth surface is a result.1 In large vessels this process can
only go on for a few inches at a time as the softness of the
clay will not bear up under the weight of the structure. Generally
several vessels are under process at the same time. Larger vessels
are begun on a concave disk of pottery which admits of the work be-
ing turned about with facility. When the vessel is firm though still
“green,” the surface is gone over with a smooth stone carefully ap-
plied with a brushing, rubbing motion, removing all irregularities
to bring it to a smooth polished surface. When the vessel is dry a
wash of white clay is applied and this in turn is rubbed down with
a polished stone. The vessel is now ready for decoration. Material
has been prepared for paints by rubbing yellow ochre and dark
brown ironstone on a stone slab. Yellow ochre is mixed with water
as a medium and burns a bright red on the ware. The ironstone is
usually ground with oil made from the seeds of the tansy mustard.
This paint burns dark brown. The colors are applied with simple

1See Zufii potters group.
3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——19

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

splints of yucca leaf, which are handled with marvelous proficiency
by the potter, who holds the vessel on her lap and works out the
design with unerring accuracy. The outlines of the solid designs are
made first and the surface to be covered is filled in with even strokes.

Slabs of stone on which the clay. is worked or dried, stones with
which the clay is sometimes crushed before soaking, paint slabs,
smoothing stones and other odds and ends of stone lie about the places
where the potter works. Some of these are of customary use and
others are of temporary or emergency service. As a rule the best
potter will have gathered together in her workshop the greatest stock
of things that may be useful. The customary tools are spoon-shape
formers of gourd for pressing down the coil ridges and for prelim-
inary smoothing; polishing stones, glossy from long continued sery-
ice; a rabbit fur mop-brush for applying the wash of white clay;
and yucca leaf brushes for drawing the designs. Occasionally a
small stick is used to punch holes for the insertion of handles or to
form the mouths of small vessels. The bottom disk, which is the
equivalent of the potter’s wheel, is formed by plastering clay over
the convex of a basket bowl, removing the shell of clay and baking
it, thus nearly all of these specimens bear basket impressions which
are in turn imparted to the bottom of vessels formed in them. The
potter also makes use of blankets, baskets and sundry cups, canteens,
vases and bowls of pottery in her work.

As the potter’s vessels are finished, they are set aside in a safe
place to await a calm and convenient day for burning them. The
preparation for burning pottery entails much arduous work on the
potter. She must gather slabs of sheep dung from the floors of the
corrals on the benches below the mesa and carry them in her blanket
to the place selected for the kiln. Here also she brings a blanket
load of white sandstone and transports from the house on the mesa
the pottery to be burned. She clears off a circular space of ground
and builds in the center a small fire of dry dung and around this
fire disposes the pottery so that it may be evenly heated and thor-
oughly dried. The pottery in this heat becomes lead color and when
adjudged sufficiently hot and dry is compactly set up over the ashes
of the fire, bits of sandstone being used to separate the pieces as
stilts are employed by the civilized potter. Around the pile is built
up a circular wall of the slabs of sheep dung closed over the top with
large slabs. This structure, at once fuel and kiln, ignites from the
remains of the previous fire and soon produces a high heat, the pot-
tery assumes a bright red color, and when the kiln has burnt out the
ware will be thorovghly baked. The kiln needs constant attention
to prevent pieces of the fuel falling on the ware, which would pro-
duce blemishes. Also if a breeze should start up the potter must
shield the kiln with a blanket. On account of superstition the pot-

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. OTS

ters maintain silence when the burning is in process lest the spirits
be offended and cause the vessels to break. ‘This is probably in part
a fire taboo and in part due to a belief that a proper spirit inhabits
each piece of pottery.

Pottery-making among the Hopi is at present confined Kast and
Middle Mesas, having become obsolete at Oraibi. There is evidence
that the art which in ancient times produced the superb ceramics of
Sikyatki and the interesting and beautiful ware of the ruined pueblos
of the Hopi clans had declined and become almost extinct in the late
seventeenth or early in the eighteenth century. On the arrival of
a group of Tewans from the Rio Grande, who were settled at Hano
on the East Mesa, about 1700, the art was revived by these potters,
but the style of decoration was necessarily foreign and remains so
to this day. Pottery, especially vases, collected at Orabai by Major
J. W. Powell in 1872, probably represent a transition or survival of
the ancient Hopi art. These unique specimens which are exhibited in
the United States National Museum’ were in use by the Oraibi, but
were evidently antique and were not still made at the time of col-
lection. The designs show transition, and the forms, while following
that of the ancient and graceful Hopi vases, are cruder. Some of
the old Oraibi pottery imitates Zuni form and design. Ancient Hopi
pottery is yellow, orange, and cream color and was never surface
washed with other clay. While traditionally some of the Hopi clans
occupied formerly the region where gray ware decorated with black
was prevalent, this ware was never made by the Hopi since they
occupied their present location. A few specimens of a particularly
fine gray ware have been found in ancient Hopi ruins on the Little
Colorado near Winslow, Arizona. The loss of the art of making gray
and red ware by the Hopi presents an interesting field for study,
which contains important data on the history of this people.?

WOOD.

The timber supply in proximity of the Hopi villages is not now
and probably never was large or varied. The only tree of general use
in the vicinity is the cottonwood, Populus monilifera, pa she hurps
be, of the Hopi, a quick-growing tree along washes, near springs,
or wherever there is water. The cottonwood forms the chief basis
of the Hopi wood-working industry, and on account of its religious
associations and economic uses may be termed the Hopi culture
tree. The pinyon, Pinus edulis, which grows farther away, is some-
what useful for beams, etc.; but the great pines of the mountains are
too distant to be available. The most prevalent tree, the juniper,

1 West north hall, first floor.
2A splendid collection of the ancient Hopi pottery is exhibited on the second floor, east

north hall of the Natural History Building.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Juniperus occidentalis, is valuable for firewood, but its brittleness
and crookedness render it almost valueless for Hopi construction.
For minor uses the oak, Quercus gambelli, is brought from long dis-
tances to the north for bows, digging sticks, clubs, weft battens,
etc. (see pls. 30, 44), and the mountain mahogany Cercocarpus, also
brought from the north, has its chief use for small weft batens and
combs employed in belt weaving. Among the minor wood stuffs
having economic value may be mentioned
yucca flowering stalks and wands of the
rhus and willow.

Timbering by the crude processes pur-
sued by the ancient Hopi consisted of fell-
ing the larger trees and cutting them off
to lengths by means of fire. Smaller
growths were cut with the stone axe, limbs
broken off with the stone hammer-maul,
and saplings and stems sectioned with the
saw-scraper.? The logs were peeled with
the stone axe. So far as can be determined
the wedge for splitting wood was not
known. In the further operations of wood-
working the stone rasp, the knife and saw
of chert, and the drill and smoothing
stones were used. Of the stone-age tools
only the rasp and drill (fig. 42, a, 6, c)
have survived to the present, iron tools
having been substituted. This change ap-
pears to have taken place recently in re-
gard to most of the implements.

The objects of wood, which are carved,
consist of dolls (pl. 42), thus; parts of
ns leer Ro Se pen. masks, animal figurines as birds, feather

OF AFFIXING THE STRAP. c.DETan, bDOXeS (pl. 43, figs. 2 to 5), etc. ; and pahos

OF POINT. of great variety. Joined work consists
of masks, headdresses, slats of wood, altar frames, lightning sticks
(see fig. 45) and other religious paraphernalia (figs. 48, 44). Joining
is effected with leather thongs or fiber cord and wooden pegs and pin-
yon gum. Among the various simple objects of wood made by the
Hopi are firemaking sticks, digging sticks, rabbit clubs, bows and
arrows, weaving tools, parching rods, traps, loom parts, etc., which
are described under their appropriate classes. Wood was worked in
the main like stone, and some wooden objects like dolls were ground

1 Wor wood used in house construction see Mindeleff Pueblo Architecture, 8th Ann. Rept.
Bur. Amer. Ethnol., 1886, p. 102.
2 Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. Pane ee

to shape on stone without the interposition of any tool. Short simple
implements like weaving battens and digging sticks were ground in
this way and with an abrading stone
of convenient shape held in the hand
all the mechanical requirements for
sculpture in the
round, the under-
cuts, ridges, cham-
fers, grooves, etc.,
were possessed by
the Hopi wood-
worker. It is ob-
served also that
the quality of
workmanship in
wood shown in the
ancient specimens?
has not been ad-
vanced by the pos-
session of iron

tools in the modern 76. #4 MASE OBNANENTS
Fi@. 43.—ORNAMENTS FOR SIDES OF MASE. epoch. It appears FRONT VIEW. 0. {SIDE

a. FRONT VIEW. 0b. SIDE VIEW. that iron tools have VIEW.

only served to increase the facility of getting the raw material and
the speed of manufacture of the products.

Fig. 45.—a. LIGHTNING FRAME CLOSED, }, SAME EXTENDED BY PULLING HANDLES TOGETHER.

The absence of the wedge which generally precedes the saw or any
other primitive tool and useful in the procural of masses of wood

1 Fewkes, Dr. J. Walter, 17th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2, pls. 164-5; Hough,
Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

with plane surfaces was a great drawback to Pueblo woodworking.
Such wood sections of smail size and of very fissile wood as the
{lower stalk of yucca and like plants were indeed made in some locali-
ties, but in small amount and probably by splitting with the flint
knife. Usually such pieces were ground down on sandstone from
larger masses of wood.

Cottonwood trees often decay, forming hollow shells of thin wood
which the Hopi appropriate for drums.

HORN.

The Hopi formerly made a limited use of horn in the arts, chiefly
for large spoons used in preparing and serving food. For these
utensils the material was the horns ef the mountain sheep which
already approximated the form desired. The horn was rudely
dressed and bent to shape with heat, and the finished ladle is rough
and clumsy, probably owing to the difficulty in working the sub-
stance by the abrading methods practiced by the Hopi. Identical
horn ladles are found in all the Pueblo villages and their number
indicates the abundance of mountain sheep formerly existing in the
mountains of New Mexico and Arizona.

The disk whorl of the spindle was sometimes made of horn, and
hooks for the pack strap and combs for weaving were occasionally
of the same material. Horns of the antelope were used entire as
hooks planted in the walls of houses; sewed to certain helmet masks
or perforated to form a wrench for straightening basket wands, ar-
rowshafts, or other rods (see pl. 46, fig. 4). Entire horns were also
used as bells or rattles (see pl. 22, fig. 1).

BONE.

Bones of animals entered little into the arts of the Hopi, the chief
use being for awls (see pl. 46) and leather-working implements.
Scapulae were used in music (see pl. 51) and as scarecrows (see pl. 22,
fig. 3).

SHELL.

Shell work is sparingly practiced by the Hopi, but when possessed
of shells from the sea, which they value highly, they are able to per-
forate them for stringing as necklaces and rattles; but they do not
make beads or do any work in shell comparable to that found in the

ancient ruins.
LHATHER.

The environment of this portion of Arizona is not animal and
there was always a scarcity of skins for clothing and other uses.
In consequence weaving became much developed among the Hopi.
Nevertheless, the trade in tanned deerskin was very important and

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 279

comprised the chief exchange with less advanced tribes living on the
range of the deer. The most valued skins were procured from the
Havasupai living in Cataract Canyon, about 100 miles west of the
mesas. Jess valued skins came from the Apache of the White
Mountains, to the south. Formerly great herds of antelope roamed
over the rolling grassed plains of the basin of the Little Colorado
River. A disease of some unknown character is said to have dimin-
ished their herds in historic times, and on the introduction of great
numbers of cattle, with the consequent depletion of the grasses, the
antelope became practically extinct. This animal, though difficult
of capture, no doubt furnished a certain amount of food, but its skin
is thin and weak and of insufficient value to repay tanning.

_ Dyeing leather by infusions of bark, etc., was known to the Hopi;
and they applied colored earths by rubbing them into the open tex-
ture of the surface of soft tanned skins. Colors were also applied
mixed with some medium as saliva, or an emulsion of oily seeds,
etc. The mordant for infusion or vat color was almogen or crude
native alum.

In dyeing leather black an advanced process like that known by
the Navaho was employed in which an iron tannate (ink) is found.
The knowledge of this process appears to be derived from the white
man and probably came in with the weaving of wool like the secret of
mordanting indigo, this dye being introduced to the Pueblos at an
early date at the Spanish settlements on the Rio Grande (Santa Fe,
Espancla), in order to encourage the industry on the Crown lands
of Mexico. It appears, however, from archeological data, that mor-
danting was known to the ancient Pueblos, but not to the extent
indicated by the black dyeing process mentioned, which resembles
more the crude rule of thumb recipes developed with the European
industries before the knowledge of chemistry became accessible. The
lines of progress of the dyer’s art have been followed to a greater
or lesser extent by most uncivilized tribes; thus some of the processes
now reduced to scientific exactness are observed in their erude
tentative shape among people of low advancement. In some envi-
ronments the conditions are rarely favorable for their utilization.
They are put to use in areas where a civilization is developing under
what may seem unfavorable surroundings and the needs of the popu-
lation must lay under contribution for products lands situated at
great distance; thus Peru drew on the Amazon Valley; Mexico on its
tropical coasts; and the Pueblo region on its subsidiary environ-
ments. It can readily be seen that the Pueblos would have developed
a much more complex and markedly higher material civilization if
tropical or subtropical sources of supply had been accessible. The

1 Hough, A collection of Hopi ceremonial pigments. Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1900,
pp. 463-471; Pepper, The Making of a Navaho Blanket. ‘“‘ Everybody’s,’”’ Jan., 1902, p. 37.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Hopi, thrown on their own resources, made a creditable showing in
the application of color to materials beginning with the most primi-
tive and advancing as follows: Staining with earth and mineral
colors; dye infusions of flowers, seeds, bark, etc., simple or in com-
bination, or combined with mineral colors; the discovery of fixing or
saturating material with color by boiling in infusions; and the dis-
covery, by chance perhaps, of a mordant through empirical experi-
mentation. ‘Tools used in tanning have not been seen among the
collections from the Hopi, as these collections have all been gathered
in recent years since the game became scarce. From prehistoric sites
there have been recovered leatherworking tools, consisting of
breakers of deer tibia and pelvic bones and fleshers of femurs. Such
bones on account of their shape and availability were generally used
by the American tribes. The cutting of leather by primitive methods
presents some difficulty, and it would seem probable that among the
American Indians before the introduction of iron elaborate leather
work would be difficult and for costumes perhaps robes to a large
extent served the purpose of formed garments. Rawhide and tanned
skin can be cut with chips of chert, chalcedony, and obsidian, the
latter being very good for the purpose, but none of these stones are
as effective as iron. All leather cutting in prehistoric times was
done with chips or flakes of stone and no classified implement for the
purpose has been found. The chief tool in leatherworking is the bone
awl, whose point makes possible fine sewing as that with the needle.
Awls are found in profusion in the ancient sites, those for leather
sewing being characterized by a fine slender point.

Another important use of tanned leather is for moccasins (see figs.
15, 16,27). The method of making them is as follows:

The outline of the foot is traced on the piece of rawhide, the thick
skin on the back of cattle being regarded as best. Outside of this
outline a margin of about half an inch is traced and marked, and
the sole cut out to this outline. The next step is to soak the sole,
form it up at the edges, and around the edge is cut a slit for the welt.
The welt is then bent up and the vamp which has been cut out is
sewed on with sinew by means of the bone awl. When the sewing
of the vamp is completed, the moccasin is turned inside out and the
heel portion sewed on, care in every case being taken to hide the
stitches, the resultant work being extremely neat. The heel leather
is cut with a flap which goes over the ankle and is buttoned as in
the Navaho moccasin, or tied with a buckskin thong. It will be
seen that as the sole is larger than the foot, the surplus rolls up over
the sides, giving an excellent protection for the foot against sharp
rocks, thorns, etc. Often, according to taste, the te and heel por-
tion are of different colored leather.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 281

A variety of small pouches of buckskin are made, usually being
simple pursings of leather, or with little sewing. The most com-
plicated is in the shape of a crescent moon, the opening supplied with
a flap, being at the center. Thongs for carrying the pouch are tied
at the ends of the horns. This pouch resembles those of the Zuni
(fig. 46).

Another use for leather is in making ceremonial shields and masks,
and for this purpose rawhide is used. Some of this.work, especially
in imitating the form of horns of the mountain sheep, is very skill-
_ fully done.

One of the important uses of leather at present is connected with
the horse and burro for sinches, hobbles, pack saddles, bridles, whips,
etc. Lariats braided from
buckskin were formerly
made, and the work on
them is very neat.

WORK IN FEATHERS.

Feathers are of prime
importance among the
Hopi on account of their
extensive use in ceremonial
paraphernalia and objects 7
nearly connected with re- Fic, 46.—LEATHER WAIST POUCH WITH WAIST CORD.
ligion. In this respect they are used on ceremonial costume, masks,
prayer sticks, prayer offerings, and offerings of felicitation at the
Soyaluna ceremony (see pl. 43, fig. 1), and many others. There is
little if any secular use of feathers, but quills were used in a kind of
textile work (see pl. 32), and as bird snares. Anciently feathers of
the turkey were applied to cords ‘with which blankets were made,
and these blankets preceded the rabbit skin robe.

MASK MAKING.

The skill of the Hopi is displayed in the making of masks, which
with other complicated religious paraphernalia, demand a many-
sided ability for construction.1_ Masks covering the head are formed
of a width of dampened rawhide, sewed at the edges and pushed or
formed into shape. Orifices are cut for the mouth and eyes. When
dry the leather is firm and the mask is painted and decorated. Teeth
are sometimes cut froma strip of leather and fastened on with sinew.
The tongue, if required, is a strip of leather painted red and thrust
through the mouth orifice. If a beard is required, it is made from
horsehair or fur and sewed on. Lashes of hair are placed over the

1Hxamples may be studied in the west-north hall of the United States Natioinal
Museum.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

eyes and a mass of horsehair or fur sewed to the top of the mask.
The nose is often a cylinder of wood sewed in place with sinew or
pegged on, or it may be the neck of a gourd, and the ears are often
blocks or tablets of wood or flaps of leather. Many masks are sup-
plied with a visor consisting of a section of coiled basket. Some of
the masks require snow on top, and this is simulated with cotton;
feathers, grasses, etc., also decorate the masks. Around the lower
margin of some of the helmet masks is tied a roll of painted cotton
cloth or fur or pine twigs as seen also in Zufi helmet masks.

Cap masks have for a foundation a bowl-like wicker or twilled
basket structure, or in modern times the crown of an old felt hat.
Horns of the antelope are pierced with holes at the base and sewed
on or imitation horns of the mountain sheep ingeniously molded in
rawhide are sewed to the masks to form the headdress of the Ala-
wimpkia or priests of the Horn Fraternity. The necks of gourds are
also used to represent horns. The horns and cap of these masks are
frequently formed of one piece of skin, and to cut the pattern so that
it will join properly requires considerable ingenuity.

Masks representing women resemble masks with which civilized
man is familiar. The face is modelled with some art and when sur-
faced with pinkish clay and supplied with a wig have a striking
similitude to Hopi women. Women’s masks or those representing
female beings are supplied with eais representing squash flowers
formed by wrapping bright yarns over a radiating frame of splints
or martynia spines (fig. 43 a, b). A coronet around the top of the
mask is sometimes formed in this way. Flowers are often carved
from disks of gourd (fig. 44 a, 0) or consist of a wooden disk with
wooden petals stuck around the periphery, or they may be of carved
wood. Bangs on the woman’s masks are made of horsehair dyed red.
This is made in a strip, the ends of the hairs held tightly by a braid-
ing of three cords. Sometimes the bang is made of white goat’s hair.
All the ancient female deities wore bangs.

The masks of joined wood are remarkable pieces of work. They are
fan shape and consist of numerous bits of wood ground to shape and
joined with wooden pegs to represent flowers, stars, rainclouds, birds,
etc. They are erected on a semicircular frame of wood or rods coy-
ered with cloth which fits over the sides of the head. They are
gaudily painted with bright earths and are very striking. In the apex
is a ring of cornshuck which rests on top of the head when the mask
is in place, and the mask is secured to the head by leather straps or
buckskin thongs. Some of these masks are made up of rain-cloud
tablets sewed together and have a rectangular opening for the head.
Some of them consist of a framework of rods covered with painted
cloth or skin. This construction is carried out in other religious

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 283

classified as follows:
1. Helmet masks cf rawhide, which cover the whole head. Bag masks after
the helmet type.

2, Face masks modeled in rawhide to represent the human countenance, ani-

mal, or monster heads.

3. Cap musks of basketry with curving horns modeled in skin or made of
nécks of gourd. Hat masks of one piece of skin forming the head part and two
upright horns.

4, Coronet or tablet masks of joined pieces of wood or skin stretched over
a framework. With these is worn a visor or band passing around the head and
having eye, nose, and mouth holes cut in it. Such visors are also worn with the
cap masks. ;

There is an immense amount of inventive ability, mechanical skill,
and artistic labor displayed in the construction of ceremonial para-
phernalia—the scenery of the religious rites, if it may be so called.
The personal paraphernalia of costume masks and objects collected,
with the participation of the celebrants, run the gamut of complex-
ity in their preparation, but the requirements of the collective set-
ting of the ceremonies are even more far-reaching. The difficulty
of the mere record of the preparations and mechanical conduct of a
single ceremony is enormous. The altars alone, erected by the dif-
ferent fraternities during the rites, are marvels of complexity. Some
ceremonies demand mechanical manipulations that are surprising
in their production and in their effect on the beholder. One of these
is the Palulukong ceremony, excellently described by Doctor J. Walter
Fewkes, which huge mechanical snakes emerge from orifices in the
altar frame or from great jars and struggle realistically together or
with the celebrants.

An invention of the Hopi which shows ingenuity is a folding
frame used in ceremonies to represent lightning (figs. 45 a, 5).

WEAPONS AND HUNTING.

The social organization of the Hopi is very complex, being inter-
penetrated by the rules and laws of an extremely involved religion,
itself a partial fusion of ideas of varied origin.

In its elementary form the organization is based on the clan and
its group of laws, secular and religious. The case of a single clan
occupying its own settlement is comparatively simple. Here the
government would be administered by the circle of clan elders who
act both in a religious and secular capacity, directing all the prac-
tical work of the clan, but on a religious basis—that is, all activities
are to be referred to the direction of the supernatural powers, ap-
peal to which would be through the fraternity. The approximation

1Fewkes, Dr. J. Walter and A. M. Stephen. The Pa lu lu konte: Journ. Amer. Folk-
Lore, vol. 6, Oct. and Dec., 1903, pp. 269-284.

284 PROUEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

of several clans in one village requires adjustments, but these give
rise to no serious changes in the organization. A coalescence of
clans gives rise to no higher social functions, and it may be said
that at the arrival of the Spaniards the executive or gubernatorial
functions of the Hopi were not invested in a single head. This
feature was forced on the Pueblos by act of the United States Gov-
ernment by the appointing of civil chiefs, whose power in effect
was nothing unless it coincided with inherited clan delegation of
authority.

The displacements of the social organization at times are very
curious. Ordinarily when a ceremony is not in progress such regu-
lation of the activities of the pueblo as are necessary is provided
through the council apparently without action of a fraternity. Dur-
ing a ceremony the pueblo appears to be in the control of the fra-
ternity or fraternities holding the ceremony. This is shown in the
closing of the trails leading to the pueblo to prevent profanation,
first observed by the Spaniards under Espejo in 1583. The patrols
who even to this day order white men away during ceremonies seem
to point to this feature. It would appear that clan control of the
village was the usage at times of a ceremony held by members of a
clan.

It is true, however, that all ceremonies by any clan whatsoever are
held for the common good of the associated clans constituting the
village.

War and hunting are also features of the social organization. War
or protection was socio-religious and was entrusted to a fraternity.
Hunting belonged to the communal type and was a feature entering
into the rites of some fraternities.

HUNTING.

Hopi legendaries say that before the advent of the white man
their country was covered with excellent grass and consequently
there was much game. There appears to be a substantial foundation
to this legend, since we know that by wasteful methods of over-
stocking, the grasses and other herbage of Arizona have been reduced
by the white man to a minimum in some parts and exterminated in
others. In former times, then, the range of animals may have
been extensive where now they are restricted. The antelope was,
as we know, plentiful in all portions of the open country, and prob-
ably deer of several species ranged with them. Bear also had a
more extensive range on account of food, there being evidence that
juniper forests were much more widespread than at present. Smaller
mammals, like the fox, coyote, wolf, skunk, raccoon, porcupine,
badger, prairie dog, rabbit, hare, mice, etc., may or may not have

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 285

been more prevalent. Birds are still numerous; reptiles and insects
are yet in sufficient quantity.

The above is a summary of the animal resources, near and far,
which were available to the Hopi and use was made of all of them.

The capture of the larger mammals was effected by battue, the
game, principally antelope, being driven into corrals having pockets.
This method was pursued anciently but was greatly accentuated on
the acquisition of the horse and the iron axe. The Hopi, however,
did not pursue this method to the same extent as the Navaho, pre-
ferring rather to depend upon the number engaging in the hunt and
individual agility which rivaled that of the animals themselves. They
also wore as decoys the heads of antelope prepared for the purpose,
thus taking advantage of the well-known curiosity of this animal.

Hunting was, to a great degree, ritual, ceremonial hunts being an
accompaniment of certain ceremonies, as the Soyaluna. Hunting
undertaken as such by individuals was attended with ceremony and
aided by fetiches, but chance flushing and pursuit of game-had no
religious character. The curved flat club-boomerang was the favorite
weapon for killing small game, and in good hands was almost as
accurate within its range as the bow and arrow, but the latter had
necessarily a more extensive use. Skill in throwing rocks may be
mentioned in connection with the capture of game. The capture of
animals depended upon the habits of the animals themselves and
upon circumstances. Thus, during heavy rains, rivulets were con-
ducted into the burrows of prairie dogs by means of a hoe, and the
animal coming out in half-drowned condition was dispatched with a
stick, dozens being so captured in a short time. The habits of animals
were well known to these Indians, and this knowledge was brought
in play when the occasion arose.

Animals taken ceremonially for use in religious observances are
required to be captured without mutilation and without shedding of
blood. This taboo is based on the prescription of perfect offerings
and has given rise to the use of the club-boomerang, regarded as a
ceremonial hunting weapon for the capture of small mammals, in-
stead of the bow and arrow.’ Birds whose plumage alone is desired
in its utmost perfection are therefore not killed with the club or the
bow and arrow, but snared and trapped. Small birds are taken with
a series of nooses secured at intervals along slender rods planted near
springs where birds congregate. The nooses now used are of horse-
hair. Seeds are scattered about the place and the birds feeding
become snared in the nooses. Eagles are caught with far greater
difficulty, the method being to build a circular tower on some high
elevation, place over the top a frame of rods lashed together, and

1The Zuni prescription for the ceremonial taking of deer is that the animal shall be
smothered. Mrs. M. C. Stevenson, 23d Ann. Rept. Amer. Bur. Ethnol., p. 439.

2986 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

upon which is tied a rabbit. The hunter after ceremonial purifica-
tion enters the tower and patiently waits for an eagle to swoop down
upon the rabbit, and when this occurs the man reaches through the
frame and seizes the eagle by the legs. In its struggles to escape the
eagle becomes exhausted, rendering its subjugation easier, but the
hunting needs, on the part of the Indian, great patience, courage and
address.’ Eagles so captured are impounded until the feathers are
needed. The Zufi keep them in cages.” Especially important in
Hopi ceremonies is eagle down and the supply is gathered from
young birds taken from the nests whose ownership is vested in the
clans.’ These birds are brought to the pueblo, stripped of down and
killed by pressure on the sternum and buried in the eagle cemetery.
The wild turkey was formerly kept for its feathers’ and at present
the domestic turkey is used in its stead. The great demands for
feathers of various birds in the ceremonies necessitates efforts to
maintain the supply, and extraordinary skill in capturing them.

Communal hunts, so-called, should be considered from the social
and religious side of Hopi life rather than from the economic stand-
point. The origin of the custom may have been utilitarian, neces-
sitated by the habits of game in an open country, the primitive gre-
garious method of Hopi hunting by driving, running down, and
surrounding the quarry, the protection of numbers in the presence
of enemies, and finally the carefree enjoyment of such hunts in com-
pany with congenial spirits intent on getting the most out of the
cecasion. In fact to an observer of a hunting party in action, the
peaceful people seem to be anything but that, and to have let them-
selves loose with the intention of massacring everything living in
sight. The hunt may be divided into two periods—the departure to
the field with hilarity, the fierce hunt, though only for rabbits, and
the subdued return with whatever the gods of the chase have awarded
in the way of game.

The Hopi trap the coyote, the fox, and other mammals and birds.
The common form is the deadfall, the weight consisting of a flat
stone held up on a peg with rounded ends, the lower resting on a con-
vex surface of wood, giving a. very unstable support. The bait is
tied to the peg and a slight pull upsets the support and releases the
stone. A similar trap is found among the Zufii. The simplicity of
this device is noteworthy; it can be prepared in a short time from
material readily at hand and without tools, the rubbing necessary to
round the sticks being done on stones. The figure four device is not
known to the Hopi and indeed on account of the meager environment

1 Property rights in eagles among the Hopi, J. Walter Fewkes, Amer. Anthrop. (n. s.),
vol. 2, Oct._Dec., 1900, p. 70.

2 Zuni Folk Tales, F. H. Cushing, New York, p. 34.

3 Pewkes, Amer. Anthrop. (n. s.), vol. 2, 1900, p. 69.

4 Winship, in 14th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., p. 517.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 287

the rather complicated inventions which characterize the traps of the
tribes who depend largely upon the chase are not developed here.
The name for trap is cha-kom-i, appearing in continuation as ish-
chahomi, coyote trap; peha-chakomi, bird trap.

WEAPONS.

One of the most curious of American Indian weapons is the throw-
ing club, “boomerang,” called pute kohu (pl. 44, fig. 4, Cat. No.
126348 U.S.N.M.). It is made of oak, Quercus gambelli, a very hard
tough wood, presenting great obstacles to working, especially with
the crude tools and appliances of the Hopi. The club is flat, about
one-half inch thick, and the curve is produced by working from wood
selected for its natural bend. At one end a hand-grip is cut and the
other end is usually apexed. The club is smoothly finished, often
polished, and is painted red with a customary—perhaps prescribed—
design in black, representing rabbit feet. The careful finish of the
club appears to be for the purpose of expediting its passage through
the air. It is held in position for throwing with the concave edge
front brought down with a sweep and released in a horizontal posi-
tion (pl. 53). It rotates in the air and on striking the ground or
an obstacle executes a series of evolutions, often for several yards
around the point of contact, touching the ground and erratically
flving up several times, but has no tendency to return to the thrower.
The Hopi use this club with considerable skill in hunting rabbits and
rarely miss the quarry. The weapon appears to be very ancient and
may at present be assigned almost exclusively to the Hopi. Clubs
that suggest the beginnings of the flat pute kohu are frequent (pl.
44, fig. 1, Cat. No. 69480, U.S.N.M.) and are the common form of the
Zuni. This club is often flattened on the sides (pl. 44, fig. 2, Cat.
No. 69534, U.S.N.M.) and when more flattened and formed at one
end for grasping (pl. 44, fig. 8, Cat. No. 69443), the resemblance to
the typical putc kohu (pl. 44, fig. 4) 1s apparent.

The bow and arrow must be regarded as having been the most im-
portant weapon of the Hopi, but as the innate character of the people
is peaceful, their name expressing this aspect, the extent and develop-
ment of weapons among them is very limited. The bows, so far as
may be determined from specimens collected within forty years and
which no doubt represent modified survivals, are small. They are
made of a hard and elastic oak, Quercus gambelli, procured in the
mountains far to the north of the villages, and though short are
_ strong and effective. They are self bows and there is no evidence
that they were backed with sinew, as was the custom with their neigh-
bors and enemies, the Ute, Navaho, Apache, and other tribes. As
mentioned, the formation of a bow from tough oak by means of the

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

crude stone-age tools, was difficult; the procural of the wood itself
required exceptional labor, especially as the wedge was not known.
As among most American tribes, fire and the stone ax were the chief
agencies used in timbering. The bow was worked out from the rough
wood and finished by attrition on sandstone and with gritty rubbing
stones (pl. 45, fig. 1, Cat. No. 69532, U.S.N.M.). The curve in the
back of the bow is formed by heating and bending the wood. The
nocks are not deep. The string is of sinew looped at one end and
wound and half hitched to the bow at the other end. Most of the
bows are painted, which indicates their connection with religious ob-
servances. This has been the case with ceremonial offerings of bows,
etc., from ancient times. Arrows are made from sprouts of Rhus,
oak shoots or wild currant smoothly finished (pl. 45, figs. 2, 3, Cat.
Nos. 69,603; 84,318 U.S.N.M.), the triple feathering of hawk’s plum-
age wrapped on with sinew. The shaft is
grooved, as was the general custom in America.
Reed shaft arrows have not been used by the
Hopi since their settlement in their present
location; but the reed, Phragmites communis,
has almost disappeared from the southwestern
United States, and its extinction was gradual
up to the time of settlement and grazing, when
it passed away very rapidly. No Pueblo stone
pointed arrows exist, iron having superseded
them, and the stone points are frequently used
as charms (fig. 47). The bark was scraped off,
the rod ground and polished with standstone
abraders (shown in archeological collection),
Say ke bast! MB fee straightened with a horn wrench (pl. 46, fig. 4),

ASA cHARM aganstuicnt- feathered, the point set in, and the shaft

ae painted with yucca splint brush (pl. 46, fig. 1) —
from a paint pot of four colors (pl. 46, fig. 5). The awl and primi-
tive basket for holding resin are also property of the arrow maker.

To protect the wrist from the recoil of the bowstring, a leather
wristlet is used (pl. 45, figs. 4, 5, Cat. No. 75700, U.S.N.M.). The
examples in the United States National Museum are made from —
harness leather procured from the white man and have attached to
them plates of tin ornamented with pierced work or punching.

It appears probable that lances were never used by the Hopi, or
if so, only to a slight extent. They have been observed among some
of the Pueblo tribes, who, it is thought, adopted this weapon from
the Spaniards. The lances referred to have iron heads, often bear-
ing the name of the maker and date. The iron-head lance of the
Comanche, Kiowa, and other plains tribes may have had as a proto-
type a shaft tipped with a chipped stone head, like those which are

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 289

known to have been used in Mexico and which have come down
to recent times among the northwest coast tribes and Eskimos.

While objects which appear to be shields of the flimsiest char-
acter are made use of by the Hopi in ceremonies, no effective shield
has ever been found among them. A large basketry shield is noted
from the ancient ruins of the Canyon de Chelly.t. This forms the
only evidence that the shield was used by the ancient Pueblos. The
eastern Pueblos used shields, and it is worthy of consideration
whether they were introduced from the plains.

There is no trace of the throw stick among the Hopi, nor has it
survived in any of the southwestern tribes, though formerly its use
was widespread. There is evidence that the throw stick had been
invested with a ceremonial character even in ancient times among
the Pueblos, a feature which often marks the decline and disuse of
an implement. It is improbable that the stone axe or stone head
club ever had important or general use as warlike implements of the
Hopi, which seems to be borne out by the scarcity of such stone age
relics in the ancient ruins. Nevertheless, a weapon or implement,
called pu u kong, traditionally having a stone head, has given its
name to one of the Hopi ceremonies. It may be possible that the
stone head club mentioned was the peculiar weapon of one of the
clans aggregated to the Hopi in former times and retained as a
ceremonial element in the rites observed by the clan. The charac-
teristic weapons of the Hopi appear to have been the bow and arrow
and the wooden club. There is a tradition that a stick curved at
one end like a shepherd’s crook was anciently used as a weapon, but
in a manner not explained. These crooks are associated with war-
riors in ceremonies and it is surmised that they may have been used
for hurling darts somewhat as the throw stick. Frank Hamilton
Cushing suggested the evolution of the bow from a stick of this
kind having a cord stretched from the end of the crook to the straight
part of the shaft, a dart being projected in a manner intermediate
between the method by the bow and throw stock. The sling, which,
with the throw stick, seems to be connected with the development
of the bow, was never an aboriginal weapon of the Hopi.

The warrior according to Hopi ideas is represented in plate 52.
The older weapons have become playthings for children, for whom
are made bows, arrows, targets, clubs, etc. These weapons have also
survived as ceremonial objects and one of the chief contributions of
religion to the history of culture is the preservation of obsolete forms.

GAMES AND MUSIC.

Athletic games are limited among the Hopi, the game of shinney
or bandy being almost the only open-air sport. The shinney is a

124th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. HMthnol., pl. 1.
3348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——20

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vol. 54,

stout curved club of Gambell’s oak, brought from the mountains to
the north, the ball being of buckskin stuffed with wool (pl. 47, figs. 1,
2). Foot races, hunts, and mélées in the basket dance are ceremonial.
Games of pursuit and capture follow the snake dance and are not
considered sports, but general expressions of good feeling.

Children’s games and toys consist of buzzers (pl. 47, fig. 4), tops
which are actuated by a whip (pl. 47, fig. 6); handball (pl. 47, fig.
7); and pea shooters of gourd and yucca stalk, the spring being a
strip of elastic wood (pl. 47, figs. 5 and 8).

The Hopi have a vanity: of the guessing game, widely dissemi-
nated among the Indians. For this game they use four cylinders of
wood excavated at one end into a cup-shape cavity and decorated
with painting, burnt work, carving and feathers (pl. 48, figs. 1-4 and
5-8, two sets. Cat. No. 128763 and 22330, U.S.N.M., collected by
Mrs. M. C. Stevenson and Major J. W. Powell, respectively). The
game is played by hiding a small object beneath one of the cups, hav-
ing the opponents guess where it is concealed. A bundle of scoring
straws keep the record.

The cups figured on plate 48 are excellent specimens of work in
wood, and of decoration, especially by pyroligny.

The kicking game of the Zufi and other southwestern tribes does
not occur among the Hopi. Mention has been made of the custom of
shooting with bow and arrow and of throwing stones at a mark.
Feather darts of corncob are thrown at a rotating ring of corn husk
(pl. 47, fig. 3). This game, which is called “ Motoun,” throwing the
wheel, is ancient in the Pueblo region. It is played by boys. Women
in the Owaculti ceremony throw arrows at a similar wheel.?

Hopi children, having few toys, are compelled by the exercise of
imagination to make the simplest objects serve in their child drama-
play. It is interesting to observe the seriousness with which the
little children conduct their play and the great psychologic reac-
tions stimulated by a few corn husks, bits of stone, etc., gathered
and spread out in some quiet place serving as the imaginary theatre.
The Hopi are very fond of their children and do as much as they are
able to contribute to their amusement. The practical side of most
amusements is generally uppermost and play and education for future
duties are cunningly combined. Objects in miniature are made for
children. The potter constructs toy vessels, rattles, and dolls (pl.
49, figs. 1, 2, and 3), and sometimes manufactures models of houses
(pl. 49, fig. 5). Toy cradles (pl. 49, fig. 4) are the most common
and ihe most prized possession of the little girls. A little boy is
given a bow and target. It is difficult if not impossible to differen-
tiate the religious and secular ideas and usages in respect even to

1 See Culin in 24th Ann, Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pp. 495-497.

NO. 2235. AOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—-HOUGH. 291

children’s toys. From the standpoint of adults, children’s toys are
given a religious significance through connection with ceremonials,
but without doubt the children employ the toys secularly according
to their limited knowledge. Dolls, therefore, are not the impersonal
figurines of civilization, but are representations of spiritual beings.
There are no dolls which can be named Flora or Mopsey; the name is
that of some awe-inspiring ancestral or nature spirit. In fact the
Hopi infants have no dolls as the name is understood in civilization.
The figurines called dolls are tihus (see pl. 42), a word like the
Nahuatl ¢eo, translated god, and are prepared by celebrants in Kat-
china ceremouwies to represent the being to be impersonated by the
actor. After the ceremony the thu is given to a child, who thus may
become acquainted with the characteristics of the being and who
probably is supposed to secure also some guardianship or other bene-
fit trom its possession. The ¢hus are respected and treasured by
the children, who are not expected to fondle them as dolls, but such
is sometimes the case.
MUSIC.

The meaning of the rattle is complex. It is principally a device for
marking rhythm and is so used in the cycle of songs in the Flute and
other ceremonies as well as in the meetings for instruction in sing-
ing. The rattle is also sounded at intervals in ceremonies as though
marking an event in the perfermance. The sound is thought to have
a magic influence and really has a hypnotic and inspirational influ-
ence.

Several kinds of rattles are possessed by the Hopi, this class of musi-
cal instruments showing great variation. Simplest are the fringes of
seeds, hoofs, shells, etc., attached to ceremonial garments and sounded
by movements of the body. The rattle of cedar berries is called le
pos te qua bi. Not much in advance of this are the rattles of moun-
tain sheep horn (al te qua bi). These consist of three horns pierced
at the apex. provided with a thong, tied together and to a cord a cot-
ton loop for suspension as with the horn bells mentioned below used
by the rain priests in their morning runs to bring rain (see pl.
99, fig. 1).

Toots of cattle also iareaek at the point, knotted on a thong and
bunched, are frequently used in the same manner as the horns.

Bells of mountain sheep horn with clapper of the same material
are sometimes bunched with other horns and hoofs and carried on
their rounds by rain makers. The Zufii occasionally make globular
pottery bells, apparently a frank copy of a sleighbell, and in the
ancient ruins in the Jettyto Valley, once inhabited by Hopi clans,
small pottery bells of this form are somewhat frequently found.
Occasionally they are of metal in the ruins south of the Colorado

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 54,

Chiquito and have been evidently derived from Mexico. The bell
must then be included in the list of Hopi musical instruments. Of
the same nature as the bell are trinkets of shells of olivella and conus,
worked or unworked, prevalent in ancient sites, and of hoofs, seeds,
etc., occurring on existing religious costumes and paraphernalia. A
- curious scarecrow, consisting of a ring of twigs wound with cotton
cloth, to which are tied, with wool cord, shoulder blades of a sheep
and a tin can, is one of the oldest specimens from this region in the
United States National Museum. (Cat. No. 9571, collected in 1870
by Dr. Edward Palmer.) (See pl. 22, fig. 3.)

Rattles of peculiar sacredness, made from the shells of the water
tortoise, are called yung uh sho na (pl. 51, fig. 5). These animals are
collected in the Colorado Chiquito, eviscerated without injury to
the shell and the latter brought to the villages for use in the cere-
monies. In making the rattle, antelope hoofs are fastened to thongs
and sewed to a strip of buckskin provided with a loop to tie through
the arch of the shell. A thong is passed through the other arch of
the shell for fastening the rattle to the left leg of the dancer just
below the knee. The movements of the dancer strike the pendant
hoofs against the dome of the shell, producing a sharp sound. Some
of these rattles in the National Museum collection are much worn
from continual use. The Sia and perhaps other Rio Grande Pueblos
bore holes through the shell for the thongs which secure it to the
leg. The rattles of hoof fringing the snake kilt are called shz la la,
and when of conical metal tinklers like those used by many Indian
tribes, are called shi va mash e. The natural rattle of the dry seed
pods of an astragalus used to amuse children are also called shz la la.

Rattles of which the sounding portion is the shell of a gourd are
very common (pl. 50, figs. 1, 8, 4, 5). They are oblate, pear-shape
and conical. The handle is of wood, either tapering regularly or
with a shoulder formed on it, inserted in openings cut in the shell
of the gourd, the latter resting on the shoulder and held by a peg
passing through the projecting end of the handle. In the oblate
specimens the handle passes through the gourd horizontally and in
the pear and other forms vertically. The handle is short in most
cases, but sometimes the gourd is placed at the end of a long staff
of yucca flower stalk used in one of their ceremonies. A buckskin or
cotton cord is passed through the base of the handle for suspension.
Gourd rattles are always painted in bright colors and appropriate
symbolism, the tendency being toward movement symbols. They are
repainted and refeathered at the recurrence of the ceremony for
which they are used, but sometimes a worn specimen is employed in
soothing a child to sleep or for marking time in the singing classes.
Rattles of skin are only used by the Snake, Antelope, and Soyal fra-
ternities. They consist of a hoop of wood forming a frame over

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 293

which dampened skin is stretched. The short handle is enveloped by
the surplus leather and fastened with thong. This rattle is always
painted white. Its sound is likened to the warning of the rattlesnake.

Pottery rattles, following the form of the gourd rattles or as small
toys for children, are sometimes made, but have no use in religion
(pl. 50, fig. 2).

Clean, white quartz pebbles, in some cases small crystals picked up
from ant’s nests, are put in the rattles; and frequently, as is the Zuni
custom, sacred white meal is added. The Pima use wheat or white
quartz pebbles as a rattling material, and the Yaki the seeds of the
Washington palm. The Zufi use white quartz pebbles and some-
times pink glass beads, and the Rio Grande Pueblos, in examples
examined, pebbles of various colors, red predominating.

All rattles when prepared for ceremonies have attached to them
downy feathers of the eagle on sacred cotton cord. This appears to be
a form of consecration, the “breath feather,” as it is called, giving
communication with the spiritual world (pl. 50, fig. 4).

Some of the ceremonies have special rattles belonging peculiarly to
them, as the pa a ya of the Flute ceremony, which consists of a
crook bearing at the end a bunch of shells; and with the crook are
tied a grass stalk and a rod set with disks of gourd, the bundle form-
ing an object used only in the Flute ceremony.

Another form of rattle, truk kun pi, is one in which the sound is
produced by rasping a rod of wood or a sheep’s scapula over a row
of notches cut in a stick (pl. 51, figs. 14). The notched stick is laid
over the open mouth of a jar or gourd to increase the resonance. This
rattle is entirely ceremonial, and is played by the men who represent
the female Kachinas in the dances, hence it was called by observers
“hermaphrodite stick” among the Pueblos and southwestern tribes.
There is only one doubtful example going to indicate its antiquity
in the Pueblo region, a notched bone discovered in a ruin near the
Petrified Forests of Arizona. In Mexico, however, numerous notched
human femurs used as rattles have been recovered.

The Pueblo notched rattle shows careful work in wood, and often
bears carving and decorative painting. The Hopi specimens usually
terminate in a terrace cloud carving. The Rio Grande notched rattle
is generally sounded with a rod of wood, while the Hopi and the
Zuni use a sheep’s scapula.!

The Hopi collection in the United States National Museum contains
several specimens, consisting of a disk of pottery or stone pierced
with two holes through which pass cords, the disk being rotated by
the alternate twisting and untwisting of the cords, the motion of the

1 Archeological Fieldwork in Arizona, Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1901, pl. 56.

294. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

disk producing a buzzing sound. The instrument is familiar as a toy
of civilized children, and the Hopi probably have received it from
the white man, especially since it has not become a part of the
religious paraphernalia (see pl. 47, fig. 4).

One of the simplest yet most remarkable and very widely diffused
instruments of music is the bullroarer, the rhombus of the ancient
Greeks, consisting of a tablet of wood whirled through the air by
a free-arm movement at the end of a string, producing an awesome
groaning sound (pl. 51, fig. 6). The Hopi bullroarer is used ex-
clusively in religious ceremonies, following in this respect its em-
ployment by almost all peoples, now or formerly. In civilization
the instrument sometimes continues its usefulness as a child’s toy.
There is evidence of its antiquity in the Pueblo region.t. The Hopi
bullroarer is a rather thick tablet, pointed or terraced, usually at
one end, supplied with a cotton string sometimes tied to a short
handle. It is painted with white, red, black, or other pigment and
décorated with the lightning symbol. In the Snake Dance it is in-
trusted to the war priest, who whirls it vigorously for a short interval
at the commencement of the open-air ceremony of both the Snake
and Antelope Fraternities. It is used also in the Soyal and other
ceremonies. In all cases it is kept a mystery. The Hopi associate
the sound with meteoric phenomena, and its use may be in effect an
incantation to bring rainstorms.

The Hopi drum has a shell of cottonwood taken from a decayed
tree trunk, and in most cases little modified by artifice, the shell thus
showing irregularities of the surface and diameter of the tree. The
heads are circular pieces of goatskin from which the hair has been
removed; the skin is cut larger than the diameter of the shell, damp-
ened, lashed on by a continuous thong, passed through holes cut
alternately in the edge of the skin and fastened off. Sometimes a
thong turned over each member of the lacing is passed around the
middle of the drum. A thong for suspending the drum is tied in
the lacing. The stick is short and has a padded beater of cloth tied
on with string, and the drum is struck in the center of the head.
One of the heads is often decorated with four animal figures. The
Hopi drums in the United States National Museum are from 8 to 15
inches high, and from 12 to 18 inches in diameter. The native name
is pur shuk pi po ya. A thin two-head, properly a tambourine, is
also used. It has a shell of cottonwood 8 inches high and 16 inches
in diameter. The heads of goatskin, lashed on as in the large drum,
are decorated with a symbolic design representing a sun shield.
There is no evidence of the antiquity of the wooden shell drum among

’ 1Hough, Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914, pl. 26.

NO. 2235. HOPI INDIAN COLLECTION—HOUGH. 295

the Hopi or other Pueblos, no specimens having been found in the
cliff shelters or in locations where perishable material would be pre-
served. It appears probable, however, that the principle of the
production of sound by vibrating membranes was known anciently
to the Pueblos, and the pottery single-head drums of the Zufi and
Rio Grande tribes may be the surviving form. The pottery drum is
not found at present among the Hopi. The Hopi wooden drum is
very crude compared with those of the eastern Pueblos, and seems
older, but neither the drum or tambourine appear among the musi-
cal instruments used in the unmasked or more archaic ceremonies,
and for this reason seem to have been introduced by clans from the
Rio Grande. (See cases in exhibit of Ethnology.)

The most important wind instrument possessed by the Hopi is the
flute, an object regarded with peculiar veneration by the American
Indians, as it is also by the Chinese (pl. 51, fig. 7). Two cognate
Hopi religious organizations, the Blue Flute and Drab Flute fra-
ternities+ base their ceremonies upon this
instrument, and the clans to which the
ceremonies are assigned also derive their
name from it. The flute belongs to the di-
rect class, being held vertically and blown ry. 48wmsmxz oF two POTTERY
across the end; has five holes, and is made ee
of a tube of the ancient prescribed material, but now often of cane
procured from a distance.

The Hopi wish to incorporate light with the charm liquid or
medicine, and in ceremonial purification. This is done by a reflection
of sunlight from the facet of a quartz crystal. Smoke incense is
added by blowing the vapor into the medicine and music by sound-
ing a flute or whistle in the liquid. The same observance is presum-
ably indicated when during the Flute ceremony, flutes are blown in
the springs. The Flute clans are said to have come from the south,
and in the ceremonial caves of the upper Gila objects made to repre-
sent flutes have been found, which were perhaps offerings from these
clans. Small transverse flutes of reed are also found.?

The ancient and modern tribes used whistles of bone of the wing
of the eagle, like those used by most Indian tribes. The bone has
an opening in one side and a mass of pitch or resin is put in the bone
to force the wind over a sharp edge in the bone, vibrating the column
of air to form the sound. These whistles are called tur turk pi, and

1 Fewkes, 19 Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. Ethnol., pt. 2, 1900, p. 957.
2? Hough, in Bull. 87, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 126, fig. 328, 1901; Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat.
Mis: p: 322, pi. 56; fig? 2:

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

are used like the flute in ceremonial consecration of medicine as well
as to imitate bird calls. A whistle made by enclosing a leaf or grass
blade between two pottery disks is sometimes used (fig. 48).

The Hopi use a flute consisting of a gourd having a sound hole.
This interesting object is a decoy for deer. (Cat. No. 22865,
U.S.N.M.) Gourd trumpets or megaphones supposed to represent
the hoarse bellowings of the great plumed serpent, are used in the
Pa lu lu kong ceremony.

As will be seen from the descriptions above, the Hopi have merely
a few primitive instruments, the flute being the highest in the scale
of invention. No string instrument occurs among the Hopi.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL.

AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 236-237.

aio
feat

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 20

SUNNING AND SORTING CORN.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 237.

ee ae rh

ahh

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 21

POP CORN
DARK PURPLE

SWEET CORN
RED ON RED COB

EARS OF HoPi CORN.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 2307.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 22

HORN BELL, SCARECROW, DIPPER OF GOURD, AND SPURS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 237, 238, 278, 291.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 23

DOMESTIC VESSELS OF POTTERY.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 239.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCDEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 24

VESSELS OF GOURD.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 240,

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 25

CRADLES.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 24],

rr me a) >»

EAL.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 26

U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM

‘hd 20Vd ABS NOlldIvOSaG YOY

“HOLVIA] MO1S GNV SHOILS ONINVIA-S4l4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 27

JEWELRY WORN BY MEN AND WOMEN.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 245, 251, 272.

jak ae
ie

ines

LY,
1

ae we

i e

bad

- Noa ig 7 a oy)

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 28

ARTICLES FOR HAIR DRESSING.

FOR DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 249,

Se side ae a
my ee

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 29

FOOTWEAR OF CHILDREN.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 251.

7
#

4 wa } = =
.
1 ’
i * a,
" +
i :
D — .
; :
_ : . \
q *
: | Y "
¥
1
; - . +
; .
4
: rm
. 4 4
7 a -s a
os a a © # / ise 5
4 : . 3 >=
a) : a A
a RD +
: y!
= ‘
i A .
i ; ~ = .)

at
i
is
r
=
~-
é

nak
Mi
+
!
S

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 30

WEAVING BATTENS AND SPINDLES.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 253, 254, 276.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 31

Hopi Loom AND WEAVER.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 254,

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 32

es: ‘2 rien ryt a
Pics a

tr ee | ; Tinga

[4 Mgrs Pine i

QUILLWORK ANKLETS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 263.

i,
mt

‘ Pie uN

Fs vast
!

a3
is
f

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 33

YY
Ss
AY

™

AA
qt Pi ee

I Mut 1 We
Wh NCC

\ 1 {\ rg

PAN DERE TN

\
KS
ry

\
\

Sara |
aa eee, nt} — Ae
gee WN | | A wt
ig a nese Ne
ae) \ eae

1 hee
Ln

WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 34

SSS

rm \\

e \
Ne

\\
Ne

.. \ ‘ \\ ;
SA NaS
Siig
oy

Sih
WSs ) yy |
\ “SSEZu7 6}
S E276
X < Cup Ui

WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

md ;
ae" rye ge
a, ‘gare

avy, AL
relay Te 4h
“2 A

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 35

A \\ BE Wg NOS
WEN

WY KOs

QFE
Yh,
‘4 @

eit

WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL."36

HN) ma a ot
Mh a vine
NN Hg
A NUON teat

WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 37

we
sS a}
Ss “sa

Ss
=s

NI
A

ao
o>)

WICKER BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

om My

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 38

on saa
quent

Og ent yp 2
@ , ¢ : \) anvil iw y
aS wou. CA x et ge p
LS ey SAAT yg N eau at af
t S i Re 4 yy ) ?

My;

OU py MS iP
hihi US \\

Ys
Mi
7 fl

: oti
SS ine 7

%
Ww

—=

, 225 =

Be SSeS -—|—

CAE i — + — =

SR A i =

= x "Ze | a '

ZAI SS ——

4 S =.

HIN eS
FA WS
, Ws

yl = } As
yl; i’ |
Ly iy i i

COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

FoF DEscRiPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

ig ‘
“ay att

<as i. ,
ete 5
AY a
W

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 39

iy,

> C=:

SS AS=SSEe: }
fit (2255 A".
iT
\

\S
Nea

Ry
Ki

ae MN!
oss x, Ay i Se
Zirh; ‘Ma WS
ae SS |
TS eH

wis
os VAS
OOS THN
a4 RAN
Sl MN

A iii

Hi
Nj (ML INNS

COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

. aes
atta s &

me i

€

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 40

= “AULA
<& oe ge
esi n>
S . Tn ae

Nt u ly 4, &S

\4
’ Ww,
Wa

»)

Le < ll
ZY mM.
Seal

Ang m
Panny, i. 3

\ Loy
SS Ro ig

ANANSI THT

Wil mh r

S\N Mie 794 Gy

ONIN AS
~~ “A a? BENZ

PG
M
z Se STS Nam
e EZ MI SS
we \"SeeegeG ike SS Gsss
He ASSSS ASAT th ore
a) \ te, SGP gf @ fl BM Gs To
nn Bh CAS Cina A yl Hl Fad Re
Ca I i a \ be ‘
ji Be I Ag SY if , ho”
Muy a AI a NN,

LU! TTT Ta tS

eR Si

]
SESS ws wl MH)
FV WW / Y
= SL W ea 1) LO ZZeE
SSS WWE Ae
BSS Sill ZA
SESS Katte ZEZEEEE
— Aas —— ==
HS Eee see= pre
Ze Gea §Ss Spee
BAZ DTS

COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 269-270.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 41

Le) \)
han \
= BS2SSS >= SM 4
= See SIB2ZZ
= SS===> eS \ ea —
~ S B225 \ ZZGS|\NSS= A
is eZe ZZ GUIs. 7 yj S
SS. BR \ OZZARINS os SS
Ss Ze CG a IWS So SS
Eg Giff ANWR
; ZUM, @MWWYISD Lee
Beit BSS
Se "ij, \) x
S

COILED BASKET-TRAY DESIGNS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 259-270.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 42

FIGURINES CARVED FROM WoOobD.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 276, 291,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 43

SOYAL FEATHER OFFERINGS AND BOXESIFOR FEATHERS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 240, 276, 281.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 44

FORMS OF THROWING CLUBS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGES 276, 287.

hon “

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 547 PL. 45

Bow, ARROWS, AND WRISTGUARDS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 288.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 46

ARROW-MAKING TOOLS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 288.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 47

GAMES AND TOYS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 290.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

CUP-AND-BALL GAME SETS.

For DEscRIPTION SEE PAGES 240, 290.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 49

DOLLS AND TOYS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 290.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 50

RATTLES OF GOURD.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 292.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 51

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 292.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 52

COSTUME OF WARRIOR.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 289.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 53

THROWING THE RABBIT CLUB.

For DESCRIPTION SEE PAGE 287.

oe a
eee ae

THE FISHES OF MOHAVE RIVER, CALIFORNIA.

By JoHn OTTERBEIN SNYDER,
Of Stanford University, California.

The Mohave River has its origin in the San Bernardino Mountains
of southern California. Its tributaries drain a relatively small area
of the northern slopes of the ranges which separate its basin from
that of the Santa Ana River. It flows down the mountains and
almost directly across the Mohave desert, where its dwindling current
is at length consumed by evaporation or absorbed by the dry earth.
Throughout the greater part of its course it receives no addition to
its volume except the water of an occasional spring.

Relief maps do not seem to indicate that the river ever had an out-
let in the direction of its course, the sink where it disappears lying in
a depression which is mostly surrounded by low mountains except
where the river enters. From the San Joaquin basin the Mohave is
separated by the high mountains which connect the southern Sierras
with the Coast Ranges; besides, a wide expanse of desert intervenes
between these mountains and the river channel. The flow of the
Mohave is rather fluctuating and uncertain, sudden desert storms and
long dry periods contributing in turn to an inconstant river volume.

The fishes of the Mohave River belong to a single species,! a member
of the genus Siphateles,? a channel and lake minnow which occurs in
the Sacramento-San Joaquin, Klamath, Oregon Lake, Columbia, and
Lahontan systems, and Owens River. The species of this group are
very closely related, intergradation of distinctive characters being not
unusual. In a measure they resemble geographic races or subspecies
of birds and mammals as usually defined, except that being fluvial
and lacustrine forms, the range of each is definitely circumscribed,
and no intermingling or interbreeding of individuals of different forms
is possible. Species of Siphateles are not known from Santa Ana or
Colorado rivers.

The Mohave species was recorded by Girard in 1856 as Algansea
formosa It was then identified with examples of the genus from
Merced (Mercede) River, a tributary of the San Joaquin, and until
recently the species was regarded as synonymous with Hesperoleucus

1 The river has not been thoroughly searched for fishes. A collection made near Victor by Mr. Clarence H.

Kennedy, and somespecimens secured by Mr. Dane Coolidge at Barstow have served as a basis for these notes.

3 Bull. Bureau Fish., vol. 35, 1915-16, p. 60.

3 Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 183. Cotypes of Algansea formosa are in the U. S. National
Museum, No. 196 from Merced River, and 197 from Mohave River. They are not well enough preserved
for careful comparison, although they serve to show without doubt what species the author described,
Merced River is the first locality mentioned, and therefore the name formosa may be retained for the Sac-
tamento-San Joaquin form.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2236.
297

298

(Rutilus) symmetricus.1 The large series of specimens from the
Mohave reveals a considerable degree of differentiation when com-
parisons are made with specimens of S. formosus and S. obesus, the
two species which are geographically nearest them. S. obesus is indig-
enous to the Lahontan.system and Owens River. The immediate
relationship of the Mohave form, which may be known as Siphateles
mohavensis, can not be determined with certainty from an examina-
tion of the fishes, and unless the geology of the region points to some
previous connection between the Mohave basin and the Sacramento-
San Joaquin or the Lahontan systems, the question may remain only
partly answered. There is reason to doubt the possibility that the
species reached the Mohave through stream capture near the head-
waters, as the species of Siphateles appear to be lacustrine and channel
forms and are not known to migrate far up into the smaller tribu-
taries. The occurrence of the genus in streams without deep, slough-
like channels or direct connection with a lake is rare, and individuals
are not at any time found at a distance from such places.

Tables intended to illustrate some of the more evident differences
which separate S. mohavensis, S. formosus, and S. obesus, and a de-
scription of S. mohavensis follow.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. i Vou. 54,

Scales lateral series.......--. 44 | 45 | 46 | 47 | 48 | 49 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 54 | 55 |.56| 57 | 58 | 59 | 60
S. mohavensis....-------- eetslasss| Uy) oe AO Id (15 4) 109) 144) 13) G9) dy Haale. cal. coalee chee
Ne OMMLOS US see eteeeteetsiateiei= 21 Onan TS say LO Ge On Ae |e a sie sera seme | see sees
Ss ODESUS quae cms ob cece ts SER Er| r25| 5-5 |-ee z= ly Lh ls 2p lt ee] Be ly (64) 16h) Als 5 7| 4 1
Scales before dorsal 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 |. Fee ene ee
S. mohavensis .. 4 GLO TZ TBS a 46 SES SPS eee ees ee Real. coe
S. formosus..-. 8 10) Ge 135) 99!) 025i ease ceo Be seed see Sad easel hocel ees
Srilobestisy. Crs sa20- «te a CREUH SSE OSS. by Saat BAL COMA |AL6 ASSN DOIE SSUES EL 2 eR ED
Scales below lateral line...... Jeccheeezlin } Gla ely Sil: -leaerskevele- ble lenaslt selected /aesst ee. Sees
S. mohavensis.--.-------- ea (ara eee erate Gee IN oO! |) ee [ss aiareificrecsla Me evel l cine, 4] svecsis [le serel| sielerel| eve sell eroien| Brett ore
S. formosus...- specie Or Le |! oleghyce Se -cmleectalet. $-|Peeals--slerealesioglee elie palsies e
De OUCSUS ach ons sine SR ae | Seto | ears BS" 22" [eins |e stra] arc ara wrelere]| sseicll weicis lavcre cell stereel| srcterell ate ral te
Height dorsal fin............./.16 |.17 |---|. IS}. 19). 20) | / 2122223 5) BA. DEMISE Ee SY AOC eee
S. mohavensis.........-.-|---- Bi ona} 12 |) etal 121 Doe ae BE seeps ee eS); seas Ae el eee (Oe
Sformosus.. -t0% Sh I555.| hI CECI (PLM SMT | TOMB WR kD AED We Sek... ose eee ASE
SN OBESUS owe cabin seins cas ile Si 10). Sel S fee | sea cp | saan fecieclla selec
Height anaes es cee seem eels pou 9-40) 5 Sel ee | eae 14 |S Abe eLO | sphg) [sks] s, 29] ee) | areca | orator ere tatel| meres ers florets
iS. mohavensis.....--.----|---- B. laws 1708, dl oS fyelel od [rect lt... slaved - locale tsligas alt. Bese
SEU UHLO SG) SSAA Bec SECS] BABS OBS) PGSe| BASE LTS SCr | LS E20" aS os] aetsei|esere| eteel| seven esta seer
WS Obes cen ts he 355 doe 7 125] 12p): (Vel Gelecue|l see loss lace cfoacsleoestes a aloe qalee tree
Length caudal fin.....2......). PAIRING seal bs 23) 524 (525: | 26u|i20 | e2eel20.|nG0) |.oL |oo2 |e teed: leaesiecce
Siimohavensisne 4. 3535251. | JIN SIL 9.. 2 3h) EOERILOA OW AVEC S24). AO cease 2 | tae eS ee ee
SEO MOSUS a cou joeree es ciscoe| [sien twa Seaeloeee socal LH De sal 7) 90) B25) So aay | ae ea eee
I eeOD LSU oan asec haces DG ree! a) Toa ea Se nase 1). .28/SR ASA See
Number of dorsal rays.-.....|.-.-|..--|---- Sd Dub-Ewelscals--sleaze|-etleemelers- esealeeee (at alee ate =.
S. mohavensis...........- ete Beasts levee BST || Oba | ere cerel ie aie ersiatel| sie etal ‘sisters | everarall erete's| Sretere | ateretell ereie ie tetetetal lteter
1S: FONMOSURa: - «mas t- - Fy5- sas loreat esses <4 Hh. belactetcealtpe=lesmalet- <feecals -a-]..-.]- arcleeemeeet
WSs! OUESULS wan wees aaa cisisiceals.s s/s] ctewie| «eae BO FS. Vesice|| teas) caress] tere ell =rarote| accross eects crecers | eietere | aoe eer terete

Description of Siphateles mohavensis, type No. 76837, U.S.N.M.,
from the Mohave River near Victor, California, August 14, 1915.
Clarence H. Kennedy, collector.

Total length, 149 mm.; length to base of caudal, 122; head, 3.5 in
the length; depth, 3.5; depth caudal peduncle, 8; length snout, 3.6
n head; diameter eye, 5.2; with interorbital space, 2.9; scales
n lateral series, 50; between occiput and dorsal fin, 26; above lateral
line, 12; between lateral line and base of ventral, 7.

1 Bull. U. S. Bureau Fisheries, vol. 27, 1907, p. 137.

NO. 2236. FISHES OF MOHAVE RIVER—SNYDER. 299

The species has a large bead, deep and heavy body, short and
rounded fins. The snout is short, the maxillary oblique, the inter-
orbital space broad and rather flat, the dorsal outline of the head
slightly concave. The origin of the dorsal is immediately over that
of the ventrals, halfway between the anterior border of the eye and
end of last vertebra. The lateral line is complete. The gillrakers
-are short and pointed, flat, and triangular. They decrease in size
gradually from the middle to the ends of the arch. They number

SIPHATELES MOHAVENSIS,

from 21 to 24,6 or 7 on the short limb of the arch. Pharyngeals short
and heavy, the teeth slightly hooked, with broad grinding surfaces,
There are usually 4, sometimes 5, on the right side; 5 on the left (gill-
rakers and pharyngeals from paratypes). Upper surface of head and
body dusky, the fins all dark. Each scale with a definite dark border
and a lighter center.

The following measurements are expressed in hundredths of the
length:

Length of body.....- mm. 9} 122. 1)145) 407. |. L135), 105.) 399 107 |. -954),,.95 1 102
Wieneth head 255.0 ..i5 0.5 2 ee 20 e270 (28 228 ta291| «28' | 200 lis 20d Ze
Wewtn Doay.c2-.s0 ss. ese. 229. | 28) 200 1200. | e2e | 28 | 29! |isol.| 29
Depth caudal peduncle....|.125 | .12 | .12 |.125 | .12 | .12 |.125 | .12 | .12] .12
Length caudal peduncle... 20 |aod@ (VO 1.18 | 20 be 20 W. 2h | IS 2k Tob
Length snout.. JF. gj. 2) O85 | 508)" 208" 09" e208 | S08"1. 08%) 08. 08517209
Diameter ey 6 Ses cee ar, 2 . 056 |. 058 |. 053 |. 055 |.055 | .06 |.055 | .06 | .06 | .06
Interorbital width ......... .10 | .10 |.093 | .10 | .09 |. 095 |. 095 |.095 | .09 | .10
Wepthhead 2 SS SQV N20 12520 P20 OLS" 200) 2942S 2055200) 20
Snout to occiput.......... P2Mleete sl 200 le 2k | 22-1 22 | «2k | 22) 320} 2
Suout, to,dorsal ... -.... =... 50) |S DOD Dedul OO! | De | 506 | 206 1).06 | 00)! (or
Snout to ventral .......... » 5D |p. 56 |. S71 s b6Ul dO 1954, 404°] .68 | .65 | . 565
Length base of dorsal . ... .|. 125 |.125 | .12 | .13 |.105 | .12 | .12 |. 105 |.125 | . 105
Length base of anal.......| .09 |.095 | .08 | .09 |.085 |.095 | .08 | .09 | .09 | .08
iHieicht dorsalesseeeseeee o.e Sele Zev sa OD ren Saal eallsreom jpvemle rie lierepilicoie | samlUrievin aL Son cy OT od
Hespiit onal. 222 ees. SlSbeloe lor 4a Ape dee eS Tos Gu. sls
Length pectoralc: ses. c-e-- =o ol ean Nd Wa Sl al cee Yl ee hn ene anal
Length ventral............. lS Laie. AGe| AOD ¥eolb ele EAC yD ips he G
Leneth caudal x. 22 cain. SOU CAa lee Oul a Seale eas We2O le SODN | eZee [Ae | arr
Woresl eiye... es -se eee 9 8 9 8 8 8 9 9 8 8
AmAlmayet une: ice. tae See 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Scales lateral line......... 50) 49] 53] 49; 53).53) 52) 48] 54 54
Scales above lateral line...| 12.) 13.) 12:)..J1}, 11.| 12 },42-}.11}) 21 12
Scales below lateral line...| 7 7 8 i 7 7 7 7 7 ri
Scales before dorsal........ 200) 20) 28 | 26) 24 | 25.1 27 | 23: | 26 27

Taal |

to waive arab oul: ahelit 2 lye Sec eT CH

.
? 5 nas Ag mEN, ae iy 7 ce x
nibsccnadait depicts te ata weir. evil a yo ere yittods
a ‘ete ie se aa on.

es batch oi shiny : sss SEM if othe
7 # ear. es D- Mey : vin <a,
arsie tef00 eorive fasta roa He apse yon nsdenk by 40? Hicks :

ie SPO DO rode rigs ai nite | ratijb earner} voli
: ' raf if cairo: hoe ar r

4
=
+s
a
“es
be
=
a ee
—
a
Sire
‘on

# olf nib

aaa
: :
: + t J i
ae fs she 4 ? et —e 5
. RAR LTE na wtih: tS Haottt fir tw axooil ee
! ‘ ¢ e acl \)

a:
eter

Pedi a0 & Th. jobiz’ dikgit bl 061 ee

ong:

oe ;
+ i A 2 7

' 3 — ; “ .
: ‘baa neat. tte < spatiiE'3a qa . <zeqytateg a0 rat pth fuss ea
~tobaed trah rodiniab ¢ dvi w alice (oe a Zieb ile Set oxit eat re

a od Fae iborbaudt at beegotaxd pth he

7 “E.. Sar aa inhale aoe oeenht © h RAs OS ©
|
. 1
, AVE at ae
: et Ch at ey
y oe ‘ey ‘oi; : aan d
7 7 Oe (AS 0 %
Lae a Bf eer i ars
Pa rth ;
> P
" : SG a 4 er eee
F A

; a0 oy ue aod i: | OO a i 3 ae bi 1D gal

1 =a : 4 , ine ah - ;
or Oi | ni 7 e wo OF ae On, ie ee 5 pvenild Give tadidae iv?
* SO ainad BB rh 8 on 5 98. j ie i, Oe be tafendben bat

= a ae | Sgt IBS : eG. 4g Ene) g ‘ ;

= pee MS Pen TE yee : : i Is PE ae ;
e i ae Le te | &e. Fo Ba: t Va - ge end. of We: es i:

: | mee OLS. IST. OTe Maer
: a eee ce "
: carl eseperl 80 \ ab} ; ely si shiek )
q Gia
3

arc

ies Se

a CS Are

pete Pe:
al
wring
city Smet

NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN FOSSIL BEETLES,
COCKROACHES, AND TSETSE FLIES.

By T. D. A. CocksreEt,
Of the University of Colorado, Boulder.

The following notes upon new American fossil insects are the
result of studies upon several small lots of specimens submitted to me
by the United States Geological Survey. All of these specimens have
been transferred to the United States National Museum and the
catalogue numbers of the types will be found given under the de-
scriptions of these species. For convenience of reference the paper
has been divided into three headings, as noted below.

1. FOSSIL COCKROACHES FROM THE PENNSYLVANIAN.

The insects described below were collected for the United States
Geological Survey by Dr. Harvey Bassler, of the Maryland Geo-
logical Survey, during 1916, Two localities are represented, and the
material adds considerably to our knowledge of the subject.

(A) Rock quarry one mile northeast of Mercer Court House,
Pennsylvania, above State hospital. (Bassler.) The horizon is 10’
below top of Conoquenessing.

(1) Blattoid pronotum, slightly over 13 mm. broad and about 10.8
long; the posterior portion shows transverse striae, as in the living
Archimandrita marmoraia Stoll, from Guatemala. Such striae have
also been observed in a pronotum obtained by Schlechtendal in the
Upper Carboniferous of Saxony.

(2) Blattoid tegmen, with the following characters:

ATIMOBLATTA REDUCTA, new species.

Tegmen about 32 mm. long and 13 broad; interneural structure
obscure, appearing rugose, but in the cubital field it can be seen that
it consists of cross-veins, variably united by transverse veins in the
middle, producing a reticulation of the same general character as that

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSUEM! VOL. 54—No. 2337.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

in the living Blaberus trapezoideus Burmeister. Venation and shape
of tegmen like that of Atimobdlatia curvipennis Handlirsch; anal field
long; cubitus with five simple veins below; media with three branches
above, the middle one forked, the forks of the middle branch and that
produced by the last branch leaving the stem both more remote from
the apex than in A. curvipennis,; radius not well preserved, but wit!
three branches, more or less divided distally; subcostal venation
obliterated. Probably the pronotum described above belongs to this
species; its size is such as would be expected. This insect is con-
siderably smaller than A. curvipennis, from the “ Upper Pottsville”
at Scranton, but the structure is scarcely different.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 64842, U.S.N.M.

(3) Fragment of an apparently new Blattoid genus, predably
related to Adeloblatta from Mazon Creek and Mesitoblatta from
Commentry. There is not enough to justify a description and name.

(4) Smaller, unrecognizable fragments of Blattoid tegmina

Fic. 1.—PRONOTUM OF BLATTID Fira. 2.—ATIMOBLATTA RuouUcTA R.=Ha. tus.
PBOBABLY ATIMOBLATTA RE- M.=MEDIA. CU.=CUBITUS.
DUCTA.

(B) Humphreys Clay Pit, Port Barnett, one mile east of Brook-
ville, Pennsylvania. (Bassler.) In the Brookville Clay horizon
10’-15’ above Homewood shales. The insects are in shale. All the
insects are Blattoids.

(1) Blattoid tegmen, lacking the apex and anal area.

PHOBEROBLATTA RETICULATA, new species.

Plate 54, fig. 4.

Tegmen about 44 mm. long, the subcosta ending about 24 mm. from
base; surface between the veins finely reticulated, as in P. grandis
Handlirseh. Costa somewhat less convex than in P. grandis; costal
area 4.3 mm. wide at level of first fork of radius; subcosta with a
short apical fork. then (counting backward) three oblique branches
which have branchlets from their upper side (the second with two,
the others each with one), then a simple branch, then a branch
forked near base. then a few weak strongly diverging branches (no
distinct basal division as is described for P. grandis) ; radius with
two main divisions, the upper with a small apical fork and two other
branches from its upper side, the first (counting backward) with a
small apical fork, the second with a very long fork, the upper branch

No. 2337. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 303

of which forks near margin; lower branch of radius forking a little
before level of fork of upper, both divisions again forking, the upper
by its branching enclosing six cells on margin, the lower with each
division at least once forked, the inferior much sooner than the su-
perior; media very straight, forked a little beyond origin of third
branch of cubitus, the lower division soon forking again, the two
together by their branching enclosing at least seven cells on margin;
primary branches of media four, all except the first distinctly above;
cubitus long, not rapidly descending, ending far beyond middle of
wing, with no distinct superior appendage, but the last three forks
are symmetrical, the branches are six, very oblique, the first, third,
and fourth with long forks.

Differs from P. grandis by the smaller size and the structure of
subecosta and cubitus, but is evidently congeneric. P. grandis came
from an unknown horizon at Fishing Creek Gap, Pennsylvania, in
the lower part of the Anthracite series. There is also a hind wing
which I refer to P. reticulata.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 64343, U.S.N.M.

(2) Blattoid tegmina, representing a new genus.

COBALOBLATTA, new genus (Archimylacridae).

Large insects with broad elongated tegmina; costa convex, rapidly
descending to apex, which is either in lowest fork of radius or in
interval between radius and media; surface between the veins with
very distinct and numerous cross-nervules, which anastomose to form
a reticulation, but the general effect is that of very many cross lines,
not the distinct polygonal reticulation of Phoberoblatta; costal area
narrower than in Phoberoblaita, only about 3.6 mm. wide at level of
first fork of radius; some of the branches of subcosta forked; radius
with two main divisions, the first with four primary branches above,
the first of these branches forking, with each branchlet forking again
near margin, the second and third branches forking once; second
division of radius forking, with each division again forking, and the
first, second, and fourth of the branchlets so formed again forking;
media nearly straight, little complicated, its branches essentially be-
low, the main branches two, the second simple, the first forking, and
its upper branchlet forking again; cubical field large and broad, the
cubitus rapidly descending, with no appendix; branches of cubitus
five, the last forming one side of the short apical fork, the second to
fourth once forked, the first forked, with each branchlet again
forked; and area broad and short, with six veins, the second, fourth,
fifth, and sixth branched, the fifth with its lower branchlet again
branched.

Type of the genus.—Cobaloblatia simulans, new species.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vol. 54.

COBALOBLATTA SIMULANS, new species.

Plate 54, figs. 1, 2.

Tegmina about 44 mm. long, 18 wide; anal field about 15.5 mm.
long; end of subcosta about 28 mm. from base of wing.

There are two specimens, each with reverse.

This fine insect is close to Pachyblatta Cockerell, from the Mount
Savage clay, but it is much larger; + the costa presents a regular curve,
the branching of the subcosta is much more simple (in the basal
part of the costal area there is merely a vague reticulation), and the
media is less complicated. In my tables it runs near Xinklidoblatia,
from Pittston, Pennsylvania, but it is very much larger, with the
cubitus entirely different. The cubitus is suggestive of Olethroblatta,
from Germany, but the subcosta is quite unlike that genus. Superfi-
cially the species looks like Phoberobdlatta reticulata from the same
locality, but it shows many differences in detail.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 64344, U.S.N.M.

(3) Tegmen lacking apex.

BRACHYMYLACRIS BASSLERI, new species.
Plate 54, fig. 3.

Probable length of tegmen 14.5 mm., width about 8 mm.; length of
anal area 8 mm.; end of subcosta from base of wing 8 mm.; interneural
structure consisting of very fine cross-veins, which occasionally unite
laterally. Subcosta with four branches above, the second with two
branchlets above; radius early dividing into an upper and a lower
part, the upper with three branches, the first of which again divides
near its origin; lower division of radius forking, each division again
forking, the upper branchlet of the lower division forking (there
may be more complexity, the apex of the wing being missing) ;
media dividing early, each division with two branches below; cubitus
very simple, with only one main branch, which soon divides, and
each division again forks, the fork of the upper division very long,
that of the lower very short; anal area with 13 veins on margin,
these forming two groups, that of the first four (counting back-
ward or from above) and that of the others, separated by a wide
interval basally; in the lower division of the anal veins are three
forks.

Allied to B. cordata Handlirsch, but differing in the more simple
cubitus and other details. #2. cordata is from Tremont, Pennsy]l-
vania (Anthracite series).

Holoty pe.—Cat. No. 64845, U. S.N.M.

(4) Tegmen representing a new genus.

1Pachyblatta convexa Cockerell has the tegmen 30.5 mm. long, the subcosta ending 23
mm. from base of tegmen and 7.5 mm, from Jevel of apex.

NO. 2331. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECVS—COCKERELL. 305

PTILOMYLACRIS, new genus (Mylacridae).

Medium-sized insects with broad subparallel-sided tegmina; sur-
face between the veins without visible structure. Costal and radial
areas reduced, approximately equal, the radius ending near the
middle of the costal margin. Media greatly expanded, much
branched, enclosing ten cells on margin; cubitus long, with nine
branches, of which only the eighth is forked; anal area with seven
nervures, the lowest forked.

I have been much perplexed concerning the interpretation of this
tegmen, but after close examination in various lights and with
different instruments, the above seems correct. ‘The natural ques-
tion is, whether all of the apparently extended and complicated
media belongs to it, but it seems to do so. The genus is evidently
related to Promylacris Scudder and Paromylacris Scudder, both
from Mazon Creek, Illinois.

Type of genus.—Ptilomylacris medialis, new species.

PTILOMYLACRIS MEDIALIS, new species.

Plate 54, fig. 7.

Length of tegmen about 17.5 mm., width 9.5 ; length of anal area
8 mm.; end of subcosta about 8 mm. from Hees of wing. Subcostal
taanicias obliterated ; radius apparently very simple, with three sim-
ple branches from ae upper side (compare Goniomylacris Hand-
lirsch) ; media complex, with four branches from upper side, the
first two (arising close together) each once forked, the third and
fourth each with two simple branches from upper side; cubitus with
nine branches, only the eighth forked. The media is not wholly
unlike that of Afylacris,; it also resembles not of Paromylacris in its
general features.

fHolotype.—Cat. No. 64346, U.S.N.M.

(5) Fragments of another mylacrid species, insuflicient for recog-
nition.

(6) The following fragment of a tegmen.

STENOMYLACRIS, species.

A fragment having exactly the characters of this genus, so far as
the material shows, but the median and radial fields are wholly
missing. Subcostal region broad, ordinary for Mylacridae; branches
of cubitus exceedingly oblique and close together, the branching, if
any, close to their origin; anal area long and rather narrow (tengih,
10.5 mm.), with numerous veins which form exceedingly acute angles
with the margin. The type of Stenomylacris came from the Mam-
moth vein, Sharp Mountain Gap, Pennsylvania.

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——21

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

(7) Part of tegmen of unknown Blattoid, costal and anal regivis
and apex missing. Remarkable for the very long simple cells ‘n
forks of radius and media; interneural surface finely reticulated.

(8) Tegmen representing a new species.

PHTHINOMYLACRIS (7?) PAUPER, new species.
Plate 54, fig. 5.

Probable length of tegmen (the apical part is missing) about 17.5
mm.; apparent width 7.5 mm., but a little of the lower margin is
concealed, so that the width was probably fully 8 mm.; interneural
structure a fine reticulation, very distinctly preserved. Subcosta
straight, ending about or nearly 10 mm. from base of wing, with
four branches arising separately, the two middle ones each forked,
the last, with the end of the main stem, enclosing a long cell; radius
gently curved upward beyond the middle, with four branches above,
the first forking early, producing a very long cell; the second also
forking early, but each division again forked; the third forking only
toward the apex; the fourth forking before the middle; media with
two long branches, each forked, below and toward the apex two
branches above; cubitus with four branches, the first soon forked,
the others simple. The anal field is not preserved.

I have been much puzzled where to place this species. In my key
to the Mylacrid genera it runs to Phthinomylacris, but differs from
that genus in the strong interneural reticulation, the narrower tegmen,
and the more complicated media. It can be made to run nearly as
well to Hemimylacris, as typified by H. ramificata Handlirsch, but
unfortunately the type of Zemimylacris is H. clintoniana (Scudder),
which has Archimylacrid characters and is surely not congeneric.
Very probably P. pauper should be regarded as the type of a new
genus, but the single specimen is imperfect, and it may suffice to
leave it in PAthinomylacris for the present. It is much smaller than
the previously described species of that genus.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 64347, U.S.N.M.

(9) Tegmen of a new species.

ATIMOBLATTA (?) FLEXUOSA, new species.
Plate 54, fig. 6.

Probable length of tegmen (the apical part is missing) about 28
mm., width 12.5 mm.; anal area 18 mm. long, its greatest’ width a
little over 6 mm.; interneural structure consisting of very fine close
transverse veinlets, which frequently anastomose laterally. Subcosta
long, the inclosed region narrow and bandlike, but the subcostal
branches can not be made out; radius with four branches above, the
first twice forked, the third and fourth once forked (there is doubt-
less more complexity, now obliterated); media little curved, with
three branches above, the first forked a little beyond the level of

No. 2337. NHW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 307

origin of the third; cubitus gently curved, with seven long simple
branches, which are strongly curved apically; anal field with nine
veins, the first dividing near base and each division forked, the second
forked near apex, the eighth forked.

This differs conspicuously from the type of Azémoblaita in the
broader tegmen and the flexuose branches of cubitus, but it does not
seem advisable to propose a new generic term at present. ‘There is
also some resemblance to Parelthoblatia. These forms are related in
a general way to Archimylacris and appear to represent an early
type of Archimylacridae.

Holotype.—Cat No. 64348, U.S.N.M.

2. BEETLES FROM THE EARLY TERTIARY ROCKS OF COLORADO.

Recent investigations have shown that in the region of North Park,
Colorado, there exist rocks of early Tertiary age containing elytra
of beetles. Two of these insects were described under
the names Calandrites hindsi and Ophryastites hender-
sont.1 Additional material recently received from
the United States Geological Survey includes two
species, one of which proves to be O. hendersoni, while
the other is considered new. At the same time I
find two more new species in the museum of the
University of Colorado, and these are herewith de-
scribed. The fauna or faune represented by these
remains must be considerably older than the beds
from which Scudder obtained his Eocene beetles.
With the elytra alone, accurate generic determina-
tions are impossible; and indeed, considering the rae eee
antiquity of the fossils, they probably belong to other araranoznsis.
than the modern genera which they most resemble. The deposits are
doubtless of fresh-water origin.

CARABITES (?) ARAPAHOENSIS, new species.

Elytron 5.7 mm. long, 2 mm. broad; truncate basally, nearly paral-
lel-sided except apically, where it is pointed; surface only slightly
convex, with eight longitudinal striae, not punctured.

Type.—University of Colorado Museum 5822: “ Eocene, one mile
west of Spicer, Arapahoe Pass Road, North Park, Colorado, 24 miles
south of fork of road; August 2, 1911 (N. E. Hinds).”

The elytron rather closely resembles Carabites exanimus Scudder,
from the bank of White River, Utah, but it is much smaller.

BALANINUS (7?) BEEKLYI, new species.

Elytron 2.6 mm. long, a little over 1 mm. broad; convex, acutely
pointed, with eleven punctured striae.

1Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 51, 1916, p. 105, pl. 2, figs. 2 and 3.

808 _PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54

U.S.G.S. locality 7120. “NE. 4, NE. 4 sec. 7, T. 9 N., R. 80 W., east
of Lake, one-half mile east of Higho, North Park, Colorado. (A. L.
Beekly and H. Bassler.)” This is evidently Locality 54 of Bulletin
596, U.S.G.S., p. 63, and is in the Coalmont formation. This elytron
has the general form of the acorn weevils of the genus Balaninus,
and it is to be noted that species of Quercus occur in the Coalmont

- formation. The elytron is more acute than in the
llorissant: species, of very much later date, described
by Seudder.

Tolotype.—Cat. No. 64349, U.S.N.M.

OPHRYASTITES HENDERSONI Cockerell.

Two elytra. U.S.G.S. 7287. “NE. 4, NE. 4 sec. 9,

T. 7 N., R. 81 W., west end of bluff 3 miles north-
west of Coalmont, North Park, Colorado. (A. L.
Fie.4.—Batanmnus Beekly and H. Bassler.)” Collected August 21, 1911.
BEEKLYI. . ‘This is locality 73 in the Coalmont formation,
recorded on p. 65, Bull. 596, U.S.G.S. Glyptostrobus is recorded
from the same place.

CALANDRITES (7?) URSORUM, new species.

Elytron 8.6 mm. long, 2 or very slightly over wide, with nine
sharp striae, and no punctures; the scutellum appears to have been
large.

Type—uUniversity of Colorado, 5817. “ Eocene;
south of Grizzly Creek, about 4 miles southwest of
Spicer, North Park, Colorado, July 31, 1911 (F. F.
Grou)? 452

This looks something like C. hindsi, but is re-
markably long and narrow, with entirely different
sculpture. It presumably represents an _ extinct
genus, which can not be properly defined from the
elytra alone. The reference even to the blanket-genus
Calandrites is unsatisfactory.

38. FOSSIL TSETSE FLIES.
Plate 55.

The tsetse flies, the genus Glossina of Wiedemann,
constitute a very distinct group of the higher Dip-
tera, with rather numerous species. Although they etch oA
are generally referred to the family Muscidae, which _—_ursorvm,
contains the house fly and other common species,
they have so many peculiar characters that they may well be re-
garded as representing a distinct family. The formidable pro-
boscis, ensheathed in the palpi, is directed forward and is always
conspicuous. The wings, when at rest, are closed one over the other
in a manner observed in no other similar flies—a character which

NO. 2387. NEW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 309

makes it easy to distinguish tsetse flies in the field from various other
blood-sucking Diptera. The venation of the wings is unique, the
fourth vein (so-called) being abruptly bent or looped up in the
middle, where the anterior cross-vein meets it. The mode of repro-
duction is also very remarkable, since the females lay no eggs, but
each one produces a single full-grown larva, which almost imme-
cliately becomes a pupa.

Thus the tsetse flies would attract the attention of entomologists on
account of their structure and habits alone, were they of no special
importance to mankind in general. Thanks to the labors of Sir
David Bruce and many others in tropical Africa, we now know that
various species of Glossina are carriers of parasitic Protozoa of the
genus 7'rypanosoma, which cause fatal diseases in man and animals.
The nagana disease of cattle, due to a parasite carried by Glossina
morsitans, 1s absolutely ruinous to the stock interests in certain dis-
tricts. The parasite exists also in the wild hoofed animals, which do
not become diseased, but serve as reservoirs from which domestic
cattle and horses may be infected, provided the proper fly is present.
This fact has led to an agitation in some quarters for the destruction
of the larger wild animals, such as zebras and antelopes; but it is to
be hoped that better means will be found to avoid the spread of the
disease. Even more serious is the sleeping sickness of man, due to a
trypanosome conveyed principally, at least, by Glossina palpalis.
Owing to the opening up of trade routes through tropical Africa, this
disease has spread far beyond its original area and has destroyed
countless numbers of human beings. Medical men have labored
incessantly, and no expense has been spared to find remedies and
means of prevention. But while the white man is now able to take
care of himself in nearly every case, it is an enormous problem to
protect the native people all over central Africa. Up to the present
time 17 species and 4 recognizable varieties of tsetse flies are known
from Africa. The following chronological table shows when and by
whom they were described. Synonyms are omitted.

1830. longipalpis Wiedemann; palpalis Robineau-Desvoidy.

1849. fusca Walker. |

1850. tachinoides Westwood; morsitans Westwood; tabaniformis
Westwood.

1891. pallicera Bigot.

1895. longipennis Corti.

1903. pallidipes Austen.

1905. palpalis wellmani Austen.

1910. fuscipes Newstead; morsitans submorsitans Newstead ; nigro-
fusca Newstead; brevipalpis Newstead.

1911. caliginea Austen; fuscipleuris Austen; medicorum Austen.

1912. austeni Newstead; ziemanni Grinberg.

1913. morsitans pallida Shircore; morsitans paradoxa Shircore.

to the African Continent; G. tachinoides has been found in southern
Arabia, as recorded by Captain R. Markham Carter in 1906.

In 1892 (Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 93) S. H. Scudder described
a remarkable fossil fly from the miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado,
at that time supposed to be of oligocene age. He considered it to
belong to the Oestridae, which contains the bot-flies and warble-flies.
The head was unfortunately missing, but Scudder correctly noted
the singular course of the fourth vein, which found no counterpart
among living Oestrids. It naturally never occurred to him to compare
the insect with an African genus, so he described it as a new genus and
species, Paloestrus oligocenus. In 1907 Mr. Geo. N. Rohwer found
a good specimen of this species at Florissant, showing the proboscis,
and I was able to determine without difficulty that it was a genuine
tsetse fly, astonishing as that might seem. An enlarged figure ap-
peared in the Popular Science Monthly (August, 1908, p. 117). A
figure was also published by Bland-Sutton in the Middlesex Hospital
Journal (London) for December, 1907. Mr. E. E. Austen, of the
British Museum, the principal authority on tsetse flies, quite agreed
with the reference of the fossil to Glossina.

Thus it appeared that a million years ago, more or less, tsetse flies
inhabited Colorado. Prof. Henry F. Osborn had shortly before dis-
cussed the possible causes of the disappearance of so many large
mammals which formerly inhabited America, and had suggested that
there might have been some flies carrying disease-producing organ-
isms, such as the tsetse fly. If at various times and places such dis-
eases as the nagana invaded the herds of Tertiary horses and other
animals, these creatures might abruptly disappear, leaving no trace
of the cause of the phenomenon. It is naturally out of the question
to determine whether these ancient species of Glossina did actually
carry trypanosomes, but their occurrence in the shales is certainly
suggestive.

In 1909 I had oceasion to describe a second species of tsetse fly
from the Florissant fossil-beds, and named it Glossina osborni. It
was published in Nature for April 1 of that year (p. 128).

In 1916 Mr. George Wilson was so fortunate as to find two addi-
tional specimens of Glossina at Florissant, representing additional
species. The specimens are now in the United States National Mu-
seum. One cf them, Glossina veterna Cockerell (Nature, Sept. 28,
1916, p. 70) is a truly marvelous specimen, showing not only the
proboscis, wings, and body, but even the characteristic hairs on the
body. The accompanying plate, kindly made by Dr. R. S. Bassler,
shows it enlarged. It is actually 12.5 mm. long, the wings 10.9 mm.

The other species, which I have named Glossina armatipes, is not
so well preserved, but its salient characters can be made out. ‘The

NO. 2337. NWHW AMERICAN FOSSIL INSECTS—COCKERELL. 311

armature of the legs, as the name suggests, is striking. It is a rela-
tively small form, with the wings about 7.5 mm. long. The outer
side of the discal cell is curved, more or less S-like, an exaggeration
of the condition found in the living Glossina fusca. The wings are
perfectly clear, the veins very pale.

The largest of the fossil species is G. oligocena (Scudder), which
has the wings about 16 mm. long; next in order is G. veterna; while
G. osborni and G. armatipes are smaller insects, with the wings less
than 8 mm. In G. armatipes the hind basitarsus carries a pair of
stout longitudinally striated spines; similar spines exist in the mod-
ern G. fusca.

Whether Glossina originated in the Eastern or Western Hemi-
sphere may be considered doubtful. There are no closely related
genera known, and it is a singular thing that no true Muscidae have
been found in the Florissant shales. Grinberg (Zool. Anzeiger,
1906) described Glossinella schillingst from East Africa; a genus
and species supposed to be allied to Glossina. It is, however, actually
very different, with quite different venation. Bezzi in the year fol-
lowing stated that Glossinella was not to be separated from Lype-
rosia Rondani, which is now known by the earlier name Haematobia.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE 54,

Fossil Cockroaches from the Pennsylvanian.

Wig. 1. Cobaloblatta simulans. Type X 2.
2. Cobaloblatta simulans. Reverse of type X 2.
3. Brachymylacris bassleri. Type X 2.
4. Phoberoblatta reticulata. Type X 2.
5. Phthinomylacris pauper. Type X 2.
6. Atimoblatta fleruosa. Type X 2.
7. Ptilomylacris medialis. Type X 2.

PLATE 55.

Fossil tsetse fly. Glossina veterna Cockerell.

ive 1 athe ; $s:
a ‘ . rd y:
a ¥ “DOT ars

ee » Bed ted t ap % uy

a Rye Fea ra Ue ab cay gens,
_ ) SDH, gst ee ey adie 3 i
‘Las RSET otadert “ta: Fae tpi! te neat ve

° , o- , "i ¢ y

: , a3 r 1» ms ico mY yey
> yee pe Eee toc he suis at? wf ‘idk Sts nee ;

t¢ ae i ok ot
al se ne. jth

pee" ‘ i De lar? bi Wi be geen
| -Se¥d sensing ay oni ws AST Tks amgl
et ae gt On

HE howeed We Bae ita cna 4 5th) yd" fi ei Set ‘i itsid w ixabaon oF
, oe aks stipe oe \ # 5

; ad ORS $ oh, . haagen i fen
* » : 1 : a = Ey Tia
{ breiihiaks : r ene iP
; & oe Pe
a P =
‘ a | -
obo hisg ea vith wider: ae ‘te my oa
x j ale ’ Net
ee ¢ a : ae he ’
eT ii
i ry ‘ sh Fr ae Pay ’
: mie, nf} ols
te 4% pa
vs * eae
5 . = » 7: 1
a ' oF : E
‘ H : 4 i o > awe . tag \
yi “~e9 ey ii Feas HEL bee A wt anges a0

, ; nt: BN Beng i>
Hi ; : . : : vied Sole RS £ x Ogu ,

sie oe? |e
i Gt 2 5% a
a " } ‘8 10 ai Wi? Gee
wiv oo EO 1 eer ted 1 SA ene Wye:
: } a | if SL thy PL PRIS af
: : ; aye anh le Aiea, .
' . 7 gaits
Cus iit ‘1 ify, SA Bs hpi

The
ai &

. 7 ey rGG. a ae Bi ‘gation’

<Mirie <3

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 54

Wilf

f Y
Ye
p

FOSSIL COCKROACHES FROM THE PENNSYLVANIAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 311.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 55

FOSSIL TSETSE FLY, GLOSSINA VETERNA COCKERELL.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE SII,

NOTES ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE MOLLUSKS OF
THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE.

By Wii11am Hearry Datn.

Honorary Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum.

In the course of my revision of the West American mollusk fauna,
the Turritidae (formerly Pleurotomidae) were reserved until nearly
the last, owing to my knowledge of the extremely unsatisfactory con-
dition of their nomenclature.

Owing chiefly to a want of thoroughness and consequent inaccu-
racy the recent revisions of the group by Tryon and Cossmann were
quite unreliable, though to their labors in bringing material and ref-
erences together and so giving a starting point for investigation I am
much indebted. Furthermore several recent writers on the group
have in my opinion excessively divided it, forming genera, subgenera,
and sections on merely specific, or even individual, characters of no
physiological or systematic importance. Of the more than 175
names of more than specific importance which have been applied
to members of this family, probably not more than one third are
indicative of characters of sufficient value to warrant a separate name.

Another difficulty in a satisfactory treatment of the family arises
from the fact that these animals often differ among themselves
anatomically in ways not expressed in the shell characters; species
generically distinct sometimes having extremely similar shells. This
has been amply proved in the cases of Leucosyrinx, Irenosyrina,
Steiraxis, and Aforia for instance. Therefore until much more is
known of the anatomy of the species any arrangement must be merely
tentative, though it is not unreasonable under the circumstances to
put like shells of unknown anatomy in the same systematic group
for the present.

From the recent species we must reason by analogy to determine
the proper place of fossils, as no other course is open. It would
require several years’ work and access to European collections to
place, the known species and determine the synonymy of the entire

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2238.
313

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

family, a task beyond my powers under present conditions. I shall
therefore only attempt to review our West American species, and to
determine the original types and consequent characteristics of some
of the more familiar genera of the family. To these data I add
references to the various names which have been given to members
of the group, making a basis from which later workers may be able
to proceed with the review of the whole family. Some scattered
names may have escaped discovery during my search, but this is a
misfortune hardly to be avoided in such work. The rules by which
I have been guided in recognition of valid names are those of the
International Committee on Zoological Nomenclature and, while
applying these rules with precision as far as the facts are known
to me, I have endeavored to use in doubtful cases a rational conserva-
tism, changing nothing for the mere love of change and avoiding
the whimsicalities by means of which some recent writers have en-
deavored to justify their retention of familiar but unfortunately in-
valid names.

The Turritidae are an ancient group, originating in Mesozoic
time and have naturally a world-wide distribution. There are prob-
ably more species of the family in the recent fauna than of any
other family of mollusks. The distinctness of the group was recog-
nized by Rumphius as early as 1704 and his name 7’urrs with his
typical species has been adopted into binomial nomenclature in its
original sense, though the group has been multifariously subdivided
since. It is a pity that Lamarck disregarded the work of his prede-
cessors so far as to apply to the group a name different from that
by which it had been known for nearly a century, thus necessitating
an inconvenient revision nearly another century later.

Genus TURRIS Bolten, 1799.

The name Zurvis for the typical part of the genus was given by
Bolten a year earlier than Lamarck’s application of the name Pleuro-
toma to the same type. Still earlier, Helbling had given the name
Fusus to a group consisting chiefly of Turritidae, but fortunately,
by applying the method of elimination to his assembly, the name
Fusus could be fixed upon a small and inconspicuous group of Gas-
tropods, and a shifting of names which would have been practically
intolerable was thus avoided. The rejection by the International
Committee of the anonymous Museum Calonnianum of 1797, removes
that source of confusion from consideration in systematic binomial
nomenclature, though in this instance the author of that work merely
followed Rumphius, and the sole identifiable species in his list is the
type of Zurris Bolten.

Link in 1807 followed Lamarck, though (possibily due to a typo-
graphical error) the name is spelled Plewrotome in his publication.

NO. 2288. NOMENCLATURE OF THH FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 315

In the quadrinomial system of Dumeril the 1 name 1s is spelled Pleuro-
tomarius as a designation for the animal of Pleurotoma. To these
synonyms may probably be added Lophiotoma and Tomopleura
Casey, 1904.

Genus CLAVATULA Lamarck, 1801.

The first subdivision of the genus was the proposal of Lamarck
in 1801 of a genus Clavatula, which was typified by (. coronata La-
marck, but which is not Clavatula Swainson, 1840, typified by @.
sulcata Swainson. Synonyms are Clavicantha Swainson, 1840, and
probably the typical Drillia (wmbilicata) Gray, 1838. Lamarck
afterward united his Clavatula with Plewrotoma, but subsequent in-
vestigations have shown that Clavatula, according to its type-species,
is entitled to subfamily distinction. The operculum, dentition, and
anatomy are different from those of the group typified by 7urris
babylonius. It is a west African group in the main.

Genus CLAVUS Montfort, 1810.

Under the name of Clavus Montfort separated, in 1810, a genus
typified by C(. fammulatus Montfort, figured and described in the
same place, and specifically designated as the type. Because at the
same time he cited one of Lamarck’s Clavatulae, the latter has been
mistaken as the type. An unjustified attempt to reject Clavus on
account of the perfectly distinct prior name of Clava Martyn, has
been made, but Tryon correctly preserved the genus for smooth
Turritidae with a short last whorl, long spire, nodulous shoulder,
no spiral sculpture, a wide, deep anal sulcus adjacent to the suture
and, in the completely adult, a marked subsutural callus on the body.
Such species as Pleurotoma crenularis Reeve (Conch. Iconica, fig. 54
(not of Weinkauff), 1845; P. lanceolata Reeve (fig. 182), P. macu-
losa Reeve (fig. 45); and P. echinata Reeve (fig. 48) appear to be
properly located in the genus Clavus.

Genus TURRICULA Schumacher, 1817.

The ial to be considered is the genus Turricula Schumacher, 1817,
based on 7. flammea Schumacher, founded on figures 1337 and 1338,
volume 4, se Martini’s Conchylien Cabinet. This shell is Turris
javanus Bolten, but not Murex javanus of Linnaeus and Gmelin.
It is the Murex tornatus of Dillwyn, 1817, but not of Bolten, 1798.
It is not Clavatula flammea Hinds, 1843.

The type of Turricula is an almost perfectly smooth shell of the
kind ordinarily called Surcula H. and A. Adams, 1853, of which the
type is Murex javanus Linnaeus and Gmelin, not Bolten. The only
distinction between 7'wrricula and Surcula is the rough sculpture of

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

the latter. Surcula, if based on the adjacency of the anal sinus to
the suture can only be maintained as a minor section of Turricula.
A futile attempt has been made to reject 7rrieula on account of the
use of that name in the worthless polynomial system of Klein, but
that is quite inadmissible on any genuine nomenclatorial basis. The
Turricula of Herrman, 1783, was not used in a generic sense. The
Turricula of the Museum Calonnianum has been rejected by the
International Committee on Nomenclature. The use of the name
by Fabricius, 1822, and Beck, 1837, being later than Schumacher’s
date, need not be further considered.

Surgua Weinkauff, 1875, is a Germanized rendering of Surcula,
but whether due to author or compositor is uncertain.

Genus MANGILIA Risso, 1826.

The next name to be considered is Mangelia Risso, 1826. The first
species is Jf. costulata Risso, which is identical with or merely a
variety of nebula Montagu. Risso named no type, but costulata was
selected by Bellardi in 1847, Kobelt in 1905, and Dall in 1908. The
selection of other types by authors subsequent to Bellardi has created
a good deal of confusion, since Risso’s group of species was not
homogeneous. As has been already shown by Iredale? Gray, in
the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1847, se-
lected as the type of Leach’s manuscript genus Bela this same Murex
nebula of Montagu which makes Bela an exact synonym of Mangelia,
this being the first valid publication of Bela. Mangelia ginnania
Risso (fig. 130) to which Gray in 1847 referred the manuscript name
of Zshnula Clark, is apparently identical with Mangelia s. s., though
Monterosato proposed a sectional name Ginnania for it in 1884.
Raphitoma Bellardi, 1844, was a heterogeneous group. Later in his
preliminary synopsis of 1875, he divides the group into two sections:
I, typified by 2. vulpecula Brocchi, and II, by 2. harpula Brocchi.
In his subsequent monograph of the Pleurotomide he specifies (p.
323) vulpecula as the type of the genus. The latter is a typical
Mangelia and Raphitoma therefore becomes a synonym of Mangelia.
Other authors disregarding Bellardi’s selection of a type have made
extraordinary confusion of the relations of this genus.

Its chief characteristics are the absence of an operculum; the entire,
hardly thickened, and nonvaricose outer lip; the unarmed pillar; and
shallow anal sinus near the suture. The shell is usually axially ribbed
and spirally minutely sculptured. The fact that the author intended
to be honored was named Mangili led Lovén and many subsequent
writers to correct the spelling to Mangilia, which, as it hardly af-
fects the location of the name in indices, though a little irregular

1 Proc. Mal. Soc., London, vol. 11, p. 299, 1915.

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 317

from a nomenclatorial standpoint, may without too much repre-
hension be accepted.

Genus DRILLIA Gray, 1838.

The name /rillia was proposed in 1838 for a peculiar African
species (umbzelicata Gray) by J. E. Gray. What is probably the
same species Brachytoma castanea Swainson, 1840, was one of the
two types of Swainson’s Brachytoma (not Brachystoma, as mispelled
by several authors) and both of them probably may turn out to be
Clavatulae. At any rate the shells which have been commonly called
Drillia have to take another name.

The small blackish Drillias so common in Panamic waters, of which
Pleurotoma bottae Valenciennes is the type, will take the name of
Crassispira Swainson, 1840.

The light-colored species, with an oily gloss, thin shells, and prom-
inent riblets usually crossed by rather widely spaced spiral striations,
will take the new name of Hlacocyma Dall. This group appears to
be peculiar to the Pacific coast of America. Drillia empyrosia Dall
may be taken as type and PD. unimaculata Sowerby, hemphilli Stearns,
and several others belong to it.

Cymatosyringz Dall, 1889, based on Pleurotoma lunata Lea, will
cover the thin-shelled hght-colored species of its type.

For the generally brown or brownish clathrate species a few of
which are found in nearly every fauna, and of which Plewrotoma
gibbosa Reeve may be specified as a typical example, the new name
of Clathrodrillia Dall may be used. Drillia ostrearum Stearns is
an American example.

Genus MELATOMA Swainson, 1840.

Swainson in 1840 described and figured under the name of M/ela-
toma costata a shell which he supposed to be fluviatile but which
really belonged to the Turritidae. Seven years later Gray gave the
name of Clionella (sinuatum Born) to a species of the same concho-
logical type. This group which by its dentition and operculum is
related to the Clavatulae must take the earlier name. |

There is a group of species typified by Pleurotoma penicillata Car-
penter which in sculpture and periostracum closely resemble the
African Melatoma, but their operculum has an apical nucleus and is
long and narrow. They may be called Pseudomelatoma. Melatoma
Anthony, 1847, is quite a different thing.

Genus MONILIOPSIS Conrad, 1865.

This name was applied in 1865 to a very beautifully sculptured
species (J/. elaborata Conrad) from the Eocene. The West American

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

species formerly called Surcula cancellata Carpenter, inermis Car-
penter, etc., though with much less elaborate ornamentation appear
to be related to the Eocene fossil and may tentatively be referred to
the same group. At all events they can not be comprised in Surcula
as properly restricted. I may note that Conrad’s species was very
insufficiently figured by him.

Genus ANCISTROSYRINX Dall, 1881.

This group, which has a wholly superficial resemblance to Colum-
barium, is an evident development from Cochlespira Conrad, 1865,
of the Eocene. It should be stated, however, that some wholly in-
congruous species have been referred to this section by authors un-
familiar with the original type, A. elegans, which is figured in Dr.
A. Agassiz’ Three Voyages of the Blake (vol. 2, p. 66, fig. 282, 1888).
The distinctions which may serve to retain Ancistrosyrinx as a sec-
tion of Cochlespira are recorded in Bulletin Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology (vol. 48, p. 257, 1908). Candelabrum Dall, MS. not of
Blainville, is a synonym.

Genus GEMMULA Weinkauff, 1876.

This section of Z’wr7is with short canal and beaded or rugose anal
fasciole was named without a designated type, but, in 1896, Cossmann
selected Pleurotoma gemmata Hinds. The section Hemipleurotoma
Cossmann, is regarded as synonymous by Casey.

There is a numerous group of abyssal Turritidae with a sculpture
somewhat like that of Gemmula but covered with a greenish perios-
tracum, the shell of a chalky consistency, the outer lip thin and
simple instead of internally thickened and lirate as in Pl. gemmata.
These differences seem to be of at least sectional value and the group
may be named Cryptogemma with Gemmula benthina Dall, 1908, as
type. The aspect of these shells suggests relationship with Antiplanes,
but these features may be due to similar influences of the deep-water
environment. The universal erosion, even in the youngest living
specimens, prevents us from knowing the nuclear characters.

Genus BELA (Leach MS.) Gray, 1847.

Iredale reviewed this genus in 1915 in the Proceedings of the
Malacological Society of London, and as the type of Bela selected
by Gray himself is the same species as the type of Mangelia Risso,
there is no question but that the name must be abandoned.

The next name in order is Zora Gistel, 1848, type Tritonium viridu-
lum O. Fabricius (probably=Bela ewarata Moller). This is followed
by Oenopota of Mérch, 1852, who designated no type. Onopota, H.
and A. Adams, 1858, is synonymous.

NO. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 319

Genus BATHYTOMA Harris and Burrows, 1891.

Dolichotoma Bellardi, 1875 (Doligotoma Weinkauff, 1876), is pre-
occupied by Dolichotoma Hope, 1839. The type is Pleurotoma cata-
Phracta Brocchi, which automatically becomes the type of Bathy-
toma. This species is more or less sculptured. Casey proposed in
1904 the name of Megasurcula for the smoother West American
species. But von Koenen in 18671 proposed for the Pleurotoma
jilosa of Lamarck the name Cryptoconus; and a comparison of it
with the smaller Californian species (stearnsiana Raymond) shows
only specific differences between them. Cryptoconus thus supersedes
Bathytoma for the West American forms, whether it be accepted for
the more emphatically sculptured European and West Indian species
or not, and I can see no important characters to separate them.

Genus AFORIA Dall, 1889.

This name was applied by me to Pleurotoma circinata Dall, on
the mistaken statement of Jeffreys that it possessed no operculum.
Better material enabled the diagnosis to be corrected and the species
would have been referred to Leucosyrinx were it not for the fact
that a portion of the shells (males?) show in the adult a deep notch
or sinus in the anterior part of the outer lip between the canal and
the periphery, somewhat analogous to the sinus for the eye pedicels
in Strombus. Whether this is a sexual character remains to be
determined, but it occurs in so many specimens that it can not be
regarded as abnormal.

Genus BORSONELLA Dall, 1908.

It seems entirely probable that true Borsonia and Cordieria do
not exist on the Pacific coast, and that the relations between Anéi-
planes and Borsonella are more intimate than those with any of the
European forms, notwithstanding the plait on the pillar in Bor-
sonella. With Casey I think that this is a feature which may occur
sporadically in a portion of any large group of Turritidae.

Genus CYTHARA Schumacher, 1817.

Cossmann states (Essais, vol. 2, p. 121) that this name was used
before Schumacher, but he gives no reference and a careful search
has not revealed any binomial use of it, so I am obliged to regard
the statement asa mistake. H’ucythara Fischer isa synonym. Schu-
macher’s type, @. striata Schumacher, is said by several authors to
be identical with Cancellaria citharella Lamarck, 1822. Both
authors refer to the same figure of Chemnitz (1330), which repre-
sents a shell corresponding to the generally accepted type of Cythara.

1Zittel, Traité, de Pal., vol. 2, p. 284 (Barrois translation), gives 1840 the date of
von Koenen’s name, but I have not been able to verify this.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Some authors have confounded with this figure two adjacent figures
of immature Strombi and concluded that Cythara was a synonym
of Strombus, but this conclusion has no valid basis.

The typical Cythara is a relatively large tropical shell with short
spire and narrow, elongated aperture, plentifully supplied in adults
with denticulations or striated callus on both body, pillar, and outer
lip. It appears to be entirely distinct from the relatively small shells,
mostly with unarmed apertures, from the temperate faunas, which
authors, including the writer, have been accustomed to refer to this
genus. The name which we shall adopt for the small forms referred
to is difficult to determine, since some of them were included in
Risso’s Mangelia, and Reeve included all he knew in his monograph
of the Mangelias along with Cythara proper. Other authors, ignor-
ing the real type of A/angelia, have applied the latter name to these
species, while still others have proposed a considerable number of
new names for the various species of this group. True Cythara
appears to bear much such a conchological relation to these shells
as Glyphostoma does to the small shells we have been accustomed
to call Clathurella.

Cossmann in 1889 calls them Mangilia, following Reeve; Bellardi
in 1875 had called them Ditoma, but this name was preoccupied by
Illiger in 1807. Bellardi’s type species was Pleurotoma angusta Jan.
This is a form with a thickened outer lip, spiral striation, and con-
spicuous short anal sinus. Cossmann in 1889 substituted Agathotoma,
the type, of course, remaining automatically the same; but in 1875
Monterosato had proposed for Pleurotoma bertrandi Payraudeau
the name Cytharella. ‘This covers the smooth group exactly. Hae-
dropleura Monterosato, 1882, type Murex septangularis Montagu,
would provide for the more elevated forms with few axial ribs, but
the type is said to be operculate, which the true Cytharellae are not.
The forms with shouldered whorls and numerous axial ribs like
angusta Jan must take Cossmann’s name, unless some anterior desig-
nation can be found. Zetekia is a small form recalling Mitromorpha,
with predominantly spiral sculpture and coarse lirations on both sides
of the aperture and the anal sulcus inconspicuous. The type (U. S.
Nat. Mus., No. 274109) is about six millimeters long, with a smooth
nucleus of about three whorls and four subsequent whorls, with the
suture obscure and the color purplish brown. It was collected at
Panama and I have called it 7. denticulata.

Genus CLATHURELLA Carpenter, 1857.

This was a new name for Defrancia Millet, not Bronn, 1825. In
19081 I discussed the synonymy of Clathurella, for which a species

1Bull, Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 43, No. 6, p. 250. On p. 261, under Bellardiella, the
statement as to the nucleus is inaccurate and should be eliminated. The correct descrip-
tion is given on p. 260, line 7 et seq.

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 321

not included in Millet’s original list has been usually but erroneously
taken as the type. As neither Millet nor Carpenter named a type, and
Carpenter’s name automatically takes as type the designated species
of Defrancia Millet (D. pagoda, selected by the writer in 1908),
Clathurella must be reserved for species having the character of D.
pagoda Millet. However, Iredale has shown that Bronn in 1831 pro-
posed the name Plewrotomoides for the preoccupied Defrancia of
Millet, which must take precedence of Clathurella with the same
typical species. Beck proposed Pleurotomina as a substitute for
Defrancia in 1847, but it had been used by Gray in 1838 as a sub-
family name. ‘This leaves the species placed in Clathurella by Coss-
mann, 1896, type C. rava Hinds, without a name, and among the
numerous names for small Turritidae one must be sought. The
earliest which seems available appears to be Philbertia Monterosato,
1884. The curious succession of synonyms is as follows, noting
first that Bellardi did not (as has been erroneously stated) pro-
pose a name Heterotoma, and if he had it was preoccupied by Hart-
mann in 1844. Then follows Bellardia Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and
Dolifus, 1882, not of Mayer, 1870; Bellardiella Fischer, 1883 (new
name for Sellardia), not of Tapparone Canefri earlier in 1883; PAd-
bertia Monterosato (p. 182, 1884) ; Cormarmondia Monterosato (p.
135, 1884) (new name for Bellardiella); Otitoma Jousseaume,
1898; and lastly Clathurina Melvill (April, 1917) (new name for
Clathurella).

As far as the data are accessible to me PAélbertia (from which the
later Comarmondia does not materially differ) is the earliest available
name for the group included by Clathurella Cossmann not Carpenter,
and typified by Pleurotoma bicolor Risso=P. purpurea (Montagu),
variety bzcolor Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus+P. philberti
Michelotti, fide Monterosato. Philbertia has the outer lip thickened
or varicose, lirate or dentate within when adult, the pillar usually
smooth, the nucleus acute, smooth, and rather elevated; the species
are small and the sculpture more or less clathrate or sculptured both
axially and spirally.

The nearest group to it is Glyphostoma, which is large, with a
more brilliant surface, a more fusiform profile, more contracted and
emphatically armed aperture and different nucleus. Philbertia
abounds in shallow temperate waters, while Glyphostoma, receding to
the Eocene in time, apparently prefers tropical waters and even con-
siderable depths.

Genus CALLIOTECTUM Dall, 1889.

A dissection of a better preserved specimen of C. vernicoswm, the
type of this genus, has revealed a minute radula with teeth of the
Volutoid type, and the long esophageal caecum characteristic of the

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——_22

322 PROC#EDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

Volutidae, to which family it must be referred as one of the degen-
erate abyssal forms which have lost their columellar plaits. A mag-
nificent species related to Calliotectum, named Prodallia dalli and
figured by Bartsch in 1915, was dredged i in very deep water among
the Philippines.

The other named groups among the Turritidae of the Pacific coast
are not involved in synonymic difficulties and therefore need not be
discussed here.

Preliminary list of names heretofore applied to divisions of the Turritidae with
references and notes.

Acamptogenotia RovERETO, 1899, see Pseudotoma Bellardi not Stephens.

Aforia Dat, 1889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 99. Type, Pl. circinata
Dall.

Agathotoma CossMANN, Rev. Crit. Pal., 3me Année, p. 1, 1889. New name for
Ditoma Bellardi 1875, not Illiger, 1807. See Essais, vol. 3, p. 192, 1899.

? Aliceia DAUTZENBERG and FiscHerR, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 10, p.
182, 1897. Type, A. aenigmatica Dautzenberg and Fischer, Mém. Soc. Zool. de
France, vol. 10, p. 182, 1897, Azores. Nepionic shell, perhaps the young of a
Clavatula.

Amblyacrum CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Ill., p. 295. Essais, vol. 2, p. 137. Type,
Pl. rugosa Deshayes. This is a Surcula with short canal, moderate anal sulcus
and Drillia-like sculpture. No varix behind outer lip.

Ancistrosyrinx Datu, 1881, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, p. 53. Type, A.
elegans Dall. ?=Cochlespira Conrad, 1865, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, p. 20.

Anna Risso, 1826, Eur. Mér., p. 214, fig. 68. Type, A. massena Risso, Eur, Mér.,
p. 214=—Buccinum scacchianum Philippi. Referred to Pleurotomidae by various
authors but really a Cantharus.

Antiplanes Dart, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, No. 1264, p. 518, 1902. _ Type,
Surcula perversa Gabb, 1865.

Aphanitoma Betrarpt, Mon. Pl., 1875, p. 241. Type, Turbinella labellum (Bon-
elli), Bellardi and Michaud. Fischer, Man., p. 594, 1888, names as example
A. pecchiolii Bellardi. Resembles a small Genota with two plications on the
pillar. Zittel, Man. (French ed.), p. 286, 1887, accepts the type as Pl. labellwm.
Not Aphanitoma Cossmann. 1883.

Apiotoma CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Illustr., p. 268. Essais Pal., vol. 2, p. 73, 1896.
Type, Pl. pirulata Deshayes. Eocene. Slender Genota-like shell.

Asthenotoma Harris and Burrows. Eocene and Olig. Paris, 1891, p. 118. New
name for Oligotoma Bellardi, 1875, not of Westwood, 1886. Type, Pl. basteroti
Desmoulins, 1842. Shell small, like small Drillia without varices, lirate outer
lip, simple sinuate pillar. Sculpture of spiral cords. Miocene.

Atoma BELLArpI, Mon. Pl., 1875, p. 824. Type, A. hypothetica Bellardi, Mon.
Pl., 1875, p. 824 (1847). Not of Latreille 1796 (Arachn.)=Hnatoma Rovereto,
Syn. 1899, p. 38.

Awateria SutTER, New Zealand Geol. Surv., Pal. Bull. No. 5, pt. 1, p. 57, 1917.
Type, A. streptophora Suter; Pliocene, New Zealand.

Bathybela Kosett, Icon. Eur., vol. 3, p. 276, 1905. Type, Thesbia nudator
Locard.

Bathyclionella Kopett, Icon. Eur., vol. 3, p. 279. Type, Pl. quadruplex Wat-
son; abyssal. Apparently not related to Clionella.

Bathytoma Harris and Burrows, Eocene and Olig. Paris, 1891, p. 113, new
name for Dolichotoma Bellardi, not Hope, 1889. Cf. Megasurcula Casey, and
Cryptoconus v. Koenen.

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 323

Beisselia HoLTzApPFEL, 1889. (Not seen.) Type, Koenenia speciosa Holtzapfel,
Senonian; new name for Koenenia Holtzapfel, 1888, not of Beushausen; nor of
Grassi, 1885. This is a pleurotomoid resembling a very large coarse Fusinus.

Bela Gray, 1847. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 276. No type selected, in-
cludes Pl. nebula, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 134, nebula selected by Gray as type.
H. and A. Adams, 1853, cite Ishnula Clark MS. as a synonym of Bela, but Gray,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 184, had already referred it to Mangilia Risso
as synonym. Bela equals Oenopota Morch, Yoldi Cat., pt. 1, p. 73, 1852, and
Lora, Gistel, 1848.

Bellardia

Bellardiella

Bellaspira Conrap, 1867. Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 3, p. 261. Type, Mangelia
virginiana Conrad. Yorktown Miocene.

Belomitra Fiscuer, 1882. Man., p. 592. Journ. de Conchyl., vol. 30, p. 275.
Type, B. paradoga Fischer. Abyssal. Resembles Bela but has plicate pillar.

Borsonella Datu., 1908. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 43, p. 258. Type,
Borsonia dalli Arnold.

Borsonia BELLARDI, 1838. Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, p. 30, vol. 10.

2nd sect. Type, B. prima Bell. (2 plaits).
1st sect. Type, B. bicoronata Bell. (1 plait).
3rd sect. Type, B. uniplicata Nyst. (1 plait).

Brachytoma Swainson, Man., 1840, p. 314. Types, Pl. stromboides Sowerby,
Man., fig. 881, and B. castenea Swainson, after Chemnitz. Both these species
are Drillia Auct. and both are probably Clavatulas. B. castanea is, perhaps,
identical with Gray’s type (wmbilicata) of Drillia.

Buchozia Bayan. (Not seen.) Type, Auricula citharella Lamarck. Eocene.
+Etallonia Deshayes, 1862, not Oppel, 1861,+-Zafra Cossmann, 1892, not of
A. Adams, 1860. Very like Bela but somewhat heavier.

Calvatula Preston, Zool. Record, vol. 49, 1912, Moll., p. 61. Err. typogr. for
Clavatula.

Candelabrum Dati, 1878, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 5, p. 61, not of Blain-
ville, 18380. See Ancistrosyring Dall, 1881.

Catenotoma CosSMANN and PissaAro, Bull. Soc. Géol. Normand., vol. 19, p. 39,
1900. Type, Surcula catenata Lamarck. Eocene.

Chauvetia MonTEROSATO, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 187, new name for
Nesaea Risso, 1826, not Lamarck, 1812-16. Type is stated to be Buccinum can-
didissimum Philippi. This species appears to be a cancellate Anachis. Coss-
mann refers it to Donovania but the type is not of that genus. In 1890 Monte-
rosato refers it to the group of Raphitoma vulpecula.

Cirillia MonrTErosato, 1884. Nom. Conch. Medit., p. 183. Type, Pl. linearis
Montagu ;+Leufroyia Monterosato, p. 134 (type, Pl. leufroyi Michaud). ?=Anna
Risso, Eur. Mér., p. 126 (A. massena Risso). Anna equals Cantharus sp. Nu-
cleus short, the last whorl unicarinate; the surface roughly sculptured, outer lip
thickened, not lirate, pillar simple. -

Citharopsis Prasr, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 4, p. 97, 1868, 1st sp. Cithara
ornata Pease, Amer. Journ, Conch,, vol. 4, p. 97, 1868. Small Indopacific
Anachis; not Cytharopsis A. Adams, 1865.

Clathrodrillia DALL, 1918. Type, Pl. gibbosa Reeve.

Clathromargilia MonTrrosato, Nom. Conch. Medit., p. 131, 1884. Monotype
Pl. granum Philippi, 1844. Coarsely clathrate, small; varicose outer lip.

Clathurella CARPENTER, Maz. Cat., 1857, p. 399. New name for Defrancia Mil-
let, 1827, not Bronn (1825). Type, Defrancia pagoda Millet, selected by Dall,
Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 48, p. 259, 1908, no type having previously been
designated. For species commonly referred to Clathurella, see under Philbertia
Monterosato. Not Clathurella Cossmann, 1896 (C. rava Hinds) nor of Bucquoy,

see Philbertia.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Dautzenberg and Dolifus, 1882. Type, C. purpurea Montagu (=philberti+ pur-
purea+corbis Monterosato, 1884.)

Clathurina MeLviILL, Apr., 1917, Trans. Mal. Soc., p. 185. Type, Pl. foraminata
Reeve. See Philbertia.

Clavatula LAMARCK, Syst., 1801, p. 84. Type, C. coronata Lamarck, Syst., 1801,
p. 84, not of Swainson, Man., 1840, p. 314 (sulcata Swainson, Man., 1840, p.
314). < Pleurotoma Lamarck, 1822. +Clavicantha Swainson, 1840, Man., p.
814. ?+Drillia Gray, 1838, Ann., vol. 1, p. 28. Type, D. umbilicata Gray. Not
Drillia Auct. +Brachytoma Swainson, 1840, Man., p. 814; (castanea Swainson).

Clavatula Swainson, 1840, Man., p. 314. Type, C. suleata Swainson, Man.,
p. 314, 1840,=Murex gibbosus Born, Index, 1778; Test. Mus. Vind., 1780, p. 321;
+Pl. flavidula Lamarck var., Kiener, Icon., p. 31, 1839;=Drillia Auct., not
Clavatula Lamarck, 1801.

Clavicantha Swainson, 1840, Man., p. 314;=Clavatula Lamarck, 1801, not
Swainson, 1840.

Clavosurcula ScurPMAN, Siboga Exp., livr. 64, Mon. 49’ e, p. 429, 1918. Type,
C. sibogae Schepman. Resembles Steirazis.

Clavus Mowntrrort, Conch., p. 4384, 1810. Type, C. flammulatus Montfort,
Conch., vol. 2, p. 484, 1810, not Clava Martyn et al. <Drillia Auct. A smooth
species with depressed anal fasciole and tubercles on the shoulder, spire slender,
last whorl short, with subsutural callus, sharp outer lip and plain columella.

Clinura BreLLArpI, Mon. Pl., 1875, p. 204. Type, 1st sect. Pl. calliope Brocchi,
1814. (short spire.) 2nd sect. Pl. elegantissima Forbes. (long spire.)

Clionella Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 153. Type, Buccinum sinuatwm Born,
1778 ;=Melatoma Swainson, 1840, not Anthony, 1847.

Cochlespira Conrap, 1865, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, p. 20. Type, Pl.
cristata Conrad. Oligocene.

Cochlespirella Casry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 19038, p. 279. Type, Fusus
nanus Lea, Eocene, and includes Pl. insignifica Heilprin. Cossmann, Hssais,
p. 221, 1906, on the basis of insignijfica refers this to Peratotoma.

Cochlespiropsis CAasry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 143, 1st sp.
Pl. engonata Conrad, Eocene. Cossmann, Essais, p. 221, 1906, unites this with
Rouaultia.

Columbarium v. Martens, Conch. Mitt., vol. 2, p. 105, 1881. Type, Plewrotoma
(Col.) spinicineta v. Martens, Conch., Mitt., vol. 2, p. 105, 1881.

Comarmondia see Philbertia.

Conopleura Hrnps. Voy. Sulph., Moll., 1844, p. 24. Type, C. striata Hinds,
Voy. Sulph., Moll, p. 24.

Cordieria Rouautt, 1848, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, sér. 2, vol. 5, p. 207.
Type not indicated. Tryon, Struct. Conch., 1883, cites Pl. pyrenaica Rouault.
Cossmann, Hssais, vol. 2, p. 98, 1906, names C. iberica Rouault. Not Cordieria
Monterosato, 1884. Two plaits on the pillar as restricted.

Cordieria MontTERosato, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 181. 1st sp. Pl. reticu-
lata (Renieri) Brocchi; 2nd Pl. cordieri Payraudeau, the latter cited as type in
Moll. Roussillon, vol. 2, p. 767, 1908. Not Cordieria Rouault, 1848. Close to
Philbertia Monterosato.

Coronia Grecorio, Mon. Claib., 1890, p. 23. 1st sp. Pl. acutirostra Conrad ;=
Gemmula Weinkauff, 1875, not Coronia Ehrenberg, 1840.

Crassispira Swainson, Man., 1840, p. 313. Type, Pleurotoma bottae Valen-
ciennes in Kiener, 1839-+fasciata Swainson, Man., 1840, p. 318.

Crassopleura MonvrERosATO, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 127; monotype Pl.
maravignae Bivona, 1838,+P. incisa Reeve, 1843.

Crossopleura MoNTEROSATO, Journ, de Conchyl., 1879, p. 117, 1890. Monotype,
Pl. maravignae Bivona.

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL, 325

Cryptoconus v. Kormnren, 1867. Type, Pl. filosa Lamarck, Ueber Conorbis
und Crytoconus v. Koenen, 1867, p. 11, fig. 8 (not seen) ; cf. Arch. Naturg., vol, 2,
p. 211, 1880. -+Megasurcula Casey, 1904. .

Cryptogemma DAL, 1918. Type, Gemmula benthina Dall.

Cymatosyrinx Dat, 1889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 95. Type, Pl.
lunata Lea.

Cythara ScHuMACHER, Essais, p. 245, 1817. Type, C. striata Schumacher=
Cancellaria citharella Lamarck 1822. This includes the species with short spire,
denticulate outer-lip and striated pillar, the aperture narrow. Cossmann states
this name was used before Schumacher binomially (Essais, p. 121), but this
appears to be erroneous.

Cytharella MonTERosAtTo, Bull, Mal. Ital., 1875, p. 6. Type, Pleurotoma ber-
trandi Payraudeau. Cf. Ditoma Bellardi, 1875. =AMangilia Cossmann, not
Risso. These are the small species with thickened but not lirate or denticulate
outer lip and pillar; the spire usually shorter than the aperture, the surface
longitudinally ribbed, smooth, or spirally minutely sculptured; nucleus small,
smooth. Not Cytherella Rupert Jones, 1849, Crustacea, from Cythere.

Cytharopsis A. ADAMS, 1865, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 15, p. 323. Type,
Mangilia cancellata A. Adams. Not Citharopsis Pease, Oct., 1868.

Daphnella Hinps, Voy. Sulph., Moll., 1844, p. 25. Type, D. limnaeiformis
Kiener.

Daphnellopsis ScHEpMAN, Siboga Exp. livr. 64, Mon. 49’ e., p. 449, 1913. Type,
D. lamellosa Schepman, Siboga Exp. livr. 64, p. 449, 1913. Like Daphnella but
with heavily callous lips. 3

Daphnobela CossMANN, 1896, Hssais, p. 938. Type, Buccinwm juncewm Sow-
erby. Eocene. Shell extremely like Aesopus.

Defrancia Minuet, see Clathurella Carpenter.

Diaugasma MeELviLL, Proc. Mal. Soc. London, 1917, p. 141. Type, Daphnella
epicharta Melvill and Standen.

Diploconus SANDBERGER. (Not seen.) Not Diploconus Haeckel (Protista),
1860; nor of Candéze (Coleoptera) 1860, nor of Zittel, Cephalopoda, 1868 (not
seen).

Ditoma BEeLiLarpi, 1875, Mon. Pleur., p. 295. Not Ditoma Illiger, 1807, Coleop-
tera. Type, Mangilia angusta Jan. ?+Cytharella Monterosato, q. v.=—Agatho-
toma Cossmann, Rev. Crit. Pal., 1889, vol. 3, p. 45. Also Essais, vol. 3, p. 192.

Dolichotoma BrtuaArpi, Mon. terz, Piem., p. 229, 1875. Monotype, Pl. cata-
phracta Brocchi. Not Dolichotoma Hope, 1889. =Bathytoma Harris and Bur-
rows, 1891, new name (not needed). =Cryptocoinus v. Koenen (1840, fide
Zittel). 1867 fide Fischer. -+Megasurcula Casey, 1904;=Doligotoma Wein-
kauff, 1876, Jahrb. Mal. Ges., p. 8.

Doligotoma WEINKAUFF, 1876, Jahrb. Mal. Ges., p. 8,=Dolichotoma Bellardi
not Hope.

Donovania Bucquoy, DAUTZENBERG, and Dotirus, 1882, Moll. Roussillon, vol. 1,
p. 112. Type, D. minima Montagu=brunneum Donovan, 1804. Buccinum mini-
mum Montagu, 1803, is preoccupied by B. minimwmn Turton, 1802, fide Iredale,
1915. -+Zachesis Risso, 1826, not Daudin, 1804;+Nesaea Risso, 1826, not La-
marek, 1816.

Drillia Gray, see Clavatula Lamarck and Clavus Montfort. Also Crassispira
Swainson, and Clavatula Swainson not Lamarck. Drillia Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 1, 1838, p. 28. Type, D. umbilicata Gray. Brachytoma Swainson, 1840
(eastanea), is synonymous. Brachitoma (strombiformis Sowerby) is also a
Drillia.

Drilliola (MonTEROSATO, MS.) CossMANN, 1903, Hssais, vol. 5, p. 188. Type,
D. emendata Monterosato, Medit. Cossmann states that it goes between (his)

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

Eucithara and Clathurella and has a flattened later spirally sculptured proto-
conch.

Elaeocyma Darr, 1918. Type. Driilia empyrosia Dall.

Enatoma ROvVERETO, 1899, see Atoma.

Endiatoma CossMANN, 1896, Essais, p. 106. Type, Oligotoma quadricincta
Cossmann ;=Aphanitoma Cossmann, 1888, not Bellardi, 1875. Hocene.

Eoclathurella Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 166, 1st sp.
EB. jacksonica Casey, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 166. Eocene.
He also refers to this group Mangilia meridionalis O. Meyer. Upper Claibornian.
Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 223, suspends judgment on account of unfigured type.

Eodriliia Gasrey, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 159, ‘““Among the
typical species” are depygis Conrad, lonsdalii Lea, surculopsis Gregorio, and
terana Conrad (Casey). Cossm:nn, 1906, Essais, p. 228, unites this with
Eopleurotoma.

Eopleurotoma CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Illustr., p. 269. Type, Pl. multicosiata
Deshayes. Eocene. Casey refers Pl. nupera Conrad, gemmata Conrad, hoening-
hausi Lea, and properugosa Gregorio to this group (1904). Cossmann, 1906,
Essais, p. 223, refers Hodrillia Casey, to this section.

Eesurcula Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 145, Ist sp. Pl. moorei
Gabb. Eocene. Cossmann, Essais, p. 222, 1906, admits this as section of Swr-
cula s. s. on the ground of a narrower protoconch.

Epalzis CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Ill., p. 254. 1896, Essais, vol. 2, p. 103, type
pamed Pleur. cienulata Lamarck. Eocene. Small, obscure plait on pillar, shell
in general recalling some of the Mangilias.

Etallonia DESHAYES, 1862. Paris basin, vol. 2, p. 605. Type, H. prisca Deshayes.
Hocene. Of the two species one is an Acteon or related Opisthobranch, the second
a pleurotomoid recalling Gymnobela. =Buchozia Bayan, 1873, new name. Not
Etallonia Oppel, 1861.

Eubela Dat, 1889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, pp. 102-6. Type, Daphnella
limacina Dall.

Eucheilodon Gaps, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, 1860, p. 379. Type,
EB. reticulata Gabb, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 4, pl. 667, fig. 18. Shell
much like Glyphostoma but attenuated in front, outer lip not expanded, the
aperture narrow and columella denticulate in the adult. Cossmann spells this
Huchilodon, ascribes the genus to Heilprin, cites H, crenocarinatus Heilprin,
1880, as type! Essais, vol. 3, p. 189, Apr., 1889.

Eucithara Fiscuer, 1883, Man., p. 598. New name for Cythara Schumacher,
4817, not Klein! Klein being nonbinomial this name is useless. The type-
mentioned by Fischer is Mangilia stromboides Reeve.

Eucyclotoma BorTrcrr, 1895, Nachrbl. d. Mal. Ges., p. 55. Type, Clathurella
vicarmnate Reeve, fide Cossmann. (Should be Pease, not Reeve.) Indopacific.
Shelli with two very prominent carinae, beaded, with Clathurelloid aperture.
Cossmann names bicarinata as type. Boettger gives (1) tricarinata Reeve, and
(2) bicarinata Pease, but does not designate either as type.

Exilia Conrap, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 291, pl. 47, fig. 34,
1860. Type, #. pergracilis Conrad. Referred by Conrad to Pleurotomidae but
really Chrysodomoid. }

Folineaea Montrerosato, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 186. Type, Buccinum
lefebvrit Maravigna, 1840,+B. folineaea Philippi, Moll. Sic., vol. 2, pl. 27, fig. 10.
Hardly differs from Clathromangilia and is placed as a synonym of Donovania
by Cossmann. In 1890 Monterosato spells it Folinia. Not Folinia Crosse, 1868.

Fusitoma Casrey, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 163. Type, F. sipho
Casey (ex Aldrich), Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 168. Cossmann,
1906, Essais, p. 223, suspends judgment for want of data.

Gemmula WEINKAUFF, 1875, Jahrb. d. Deutsche Mal. Ges., vol. 2, p. 287. Type,
Pl. gemmata Hinds. No type selected in 1875. Cossmann, 1896, selects gem-

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 327

mata. -+Hemipleurotoma Cossmann, fide Casey, 1904. Cossmann, 1906, holds
to the division. Not Gemmula Deshayes (in Dall) 1902.

Genota H. and A. Apams, Gen. vol. 1, p. 89, 1853. -+Genotia Tryon, Fischer,
ete. em. Type, Pl. mitriformis Wood, first of two species.

Ginnania MoNTEROosSATO, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 127, 1st sp. Pl. fuscata
Philippi; 2nd Pl. laevigatwm Philippi. The last is selected as type in Moll.
Roussillon, vol. 2, p. 766, 1908. =Jfangilia (nebula type) s. s.

Glyphostoma Gass, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1872, p. 270; type, G. dentifera
Gabb. Mangiliinae. ?+Lienardia Jousseaume, 1884, Cl. rubida Hinds. For rela-
tions seé Philbertia and Clathurella Cossmann not Carpenter.

Glyptotoma CAsry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 140, 1st sp. Pl.
crassiplicata Gabb. Eocene. Two or three plaits on the pillar, median sinus
with nodulous fasciole.

Gosavia SroLticzKA, 1865. Volutoid placed with Pleurotomidae by Cossmann.

Gymnobela VERRILL, 1884, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. 6, p. 157. Type, G. engonia
Verrill, fixed by Cossmann, 1896. No type selected by Verrill. Inoperculate,
Bela-form, or swollen; nucleus cancellate; abyssal. Verrill’s first species is
G. engonia, his second and figured species is curta. -

Haedropleura (Monrrerosato) Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, Moll. Rous-
sillon, 1882, p. 110. Type, Jlurex septangularis Montagu, 1808. Resembles
9 Cytharella with elevated spire. Operculate.

Helenella Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 4, 1904, p. 167. Type (1st of
two sp.) Pl. multigranosa BH. A. Smith, St. Helena. Two plaits on the pillar.
Reealls Mitronorpha; very small shells.

Hemilienardia Borrrcrr, Nachrbl. d. Deutsche Mal. Ges., 1895, p. 52. Type,
Clathurella malieti Recluz. Very short, stumpy, inflated, strongly cross-scuip-
tured, bright-colored, small shells.

Hemipleurotoma CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Ill, p. 264. Type, Pl. archimedis Bel-
lardi. In Essais Pal., 1896, p. 78, Cossmann proposes another type, Pl. den-
ticula Basterot. He regards Coronia Gregorio as synonymous.

Hemisureula Casey, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 150. Type, Pl.
silicata Aldrich. Grege’s Landing Eocene. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 222,
rejects this on the ground of insufiicient characters.

Heterotoma Auct. after Heterotomatae of Bellardi, Moll. Piem. Mon. Vleur.,
1847, p. 7. Not Heterotoma Latreille, 1829. Bellardi did not propose a genus
Heterotoma but named a group in the plural number. In any case, the name
was more than once preoccupied.

Homotoma BeLiarpi, i875, Mon. Pl., p. 296. No type selected. Fischer, Man.,
p. 598, 1883, selects H. textilis Brocchi. Bellardi’s species are heterogeneous.
Textilis resembles very much a small Fusinus. Equals Peratotoma Harris and
Burrows, 1891. Not Homotoma Guerin-Ménéville, 1829. In his preliminary
synopsis, 1875, Bellardi divides Homotoma into Sect. I, Type, H. reticulata
Renieri, and Sect. II, Type, H. semicostata Bellardi.

Irenosyrinx Dat, 1908, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 43, p. 257. Type, Pleuro-
tomella goodei Dall. ;

Ishnula (Clark MS.), Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 184. Not Ischnula
Morch, Mem. Soc. Mal. Belg., vol. 4, 1869, p. 21, type Pl. impressa Mérch
(=Bela).

? Kenyonia Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. 21, p. 346, 1896 (not
seen). Type, K. pulcherrima Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, vol. 21,
1896, p. 347. New Hebrides.

Koenenia Hotrzarret 1888, Paleontographica, vol. 34, Moll. der Sachsener
Kreide, ist abth., p. 91. Type, K. speciosa Holtzapfel. Cretaceous. Not
Koenenia Grassi, 1885. Equals Beisselia Holtzapfel, 1889.

Kylix Dati, 1918. Type, K. aleyone Dall.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Leptosurcula Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 157. Type, Pl.
beadata Harris. Eocene. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 223, judgment suspended.

Leucosyrinx Daz, 1889, Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., vol. 18, p. 75. Type, Pl.
verrilli Dall.

Leufroyia MonTeERosATO, 1884. Nom. Conch. Medit., p. 184. Type, Pl. leufroyi
Michaud.

Lienardia JOUSSEAUME, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 8, p. xl, 1884. Type,
Clathurella rubida Hinds, Indopacific. Also, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. 9,
p. 184, 1884. Cf. Glyphostoma Gabb.

Lophiotoma Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 130. 1st sp. Pl.
tigrina Lamarck. Recent. Cossmann, Essais, 1906, p. 220, refers this to Pleuro-
toma Ss. Ss.

Lora GIsTEL, Naturg., 1848, p. ix, sole example Tritonium viridulum Fabricius,
which is a Bela, probably B, exaraia Moller, according to the type-specimen.

Lyromangilia MonTERoSATO, 1917, Bull. Soc. Zool. Ital., ser. 3, vol. 4, (separate
copies, p. 25). Type, Pl. taeniata Deshayes, Mediterranean,

Lyrosurcula Casrty, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 156. 1st sp.
L. elegans Casey, Claibornian. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 222, expresses no
opinion as type is not figured.

Mangelia Risso, Hur. Mér., 1826, vol. 4, p. 219; no type mentioned. ist sp. M.
costulata Risso, equals nebula Montagu, taken as type by Bellardi, 1847; Kobelt,
1905; Dall, 1908; ete. +Raphitoma Weinkauff, Conch. Cab., 1876, types nebula
Montagu and harpula Brocchi, not Raphitoma Bellardi, 1847, but Bellardi, in 1875,
p. 328, states that M. vulpecula Brocchi is typical Mangilia. Shell elevated, spire
longer than the aperture, longitudinally ribbed, spirally minutely sculptured;
pillar smooth, outer lip thin, simple, notch at the suture, nucleus smooth, short,
last turn finely cancellate, no operculum. Cossmann substitutes a new type
(Hssais, p. 114, 1896) Pl. veuquelini Payraudeau for Mangilia and unites with it .
Clathromangilia Monterosato, 1884; Cytharella Monterosato, 1875; Pseudo-
raphitoma Boettger, 1895; and Paraclathurella Boettger, 1895. Thus Coss-
mann’s group = Cytharella. Bela (Leach) Gray, 1847, is a synonym of Man-
gelia with the same type.

Mangiliella Bucquoy, DAUTZENBERG, and Dortrus, Moll. Roussillon, p. 108,
1882. Type, Mangilia multilineolata Deshayes. Like Haedropleura but more
slender and not operculate.

Megasurcula Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 147 Founded
on the recent Surcula carpenteriana and tryoni of Gabb. No type designated.
Recent, California. +Megalosurcula Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 222. =Cryp-
toconus v. Koenen, 1867. Cossmann, Hssais, p. 222, refers it to Bathytoma.

Melatoma SwAINSON, Mal., 1840, p. 342. Type, M. costata Swainson, Mal.,
1840, p. 342, fig. 104. +Clionella Gray, Pree. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 153. Not Mela-
toma Anthony, 1847.

Mesochilotoma Srrrey, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 7, p. 284, 1861.
Monotype M. striata Seeley, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser, 3, vol. 7, p. 284, 1861.
Cretaceous. Equals Surculites Conrad, 1865, q. v.

Microdrillia Casry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 276. 1st sp. Pl. coss-
manni O. Meyer (=meyeri Cossmann) Hocene. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, pp,
223-4, admits this as a section of Asthenotoma.

Microsurcula CAsry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 154. Type, M.
nucleola Casey. Includes Pl. georgei Harris. (Woods Bluff.) Cossmann,
Hssais, p. 222, 1906, expresses no opinion as the type is unfigured.

Mitromorpha A. ApAms, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 1865, vol. 15, pp. 182 and
322. Type, M. jilosa Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 15, 1865, p. 182.
Position doubtful, usually classed near the Mitras. See Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc.,
vol. 12, p. 328, 1917.

No. 2238. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 329

Moniliopsis Conrap, 1865, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, p. 148. Type, Pl.
elaborata Conrad, 18382, Fos. Sh. Tert. form. 1, p. 52, pl. 17, fig. 19. Recalls
Surcula inermis Carpenter but has a sutural band and much more emphatic
and elegant sculpture. Conrad’s figure is very inadequate.

Nannodiella Dati, 1918. Type, V. nana Dall.

Nicolia GreGorIo (not seen). Not Nicolia Maimgren, Verm. 1865.

Oenopota Moércu, Yoldi Cat., vol. 1, p. 78, 1852. 1st sp. Pl. pleurotomuria
Couthouy. +Onopota H. and A. Adams, 1858, Gen., p. 654. -+ Bela auct. not
(Leach MS,) Gray, 1847. =Lora Gistel, 1848.

Oligotoma BELLARDI, 1875, p. 235. Type, O. meneghinii Mayer. ?=FPl. bas-
teroti Desmoulins, 1842. Not Oligotoma Westwood, 1836. See Asthenotoma
Harris and Burrows, Hoc. and Olig. Paris, 1897, p. 48, new name for Oligotoma
Bellardi preoccupied.

Onopota. See Oenopota Morch.

Orthosurcula Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 151. Types
named are Pl. longiforma Aldrich (Red Bluff) and Surecula transversaria
Lamarck. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 222, refers this to Surcula s. s.

2 Otitoma JoUSSEAUME, 1898, Le Naturaliste, p. 106. Type, O. otitoma Jous- .
seaume, Le Naturaliste, 1898, p. 106. Red Sea (not seen). ?=—Philbertia
Monterosato, 1884.

Otocheilus ConrAp, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, 1865, p. 24. Type, Fulgoraria
mississippiensis Conrad, 1848. Eocene. Cited by Tryon Man., p. 159. This is
placed by Tryon in Pleurotomidae but is really a synonym or section of Lyria
in the Volutidae where Conrad placed it.

Oxyacrum CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Illustr., p. 274; 1896, Essais Pal., p. 82. Type
Pl. obliterata Deshayes. Eocene.

Paraclathurella Borrrerr, 1895, Nachrbl. d. Deutsche Mal. Ges., pp. 52, 56,
Type, Pl. gracilenta Reeve,+Pl. fusoides Reeve. Philippines. Small slender
Indopacific Clathurellas in the usually accepted sense.

Peratotoma Harris and Burrows, 1891, Koc. and Olig. Paris, p, 113, new name
for Homotoma Bellardi, 1875, not Guerin-Ménéville, 1829-38.

Perrona SCHUMACHER, Hssai, p. 218, 1817. Type, Murex perron Chemnitz,
Conch. Cab., vol. 10, figs. 1573-4, +-Perronia Gray, Syn., 1842. + Perroniuwm
Blainville, Dict. Sci., 1825, vol. 38, p. 528. The type equals P. tritonwm Schu-
macher, Essai, p. 218, 1817,+-Pleurotoma perronii Reeve, 1843,+ Murex perron
Gmelin, 1792.

Phandella Casry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 272. Monotype, P.
nepionica Casey, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 272, Upper Vicksburgian.
Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 223, suspends judgment for want of data.

Philbertia MontTEerosAtTo, Sin. Medit. 1884, p. 182. Type, Plewrotoma bicolor
Risso. philberti Michaud,+purpurea (Montagu) Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and
Dollfus, var. bicolor. Heterotomatae Bellardi, 1847, not Heterotoma Hartmann,
1844;+Bellardia Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, 1882, not of Mayer, 1870;
+Bellardiella Wischer, Man., Dec. 1883 (n. n. for Bellardia), not Tapp. Canefri,
July, 1883, type, Pl. gracilis ;+Comarmondia Monterosato, 1884, n. n. (p. 185)
for Bellardieila ;+Clathurina Melvill, Apr. 1917, type, Pleurotoma foraminata
Reeve ;+Heterostoma Cossmann, 1896, not of Bellardi, 1847. Group equivalent
to Clathurella Auct. not Defrance. Mangiliinae. Philbertia has the outer lip
thickened, lirate or dentate within when adult, pillar smooth, nucleus smooth,
rather elevated and acute. Differs from Glyphostoma by smaller size, less
brilliant surface, less fusiform profile, less contracted mouth and different
nucleus.

Phlyctaenia CossMANN, Cat. Illustr., 1889, p. 245. Type indicated Borsonia
nodularis Deshayes. Eocene of Paris. Not Phiyctaenia Hiibner, 1816, Lepidop-

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

tera. -+Phlyctis Harris and Burrows, 1881, new name. Hquals Cordieria
Rouault, 1849.

Phlyctis Harris and Burrows, 1881, Koc. & Olig. Paris, p. 113. New name
for Phlyctaenia Cossmann, 1889, not Hiibner, 1816. Equals Cordieria Rouault,
1849.

Pholidotoma CossMANN, 1896, Hssais, pt. 2, p. 111. Type, Fusus subheptago-
nus Orbigny. This belongs to the Volutidae, near Volutoderma et al., though
placed in Pleurotomidae by Cossmann.

Phymorhynchus Dart, 1908, Mus. Comp. Zocl. Bull., vol. 43, p. 258. Type,
Pleurotomella castanea Dall.

Pleurobela Kosett, 1904, Icon. Eur., vol. 3, p. 301. Sect. of Belomitra for B.
spelta (Monterosato) Locard. =Pleurobela Monterosato MS. :

Pleurofusia Grecorio, Mon. Claib., p. 33, 1890. Type, Pl. longirostropis
Gregorio, Mon. Claib., p. 83, 1890, a variety of Pl. servata Conrad. Species re-
semble a coarsely spirally sculptured Fusinus. Cossmann makes it a synonym
of Surcula (javana type),

Pleuroliria Grecorio, Mon. Claib., p. 88, 1890. Type, Pl. supramirifica
Gregorio, Mon. Claib., p. 38, 1890,=Pl. cochlearis Conrad, var. A Plewrotoma,
type of albida Perry, but smaller, the nucleus multispiral and acute (Casey).

Pleurotoma LAMARCK, Prodrome, 1799, p. 78. Monotype, Murex babylonius
Linnaeus, Amboyna. +Pleurotome Link, Rostock Samml., 1807, p. 118. Same
type.

Pleurotomella VrerRRiLi, 1878, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 5, p. 15. Type,
P. packard Verrill.

Pleurotomina Brecr, Amtl. Ber. Nat., Kiel, 1846 (1847), p. 115; new name for
Defrancia Millet not Bronn. Bela impressa Morch, sole species.

Pleurotomoides Bronn, Ital. Tert. Geb., 1831; Lethaea Geogn., vol. 2, 1838,
pp. 1062, 1064; new name for Defrancia Millet not Bronn.

Pontiothauma HK. A. SmirH, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, p. 2, 1894. Ist
species, P. miratile Smith. Malabar coast, 1,250 fathoms. Report on anatomy
see 8. Pace, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 28, p. 455, 1903.

Protosureula Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 144. Type, Pl.
gabbi Conrad. Hocene, Texas. Cossmann, Hssais, p. 221, 1906, unites this with
Surcula (javana) s. s.

Pseudodaphnella Borrrcrr, 1895, Nachrbl. d. Deutsche Mal. Ges., p. 58. Type,
Clathurella philippinensis Reeve. Shell a good deal like an Amphissa.

Pseudomata v. Martens, Sitzb. d. Ges. fiir Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, p. 19,
1901. Type, Pl. chuni v. Martens.

Pseudomelatoma Dar, 1918. Type, Pl. penicillata Carpenter.

Pseudoraphitoma Borrrerr, 1895, Nachrbl. d. Deutsche Mal. Ges., p. 56. Sole
type, Clathurella fairbanki Nevill. A Clathureila with Gemmula sculpture and
Drillia-like outer lip.

Pseudotoma Briard, Mon. Pl. 1875, p. 209. No type selected. 1st sp. P.
laevis Bellardi, which is mentioned by Fischer, Man., 1883, p. 589. Dall, 1908,
adopted Plewrotoma intorta Broechi as type. In Bellardi’s preliminary synopsis
of Pleurotomidae, 1875, he mentions Pl. intorta as the type and it is the sole
species given. Not Pseudotomia Stephens, 1852. Lepidoptera. Equals Acamp-
togenotia Rovereto, 1899, Syn., p. 8.

Pusionella Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 137. Type, Murex pusio Born,
1778. +Netrwmn Philippi, Avb., 1850, p. 118. Fusus nifat Adanson.

Raphitoma Bri~rarpr (1847) Mon. Pleur., pp. 10, 84 (1875) no type fixed.
Not Raphitoma Bellardi, 1878, Mon. Pleur,, p. 323. where vulpecula Brocchi,
which is a typical Mangilia, is cited by Bellardi as the type of the genus making
it a synonym of Mangilia. Raphitoma, as first established, was very hetero-

No. 2288. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAB—DALL. 831

geneous. In his preliminary synopsis Bellardi (1875) divides this group into
two sections, I, type R. vulpecula Brocchi, and II, type R. harpula Brocchi.
G. O. Sars, Norv., 1878, p. 218, tries to restrict Raphitoma (Bellardi) to spirally
sculptured species. Type, R. anceps (Kichwald),=Pl. boreale Lovén+ Defrancia
teres Forbes. The cancellate species he would leave in Clathureila. Cf. Teres
Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, also with R. anceps as type.

Rissomangilia MontTEROSATO, 1917, Bull. Soe. Zool. Ital., ser. 3, vol. 4, (sepa-
rate copies, p. 24). Type, Pl. bertrandi Payraudeau. Mediterranean,
=Cytharella Monterosato, 1875.

Rouaultia BELLARDI, 1877, Mon. PL., pt. 2, p. 228. Type Pl. subterebralis Bel-
lardi and Sismonda. 1 feeble plait on pillar, otherwise resembling Gemmula.
This is Cochlespira Cossmann, 1896, not of Conrad. Cossmann, 1906, Essais,
p. 221, unites Cochlespiropsis Casey (engonata Conrad) with Rouaultia.

Ruscula Casrty, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 161. Ist sp: Pl.
piicata Lea, Claibornian. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 223, suspends judgment in
default of data. ;

Savatieria RocHBRUNE and MABILLE, 1885, Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris, ser. 7, vol. 9,
p. 101. Type, S. frigida, Rochbrune and Mabille; also Moll. Cap Horn., page IT,
65, pl. 2, fig. 5, 1889. This, though referred to Pleurotimidae (sic), is obviously
an Anachis. Not all the species referred to this genus by Strebel, Zool. Jahrb.,
1905, are congeneric with the original type.

Scobinella Conrap, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ser. 2, vol. 1, p. 120, Aug.,
1848. Type, S. coelata Conrad, pl. 12, figs. 8, 9. Vicksburg. -+Zeclia Gregorio,
1890, not Desvoidy, 1830. Shell with four or five plaits, more like a slender
Mitra than a Pleurotoma.

Sinistrella O. Mryrr, 1887, Senckenb. Ber., p. 18. Cossmann, Essais, pt. 2,
p. 110. Type, “ Triforis” americanus Aldrich. Eocene. Small, sinistral;
spirally beaded. Cossmann (Hssais, vol. 5, p. 120) regards it as a sinistral form
of his Trypanotoma, 1893.

Sistenope CossMANN, 1889, Cat. Illustr., p. 298. LEssais, vol. 2, p. 183, 1896.
Type, kaphitome polycolpa Cossmann, Equals Pleurotomella Verrill, 1873, fide
Cossmann, 1896.

Smithia, MontTrerosato, Nom. Conch. Medit., 1884, p. 128. Monotype, Pl.
smithit Forbes,=striolata Scacchi. -+Smithiella Monterosato, 1890,—Bela s. s.
Not Smithia Maltzan, 1888, nor of Edwards and Haime, 1851.

Smithiellia Monrrrosato in Moll. Roussillon, vol. 2, p. 766, (1890?) 1908.
New name for Smithia Monterosato, not Maltzan, 1883. Spelled Smithiella in
Kobelt, Icon, Eur., vol. 8, p. 381, 1905.

Spergo Dart, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, p. 680, 1895. Type, S. glandini-
formis Dall. Hawaii.

Spirotropis G. O. Sars, 1878, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 242. Type, S. carinata
Philippi.

Steiraxis Daz, 1895, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1895, p. 15. Type, Pl. (St.) aulaca
Dall. Paucispiral operculum.

Strombina Grecorio, 1890 (not of Bronn, 1849). Mon. Cleib., p. 25. 1st sp.
Pl. stromboides Lamarck. Equals Gemmula Weinkauff.

Suavodrillia Dati, 1918; type, Drillia kennicottii Dall. Alaska.

Subulata von MarTENS, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1901, p. 17. Pl.
bisinuata v, Martens. Off East Africa. Martens refers this to Anton, 1839,
but Anton did not use the word in a nomenclatorial sense.

Surcula, see Turricula.

Sureulina Dart, 1908, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 48, p. 260. Type, S. blanda
Dall.

oD PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Sureculites ConraD, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, p. 2138, 1865. Type, S. annosa
Conrad, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 1, 1865, pl. 20, fig. 9, Shark River, N. J.
Eocene. Doubtful shell; aperture characters not known, sharp angle at shoul-
der, sutural band, sculpture feeble.

Surculoma Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 153. Type, Pl.
tabulata Conrad (+coelata Lea). Claibornian. Cossmann, Essais, p. 222, 1906,
makes this a section of Amblyacrum with wider sinus, bent canal and siphonal
fasciole with umbilical chink.

Taranis JEFFREYS, 1870, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. 5, p. 447. Type, T.
morchi Malm,

Teleochilus Harris, Austr. Tert. Moll., 1897, p. 64. Type, Daphnella gracil-
lima Tenison Woods, 1876. Tertiary of Australia. No suleus. Shell somewhat
like a thin Dibaphus.

Terebritoma CossMANN, 1892, Annuaire Géologique. Type, Mangelia solitaria
Whitfield. Cretaceous of Syria. Small, short canal, spirally corded.

Teres Bucquoy, DAuTZENBERG, and Dortrus, Moll. Roussillon, vol. 1, p. 86,
1882. Type, Pl. anceps Hichwald. -+Teretia Norman, new name, 1888. ?-+7'0-
mopleura Casey, 1904.

Thesbia JEFFREYS, 1867, Brit. Conch., vol. 4, p. 359. Type, 7’. nana Jetfireys
ex Lovén. Tvritonium ? nanum Lovén, Ind. Moll. Seand., p. 12. Mangelia nana
Forbes and Hanley, vol. 3, p. 461, pl. 112, fig. 8. Shell columbelloid, resembling
C. rosacea Gould, radula pleurotomoid.

Thetidos Hepiry, Funafuti Moll. Mem. Austr. Mus., vol. 3 ,pt. 7, p. 4738, 1899.
Type, T. morsura Hedley, Funafuti Island.

Tomella SwAINSON, Man., p. 314, 1840. Type, Pl. lineata Lamarck.

Tomopleura CAsry, St. Louis Acad., 1904, p. 188. Type, Pl. nivea Philippi,
1851. =Teres Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, 1882, p. 86, Pl. anceps
Hichwald. +7 eretia Norman, 1888, as emendation. P. nivea is unfigured,
from the description it should resemble albida Perry, virgo Lamarck and similar
species in sculpture but with a shorter canal, smaller size and more posterior
noteh. Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 220, refers this to Drillia s. s.

Trachelochetus CosSMANN, Cat. Illustr., p. 254 (1890 fide Zool. Record).
Hssais Pal., vol. 2, 1896. Type, Pl. desmia Edwards. Eocene. Equals Gem-
mula Weinkauff, 1875.

Tripia Grecorto, Mon. Claib., p. 37, 1890. Type, Pl. anteatripla Gregorio,
Mon. Claib., 1890, p. 38. Type, a small Surcula, feebly sculptured. In 1896,
Cossmann refers it to Crassispira Swainson as synonym. Cossmann restores it
to good standing, Hssais, vol. 5, p. 188, 1903.

Tritonimangilia K. Martin, 1914, Leiden Samm). Geol. Reichmus., vol. 2,
p. 126. Type, —— , Upper Oligocene, Java. (Not seen.)

Tropisurcula CaAsry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 1538. Ist sp.
Driilia caseyi Aldrich. (Red Bluff.) -+Tropidosurcula Cossmann, em. Essais,
1906, p. 222. Cossmann expresses no opinion for want of data.

Trypanotoma CossMANN (1893?) Essais, p. 109, 1896. Type, Pl. terebriformis
O. Meyer, Eocene. Differs from Oligotoma (equals Asthenotoma) only by faint
axial sculpture.

Turricula SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 217, 1817. Type, 7. fammea Schumacher.-++
tornatus Dillwyn, 1817, not of Bolten, 1798. (Not Clavatula flammea Hinds,
1844.) -+Surcuia H. & A. Adams, Gen., 1853, vol. 1, p. 88. Type, Mures
javanus Linnaeus. -+Surgula Weinkauff, Conch. Cab., p, 7, 1875.

Turris Bortin, 1798, Mus. Bolt., p. 128. Type, 7. babylonius Linnaeus. Not
Turris Montfort, Conch., 1810. -+Pleurotoma Lamarck, 1799, Prodr., p. 73.
same type. -+Lophiotoma Casey, 1904, p. 130, no type selected; 1st sp. Pl.
tigrina Lamarck. -+Tomopleura Casey, Trans. St. Louis Acad., 1904, p. 138,
P. nivea Philippi.

No. 22388. NOMENCLATURE OF THE FAMILY TURRITIDAE—DALL. 3338

Tylotia Mer.tvitt, Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. 12, p. 160, 1917; type, Pleurotoma
auriculifera Lamarck; new name for Clavus Auct., not of Montfort.

Typhlomangelia (M. Sars MS.) G. O. Sars. Moll. Norv., p. 241, 1878. Type,
Pl. nivalis Lovén. Pieurotominae.

Varicobela Casry, Trans. St. Louis Acad., vol. 14, 1904, p. 162. Type, Strom-
bus smithi Aldrich. (Red Bluff.) Cossmann, 1906, Essais, p. 223, suspends
judgment for want of data.

Veprecula Menyitr, Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. 12, p. 141, 1917. No type mentioned;
p. 188, type cited, V. sykesii Melvill and Standen.

Vielliersia MontTrerosato, Nom. Conch., Medit., 1884, p. 128. Type, Murer
attenuata Montagu, Pl. vielliersi Michaud, 1829. (Typographical error for Vil-
liersia.) Equals Villiersiellia Monterosato in Journ. de Conchyl., 1879, p. 117,
1890. Hardly differs from typical Mangilia. Not Villiersia Orbigny, 1837.

Villiersiella MontTEeRosAtTo in Kobelt, Icon. Eur., vol. 3, p. 380, 1905. New
name for Vielliersia Monterosato, 1884, not of Orbigny, 1837. ( Villiersia.)

Zafra A. ADAMS, 1860, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, p. 331. Not Zafra Coss-
mann, 1892. Type, Z. mitraeformis A. Adams. Columbella-like small forms.
Cf. also Teleochilus Harris. The Zafrae seem to be ribbed, the Teleochili
smooth or neariy so, recalling Bela laevigata.

Zelia Grecorio, Mon. Claib., p. 44, 1890. Type, Borsonia (Zelia) sativa
Gregorio. Pillar triplicate, outer lip internally lirate, exterior elegantly sculp-
tured. Not Zelia Desvoidy, 1830.

Zetekia Dati, 1918; type, Z. denticuiata Dall. Panama.

The following changes of names have been found necessary :

Pleurotoma sello new name for biseriata E. A. Smith, 1882, not of Conrad, 1834.

Pleurotoma aesara new name for asperulata BH. A. Smith, 1882, not of La-
marek, 1822. :

Pleurotoma aglaia new name for crassa KH. A. Smith, 1888, not of Edwards,
1856.

Pleurotoma agatho new name for flexuosa KH. A. Smith, 1882, not of Munster,
1835.

Pleurotoma alcippe new name for parilis E. A. Smith, 1888, not of Edwards,
1860.

Pleurotoma amymone new name for parva H. A. Smith, 1888, not of Conrad,
1830.

Pleurotoma antiope new name for recta EK. A. Smith, 1888, not of Anton, 1839.

Pleurotoma arethusa new name for reticulosa HE. A. Smith, 1882, not of Ed-
wards, 1860.

Pleurotoma roseotincta new name for roseobasis Pilsbry, 1902, not of BH. A.
Smith, 1888.

Pleurotoma berenice new name for spinosa Ki. A. Smith, 1882, not of Defrance,
1826.

Pleurotoma clymene new name for tenella KH. A. Smith, 1882. not of Mayer,
1858.

Pleurotoma enna new name for unifasciata BE. A. Smith, 1888, not of Deshayes,
1833.

Pleurotoma glauce new name for ventricosa BH. A. Smith, 1888, not of Des-
hayes, 1833.

£3 10 = ae rar
is

oth at et

Pict es
nivel See

’. ; ‘ , i. ri “a ini
oil Kieth ties HPOELE ec ehaa ate PEELE 0
ety es rons ‘ TF. : ite, +
ne TAN ECR. col 4 eee pe EDM, OED -, :
1 ( > ® al ‘ a -
Per seth Ae p Rhadeiogs tah} eS Be f pialhios ee ea

iy vara ie A

the, I ate ee at 4 ryt nee aftnat me ;
] y AeA ‘ ere i
$0) MOY)... PART | nV ea iiatA o engoe emadt oh gets es,

=e oe ontaif Wilt joaky omeorreeyy rant cm Ty
oh G8 Prsitinty Se rabiae

ie
: :
;
: rife aati wes)!
_ y
— « )< “ 1 sg 5 on ; "
7 * sada sa Yo hea ANSTO “i4 aii
ri cj PeN “ ” : Ce
‘ Oe Gr FO me ni Ko Bere) = We $ whe say i
— i, ey he sr Pt

1i% Aatte hai dif ve os: R; Ne

—
ur

yah rte
<

44 taf ad ‘a

At. ocean tay HAVO :
pene, Mate
J ny why 4

a oi smn aprol ve
{i Ate Ad é Pit"

si nee) ws

ATO) ae w(t) Tt eral & epee A ya pres
Pose ; wr, . A
ty ‘Wore OD Ine fttte NEO

Lan6

*
aa pa Sah ont A

Ht mt hs as Riel OE

aio v iy
Cet
Soy 4, se vo
OL wet HE, Got Sukatt WHE asheNt ©
Leh O Ris rut nn’ Perce ote 4 . ring a ‘He

ry heen Sud wy ah
it ‘iti it t.

<
Ve

. :
me

vi eae BC) ib

og Poy

ae By. bey bay phen |

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO.

By Harrison G. Dyar,

Custodian of Lepidoptera, United States National Museum.

This is the sixth paper describing new species of Lepidoptera
from Mexico. Most of the material is from that sent for determina-
tion by Mr. Roberto Miiller, of Mexico City, through the Bureau of
Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture. A few
species were left over from the previous donations of Mr. William
Schaus and Mr. B. Preston Clark, referred to in my fifth paper.

The present paper comprises 117 new species, 12 new genera, 1
synoptic table, and 1 reference to synonymy.

Superfamily PAPILIONOIDEA.
Family RIODINIDAE.

Genus CHARIS Hiibner.
CHARIS CRASPEDIODONTA, new species.

Fore wing with the margin incised between all the veins; hind
wing with the incisions deeper, the veins forming points, with groups
of spatulate scales lengthening them. Above, black; base of fringe
white on both wings; hind wing with a little red at anal angle.
Beneath, basal fourth of fore wing with red lines forming rings
filled by black spots; then a gray space, irrorate with white scales;
a median band of black, edged on both sides with red, touching two
black, red-bordered spots at end of cell, with some blue scales be-
_ tween and beyond them; a submarginal gray space, irrorate with
white; margin and the veins preceding, red, with two rows of blue
spots, the inner surrounded by black. Hind wing with the marbling
of red lines separating black spots reaching to two-thirds, some of
the black spots with metallic blue; a gray submarginal space; margin
as on fore wing. The blue spot in interspace 3-4 on both wings is
retracted. Expense, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21197, U.S.N.M.; Presidio, Mexico, May,
1913 (R. Miller).

1The fifth paper is in Proceedings United States National Museum, No. 2139, vol. 51,
1916, pp. 1-37, where reference to earlier papers is given.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2239.
335

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

Genus IPIDECLA Dyar.

IPIDECLA MONENOPTRON, new species.

Wings above dark gray, the fore wing with a patch of metallic
blue occupying nearly the basal half. Beneath, pale gray; fore
wing with a black shade on costal half to end of cell; hind wing
with the veins black-lined. Expanse, 18 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21198, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de eee Mex-
ico, February, 1913 (R. Millen)

Family LYCAENIDAE.
Genus THECLA Fabricius.

THECLA BUNNIRAE, new species.

Fore wing blackish, shaded with fulvous on basal two-thirds below
cell. Hind wing with light fulvous shading nearly to margin; a
fulvous spot at anal angle; tail at vein 2 long, at vein 3 short. Below,
wing gray, slightly yellowish tinted; fore wing with a straight white
line from costa to vein 2, edged within by fulvous gray. Hind wing
with a faint white line at end of cell; an outer angled white line
edged within with red, bent at vein 7, dislocated inward at the inter-
space 3-4, forming a slight W thence to margin; a terminal black
line preceded by white from veins 1-2; a black spot at tornus with
red before it; a powdery gray space; a black spot with orange cres-
cent before it in the interspace 2-3. Kxpanse, 21 mm.

Type. , U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico,
February, 1913 (R. Miiller).

THECLA VIGGIA, new species.

Black above; fore wing with a dark-blue shade below cell to three-
fourths; hind wing blue nearly to the margin; tail at vein 2 short, at
vein 3 long, with a white tip. Below whitish gray; fore wing with
a faint, narrow, dark ellipse at end of cell; immediately beyond, a .
curved gray band, edged within by fulvous, not attaining costa or
margin; an outer blackish line, white-edged within, bent at vein 5;
median space more whitish than base or margin. Hind wing with
the cell mark and band as on fore wing, the band with more red,
angled on the veins, produced downward along vein 1, without red
thence to margin; a submarginal light-gray line, lunate between the
veins, extruded between veins 4-6; margin with rounded dusky spots
between the veins; a black spot nearly enclosed by red in the inter-
space 2-3; a small black dot at tornus, with a little red before; black
specks in the interspace 1-2. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21200, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
May, 1906 (W. Schaus).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 337

THECLA NIPPIA, new species.

Fore wing blackish, shaded with light blue on basal third below
cell and in cell to its end. Hind wing blue to vein 6; fringe white;
a black terminal line; tail at vein 2 long, white margined and tipped;
tail on vein 3 short, white. Below, white; fore wing with faint
whiter outer line, dislocated at the veins. Hind wing with the outer
line slender, blackish, edged without by white, forming a shallow
W from vein 3 to margin; a faint submarginal line; a red spot in the
interspace 2-3 with outer black center; a black and red speck at tor-
nus. Expanse, 25 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21201, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero,
Mexico, January, 1911 (R. Miiller).

THECLA JANTHODONIA, new species.

Fore wing black, shaded with dark metallic blue below cell for
two-thirds. Hind wing blue almost to the margin; tail at vein 2
long, black; at vein 3, short. Below, dark slate-gray; fore wing
with a bluish white line from vein 9 to 2 just beyond cell, broken on
the veins, and a similar fainter submarginal one. Hind wing with a
blue dash below vein 8, one-third out; outer and submarginal lines
approximated, similar, of bluish, edged respectively within and with-
out with black, broken into spots by the veins; the outer line forms a
confused W from vein 3 to the margin, running into the submarginal
line; a large black space with blue scales at tornus to above vein 3;
a black spot and red crescent in interspace 2-3. Expanse, 25 mm.

Type.—Cat. No..21202, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
August, 1906 (W. Schaus).

THECLA VEVENAE, new species.

Wings black above, with dark blue luster, which reaches to the
margin according to the light. No tails, the anal angle a little hairy.
Beneath, shining dark green; fore wing gray along inner margin;
hind wing with traces of an outer broken white line with blackish
inner edging; a terminal black line on both wings, the fringe gray.
Expanse, 21 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21203, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
June, 1910 (R. Miiller).

Near 7’. semones Godman and Salvin.

THECLA MURIDOSCA, new species.

Wings black; fore wing violet blue in and below cell to two-thirds.
Hind wing tinged with blue below cell; a large patch of rough scales
nearly covering cell, around which the color is gray. No tails, the
anal angle a little hairy. Below glaucous green; fore wing brown

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——23

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

where covered by the hind wing; hind wing with an irregular outer
line, black within, whitish without, faint above vein 4; whole wing
irregularly sprinkled with black scales, forming patches outwardly
between the veins, most distinct in interspace 2-3. Expanse, 20 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21201, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus collec-
tion).

Family HESPERIIDAE.

Genus EBRIETAS Godman and Salvin.

EBRIETAS LACHESIS, new species.

Fore wing brown, with sparse sprinkling of yellow atoms; a large
round black discal spot, with tiny hyaline speck in its upper corner;
a single hyaline spot subcostally in interspace 8-9; an inner black
spot in interspace 1-2; an outer row, faint, excurved over cell; mar-
gin black shaded. Hind wing with basal, median and outer black
macular bands and margin black. Below, fore wing with the two
hyaline dots repeated, white; bands faintly indicated ; a double small
yellow patch above tornus. Hind wing with anal angle broadly yel-
low to one-third of wing, the yellow continuing as median and outer
rows of spots faintly to costa; fringe brown. Expanse, 34 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21210, U.S.N.M.; Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico,
December, 1913 (R. Miiller).

Genus BUTLERIA Kirby.
BUTLERIA PENAEA, new species.

Bronzy black; fore wing with small pale yellow spots; a rounded
spot in end of cell and elongate one below it under median vein; a
spot in line beyond this in interspace 2-8, one outward in interspace
3-4 and two subapical. Hind wing with an elongate spot in cell and
a curved row of three close together about middle of wing. Beneath
fore wing with the spots repeated, a little enlarged. Hind wing
with rather dense yellow irroration, the spots more numerous,
whitish; one in cell; a mesial row of five, nearly in line; an outer
row of seven, more irregular and smaller. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21211, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico,
July, 1915 (R. Miller). :

Genus CATIA Godman.
CATIA JOBREA, new species.

Fore wing bronzy black; costa broadly fulvous to two-thirds, just
touching the three subapical fulvous spots; a cuneiform spot in in-
terspace 3-4 and a small one as part of it in interspace 2-3. Male
stigma large, from vein 1 to median, followed by rough scales from
vein 1 to middle of interspace 1-2. Hind wing fulvous shaded over

NO. 2239 NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 339

the disk, with traces of outer spots between veins 3 and 5. Below,
fore wing fulvous above vein 2, the spots repeated; inner margin
broadly blackish. Hind wing fulvous over yellow, with faint outer
pale band on center of wing. Expanse,23 mm. ~

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21212, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero,
Mexico, May, 1913 (R. Miiller).

The female lacks the fulvous costal shade and stigma.

Genus PRENES Scudder.
PRENES HEMIZONA, new species.

Black with bluish reflection; fore wing elongate, outer margin pro-
duced to vein 2; fringe from vein 2 to tornus, white; white spots as
follows: A large cuneiform one in base of interspace 2-3; a quadrate
one above it in cell; a curved row of five beyond cell, the one in in-
terspace 3-4 quadrate, in 4-5 elongate. Hind wing with a white band
with rounded ends between veins 3 and 7, yellowish at the ends;
fringe white from vein 5 to tornus. Below, as above. Expanse,
40 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21213, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

An old specimen, without exact data.

Genus THESPIEUS Godman.
THESPIEUS GAYRA, new species.

Brown-black, the spots dull yellow-hyaline; fore wing with two
obliquely placed in end of cell; a row of three subapical ones, close
together; an oblique row of four large ones, above vein 1, in inter-
space 2-3, very large, in 3-4 and 4-5. Hind wing with a diffused
spot in cell; an outer row of four closely placed spots in a straight
sine; fringe pale yellowish. Below, fore wing as above, the spot in
interspace 1-2 diffused. Hind wing purplish shaded, the spots re-
peated ; a brown band at middle of wing between veins 1 and 8 and an
outer band between 1 and 7, the tornal area dark brown. Expanse,
40 mm.

Type.—Cat. No, 21214, U.S.N.M.; Naranjo, Guerrero, Mexico, 3,000
feet, August, 1906 (W. Schaus).

A second specimen from Mr. Miiller, without data, but presumably
from Sierra de Guerrero.

Genus LEREMA Scudder.

LEREMA HYPOZONA, new species.

Bronzy black; fore wing with arow of pale yellow spots; one above
vein 1, one in interspace 2-3 quadrate, in 3-4, two beyond cell, small
and extruded, three small subapical. Hind wing yellowish over the
disk. Below, washed with whitish; fore wing with the spots re-

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

peated, except that above vein 1. Hind wing much washed with
whitish, except toward apex; a broad, median, curved, whitish band
between veins 2 and 8. Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21216, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico,
February, 1916 (R. Miiller).

Genus PADRAONA Moore.

PADRAONA SOPHISTES, new species.

Brownish black, marked with fulvous; fore wing with a band
along costa to end of cell, forming a bar in upper half of cell,
obliquely cut at its end by the radial nervules; a band along inner
margin to two-thirds, joining the outer band that narrows above, is
indented at end of cell and ends at vein 7; fringe fulvous. Hind
wing with the inner area broadly fulvous, joining a broad outer band
that ends at vein 7; fringe fulvous. Below, fore wing shaded with
fulvous at apex, marks repeated. Hind wing all fulvous, the dark
parts above showing by transparency. Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21217, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
November, 1908 (R. Miiller).

PADRAONA INCULTA, new species.

Black, fringe touched with fulvous; fore wing with a fulvous shad-
ing along costa; an outer oblique band, cut by the veins, curved over
cell and dissolved into spots, leaving a subapical row of three. Hind
wing with a discal band between veins 2 and 6, and slight fulvous
shading on inner area. Below, washed with yellow; fore wing with
a large yellow discal spot; costa yellow; a black discal dot; inner mar-
gin black, running up into the cell on basal half. Hind wing yellow,
the veins yellow; a dusky marginal band, outlining an enlarged
repetition of the discal band above, yellow. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Cat. No. 21218, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

A specimen without exact data.

Superfamily BOMBYCOIDEA.

Family SYNTOMIDAE.

Genus ICHORIA Butler.
ICHORIA LEUCOPUS, new species.

Fore wing hyaline, the veins and margins black, a little broader at
apex; a large black discal spot. Hind wing hyaline with black veins
and narrow margin. Body black; a crimson spot at base of patagia
and narrow band at base of abdomen above; feet black, the hind
tarsi white above. Expanse, 21 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. 21219, U.S.N.M.; (R. Miiller).

A specimen without exact data. .

NO. 2239. _ NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 341

Family ARCTIIDAE.
Genus PERICALLIA Hiibner.

PERICALLIA PANNYCHA, new species.

Fore wing slaty black; hind wing deep blue-black. Body blue-
black, some crimson scales as bases of tegulae and behind the eyes.
Expanse, 41 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21220, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

A specimen without exact locality.

With hodeva Druce, this represents the large old world genus
Pericallia; but they are not in the least like them in appearance.

Family AGARISTIDAE.
MELANCHROIOPSIS, new genus.

Fore wing with vein 2 arising beyond two-thirds of the cell, 3-5
near its end, 6 from the upper angle, 7-10 stalked from the end of
accessory cell, 11 on accessory cell. Hind wing with vein 2 before
end of cell, 3-4 at the end, 5 from middle of cross vein, 6-7 at apex
of cell, 8 anastomosing very shortly near base.

Type of the genus.—Melanchroiopsis acroleuca, new species.

MELANCHROIOPSIS ACROLEUCA, new species.

Black; pectus, long hairs on second joint of palpi, border about
front, occiput, border to tegulae and tip of abdomen orange-brown;
fore wing bluish black, the veins slaty black; apex white. Hind
wing blue-black with white fringe. Beneath, a whitish ray on sub-
median fold of fore wing and on submedian and discal folds of hind
wing. Expanse, 45 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21221, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mex-
ico, June, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Family NOCTUIDAE.

Subfamily AGROTINAE.
Genus MESEMBREUXOA Hampson.

MESEMBREUXOA MELANOPIS, new species.

Head, thorax, and fore wing soft light gray; marks slender, black-
ish; inner line slight, coarsely wavy; claviform narrow, touching
the inner line, neatly outlined; orbicular an ellipse with central
black dot; reniform very large, elliptical, excavate without, with
black lunate central line and some dark suffusion in lower part;
outer line crenulate-dentate, with black and whitish points on the
veins; no subterminal line; a terminal black line, broken on the

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSHUM. VOL. 54,

veins. Hind wing sordid whitish, slightly fuscous shaded; veins
dark. Expanse, 35 mm.
Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21222, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).
A specimen without exact locality.

Genus EUXOA Hiibner.
EUXOA DISCILINEA, new species.

Light gray; fore wing with the reniform separated into two cusps,
the inner more angled and forming part of a distinct median black-
ish shaded line across wing; orbicular round, vague, whitish; traces
only of inner and faint outer line, blackish, the outer crenulate;
blackish shadings separated by gray along the inner third of wing;
a dark narrow crenulate terminal line. Hind wing gray, fringe
white. Expanse, 35 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21223, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico,
September, 1915 (R. Miiller).

EUXOA PARSIMONIA, new species.

Dark brown; fore wing slightly violaceous; a creamy brown costal
band between the lines, involving the subcostal vein; two creamy
lines on costa near base; inner line double, black, dentate on the veins;
claviform a black blur; orbicular a creamy ringlet; reniform creamy,
filled with brown; outer line black, crenulate, retreating on costa
and shortly angled; a pale dentate subterminal line close to margin.
Hind wing brownish, veins and margins broadly dark. Expanse,
35 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21224, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Octo-
ber, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily HADENINAE.
Genus NEPHELESTIS Hampson.
NEPHELESTIS SABATTA, new species.

Fore wing dark brown, a little purplish, shading to bronzy on
the darker markings; inner and outer lines purplish, paler than the
ground, straight but not rigid, the outer slightly outflexed at cell;
median space dark-filled; reniform and orbicular large, narrowly
confluent, pale-ringed, filled with dark purplish, the orbicular ob-
lique, the reniform kidney-shaped; marginal area dark purple; sub-
terminal line bronzy brown, broad, forming a projection at vein 3,
not attaining costa. Hind wing sordid pale, shaded with dark fus-
cous on the veins, discal dot and margin. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21225, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
September, 1914 (R. Miiller).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 343

EUMULLERIA, new genus.

Eyes large, round, hairy, not overhung by long cilia; tibiae and
tarsi unarmed; front full, without prominence; tegulae not ridge-
like; tongue well developed; vestiture of the thorax wholly of nar-
row scales; abdomen without dorsal crests.

Type of the genus.—Eumiilleria cliopis, new species.

EUMULLERIA CLIOPIS, new species.

Fore wing dark purplish, rather evenly mottled with blackish
spots, which are the fragments of the ordinary lines; a pale dot at
base of costa, an angle representing the inner line, a dot for outer
line and three subapical dots; claviform small, black; orbicular cir-
cular, black, outlined in olive-yellow; reniform large, flat without,
black, outlined in olive-yellow; an olive-yellow subterminal line,
distinet, angled inwardly subcostally and on discal and submedian
folds. Hind wing brownish gray, with faint discal dot. Expanse,
29 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21226, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

A specimen without exact locality.

Genus TIRACOLA Moore.
TIRACOLA NONCONFORMENS, new species.

Fore wing dark brown, finely sprinkled with minute white scales;
reniform small, circular, yellow-brown; subterminal line pale, near
margin, darker edged outwardly, slightly flexuous, widened sub-
costally ; other lines illegible, except the outer on its lower portion,
forming an arc of dark brown between veins 1 and 2. Hind wing
dark brown, almost as dark as fore wing except over base and fringe
where pale brownish appears. Anal tuft of male partly of dull
ocherous hairs. Expanse, 31 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21227, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

A specimen without exact locality.

Genus HYDROECIODES Hampson.
HYDROECIODES ASPASTA, new species.

Light creamy brown; fore wing with the stigmata large, full, pale
filled, with narrow obscure brown outlines, all similar; inner and
outer lines single, dark, nearly straight, dentate on vein 1; a dark
median shade line; margin dark, preceded by a vague pale irregular
subterminal line; a terminal black line. Hind wing translucent pale
grayish, with discal dot and terminal line. Expanse, 29 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21228, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Tabasco, Mex-
ico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller).

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

HYDROECIODES POTHEN, new species.

Thorax and fore wing reddish brown, the basal half of fore wing
more reddish; lines obscure, the inner and median as dark shades;
outer preceded by a dark shade, itself whitish, obscurely crenulate
on the veins; terminal space dark, preceded by a broken yellowish
subterminal line; scattered white scales over wings, forming four
dots on terminal half of costa and points at the ends of the veins;
reniform an indefinite powdery white area. Hind wing translucent
pale grayish, with dark veins, discal dot and terminal line; anal area
gray; costa yellowish. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21229, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

The specimen without exact locality.

Genus CHABUATA Walker.
CHABUATA SYGCLETA, new species.

Clayey brown, shaded with red-brown, leaving the costa and fill-
ings of the lines paler; terminal space narrowly blackish, as is the
fringe; reniform narrow, elliptical, black-ringed and black-centered,
white outwardly and sending a white spur close to vein 5; a black
dash at base; orbicular pale, with black central spot; lines indistinct,
doubled, the wing mottled with brown; many short black dashes
along costa. Hind wing sordid whitish over the disk; veins and
apex broadly blackish; fringe with pale basal interline. Expanse,
24 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21230, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep-
tember, 1914 (R. Miiller).

CHABUATA IOTA, new species.

Brown, rather dark; lines not contrasted; inner line single, angled
on median vein; claviform a slight angle; orbicular large, round.
slightly more reddish; a faint median dark shade, bent in cell; reni-
form elliptical, slightly paler filled, leaving a narrow line of bright
white and two dots on its outer edge and a dot on the inner angle;
outer line slender, dark, excurved over cell; subterminal space slightly
more reddish; terminal space the darkest part of wing, bordered by
a slender, slightly irregular subterminal dark line. Hind wing dark
gray, a little lighter over disk, with faint discal spot. Expanse,
26 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21231, U.S.N.M.; Zaculapan, Mexico,
September, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Genus ERIOPYGA Guenée.
ERIOPYGA CONSTANS, new species.

Light gray; fore wing with orbicular and reniform large, full,
filled with dark gray, pale-outlined ; lines obscure in male, more dis-

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 345

tinct in female, double, pale-filled; inner forming little arcs between
the veins; outer resolved into a series of black points along the veins,
distinct only on costa; subterminal line pale, irregular, preceded by
a dark shade; terminal space slightly darker-shaded. Hind wing
overspread with dark gray, the disk lighter, especially in the male;
fringe whitish; discal spot dark. Expanse, 29 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21232, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Also a male and female, all without definite locality, the female
labelled in Schaus’s writing: “ Hriopyga melanopis Ups. Subsp.;”
but I think it is distinct.

ERIOPYGA PHANEROZONA, new species.

Fore wing gray, irrorate with black; lines distinct, straightened,
without crenulation, of pale luteous with powdery dark edges; inner
upright, curved only at costa, far out, touching the orbicular; outer
line curving over cell; subterminal line similar to the others, nearly
straight; orbicular and reniform scarcely darker than the ground,
pale-outlined. Hind wing soiled whitish, gray shaded on the margin,
veins and discal dot; fringe white. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21233, U.S.N.M.; Tehuacan, Mexico,
June, 1910 (R. Miiller).

Labelled in Hampson’s writing: “ Hriopyga melanopis Hmpsn.
@ Subsp. 1;” but I think it is distinct.

ERIOPYGA PANSAPHA, new species.

Light purplish gray; fore wing smooth, with sparse black irrora-
tions; lines double, blackish, filled by the ground color, appearing
as double rows of spots dots, the outer distinctly resolved into dots,
the inner showing the crenulations; claviform invisible; orbicular
of the ground color, dotted-outlined in black; reniform similar, but
with little white specks in the outer edge; subterminal line lost.
Hind wing subhyaline sordid, veins and margin narrowly brown-

gray. Expanse, 28 mm.
Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21234, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

ERIOPYGA CACOEONA, new species.

Dark gray; fore wing with a black line at base, forked at its tip;
inner line coarsely angled, double, dark, paler-filled; claviform a
black streak; orbicular pale, dark edged; a black median shade-
line, angled in cell; reniform quadrate, black-edged, especially in-
wardly, paler-filled, but a little blackish-clouded and with a black
mark on vein 3; outer line pale, the black inner edge distinct, a
little wavy, running in on costa; subterminal space concolorous in
the male, darker in the female; subterminal line black, irregular
and rather sharply toothed; a terminal black line, followed by pale

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

dots on the fringe at the ends of the veins. Hind wing dark fuscous,
broadly pale on the disk in the male; fringe with the outer half
whitish. Expanse, male 27 mm.; female, 24 mm.

Type.—Male, allotype, female, Cat. No. 21235, U.S.N.M.; Mexico
City, Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus LOPHOCERAMICA Dyar.
LOPHOCERAMICA SIMPLICIFACTA, new species.

Thorax and fore wing dark purplish brown, sprinkled with a few
white scales, most thickly toward margin; lines indistinct broad
dark brown shades, the inner and outer showing traces of crenula-
tions, the median broader; stigmata lost, the reniform faintly indi-
cated in pale; a row of white terminal points at the ends of the
veins. Hind wing brown, dark, lighter at base, especially in the
male; a faint discal dot in the mate a pale line in base of fringe.
Seas: male, 31 mm.; female, 34 mm.

Type.—Male, Aarau formate: Cat. No. 21236, U.S.N.M.; Orizaba,
Mexico, October, 1913, and November, 1907 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily ACRONYCTINAE.
Genus ACRONYCTA Ochsenheimer.
ACRONYCTA YBASIS, new species.

Whitish gray; a purple-brown shade in subterminal space as far
up as vein 5; a strong black bar in base on submedian space, forked
at end; a dash on submedian and discal folds across subterminal and
terminal spaces; inner line indistinct and confused, much waved;
orbicular and reniform large, pale, black-ringed, and black-centered ;
a median line, distinct and double on the costa; outer line black,
double, the parts well separated, strongly excurved over cell; a
row of terminal black dots between the veins. Hind wing white,
washed with dark fuscous; discal dot, traces of outer line and
terminal shade dark; terminal dots as on fore wing. Expanse, 29 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21237, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

ACRONYCTA FUMEOLA, new species.

Purplish gray, banded with blackish; bands subbasal, median and
subterminal; ordinary lines narrow, black, between the dark shades;
inner line dentate, dislocated in cell; outer line excurved over the
reniform, touching it below, suffused with whitish irroration; reni-
form large, black-ringed, with whitish scales edging the ring within;
a terminal black line; fringe mixed with pale scales. Hind wing
soiled fuscous, shaded darker at the margin; fringe pale. Expanse
23 mm.

Type. Female, Cat. No. 21238, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 347

FOTOPSIS, new genus.

Fore wing without accessory cell; veins 7-10 stalked; front coni-
cally produced, rounded; abdomen without crests; palpi obliquely
upturned; fore wing with the apex pointed.

Type of the genus.—F otopsis sparganiotis, new species.

FOTOPSIS SPARGANIOTIS, new species.

Fore wing gray with a brownish ocher shade through cell, running
out to subterminal area between veins 3-5; many black dots, the
veins black-lined terminally; inner line broken into scattered dots,
with dots along subcostal and median veins; a dot far out for orbicu-
lar; reniform small, yellowish outlined, brown filled; outer lines re-
solved into black dashes on the veins; white points at projection of
brown area; black terminal marks between the veins: Hind wing
pale at base, gray-brown outwardly; veins and terminal line dark.
Expanse, 25 mm.

Type.——Male, Cat. No. 21239, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero,
Mexico, June, 1913 (R. Miiller).

BOUDA, new genus.

Fore wing with accessory cell; tongue absent; legs unarmed; front
without prominence; abdomen without crests; thoracic vestiture
chiefly of scales; hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with cell near
base only; thorax without crests; palpi oblique, the third joint por-
rect or upturned; veins 3-4 of hind wings separate, 5 somewhat below
the middle of the cross-vein.

Type of the genus —Bouda pallipars, new species.

BOUDA PALLIPARS, new species.

Fore wing gray, the subbasal space broadly and conspicuously pale,
with greenish tint; basal line black, indenting the pale space on sub-
median fold; inner line black, also dented on submedian fold; a dark
shade beyond it; a white point at end of the obsolete claviform; one
white point with black edge for orbicular, two points for reniform,
with a black patch beyond; outer line black, denticulate, excurved
over cell; a shaded irregular subterminal line; fringe checkered black
and white. Hind wing dark gray. Expanse, 20 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21240, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico
(R. Miiller).

Another specimen bears the date April, 1914.

BOUDA HIDALGONIS, new species.

Fore wing pale green; marks black, rather coarse; subbasal line
angular; inner line black, dentate on submedian space, the thick solid
claviform adhering to it; orbicular a black spot; reniform large,
clouded, with two white specks at its inner edge, filling out the angle

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

of the outer line, which is angled below on submedian fold; an ir-
regular subterminal line; terminal black dashes, followed by pale
green dashes in the fringe. Hind wing dark gray. Expanse, 21 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21241, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo,
Mexico, altitude 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston

Clark).
PUMORA, new genus.

Fore wing with an accessory cell; fore tibia with large stout claw
on the inner side; front with corneous process with raised edges and
central process, the process touching the edge below, which is drawn
in somewhat heart-shaped; proboscis long; eyes large; thorax roughly
scaled, but apparently not crested, the patagia not curled.

Type of the genus.—Pumora hyperion, new species.

PUMORA HYPERION, new species.

Head and thorax orange yellow; abdomen brown dorsally, dark
orange at base, tip and venter. Fore wing bronzy black; a broad
orange-yellow central band, cut by the black costal edge, widening
below, its inner edge more oblique than the outer. Hind wing bronzy
black. Beneath, bronzy black. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21242, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
September, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Genus CHALCOPASTA Hampson.
CHALCOPASTA CHALCOPHANIS, new species.

Male antennae serrate; frontal process sessile; wings rather broad.
Fore wing greenish metallic golden; costa brown, widening beyond
cell and cream color there, a narrow projection at basal third of cell;
reniform brown, confluent with costal area, with kidney-shaped brown
line; a brown patch at base on inner margin; fringe brown and cream
color; a row of faint brown submarginal spots between the veins.
Hind wing pale cream color. Expanse, 34 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21248, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico,
August, 1909 (R. Miiller).

CHALCOPASTA ANOPIS, new species.

Male antennae serrate; frontal process produced ; wings rather nar-
row. Fore wing greenish metallic golden; costa cream color with
brown scales, widening a little beyond cell, a toothlike projection at
basal third of cell; reniform cream color and brown, confluent with
costal area; a cream-color and brown patch at base on inner margin;
fringe brown and cream color, a row of faint brown submarginal
spots between the veins. Hind wing creamy white. Expanse, 30 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21244, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Sep-
tember, 1914 (R. Miiller).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 349

This species and chalcophanis difter from territans Hy. Edwards
in the absence of any gold in the reniform. The two here described
are closely allied but seem distinct in the details of structure cited.

Genus NOCLOA Smith.
NOCLOA LAMIOTA, new species.

Fore wing bright yellow; a shade of dark brown at base on costal
half, running out obliquely below orbicular to touch outer line at
submedian fold; inner line brown, double, strongly dentate on vein 1
and median vein; orbicular and reniform large, irregularly circular,
outlined in brown; outer line excurved gently above, brown, single,
dentate on vein 1; wing irrorate with red-brown, densest marginally,
defining faintly a subterminal line; a dark brown line in base of
fringe. Hind wing whitish, with terminal brown line; fringe faintly
brown. Expanse, 23 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21245, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, No-
vember, 1914 (R. Miiller).

NOCLOA BEATA, new species.

Fore wing white, irrorate with brown; markings in chocolate
brown; base brown on costa and submedian space; inner line forming
three arcs, enclosing two oval white spaces, cut by a fine brown line;
a broad bar for claviform between inner and outer lines; orbicular
and reniform large, full, brown outlined, and with duplicating cen-
tral rings; median line from reniform to inner margin; outer line
crenulate, excurved over cell, defining a white lunule in interspace
1-2, followed by a faint duplication; subterminal line fine, dentate;
a terminal line; fringe spotted. Hind wing white, with brown ter-
minal line. Expanse, 30 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21246, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Octo-
ber, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Genus STIRIA Grote.
STIRIA INTERMIXTA, new species.

Head and collar yellow; thorax purple and gray. Fore wing yel-
low, with gray-brown markings; an oval patch at base of vein 1;
« small square patch on middle of inner margin; a terminal border,
wide in the middle and including the fringe; traces of broken out-
lines of orbicular and reniform; a narrow outer line, not reaching
costa, and superposed spots before tornus below vein 2. Hind wing
whitish over the disk, the costa and outer margin with broad gray-
brown border; fringe pale, with brown interline. Expanse, 37 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21247, U.S.N.M.; Zaculapan, Mexico, Aug-
ust, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Allied to S. tschune Dyar, but differing in the color of the hind
wings and size of the spot on inner margin of fore wing.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

NEOPHAEUS, new genus.

Fore wing with accessory cell; fore tibia with a large claw on in-
ner side; head with a corneous plate with raised edges and central
process, not on the front, but on the anterior part of vertex; tongue
well developed; eyes large, round; thorax with rough scales; palpi
sharply upturned, much exceeding the vertex.

Type of the genus.—Neophaeus chalcospilans, new species.

NEOPHAEUS CHALCOSPILANS, new species.

Fore wing with the apex pointed; outer margin concave above;
bronzy brown, irrorate with white; a single outer line, slender,
brown, bent at right angles on vein 7. Hind wing silky whitish;
costal half and outer border shaded with light brown. Expanse,

31 mm.
Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21298, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus ANTAPLAGA Grote.

ANTAPLAGA VARRARA, new species.

Thorax and fore wing greenish yellow with slight fuscous tint.
Hind wing uniform dark fuscous. Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21248, U.S.N.M.; Tehuacan, Mexico, Sep-
tember, 1913 (R. Miiller).

ANTAPLAGA ALESAEA, new species.

Fore wing and thorax white. Hind wing sordid white; a faint
fuscous outer border. Below, fore wing dark fuscous, except costa.
Hind wing sordid white. Expanse, 20 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21249, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero, Mexico,
August, 1916 (R. Miiller).

The following table will separate the species of Antaplaga which
have the fore wings without markings:

Thorax orange.
Smaillereno; usconssStmusion ass —2 ea thoracica Hy. Edwards.
harcerse with, fuScous iSuiuslOM= ese ees suffumosa Dyar.
Thorax concolorous with fore wing.
Fore wing orange or greenish.
Hind wing pale; disk slightly dusky.
Cilia orange “CUIRe: 2 Parie Pima salacon Druce.
Cillax patient: :c airs oh PA ay ae ee composita Hy. Edwards.
Hind wing fuscous except on costa.
Fore wing yellow; hind wing of male

Daleonydisk= 22.2 es Se eee dulcita Schaus.
Fore wing greenish yellow; hind wing
all tusecous 32. 22 eee ee ee varrara Dyar.
Fore wing white.
Hind«wing black-browtu.]-=- ==-<=2-=——=.--=- pyronaea Druce.

Hind wing white, the edge gray__---_________- alesaea Dyar.

No. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 351

Subfamily ERASTRIINAE.
Genus COBUBATHA Walker.

COBUBATHA RUSTICA, new species.

Fore wing pinkish brown, shaded with gray; subbasal line faint,
whitish; inner line similar, more distinct; space between these
plumbeous gray; outer line white, nearly straight, shaded with
plumbeous beyond; middle space dark red-brown, with a little patch
of this color just beyond the outer line, representing the reniform;
subterminal line whitish, dentate irregularly, preceded by a little
plumbeous. Hind wing pale at base, dark gray outwardly; fringe
pale. Expanse, 16 mm.

Type.— Female, Cat. No. 21250, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
January, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Genus OZARBA Walker.
OZARBA IMPLORA, new species.

Fore wing blackish brown; subbasal line showing a white point
on costa; inner line with two white points on costa, else broken and
nearly obsolete; outer line with two strong teeth opposite cell, white,
even; a slender black median line, coarsely angled; reniform out-
lined in white within, powdery without; some black beyond teeth
of outer line in submarginal space, and three white dots on costa;
a slender white irregularly angled subterminal line; small terminal
black dashes. Hind wing blackish fuscous, with narrow black ter-
minal line. Expanse, 17 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21251, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Au-
gust, 1915 (R. Miiller).

OZARBA SQUAMICORNIS, new species.

Antennae of male thickened with black scales above to three-
fourths. Fore wing olive, shaded with red-brown on costa, margin
and fringe; an oval green discal spot without margins, inside the
reniform, which shows as a black speck; inner, median and outer
lines slender, brown, wavy, the outer doubled above and excurved
somewhat over cell; a faint subterminal shaded dark line; fringe
with black specks, especially one just below apex and at anal angle.
Expanse, 20 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21252, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus LITHACODIA Hiibner.
LITHACODIA SUBSTELLATA, new species.

Fore wing yellowish white, thickly irrorate with brown; lines pale,
only the outer legible, wavy, excurved over the cell; reniform of two

line; base of fringe yellowish with brown interline. Hind wing
slightly paler than fore wing, evenly irrorate; fringe as on fore wing.
Expanse, 22 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21253, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Au-
gust, 1915, (R. Miiller).

Near L. albidula Guenée.

Genus EUSTROTIA Hiibner.
EUSTROTIA DELTOIDALIS, new species.

Fore wing dark brown, irregularly faintly shaded with red, most
distinctly subapically; lines black; inner line angled; median line
straight, shaded ; outer line excurved over cell; orbicular round, reni-
form elliptical, both solid, black; a shaded subterminal line close
to margin; terminal line fine, black, crenulate, with whitish points
in the incisions. Hind wing fuscous, pale at base; an outer dark
line on inner half; terminal line as on fore wing; fringe reddish.
Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21254, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March,
1915 (R. Miiller).

Genus DIASTEMA Guenée.

DIASTEMA DOSCELES, new species.

Fore wing with a broad creamy area from base, shading to black-
ish on costa, cut by dark median vein and vein 1 outwardly, ending
in two arcs, of the large rounded claviform and orbicular; inner line
pale, double, of three arcs, crossing the pale basal area near its end;
median space narrow, filled with olive and black; reniform large,
cream-color, with an inner brown concentric ring, and dark shading
on its inner half; a narrow creamy area before the outer line, which
is double, slender, black, excurved over reniform and running in-
ward subcostally; subterminal line a black shade, wide on costal
third and forming an outward projection at vein 7; a broken black
terminal line; fringe with pale interline; hind wing creamy yellow-
ish, with dark outer shade-line, widest at apex. Expanse, 27 mm.

T'ype.—Male, Cat. No. 21255, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, June,
1915 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily HYPENINAE.

Genus MARGIZA Schaus.
MARGIZA PARTITALIS, new species.

Fore wing creamy brown for two-thirds, the terminal third dark
purplish brown; inner and outer lines slender, black, coarsely crenu-
late, broken into dots; a pale point for orbicular; reniform a trace;

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 353

a black subapical spot in the purple border, with a little light color
above it. Hind wing sordid whitish at base, with broad purple
outer border; traces of an outer dark line; black terminal dots be-
tween the veins on both wings. Expanse, 22 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21256, U.S.N.M.; Coatepec, Mexico, May,
1914 (R. Miller).

MARZIGETTA, new genus.

Fore wing without accessory cell; veins 8-10 stalked, 11 free; apex
of fore wing acute; palpi of female obliquely ascending, the end
joint porrect, about two times the length of head.

Type of the genus.—Marzigetta obliqua, new species.

MARZIGETTA OBLIQUA, new species.

Fore wing brown, irrorate with black; a red shade in median
space; lines pale, followed by blackish shades; inner line straight,
oblique, from inner third of inner margin to outer third of costa;
submarginal line parallel to outer margin, a little wavy; terminal
space dark; a row of black dots between the veins. Hind wing dark
fuscous, pale at base. Expanse, 18 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21257, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus MASTIGOPHORUS Poey.
MASTIGOPHORUS ASYNETALIS, new species.

Fore wing dark brown, shading to reddish just before subterminal
line; terminal space narrow, leaden black filled, with a black spot
just before apex and black terminal line; ordinary lines faint; inner
black, diffused, forming a spot in cell; discal dot black, small, with
some whitish scales; outer line blackish, dentate, irregular; subtermi-
nal line pale, waved. Hind wing gray-brown, darker on margin,
with blackish discal dot and traces of outer line. Expense, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21258, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico,
July, 1914 (R. Miiller).

ALESUA, new genus.

Fore wing with accessory cell; veins 7-9 stalked from accessory
cell, vein 10 arising from it, 11 free, but close to 10; palpi obliquely
ascending, the third joint smooth, oblique; fore wing of male with-
out vesicle; anal angle of hind wing not lobed; outer margin of
fore wing evenly rounded.

Type of the genus.—Alesua etialis, new species.

ALESUA ETIALIS, new species.

Fore wing gray, shaded with reddish brown along inner margin
and outer margin nearly to apex; reniform a thick black ellipse
3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——_24

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

with dash proceeding from it inwardly; orbicular a dot; lines indis-
tinct, wavy-crenulate, brown; subterminal line blackish, coarsely
wavy; a row of terminal white dots, preceded by black dashes;
fringe dark. Hind wing blackish, with spotted white fringe. Ex-
panse, 22 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21259, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus SCOPIFERA Herrich-Schiaffer.
SCOPIFERA INSURRECTA, new species.

Much as in S. lycagusalis Walker; smaller, the pale shade beyond
reniform less extended and less conspicuous; subterminal line a row
of pale dots without accompanying dark line. Expanse, 30 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21260, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

This may prove to be a subspecies when the locality is known.

Genus TAPHONIA Schaus.
TAPHONIA TESTACEALIS, new species.

Fore wing brown, shading to straw color at apex and in a small
triangular spot on costa at outer third; a dark brown shade along
costa and in upper fourth of subterminal space; discal dot a brown
ellipse, shaded with reddish; lines obscure, the subterminal most
distinct, wavy, dark; a terminal crenulate brown line. Hind wing
with faint outer line, followed by pale; margin as on fore wing.
Expanse 28 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21261, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus BOMOLOCHA Hiibner.

BOMOLOCHA DICIALIS, new species.

Fore wing dark bronzy brown, irrorated with black; inner line
lost; orbicular a black dot; reniform a small cusp, over which the
outer line makes a narrow loop, slender, black, a little grayish with-
out; subterminal line blackish, narrow, irregular; a terminal crenu-
late black line with faint whitish points at ends of veins. Hind
wing dark gray-brown, a little bronzy. Expanse, 39 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21262, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June,
1914 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily NOCTUINAE.
Genus OSTHA Walker.
OSTHA MEMORIA, new species.

Wings dark reddish brown, marked with light purplish gray in
diffused bands; some scattered gray at base; orbicular a thick ring;
reniform narrow; a broad spotted band obliquely from costa at outer

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 355

fourth to middle of inner margin; a patch at apex, followed by
traces of subterminal line; white specks in base of fringe at ends of
veins. Hind wing with a small discal bar; two outer parallel ap-
proximate bands consisting of irregularly lunate spots; termen as
on fore wing. Expanse, 21 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21268, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May,
1915 (R. Miller).

Genus PLEONECTYPTERA Grote.
PLEONECTYPTERA TRILINEOSA, new species.

Dark purplish gray; lines straight, rather broad, orange-yellow;
inner line with reddish outer edge, not attaining costa; reniform an
obscure dark ellipse; outer line a little oblique, from costa at five-
sixths to inner margin at two-thirds; subterminal line pale, faint,
wavy; terminal space filled with red; a broken crenulate black ter-
minal line. Hind wing with an outer yellow half line from vein 5
to above anal angle. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21264, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
June, 1914 (R. Miller).

Genus PARACHABORA Warren.
PARACHABORA PSEUDANAETIA, new species.

Fore wing purplish brown, shaded with blackish on the costal
half; orbicular and reniform large, full, of the pale color, indis-
tinctly outlined; only traces of ordinary lines; subterminal line
marked by a yellowish shading, distinct at apex; a row of terminal
dashes, not quite on the margin. Hind wing white, with narrow
dark fuscous border, staining the veins for a short distance; fringe
white. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21265, U.S.N.M.; Orizaba, Mexico, June,
1912 (R. Miiller).

Family LASIOCAMPIDAE.
Genus GLOVERIA Packard.
GLOVERIA CONCINNA, new species.

Dark brown; fore wing densely irrorate with pale yellow hairs;
lines brown, approximate; a white discal dot just beyond the inner
line; outer line with whitish outer border; subterminal line brown,
irregular below, smooth and waved above. Fringe of both wings
dark brown, with pale outer edge. Expanse, 67 mm.

Type.——KFemale, Cat. No. 21266, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
August, 1909 (R. Miiller).

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

GLOVERIA RUBICUNDENS, new species.

As in concinna, but the lines wide apart, normal. Expanse 66 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21267, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (Schaus col-
lection).

This may not be a distinct species from concinna.

GLOVERIA OBSOLETA, new species.

Very dark brown, with whitish irrorations on fore wing; lines
dark, obscure, the outer traceable; a faint whitish discal dot. Fringe
on both wings white-tipped. Expanse, 78 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21268, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo,
Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark). —

GLOVERIA SODOM, new species.

Dark brown, irrorate with white hairs, relieving two broad dark
bands, well separated, the outer curved; discal spot white, diffused ;
subterminal line dark, irregular, inbent at veins 2 and 5; edge of
fringe white. Expanse, 66 mm. ,

T'ype.—Female, Cat. No. 21269, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo,
Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark).

GLOVERIA LATIPENNIS, “new species.

Chocolate brown, irrorate with white, except in the upper three-
fourths of median space, which forms a dark band, in which is the
round white contrasting discal spot; subterminal line a waved series
of brown spots between the veins. Hind wing dark brown, with
yellowish white-tipped fringe. Expanse, 63 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21270, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus
collection).

Family NOTODONTIDAE.

Genus LEPASTA Moschler.
LEPASTA CONCORDENS, new species.

Similar to LZ. conspicua Butler, but the wing more elongate, the
markings less oblique; the subcostal area is pinkish throughout, the |
white band below it broken; submarginal band pinkish in the main,
its white edge indicated only; this band runs inward on submedian
fold and meets the basal band obliquely, not at a right angle, as in
conspicua; it is cut off from the band by a narrow line of ground
color. Expanse, 37 mm. (Conspicua, male, 30-33 mm.)

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21271, U.S.N.M.; Sixola River, Costa Rica,
March 29, 1909 (W. Schaus).

Another specimen, Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miller), has
not been made the type, as it was unfortunately damaged on the
setting board.

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM M#XICO—DYAR. 357

Genus SYMMERISTA Hiibner.
SYMMERISTA ODONTOMYS, new species.

Dark purplish gray; head, collar, and center of thorax wood--
brown; fore wing with a yellow-white costal stripe from apex to
outer third of cell, the veins in it white, and sending a white tooth
just beyond reniform; an angle on vein 7 and a slight one on vein 8;
lines obscure, blackish, double; subterminal line most distinct,
coarsely dentate, single; reniform a brown dash in a pale cloud;
some brown effusion beyond cell. Hind wing and abdomen dark
gray-brown. Expanse, 42 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21272, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
September, 1915 (R. Miiller).

POSTANITA, new genus.

Hind wing with vein 5 very weak, nearly absent; fore wing with
accessory cell; male antennae pectinated but not to the tips, of fe-
male, simple; vein 8 of hind wing diverging from subcostal near end
of cell.

If vein 5 be counted as present, the genus falls near Litodonta
Harvey; but that has vein 5 stronger, female antennae pectinate, and
fore wing below with long, downturned hair in both sexes.

Type of the genus.—Postanita decurrens, new species.

POSTANITA DECURRENS, new species.

Male.—Basal area wood-brown, narrow, limited by the subbasal
line, which is broken into dots and has a pale outer border; inner
space filled with dark purple-brown, running out obliquely on costa
and curving out along submedian fold, but resolved into a dotted
area along inner margin to outer margin at vein 2; outer field yel-
lowish wood-brown; a small fuscous discal dot; a gray shading from
cell to margin in a streak along vein 5 and patch above; some dark
brown subapical marks on costa. Hind wing whitish wood-brown,
costa and margin grayish; some brown marks at anal angle. Ex-
panse, 27 mm.

Type—Male, Cat. No. 21278, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Female.—Basal area of fore wing as in male, but the subbasal line
and a central are of the inner line distinct, limiting the purple area,
the former line dentate on subcostal and vein 1; discal dot very large,
round, black-brown; a wedge-shaped dark brown patch, beginning
on vein 5 beyond the cell and widening to subterminal line, where
it is diffusely cut off; subterminal line indicated below; a brown
dash at vein 2 on margin; clear area of wing more irrorate with
brown than in the male. Hind wing solidly chocolate brown. Ex-
panse, 31 mm.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54,

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21273, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, June
1912 (R. Miiller).

Genus PSILACRON Felder.
PSILACRON EUGRAPHICA, new species.

Violaceous gray, shaded with yellowish (green when fresh),
especially in a spot in fork of veins 8-4; inner line oblique, double,
straight, distinct between median vein and margin; a rounded black
patch in basal space; a dark shade in cell; discal dot brown, rounded,
lunate, in a narrow pale space; outer line dark brown, single,
excurved over base of 3-4; subterminal line a distinct dark brown
dentate band costa to vein 6, lost below except a small patch on vein
2; termen light violaceous, fringe with dark dashes at ends of veins.
Hind wing pale gray, anal area broadly dark brown; veins and apex
also brown; a double pale outer mark on costa separated by the
inception of a brown line. Expanse 37 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21274, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

PSILACRON MONOSTIGMA, new species.

Male antennae pectinated nearly to tip, but the last six joints
simple. Fore wing light greenish gray, perhaps green when fresh;
a white spot at base of costa and submedian fold, somewhat tufted ;
an inner area of black irrorations; discal mark a curved line, black
and brown, followed by a clouded patch; outer line indicated in
brown, crenulate and irregular, not curved; subterminal line a trace;
veins outwardly with black scales in uneven dashes, cutting the
fringe. Hind wing dark gray-brown, with darker broken terminal
line. Expanse, 40 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21275, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo,
Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark).

Genus SALLUCA Schaus.
SALLUCA AMATHYNTA, new species.

Fore wing soft light gray, shaded with olive green in a patch on
costa near base and subapically; lines very indistinct, brown, double,
scarcely legible; subterminal line distinct, a row of rounded brown
spots between the veins, yellowish-edged without and with white
suffusion within, the line incurved a little opposite cell; a row of
terminal brown dashes. Hind wing whitish gray, darker on margin;
fringe white; inception of a brown outer line shows on costa. Ex-
panse, 37 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21276, U.S.N.M.; “probably State of
Vera Cruz,” Mexico (R. Miiller).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 359

Two other females bear data, respectively: Misantla, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, June, 1909 (R. Miiller) ; Paso San Juan, Vera Cruz, Mexico
(Schaus collection). The latter is also labelled: “S. gramina Schs.
2 ;” but the association seems clearly an error.

Genus DICENTRIA Herrich-Schiffer.

DICENTRIA OBLIGATA, new species.

Fore wing gray, blackish-shaded, almost solidly for basal two-
thirds, the discal bar in an oval clear space; veins outwardly black-
lined ; a brown line in interspace 4-5; outer line pale, shaded, straight,
curving toward costa and obsolete above vein 6; a gray patch at apex;
lines on veins widened in fringe. Hind wing white, veins dark-lined ;
costa and outer margin narrowly gray; inner area brown; a blackish
patch at anal angle. Expanse, 42 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21277, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep-
tember, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Genus HEMICERAS Guenée.
HEMICERAS OBLIQUIPLAGA, new species.

Vertex of head white; thorax purple and brown, touched with
white posteriorly. Fore wing with costal edge not white; bright
red-brown, the median space more purplish, cut in a line from discal
mark to above vein 1, the anal area purplish; lines dark, faint, picked
out in specks of white scales on the veins, forming a line from vein
2 to margin, dentate on vein 1, and followed by red-brown; discal
mark vague, purple, oblique. Hind wing brown, lighter between
the veins. Expanse, 42 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21278, U. S. N. M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

A pair, agreeing well, are before me from Juan Vinas, Costa
Rica, January and November, 1909 (W. Schaus). The male has no
stigma on hind wing and comes close to H. muscosa Schaus, de-
scribed from Colombia, but extending to Costa Rica and Mexico.

Family EUPTEROTIDAE.
Genus CARTHARA Walker.

CARTHARA CRENULOSA, new species.

Fore wing gray, shaded with dark red about outer margin and
in spots on costa; veins 3 and 4 dark red; inner line obsolete; discal
black dots oblique, partly confluent; outer line purplish, double,
crenulate from margin up to vein 4; inner branch from vein 4 to
costa oblique; outer branch white, crenulate, preceded by olive
patches in interspaces 4-5 and 5-6, then a gray shade to costa; fol-
lowed by small rounded olive patches in 4-5, 5-6, 6-7 and 7-costa.

360 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

Hind wing all red, except yellowish hairs from anal area; outer line
dark, faint, distinctly white-edged above tornus, preceded there by a
black patch. Expanse, 33 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21279, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, No-
vember, 1915 (R. Miller).

Family GEOMETRIDAE.

Subfamily GEOMETRINAE.
Genus APICIA Guenée.
APICIA ABERRANS, new species.

Fore wing straw-color, thickly irrorated with brown, somewhat
mottled in median space; inner line brown, faint, arcuate; discal dot
round, blackish; outer line brown, distinct, irregularly flexuous, ex-
truded subcostally, inbent a little above vein 2 and nearly straight
thence to margin; no terminal line, the irrorations a little denser
there. Hind wing similar; discal dot small; outer line ending at
vein 7, less irregular than on fore wing. Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21280, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero, Mex-
ico, June, 1915 (R. Miller).

Genus BONATEA Druce.
BONATEA GRISEOLATA, new species.

Fore wing greenish gray, evenly colored, darker beyond the outer
line; inner line faint, angled in cell and submedian fold; discal dot
a black point; outer line forming an arc from costa to vein 7, with
some powdery white and lilac scales beyond, then oblique and nearly
straight to margin, purplish, and followed by white scales. Hind
wing with median area paler; discal dot small; outer line stopping at
vein 7; fringe concolorous. Expanse, 32 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21282, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico,
October, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Genus SICYA Guenée.
SICYA MEDANGULA, new species.

Creamy yellow, with pale gray strigae along costa and about anal
area, where there is a faint brown cloud, staining distinctly the lower
half of fringe; inner line faint, grayish, angled on median vein; a
round, dark brown discal dot; outer line from costa before apex to
outer third of inner margin, whitish, edged by gray within, smooth,
a little inflexed below. Hind wing with a discal dot; a mesial dark
line to vein 7; submarginal line dark, straight, from anal angle to
vein 8. Expanse, 32 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21283, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
January, 1915 (R. Miiller).

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 361

Genus CARIPETA Walker.

CARIPETA HYPERYTHRATA, new species.

Fore wing violaceous brown, with broad red streaks on the veins
beyond the outer line, separated by white and powdery black; lines
white, edged by dark brown toward the center; inner line oblique
with a blunt tooth on median vein; outer line angled at vein 6, in-
curved, projecting at vein 4, oblique inward to vein 2, thence outward
to margin; discal dot dark brown, surrounded by white, with a
brown shade following it; subterminal line represented by brown
dashes between the veins. Hind wing translucent, pale at base, bright
red outwardly; a brown discal dot; a faint outer line, angled a little
at vein 2, white at inner margin, red-edged within. Expanse, 39 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21284, U.S.N.M.; Mexico City, Mexico (R.
Miiller).

Genus SELENIA Hiibner.

SELENIA GYNAECON, new species.

Fore wing olive-green in median space, with dense brown strigae,
blotched and confluent; basal and terminal spaces solidly brown, ex-
cept at outer margin below apex; inner line brown, curved, waved,
lost in the concolorous strigae; discal mark slight, concolorous; outer
line red-brown, narrow, from costa before apex to outer fourth of
inner margin, bent a little at vein 2; some white scales subterminally,
forming a double spot above tornus. Hind wing dark brown; a
single outer line with a little green showing before it; wing nar-
rowly strigose in darker, not contrasting. Expanse, 41 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21285, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, June,
1912 (R. Miiller).

SELENIA EUCORE, new species.

Fore wing buff-yellow, shaded with brown, especially in median
space; scattered brown strigae; inner line brown, curved, strigose-
wavy; discal dot small, black, elliptical, slightly white centered;
outer line brown, running out in a blunt point to subterminal area-
on vein 7, oblique inward to vein 3, curved, bluntly toothed on sub-
median fold; subterminal line even, regularly arcuate, light brown;
a dark shade and strigae above anal angle. Hind wing with a brown
median shade, crossing the black discal dot; outer line brown, even,
gently curved; tornal area brown-shaded and strigose; subterminal
line as on fore wing. Both wings with the margin scalloped between
the veins; apex of fore wing falcate shortly. Expanse, 37 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21286, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
June, 1914 (R. Miiller).

SELENIA CACOCORE, new species.

Whitish, thickly irrorate with olive-brown, giving a sordid gray
tint; inner line brown, faint, angled in cell; discal dot brown, with

3862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

some reddish shading; a brown shade-line from middle of costa
curves out below vein 6 to outer line; outer line angled at vein
7, inwardly oblique to vein 2, curved, a tooth on submedian fold;
subterminal line even, arcuated; some purple and brown suffusion
above anal angle. Hind wing similar, the outer line irregularly
curved, not angled; subterminal area as on fore wing. Expanse,
40 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21287, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
June, 1914 (R. Miiller).

This may prove a dimorphic form of S. eucore.

Genus PHEROTESIA. Schaus.
PHEROTESIA DENTATA, new species.

Fore wing light olive brown, densely irrorate with black, some-
what mottled; outer line only visible, black, sharply but irregularly
dentate on the veins; discal dot small, black; a black cusp at origin
of vein 2; black terminal cusps between the veins. Hind wing sor-
did yellowish at base; outer half mottled with brown-gray; forming
a submarginal series of spots; discal dot small. Expanse, 29 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21288, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, June,
1914 (R. Miiller).

Genus NESALCIS Warren.
NESALCIS CEDIOPASA, new species.

Fore wing reddish gray, irrorate with black, a coppery reddish
shade beyond outer line; inner line black, thick, curved, spotted on
discal and submedian folds, its ends faint; discal dot round, black,
large; outer line black, thick, spotted on the veins, extruded at
veins 3-4, arched inward below vein 2; faint black dots for subter-
minal line; terminal line crenulate, forming black spots between
the veins. Hind wing similar; no inner line; outer line less irregu-
lar. Expanse, 33 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21289, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, July,
1914 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily HEMITHEINAE.
Genus RACHEOSPILA Guenée.
RACHEOSPILA CARA, new species.

Wings translucent, green, mottled with yellowish; fore wing with
the costa dark purple rather broadly; a terminal red-purple line, dis-
located on to the fringe at ends of veins; a straight outer line, purple,
edged with yellow, dotted on the veins; a little purple along inner
margin. Hind wing with the outer line curved, fainter than on fore
wing; termen the same; a little red-purple on inner margin at the end

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 363

of the line. Face purple, vertex white; three raised white spots on
the abdomen. Expanse, 27 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21295, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, March,
1915 (R. Miiller).

Near &. mustela Druce (Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Het., pl. 50, fig. 3),
but I think distinct.

Subfamily LARENTIINAE.

Genus TEPHROCLYSTIA Hiibner.
TEPHROCLYSTIA ANALIS, new species.

Fore wing rather pointed, dark gray, obscure; discal spot distinct,
black, rounded; inner line wavy, double, whitish-filled on costa; outer
line rather thick and black, broken, distinct only to vein 3; a sub-
terminal broad shade, dentate roundedly and a little whitish beyond,
also fading out below; a terminal broken black line. Hind wing
pale, unmarked over disk, a small gray discal dot; anal area broadly
irrorate with black, with traces of an outer line. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21296, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, Sep-
tember, 1913 (R. Miiller).

Similar to 7’. chrodna Druce, but the hind wing very different.

TEPHROCLYSTIA CHIMERA, new species.

Large, dark gray, a lighter area emanating from discal mark, which
is oval, black; lines faint; inner and outer double, blackish, the outer
angled inwardly subapically and a little whitish-filled; inner angled
in cell; subterminal line obsolete, marked only by some whitish scales;
a terminal black line. Hind wing gray, nearly unmarked to median
vein; anal area broadly black-scaled, showing a double outer pale
band, which is continued faintly across wing; discal dot blackish.
Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21297, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
June, 1914 (R. Miiller).

TEPHROCLYSTIA CAPITATA, new species.

Fore wing violaceous gray, reddish in median space; subbasal line
black, angled subcostally; inner line oblique, straight, touching the
discal dot with a sharp angle, then oblique to costa; discal dot round,
black; outer line curving from costa, parallel to inner line to vein 2,
then forming an outward angle on submedian fold; subterminal line
slight, blackish, wavy, with inconspicuous white patches. Hind wing
a little lighter than fore wing; a black streak along submedian fold ;
a thick black median bar from fold to margin; a faint outer double
black line; a black terminal line as on fore wing. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21299, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
March, 1914 (R. Miiller).

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

TEPHROCLYSTIA ENDONEPHELIA, new species.

Fore wing sordid wood-brown, irrorate with blackish, the costal
area blackish to discal spot; lines whitish, double, nearly straight,
the outer cutting the blackish costal shade; subterminal line obsolete;
discal spot round, black; a terminal black line. Hind wing blackish,
except costal area; a faint median whitish line across the black discal
dot; a more distinct outer whitish line, with outward angle in the
middle. Expanse, 14 mm.

Type.— Female, Cat. No. 21300, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
November, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Near 7. seminigra Warren.

TEPHROCLYSTIA MICROLEUCA, new species.

Pale gray, overspread with reddish, the cell remaining gray; sub-
basal, inner and outer lines black, irrorate and rather obscure, evenly
curved; outer line obscurely: double, forming a cream-colored patch
on costa, followed by red; subterminal line dentate, near the margin,
- with small white patches. Hind wing gray on costal half, reddish
on inner half; inner, median, outer and subterminal lines of black,
shown on inner margin, the outer only continuing faintly across the
wing; a small blackish discal dot. Expanse, 13 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21801, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
November, 1914 (R. Miiller).

TEPHROCLYSTIA SUPPORTA, new species.

Fore wing yellowish gray, thickly irrorate with black, leaving lit-
tle lighter patches especially in interspaces 3-4 and 6-7 between outer
and subterminal lines; inner line streaked, diffused, double, pale;
median vein dotted with black; discal dot narrow, blackish; outer
line double, pale, flatly crenulate, only a little curved; veins black-
dotted between cell and subterminal line; subterminal line crenulate,
whitish, forming spots in the interspaces 1-2 and 3-4; a broken termi-
nal black line; fringe spotted with gray and blackish. Hind wing
whitish to cell and unmarked, the inner three-fourths luteous gray,
with subbasal, median, outer and subterminal lines of blackish,
powdery, similar; fringe as on fore wing. Expanse 19 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 213802, U.S.N.M.; Guerrero Mill, Hidalgo,
Mexico, 9,000 feet (Mann and Skewes, gift of B. Preston Clark).

TEPHROCLYSTIA ALOGISTA, new species.

Fore wing thin, dark, violaceous brown; a purple subapical costal
patch; a round black discal dot; lines indistinct, wavy, blackish, ap-
pearing as irrorations or mottlings, the subterminal line picked out
by a row of little white patches. Hind wing gray, unmarked, except
along anal margin to median vein; gray there with five or six indis-
tinct lines and a white spot at tornus. Expanse, 20 mm.

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 365
Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21303, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).
Another female has the same label; two other females are marked:

Mexico City, Mexico, September, 1914 (R. Miller).

TEPHROCLYSTIA PERTACTA, new species.

Dark silvery gray, the markings black, distinct, sharply dentate;
basal area discolored to yellowish and illegible in three females before
me; a black discal dot in middle of cell and one in end; some fine
lines across median space; outer line sharply dentate, incurved be-
tween veins 7 and 3; two subterminal lines, parallel, dentate, coming
together at anal angle where there is a slight or large white dot; a
terminal black line, cut by whitish on the veins; fringe spotted black
and whitish, the black spots resting on the white specks of termen; a
pale shade cutting through the subterminal lines ffom opposite end
of cell to margin below apex. Hind wing with the costal half black-
ish gray; inner half yellowish in all three females, seeming dis-
colored; three median and one crenulate submarginal evenly curved
blackish lines; fringe scarcely spotted. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21304, U.S.N.M.; Misantla, Mexico, No-
vember, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Two other females labeled: Mexico and Orizaba, Mexico, August,
1913 (R. Miiller).

Superfamily TINEOIDEA.

Family NOLIDAE.
Genus ROESELIA Hiibner.

ROESELIA PSEUDERMANA, new species.

Fore wing silvery gray; a broad brown costal patch covering cell,
except for a basal incision, cut off sharply at outer edge of reniform ;
orbicular and reniform large, with raised scales, concolorous; inner
line an arc from between stigmata, curving in on submedian fold,
then lost; outer line slender, black, whitish-lined without, inbent be-
low vein 4 to vein 2, with a slight angle on vein 1; black lines on the
veins beyond; subterminal line running across apex to margin ;
angled inward on vein 6 and lost below. Hind wing whitish gray;
a slender gray outer line, excurved mesially. Expanse, 22 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21305, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May,
1915 (R. Miiller).

Family COCHLIDIDAE.
Genus SIBINE Clemens.

SIBINE PAUPER, new species.

Fore wing light violaceous brown, with shining dark streak along
submedian fold and subterminally; a single yellow dot subapically.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

Hind wing pale yellowish, costa and inner margin pinkish; a brown
spot on tornus. Expanse, 28 mm.
Type—Male, Cat. No. 21806, U.S.N.M.; Tabasco, Mexico, Decem-
ber (R. Miiller).
Genus EUCLEA Hiibner.
EUCLEA FUSCIPARS, new species.

Fore wing purplish brown, the outer area more purplish; a single
curved brown line at outer third, outcurved a little below vein 1c;
discal mark a faint cloud. Hind wing blackish. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21807, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Near Sisyrosea (?) asstmilis Dyar, but darker brown, the outer line
thicker and bent at vein 1. The species classified as Sisyrosea (%)?

belong to Hucleq.
Family ZYGAENIDAE.

Genus TRIPROCRIS Grote.
TRIPROCRIS ROSETTA, new species.

Head and anterior two-thirds of thorax dark orange; remainder
of insect blue black. Wings square and produced at apex, some-
what as in Harrisina, but not so extreme, the hind wing not reduced.
Expanse, 23 mm.

T'ype.—Male, Cat. No. 21308, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, July,
1916 (R. Miller).

Genus PYROMORPHA Herrich-Schiffer.
PYROMORPHA AURORA, new species.

Fore wing with the basal two-thirds orange, shading to rose pink
below median vein; outer third black; patagia orange. Hind wing
black, a rose-pink ray on basal two-thirds of costa. Expanse, 23 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21309, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, No-
vember, 1914 (R. Miller).

Genus GINGLA Walker.

GINGLA BEOVAVA, new species.
Black; fore wing bright red except the costa narrowly, inner
margin more broadly and broad outer border, widening obliquely
below. Hind wing red on costa from apex, covering cell, but cut

short by black at submedian fold. Expanse, 22 mm.
Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21310, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Family COSSIDAE.

Genus PSYCHONOCTUA Grote.
PSYCHONOCTUA POAM, new species.

Fore wing white, reticulate with gray; discal mark small, lunate;
inner line broadened on costa, but formed only of reticulations, not

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, 1905, pp. 375-376.

NO. 2239. NEW LEPIDOPTERA PROM MEXICO—DYAR. 367

a patch; an outer dark band of intensified reticulations, showing on
costa and inner margin; margin darker. Hind wing soiled white,
with a row of terminal dots in the fringe. Expanse, 42 mm.
Type—Male, Cat. No. 21315, U.S.N.M.; Mexico (R. Miiller).

Genus HYPOPTA Hiibner.
HYPOPTA ACTILEUCA, new spccies.

Fore wing with the ground white; a broad dark gray-purplish
shade, strigose, filled in and under the cell and around to costa,
leaving the median vein and cross vein broadly white; costa with
dark strigae and three white subapical patches; termen and outer
angle of inner margin broadly pale, with purplish strigae; fringe
white, mixed with gray. Hind wing whitish with large purplish
mottlings, heaviest at end of cell and staining the bases of veins 2-5.
Expanse, 25 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21316, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Jan-
uary, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Family PYRALIDAE.

Subfamily PYRAUSTINAE.
PLATYGRAPHIS, new genus.

Palpi weakly upturned, the first and second joints thickly fringed
with scales in front, the third naked and oblong, rather long; max-
illary palpi invisible; median vein of hind wing not pectinated
above; second joint of palpi about reaching vertex of head if turned
up; fore wing with vein 7 straight and well separated from 8;
antennae with the shaft not annulate, in the male unipectinate at
base, the basal pectenation long and spatulate.

Near Entrephia Lederer, but the last joint of palpi is blunt.

Type of the genus.—Platygraphis isabella, new species.

PLATYGRAPHIS ISABELLA, new species.

Fore wing white; subbasal line brown, oblique; inner line oblique
in reverse direction, straight; orbicular of two brown bars, from
subcostal to submedian fold, filled with fulvous; reniform of two
opposed arcs between subcostal and median veins, filled with fulvous,
which color also occupies costa, terminal space and tornal region;
a line from inner cusp of reniform obliquely to inner margin; a line
from outer cusp of reniform, recurved above tornus and nearly per-
pendicular to costa; marginal line submacular. Hind wing white;
median line forked on cell, filled with fulvous; outer line from costa
to vein 2, forming a short hook; subterminal and marginal lines
parallel to margin, filled with fulvous; fringe white, with brown
interline. Expanse, 16 mm.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

Type—Male, Cat. No. 21817, U.S.N.M.; Sierra de Guerrero,
Mexico, June, 1915 (R. Miiller).

An old specimen in the Schaus collection from Jalapa, Mexico, is
labeled: “Bocchoris sp.” in Hampson’s writing; but I can not make
it fall in that genus.

Genus BOCCHORIS Moore.

BOCCHORIS CONTORTILINEALIS Hampson.

Bocchoris contortilinealis Hampson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16,
p. 336.
Nacoleia verroniae Dyar, Ins. Ins., Menstr., vol. 5, 1917, p. 89.

I make this synonymy on the close general resemblance of the two
forms. Hampson described contortilincalis from Grenada; I have it
from Dominica, Jamaica and Cuba. J. varroniae I described from
British Guiana. The difference between Bocchoris and Nacoleia
Hampson gives as only “frons flat and oblique” in Bocchoris and
“frons rounded” in Nacoleia. Now, in contortilinealis, the frons
may well be described as “ flat and oblique.” The antennae set well
back and there is a distinct flattening before them. In JV. verroniae,
however, there is no perceptible flattening, the frons is convex and
the antennae seem normally placed. A structural difference, there-
fore, exists between the continental and insular forms, but I cannot
consider it specific and, therefore, not generic.

Genus SYNGAMIA Guenée.
SYNGAMIA SUBNEBULOSALIS, new species.

Fore wing gray-brown; inner line blackish, angled on median
vein; discal mark a bar, oblique, a little bent; outer line curved, from
costa to vein 2, black, white-edged without, preceded by white be-
tween the radial nervules, dislocated to a point under reniform and
continued obliquely to inner margin. Hind wing gray-brown; a
thick black line from end of cell obliquely to inner margin, followed
by white below vein 3; another outer bar from costa at outer third
to anal angle, followed by white from costa to vein 3; terminal line
black; fringe white, interlined with brown. Expanse, 16 mm.

Type—¥emale, Cat. No. 21318, U.S.N.M.; Cuernavaca, Mexico,
November, 1914 (R. Miiller).

Genus LYGROPIA Lederer.

LYGROPIA FALSALIS, new species.
Fore wing pale subhyaline yellow; costa purple brown; a spot in
base of cell, orbicular and reniform, fused to costa, each with a

yellow center; outer margin broadly purple-brown at apex, narrow-
ing below, widening again abruptly at vein 2 to inner margin; a

NO. 2239. NHW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 369

faint outer line, straight from costa to vein 5, bent out and lost,
faintly reappearing at outer third between vein 2 and inner margin.
Hind wing with narrow purple brown border, a little widened at
apex; a round black discal dot. Expanse, 19 mm.

Type—Female, Cat. No. 21319, U.S.N.M.; Rascon, San Luis
Potosi, Mexico, August, 1911 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily NYMPHULINAE.
Genus STENIA Guenée.
STENIA MONONALIS, new species.

Pale straw color, fore wing darker at tip; costa brown-powdered
to two-thirds; a dot on median vein at bast and on internal margin
farther out; orbicular a ringlet fused to costa; a dot below on sub-
median fold; reniform of two opposed cusps, touching costal stripe;
a waved line from it to inner margin; a black dot on costa at four-
fifths, from which a straight brown line runs to anal angle, dislocated
inward a little between subcostal and vein 4, angled on submedian
fold; crenulate terminal line and fringe dark brown. Hind wing
with a nearly straight line from discal dot to tornus; outer line from
costa at three-fourths to discal fold, angled outward, thence to sub-
median fold, again angled outward and becoming terminal; fringe
as on fore wing but mixed with pale. Expanse, 17 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21320, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May.
1915 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily ScOPARIINAE.
Genus SCOPARIA Haworth.

SCOPARIA STEREOSTIGMA, new species.

Fore wing gray, irrorate with blackish; a dark mark at base; inner
line whitish, angled on median vein and vein 1, followed by a broad
blackish shade, sharply limited; discal spot round, black; costa nar-
rowly dark, expanding beyond outer line; this whitish, narrowly
black-lined within, crenulate and excurved over discal nervules; a
dark shade from tornus; a whitish space subterminally, no distinct
line; terminal line broken. Hind wing sordid whitish, darker on the
edge. Expanse, 12 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21344, U.S.N.M.; Jalapa, Mexico (Schaus
collection). A worn female, apparently the same, Orizaba, Mexico,
July, 1913 (R. Miiller).

SCOPARIA ANADONTA, new species.

Gray, a little yellowish; fore wing irrorate with black; inner line
bent on subcostal vein, a broad blackish shade, pale within: discal

3348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54 25

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

mark strongly constricted on outer side, reddish-filled, B-shaped,
imperfectly closed below, joining costa by a shade; outer line whitish,
distinct, black-edged within, incised subapically, oblique and nearly
straight below; terminal space blackish-shaped, leaving a lighter
subterminal shade, curving in a little centrally; a row of black
spots in the fringe. Hind wing uniform soiled whitish. Expanse,
23 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21345, U.S.N.M.; Real del Monte, Hidalgo,
Mexico (Van Ostrand, gift of W. D. Kearfott).

SCOPARIA ANAGANTIS, new species.

Yellowish gray, pale; fore wing with a black dot on costa and one
on submedian fold farther out; inner line represented by a black
patch on costa, claviform-dash and mark on inner margin, joined by
dull luteous; discal mark quadrate, with round luteous center, a
projection at outer lower corner; a mark on costa above; outer line
whitish, excurved mesially, marked by a double black spot on costa;
a diffuse black shade subcostally and at tornus; a marginal pow-
dery black line, thickened in the middle. Hind wing soiled whitish.
Expanse, 18 mm.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21346, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico,
March, 1915 (R. Miller).

SCOPARIA CYCLOPHORA, new species.

Fore wing purplish gray, irroate with black; discal mark a large
black ring in a red-brown cloud, which reaches the outer line; a
little red-brown in the basal space; a black mark at base subcostally ;
inner line narrow, black, oblique, angled on median vein slightly,
edged within by pale; beyond, a broad black shade, ending in a
claviform enlargement; outer line whitish, excurved on mesial third
and edged by black dots within; 2 black shade at apex, tornus and
center of outer margin, relieving a bent subterminal whitish shade.
Hind wing translucent soiled whitish, darker on the edge. Ex-
panse, 17 mm.

Type.—Female, No. 21347, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, May,
1913 (R. Miiller).

SCOPARIA FLEXUOSA, new species.

Size and color as in 8. sabura Druce. Median area lighter gray,
less suffused with brown; claviform round, not a dash; dark costal
mark after inner line small, and sending a line along median vein to
reniform, which is well defined; outer line more strongly excurved,
the veins preceding it not dark lined; lower arm of subterminal line
absent, the whole anal area black. Expanse, 24 mm.

Type.—Female, No. 21348, U.S.N.M.; Chiapas, Mexico, May, 1915
(R. Miller).

NO. 2289. NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM MEXICO—DYAR. 371

Subfamily SCHOENOBIINAE.
Genus DISMIDILA Dyar.
DISMIDILA TOCISTA, new species.

Close to D. atoca Dyar, of the same size and color. Fore wing with
no white on costa; reniform with the following orange lunule and
two white spots distinct, without succeeding dark shade; inner line
black and thickened in the middle. Beneath, gray, the marks in-
definitely repeated, without trace of the peculiar whitening of /).
atoca.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 21350, U.S.N.M.; Santa Rosa, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, August, 1906 (W. Schaus).

The type of D. atoca is a male and this may be a case of sexual
dimorphism. .

Subfamily EPIPASCHIINAB.
ANARNATULA, new genus.

Palpi upturned; hind wing with vein 7 anastomosing with vein
8; veins 4-5 stalked; fore wing with vein 6 from the cell, 10 from
the cell, 4 and 5 separate; palpi with the second joint very long, in
the male containing a long pencil of pale hairs.

Type of the genus.—Anarnatula hyporhoda, new species.

ANARNATULA HYPORHODA, new species.

Fore wing brown; a broad white ray along median vein to outer
line, spreading and cutting off little brown specks between the veins;
two indentations above by the obsolete stigmata, which are marked
by brown on the veins; outer line white, angled at vein 5, straight;
a broken black terminal line. Hind wing orange red, apex and termi-
nal line gray; fringe white. Expanse, 13 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No, 21351, U.S.N.M., Chiapas, Tabasco, Mexico,
May, 1915 (R. Miiller).

Greatly resembles Druce’s figure, of Pycnulia sylea Druce,! but
too small (sylea, 16 mm.). Both are males and the present species
does not seem to vary in size. I have three females from French
Guana expanding about the same as the male (14 mm.).

Arnatula subfiavida, which I described from Panama, is still larger
(18 mm.). The three forms will be congeneric.

TAPEINOLOPHA, new genus.

Palpi porrect, thickened in the middle, down-curved at tip, short;
fore wing with veins 3 and 4 separate, 6 from the cell well below
apex, 7-9 stalked, 10 and 11 on the cell; hind wing with veins 2, 3,
and 4 well apart, 5 absent, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Type of the genus.—Tapinolopha variegata, new species.

1 Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Het., pl. 101, fiz. 24.

Si2 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

TAPINOLOPHA VARIEGATA, new species.

Fore wing elongate, narrow; carneous gray, sparsely black irrorate,
dark gray over the cell to outer line; costa broadly blackish to middle;
a black tuft in end of cell from which a narrow line crosses the wing,
arcuate between discal and submedian folds; within this a broad,
black band from discal fold to inner margin, incised in the middle;
diseal mark a black lunule in a small pale space; outer line blackish,
diffused, broadly sinuate; subterminal line a row of dots between the
veins, which are biack lined, nearly parallel to outer margin; a
terminal black line; fringe dark. Hind wing soiled whitish, with
rounded dot on upper part of cross-vein; a terminal dark line. Ex-
panse, 20 mm.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 21352, U.S.N.M.; Zacualpan, Mexico, May,
1915 (R. Miiller).

Subfamily PHYCITINAE.
Genus MOODNA Hulst.
MOODNA INANIMELLA, new species.

Dark reddish gray, the lines faint; inner line at middle of wing,
blackish, rather broad, angled in the cell; discal dots conjoined; outer
line blackish, dentate subcostally, a little extruded at veins 4—5, then
oblique and obscurely dentate; a terminal broken black line. Hind
wing translucent fuscous, whitish at base in the male. Expanse, male,
i8 mm.; female, 20 mm.

Cotypes.—Male and female, Cat. No. 21353, U.S.N.M.; male, Zacu-
alpan, Mexico, May, 1915 (R. Miiller); female, Orizaba, Mexico
(Schaus collection), labeled: “ Manhatta bisinuella Hampson, type
2,” but I find it wrongly associated with the male of Afoodna bist-
nuella Hampson,: which I consider the true type. It also resembles
M. lugubrella Ragonot, but the inner line is only a black shade, nar-
row and angled.

1 Romanoff, Mem. sur. les Lép., vol. 8, 1901, p. 268.

NOTES ON MIMETITE, THAUMASITE, AND WAVELLITE.

By Epear T. Wuerry,
Of the Bureau of Chemistry, United States Department of Agriculture.

The following brief papers are the results of studies made in the
mineral collections of the United States National Museum.

MIMETITE FROM UTAH.

A specimen labeled “ Penfieldite, Tintic District, Utah,” in a
United States Geological Survey collection, transmitted to the
museum in 1902 (No. 85013), was examined by Mr. FE. S. Larsen
in the course of his optical study of all available minerals and
found to be quite distinct from penfieldite in its optical properties.?
It has therefore been further investigated, and proves to be mimetite
in a rather unusual form—transparent, colorless, acicular crystals.
Crystals from what is evidently the same occurrence have been
described and figured by Farrington and Tillotson,’ but very few
forms were observed upon them. The crystals on the United States
National Museum specimen being rich in forms, this account of them
has seemed desirable.

The specimen is a 5 by 5 by 8 cm. mass of siliceous rock, containing
numerous small cavities lined with drusy quartz, and on one face
several imbedded galena crystals in an advanced state of alteration.
The mimetite crystals occur in the cavities, being especially abundant
on the galena-bearing side, and are subsequent to both galena and
quartz.

The thinner crystals are colorless and transparent, with an adaman-
tine luster; thicker ones have a faint yellowish hue and are more
resinous. The mean index of refraction of one of the needles,
measured on the goniometer by, allowing sodium light to be refracted
through faces lying 80° apart, proved to be 2.14-+0.02. Mr. Larsen
found by the immersion method in selenium-sulfur mixtures o=
2.14, «=2.18, both +0.02, agreeing eet with the results given
in a literature for mimetite.

i This paper was prepared while the writer held the position of Assistant Curator of
the Division of Mineralogy and Petrology in the United States National Museum.

2 American Mineralogist, vol. 2, 1917, p. 20.

* Wield Columb. Mus. Publ. 129, Geol. Ser., vol. 3, No. 7, 1908, p. 150, pl. 50.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—NoO. 2240.
373

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Two habits are represented among the crystals. The most abun-
dant habit, shown in idealized diagram -in figure 2, is acicular, the
crystals averaging 0.1 mm. in diameter and 5 mm. in length. Two
prisms are well developed, the second-order one being usually domi-
nant, both showing slight curvature and vertical striation. These
needles are mostly terminated simply by a basal plane, but occa-
sionally pyramid faces are present. ‘The other habit, represented by
a very few crystals, is similar to that figured by Dana for the min-
eral, a single stout prism terminated by pyramids of the same order,
the prism being horizontally striated like quartz, as shown in figure 1.
It might be supposed that two different minerals are represented, but
the angles of both types proved to be identical.?

As the average of a number of good measurements the 2 angle
_ of the principal pyramid was found to be 40° 02’, the value adopted
by Professor Goldschmidt in his “ Winkeltabellen”; the figure of
Haidinger (39° 50’), cited by Dana, being undoubtedly in error.
This makes the axial ratio c=0.7275 in the orientation usually
adopted for hexagonal minerals in this country (G,), equivalent to
c=1.260 in Professor Goldschmidt’s (G,) position. The angles of
the other forms shown in the figures correspond to this ratio. Not
only are all of the forms heretofore reported on this mineral present,
but two new forms, which are named @ (symbol 3032) and z (3031)
are also developed, the first on a crystal of the acicular habit, the
other on a prismatic one:

Pa calculated, 51° 34’, observed 51° 20’+20’.
p, calculated, 68° 45’, observed 69° 00’ +20’.

It was thought best to confirm the optical and crystallographic
identification of the mineral as mimetite by chemical tests. Removal
of sufficient material for a complete and accurate analysis would
have destroyed the specimen, but 0.0060 gram of acicular crystals
were picked out of inconspicuous cavities and analyzed as fully as
possible. The mineral is readily soluble in cold dilute nitric acid,
and from such a solution the chlorine was precipitated by silver
nitrate, and after removal of excess silver and evaporation the lead
was precipitated by hydrochloric acid and alcohol, the precipitates
being collected and weighed on a small Gooch crucible. Part of
the arsenic was volatilized by the evaporation, but hydrogen suifide
precipitated the remainder, and after removal of the excess of the
reagent and evaporation with nitric acid ammonium molybdate
failed to yield a precipitate, showing the absence of phosphorus.

iThe United States National Museum equipment not including a Goldschmidt two-
circle goniometer, all measurements of crystal angles described in this paper have been
made on the one in the Geophysical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution, and thanks
are herewith extended to Messrs. Wright and Merwin, of that laboratory, for their kind-
ness in placing this instrument at the writer's disposal.

NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITH, ETC.—WHERRY. 375

The results obtained were: Lead oxide 73.3, chlorine 2.5, arsenic
pentoxide by difference 24.7 per cent, agreeing closely with the theory
for mimetite.

This constitutes a good example of the value of optical study of
rare or unsual minerals. Had Mr. Larsen not examined this speci-
men and discovered that its optical properties differed from those of
penfieldite, it would in all probability have continued indefinitely to
be treasured as a specimen of that rare mineral, which it certainly
resembles in superficial aspect more than it does mimetite.

THAUMASITE.
CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS OF THAUMASITE.

The first thaumasite discovered, from several localities in Sweden,
was massive, but proved to be optically uniaxial, showing it to belong
either to the tetragonal or hexagonal crystal system, and it is so
classed by Dana.1

The material subsequently found at West Paterson, New Jersey,
was described by Penfield and Pratt as forming a loose aggregate of
hexagonal prismatic crystals.2, A terminated crystal has been re-
cently measured by Dr. W. T. Schaller;* it shows the base, 0001, a
pyramid p, taken as the unit, 1011, and a prism, m, of the same order
as the pyramid, the symbol of which is accordingly 1011. The angle
¢ between the pyramid and the base averaged 51° 30’, whence Doctor
Schaller calculated the axial ratio of the mineral to be c=1.09.

Early in 1916 Mr. James G. Manchester, president of the New
York Mineralogical Club, sent the United States National Museum
a number of minerals from New York and New Jersey in exchange,
and among the lot was 25 grams of crystallized thaumasite, repre-
senting about 50,000 tiny crystals, mostly less than 1 mm. in length.

The vast majority of the crystals, though doubly terminated, show
but two forms, the first order prism and the base, but three hours’
search under a binocular microscope disclosed five crystals showing
several distinct pyramidal faces and a few faces of the second order
prism. These were submitted to crystallographic measurement, and a
preliminary announcement of the results was made in August, 1917.‘

Shortly after the appearance of this preliminary announcement
there was received in this country from Stockholm, Sweden, the April,
1917, number of the Geologiska Féreningens Férhandlingar, in which
Dr. Gust. Flink announced the discovery of HAGE: aE of

Suctein of oe a 6 1892, p. 698.

On the occurrence of thaumasite at West Paterson, N. J. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 1, 1896, p. 229.

2'The crystallography of thaumasite ; in Ninsinaionital notes, Series 3; Bull. U. S. Geol.
Surv. 610, 1916, p. 130.

*Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 2, 1917, p. 89.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

thaumasite at Longbanshyttan.t. A supplementary note calling atten-
tion to this was then published in the American Mineralogist.?

The crystals described by Doctor Flink are remarkably like those
from West Paterson; they agree in size, habit, frequency of double
termination by base, rarity of pyramid faces, dullness of base, etchings
on prism faces, etc. He found two crystals with measurable pyramid
faces, on one of which two angles, from pyramid to prism, proved to
be 42° 24’ and 42° 26’; the corresponding angle with the base (¢)
is 47° 35’, whence the axial ratio c=0.9479. No other forms were
observed.

Some uncertainty would naturally be attached to a ratio based
on two measurements on a single crystal which was admittedly rather
poorly developed. When compared with the results obtained by the
writer on the New Jersey crystals, which are given in full below, it
will be seen that the difference between the two sets of measurements
is but 80’, and the corresponding difference in axial ratio 0.017; but
since the writer’s value is based on 26 measurements, on four forms,
on five different crystals, it is believed to be nearer the true axial
ratio for the species.

The crystals measured are from 0.5 to 1.5 mm. long and 0.3 to 0.7
mm. in diameter. The basal planes are dull, and yield only faint
reflections; the pyramid faces are none too brilliant, and are mostly
somewhat curved, so that they distort the image of the signal a little;
the prism faces are the best of all, yielding brilliant images, although
the existence of intergrowth with subparallel crystals makes itself
evident in frequent multiplicity of images. None of the termina-
tions is perfect, only from one to four of the possible six pyramid
faces being developed; nor were any of the crystals found to be
doubly terminated with pyramids; in every case the opposite end to
that showing pyramid faces is terminated by the base alone. This
suggests that the mineral is hemimorphic, but this could not be con-
firmed by etch-figures, since etching with dilute acids and with water
containing carbon dioxid yielded nothing but narrow grooves with-
out definite crystallographic features. The rather poor quality of
the faces renders the measurements somewhat unsatisfactory, but
the axial ratio of the mineral can certainly be regarded as estab-
lished and the presence of several new forms proved.

One pyramid appears on all five crystals, yielding fairly good reflec-
tions in several instances, and its g was found to average 47° 5’+19’.
This is evidently the same form observed by Doctor Schaller, the
discrepancy in angles being due to the fact that he was unable to
obtain definite signals with his crystal, and so was obliged to locate
the pyramid by maximum illumination, a method incapable of yield-

1Geol. Fér. Férh., vol. 39, 1917, pp. 447-452.
2 Vol. 2, 1917, p. 125.

NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC.—WHERRY. at7

ing accurate results. This pyramid is taken as the unit 101, and
yields the axial ratio for thaumasite:

e=0.931+0.008.*

Three other pyramids and the second order prism were also ob-
served, making the total number of forms now known on the mineral
7. The results of the measurements of the angles of these forms,
contrasted with the theoretical values, are given below, and an
idealized combination of all the forms in figure 3. The zone of
pyramids represents Professor Goldschmidt’s harmonic series N,,
three members being absent:

Form:, (OOlens!! 99200212023 OTN $032))iai oiossk 1080
1: P 1 2 3 :
Observed:; © gu Ae 6a fe 1 BE CIE, 98) eI
q 2 3 2
Aas! se ae, 3
iheory: Nee ceaO - - 1 - 3 2 inf.
3 2 3 2
The combination of forms on the separate crystals are:
Crystal No. Forms.
Deeease cose Eee, Saeed ee eS ks A ies Cc, a, M, e, p
Dlr She Peper cats elects ats Sie See ae ee erodes aed Sate derayict c,m, p, q
SP a oe peiets aia oe iste Es a oid, o AIM isi oat amine vice wis ee asc c,m, p, q
4 Ce ee ee en eo ae a ee eT ra) ten ap aver eae” a i AS tiles ght ie Reel bina a Cc, m, Pp, q
aged thse a cl el inal, a0 Alaiye ei Sama pedning ita tel bs C, a; Hl, Gp,
Majority Rue UR OOoR MURTY Be IY SIRO. ec, m
Measured and calculated angles of thaumasite.
[New forms marked *.]
Number| Number Measured. | Calculated.
No. Letter.| Symbol.| of | not ne. |
crystals. ments 'é |
§ p a= ? | p
| ° , ° , , ° , ° ,
es llr Ee flea ah ¢ 0001 5 | Tannese! DRAG Ait Sin aes ae 0 00
CNT Ga a a* 1120 2 2} 30 05 90 05 30) 30 00; 90 00
eee Lapp tani m 1010 5 | 28 0 00; 90 00 60 0 00} 90 00
ree oe SS Soe e* 1012 1 | 4} 0 00 30 00 120 0 00| 28 16
Sistecar eee {* 2023 1 2100 38 00 120 0 00| 35 38
anaes TOL SEE? 3 Pp 1011 5 10 0 00 47 05 15| 0 00| [47 05)
TER eee q* 3032 4 10; 0 00 58 00 30/ 0 00] 58 12

THE CHEMICAL CONSTITUTION OF THAUMASITE.

Thaumasite is one of the few minerals containing three different
acid radicals, carbonate (CO,), silicate (SiO,), and sulfate (SO,),
as essential constituents; is it to be classed as a carbonate, a silicate,

1 Axial ratios are often calculated to the fourth, fifth, or sixth decimal place, but when
there is a variation of 3 units in the third place such extensions are without significance

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

or a sulfate? Dana? placed it in a “concluding division” of sili-

cates. Penfield and Pratt® not only accepted its interpretation as
a silicate, but even wrote the following constitutional formula with
silicon as linking element:

HO—Ca—O O—C—O—Ca—OH

Nh
Si

HO”. NO Osa
&

Now that it has been discovered that sulfates played an im-
portant role in the zeolite deposits of the Watchung Mountain
region, which yield far more thaumasite than all other localities put
together, the view suggests itself that this mineral is a sulfate, a
derivative of anhydrite, as expressed in the structural formula
below:

O
O— C.—0-4_On

ae
Ca

SoG Ngee Ca oO ae

This formula agrees with the following facts:

1. Thaumasite is derived, in the Watchung Mountain region, by
the action on anhydrite (CaSO,), (or on the calcium sulfate por-
tion of glauberite (CaSO,+Na,SO,)), of solutions capable of de-
positing calcium carbonate (calcite) and silicates (zeolites).

2. It contains 15 molecules of water, but, as has been shown by Dr.
H. E. Merwin,’ 14 of these go off as the temperature is increased
without a break in the dehydration curve, and must be regarded as
“ water of crystallization; ” the last one is driven off only at red heat.
The formula given shows that two hydroxyl (OH) groups are pres-
ent, joined to different elements, which accounts for the high tem-
perature needed to cause them to unite and liberate water (H,O).

It is, of course, not to be inferred that in the crystalline mineral
the atoms are actually arranged in the manner indicated, for from
recent work in crystallography, especially the application of X-rays
to the study of crystal structure, it is known that the atomic arrange-
ment in crystals is based on geometrical rather than chemical rela-
tionships. Such a structural formula means, therefore, merely that

1System of Mineralogy, ed. 6, 1892, p. 698.
? Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, 1896, p. 229.
3 Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, 1914, p. 496.

NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC—WHERRY. 379

development of molecules of this structure in solutions led to the
crystallization of the mineral in the first place.

Thaumasite is, accordingly, regarded as a sulfate, and it is recom-
mended that it be described chemically as “ di-hydroxy-tricalcium
carbono-silico-sulfate, crystallizing with 14 molecules of water in the
hexagonal system.” It probably belongs in the same group as con-
nellite and hanksite, which are similar in crystallization.

CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS ON WAVELLITE FROM HEL-
LERTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA.

In an abandoned iron mine 1 mile southeast of Hellertown, North-
ampton County, Pennsylvania, the locality of the beraunite described
in an earlier paper in this series,1 wavellite has long been known to
occur, and in 1910 the writer found two specimens containing meas-
urable crystals, which are rarely met with in this mineral.

The wavellite is in acicular crystals in divergent groups in cavities
in ferruginous sandstone. These are very minute, rarely exceeding
0.1 mm. in diameter, but their faces are brilliant and yield fairly
good reflections, although subparallel intergrowth renders the angles
somewhat variable. The indices of refraction, measured by the
immersion method, are ¢=1.525, 8==1.535, and y=1.550, all--0.005;
the specific gravity is 2.825. The results of the crystallographic meas-
urements are tabulated below. The form p, (121), is best developed,
and gives reflections which can be read accurately to about 51; but the
results vary 30’ or more from one crystal to another, so that the axial
ratio can not be determined beyond the third decimal place. The
average angles for this form proved to be: g=41° 45’; e=47° 15’,
whence the ratios are: a:b:¢: =0.564:1:0.404. In all 8 certain and
several doubtful forms are present; one of their modes of combina-
tion is shown in figure 4; other crystals are like those figured by
Dana.

The forms are:

b (010) well developed.

a (100) traces, in the midst of striations of prism zone.
i (430) traces, in the midst of striations of prism zone.
m (110) well developed.

n (340) traces, in striations.

p (101) prominently developed, but dull.

s (111) minute, though fairly bright.

o (121) fairly well developed, brilliant.

All the material which could be spared without destroying the
specimens, amounting to 0.4 gram, was submitted to the firm of

1Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 47, 1914, p. 507.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Booth, Garrett & Blair, of Philadelphia, for analysis, and the re-
sults, obtained by Mr. Frederick Wynkoop, of that firm, were:

Analysis of Wavellite from Hellertown, Pennsylvania.

lausad 2 3
36.5 | 0.358| 3.03
33.4 | 0.236 | 2.00
is . 04
28.6 | 1.580 \ 13+
1ile|, eee | ee
5 nee RO

1. Results of analysis; the fluorine figure is known to be too low, but the
material available was insufficient for its accurate determination. 2 and 8,
ratios.

This agrees exactly with the Groth formula for the mineral,
(A1(OH,F)),(PO,),+5H,O, which differs from that adopted by
Dana in allowing for the fluorine and in recognizing the presence of
an additional half molecule of water. Written in expanded form,
this is 3A1,0,.2P,0,.13(H,O, 2HF).

THE AXIAL RATIO OF WAVELLITE.

A number of occurrences of wavellite have been studied crystallo-
graphically, but the axial ratios obtained exhibit slight variation,
as brought out in the following table, in which the determinations
are arranged in chronological order:

1 The locality was stated as “‘Cly, York Co., Pa.,’? but this is merely the site of the factory where
the wavellite was used as a source of phosphorus; the mineral really came from Mount Holly Springs,
Cumberland County.

This variation is undoubtedly due to the fact that the majority
of the crystals measured have been very minute and imperfectly
developed, subparallel intergrowth in particular being almost in-
variably present. There seems no good reason to assume that we
know the axial ratio of wavellite with greater certainty than +0.005,
so the values should be stated only to the third decimal place; but
the average values given are probably very close to those actually
characteristic of the mineral.

NO. 2240. NOTES ON MIMETITE, ETC. WHERRY. 381

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56.

The figures are somewhat idealized diagrams of the crystals described. New
forms are marked with an asterisk * below.
Fia. 1.—Mimetite, Tintic District, Utah; Prismatic habit; a combination of ¢ (0001),
a (1010), x (1011), y (2021), 2* (3031), and x (4041).
2.—Mimetite, same locality; acicular habit; c (0001), a (1010), b (1120), h (2130),
xz (1011), a* (3032), y (2021), s (1121), and m (2131).
3.—Thaumasite, West Paterson, New Jersey, showing all the forms observed;
¢ (0001), a* (1120), m (1010), e* (1012), f* (2023), p (1011), and g* (3032).
4.—Wavellite, Hellertown, Pennsylvania; a combination of 6 (010), a (100),
1 (430), m (110), n (340), and o (121).

ah Yd Ww

7 > vlad an asl
+ ! r
—_ ; ) SoG Tia
7 -
r wry
» wit (iT ‘ad x {or cea 7
é i eiiiaoet eirmea : ‘eth tOME vc oe 8
4 ee Py) . ao, bee a. f -
a pat Th eb J a7. % age ; 4h 26 fy 2 oe
o 4 Su 2 > 2S
i j Mad ; : are, aemtoh ee ae
‘ , " F r i. 5 ae a
re ‘ XK -t3, Pai

5
:
P4
A .
2 3
-
= d
-
— 4 bs al
/
*
© >
‘
5 ‘
en ‘
. ed be
: >
> ve
. : ef
m4 ifs are Pi
l a fi 4 4
{
+ 5 3
' * 4 .S
" Lal
: ro
. ¥ o* rey ,
. 2 a" ry Wale &
* a
i Lake We 453
meee PSPs ‘
L. jad AS 4
ae G
o ry . ‘
Pi : > é ,
: ~>% e
s ‘ ey . wees
: i ste” APS. WAM
>
oes - i ’ (7
iy . ; 3 i
vy ma HM
ny A .
_ oa naari
~ a
, + te ;
' ‘ Mite

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 56

G
SN As
SSS if
NS — ==.
NSN Ss
RS (hee ==
Ol = SS | =
— —_— —/| — —
pes! Lee
S| er I aaa
Za atm es
| a —
SS REASTOr Ap |
~ eee
Pasta aS So od
oa ee ee
See ae
Ss || SS) eee See =
Sail h esas a real es oe
Ss Se

CRYSTALS OF MIMETITE, THAUMASITE, AND WAVELLITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38]

eeu yy aay
i 7 7 a
ee 7 4 } ; .

A NEWLY MOUNTED SKELETON OF THE ARMORED
DINOSAUR, STEGOSAURUS STENOPS, IN THE UNITED
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By CHarites W. GILMoRE,

Associate Curator of Paleontology, United States National Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

The Stegosaurs were by reason of their large size, and ornate
dermal structure the more striking and characteristic of the large
reptilia that inhabited the northern hemisphere in Morrison time. It
should be said, however, that the family Stegosauridae is not con-
fined exclusively to North America, for specimens have been found
in England, France, and German East Africa that are but little
unlike the American representatives. At this time the origin of the
family is not known, though it is now generally believed that the
Stegosaurs had a bipedal ancestry, and that increasing bulk and
development of the dermal armor caused them to lose celerity of
movement, thus becoming sluggish, slow-moving quadrupedal crea-
tures of low mentality.

By the measurement of the brain cavity in the skull of Stego-
saurus it is found that the brain displaces but 56 cubic centimeters
of water and has an estimated weight of about 24 ounces. This small
organ directs the movements of a creature estimated to weigh several
tons, while the average normal human brain has a capacity of 900
cubic centimeters in a creature weighing from 130 to 150 pounds.

The most remarkable feature of the nervous system of this great
brute, however, is the enormous enlargement of the spinal cord in
the sacral region, which kas a mass of more than 20 times that of the
puny brain. At best the imtelligence of this animal was of the lowest
order, hardly more than sufficient to direct the mere mechanical func-
tions of life.

While the horned-dinosaurs, with skulls from 7 to 9 feet long, were
the largest headed land vertebrates the world has ever known, the
Stegosaurs are the smallest-headed when the great bulk of the body
is taken into consideration. The jaws are provided with a dentition,
made up of teeth so small and weak as to be always a source of won-

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2241.
; 383

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. O4.

der and conjecture as to the real character of their feeding habits.
They would at least appear to indicate that their food consisted of
the most succulent of terrestrial plants. The structure of the large,
broad feet suggests they were land-haunting, doubtless of low,
swampy regions rather than the upland, and such an environment
would be the more natural place to find the soft plant life necessary
for their sustenance. In addition to the small head, the great dif-
ference in the proportions of the fore and hind legs, the one most
striking external feature of Stegosaurus, is the unusual development
of the skin armor, consisting as it does of two parallel rows of erect
alternating bony plates that extend from back of the skull on either
side of the midline of the back nearly to the end of the tail; the tail
. being armed near the tip with two pairs of large bony spikes or
spines. There is also a considerable number of small rounded bony
ossicles that in life were held in the skin and probably formed a
mail-like protection to the head and neck. The primary purpose of
this armor must have been for defense, probably protective to the
extent of giving the animal a most formidable appearance rather
than actually useful as an offensive instrument.

While the fossil remains of these animals are not uncommon in
our museums, they consist for the most part of the scattered and dis-
articulated bones of the skeleton. Only rarely have fairly complete
skeletons been found and hitherto there has existed in our museums
but one mounted skeleton, that of the Yale University Museum in
New Haven, Connecticut, although now dismantled due to the tear-
ing down of the old museum building preparatory to the erection of
a new and more spacious institution.

THE MOUNTED SKELETON OF STEGOSAURUS STENOPS.

Thus the recent addition to the exhibition collection of the section
of Vertebrate Paleontology in the United States National Museum of
a mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops makes it the only skeleton
of Stegosaurus now on exhibition. Photographs as it appears in the
exhibition hall are reproduced in plates 57-61.

The present specimen is a composite skeleton—that is, made up
of the bones of more than one individual—but by following the type
of the species (No. 4934, U.S.N.M.) the most perfect single skeleton
known, as a guide, it is believed the mounted specimen gives a very
accurate conception of the skeletal structure of this animal. It is
based primarily on a specimen (No. 6531, U.S.N.M.) consisting of
the nearly complete articulated tail, sacrum, the greater number of
the dorsal vertebrae, pelvis, numerous ribs, and dermal plates. The
other bones introduced are from individuals found in the same de-
posit of fossils, known to the collectors as “Quarry 13,” located
about 8 miles east of the famous Como Bluff in Albany County,

No. 2241. NEWLY MOUNTED STEGOSAURUS STENOPS—GILMORE. 3285

Wyoming. None of the bones used in the mount were found more
than 90 feet distant in the quarry from No. 6531, which forms the
basis of the mount. It is quite possible that some of these bones
may have originally belonged to that skeleton. A considerable num-
ber of elements for which bones of the proper size and proportions
were not available have been restored. As is customary the restored
portions were given a color sufliciently distinctive to make them easily
recognized from the originals.

The skeleton as mounted measures 14 feet 9 inches in length be-
tween perpendicular uprights and 7 feet 11 inches high from the
base to the top of the dermal plate above the hips. The Yale speci-
men is much larger, being 19 feet 5 inches long, and 11 feet 103 inches
from the base to the top of the highest plate. The much smaller size
of the specimen in the United States National Museum may be
attributed not only to its pertaining to a smaller species but also to
the fact that the bones composing it were of individuals which had
not reached their maximum development.

The actual articulation of the skeleton brings out some features
in the proportions of the animal that would hardly be appreciated
in a study of the individual bones. The wide hips (see pl. 60),
necessitating a corresponding expansion of the posterior thoracic
ribs, the flat-sided anterior half of the body (see pl. 59), the rapidly
drooping tail, the pose being clearly indicated by the wedge-shaped
centra of the anterior caudals. In the latter respect this mount is
in striking contrast to the Yale specimen, which has the tail high
above the ground. It was particularly gratifying to find that when
the dermal plates were properly spaced above the backbone that
the number required was in close agreement to an earlier expressed
opinion ? “that. there are not more than 18 in the complete series of
flat plates.” In this specimen 19 were required to complete the two
rows, and it would now appear that, allowing for some variation
within the individual, there could not have been less than 18 or more
than 20 plates in the complete series. The greatest uncertainty yet
exists as to the exact number of cervical vertebrae. In the present
mount the first 12 vertebrae are considered as belonging to the neck,
thus leaving 15 of the 27 presacrals as pertaining to the thoracic
region. While the type of S. stenops has a complete presacral series
present, unfortunately those at the junction of the neck with the
body are so crushed as to render them valueless for determining
this important point. The cervical ribs are also partially unknown
and it is not at all certain that as restored from scattered elements
they represent the true shape or show the exact transition in form
from the first to the last.

1 Gilmore, C. W., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 355.
33483—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——26

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The other anatomical details of the skeleton of Stegosaurus have
been so fully covered in an earlier paper’ that no notice of them
need be taken here except to mention that the digital formula of the
forefeet is still in doubt. Following fragmentary evidence in the
form of several incomplete feet in the collections, they were restored,
as follows: Digit I, two phalanges; digit II, three phalanges; digit
III, four phalanges; digit IV, three phalanges; and digit V, two
phalanges. Digits I and IJ being terminated by broad, flat, hooflike
unguals; the other three digits terminated by short but transversely
expanded elements which in life were doubtless inclosed entirely
within the muscular mass of the foot, thus giving but little, if any,
external indication of their presence.

The fossil bones used in this mount were largely prepared by
N. H. Boss, preparator in the section of vertebrate paleontology,
who also modeled many of the missing parts. The actual mounting
of the skeleton is the work of Thomas J. Horne, preparator in the
same section, who is to be highly commended for the skill displayed
in overcoming the many difficult mechanical problems presented.
The inconspicuousness of the framework of iron necessary to sup-
port these fragile, though heavy bones shows for itself the highly
skilled character of the work. For the pose of the skeleton and
whatever anatomical discrepancies may be found I alone must be
held responsible.

Many of the bones used in the mount are described and figured
in Bulletin 89, United States National Museum, these being indi-
cated in the appended list of bones used in the mount.

Measurements of skeleton.

Length between perpendiculars____---___. 14 feet 9 inches.
Length of tail between perpendiculars___ 8 feet.

Greatest widthiof hips. 22722 =se-s4. 2 3 feet 2 inches.
Greatest height to top of highest plate-_._ 7 feet 11 inches.
Greatest width of shoulders____________. 2 feet 10.5 inches.
Heichtio shoulders: 2- iss) eee 2 feet 11 inches.
Hecht of elbowsere et eee 1 foot 8 inches.
Height! ofshipss— 28 oe ee). Bah oe 4 feet 10.5 inches.
eich tet ‘knee! 2:2 2 2 0) eit Us 2 feet 4 inches.

THE STEGOSAURUS EXHIBIT IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL
MUSEUM.

In 1904 a natural size life restoration of Stegosaurus stenops
Marsh (see pl. 62), formed a part of the United States National
Museum exhibit at the World’s Fair held in St. Louis during that
year. At the close of the fair it was returned to Washington and
there made a part of the exhibition series of the Section of Verte-

1 Gilmore, C. W., Bull. 89, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1914.

No. 2241. NEWLY MOUNTED STEGOSAURUS STENOPS—GILMORE. 387

brate Paleontology. This restoration was an enlargement to life-
size of a small statuette modeled by Charles R. Knight, the well
known artist and animal sculptor. Although according to our pres-
ent knowledge of the skeletal anatomy it is now known to be inac-
curate in some respects, taken all in all it presents a most striking
picture of the supposed life appearance of this curious animal.

In 1913 the type-specimen of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh the most
perfect skeleton known was prepared for exhibition. This skeleton
as now displayed (see pl. 61), shows the precise relative position
of every bone as originally found. Some important parts are miss-
ing, such as the distal half of the tail, hind feet, and some minor
bones, yet it is by far the most perfect example of a Stegosaurus
skeleton that has yet been discovered. The retention of the greater
number of the dermal plates in their original relationship makes the
specimen invaluable as a guide for the proper articulation of these
puzzling elements in subsequently discovered specimens.

Although some bones are missing and others are slightly disar-
ranged the position of the skeleton (see pl. 61) is that of an animal
which died a natural death, for such disarrangement as exists can be
attrivuted to the natural shifting of the bones rather than to their
having been torn apart by any of the contemporary predatory car-
nivores.

This exhibit of Stegosaurian specimens is now made complete by
the recent addition of the mounted skeleton previously described, and
the arrangement in the exhibition hall of these important specimens
as now displayed, is well shown in the reproduced photograph
(pl. 61). The three specimens—i. e., the mounted skeleton, the skele-
ton in relief, and the life-sized restoration—constitute a most com-
prehensive and interesting exhibit of this curious dinosaur.

It is further supplemented by a small model (see pl. 63) restora-
cion which I prepared in 1915 of S. stenops one-twelfth natural size,
based on the type of that species. In this model was incorporated
all of the evidence relating to its external appearance, accumulated
during several years study of a large series of Stegosaurian remains.
It was particularly gratifying to find, after mounting the actual
skeleton, that but slight changes were suggested as necessary either
in the proportions or pose of the model.

When compared with the earlier restoration made by Knight
(compare pls. 62 and 63), certain differences are to be observed. The
most important of these is a shortening of the body, thus bringing
the fore and hind limbs closer together; a reduction in the number
of erect skin plates; the transposition of the largest plate of the
series from above the hips to a point above the base of the tail; a
reduction in the total length of the head, and the changing of its
flat upper surface to a slightly convex contour which is more in

385 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOU. 54.

conformity with the evidence furnished by several skulls of this
animal now in the collections. Finally, the digits are represented
as being terminated by flattened hoof-like nails rather than by elon-
gated slightly curved claws as shown in plate 62.

The above corrections incorporated in this latest restoration (pl.
63) effect a considerable change in the proportions and general aspect
of this reptile, and were only made possible by the discovery of
better preserved specimens and the study of considerably greater
number of individuals than were available at the time Knight made
his restoration of this animal. It is to be expected that future dis-
coveries will bring about still further modifications in our present
conception of the life appearance of Stegosaurus.

List of bones used in the mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops. No. 8612,
U.S.N. M.

Catalogue : lp;
Bones used. numbers Field | Diagram

| U.S.N.M numbers. | number.
2S eee a ic = : |

C33 icy | bs = aap tp sence Nellans nt tea. enter ees, iets. jo ee nt ihe lat WE ote | 4935 180 4
Ripht dentarysicsecs a: .Seeemadss ee eee es ed ee eeeaten ee yes. Aa | 4935 | gy. 4) 180 | 4
NGS e semen sas cet oe ae cee cnc SEE oe wei oe onesie eee elon Been 4935 180 | 4
PRAGKAS SonEee fare at Baa BEA ae ale a A cs Bee nd eS Tie | 4935 180 4
*Tenthicervical vertebra. co -cacton= ca acsccceswectmetoee cece eaeceis 7348 123 4
*hirstidorsal vertebra a2) soe ee cee ee ke ee eee ee 6531 59 13
Secondidorsaltvertebras sa-.c ec ceeereas ccc onsen eee ne eE eee 6531 60 13
*Dhirdidorsalivertebraccsce coe cee ee ee ee eceme 6531 61 13
ROUTER OEsAlivente pra ae se eee amnesty ee Rr vie tN apes aa eye G5s1U Ese a eee 13
Sixthidorsalivertebratca xcs scot Misc ec eran ee cnet. eee eeeeneee Gis oan See 13
Séventhorsalgvertepract- secs career cee car ane cnane BOSE ances scsi 13
Mighthidorsalivertebras ess Pcsekee sesccws ete. cio teri aces eee | Gaaie $0.52 22 13
ININEHIGOLSH le MOLEe Dis sepa tee ae ate ee ee Eee oie ae eet o rents ' 6531 66 13
*Eleventh dorsal vertebra=ce-. . secon oe See: ee echoes Gasltee pes 3. 13
Tiwelithrdorsallverte bream meters eee oe te ee ee ree | O5dlclgcs. oe oe 13
Thirteenthidorsalivertebra eck ccm ilevies cee an cee ee eee bea | 6531) Eb nee does ac 13
DACA Verte brae secre cetera eee ee ee acenemmiee 6531 19 il
MiftH Cat Calsverie bre matte ke cen en eee ee ep DL Sak ee 6531 17 11
Sixth caudaltvertebra tes enn nce ee an eens NE Semen 6531 | 27 11
Saventh-caudalivertabras tees son orate ae eee Secs ee 6531 | 28 ll
Highthicaudaltvertepracerresee eee eee ae ccoene recone 6531 | 29 rb
Ninth caudaliverteb ras 5 ee gaa ae aoe Se DE ee cee 6531 30 il
Tenthi Cad aleverte prerce emer ee cce ae Rieen oe o eee | 6531 31 11
Bleventhicaudalivertebrace-- 4 techs stew hee oe eet. seers 6531 | 32 11
Twelfth cau Galsvente brace ce eee ee a soe ee ee se te ee am 6531 33 ll
Thirteenth, caw dali vertobnasee. yee otseis autos eee ea ee oe 6531 34 ll
Hourteenthycaudal vertoprac nc =o ee eee ae | Une BE Ne eee | 6531 35 11
Hiffeenthicaudaliverte bran a tese eee eee eee oe cole Se niae ere | 6531 36 | ll
Sixteenthieaud alivertatraces te coe eee ee ee ee ee ee eee 6531 37 i
Saventeenth.caudal vertehra aes oe dace eee e uae onoeene 6531 38 ll
ibighteenthicaudal verteDiaesn ee mee cote nee en ee eeeee eee 6531 39 11
Nineteen tineaizdal verte prac e ee oe ese niciae eens mete ice tae eens 6531 40 11
Ewenticthicaudaltverteprakecs sc sct cece een ee ee ceecide eee eee 6531 | 41 | 11
IRwoenty-lrst caudal vertebra vic. .c_ cet. seen eee. eee pee eee ee } 6531 | 42 | at
Mwenty-second:caudal vertebra.<< 2) (acces eeccc toast ene tee coche ene ane | G5aly eee ll
wanty-third eau dallivertepra t-te sears soe cee ceo omtaee Soto eee ce | 653s] ea eek ll
Twenbvyloureh caudal vertebrae co. eee ete mone eee eee | 6531 | 45 | 11
Twenty-hitthicaudal vertebra = sec. oe acess eee ee ee eee eee | 6531 | 46 ll
Twenty-seximcaudaliverteprac. case er secant ee eee eee ee ee (52 0 hl pecan Seeiie a* 13
Twenty-seventhi caudal: vertebra. jac ino< ace | Sree eee. «ogo ae spt 65S Ty ateereees er 13
Twenty-erehtMmesxudalyorteblaces te cat acces ccen ee ee ee eee cancel 5317 | Sees 13
Twenty-nint hiesud aluyervepras suc c Gecitesee ne ten ee cece eiebreeeaes aoe | G5Sel Shee sees 13
MHIinvietMCAnGaevertO Dane eee. ee ee Ate Ae Nae | Wei BERNE 13
DWhirky-fitsh CauGalverteplacsaece se cea seek ea tenee ce eee eee tera G53 Ts |reg= terraces 13
Mhirby-second: caudal VOEtepra ace eascines ae sees se Seiesosee ems | O5815 he ae cteeis 13
Mhiniy-thindiesmdalaverte play see aeeee oe ares eee nue va teen oe ee oes | 65a1n ee ee 13
Thinty-fourthicaidaliyerteprarccs scseescetes esas cadets -eeinace-caeees USM Sea aaose sec 13
Nhinbyatish\Candalvertebrases seems moe ences oe eter ne bo nae B5a1a oc ee eee 13
Thirty-sixthl caudal VOLUME sees cesta conekee sce s cecinces se Ciseisteiaeeale | (SSIs Baecesanoscs 13
Thirty-seventhicaudal wwerte pracser scmaae tee dacsas 4-5 i - eo eee ae 65a ahs eemenee 13
Thirty-cightMicaudalivertobrant emacs cc ase eee che eels <sisarcemees ober | PBA pa hk om 13
Thirty-ninthicandaliverteplas-.ee se eos ee eee eek une abeweaeaee (PECTIC ed eee ee 13
Rortieth camdalivertebra css aa cone eee ee ere cee ee eee | GHSIM Saeee tees 13
Forty-first caudal vertebra,...... Sue SRS ep oA EY MS ah BE ets GhS 1G esace scawaee 13

NO. 2241. NEWLY MOUNTED STEGOSAURUS STENOPS—GILMORE. 389

List of bones used in the mounted skeleton of See stenops. No. 8612,
U.S. N. M.—Continued.

Catalogue ‘ :
Field Diagram
Bones used. ae numbers. | number.
658M escbs ss cete 13
GO3Ta EE aeeneome se i 13
8) ae eerie 13
6531 14 13
7615 197 4
7615 196 4
7383 47 7
7615 185 4
7584 211 a
7584 212 4
7584 209 4
7584 208 4
7584 210 4
7584 9 5
7584 207 4
4714 43 7
6521 82 il
6531 45 13
6531 47 ll
6531 20 13
: 6531 43 ll
Dermal spines:
Nos: Wan digicams sete cite ae te bincee cin cls civiae ts win wlcle/n elsio sce cislecseicie 6531 18,17 13
NOS) Stan Ga eee merce pe eenemnms sacmince ccs cee seer aieinsiassiss es cee 6531 15,16 13
Remur: tighter eee eee conic sietsiele slots late aieleicieis oicisissisisisinieineisineisicee 7350 12 5
Remur: letts sewer conan ociae teec oe mascot awicina tien wiceiee balsisuain bec 4929 216 4
Diy iet or oe sels noe eae cmon eee te se eine oma oe nae eee moee 7380 75 5
Tibia, lett yeeros cee ee een we cate win cian Obieislaie's c.ojae sista e's eWolco isin cineigs | Sie amin nid a ata Maecenas esa ease's
Mibulamighteenecsee costes cme osesinasce= see merccrienseseesmebnee 7380 27 5
ALOT OD Iyer tas-, hs SOI EY SO = an a 7389 161 7
Scapulasripntemmessn esas eee enie cenincine s eecmcnicissencmee some ccc ecicee 7361 96 5
AScapiulamotiwee see sar eee ames ecsees seems «ae remaseneselecensseemreeeene 4929 184 4
Coracoideniph taepeeee senate © aaa ole solslnwielate ole eisieieiein o'elote es teisintete 7361 96 5
Coracoid, left........... 2112 197 7
Humerus, right 4929 212 7
Humerus, left.......... aie 4929 183 4
Ulna, right Sasa ee aeee eee ne 4929 202 7
Oia Lette coe sc teceeiae Meter teen ole ears aibioia is oretaelotaietatala ejareisiaiatatatefaimaia isan 4929 150 4
PVAGLUS rig Gis ee tees ne eee eee eats oisiata siclarcisicale neta eiascmiies 4929 16 8
FRAGIIS ROT EU pe ee aaa te ete Me IR 25S tierce Sesion eee od 4929 149 4
tami eh pees waite Lance eee oe eens acide lo mairine grate ine ieee es 6531 79 13
Him \lerG Ss eee a) ee ES See 5k is ones See eaters teens ssseeceme 6531 79 13
Pubes el erga mee ee ene sere aoe cee acre es cisicissictcisiswis sine sie einaeeieimee 6531 111 13
Pubes: loltses ase ca ecsae ote nee ceeeaas = caace nce sEegeiseminaas se BASS 6531 49 13
TSCHiamM TiS eeeme eee cele sels eiemetnasin sin <nielerln icici sieieinnieisisieieine 6531 51 13
Tsehiumey) cittesece sense eeee sete sete eee se aacisamecece mac sdecadete ne 6531 54 13
(ChE hr alan es She ee oel=coneegecaseococ UacuSConOsOSdOHE ede aboung0ds 7397 179 7
*Metatarsals I, II, and ILI, right foot........2..2...0..00.20eceeeeeee ee 4280 77 5
Metatarsals I, IT, and ITI, left foot..... (BI) | Amos cocge|PiaSshonaad
*Proximal phalanx, digit I, right foot.. 4280 77 5
Proximal phalanx, digit I, left foot... TGD2G Bente t= aqbee sch AS8s
Ungual phalanx, digit Dpright tootes.raneeesmns is ate oats tre elatatere\s 7369 74 5
Ungual phalanx, digit I, left foot......... Bop shadoadussarcooncessqeuK™ 7782 105 7
*Proximal phalangials, digits II and III, right foot oy
*Proximal phalanx, digit If, left foot............---.---.-..---------.- =
Ungual phalanx, dicistt) right 100t- =: «ecm ee ecciineeemeetince tee 7
Wngrual phalanx, dicit Me lelt foote.--s5- saccueescoseese sens eeee neers 7
*Ungual phalanx, digit III, right foot..................s2ss0ssssseeeee 5
Winare lefties - oo ccs ocaiisiee dajowidie are lacreretats steteio eeisisjeieimeisioiiciaisteee ee cine 4
Metacanpals sib Virand Vi lettecme > cosises sstseisce = iseinceeieteslelsees eines s 4
Metacanpalei rights. ooo once sins cariscemcnniveuiscecss ac eecmeciis carers 7
Proximalipnalanie dicit Ll: LerttOot. <2. cee scenes aenaasaesme cess cae 5
Third! cervicaliipwlettees so 55.5 = sc case ene = cceeee setene seem ce aeee %
Hirst: dorsalirib Meliss. -tecessssscesce
Second dorsal rib, right...............-
Second dorsal rib slettseeeeeme ee sosesces sacee emt eeeee
Miird dorsal rib, 1enoMMeM AG cen... Sccdesuddcasetaca Nas hud.
Bitthidorsal rib, cle ties see eee ee ee ee tec eee un site ye eee
Sixthidorsal rib, lettso. comma ee iis calvic ccice acs cca keememaceeusueste §
Sixthidorsalrib, righte se seem een ene cnc ac once acne eee eee Bee 6531 if 13
Seventhidorsal rib, right: See eesemees een co occ acc noc caneee oeecccwene 6531 75 13
Séventhidorsali rib; lefts seme seem taue cece vcnacieconeenasencmes 6531 e ee sees Leet 13
Mighth dorsalnib; loth... ccscsncemerenertne ace ccc tecccmcnemececciamees 6531 51 13
Hightihydorsalnib: right. slccsa. acc teteeeeeeiwecains sec coc celocacnce seca “131 158 4
INinthidorsalimip lett. ......s¢ asec s: Coe eee eu a. cccae tom mee nens 7731 sli 4
Riffeenth dorsalinib, right:<sasso-e~ <0 scooter eee w cn scles cclccencnesion OO0L |soceiew emsisins 13
SternalipOne MPHo..... .- - ce cameo o= semen seine Sin. wro ws Suiwatsie Saree 6531 87 13

* Those elements marked with an asterisk indicate they were figured in Bulletin 89, U.S.N.M. 1914.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

When numbers are missing in the above series of vertebrae, ribs,
etc., it indicates that those bones were entirely restored.

The position of the bones as found in the quarry may be deter-
mined by referring to the quarry map published as plate 37 in Bul-
letin 89, U. S. National Museum 1914.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PEATE Of.
Mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh. About 1/28 natural size.
Viewed from the right side.
PLare 58.
Mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh. About 1/20 natural size,
Oblique view of right side.
PLATE 59.
Mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh. About 1/14 natural size.
Viewed from the front.
PLATE 60.
Mounted skeleton of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh. About 1/14 natural size.
Viewed from the back.
PLATE 61.
View of the Stegosaurus specimens as exhibited in the United States National
Museum. 1. Mounted skeleton No. 8612. 2. Type of Stegosaurus stenops

No. 4934, shown as found. 38. Life-sized restoration of Stegosaurus stenops
No. 5794. Viewed from above. All about 1/63 natural size.

PLATE 62.

Life-sized restoration of Stegosaurus stenops in United States National Mu-
seum No. 5794. Oblique view of the left side. Original modeled by Mr. Charles
R. Knight in 1903.

PLATE 68.
Model restoration of Stegosaurus stenops Marsh. About 1/27 natural size.

Modeled by Charles W. Gilmore, 1915. Based on the type and other specimens
in the United States National Museum.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 57

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

O66 39Vd 3AS 3LV1d 4O NOILVNW1dxX3 HO4

3qIS LHDIY SHL WOYS ‘SdONALS SNYNVSODALS SO NOLAIANS

PLE. 58

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

‘O6E ADNVd BAS ALVW1d JO NOILVNW1dxa HOY

MAIA ANOIIEO ‘SdON3ALS SNYNVSODALS AO NOLSATISHS

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 59

SKELETON OF STEGOSAURUS STENOPS, FROM THE FRONT

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 390

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 60

SKELETON OF STEGOSAURUS STENOPS, FROM THE BACK

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 390.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 6!

STEGOSAURUS SPECIMENS AS SHOWN IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39)

. 0 = 1. aaa oe . t

OUNEECALL « : 4f., ky ee
Vo eather
yD ethene! a > ain eta

ry - a ee lute ie soar ‘el
i {

PL. 62

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

O6€ 39Vd 33S 3LlV1id AO NOILVNW1dxX3 HOY

WNASNIA] IVNOILVN ‘'S ‘(QM AHL NI SdONALS SNYNVSODALS AO NOILVYOLSSY G3AZIS-34sI71

PL. 63

PROCEEDINGS, VOL, 54

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

O6€ 39Vd 33S 31V1d 40 NOILVNV1dxX3 YO4

SdONALS SNYNVSODALS JO NOILVHOLSSY 1TaqGOI\

THE COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF THE ORDER
STREPSIPTERA TOGETHER WITH RECORDS AND
DESCRIPTIONS OF INSECTS.

By W. Dwicut Pierce,

Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

INTRODUCTION.

Since publishing in 19117 a number of additional species and new
records of the Strepsiptera as a supplement to the Monographic Re-
vision in Bulletin 66 of the United States National Museum, enough
new material has been accumulated to occasion this second supple-
ment. It is the expectation of the writer from time to time to con-
tinue this series of papers summarizing all the known material on.
this interesting order of parasitic insects.

Material has been received from T. L. Jones (Porto Rico), N.
Kourdumoff (Russia), T. B. Fletcher (India), F. Muir (Hawaii),
H. G. Champion (England), J. P. Kryger (Denmark), S. E. Crumb
(Tennessee), and H. F. Loomis, R. C. Shannon, and J. C. Crawford
(Maryland), and much of interest has been recently found in the
new acquisitions of the United States National Museum. Determi-
nations of hosts have very kindly been made by Messrs. Crawford,
Rohwer, Viereck, and the late Mr. Heidemann.

A large number of errata and corrections are noted herein. The
writer is under obligations to Dr. Karl Hofeneder (Austria) for cor-
rections of many of the errors, specially the bibliographic. The most
serious errors occur in the Genera Insectorum in the reference to
figures and were due to a recasting of the plates by the editors and
the addition of many small figures after the page proofs had been
seen. No mention of these figures was made in the text or explana-
tion of plates.

The same headings and letterings of paragraphs are used as in
Bulletin 66.

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1834, May 17, 1911, pp. 487-511.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2242.
391

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. _ VOL. 54.

BIOLOGY.

Mr. Austin H. Clark has called the attention of the author to an
analogy of the parasitic life of the Strepsiptera to certain of the
parasitic crabs. The sea urchin, Strongylocentrotus gibbosus is
parasitized by a soft shelled crab, Fabia chilensis, which enters the
host through the anal opening, while a larva, and lives in the
alimentary canal asa commensal. It causes a distortion of the shell.

The very degenerate crabs, Sacculina carcini, etc., live in the body
of other crabs and shrimps.

Mr. Ed. Foster has also called attention to the parasitic isopod,
Probopyrus bithynis Richardson of the Bopyridae, which is parasitic
on shrimps. The female in the final instar is merely a sac of eggs,
while the males in this stage are triungulinid form.

RELATIONS TO HOST.

1, Actual relationship to the host.

RECORDS BY SPECIDS.

ANDRENA NIGROAENEA Kirby.

Smith and Hamm (1914) found at Oxford, England, that the
female parasites greatly outnumbered the males. Their records are
based upon—

Twenty female bees 4 of which contained male puparia; 16 of which con-
tained females.

Fifteen male bees 4 of which contained male puparia; 10 of which contained
females.

The data given do not disclose the actual number of parasites con-
tained in the 35 bees, but it was evidently larger than the number of
hosts, as one specimen illustrated contained 3 females.

POLISTES ANAHEIMENSIS Provancher.

Prof. L. Bruner collected a male of this wasp at Auburn, Califor-
nia, July 238, 1915, with a female parasite behind the fifth dorsal
sclerite. :

POLISTES ANNULARIS Linnaeus.

Mr. L. T. Williams collected a female wasp at Omaha, Nebraska,
August 20, 1918, which contained 3 females in the fourth lateral,
fourth ventral, and fifth dorsal, and a male exuvium in the fourth
ventral segments. The females were full of triungulinids.

Messrs E. G. Anderson and H. A. Jones collected seven parasitized
females at Louisville, Nebraska, August 2, 1914. These seven wasps
contained 58 parasites, of which 52 were males, one with 11 males,
one with 8 males, one with 6 males, one with 5 males, one with 4 males

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 393

and 5 females, and two with 4 males. The parasites were located as
follows:

Five males protruding from the second segment, dorsal; 5 males protruding
from the second segment, lateral; total, 10.

Ten males protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 7 males protruding
from the third segment, lateral; 3 males protruding from the third segment,
ventral; total, 20.

Five males protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 2 males protruding
from the fourth segment, lateral; 3 females protruding from the fourth seg-
ment, ventral; 2 males protruding from the fourth segment, ventral; one female
larva in the fourth segment; total, 13.

Two females protruding from the fifth segment, dorsal; 1 female protruding
from the fifth segment, lateral; 2 females protruding from the fifth segment,
ventral; total, 5.

The males were all pupae. The largest number of parasites in a
single segment was 7 protruding from the third segment of the wasp
that had 11 parasites. These were located 4 dorsally, 2 laterally, and
1 ventrally.

POLISTES AURIFER Saussure.

Prof. L. Bruner collected a female wasp at Auburn, California,
August 14, 1915, with a female parasite behind the fifth dorsal
selerite. It was full of triungulinids.

POLISTES VARIATUS Cresson.

Mr. 8. E. Crumb collected a female on November 10, 1915, at Clark-
ville, Tennessee, with four empty male puparia, three in the third dor-
sal and one in the fifth dorsal segment. The contents of the body
cavity were very greatly crowded and reduced. On November 24,
1915, Mr. H. F. Lomis at Lanham, Maryland, collected five female
wasps, four containing one female each and one with a male pupa.
All the females occurred in the fifth dorsal segment, while the
male was in the fourth dorsal.

POLISTES BELLICOSUS Cresson.

The writer collected, on August 25, 1913, in the Santa Rita Moun-
tains, Arizona, a female wasp which contained four male puparia,
two behind the third dorsal, one behind the fourth dorsal, and one
behind the fifth dorsal segment. The wasp’s body organs were con-
siderably crowded. The ovaries contained one fully developed egg,
and all the others were very small.

ODYNERUS, species.

The writer collected on August 24, 1913, at Tucson, Arizona, a
female wasp which contained two female parasites, one behind the
third dorsal and the other behind the fourth dorsal segment. Tri-
ungulinids were crawling on the wasp’s body.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

ONCOMETOPIA UNDATA Fabricius.

Mr. George D. Smith collected at Thomasville, Georgia, a female
containing two female Dacyrtocara wndata, one behind the fourth
ventral and the other behind the fifth lateral plate. The leaf hop-
per died in captivity May 10, 1915, and was immediately placed in
alcohol. The two parasites completely filled the abdomen, having
absolutely emptied and destroyed the intestines, reproductive organs,
and all other abdominal organs.

STENOCRANUS SACCHARIVORUS Westwood.

At Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, in November, 1918, Mr. T. H. Jones
collected a large number of sugar-cane leaf hoppers, Stenocranus
saccharivorus, abundantly parasitized by Stenocranophilus quadratus
Pierce. A total of 150 leaf hoppers were obtained. On these leaf

hoppers the following data were made, as tabulated :
Unpara- Para-

Leaf hoppers. Sitized. sitized.
(ii male... -=— 2} ee i eR ie tek eR eg ee yal
49) female. 2. =e ene pape ee eyes ee 49 30
150 99 51

47.3 per cent of the leaf hoppers were males, 52.7 per cent females.

41.1 per cent of the parasitized leaf hoppers were males, 58.9 per cent
females.

70.4 per cent of the male leaf hoppers were unparasitized,. 29.6 per cent
parasitized.

62 per cent of the female leaf hoppers were unparasitized, 38 per cent parasi-
tized.

66 per cent of the leaf hoppers were unparasitized, 34 per cent parasitized.

The following data give more specifically the extent of parasitism
found in these leaf hoppers, bringing out the percentage of sexes of
the parasites and their relations to each other.

1 male leaf hopper with 2 male parasites*= 2 parasites.

11 male leaf hoppers with 1 male parasite =11 parasites.

i meile lead hoppers. walls ee 13 male parasites.

3 female leaf hoppers with 2 male parasites= 6 parasites.
13 female leaf hoppers with 1 male parasite =13 parasites.
16 female leaf hoppers with__-___._____-_-_____ 19 male parasites.
28 leaf hoppers swith 2223). (2 c2ss_ ere eee 32 male parasites.
2 male leaf hoppers with 2 feinale parasites= 4 parasites.
4 male leaf hoppers” with 1 female parasite= 4 parasites.
6 mate leaf hoppers withe =<." sa" os. Test 8 female parasites.

1 This arenecranie Bige, Coneeirad 1 dryinid panna
2 One of these also contained a dryinid puparium.

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THH STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 395

1 female leaf hopper with 3 female parasites= 3 parasites.
1 female leaf hopper with 2 female parasites= 2 parasites.
5 female leaf hoppers with 1 female parasite= 5 parasites.

fj@temaledeat hoppers: witheen= = 10 female parasites.
dovleat NOppers Withee. = eens et eer 18 female parasites.

1 male leaf hopper with 4 male, 1 female (5) parasites=4 male, 1 female=5
parasites.

2 male leaf hoppers with 1 male, 1 female (2) parasites=2 male, 2 female=4
parasites.

8 male leaf hoppers with 6 male, 3 female=9 parasites.

2 female leaf hoppers with 2 male, 1 female (8) parasites=4 male, 2
female=6 parasites.

4 female leaf hoppers with 1 male, 1 female (2) parasites=4 male, 4
female=8 parasites.

1 female leaf hopper with 1 male, 2 female (38) parasites=1 male, 2
female=83 parasites.

7 female leaf hoppers with 9 male, 8 female=17 parasites.

These figures give a total of 48 male and 29 female parasites to 51
hosts. The proportion of parasite sexes is therefore 62.3 per cent
males, 37.7 per cent females. Of the female parasites 18, or 61 per
cent, occurred in hosts containing no male parasites.

Arranging the parasites according to sex of hosts we find that
39.5 per cent of the males occurred in male hosts and 60.5 per cent
in female hosts, while 37.9 per cent of the females occurred in male
hosts and 62.1 per cent in female hosts, or taking both sexes to-
gether, 38.9 per cent were in male hosts and 61.1 per cent in female
hosts.

The location of the parasites may be summarized as follows:

5 males protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 1 male protruding from
the third segment, lateral; total, 6.

11 males protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 4 males protruding
from the fourth segment, lateral; total, 15.

19 males protruding from the fifth segment, dorsal; 38 males protruding
from the fifth segment, lateral; 3 males protruding from the fifth segment,
ventral; total, 25.

1 male protruding from the sixth segment, dorsal; total, 1.

38 females protruding from the first segment, lateral; 1 female protruding
from the first segment, ventral; total, 4.

1 female protruding from the second segment, dorsal; 5 females protruding
from the second segment, lateral; total, 6.

2 females protruding from the third segment, dorsal; 9 females protruding
from the third segment, lateral; total, 11.

1 female protruding from the fourth segment, dorsal; 6 females protruding
from the fourth segment, lateral; total, 7.

1 female protruding from the fifth segment, lateral; total, 1.

These figures show that the majority of the males protrude from
the fifth segment, and also that they are most always dorsal, while
the females are mostly found in the third and are usually lateral, and
almost never ventral.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The following additions should be made to the summaries of the
interrelationships of the parasites and hosts on pages 25 and 26 of
Bulletin 66:

SEX OF HOSTS EXAMINED.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 1,000 wasps; 13.7 per cent
males, 86.3 per cent females.

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 wasps, 100 per cent females.

Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 150 leaf hoppers; 47.3 per cent
males, 52.7 per cent females.

SEX OF PARASITIZED HOSTS.

Andrena nigroaenea (Theobald, 1892), 40 bees; 45 per cent males,
55 per cent females.

Andrena pratensis (Friese, 1883), 32 bees; 46.8 per cent males,
53.2 per cent females.

Andrena tibialis (Knock, 1875), 45 bees; 82.2 per cent males, 17.8
per cent females.

Polistes annularis (Nebraska records), 8 wasps, 100 per cent fe-
males.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 251 wasps, 9.9 females.

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 31 wasps, 100 per cent females.

Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 51 leaf hoppers; 41.1 per cent
males, 58.9 per cent females. °

PARASITISM OF MALE HOSTS.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 137 males; 18.8 per cent para-
sitized.

Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 71 males; 29.6 per cent para-
sitized.

PARASITISM OF FEMALE HOSTS.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 863 females; 26.2 per cent
parasitized.

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 females; 52.5 per cent parasitized.

PERCENTAGE OF PARASITISM ACCORDING TO SPECIES.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler, 1910), 1,000 wasps; 25.1 per cent para-
sitized.

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 61 wasps; 52.5 per cent parasitized.

Stenocranus saccharivorus (Jones), 150 leaf hoppers; 84 per cent
parasitized.

SHX OF PARASITES.

Polistes annularis (Nebraska), 62 parasites; 85.4 per cent males,
14.6 per cent females.

Polistes metricus (Wheeler), 562 parasites ; 78.8 per cent males, 21.2
per cent females.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTHRA—PIERCE. 397

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 66 parasites; 33.3 per cent males, 66.7
per cent females.

Stenocranus succharworus (Jones), 77 parasites; 62.3 per cent
males, 37.7 per cent females.

MAXIMUM PARASITISM TO THE INDIVIDUAL.

Polistes annularis (Nebraska), 1 female wasp with 11 male para-
sites, 1 female with 8 male parasites.

Polistes variatus (McAtee), 3 female wasps with 4 parasites each.

Stenocranus saccharivous (Jones), 1 male leaf hopper with 4 male,
1 female parasite.

To the list of exceptions in which there are more female than male
parasites? should be added the above-mentioned record of Polistes
vartatus, which, like the other two exceptions, is a winter and spring
record.

It is of especial interest that in Homoptera the female parasites
are placed farther forward than in Hymenoptera, while the males
are farther back. In Hymenoptera the third segment is the normal
position for males and the fifth for females. In. Delphazw this is
directly reversed. This is probably because the Hymenopterous
parasite has the female largest, while the Homopterous parasite has
the male largest.

Of special interest are the two occurrences of dryinids and strep-
siptera in the same host.

4. Alteration of general features. . -

e. Punctuation—According to Smith and Hamm (1914), para-
sitized Andrena nigroaenea males “tend to have the abdomen dull,
very much as in the female, and this appears to be due to the deeper
and more frequent punctuation on the abdomen and not to a greater
hairiness. The stylopised females do not appear to be affected either
in punctuation or hairiness.”

7. Wing venation.—In Bulletin 66, under the paragraph 5c, several
instances of alteration of wing venation characters in bees due to
stylopization were recorded.

An excellent example of how parasitism renders this valuable
character instable is illustrated on Plate 73, which shows the wings
of four individuals of Agallia uhleri parasitized by Agalliaphagus
uhlert. The number of apical cells in the wings varies from three
to six and various unusual veins occur in unexpected places. Tig-
ure 2 on this plate is almost a normal wing. The other wings show
several very remarkable features, such as the veins outside the mar-
ginal in figure 3 and the complete development of all the anal veins
in figure 4. The wing in figure 2 has a total of 14 cells, that in fig-
ure 4 has 18 cells.

1 Bulletin 66, p. 27.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

5. Alteration of external sexual characters.

SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS.

a. Color of clypeus—Smith and Hamm (1914) have added another
record of the tendency of clypeus to assume the color of the opposite
sex. A stylopised female Andrena chrysosceles Kirby was found by
Mr. Hamm at Sandford, near Oxford, England, which had the
clypeus colored as in the male. An illustration is presented in their
plate 85 of the normal faces of each sex and of the face of this para-
sitized female. The authors are in error, however, when on page 453
they write: “ We have already seen that no other observer has appar-
ently described the effect of Stylops on the clypeus coloration of cer-
tain Andrena, noticed by Perez, until we came across the case of A.
chrysosceles published here.” It is hardly conceivable how they
could have made such a statement when they claim to have consulted
the writer’s Revision of the Strepsiptera (Bulletin 66), which on
page 33 cites three such instances under the same heading as above.

The same writers also mention cases of Andrena labialis furnished
them by Messrs. Perez and Perkins, consisting of four female bees
parasitized by females, which show the faces colored as in the
males, and a male bee parasitized by a male Stylops which shows a
marked reduction of the white color on the face.

A specimen of male Panurginus californicus from Los Angeles,
California, is at hand with the yellow on the clypeus reduced to a
narrow median line.

d. Antennae—Smith and Hamm (1914) found no evidence of
modification due to stylopization in the antennae of Andrena
nigroaened.

e. Organs of work.—Smith and Hamm (1914), in their studies
of parasitized Andrena nigroaenea, found “that as a result of
stylopisation the male does not acquire in any degree the scopa of
the female, while the scopa of the female is always to some extent
reduced in size by the action of stylopisation.”

PRIMARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS.

a. Ovipositor—Smith and Hamm (1914) were unable to find any
modification in this organ in stylopised Andrena nigroaenea.

b. Male copulatory organs.—Smith and Hamm (1914) were unable
to find any modification in these organs in stylopised Andrena
nigroaenea.

7. Injury to internal organs.

a. Alimentary system.—Perkins (1892) found no effect upon the
digestive tract of Andrena nana Kirby and Andrena wilkella Kirby.
e. Reproduction—Perkins (1892) writes: “In all the male speci-
mens that I dissected the vesiculae seminales were found to contain

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 399

active spermatozoa. On mounting in water their movements could
be plainly seen through the walls. Their form was normal, and they
behaved in the usual manner when treated with fluids.

Smith and Hamm (1914) found in 20 females Andrena nigroaenea
the ovary very greatly reduced in size and incapable of producing
mature ova. They gave illustrations to illustrate the extent of the
reduction which occurred with both male and female parasites.
They found no effect on the male testes or the production of
spermatozoa.

The writer has already mentioned the reduction of the ovary in
the Polistes bellicosus taken in Arizona. Only one mature egg was
contained in the ovaries, these organs being crowded into a very
small terminal space.

A still later record is that of the parasitized Oncometopia undata,
recorded above, in which the reproductive organs were completely
destroyed.

8. Hffects upon normal functions.

Smith and Hamm (1914), with regard to Andrena nigroaenea,
write:

We also find that stylopised females never carry any pollen on their scopae,
in marked distinction from the normal females, the majority of which are
found with their scopae plastered with pollen, as shown in figure 18. The
stylopised females have evidently lost the instinct for collecting pollen, though
they still continue to visit the burrows. Of the hundred or so stylopised females
examined, not a single individual had pollen on it.

This observation conforms with Perez’s generalizations; but it
must be remembered that the present writer has cited Andrena craw-
fordi as often carrying pollen when parasitized. °

BIOLOGY OF THE PARASITE,

Fertilization.

The question of fertilization of the Strepsiptera is still a matter
of controversy. Although the evidence favoring the belief that
fertilization occurs is very strong, there are a number of writers who
do not accept it as even a possibility.

The evidence pointing toward fertilization is based (1) upon
Smith and Hamm’s (1914) statement that “the male does not show
any trace of degeneracy in its internal reproductive organs, vesiculae
seminales being crowded with active spermatozoa;” (2) that many
observers have noted the males visiting parasitized hosts containing
females; (3) that males have actually been observed in copulation
oy Sagemehl (1882) on Andrena parvula, by Crawford (Pierce, 1909)
on Panurginus imnuptus, by Muir (1906) on Perkinsiella vitiensis,
and by Crawford on Andrena, species (June 12, 1916) in Montgomery
County, Maryland.

400 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The arguments in favor of parthenogenesis begin with that of
Perkins (1892), who believed that parthenogenesis must occur in the
parasites of Halictus tumulorum (Halictoxenos species) because out
of hundreds of parasitized bees he had never found a male parasite.
It is quite true that the males are seldom seen, for the writer is the
only one who has ever captured an Halictus with a male parasite.
This is no valid argument for parthenogenesis, however, because it
is quite possible that the presence of a male parasite renders the flight
of the host more difficult, or that observations were made at the wrong
time of the year.

The next claim for parthenogenesis was set forward by Brues
(1903) in his studies of Xenos wheeleri Pierce in Polistes metricus
Say based upon his contention that—

Two polar bodies are produced and the female pronucleus retreats toward the
center of the egg. It is closely followed by one of the polar bodies, presumably
the second; the chromatin in its nucleus assumes the reticulate form, as does
also that of the second polar body, which has a much smaller nucleus and
protoplasmic body than the female pronucleus. When both have nearly reached

the center of the egg they place themselves side by side and finally fuse, giving
rise to the cleavage nucleus.

And also because—

There is no arrangement for the spermatozoa to reach the eggs without pass-
ing through the epithelium closing the internal ends of the oviducts and travers-
ing a considerable part of the fat body.

Smith and Hamm (1914) consider Brues’s evidence incomplete
because he did not follow polar body formation, but they advance
five reasons why they think parthenogenesis does occur. Their first
and second reason coincide with the second referred above to Brues:

(1) There is no opening or apparatus in the female adapted for conveying
the spermatozoa to the eggs; (2) the eggs remain throughout their develop-

ment incased in the follicular epithelium of the ovary, so that access to them by
spermatozoa which had entered the body cavity is very difficult to imagine.

The third reason is based upon Perkins’s assertion concerning
Halictus. The fourth reason is that:

The known stages in the polar body formation of Stylops are inconsistent with
the view that fertilization by a spermatozoon has been effected.

Elsewhere they make a statement which does not agree with that of
Brues quoted above.

In several females the eggs have been found in an early stage of development
the features of which strongly confirm our suspicion that development is parthe.
nogenetic. In these cases all the developing eggs are at approximately the same
stage of development, exhibiting two or, in some cases, more segmentation
nuclei, while at the periphery of the egg a mitotic spindle is observed, which
invariably exhibits a single large chromosome and three or four smaller ones
often in process of division. Each egg is completely invested by the follicular
epithelium.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCB. 401

Now, it is quite clear that the mitotic spindle must represent the first polar
body in process of division. There is, however, no trace of a second polar body,
which there certainly ought to be if a second polar body was given off and fertili-
zation effected in the usual way.

Since Brues differs with Smith and Hamm concerning the numbers
of polar bodies we may safely claim that in neither case has partheno-
genesis been proved.

The fifth reason is that—

Actual copulation by the male has never been adequately observed.

Since Smith and Hamm claim to have consulted Bulletin 66, al-
though they incorrectly refer to it, they evidently are indisposed to
accept the three definite records of copulation having been observed,
as recorded therein. It is difficult to conceive how one can more ade-
quately observe the act of copulation.

As a supplemental reason they state that—

In a large number of colonies of infected Andrena it would appear that the
male parasite is very much scarcer than the female, and in certain cases may
have almost entirely died out.

It is of interest therefore to note the many records which have
been tabulated by the writer on the sex of parasites. Up to the
present time the tabulation of all counts of sex by various observers
gives 1,318 males to 634 females. Of course no account has been
made of the many miscellaneous single observations of stylopisation
listed in the host lists of the order.

The evidence for parthenogenesis therefore consists of an in-
ability to explain how the spermatozoa, which are conceded to exist,
can reach the eggs, and of contradictory interpretations of the polar
body and maturation phenomena observed in a limited number of
cases. The burden of the proof lies with the advocates of partheno-
genesis.

It is of course possible that parthenogenesis may occur in some
cases, but its existence is still a matter of doubt.

Oogenesis.

Hoffman (1918) presents a very complete embryological study of
a parasite from an undetermined host from Paraguay beginning with
the blastoderm and carrying it to the triungulinid. This parasite
was later (Hoffman, 1914b) described as Xenos bohilsi. He finds
eggs in all states of development in the same parent and not all
developing uniformly as found by Brues (1903). He shows the
nervous system in the early embryos to consist of a cerebral ganglion
and a ventral ganglion reaching to the eighth abdominal segment,
but this gradually shortens until it lies in the third or fourth ab-

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——27

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

dominal segment. Six sectional drawings of various stages of the
embryo are presented.

The writer has many slides containing triungulinids of various
species in various stages of embryonic development as well as ready
to emerge, all taken from single parents.

Metamorphosis.

A speciment of Pseudowenos from a female Rhygchium collected
by F. Muir in Amboina was extracted as a perfect male in its
puparium, having shed its pupal skin. The larval skins were in a
compact mass at the apex of the puparium. This is the first time
they have been found. The material was received preserved in
alcohol, which accounts for its perfect condition.

Alimentation.

With regard to the nourishment of Stylops melittae, Smith and
Hamm (1914) remark that:

The skin, except where the epithelium of the brood passage is especially
modified, is exceedingly thin, and the nourishment of the body must take place
by absorption through this skin. here are no special cells for seizing on or
elaborating a special kind of food either in the skin or elsewhere, so that we
may suppose that the haemolymph of the bee affords a ready-made medium
which supplies the parasite with all that is requisite.

Attraction of males to light.

In Bulletin 66 mention was made of the collection of an Elenchus
at light in Ceylon. This was the first record of such a capture. In
the supplement to the monograph (Pierce, 1911) the writer added
to this species 7'riozocera texana, taken at light in Texas, and M/yr-
mecolax nietneri, taken at light in Ceylon. Four more such records
have now appeared in print, and another is added in this paper.
The eight species thus recorded belong one in Mengeidae, one in
Mengenillidae, one in Myrmecolacidae, one in Stylopidae, three in
Halictophagidae, and one in Elenchidae.

- AUSTROSTYLOPS GRACILIPES Lea.
Several males were collected in the greasy oil of a lamp at Bridge-
town, West Australia, in 1895 (Lea, 1910).
PARASTYLOPS FLAGELLATUS Meijere.
Males were collected at lights at Semarang, Java, in January,
February, October, and September (Meijere, 1911).
TETTIGOXENOS CLADOCERAS Jeannel.

The type male of this species was taken at a light at Station No. 8,
south of Mombasa, at the river Ramisi, in British East Africa, in
November, 1911. The type locality is illustrated (Jeannel, 1913).

no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 403

NEOCHOLAX JACOBSONI Meijere.

A male of this species was collected at night in Java (Terry, 1912).
The host of this species is Ossotdes lineatus Bierman a Tropiduchid
(Meijere, 1911).

CYRTOCARAXENOS JAVANENSIS Pierce.

A male was collected at light, August, 1908, at Buitenzorg, West
Java, by F. W. Terry.

BIOLOGICAL NOTES.

STYLOPS MELITTAE Kirby.

Smith and Hamm (1914) write that:

At the end of April and beginning of May, 1912, the male Stylops was not
uncommon in the vicinity of the colony of Andrena nigroenea, being seen on the
wing at midday in sunshiny weather.

This observation was made near Oxford, England:

None were observed actually flying over the burrows of the bee and nearly all
then first seen were some 10 or 15 feet from the ground.

When placed in boxes with bees containing females:

The male Stylops, directly it was introduced into the box, fluttered on to the
bee and quickly ran over its body to where the head of the female Stylops was
everted between the bee’s abdominal segments. At this time the male is rapidly
vibrating its wings and protruding its last two or three apical segments, which
are long and tapering like an ovipositor.

Actual pairing did not occur on any of the three occasions.

After about 10 or 15 minutes of ceaseless running to and fro over the bee,
the male Stylops voluntarily quitted the Andrena, but still continued to run
and vibrate its wings for about two hours longer, after which time it dropped
apparently exhausted and died shortly afterwards.

DACYRTOCARA UNDATA Pierce.

Two females extracted from a female Oncometopia undata Fabri-
cius collected in May, 1915, at Thomasville, Georgia, had the body
filled with eggs in an early stage of development. These females
were each 7 mm. long.

MORPHOLOGY AND ANATOMY.

INTERNAL STRUCTURE.

An important article on the metamorphosis of some of the ana-
tomical structures of Xenos rossti, taken at Freiburg in Polistes
gallica, has been contributed by Paul Résch (1918). This work is
in reality supplementary to Nassonow’s excellent treatises. The
principle features of this discussion are the development of the eyes,

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54,

the development of the cephalic ganglion, and the metamorphosis of

the mesoderm.
Alimentary system.—Smith and Hamm describe the alimentary

canal of a female Stylops melittae Kirby in Andrena nigroaenca as
follows:

There is a minute mouth opening, and an equaily minute anus at the hind
extremity, but the lumen of the gut through the body is obliterated. The
whole apparatus is obviously functionless.

This description is supplemented by drawings of longitudinal and
cross sections.?

Vascular system.—Smith and Hamm state that in Stylops melittae
the remains of the dorsal blood vessel or heart can be recognized
dorsally to the gut.?

The aorta is shown very indistinctly by Nassonow in Stylops
melittae Nassonow (not Kirby).’

Nervous system.—To the rather limited knowledge of the nervous
system in this order Smith and Hamm have added a brief descrip-
tion and a drawing of a section of the nervous system of Stylops
melittae Kirby. They found only the normal three ganglionic
masses, the brain, the thoracic and ventral ganglia.*

Tracheal system.—Although Smith and Hamm refer to Nassonow’s
valuable works on the anatomy of the Strepsiptera they do not seem
to have used them in their own work on anatomy of Stylops melittae.
Consequently, in their description of the tracheal system, they over-
look the existence of dorsal and ventral tracheae in the abdomen as
described by Nassonow both for Stylops and Xenos. They describe
only a single main branch which to judge from their figure is prob-
ably the dorsal branch.®

Considerable mention is made in the present article of the spiracles
in the discussion of the comparative morphology of the male and in
the descriptions of species.

Reproductive system—Smith and Hamm working on Stylops
melittae have studied the brood canal and its trumpetlike invagina-
tions and presented a number of illustrations. These illustrations
are of value in that they fully corroborate Nassonow’s splendid
work. The writers suggest that the spiny processes of the epithe-
lium of the brood canal are so modified as to assist the triungulinids
in reaching the exterior.®

1Smith and Hamm, 1914, p. 39, pl. 32, figs. 3 and 4, g.
2Tdem, p. 439, pl. 32, figs. 3 and 4.

3 Nassonow, 1898, a, pl. 2, fig. 1, n.

4Smith and Hamm, 1914, p. 439, pl. 32, fig. 3.

5Idem, p. 439, pl. 32, fig. 4.

6Tdem, pp. 437, 438, pl. 32, figs. 3, 4; pl. 33, figs. 6, 7.

no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 405

EXTERNAL STRUCTURE.
TRIUNGULINID.

The triungulinid or first larva (fig. 1) of the Strepsiptera re-
sembles most in form the larvae of the Dipterous family Cyrtidae,
of which the first stage of Pterodontia flavipes Gray has been de-
scribed. This larva, of course, differs from the Strepsiptera by being
legless and without mandibles. The first larvae of the Meloidae and
Rhipiphoridae are very different in appearance. Those of Meloidae
have the tarsus consisting of three claws (figs. 2,3), while the Rhi-
piphoridae have a single claw at the base of a pulvillus (fig. 4).

The Strepsipterous hexapod larva is a well-organized larva with
head, 3 thoracic segments, and 10 abdominal segments. The eyes

Fic. 1—STYLOPS SWENEI.
VENTRAL VIEW OF TRI- Fic. 2.—MELOID TRIUNGU- Fic. 3.—MELOID TRIUNGU-
UNGULINID SIZE 0.158 MM. LIN. VENTRAL VIEW. LIN. VENTRAL VIEW.

consist of rather large ocelli in a group. The largest ocellar lens in
proportion to the size of the head is found in the hexapod larva of
Stichotrema dallatorreanum (pl. 67, fig. 3). It has two pair of
smaller ocelli. Large spots of pigment can be seen under the lenses.
The antennae of Stichotrema are three-jointed, with an arista on
the side of the second (pl. 67, fig. 5). The mouth parts consist
externally of a pair of mandibles, which in Stichotrema are very
large and extend backward. There is a chitinization resembling that
of Dipterous larvae surrounding the pharynx (pl. 67, figs. 2-5).
The legs consist of coxa, femur, tibiae, and one-jointed clawless
tarsus. The episternal sclerites are quite distinct in Stichotrema (pl.
67, fig. 3). The first seven abdominal segments are normal in all
species. The eighth, ninth, and tenth are variously modified. The
tenth bears a pair of very long stylets (pl. 67, figs. 1, 2).

The larva of Callipharixenos muiri has five pair of ocelli, with each
one clearly outlined as a separate eye. The tarsi are one-jointed with
three terminal filaments or claws (pl. 68, figs. 4-7).

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The inna of St ylops ee is sallnereaeda in ee Goure 1 ad oF
Stylops californica on plate 71.

It is presumed that the first elongate joint of the leg is the femur,
although it may be the trochanter. In the latter case tarsus would be

Fig. 4.—MYODITES SOLIDAGINIS PIERCE. @, TRIUNGULINID, VENTRAL
VIEW; b, POSTERIOR LEG; C, POSTERIOR COXA; d, PULVILLUS, LATERAL
VIEW; €, PULVILLUS, VENTRAL VIEW; f, MOUTH PARTS, VENTRAL VIEW.

absent in Stichotrema (pl. 67), Stylops (pl. 71, fig. 7), ete., and the
writer is not willing to accept this view.

A berrations—Hoffman (19140) describes aberrant triungulinids
of Xenos bohisi Hoffman and Lupathocera sphecidarum Dufour.

FEMALE,

The female structure is not subject to as many modifications as that
of the male. In fact, so few are the characters that the writer had
been obliged to use comparative measure-
ments of the dimensions of the cephalo-
thorax to separate species. Figure 5
represents a generalized female cephalo-
thorax and shows the location of the
measurements which are used throughout
the present paper. Measurement No. 1
is the width at the spiracles (posterior
pair when two occur) ; No. 2 is the width
Fi. 5.—Diacram mtustratine meas. Of the base of the head; No. 8 is the

Ee ee eer eee ele ee width of the head at the emargination

near the base of the mandibles; No. 4 is

the width of the cephalothorax at the base; No. 5 is the ives from

the front edge of the spiracle to apex of head; No. 6 is the length
from base to apex of cephalothorax.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 407

The mandibles show some fair characters in the genus Stylops
and are used in the tables. The principal variation is in the num-
ber and position of the teeth. (See pl. 71.)

The spiracles furnish good characters as to number, position, and
form. ‘The Callipharixenidae have two pair of spiracles on the
cephalothorax (pl. 68, figs. 1,2). The Xenoidea have otherwise only
one pair, and it is presumable therefore that this family are not
Xenoid but rather Mengeoid. Abdominal spiracles have not been
noticed except on Dacyrtocara undata, which has three pair. (pl.
74, figs. 5, 6.)

The median unpaired genital tubes are so often impossible to find
because of the condition of the material that it is the writer’s practice
to note them whenever observed. In addition to the records already
published it may be noted that Callipharixenos muiri, Chrysoco-
vivenos siamensis, and Stylops vicinae have five tubes, and Dacyrto-
cara undata has two (pl. 74, figs. 5, 6).

In the Dacyrtocara the first abdominal segment extends far in
front of the cephalothorax, but within the host’s abdomen (pl. 74,
figs. 5, 6).

The female type of Chrysocorixenos siamensis has an asymmetrical
cephalothorax, there being a sort of tumor near the base of one side.

MALRF.

The writer has from the beginning of his work on this order at-
tempted to find other characters beside those of the appendages for
use in classification. Although it was quite apparent that the legs,
antennae, mouth parts, and genitalia gave a satisfactory and logical
system of classification, there was always the possibility of not
being able to identify the insect if the appendages were lost.

The dorsal thoracic characters were delineated in the specific de-
scriptions in Bulletin 66, and transferred to the generic descrip-
tions in Genera Insectorum. But the great divergence of thoracic
structure did not seem to permit their use in family descriptions or
phylogenetic studies.

Since the last contribution on the order many new species have
been received and a study of these with a review of material already
described now makes it possible to give a clearer treatment of the
comparative morphology of the group.

Progression of characters —Certain striking trends of modifica-
tion are apparent. The antennae may be considered to have had
typically seven joints with at least the third laterally produced,
flabellate. These appendages are found in the order with any num-
ber of joints from four to seven, and with from one to five joints
flabellately produced.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The tarsi are typically five-jointed with two terminal claws (pl. 64,
figs. 1, 10; pl. 65, fig. 1). In the progression of characters we find
four-jointed (pl. 69, fig. 1), three-jointed (pl. 75, figs. 1, 7), and
two-jointed tarsi without claws.

The wings have typically eight primary veins—costa, subcosta.
radius, medius, cubitus, and three anal. One or more of these is
frequently absent, although the first four are always present.

The prothorax has a tendency to crowd forward into the head.

The metathoracic praescutum rises from a depressed necklike posi-
tion (pl. 66, figs. 1, 5, 6) to a part of the disk (pl. 64, figs. 1, 10)
and tends to crowd backward (pl. 69, fig. 1), separating the scutum
into two lateral pieces and pushing the scutellum far back (pl. 76,
fig. 1). The scutum, in addition to dividing on each side of scu-
tellum (pl. 64, fig. 10), also tends to divide transversely from the
base of the wing to the scutellum to form the parascutellum (pl. 65,
fig. 8). The postlumbium, although normally intersegmental (pl. 69,
fig. 2), has at least in one case become a chitinous part. The pleural
suture frequently fails to reach the coxae (pl. 65, fig. 7). The scu-
tellum proper never reaches the base of the wings, but a small, abso-
lutely detached part is connected by a long axillary cord to the wing
(pl. 65, figs. 6, 7; pl. 66, fig. 7; pl. 70, fig. 4; pl. 72, fig. 1).

Normally the abdomen has the ninth or genital segment ventrally
greatly surpassing the tenth or anal segment, and all the other seg-
ments normal ringlike.

In the Halictophagoidea the eighth segment ventrally also is often
greatly produced (pl. 75, fig. 4; pl. 78, fig. 3).

COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY.

E'yes.—The head is characterized by the large raspberrylike eyes
with separated ommatidia. These vary slightly in shape, but are
usually spherical and very hairy on the partitions. The number of
ommatidia is quite variable (see the various plates).

Mouth parts—The mouth parts are extremely simple, being merely
a pair of mandibles and a pair of maxillae placed distant from the
exposed pharyngeal opening. Labrum and labium are absent in the
adult, although present in the last larva. The mandibles in the
earlier groups are all elongate, falciform, glabrous, and chitinous
(pl. 66, figs. 4, 7). In the Halictophagoidea they are often mere
fleshy pubescent appendages. The mandible of 7vriozocera mexicana
is the most minute yet seen, being reduced to the size of a seta (pl. 65,
fig. 4). The maxillae are fleshy, pubescent appendages usually with
a one-jointed palpus (pl. 74, fig. 2), but in Crawfordia with a two-
jointed palpus. The palpus is usually terminal, but in 7'770zocera
mexicana (pl. 65, fig. 5) and several species of Xenos it is lateral.
In Liburnelenchus koebelei a chitinous filament is attached to the
basal joint of the maxilla.

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 409

Vertex.—The head is emarginate behind in Mengeoidea, but the
cmargination is merely taken up by intersegmental skin (pls. 64, 65,
66). In the Halictophagoidea it is also frequently emarginate, with
the thorax crowded into the emargination (pls. 74, 75, 76, 78).

Antennae.—The antennae are very remarkable in all genera of the
order. They furnish an excellent basis for family characterization.

The Mengeidae have seven jointed antennae, with the third and
fourth joints laterally produced, flabellate (pls. 64, 65).

The Mengenillidae have six jointed antennae with the last four
joints laterally produced, flabellate (pl. 66).

The Myrmecolacidae have seven jointed antennae with the third
joint laterally produced, the fourth minute, and the following joints
greatly elongated (pl. 69).

The Stylopidae have six jointed antennae with the third joint only
laterally produced (pl. 70).

In the Hylecthridae the antennae are five-jointed, with the third

oint laterally produced, the fourth minute, and the fifth flabellate.

The Xenidae (pl. 72) and Diozoceridae (pl. 78), have four jointed
antennae, with the third joint laterally produced and the fourth
flabellate subequal to the produced part of the third.

The Halictophagidae have seven jointed antennae, with the last
five joints laterally produced and flabellate (pls. 74-78).

The Elenchidae have five jointed antennae, with only the third
joint laterally produced, but the fourth and fifth are elongate and
similar to the prolongation of the third.

The surface of the antennae is extremely sensitive, being covered
with little cylindrical disks which are protected by multitudes of
setigerous tubercles.

Prothorax.—The prothorax throughout the order is small and re-
duced. Normally it is ringlike, with no differentiated parts dor-
sally or laterally. In Z'riozocera tewana (Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 2),
the most generalized species available for study, the sternum has a
tiny triangular area in front (presternum), a narrow transverse
eusternum, a subquadrate central area (the sternellum) which is
divided longitudinally and transversely by heavily marked chitini-
zations, a tiny poststernellum and a transverse spinasternite. ‘The
pleural area is not visibly separated from the notum or the eusternum,
but posteriorly forms a hook, opposite the transverse chitinization of
sternellum. These two points form the bases of attachment of coxa.

In Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae) the sternum consists solely of a
spindlelike piece longitudinally divided, and which is probably com-
posed of sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin at least, because the
coxa is attached to a point at the extreme lateral tip; and a small
triangular poststernellum in the middle (pl. 66, fig. 2).

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Pacyrtocara oncometopiae (Halictophagidae) has the same type
of prosternum but lacks the tiny poststernellum. The pronotum is
pushed far forward in the head, and the pleurites are narrow strips
almost invisible from above, being inclosed in the head (pl. 74, fig. 2).

AXenos hubbardi (Xenidae) has the pronotum simple, but the ster-
num is transversely divided into a narrow eusternum and a slightly
broader band, which is longitudinally divided and has a posterior
projection about the middle of each piece to which the coxa is at-
tached. This piece is therefore the sternellum—precoxale-tro-
chantin-+-episternum-—epimeron.

Pyrilloxenos compactus (Halictophagidae) furnishes the best op-
portunity for understanding the prosternal and mesosternal areas.
The eusternum is a narrow transverse piece. The sternellum is longi-
tudinally divided. Each side forms a half rmg, composed also prob-
ably of precoxale and trochantin, between the points of which the
coxa is attached. This is the only prosternum in which a distinct
pleural suture has been noticed. The episternum reaches the coxal
attachment in front of the suture and behind it the epimeron is di-
vided, reaching the coxa as hypoepimeron. The epimeron is slightly
visible above. Episternum is not visibly separated from the epinotum
(pl. 77, fig. 2).

Anthericomma barberi (Halictophagidae) has a very interesting
prothorax. The pronotum is a circular disk completely inclosed by
the head and mesonotum. The pleura! region is completely within
the mesopleurum. The sternum consists merely of two oval pieces
longitudinally separated, to which the coxae are attached, aid at
each side of which appear parts of mesosternum. These two pieces.
are the combined parts of sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin.

In Delphacixenos anomalocerus (Halictophagidae) the pronotum
is even smaller than in the preceding species, and the prosternum is
similarly reduced.

In summary therefore we may describe the prothorax as a very
highly modified segment with the parts crowded and often fused.

The prolegs are composed of a tiny coxa at the base cf an elongate
trochanter, femur, tibia, and tarsus. In previous works the coxa was
overlooked. Practically all the important variation is in the tarsus,
which is five-jointed with two claws in the Mengeoidea (pl. 64-66),
four-jointed without claws in the Xenoidea (pls. 69, 70, 72), three-
jointed in the Halictophagoidea (pls. 73-78), and two-jointed in
the Elenchoidea. In the Mengeoidea the first three joints are cylin-
drical, the fourth flattened with pulvillus, the fifth elongate with
pulvillus. In the Halictophagoidea the first joint is often very
broadly flattened, pulvillate, and the succeeding joints are narrower,
the last elongate (pl. 74, fig. 1). The femur and tibia are greatly
shortened and broadened in Pentozoe peradeniya and Dacyrtocara
oncometopiae (pl. 74, fig. 2).

NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 411

Mesothorae.—The mesothorax throughout the order is small and
reduced, but not so much as the prothorax. Normally it is ring-like.
The mesonotum of 7riozocera texana (Mengeidae) is transversely
faintly divided into two parts, the front probably best considered as
the scutum and the posterior part the scutellum. The elytra or bal-
ancers are club-shaped and attached near the front of the pleural
zone. They have a tiny hook at base, which probably assists in the
noise making produced when the elytra are in vibration. The pleural
zone immediately beneath the attachment of the elytra is broadly
lobately produced and has the anterior edges rough. This may serve
as a sort of drum. The lcbe is the episternum-+epimeron, and prob-
ably includes the trochantin in its posterior hook to which the coxa
is attached. -The sternellum is quadrate and longitudinally divided;
the eusternum is a transverse band laterally enlarged and partially
merging in the episternal lobe. It is depressed in the enlarged por-
tion and bears a long stigmatal opening (pl. 64, figs. 2, 5).

There is a distinct anal lobe on the elytron of Xenos auriferi,
Stylops championi, and Neostylops Shannoni. It has not been noticed
on other species (pl. 70, fig. 6).

Tetrozocera santchii (Mengenillidae) has a simple band-like me-
sonotum, but the mesosternum has three transverse areas, the pres-
ternum, eusternum, and sternellum. The latter is longitudinally di-
vided, each half being triangular with the coxae attached at the lat-
eral angles. The epimeron is only visible from the side (pl. 66,
fig. 2).

In Muirizenos dicranotropidis (Halictophagidae) the mesonotum
consists of three transverse distinct areas—the praescutum, scutum
and scutellum, and postscutellum (pl. 76, fig. 1). These areas are
also distinct but differently formed in Pentozoe peradeniya, and
Dacyrtocara oncometopiae (pl. 74, fig. 1).

In Delphacixenos anomalocerus only two transverse dorsai areas
are distinguishable, the front piece being praescutum. ‘This condi-
tion is also found in Pyrillowenos compactus.

Dacyrtocara oncometopiae has the eusternum large, triangular,
extending between the hooks of the sternellum. The episternum is
large, lobed beneath the base of elytra, and posteriorly forms with
trochantin the hook to which the coxa is attached (pl. 74, fig. 2).

Pyrilloxenos compactus has the most parts to its mesosternum
of any species examined. The eusternum is large, triangular, as in
the preceding, and separates the two hooks of sternellum. The
half ring, at the ends of which coxa is attached, consists of three
distinct parts, sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin. The pleural
suture separates episternum and epimeron to the tips of the hooks
formed with trochantin (pl. 77, fig. 3).

The middle legs are like the anterior legs except that in the
Halictophagidae the first tarsal joint is usually mucronate. The

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

coxae and tronchanter are apparently often fused. The coxa is never
more than a tiny basal piece of trochanter.

Metathorav.—The metathorax is the dominant part of the body
of the male strepsipteron and is the part most characteristic of the
order as a whole. It differs most from other orders in the promi-
nence of the postlumbium throughout the order, and the unusual
development of the postscutellum. The pleural suture is almost
horizontal and longitudinal instead of vertical, as is usually found
in other orders. The posterior attachment of the wings is very
distant from the lateral prolongation of the scutellum and if at-
tached at all the axillary cord is very long.

In view of the fact that the metathorax has been illustrated for
each genus and fully described in the generic descriptions, this dis-
cussion will take up the various parts separately and trace their
modifications.

Praescutum.—The anterior visible piece of the metanotum is the
praescutum. It is as broad as the scutum, and band-like as the pro-
notum and mesonotum in Afengea (Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 1), large
and broad and not fully separated from the scutum in 7 vriozocera
(Mengeidae) (pl. 64, fig. 10; pl. 65, fig. 1); suppressed as a neck in
Tetrozocera and Austrostylops (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, figs. 1, 5);
raised to the disk but narrower than scutum in Mengenilla (Men-
genillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 6). In these two families which form the
Mengeoidea the praescutum lies entirely in front of scutum and
scutellum and does not in any way push backward.

In the remaining superfamilies the praescutum les between the
lobes of the scutum and its anterior line is more or less continuous
with the anterior line of the scuti. In Myrmecolax the scuti some-
what constrict the praescutum before its posterior apex, but in
Caenocholax, also of the Myrmecolacidae, this piece is semioval
(pl. 69, fig. 1). In both genera of Myrmecolacidae it is longer than
broad.

In Xenidae the praescutum varies but little, being either semilunar
or keystone-shaped and broader than long (pl. 72, fig. 2).

In Diozocera (Diozoceridae) it is oblong, and in all Halictophagi-
dae it is longer than broad, varying more or less in shape from
oblong in Anthericomma and semielliptical in Pentozoe to pyriform
in Pentozocera.

In Elenchidae it is elongate, very greatly narrowed behind (Deine-
lenchus) and sometimes constricted (Liburnelenchus).

Scutum.—This part is the next transverse dorsal sclerite behind
the praescutum, but in most Strepsipterous genera would not be
recognized as transverse. It is always strongly lobed. Normally
the two lobes are connected behind the praescutum and in front of
the scutellum, but this connection is only to be found in a few

Sener aAe

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 413

In TJriozocera (Mengeidae) the scutum is narrowly connected
with the praescutum on each side of the anterior apex of scutellum.
It is greatly produced posteriorly (pl. 64, fig. 10; pl. 65, fig. 1). In
Mengea it is very narrowly united in front of the broader scutellum
(pl. 64, fig. 1). The lobes are posterior. The same condition exists
in Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 1).

On the other hand, the pushing of the praescutum into the scutum
in the Xenoidea and subsequent families has made the scutum humer-
ally lobate. The bridge between the lobes occurs also in Caenocholax
(Myrmecolacidae) (pl. 69, fig. 1), Veostylops (Stylopidae) (pl. 70,
fig. 1), Cyrtocaraxenos (Halictophagidae) (pl. 78, fig. 1), and Detne-
lenchus (Elenchidae).

In all other genera studied the scutum occurs as two lateral hu-
meral lobes separated by praescutum and scutellum (see pls. 66, 72,
Tay O50)’.

Parascutellum—tThe scutum in the more generalized genera was
bounded by praescutum, scutellum, and epimeron, but early in the
modification of the group a suture appears, beginning at the anterior
base of the wing and extending, diagonally toward scme part of the
scutellum. This does not occur at all in Tetrozocera (Mengenillidae)
(pl. 66, fig. 7), and is incomplete in Z'riozocera (Mengeidae) (pl.
65, fig. 8), NVeostylops (Stylopidae) (pl. 70, fig. 4), Myrmecolax
(Myrmecolacidae), Halictoxenos, and Crawfordia (Xenidae), Dio-
zocera (Diozoceridae), and Deinelenchus (Elenchidae). It is com-
plete in Caenocholaw (Myrmecolacidae) (pl. 69, fig. 2), Xenos (pl.
72, fig. 1) Pseudoxenos, and Tachytixenos (Xenidae), all Halicto-
phagidae (pl. 75, fig. 2; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 78, fig. 3), and Liburnelen-
chus (Elenchidae). The part behind the suture is called parascutel-
lum because it is beside the scutellum.

Scutellum.—The third median sclerite of the metanotum is the
seutellum, which is invariably broadest at its base, and anteriorly is
more or less rounded or constricted. In the Megeoidea it reaches
forward almost as far as the scutum and is subtriangular, but
rounded at apex in 7’ri0zocera and more broadly rounded in Mengea.
In these two genera it does not separate the scutal lobes completely.

In Austrostylops (Mengenillidae) the scutellum is very long and
broadly separates the scuti in front. In Tetrozocera it is similar
to that of Mengea. In Mengenilla it is shaped as in 7 riozocera and
narrowly separates the scuti (pl. 66, fig. 6).

In Myrmecolaxy and Caenocholax (pl. 69, fig. 1) (Myrmecola-
cidae) the scutellum is short and broadly rounded. In Weostylops
it is longer and broadly rounded (pl. 70, fig. 1).

Throughout the Xenidae scutellum is longer than praescutum
(pl. 72, fig. 2). In Crawfordia it is anteriorly very broad, a little

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

less so in /Zalictoxenos and truncate at apex, and in the true Xenini
it is constricted, pedunculate at apex.

Diozocera (Diozoceridae) has a short broadly rounded scutellum.
In all the Halictophagoidea and Elenchoidea the scutellum is short
and transverse, but variously curved or truncate on its anterior
margin (pls. 74-78).

In other orders of insects the scutellum laterally reaches the
posterior attachment of the wing, being connected therewith by
the axillary cord. In the Strepsiptera the base of the scutellum is
very far behind the posterior attachment of the wings, but in several
genera (Z'riozocera, Neostylops, Xenos) there is a cord from the
base of the wing running back and attached to a tiny sclerite on the
epimeral area (pl. 65, fig. 6; pl. 66, fig. 7; pl. 70, fig. 4; pl. 72, fig.
1). In Xenos vesparum there is a small piece detached from scutel-
lum but next to it and between the parascutellum and postscutellum,
and beyond this is the little piece to which the cord is attached. This
would indicate that two little pieces of scutellum have separated off
and in later genera disappeared completely (pl. 72, fig. 1).

Postlumbium.—This flexible area behind the base of scutellum is
always present and always transverse. It lies in an emargination
of the base of the postscutellum, practically at the transverse axis of
the body. It is usually soft intersegmental skin, but in Hupathocera
is chitinized and of the same texture as the remainder of the notum.
(See all plates with illustrations of males.)

Postscutellum.—the fifth median zone of the metanotum (count-
ing scutellum as the second) is the postscutellum, which is the largest
single piece on the entire body. It extends back far over the abdomen
and is concave, allowing considerable flexibility to the abdomen,
which can, to a large measure, be retracted into it in some genera.
(See all plates with illustrations of males.)

Pretergite and prealare.—Pretergite occurs in front of the prae-
scutum, but so far has only been seen in Delphacixenos anomalocerus
(Halictophagidae). The prealare is recognizable besides the scutum
or praescutum and in front of the base of the wing (pl. 75, fig. 2).

Wing sclerites—A number of tiny pieces occur around the attach-
ment of the wing, but have not been carefully studied (pl. 64, fig. 2;
pl Tay figs 2).

Pleurotergite——Between the postscutellum and epimeron or hypo-
epimeron is an elongate area known as the pleurotergite, and prob-
ably derived from the postscutellum. In TZetrozocera and other
genera this is apparently divided into two pieces (pl. 66, fig. 3).

Wing—tThe wings are attached far front on the metathorax, being
surrounded at their base by prealare, tegula, scutum, parascutellum,
epimeron, and episternum, with certain tiny pieces difficult to under-

NO. 2242. MWORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 415

tiny area far behind on epimeron opposite the base of the scutellum.

The wing venation typically consists of eight radial veins, costa,
subcosta, radius, medius, cubitus, and three anal. The costa is but
a short humeral thickening, beside the subcosta, which arises from
it and braces the anterior margin to the middle of the wing. In
Triozocera (pl. 64, fig. 2) the radius and medius do not have basal
connections, but appear to arise from subcosta. Cubitus is isolated.
The first and second anal arise from a strong basal area, and the
third anal is represented by a darkened area only. In this genus a
detached piece of radius strengthens the border beyond the apex of
subcosta. Medius has beyond the middle two detached branches,
one in front and one behind.

In Pyrillowenos the number of veins is as above with the exception
of the second medial branch and the third anal, both of which are
lacking. Here radius branches from medius, and these with cubitus
have a common source (pl. 77, fig. 7).

The cubital and anal veins are less stable than the others, and in
the Elenchidae only one of them persists. The number of detached
branches of radius and medius is also variable and has been dis-
cussed in previous contributions of the writer.

Pleural suture.—This suture between the episternum and epimeron
is diagonally longitudinal from the base of the wing to the coxa, as
in Diozocera insularum (Diozoceridae) (pl. 78, fig. 7), and Tetro-
zocera santchii (Mengenillidae) (pl. 66, fig. 3). It is often ter-
minated on the sternum opposite the junction of eusternum and
sternellum, as in Xenos (pl. 72, fig. 1).

E'pimeron.—The epimeron is usually a very narrow elongate piece,
reaching the base of the wing in a point and extending back above
the pleural suture and beyond it to the coxa. It is sometimes sepa-
rated into several parts. In Zetrozocera it is one continuous un-
broken area from wing to coxa and hardly varies in width (pl. 66,
fig. 3). In Triozocera it 1s interrupted by the small detached scu-
tellar piece to which the axillary cord is attached (pl. 65, fig. 6).
A similar piece of scutellum with attachment to the axillary cord
occurs on the epimeral area of Neostylops crawfordi and Xenos ves-
parum. We may consider the part of epimeron in front of this little
piece the epimeron pteropleurite and the posterior part which reaches
the base of the coxae as hypoepimeron (pl. 65, fig. 6; pl. 66, fig. 7;
ple 70, fie; 43" pl. 72, tre, Lye

In many species epimeron also shows relationship to the sternellum
(furcasternite of Crampton). This is in case the pleural suture does
not reach the coxa, as in 7'riozocera (pl. 65, fig. 7), Xenos (pl. 72, fig.
1), and Delphacixenos (pl. 75, fig. 2), in which case epimeron and
sternellum are fused.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Episternum—tThe episternum is a well-defined, always closed
area, beginning at the base of the wing, usually longitudinally elon-
gate, and always inferior to the pleural suture. It is sometimes
bilobed with a large lobe extending forward to the front of the ster-
num and with the alar lobe smaller and acute, as in 7riozocera mexi-
cana (pl. 65, fig. 7). The episternum is much broader in Del-
phacizenos anomalocerus, but is bilobed. The episternum proper is
the lobe to the wing; the inferior lobe is the lateropleurite. The
episternum never reaches the coxal area in the strepsipterous meta-
thorax and in this it greatly differs from most orders of insects (pl.
64, fig. 2; pl. 65, fig. 7; pl. 66, figs. 3,7; pl. 69, fig. 2; pl. 70, figs. 2, 4;
pl. 72, fig. 1; pl. 75, fig. 2; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 78, figs. 3, 7).

Sternum.—The Strepsipterous sternum is a large area without dis-
tinct sutures but always having a strong median longitudinal chiti-
nization behind. This chitinization divides the sternellum into two
parts. The sternellum (furcasternite) is transversely separated from
eusternum (basisternite) in front of it, mereby by a faint line, which
is sometimes distinct at the sides, where it branches from the pleural
suture. Theanterior area or presternum is also indistinctly separated
by a faint line (pl. 64, fig. 2; pl. 65, fig. 7; pl. 66, fig. 2; pl. 69, fig. 3;
pl. 74, fig. 2; pl. 75, fig. 3; pl. 76, fig. 5; pl. 77, fig. 4).

Sternellum.—tThe sternellum, as has been said before, is sometimes
fused with epimeron. It usually also contains the precoxale and
trochantin. It is always, however, distinctly separated from the
coxa, to which the trochanter is loosely articulated.

Postcoxale—In Tetrozocera a tiny strip continuing from epimeron
passes behind the coxa (pl. 66, fig. 2).

Poststernellum.—In Tetrozocera there is also a small piece between
the coxae, which is probably the poststerellum (postfurcasternite)
(pl. 66, fig. 2).

Abdomen.—The Strepsipterous abdomen contains 10 segments, of
which the first two or three are usually greatly interrupted or
crowded dorsally and ventrally, but normal laterally between the
postscutellum and the hypoepimeron (called femoralia by early
writers). The first abdominal spiracle occurs near the anterior mar-
gin of the first segment near the lower pleurotergite of the meta-
thorax (pl. 64, fig. 7; pl. 65, fig. 9; pl. 66, fig. 3). The other spiracles
are usually difficult to find, but in Yetrozecera santchit there are
eight abdominal spiracles (pl. 66, fig. 3).

The ninth segment is always ventrally produced beyond the tenth,
which is merely a little flaplike covering of the large concavity
made by the ninth. At the tip of the ninth is the oedeagus, a
chitinous unpaired median tube with a subapical pore for the exertion
cf the penis. This oedeagus rests in the depression of the ninth and
is apically covered by the flap of the tenth segment. The shape of the

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 417

oedeagus differs very greatly between genera and slightly between
species (pl. 64, fig. 8; pl. 65, fig. 10; pl. 72, fig. 7; pl. 74, fig. 4; pl. 75,
fig. 6; pl. 76, fig. 4; pl. 77, fig. 8; pl. 78, figs. 5, 6, 9, 12).

The tenth segment bears the anal pore. The eighth segment is in
some Halictophagidae (Pentozoe, Pyrilloxenos, Delphacixenos, Pen-
tacladocera) produced beneath the ninth segment (pl. 75, fig. 4;
pl. 78, fig. 3). Otherwise, it is normal, ringlike.

CLASSIFICATION.

REASONS FOR CONSIDERING THE STREPSIPTERA AN ORDER.
Argument based on rules of establishing an order.

In 1813 Kirby set down an excellent set of four rules for the estab-
lishment of an order of insects, to which the present writer added a
fifth and its converse in Bulletin 66. Taking these rules one by one
we may consider the evidence supporting the contention that the
Strepsiptera must be considered an order.

Rule I. When an insect in its perfect state combines the characters
of two or more orders (unless it be deemed advisable to place it in
an order by ttself), it should arrange with those whose metamor-
phosis is the same.

The Strepsiptera do not combine the characters of any two or more
orders, being easily distinguishable in either sex from all other
insects. They have the usual parts belonging to the insect anatomy
with certain exceptions. Some of the peculiarities of structure have
counter parts in other orders, such as the flabellate antennae, the
oedeagus, the ensiform mandibles, the elongate trochanters. They do
not conform in type of metamorphosis with any other order, although
certain features of the metamorphosis have counterparts in other
orders. For instance, we find viviparous reproduction occurring here
and there in other orders, but none showing it as a constant type;
we find hexapod first larvae and legless later larvae in various fami-
lies of Coleoptera; we find pupation in a puparium or last larval skin
in Diptera and rarely in Coleoptera; we find a similar pupa in
Hymenoptera; but we do not find any order in which the entire
Strepsipterous type of metamorphosis is duplicated. Hence, on the
basis of Rule I, we are obliged to consider the Strepsiptera an order.

Rule II. When an insect possesses the characteristics of one order
and the metamorphosis of another, in this case it should follow the
characters.

The Strepsiptera do not fit this premise in any way. There is there-
fore no reason under Rule II for aligning them with any other order.

Rule Ill. Where an insect exhibits the metamorphosis of an order,
or of a section of it but none of its characters nor those of any other

3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——_28

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. — VOL. 54,

order, it should not on that account be arranged in such order, but,
on the contrary, form a distinct one.

The metamorphosis of the Strepsiptera is classed as hypermeta-
morphic, beginning with larviparous reproduction of free living
hexapod larvae, which are conveyed by various means to the larvae
of their future hosts. These hexapods after beginning the parasitic
existence distend and become legless, and each succeeding molt makes
the female more degenerate, while the males undergo a transforma-
tion of specialization. Both sexes exsert the head and thorax from
the abdomen of the host as larvae, and the male pupa is formed
within this last larval skin. The female remains imprisoned within
the last larval skin and has no pupal stage, remaining absolutely
larviform.

The larviparous reproduction occurs in the family Micromalthidae
of the Coleoptera, in Hemiptera, in Diptera, and elsewhere in in-
sects. There is nothing on this score to associate the Strepsiptera
to any one of these orders. The hexapod larva of the Strepsiptera
has its counterparts in the triungulin of the Meloidae (figs. 2, 3),
the triungulinid of the Rhipiphoridae (fig. 4), the planidium type
of larvae in the Hymenoptera, and especially the first larvae of the
Dipterous family Cyrtidae. The larvae of Pterodontia flavipes Gray
of the Cyrtidae are parasitic in spiders. They look more nearly like
a Strepsipterous triungulinid than any of the others but are distin-
guished by the absence of legs. The internal chitinous structures of
the Strepsipterous larvae and the backward pointing mandibles are
points of resemblance to the Diptera and of separation from the
Coleoptera.

However, no other insects have a metamorphosis which is similar
throughout to the Strepsipterous type, and we have but one type in
the entire group. Metamorphosis can not link the Strepsiptera to
either the Diptera or the Coleoptera because the structure is not
similar to either of these orders.

Rule IV. Where the genera which compose an order have invari-
ably one kind of metamorphosis, no insects that vary from it in that
circumstance should be placed in it, unless they exhibit a perfect agree-
ment with it in characters.

The genera of Strepsiptera have invariably one type of metamor-
phosis. They can not therefore be placed with any other order
which has a different type of metamorphosis. This precludes their
being placed in the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Diptera, or Hymenoptera,
with all of which various authors have associated them. Certain
Coleoptera have a type of hypermetamorphosis with points of simi-
larity, but these Coleoptera by virture of their characters, under
Rule II, remain Coleoptera. The Strepsiptera could only be ar-

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 419

ranged with them if they exhibited a perfect agreement in charac-
ters. They do not agree with any part of the Coleoptera in their
characters. Therefore by Rule IV the Strepsiptera are an order.

Rule V. When insects formerly placed arbitrarily in some of the
older orders are found by paleontology to be a distinct line of de-
scent from the order with which they have been ranked, and show
decided difference from this order in structure or in metamorphosis,
they should be separated out to form a new order.

In converse: /nsects which should be separated from an older
order in accordance with any of the preceding rules, and yet which
show a common origin, must also constitute a new order.

The Strepsiptera are at least Tertiary in age, and possessed in
that period all of the essential characters which so well distinguish
them now from other orders. The geographic distribution of the
group, in every faunal zone of the globe, especially their occurrence
in the South Seas, in Australia, and the Malay Archipelago, is evi-
dence of a very ancient origin. It is of great interest that the most
primitive superfamily contains representatives in Australia, Algeria,
Mexico,:and Germany.

No group of insects has yet been found with which the Strepsiptera
can be associated phylogenetically. They stand alone in their pe-
culiar structure and habits.

The evidence therefore is all for their nei as a distinct order.

The assemblage of characters which distinguish the order may be
summarized below. It must be understood that analogies may be
found to many of these characters singly, but that the combination
nowhere else is to be found.

CHARACTERISTICS DISTINGUISHING THE ORDER.
Morphological characters.

1. Dissimilarity of sexes, the male winged, hexapodal, active; the
female blind, wingless, legless, inactive.

2. A regular sequence of structural modifications from primitive
to highly specialized, is observable throughout the order, paralleling
yet not approaching similar evolutions in other orders, and in some
ways more remarkable.

3. The male thorax, which is undoubtedly the most important
ordinal character, is absolutely different from the thorax of all
other orders. The thorax of M/yodites solidaginis, a Rhipiphorid,
is shown in plate 69, figures 4, 5. This is the only Coleopterous
family which any author has tried to ally to the Strepsiptera.

a. The prothorax and mesothorax are both greatly reduced, and the meta-
thorax is preponderant. This is the only group of insects in which the

metathorax has received the preponderance of size. Certain Coleoptera
have a greatly enlarged metathorax but they also have the prothorax

420

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

greater than the mesothorax. The greatest reduction of Coleopterous thorax

occurs on the mesothorax (see pl. 69, fig. 4). The greatest reduction of

Strepsipterous thorax occurs on the prothorax. :

6. The prothorax never consists of more than a tiny ring, but it is often
crowded far forward into the head until the pleurae are reduced to
mere intersegmental skin.

e. The mesothorax is a little larger than prothorax, with several small
pieces, all separated by intersegmental skin. There is no strength
in this segment.

d. The seat of bodily power is entirely in the metathorax, which em-
braces over half the body.
e. The head is separated from the thorax, and each segment of the

thorax from the others by intersegmental skins; furthermore the
various pieces of the prothorax and mesothorax are likewise
separated. In addition to this longitudinal freedom of movement
there is also great vertical freedom imparted to the body by the
intersegmental areas of the pleural region. Such a bodily forma-
tion is very primitive among insects, occurring otherwise only

in the lower orders of hemimetabolous insects. It indicates a

very different line of descent from all the other holo-metamorphic

orders.

The metathorax displays several remarkable characteristics. The
praescutum migrates from a position as a depressed neck to a po-
position in the braced part of the segment and pushes backward
breaking the scutum and reducing the scutellum. The scutum
also shows a tendency to divide to form the parascutellum and
in the extreme modification is separated from it by interseg-
mental skin. The postscutellum is the predominant piece in
the entire body, being as large as all the rest of the thorax.
No other insect known has the postscutellum thus enlarged, and
it alone is sufficient to absolutely identify a Strepsipteron. At
the base of the postscutellum is an area known as postlumbium,
which in the more primitive groups is intersegmental, but
which becomes in some genera a chitinized piece.

g. The metathorax of the Strepsiptera is far more divided than

the metathorax of any other order.

h. The front wings are reduced to inflated balancers, which
rapidly vibrate and assist in the making of noise. They
have the rudiments of wing veins.

i. The hind wings are membranous, longitudinally folding
with only radial veins. The axiliary cord is not attached
directly to the scutellum, which is quite distant from the
base of the wing, but to a small detached piece located on
the epimeral area. The number of veins varies from
eight to five.

j. The pro- and meso-coxae are free and small, the meta-
coxae are larger and more broadly attached. The pro-
and meso-trochanters are very long, the meta-trochan-
ters are shorter. The femora and tibiae display no
unusual characters. The tarsi are isomerous, typically
five-jointed with claws, but progressively reduced to
four, three and two joints without cdaws.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 421

4. The male Strepsipterous head is characteristic.

a. The eyes are large, bulbous, with the ommatidia separated by partitions.

b. The antennae vary from seven- to four-jointed and always have at least
the third and the last joints flabellately produced and covered with
sensitive organs.

ce. There is neither labrum nor labium, and the pharyngeal area is broadly
exposed.
d, The mandibles are ensiform and distant from the buccal opening.
e. The maxillae are two- or three-jointed, resembling palpi, and also
distant from the buccal opening.

5. The thorax has 10 segments, with the tenth serving as a flap over
the extended ninth. The tenth bears the anal opening. The ninth
has at its extremity an everted acute chitinous tube, with a subapical
pore for the extrusion of the penis.

6. The female is permanently inclosed in the last larval skin and
remains in the body of its host. It is a mere sac of eggs, larviform
in appearance and legless.

a. The head and thorax are united to form a chitinous disk known as the
cephalothorax. This has only a mouth opening, a pair of mandibles and
one or two pair of spiracles. It is the only exposed part of the body.

b. Between the head and thorax on the venter of the cephalothorax is the
opening of the brood canal, which extends between the female and
the uncast skin at least to the third and sometimes to the sixth
segment.

c. Entering this canal are from five to three unpaired median tubes through
which the young escape into the brood canal and thus leave the parent.

7. The male pupa is of the form of the Hymenopterous pupa. It is
contained within a puparium formed by the chitinization of the last
larval stage. The puparium shows definite homologues of all ap-
pendages. The head forms a cap or cephalothorax, which is burst off
when the male emerges.

8. The female has no pupal stage.

9. The larvae are legless, except in the first stage.

10. The first larva is active, hexapodal, with long anal stylets,
with backward pointing mandibles and peculiar internal chitiniza-
sion surrounding the mouth.

Internal anatomy.

11. The intestines in later stages are closed behind.

12. The nervous system is reduced to three ganglia, supraoeso-
phageal, thoracic, and ventral. Even in the degenerate female there
is a large brain.

13. The malpighian vessels and cutaneous glands are absent or
greatly modified.

Biology.

14. Always hypermetamorphic:
a. Hexapod first larvae.
6. Legless degenerate later larvae.

4992, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

ce. Dissimilar sexual development.
d. Pupation in puparium (male).
e. No pupation in female.
15. Always parasitic, female never free.
16. Always larviparous.
17. Each morphological group confined to a definite group of hosts.
18. A type of parasitism which sterilizes but does not kill until
the young parasites are free from the parent.

DESCRIPTIONS OF STREPSIPTERA.

Order STREPSIPTERA Kirby.

SYNONYMY.

Corrections to Bulletin 66, page 82:

Line 31. Xenos, 1793 (a genus next to Ichneumon), Rossi, 1793.

Line 32. Phthiromyiae, 1809 (Tribe III, Diptera), Latreille, 1809.

Line 46. Strepsiptera, 1859 (a family, Neuroptera Trichoptera), Gegenbaur,
1859.

Corrections to Genera Insectorum, fase. 121, page 2:

Line 3. Phthiromyiae. Latreille (tribe 3, Diptera), Gen. Crust. Ins., vol.
4, p. 88S (1899).

Line 7. Strepsiptera. Gegenbaur (family, Neuroptera Trichoptera), 1859.

Line 11. Stylopides. ULacordaire (family, Coleoptera), Gen. Col., vol. 5, pp.
634-641 (1859).

In view of many new lights on the classification new descriptions
are given to many groups and genera and detailed studies have been
made of the transition of various characters from group to group.
Notwithstanding the many new characters brought out there is no
change necessary in the family classification except as to the position
of Stichotrematidae. This fact amply bears out the author’s original
choice of superfamily and family characterizations.

Table of superfamilies of Strepsiptera.

1. Male tarsi with five joints and two tarsal claws, prethorax and mesothcrax
short, transverse; metapraescutum entirely in front of the scuti and not
extending between them. Female unknown________ 1. Mengeoidea Pierce.
Malestars? Jacking iat least Oneny omits ami decCheliyy se ea eee ee Ze
2 Female thoracic spiracles more or less easily discernible, generally promi-
nent. Male tarsi with four joints (possibly not in Stichotrematoidea)_ 3
Female thoracic spiracles not usually discernible, never prominent; Ho-
MOPHerayagDAUraASites sea. ke aH de es _ es eee ates (Pera eee eae 4,
3. Female with three rows of 12 or more genital tubes entering brood canal.
Males unknown. Orthoptera parasites___ 2. Stichotrematoidea Hofeneder.
Female with four of five unpaired genital tubes entering brood canal. Male
tarsi with four joints; prothorax and mesothorax short, transverse. Para-
sites of Hymenoptera and Hemiptera_________-_______ 3. Xenoidea Pierce.

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 423

4, Male tarsi with three joints; prothorax sometimes invisible at sides. Female
head apically lobed; only two genital tubes entering brood canal.
4. Halictophagoidea Pierce.
Male tarsi with two joints. Female head with tubercles ventral, more or
less obsolete; only three genital tubes entering brood canal.
5. Hlenchoidea Pierce.

I. Superfamily MENGEOIDEA Pierce.

This superfamily is characterized in the male by its five-jointed
tarsi with two tarsal claws and is therefore the most generalized type
in the order. The metathorax also shows the simplest characters,
the five known genera all having the praescutum entirely anterior to
the scutum and scutellum. In the family Mengeidae the praescutum
is bandlike and similar to the pronotum and mesonotum. In the
family Mengenillidae the praescutum is depressed necklike.

Two families, five genera, six species.

Germany, Algeria, Australia, Texas, Mexico.

Hosts unknown; females unknown.

Table of families of Mengeoidea.

Antennae seven-jointed, third and fourth joints laterally produced; meta-
thoracic praescutum transverse, reaching humeri; scuti entirely behind
praescutum; scutellum broadly rounded in front, longer than praescutum ;
postlumbium very short and transverse_______________ 1. Mengeidae Pierce.

Antennae six-jointed, third, fourth, and fifth joints laterally produced, sixth
elongate; metathoracic praescutum transverse quadrate, not reaching humeri,
depressed and serving as a sort of neck; scuti at humeral angles reaching
mesothorax; scutellum very long, narrowed and rounded in front; postlum-
biumvaboutasone asipro1d ss = eee 2. Mengenillidae Hofeneder.
It is quite possible that the families Stichotrematidae and Cal-

lipharixenidae, described from females, may correspond with these

families base on males.
1. Family MENGEIDAE Pierce.

This family is characterized by five-jointed tarsi with claws; seven-
jointed antennae with the third and fourth joints laterally pro-
longed; large eye facets distinctly separated one from another; trans-
verse metapraescutum not prolonged behind between scuti; post-
lumbium short, transverse; abdomen with 10 segments, the first
eight normal, the ninth ventrally prolonged and bearing the oedeagus
at apex, the tenth serving as a flaplike covering of the ninth and con-
taining the anal opening.

The scuti are narrowly connected in front of the scutellum in
Mengea tertiaria, but in Triozocera they are narrowly connate with
the praescutum at the sides of and in front of the scutellum.

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Table of genera of Mengeidae.

Wings having eight primary veins from base, with one distal detached vein be-
tween radius and medius and with the second and third anal veins apically
united and a detached anal vein beyond these; fifth and sixth antennal joints
short, not much longer than first and second_______________ 1. Mengea Grote.

Wings having eight primary veins from base, with one distal detached vein be-
yond the tip of the radius, medius with two detached branches, third anal
faint; fifth and sixth antennal joints elongate___________ 2. Triozocera Pierce.

1. Genus MENGEA Grote.

Correction to Bulletin 66, p. 207:

Lines 17, 18, 19. Grote, Augustus Radcliffe. *1886. (Changes Triaena Menge
preoccupied, to Mengea, new name), Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 100.

Corrections to Genera Insectorum:

Page 8, last line. JMfengea. Grote, The Canad. Entom., vol. 18, p. 100 (1886).

Page 9, lines 14-16. Mengea tertiaria, Grote, The Canad. Hntom.. vol. 18, p.
100 (1886) ; Pierce, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 66, p. 84, pl. 1, fig. 1 (1909) ;
Hoteneder, Bericht. Naturw. Med. Ver. Innsbruck, vol. 32, pp. 33-57, figs. 10-15
(1910).

This genus contains one species, which was found fossil in amber
in Germany.

1. MENGEA TERTIARIA Grote.

The study of thoracic characters has enabled the writer to make
an interpretation of Menge’s drawing and description of this species.
This drawing is necessarily arbitrary, but differs from Menge’s
mainly in the addition of the postlumbium (pl. 64, fig. 1).

This species differs principally from Zriozocera by the length of
the last three antennal segments. In Mengea the fifth and sixth
joints are short, the seventh longer. In 7'riozocera these three joints
are subequal and elongate, the sixth being a little shorter than the
others.

2. Genus TRIOZOCERA Pierce.

This genus has several interesting characteristics. The facets of
the eyes are large and well separated. The head is not crowded. The
mandibles are reduced to a tiny chitinous filament and the maxillae
are one-jointed. The pronotum is arched forward in texana, but not
in mexicana. It is a simple band in both species. Mesonotum is
composed of two indistinctly separated transverse pieces. The meta-
scuti are not or at most only partially divided transversely to form
the parascutellar pieces. The mesopleurum is enlarged to form a
lobe under the base of the elytra, beneath which is the spiracular open-
ing. This location of the spiracle is entirely analogous to that in
Aenos. The tiny pro- and meso-coxae are loosely attached to lateral
hooks, which are apparently a fusion of trochantin, episternum, and
epimeron. The pro- and meso-trochanters are elongate. The meta-

NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 425

coxae terminate the sternum, being contiguous medially, and bear
the trochanters, which are much shorter than those of the other two
pair of legs.

Table of species of Triozocera.

1. Prothorax arched forward; first abdominal spiracle distinctly on the first
abdominal segment; host unknown; Texas_________________ texana Pierce.

2. Prothorax not arched forward; first abdominal spiracle on the suture between
epimeron and first abdominal segment; host unknown; Mexico__---____
We ge Nd ee ae aE a leg ha ey mexicana Pierce.

TRIOZOCERA TEXANA Pierce.
Plate 64, figs. 2-10.

This species has served to make Mengea tertiaria intelligible, as it
differs mainly in antennal and wing characters. Unfortunately the
specimen was caught at light and the head was singed, loosing its
antennae (the antennae in PI. I, fig. 10, are reconstructions based on
T. mexicana). Otherwise the type is perfect and gives a fine under-
standing of the most primitive characters in the order. By tracing
the descriptions through the paper it will be apparent that the scutum
in later families has become medially separated by the backward
crowding of the praescutum and that the parascutellum is the result
of a transverse fision of scutum. Other modifications also become
clear. The thoracic structure of this genus is therefore given below
in considerable detail.

Prothorax with notum arched forward, simple. Sternum lobate at
anterior angles, the lobe possibly a part of episternum. Presternite
tiny, triangular. Eusternum short, transverse, united laterally to
episternum, which is prolonged posteriorly in the form of a hook, at
the apex of which coxa is attached. This hook probably also contains
trochantin and epimeron. The sternellum (furcasternite) is medi-
ally divided by a strong black line, which forms an inverted T with
the posterior margin. The poststernellum is a tiny area behind the
sternellum. The remainder of the sternum is composed of soft inter-
segmental skin, which extends forward into the coxal area. The
tiny coxa appearing like a tiny basal piece of trochanter is attached
to the pleural hook and by a tiny filament to a little hook at the side
of the sternellum. The trochanter, femur, tibia, and first tarsal joint
are elongate; second and third tarsal joints together about equal to
the first, pubescent and cylindrical; fourth joint short, inferiorly
lobate pulvilliform; fifth joint arising about the middle of fourth,
more slender and armed with two minutely dentate, curved ungues.

Mesothorax with notum of a single piece faintly divided by a
transverse fold. The anterior part is divided by its pubescence into
a central area and two anterior lateral triangular pieces. The latter
are probably the praescutum and the central piece the scutum.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Behind the transverse fold is the scutellum and at the apex folded
in, is the transverse postscutellum. The posterior angles are elon-
gate, passing beneath. Below the attachment of the clavate elytra
the pleuri are greatly inflated, lobate, with the anterior margin
granulate, three edged, and immediately below a small elytral hook.
The sternum is divided into four parts, the pleurum is fused into
one. The anterior piece on the median line is a very narrow trans-
verse strip (eusternum) enlarging very greatly toward the side.
This latter area is strongly depressed and distinctly margined be-
hind by the inner edge of the pleural lobe. The depression becomes
deepest at the acute posterior corner and appears to be diagonally
cleft to form a spiracular opening. In fact on focusing, the trachea
can be seen terminating practically at this cleavage. The pleural
area (trochantin+episternum-+epimeron) behind the angle of the
so-called spiracular orifice narrows into a curved hook to which the
coxa is attached. Behind the eusternum the sternellum is medially
divided by a strong inverted T as on the presternum. The post
sternellum is a transverse area behind the sternellum. The coxa
appears as a small basal piece to the trochanter. The legs are as in
pronotum.

Metathorax almost four times as large as prothorax and meso-
thorax combined. Notum consists of praescutum, prelare, scutum,
scutellum, postlumbium and postscutellum. The praescutum is con-
vex on anterior margin and lies entirely in front of the scutum.
Scutum is narrowly connected with praescutum at apex of scutellum.
A faint line on each side separates the suralare. Scutum is divided
to form parascutellum by a line from base of wing. Scutellum is
elongate subtriangular.

Opposite the base of the scutellum on the epimeron there is a tiny
lobe, to which is attached the axillary cord. This is a detached part
of scutellum. Behind this little piece the epimeral area is enlarged
and continues unbroken to the coxae and behind them, and is fused
with the sternellum in front of the coxae. This large area may be
called hypoepimeron to the coxae, and postcoxale behind them. A
faint color line separates presternum from eusternum, and a faint
fold the eusternum from sternellum. The coxae are conical pieces
and are contiguous on the median line. The trochanters are shorter
than for the other two pair. Femur, tibia, and first tarsal joint
are elongate.

The first abdominal spiracle is distinctly on the first abdominal
segment, but near the edge of the hypoepimeron.

The oedeagus is slightly sinuate, acute.

The wings have a faint indication of the third anal vein, so the
generic description is changed in the key to read with eight primary
veins. This is made clear in the drawing of the venter which shows
the bases of the wings.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 427

TRIOZOCERA MEXICANA Pierce.

Plate 65, figs. 1-10.

Only two specimens of this species occur, the type in the United
States National Museum collection and the paratype in the author’s
private collection at the museum.

New drawings have been made to illustrate the thoracic characters.

By the use of improved microscope accessories the mouth parts
have been studied. These are very aberrant, the mandibles being
reduced to a tiny filament and the maxillae being long pubescent
appendages with a small second joint attached before the tip (pl. 65,
figs. 4, 5).

The antennal structure is very rough, consisting of round sensory
organs surrounded by setigerous tubercles (pl. 65, fig. 3).

The description of tewana will fit this species in general. It is im-
portant to note that the author’s illustration in Genera Insectorum
(pl. 1, fig. 1) was in error as to the shape of the scutellum. The speci-
men was mounted slightly on its side and hence not easily studied.

II. Family MENGENILLIDAE Hofeneder.

Erratum: Gen. Insect., p. 10, line 2, read “ Vol. 32” for “ Vol. 81.”

This family is characterized in addition to the six-jointed, four-
branched antennae, and five-jointed tarsi, by an emargination of the
head, a metathoracic praescutum placed entirely in front of the
scutum and not reaching the lateral angles; a very large meta coxa;
and a large postlumbium.

Table of genera.

LF eScutumedividedsbyaSeutellnmae ewes ee ee ee 2
Scutum narrowly connected in front of scutellum______ Tetrozocera Pierce

2. Scutellum broad in front; wings lacking the third anal vein, with two de-
tached veins between radius and medius and one behind medius; mandi-
Dlesmiriangulare + se ae Ss ne ie a ete Austrostylops Lea.
Scutellum narrow in front; wings lacking two anal veins, with two detached
veins between radius and medius and one behind medius; mandibles elon-
SACL ACULC Fae Lae aE ee Ae ae eed Re Mengenilla Wofeneder.

8. Genus MENGENILLA Hofeneder.

Errata: Gen. Insect., pp. 10, 11, 16, 29, read “ Vol. 32” for “ Vol. 31.”
MENGENILLA CHOBAUTII Hofeneder.
Plate 66, figs. 6, 7.
Because of Hofeneder’s misinterpretation of the parts of the thorax
the writer has made drawings based on the original illustrations to

serve as an aid to the proper understanding of the following remarks.
It is apparent from Hofeneder’s drawings that this insect has

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

structures strictly analogous to those of the other species in the
family.

The pronotum is simple. The mesonotum is simple, with small
lateral basal pieces. Metanotum has the praescutum raised to the
level of the remainder of the metathorax and slightly angulate be-
hind. The scuti are narrowly separated by the scutellum. The
postlumbian is very large and the postscutellum relatively small.
At the side of postscutellum are two small pleurotergite areas, the
lower of which was called epimeron by Hofeneder. The prelare is a
large piece and was considered part of episternum by Hofeneder.
Episternum is longitudinally divided, but only the lower lobe or
lateropleurite was recognized as episternum by Hofeneder. The
pleural suture extends to the coxae. The epimeron is a large strip
from wing to coxa, the front part of which was called parapleuron
by Hofeneder, and in his figure “6a” the part labeled “sz.” is the
hypoepimeron. Hofeneder figures the little triangular piece on
epimeron, which the writer considers a detached piece of scutellum,
to which the axillary cord is attached, as described under 7'riozocera.

The prosternum has a tiny eusternum and a transverse sternellum,
biemarginate, with the coxae attached at the outer angles of the
emargination.

The mesosternum has a transverse presternum and a transverse
eusternum, which is fused with episternum. The sternellum is as in
the prothorax.

The metasternum is large and not divided transversely, but with
the usual longitudinal division of the sternellar area. The epimeron
extends as a postcoxale behind the coxae. The coxa is a very large
lobate area bearing the trochanter.

4, Genus AUSTROSTYLOPS Lea.
Plate 66, fig. 5.

Lea’s figure of Austrostylops gracilis is so poor that it is impossible
to interpret adequately the thoracic scelerites. The writer has made
a drawing in which a slight interpretation of Lea’s original is added.

5. TETROZOCERA, new genus.

Type of the genus—Tetrozocera santchii, new species.

Name derived from rérpa (four) + fos (branch) + xképas.
(horn) = four branched antennae.

Male—Head transverse; eyes large, prominent, with many large
facets. Mandibles large, flattened, triangular; maxillae two-jointed,
elongate. Antennae six-jointed, sensitive, with the third, fourth,
and fifth joints laterally produced and the sixth elongate. Prothorax
and metathorax transverse. Elytra subclavate. Metathorax very

No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 429

large, with praescutum small, necklike, depressed, and almost con-
cealed by mesothorax and scutum. Scutum narrowly connected in
front of the broadly rounded scutellum. There is no indication of a
fission to form the parascutellum. Postlumbium large, postscutellum
relatively smaller than usual. Wings with two anal veins lacking.
There are two small detached veins between redius and medius, but
none behind medius. Tarsi five-jointed, armed with two long claws.

Female——Unknown.

fHosis.—Unknown.

TETROZOCERA SANTCHII, new species.

Plate 66, figs. 1-4.

Described from a single male collected by F. Santchi at Kairouan,
Algeria, in August, 1907.

This species differs from Mengenilla chobautii Hofeneder, also of
Algeria in the following characteristics: The praescutum is de-
pressed, not raised to the disk. The scuti are connected, not sep-
arated by the scutellum. The scutellum is broadly rounded, not
acute at apex. The head is broadly emarginate, not sharply. The
eyes are diagonal, elongate, not rounded when seen from above.

The specimen had been rather badly treated, having been origi-
nally in alcohol and later dry mounted. One wing is missing. It
has been impossible to locate the tiny scutellar triangle on the
epimeron, but it may be present. This is the first specimen in the
order in which the abdominal spiracles have all been visible. They
are quite large on all but the eighth segment. The first is located
just below the suture, between the lower lateropleurite and the
epimeron, but entirely on the first segment. The lateropleurite ex-
tends forward almost to the wing.

Type.—Cat. No. 21484, U.S.N.M.

II. Superfamily STICHOTREMATOIDEA Hofeneder.

Il. Family STICHOTREMATIDAE Hofeneder.
6. Genus STICHOTREMA Hefeneder.

1. STICHOTREMA DALLATORREANUM Hofeneder.
Plate 67.

Parasite of Sexava nubila Stal; Admiralty Islands, and of Sexava,
species; Schouten Islands.

Triungulinid: Described from paratype specimens from Schouten
Islands, sent the author by Doctor Hofeneder. Oblong, with trans-
verse quadrate head; subequal thoracic segments; eight simple ab-
dominal segments; the ninth dorsal being very long and covering the
tenth, quadrate, with apical angles armed with short bristles and

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

with two apical tubercles bearing long bristles; ninth ventral short
quadrate with setigerous tubercles at apical angles; tenth apical,
dorsally covered by ninth, armed with a very long pair of approx-
imate bristles; tarsi consisting of single-jointed pads.

Head apically emarginate, containing very peculiar internal
chitinizations. The mouth opening causes an emargination of the
apex. ‘This is braced by a ventral bridge which sends forward an
arm on each side of the mouth and also two similar arms backward.
This chitinization extends dorsally and forms an elliptical orifice
for the esophagus. Externally lying over this chitinization and ap-
parently connected with it is a four-pronged piece with at least
three of the prongs prominent when viewed from the side (illustrated
in pl. 67, fig. 3). The mandibles are also peculiar. They are at-
tached apparently to the anterior arms of the ventral bridge and
extend laterally almost to the eyes and have a long tooth extending
to the base of the head. The antennae appear to be three jointed and
are placed near the anterior margin about halfway between mouth
and ocelli. The second joint has a long lateral arista. The ocelli
are in three pairs, the anterior being immense in comparison to the
size of the head. The crystalline lens is convex and beneath it at
some distance are clusters of pigment granules. Two smaller ocelli
lie behind this as shown in figure 3, plate 67. .

Paratypes.—Cat. No. 21435, U.S.N.M.

III. Superfamily XENOIDEA Pierce.

Table of families.

1. Male unknown. Female cephalothorax narrow and elongated with two
pair of spiracles; five genital tubes entering brood canal. Parasites of

Heteroptera, i221. ee eee IV. Callipharizenidae, new family.
Males known. Female cephalothorax broader, with only a single pair
OF SpITACles) ia se) ee ee fees Ras BS Aes 2
2./Seutellumibroadly rounded kinitromts2 22 2 ft. Fe ea eee eee 3
Scutellum more or less broadly truncate, and pedunculate in front______ +

8. Scutellum shorter than praescutum; postlumbian short, transverse; anten-
nae seven-jointed, third joint laterally produced, fourth joint short, fifth
to seventh joints elongate. Female unknown. Parasites of Formi-
coidea_.. 2 tee NL EE Pe LPR ERE V. Myrmecolacidae Pierce.

Scutellum longer than praescutum; postlumbium at least half as long as
broad; antennae six-jointed, the third joint laterally produced. Wemale
cephalothorax broadly truncate or rounded at apex; head almost one-
half as wide as metathorax at spiracles; five genital tubes entering brood
Canal Fa bars Sitesn Ob yA Old Gaia eer ee oe eee VI. Stylopidae Wirby.

4. Praescutum as broad as mesothorax at base; antennae five-jointed, the
third joint laterally produced, fourth very short, fifth elongate. Wemale
cephalothorax with head not more than one-half as wide as metathorax
at spiracles. Parasites of Apoidea_____________ VII. Hylecthridae Pierce.

Praescutum not as broad as mesotherax at base; antennae four-jointed, the

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 431

third joint laterally produced, fourth joint elongate. Memale cephalothorax
variable in shape, four or five genital tubes entering brood-canal. Para-
sites of XNenoidea, Sphecoidea, and Apoidea_____ VIII. Xenidae Semenov.

IV. CALLIPHARIXENIDAH, new family.

Female cephalothorax elongate, with margin distinctly indicating
thoracic segments, mesothoracic and metathoracic spiracles present,
not surpassing the margin; brood canal extending to apex of sixth
abdominal segment and apparently with five median unpaired geni-
tal tubes.

Triungulinid with seven simple abdominal segments, eighth dor-
sally enlarged, ninth greatly enlarged and partially enclosing the
tenth whcih is terminated by two long stylets. Shorter hairs at sides
of ninth. Tarsi one-jointed with three filaments or claws.

Includes two genera and two species.

1. Callipharizenos Pierce, type muiri Pierce; parasitic on Calli-
phara; Amboina.

2. Chrysocorixenos Pierce, type siamensis Pierce; parasitic on
Chrysocoris; Siam.

7. CALLIPHARIXENOS, new genus.

Female with five unpaired median tubes and two pair of cephalo-
thoracic spiracles; cephalothorax very elongate not narrowing per-
ceptibly until base of head is reached.

Parasites of the Scutellarid genus Calliphara.

Type of the genus.—Callipharixenos muiri, new species; Amboina;
Calliphara billiardieret Fabricius.

1. CALLIPHARIXENOS MUIRI, new species.

Plate 68, figs. 2-7.

Described from three females extracted from specimens of Calli-
phara billiardieret Fabricius, collected in Amboina by F. Muir,
under his number 388. One female contained two female parasites
in the fifth ventral segment and a male contained one female in the
fifth ventral. Triungulinids were present.

Female (pl. 68, figs. 2, 3).—Entire body 8 mm. long, cephalo-
thorax 1.2 mm. long, about 0.6 mm. wide. Abdomen with five un-
paired median genital tubes. Cephalothorax elongate with two
pair of spiracles opening on the sides. The measurements are based
on the metathoracic spiracles as usual. The sides of the head extend
backward and inclose the prothorax. The first abdominal segment is
also apparently a part of the cephalothorax, separated by slight con-
striction. Mandibles subquadrate with tooth at inner apical angle.

From this point on whenever females are measured the following
dimensions are taken with the aid of a Bausch and Lomb microscope,

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

i60 mm. tube length, 1 inch eyepiece micrometer, 16 mm. objective.
‘The measurements represent spaces on the micrometer scale in which
one space =0.0149 mm.

The measurements are given by number as follows:

1. Breadth of cephalothorax at spiracles.

2. Breadth of head at base.

3. Breadth of head at base of mandibles.

4. Breadth of basal constriction of cephalothorax.

5. Length from anterior edge of spiracles to apex.

6. Length from base to apex.

These measurements are also given in a second table under each
species comparing them proportionately with measurement No. 1.
(See text fig. 5, p. 406.)

Table of measurements.

Measurements 2h) ce Lae cee ck oe Ae ae ee anaes 1 | 2 3 4 5 6 yndex
TYPO z.bets os anos cote acces AUN Se Bae else eras ae olin S abe riled Digs RAPD Cleaned SO Lebel |b BAIROO LO et aaa mes 2
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles . - 1.00} 0.95) 0.36) 0.76) 1.06) 1.47) 5,60

This shows what a different mathematical formula this species has
from the genus Stylops.

Triungulinid (pl. 68, figs. 4-7) : Elongate, eet podal: Head trans-
verse, emarginate, with ae ocelli in a dark patch on each side. These
Saale are completely separated, perfect, simple eyes with rather large
lenses and the outline of the entire eye darkened. The crystal body is
funnel shaped, extending through the ocellus. Mandibles elongate,
slender, curved, turned backward, and apparently with an opening in
the enlarged tip. The pharyngeal skeleton is much more slender
than in Stichotrema, consisting of an arched piece and two almost
straight diverging rods. The antennae are very indistinct even with
the highest power magnification, but seem to be composed of two
joints and a filament.

The coxae are very large; femora and tibiae apically spined; tarsus
one jointed, terminated apparently by three slender filaments. This
is a very unusual type of tarsus for Strepsiptera. The eighth, ninth,
and tenth segments of the abdomen are greatly modified. The eighth
laterally extends almost to the apex of the ninth, but is dorsally
emarginate and ventrally is normal. The ninth incloses the tenth,
which bears a pair of stylets.

Types (female and triungulinids).—Cat. No. 21436, U.S.N.M.

8. CHRYSOCORIXENOS, new genus.

Female with five unpaired genital tubes, and two pair of cephalo-
thoracic spiracles. Cephalothorax very elongate, only narrowing in
front of bass of head.

No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 433

Parasites of the Scutellarid genus CArysocoris.
Type of the genus.—Chrysocorixenos siamensis, new species; Siam ;
Chrysocoris grandis Thunberg.
1. CHRYSOCORIXENOS SIAMENSIS, new species.

Plate 68, fig. 1.

Described from one female from a specimen of Chrysocoris grandis
Thunberg, from Siam.

Female.—Brood canal extends to apex of sixth segment and seg-
ments 2-6 have median unpaired genital tubes. Cephalothorax ap-
parently includes first abdominal segment with slight constriction at
base of thorax. Two pair of cephalothoracic spiracles. Head pro-
longed behind at sides,

Table of measurements.

| Index

Moasnremeniseccan-seeseenosese ne esanea sees scseneeels 1 2 3 4 5 6 total.
Ons caceeee reco cece da a Semmeektnee oonter ieee see as 58 AGP PCO Shr Miser seas
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles..... 1.00 | 0.93} 0.34 | 0.64] 0.96| 1.37 6.24

Type—Cat. No. 21487, U.S.N.M.
V. Family MYRMECOLACIDAE Pierce.

Table of Genera.

Wings short in proportion to body, with eight primary veins; fifth and sixth
% antennal joints subclavate; tenth dorsal abdominal segment small, not con-
cealing oedeagus and anal cavity__________ ai, SOV) 9. Myrmecolax Westwood.
Wings long, with only six primary veins from base, the cubitus and third anal
missing, with a short detached vein just below the apex of the radius, medius
short and continued by a long detached vein beginning behind it and shortly
before its apex; fifth and sixth antennal joints slender throughout; tenth

dorsal segment very large, completely covering oedaegus and anal cavity.
10. Caenocholag Pierce,

9. Genus MYRMECOLAX Westwood.
1. Af. nietnerit Westwood ; parasite of formicid; Ceylon.
10. Genus CAENOCHOLAX Pierce.

1. C. fenyest Pierce; host unknown; Mexico.

1. CAENOCHOLAX FENYESI Pierce.
Plate 69, figs. 1-3.
Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 14, last line, add “ Pl. 1, unnumbered figures”; p. 52,
lines 14, 15, read “*4” for “3-’
The dorsal portions of the thorax of this species are adequately
described in previous papers, but a few points ought to be empha-
3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——29

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. v4.

sized at this time. The mesonotum is distinctly divided into three
transverse areas. The pronotum is pushed far forward between the
eyes. The metathoracic scutum is not divided by praescutum and
scutellum. Parascutellum is completely separated from scutum.

The pleural plates of the prothorax and mesothorax are conspicu-
ous, and ventrally are united with the eusternum. The sternellum
is, as usual, longitudinally strongly marked on the median line.
The front and middle trochanters are normally elongate.

The metathoracic pleurae are greatly twisted. The prelare is a
large piece indistinctly separated from the lower lobe of the epister-
num (lateropleurite). The epimeron is narrow in front but very
large in the hypoepimeral zone. The pleural suture is very sinuous
and reaches the coxae. Episternum does not come near the coxae,
being terminated as usual in this order, far forward. The sternum is
indistinctly marked into two areas. The coxa is large and bears a
very smal] trochanter. The hind femora are short and broad.

VI. Family STYLOPIDAE Kirby.

As now characterized, the family Stylopidae has in the male six-
jointed antennae, with only the third joint laterally produced; four-
jointed tarsi without claws; metathoracic praescutum extending be-
tween scuti but not always separating them; postlumbium rather
iarge; parascutellum distinct; and in the female, five genital tubes,
distinct mandibles, distinct spiracles.

The following genera and subgenera are included:

Stylops Kirby 1802, type, melittae Kirby; 50 species.

Subgenus Stylops Kirby; 48 species.

Subgenus Hatastylops Pierce, type, polemonii Pierce; 1 species.

Subgenus Prostylops Pierce, type, pilipedis Pierce; 1 species.

Neostylops Pierce, type, crawfordi Pierce; 5 species.

Parastylops Meijere 1908, type, fagellatus Meigere; 1 species.

Table of genera of Stylopidae (Males).

1. Metathoraciec scutum not divided by praescutum and scutellum_____-____ 2
Metathoracie scutum divided by praescutum and scutellum; antennae short
ANG TODUSE ee = Set Re PG SRI Pe fae BAST AL 11. Stylops Kirby.
Antennae shorteand robust. Saat teeet Se eee 12. Neostylops Pierce.
Antennae attenuate_______________ eos Se! 13, Parastylops: Meijere.

Table of species of female Stylopidae.

Lo(@)cSpiracies snot reaching “Mancini s 22 tae ee ee ee ee Pe
(O)--Spirgeless reac hii gsi yy earns aa Ee I Jere at

. (a) Mandibles with an apical tooth and a strong lateral tooth near base;
base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; distance

from spiracles to apex 0.71 the breadth at spiracles (Stylops,

PATOUWP Heo 2k oe ae ie one ne _ perce Ee Se eS me bipunctatae.

NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSiIPTERA—PIERCE. 435

(b) Mandibles broad, subquadrate, with apical tooth; base of head 0.62 as
wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; distance from spiracles to apex

0.80 the breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 1)—--------~---- moestae.

3h (@)eSpiracles? not jprominentav 2 ons) es eee A,
(b) eSpinaclesuprominent e228) e eee ee ee ee ee 2BY
4n(a)eltandibles=without tooth — 83 oes a ee ees ee eee + ¢| Saeee Bye
(i)eviandiblestoothede === eee ee ee eee ee 8.

5. (a) Cephalothorax broader than long___—_~-~ re S Sy ee Twurh Fi Ge Gtk. 6.
(b )i@ephalothoraxlongercthansbronds Sse ee ee {(¢

6. (a) Base of head 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.65 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax only
0.94 breadth at spiracles (Neostylops, group 1) -~--------~ crawfordi.
(b) Base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.80 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.96
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 2) —---------_-_-___ mandibularis.
(a) Base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.72 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.10
breadth at spiracles; very small (Katastylops) ~~~ ~~-_-____ polemonit.
(b) Base of head 0.67 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.74 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.03

breadth at spiracles; very large (Prostylops)—~------------- pilipedis.

8. (a) Mandibles with only one tooth, not angulate on side_______________ 9.
(b) Mandibles with an apical tooth, and an angulation or tooth on side__ 17.

935 (a)\- Cephalothorax .broader-than) longs) 2a EE 10.
(b) Cephalothorax as long as, or longer than, broad___---_------_--_- 11.

10. (a) Mandibles subquadrate with tooth at inner apical angle; base of head
0.51 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.67
breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.87 breadth at spi-
TEMS SSI SERIA) Df Ea DT 0) 8) i en nubeculae.

(b) Mandibles rounded with tooth near apex; base of head 0.62 as wide as
cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.54 breadth at
spiracles; length of cephalothorax 0.97 breadth at spiracles (Siylops,

STOUD WY 4) eee rE a ad Oe Sid aie te eee Sees subcandidae.

11e4 (a) eCephalothorax as Jong as sbroad=—— = == See eee ae eee ee 2:
(0) Cephalothorax longer than broadsss hase Se Sie eee 15.

126 (@)) Mandibles: elongatesrounded 2432.2 Sai ee es sea eee 3:
(bo) Mandibles‘subquadrates 226-5 < 582k) Giese tir ae oP eoe te pee i 14.

13. (a) Mandibles with tooth on inner side, surpassed by apex; base of head
0.58 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax

0.74 breadth at spiracles; spiracles lateral, hardly prominent (Sty-

LOPS LLOUp "(D)) 22s Suet Se eee FS Se easel krygeri.

(b) Mandibles with acute tooth at apex; base of head 0.58 as wide as
‘cephalothorax at spiracle; base of cephalothorax 0.82 breadth at
spiracles; spiracles lateral, convex, but not strongly prominent
(Stylops, ‘croup? 6) REE eee See cane erie op et ee multiplicatae.

14. (a) Tooth of mandible near inner apical angle; base of head 0.56 as wide as
cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.87 breadth at
spiracles ; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group 6)_---advarians.
Tooth of mandible apical; base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax
at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.78 breadth at spiracles; spira-
cles lateral, but not prominent (Stylops, group 6) —~-----~ bisalicidis.
(c) Tooth of mandible halfway between apical angles; base of head 0.62
as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.80
breadth at spiracles; spiracles slightly convex on margin but not
DLrOMInNent (USCYlLOPS SLOUDsG) ee le ee ee sparsipilosae.

(b)

—

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

436
15. (a) Mandibles rounded with apical tooth-2-_~--_~------__-----~---__= 16.
(b) Mandibles emarginate at apex with strong outward curved tooth at

16. (a)

(b)

UG. a)

(b)
18. (a)

(db)
19.

—

(b)

(c)

20. (a)
(db)

(0)

(c)

(d)

(e)

inner angle and outer angle rounded; spiracle slightly convex but not
vrominent; base of head 0.56 to 0.65 as wide as cephalothorax at
spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.71 to 0.78 breadth at spiracles;
length of cephalothorax 1.02° to 1.18 breadth at spiracles (Stylops,
SrOUps My = ee a ee ONE SE UT ak SEE erigeniae.
Base of head 0.64 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.79 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.03
breadth at spiracles; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group
S)) ies _ 2 ie tS eal om ites ee a ge eet hippotes.
Base of head 0.55 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06
breadth at spiracles; spiracles laterally slightly convex but not promi-
nent, (Siylops, erouptS) cease — sr let Yeah ee eS Reeds nasoni.
Mandibles two-angled at apex and slightly emarginate between, not
distinctly toothed; base of head 0.66 as wide as cephalothorax at
spiracles; base of cephalothorax the same; length of cephalothorax
1.03 breadth at spiracles; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops, group

Q)) eerie See teens + eel ely ty 1) hee EE oe ayant ae GIDENKI.
Mandibles toothed at apex and angled on outer side______________- 18.
Cephalothorax as long as broad; spiracles barely marginal (Stylops,

SLOUp ALO) je eee oe bet ce ce bees Ary Ab fen pre do ane oh thes put claytoniae 19.
Cephalothorax longer than broad_________________ qualia le drrel ef eg 20.

Varieties of S. claytoniae; base of cephalothorax 0.68 breadth at
spiracles.
Mandibles rounded with apical tooth and slight angle on outer side;
base of head 0.54 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles.
var. claytoniae.
Mandibles subquadrate with tooth near inner apical angle and with
strong angle near middle of outer side; base of head 0.58 as wide as

cephalothoraxtatespinacles#@as ea Sites: Th ara aes var. imitatria.
Mandibles strongly two-toothed; base of head 0.64 as wide as cephalo-
thorax at ‘spiraclesia = 2s Bieter ie 2h See tale var. vierecki
Lateral angle of mandible not toothlike_____-~__— 4 pal
Lateral angle of mandible toothlike and subbasal__________________ 22

Base of head 0.56 to 0.59 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base ot
cephalothorax 0.66 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.07
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)____________________ brunert.

Base of head 0.59 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.70 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.09
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)_--____-__________ oklahomae.

Base of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.80 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)__-______________ salictariae.

Base of head 0.62 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.73 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 11)________________ andrenoides.

Base of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.75 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.08
breadth at spiracles; outer apical angle of mandible strongly rounded,
apex emarginate between angle and tooth (Stylops, group 11).

medionitans.

NO. 2242.

MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 437

22.

25.

27.

30.

(a
(b

(0b).

)
)

rel (4)

)

(b)

(¢

(b
(a
(b

(b
(a

)

)
)
)

—

)

)
)

)

~—

Base of head 0.57 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cepha-
lothorax 0.69 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.08
breadth at spiracles (Neostylops, group 2)________________ solidulae.

Mandibles with apical tooth or sharp angle, but without lateral angle. 24

Mandibles with apical tooth and an angle on lateral margins_______ 29

Cephalothorax broader than long or exactly as long as broad; base of
head 0.59 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles___.________.___ 25

Cephalothorax longer jibmanyprontl se 2222 ee 26

Mandibles broadly rounded, toothed near inner apical angles; breadth at
base of mandibles 0.40 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles;
base of cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group
a |) ee WS 2S eee eae sinuatus.

Mandibles subquadrate with apical tooth pointed outward; breadth at
base of mandibles 0.31 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles;
base of cephalothorax 0.73 breadth at spiracles (Styleps, group
Di) a ee eee ees ce ee nies Jos ee Ptah eas grandior.

Mandibles narrowly rounded, toothed at apex; breadth at base of
mandibles 0.36 as broad as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.74 breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 12)___nudae.

Mandibles merely angulate at apex; breadth of head 0.67 as wide as
cephalothorax at spiracles; breadth of cephalothorax at base 0.83
breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.07 breadth at spiracles
(Siylons; group) 13) 222 ee aahictlonis:

Mandibles distinctly stoothedsat, apex = 2223.2 eee ee 27

Mandibles subquadrate with outward pointing tooth________________ 28

Mandibles rounded with apical tooth; base of head 0.52 to 0.56 as wide
as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of cephalothorax 0.69 breadth
at Spiracles*(Stylops, ‘eroup) 12) eee 2 saree eee cornii.

Base of head 0.60 to 0.68 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; dis-
tance from spiracles to apex 0.64 to 0.68 breadth at spiracles (Stylops,
SLOUPHLD)), = sehr LN __ wien. | en) californica.

Base of head 0.57 to 0.64 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; dis-
tance from spiracles to apex 0.69 to 0.74 breadth at spiracles (Stylops,
STLOUPRALD))) poe eels IN ht See eeathtesds | gy) 2 i coh BR ae te vicinae.

Cephalothorax broader than long; breadth of head 0.53 as wide as
cephalothorax at spiracles; of cephalothorax 0.69 breadth at spira-
cles; length of cephalothorax 0.92 breadth at spiracles (Stylops,
Sroup pl) = sat ee pe ee eT eat graenicheri.

Cephalothorax:longerithan broader. sae ee ee ee ee eee 30.

Breadth of head 0.53 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.83 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04
breadth at ‘spiracles (Stylops, group 15) 222222 cressoni.

Breadth of head 0.56 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.77 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04
DLeadth at spiracles (Siylops croup da) diabola.

Breadth of head 0.60 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.86 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.06
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 16)______________ hartfordensis,

Breadth of head 0.61 as wide as cephalothorax at spiracles; base of
cephalothorax 0.71 breadth at spiracles; length of cephalothorax 1.04
breadth at spiracles (Stylops, group 16) __~__-__________- neonande,

438

VROCBEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Arrangement of female stylopidae according to breadth of cephalothoraxr at
spiracles.

POLEM ONS LO SSE, PE ere 3450) \CLOYtONI Ce i tes Sa a AE 55.5
Salictarigel sen Oee 1h eRe Ae Seat AOMT saliciflorisues Siw Bye oue ee 57.5
OT UNEP LRU AR Bi Be ees AD Ta OAmetatrie aie. 2esee Ris 228 58. 0
NCONENGE2e 24 -S PET ADO niibecuiaeliai 28 EO 2n9e8 58. 0
QNOTCNOLMCS eas es A Oe a 44. AUIWWCre€SsOn 322051 ZRSOnIe Bis 728 59.5
hartfordensiguso) Sa eae 4520) |Snioest@elat 2s Seu e 61. 0
MOSONiz2es Ai PRIOR HERES) Sit _ A5rO0! | tdiabola_ See Bia ie ote aa 62. 0
ORIGHOMGE2 MSs RIO Te ee 46>) | enandibulanisheies Se jens 62. 0
CTA GCE Capa AT AG in| SGU O Cit a es = 62.6
bipunctatae 22a ee ee ASUSHINAdUuaionstoes ie Paine ae 64. 0
INCULONIANG = AQVQ) | tcalijornicase ee eee 64. 0
SPArsipilosdeue sale Bea ae 5ONO! |Agrandiomivoiscies 36. sem 65. 0
SUOCONGICGe 2a ee ee ON On| OCU ee 72.0
SiNVUOTUS 22. Ms Ue BOOB ED OUD, DACiTMe tees ee Gale eu be _ 2 73.8
PICTECK_ DASE Mie ie 2 Rs NT, | MCNGAOj OT GtS. see sk. Rolie eat Lae 74.0
WNiCo DNOTH weal) Bott BOUT I ncorniiaHt 2. t) & etnd tata 76. 0
SIDES Ae dil 2 Bog 5esoul solidulness. viezom soteihiath fx 79.2
hippotess. 8. sirindio ini) To AGS Dilipedis= 22 = weenie 80.5
multiplicatae__--- 55 RAG We gnqmenichertzevias t= s¥t ward 2 81.0
DLAs d |. = ee oe oe or co 55. 0

Family Stylopidae arranged according to proportionate measurements.

Breadth of head
in proportion to
breadth of spira-
cles.

Breadth at base of

Breadth at base of
cephalothorax in
proportion to
breadth at spira-
eles.

nubeculae...... 0.51

graenicheri..... 53
CTESSONi.....-.- -53
claytoniaé...... -d4
COTM esac costa Oe
NASON.......-- «55
crawfordi...... .56
grandior....... 56
advarians...... - 56
diabola........ - 56
bruneri. 2... 22 says
solidulae.....-. GY
imitatriz....... -58
multiplicatae.. .58
Krygetiz.ccesece 608
MUGGE= 02. ose -59
vicinae........ - 59
Sinwatus....... 59
oklahomae..... -59
polemonii...... -60
salictariae..... - 60
bisalicidis...... .60
hartfordensis... .60
medionitans... .61
mandibularis.. .61
neonanaeé...... -61
californica ..... -61
erigeniae....... - 61
bipunctatae.... .61
subcandidae... .62
moest@e......-. - 62
dunningi...... - 62
sparsipilosae... .62
andrenoides.... .62
VICTECK eee ee - 64
hippotes Sy a!
SWENKI acne 06
salicifloris..... - 67
pilipedis....... 67

mandibles in pro-

portion tobreadth

at spiracles.
grandior...... 0.31
graenicheri.... .33
mandibularis. .33
imitatriz...... -34
pilipedis...... 34
crawfordi..... -35
californica.... .35
cressoné . 222.2 -35
nubeculae..... .36
claytoniee..... .36
nudae... 0.42; - 36
oklahomae.... .36
bisalicidis..... .36
CONNIE ee sere -37
diabola....... <ou
polemonii..... .37
advarians,.... .37
Kaygeriteeneee sod
VIETECK teen g Os
sparsipilosae.. .38
vicindé....... -38
erigeniae...... .39
moestaé....... .39
sinuaius...... - 40
neonande..... - 40
multiplicatae. .40
medionitans... .40
hippotes...... - 40
salicifloris.... .40
dunningi..... -40
brumeri.-..:.. -41
solidulae...... .41
SWENKi Sees 41
andrenoides... .41
bipunctatae... .41
subcandidae.. .42
NASON... 6.6 42
salictariae.... .42
harifordensis.. .44 |

crawfordi..... - 65
Oruneric. 7.22 . 66
SWenKta ae - 66
| Nubecumte..... .67
imitratriz..... . 68
claytoniae.... .68
DUCT ECKi en. Sh - 68
graenicheri.... .69
CONNIE Aces - 69
solidulae...... .69
oklahomae.... .70
dunningi..... -70
neonanae..... -71
polemonii.... .72
grandior...... -73
andrenoides... .73
Dive. Ake .73
MUG elas 04 |
pilipedis...... -74
krygeri....... 74
medionitans... .75
erigeniae...... wis
californica.... .76
sinuatus...... -77
diabola....... LC
MASON eee oll,
bisalicidis..... .78
hippotes...... -79
bipunctatae... .79
mandibularis. .80
sparsipilosae.. .80
salictariae.... .80
moestaé....... .81
muitiplicatae. .82
CRESSONt eee . 83
Salicifloris.... .83
hartfordensis.. .86
advarians..... 87

subcandidae... 0.54 |

Length from spira- |
cles to apex in |
proportion to |
breadth at spira- |

cles.

nubeculae.... 0.58
mandibularis. .59
grandior.....-. - 62
subcandidae.. .62
imitatriz...... 62
claytoniae....-. . 63
graenicheri.... .63
crawfordi..... - 63
sparsipilosac.. .64
NASON. .....-- . 64
neonanaé..... . 64
multiplicatae. .64
Ripesiee aedests - 64
nudae......-- - 65
medionitans.. .65
cali fren Hecc [66
diabola....... -67
wiereckt.2 2222 . 67
Chessoni= -67
pilipedis...... «68
salictariae.... .6&
bisalicidis..... .69
polemonii.... .69
erigeniae...... .70
sinuatus...... -70
oklahomae.... .70
COMMUNE = ae coe sri
solidulae.... -71
QUE OS aemee 5 ars
advarians....- Ayal
andrenoides... .71
bipunctatae... .71
| hartfordensis.. .71
Riggeiicne soe .72
bruneri. w2
swenkiu. ..0.-- Bits)
dunningi..... 15
salicifloris.... .76
moestae....... 80

}
1

Length of cephalo-
thorax in pro-
portion to
breadth at spira-
cles.

nubeculae.... 0.87
grandior...... . 88
graenicheri.... .92
crawfordi..... -94
mandibularis. .96
Subcandidae... .97
sinuatus...... .97
vierecki.. 0.22. -99
imitatriz...... 1.00

claytoniae..... 1.
nudae 1.
sparsipilosae . 1.
multiplicatae. 1.
bisalicidis.... 1.

advarians..... 1.00
SWEMKI: - Jee 1.00
krygeri......-- 1.01
moestaé.....-- 1.03
COLIN See meee oe 1.03
californica.... 1.08
pilipedis...... 1.03
VICINGE seas 1.03
hippotes...... 1.03
diabola....... 1.04
cressoni....... 1.04
neonande..... 1.04
andrenoides... 1.04
bipunctatae... 1.04
NASONI......-- 1.06
hartfordensis.. 1.06
salictariae.... 1.06
Oruneni..5..-- 1.07
salicifloris.... 1.07
solidulae...... 1.08
medionitans.. 1.08
erigeniae...... 1.08
oklahomae.... 1.09
polemonit..... 1.10
dunningi..... 1.11

NO. 2242. WORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 439

11. Genus STYLOPS Kirby (1802).

The genus is hereby limited in the strict sense to those species in
which the scutum is completely divided into two lateral pieces by
the praescutum and scutellum. Typically it is also characterized
by the scutellum being rather broadly rounded in front, not peduncu-
late.

The illustrations published by various authors, especially F.
Smith, show the general characters of the genus. On the strength
of these trimmerana Smith is to be separated from aterrima New-
port and placed in the genus Veostylops.

The genus in the strictest sense is now composed of the following
species:

1. melittae Kirby, 1802 (type of genus); Europe; parasite of
Andrena nigroaenea Kirby.

2. kirbii Leach, 1817; England; host unknown.

3. dalii Curtis, 1828; England; parasite of Andrena labialis
Kirby.

4. childreni Gray, 1832; Nova Scotia; parasite of Andrena vic-
tima Smith.

5. spencii Pickering, 1835; Europe; parasite of Andrena tibialis,
Kirby.

6. aterrima Newport, 1847; England; parasite of Andrena trim-
merana, Kirby.

7. dominiquei Pierce, 1909; France; parasite of Andrena flessae,
Panzer.

8. championi Pierce, new species; England; host unknown.

It probably also contains:

9. thwaitei Saunders, 1872; Europe; parasite of Andrena afzeliella
Kirby.

10. nassonowi Pierce, 1909; Europe; parasite of Andrena carbon-
aria Linnaeus.

11. ventricosae Pierce, 1909; Hungary; parasite of Andrena ven-
tricosa Dours.

As full descriptions of most of these species occur in Bulletin 66
no further mention will be made unless new notes require it.

2. STYLOPS KIRBII Leach, 1817.
Stylops kirbii Leacu, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 135, pl. 149.

The illustration of Stylops kirbyi Leach by the author proves that
it differs from any of the other English species, by the frontal
prominence, the shape of the maxillae, and the antennae. Unfor-
tunately the methathoracic structure is very indistinctly drawn, but
judging from the shading the species must remain in typical Stylops.

1Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., vol. 4, n 8., 1856, pp. 1-4, pl. 24.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Dale (1841) records collecting on April 28. 1840, at Glanville’s
Wootten, England, a male on an Andrena containing females.

3. STYLOPS DALII Curtis.
Hrratum: Gen. Insect., p. 16, line 38, read “ pl. 226” for “ p. 226.”
5. STYLOPS SPENCII Pickering.
Erratum: Gen. Insect., p. 17, line 15, read “ p. 168” for “ p. 68.”
8. STYLOPS CHAMPIONI, new species.

Plate 70, figs. 5, 6.

Described from a type male collected at Woking, Surrey, England,
April 24, 1900, by G. C. Champion, and two paratype males col-
lected April 5, 1912, and April 23, 1912, at Woking by H. G. Cham-
pion.

Length 3.5 mm. Velvety black, with appendages and wing veins
piceous black, tarsal pads creamy yellow, ninth abdominal segment
and oedeagus, yellowish, tenth segment black. Wings milky.

Eyes stalked with many ommatidia, very narrowly separated.
Head triangularly produced. Antennae six-jointed; first joint
longer and broader than second, which is ring like; third, ring like
with long, broad, flattened flabellum, reaching about to middle of
sixth; fourth, broad, flattened, as long as the next two together,
which are subequal. Mandibles small, transparent yellowish, acute,
ensiform, barely as long as the first joint of the maxillae. Maxillae
two-jointed, the first longer than the second, broad, flabellate, longi-
tudinally curved, with the depression beneath; first joint longer than
second, the two equalling the third and fourth antennal joints. Head
with small circular emargination behind.

Prothorax and mesothorax simple. Metathorax with keystone
shaped praescutum, scutum two-lobed, separated by scutellum, which
is narrowly pedunculate in front. Scuti carinate from wings almost
to scutellum, thus indicating partial separation of parascutellum.
Postlumbium black subchitinous, bisinuate at base, elongate rounded
behind, as broad as long. Postscutellum longer than anterior por-
tions of metathorax. Concave for reception of abdomen.

Wing venation consists of the basal costa, strong marginal sub-
costa; the approximate radius with the area between darkened, a
short detached vein arising near the apex of radius; the usual medius
with a faint detached vein in front of it and a short approximate
detached vein behind it near apex; cubitus and three anal, the last
rather short. A strong fold occurs between medius and cubitus.

The hypoepimeron (femoralium) practically incloses the posterior
coxae.

The color of the anal regions is unusual.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF HE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 441

The elytra have a strong marginal vein and at base have a small
rounded flap.

Type.—Cat. No. 21438, U.S.N.M.

The remaining species are to be retained in Stylops until the male
characters are known.

UNPLACED AS TO GROUP.

12. asteridis Pierce, 1911; Illinois; parasite of Andrena asteris Rob-
ertson.
GROUP 1.
18. bipunctatae Pierce, 1909; Indiana, Nebraska, Wisconsin, para-
site of Andrena bipunctata Cresson.
14. moestae Pierce, new species; Washington; parasite of Andrena
moesta Smith.
GROUP 2.
15. mandibularis Pierce, 1911; Illinois; parasite of Andrena mandi-
bularis Robertson.

GROUP 3.
16. nubeculae Pierce, 1909; Colorado; parasite of Andrena nubecula
Smith.
Group 4.

17. subcandidae Pierce, 1909; Southern California; parasite of An-
drena subcandida Viereck.

Group 5.

18. krygeri Pierce, new species; Denmark; parasite of Andrena,
species.
Group 6.
19. multiplicatae Pierce, 1909; Wisconsin; parasite of Andrena mul-
tiplicata Cockerell.
20. advarians Pierce, 1909; British Columbia; parasite of Andrena
advarians Viereck.
21. bisalicidis Pierce, new species; Alabama; parasite of Andrena
bisalicis Viereck.
22. sparsipilosae Pierce, 1909; Maine; parasite of Andrena sparst-
pilosa Viereck.
GROUP 7.
23. erigeniae Pierce, new species; Maryland, [llinois; parasite of
Andrena erigeniae Robertson.

Group 8.

24. hippotes Pierce, 1909; Ohio; parasite of Andrena hippotes Rob-

ertson.
25. nasoni Pierce, 1909; Pennsylvania; parasite of Andrena nasoni

Robertson.

449 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

Group 9.

26. swenki Pierce, 1909; Nebraska, Pennsylvania; parasite of Andrena
solidaginis Robertson,
Grovur 10.

27a. claytoniae, var. claytoniae Pierce, 1909; Georgia, Illinois; para-
site of Andrena imitatrix Cresson (claytoniae Robertson).
6. var. tmitatriz Pierce, 1909; Texas; parasite of Andrena imi-
tatri# Cresson.
e. var. vierecki Pierce, 1909; Texas; parasite of Andrena imitatria
Cresson (tewana profunda Viereck).

Group 11.

28. bruneri Pierce, 1909; Nebraska, Illinois; parasite of Andrena
illinoiensis Robertson.

29. oklahomae Pierce, 1909; Oklahoma; parasite of Andrena falvo-
clypeata miserabilis Cresson.

30. salictariae Pierce, new species; Llinois; parasite of Andrena salic-
taria Robertson.

31. andrenoides Pierce, 1911; Illinois; parasite of Andrena andre-
noides Cresson.

32. medionitans Pierce, new species; Colorado; parasite of Andrena
medionitans Cockerell. .

Group 12.

33. stnuatus Pierce, new species; Illinois; parasite of Andrena man-
dibularis Robertson.

34. grandior Pierce, new species; Montana; parasite of Andrena
grandior multiplicatiformis Viereck.

35. nudae Pierce, 1911; Llinois; parasite of Andrena nuda Robertson.

36. cornii Pierce, 1909; Wisconsin; parasite of Andrena commoda
Smith.

37. californica Pierce, 1909; southern California; parasite of Andrena
subtilis Smith.

38. vicinae Pierce, 1909; New Hampshire, Connecticut, Canada, Mas-
sachusetts, Colorado; parasite of Andrena vicina Smith.

Group 13.

39. salictfloris Pierce, 1909; Washington; parasite of Andrena sali-
cifloris Cockerell.
Group 14.

40. graenicheri Pierce, 1909; Wisconsin; parasite of Andrena nivalis
Smith.

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PINROE. 4438

Group 15.

41. cressom Pierce, 1909; Maine; parasite of Andrena cressoni Rob-
ertson.

42. diabola Pierce, new species; North Dakota; parasite of Andrena
bisalicis Viereck, var.

Group 16.

43. hartfordensis Pierce, 1909; Georgia, parasite of Andrena hart-
fordensis Cockerell.

44. neonanae Pierce, new species; Georgia; parasite of Andrena
neonana Viereck.

12. STYLOPS ASTERIDIS Pierce.

Table of measurements.

Specimen.......-...- sie 'sle cw mat wie be cieivlec ocie ce cetdeenice ae cee 1 2 3 | 4 5 6

Type, Carlinsville; Wlinois:-->-.-..-c-0- cee a = tee eee ale (?) 41 26 | (?) 41} (?)

Group 1.
13. STYLOPS BIPUNCTATAE Pierce.

It has two toothed mandibles and spiracles distant from margin.

Table of measurements of female.

foe (i WE OBE oo SORE gbne ABBR On cope pbor Ohne: CMSs Some 1 2 3 | 4 5 6

1s Pype; INdiana, - 2. eee ase eistaye ee es ote elec eee sen ee =< |} 50 | 31 | 22 41 36 | 53

PON GDTASKA: = canes eta ch acco once a dee Ue aac ee ee sieiclciais | 50.5 | 31-| 20 38 34 50

33 Polk Co, Wisconsin\-<.-- <2, snsawert) - see. 4242 ae oe ee ose 46 28 19 | 38 34 50
IAW OVERS siniesn ei cisicieSlon ees esac ce poise cee eee eee loess 48.8 30 20 39 35 51

Taking measure 1 as unit, the following relative lengths of the
other measurements are obtained:

Seay hit eka ssoeeas: cab acsndaessaad sOnUeAbosbecccr ip eke la Li heaiey | 3

|
— =i — =

Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | |
1 |

5 Fn a A Mr AR NR OS Ma pes Saree tal 1.00| 0.62} 0.44) 0.82| 0.72] 1.06| 4.66
Deicide woadbeccsce neon: «= eRe a. eee n eRe (PL18008 82.81 288 | 275 | 674-009-442
Be oa Beets Sone saat Lop eae ake SuoeL have eae | 1.00] .60] .41| .82| .73| 1.09] 4.65

|
|

1.00; .61 41 | -79| .71| 1.04] 4.56

The range of differences is very small. A numerical index may be
obtained by adding the six relative measurements together. This
gives totals ranging from 4.41 to 4.66 and averaging 4.56, which we
may call the species index.

14. STYLOPS MOESTAE, new species.
Described from two females extracted from a specimen of An-

drena moesta Smith, determined by H. L. Viereck, collected at
Govan, Washington, March 29, 1911, by J. A. Hyslop.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Female.—Cephalothorax broad; yellowish brown with dark red-
dish brown basal band; spiracles not reaching lateral margin; man-
dibles broad, subquadrate with apical tooth. Length of cephalo-
thorax, 1 mm.; breadth, 0.8 mm.

Table of measurements.

Spoclinen:s5 deca8t ase tee ete ee 1 2 3 4 5 6 nex
1s Lypes Govan> wWiashinetone 2-2 .-s2eeacs oe ssaceer 63 38 24 50 49 6h eeesase
Paratype, Govan, Washington...................- 59 38 24 50 49 G45) -|Ssseeee
AVOLAGO Asns descsind ancsletcc tens setoseaacaseets 61 38 24 50 49 O2ili | Sateneete
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles: i
Macisastcisceis'se sececc lbsiwecishissccecnaccmuccsesaate 1.00} 0.60} 0.38} 0.79] 0.77} 0.97 4.51
Dafeayas Saisie sas sielantiesiiseicis sales enim maciemaes saeco 1.00 . 64 -40 - 84 -83 | 1.09 4. 80
AVOTEZO 5c ccc scecocccoccecsicesitnete tech ouaee 1.00 - 62 -39 81 -80 |) 1.03 4.65

Type.—Cat. No. 21439, U.S.N.M.

Group 2.
15. STYLOPS MANDIBULARIS Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

| |
pein Sawer ne eeeee erence te weer igi io nl | ae i i eo Sebel
= = = | |
|
Type, Carlinville, Illinois ...........--.--e-----eee+- Pea fae of ate 5O-— BR — -|-60-——|oesenes
Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... | 1.00} 0.61 |) 0.33] 0.80) 0.59} 0.96 4,29
Group 3.

16. STYLOPS NUBECULAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

ape Lamiddasooc soc mode nooaaco ued adOanSOCOGoOORUnOCaoS 8 | 30 | 21 39 33 aR eseeese

Relative length compared to width at spiracles. ..... 1.00 0.51) 0.36} 0. 67 | 0.58 | 0.87 3.99

Group 4.

17. STYLOPS SUBCANDIDAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

yO CYO HAGT So crome cGoOur CODE COUCOFOONUUEr Anecane GoCSdOD 1 2 3 4 5 6 rniex

1. Type, Southern California.............2..2.2-.200. Bo hig ort hee 130 0 rap Ie

2. Paratype, Southern California.........-......-...- 50 | 31 21 38 32 BO Nae leccsteis

AVeTage...--.0---+-------0-0-- wee e cece eens eens 50 31 21 37—| 3 48.5 |-...--.
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: |

I Besngeunoccc soodnoc s oendeopedechodboesde cossues 1.00 | 0.62} 0.42] 0.52) 0.60] 0.90 4.10

Da ekenia(e alatoeiana' = eielararninictelaleleralclafatatn cletetolatalsia\Gleinistel ate ietate 1.00 - 62 -42 56 | .64 1.00 4.24

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIBRCE. 445

Group 5.

17. STYLOPS KRYGERI, new species.

Described from three females, extracted from two specimens of an
Andrena, originally determined as Halictus zonulus Smith, collected
at Fejo, Denmark, November 6, 1915, and sent the author by Mr.
J. P. Kryger.

Female.—Cephalothorax reddish brown with large basal dark
brown area extending almost to the middle; rather elongate, not
strongly narrowed in front; constricted at base; spiracles lateral,
hardly prominent; mandibles rounded with the tooth on the inner
side surpassed by the apex.

Length of cephalothorax, 1.1 mm.; breadth, 1 mm.

Table of measurements.

Speclwativns: becca see eee eee aoe ee eee 1 2 3 4 5 6 anes
DMR DO sists cisisteure Ses eeiceioe s Sais SORES Boe he ae Ae 61.5 | 37 27.5 | 45 47 G5 este et - ==
De LOLALY DO sme cise seer arene secenee en cnses siciesisivine 62.0 | 37 PAS Sos one 490) laecsece| st somes
Bs hatAby Pesce sea: oes aeees seco nese eut ree eee 64.5 | 37 26.0 | 49 44 aia essoac
IAVOTAR OE Se ceamticeceGacrls oe secine Se aveein Mele aters 62.6 | 37 25.5 | 47 4523) N64 So Ascseaies
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles: |
Mertens aie BO ce POD IE CaO Daa AO DOA Renae | 1.00} 0.60] 0.44 | 0.73} 0.76) 1.05) 4.58
OE earls eee: Cen RE A Aine ge WERE E | 1.00] .59 Syalleeaesne ADH Seae eel aeeeee
SEERA «scp cisiatoaictensioe aie sete ciceis siablesae eeieeeee oceone 1.00 57 40 76 - 68 97 4.38
IAVOISLO oe ons Sasa o ces cpiesee catecmecsoboussses 1.00 586 40 745 72 | 1.01 4.46
Types.—Cat. No. 21440, U.S.N.M.
Grovr 6.
19. STYLOPS MULTIPLICATAE Pierce.
3 Table of measurements of female.
ia : s_ #Teued
SPOCIMOM. celeb melee eetbiseem oeteneeciceeniern aaatelte 1 2 3 4 | 5 6 Index
|
Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Apr. 9, 1904 .......-.- 54.5 | 32 22 45 35 Gay y wel Soceaeo
Relative length compared with width at spiracle... | 1.00] 0.58} 0.40] 0.82) 0.64 | 1.00 4,44

20. STYLOPS ADVARIANS Pierce.
Plate 71, figs. 11, 12.

Table of measurements of female.

|
Specimen. 2225 tescaseaeeereecenscenee cease e esas 1 2 Bia 4 5 ein are
| : is

Type, Vancouver, British Columbia................- 64 36 24 | 5
Relative lenght compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00] 0.56] 0.37 |

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

Illustrations are presented of the female cephalothorax and the
right mandible.

21. STYLOPS BISALICIDIS, new species.

Described froin one female extracted from an Andrena bisalicis
Viereck (determined by Viereck) from Alabama collected by C. F.
Baker, No. 2223.

Female.—Cephalothorax reddish brown with darker basal band;
broad at base, narrowed at apex; mandibles subquadrate, with single
apical tooth; spiracles lateral, but not prominent. Length of cephalo-
thorax, 0.9 mm.; breadth, 0.9 mm.

Table of measurements.

= ’ i waar ai

SIU OMe ooodeceacdscoboaqeas bas eoabesscEecOsanC Dlg) reels pt 4 | 5 6 Tages
al
Dy Pe we sor as Soe aes Sas eee etn eae ee a eee = 33 | 21 43 38 55+ -Wesoseez
Rolative length compared to breadth at spiracles ....| 1.00 | 0.60) 0.36] 0.78) 0.69} 1.00) 4.43
Type.—Cat. No. 21441, U.S.N.M.
22. STYLOPS SPARSIPILOSAE Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
es : :
Speciments pereetere no 1 UE tee 1 o> elias 4 5 index
ew, ey eal Os Fie Se cl es eaexer) 22 5] NOH AST.
ype Waldoboro. Maina. saese sce ete eee eeenaaeee 30 31 19 40 32 | Be WSoccdae
Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00 | 0.62} 0.38} 0.80 is 1.00 4.44
GROUP 7.

23. STYLOPS ERIGENIAE, new species.

Described from two females from a female Andrena erigeniae
Robertson, collected on Lrythronium americanum at Plummers Is-
land, Maryland, March 29, 1915, by J. C. Crawford; the type in the
collection of the United States National Museum and the paratype in
the collection of the author. Another paratype specimen in the
museum collection was taken from an Andrena erigeniae collected
at Carlinville, Illinois, April 1, by Charles Robertson.

Female.—Cephalothorax yellowish brown, with broad basal dark
reddish brown band. Length of cephalothorax of type 0.8 mm.;
breadth, 1 mm. Mandibles with one sharp curved tooth. Cephalo-
thorax broadest behind spiracles which are laterally prominent.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 447

Table of measurements of female.

P | =n || Index
Specimen 4235; Sees ke Sas aos ees cee 1 2 3 4 By 6 totals
ie Carknyilaiiinoigs:....o......2tscs ede osesee BL |) Bt TOY [24079 haa sates kee eece
2. Plummers TSland, Maryland.......-.......--.-.-2 49 32 20 37 38 BBY ele vine ae
3. Type, Plummers Island, Maryland............... 50 32 21 39 32 51. mseseg2
4. Plummers Island, Maryland.....................- 42.5 | 24 16 30.5 | 29 eee Geeeece
5. Plummers Island; Maryland... : 5.22550 522. nee ee 45.5 | 28 18 (2)- | 33 | i eee

PA VOLALOL, 2. 5S. =i Sle Sb cc bR shee eee 47.6 | 29.4 LSS. BOs OL aos |Loss. le seer se
Relative length compared to width at spiracles:
| |

eT ace ee rt ee | 1.00! 0.60/ 0.36] 0.78] 0.68! 1.13] 4.55

Dele ya aie rolelstaialarniel fora sie staa inc eo ie oO OEE Ee 1.00 65 -40 79 77 1.18 4.75

Ee Oe ore aes shot Leet eta mayer aa ret 1.00 64 -42 -78 64 1.02 4.50

Dietaice scone Oe esc ncletels eeicacls Skee Sete cte tee eee 1.00 56 37 ail 68 1.05 4.37

BE pe incte Sasa slats awiainiets Gates einai OS cee eee Entra: 1.00 61 39 | (?) 74 1.03 | (?)

PAW OLA EO 2h arate cio teiaicsic- cee cat eee eee eee 1.00 -61 39 75 70 | 1.08 4.53
|
i i

Specimen No. 4 is quite different from the other specimens in
its proportions and size. In fact it is possibly a distinct species.
Type.—Cat. No. 21442, U.S.N.M. .

Group 8.
24. STYLOPS HIPPOTES Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

: | Inde
Specimen. 9825.2 boss te Rhos ee eee | 1 2 3 | 4 5 | 6 total.
Type, Columbus, Ohio}... .se-c--p ace J-- seer = eae | 54.3 | 35 22 | 43 [eS 5rursl Grama |se eee.
Rulative length compared to width at spiracles -..... | 1.00 | 0.64) 0.40} 0.79; 0.64 | 1.03 4.50

25. STYLOPS NASONI Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
|
SOG aI GeV ae SooeneBdoncae ae caboobeuabpoodosdDapect snc Index
: | 5 d ; S 6 | total.
Type.....- dss Peek asec CE AEP coe tan ae 45 | 25 19 35 29 AR: Velen wee
Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... 1.00 | 0.55 | 0.42) 0.77 | 0.64 | 1.06 4, 44
| | ! | |
Group 9.
26. STYLOPS SWENKI Pierce.
Plate 71, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9, 10.
Table of measurements of female.
= 2 Index
SpeCiMeNn sc... eee ase ee eases eee 1 2 3 4 5 6 total
4. Paratype, Lincoln, Nebraska...............--..-- 53 35 22 35 40 LM |e ee
Relative tangth compared to width at spiracles....-. 1.00] 0.66] 0.41} 0.66] 0.75) 1.03 4.51

An illustration of the female cephalothorax is presented.

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

Group 10.
27a. STYLOPS CLAYTONIAE, var. CLAYTONIAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

Specimen’. 52 .---ge- 2<c = eis ee fa- =~ a = fe == 1 2 | 3 4 5 6 Undex
Type, Thomasville, Georgia .. ....-.-.-.------------ 55.5 | 30.5 | 20 38 | 35 HOP a Mee coe
Relative length compared to width at spiracles. ..-.- 1.00 0.54 | 0.36 | 0.68 | 0.63 | 1.06 4, 27
|
27b. STYLOPS CLAYTONIAE, var. IMITATRIX Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
Specimen ; | 4 | 3 4 : 5 ee nlite
PRCHNOR ansssecressvsccentessincssntessresnsr nT 2c 8 | total.
|
Type, Round Mountain, Texas..........-.-2---+--+- 58 Wad iiloy Bil 4g Chae KER ROCKIES _.
Relative length compared to width at spiracles ...--. 1.00 0.58 | 0.34 | 0.68} 0.62] 1.00 4.22
| | ted ibe Sse
27c. STYLOPS CLAYTONIAE, var. VIERECKI Pierce.
Table af measurements of female.
Gpeciaienic bcc ac acaswaceeee cee eee eee tee jem ants By 4 15 6 index
Tle Moly LOR ANE SS oe emoeeoodpooeesooseuerorsace
2. Cotype, Fedor, Texas
3. Cotype, Fedor, Texas
INGE & OD obs Sod 0 See ao CO dase eaec
Relative length compared to width at spiracles:
I ein oESbonocOabadadaUacocescuocaoeHUsdescoasaose
Dee apelereinte iste cleia sivin eigie icleis elele’ «leis erereretste te
Die Gab abaa OSD OOC OE Oo U SSC UBD aCUUSDSESSSbdcaanessebe
JASVOTAZO ea c.cie nics scene sete eiste eiste ae eteefeete tae
Group 11.
28. STYLOPS BRUNERI Pierce.
Plate 71, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9, 10.
Table of measurements of female.
Spelninas: 4% 2% 8 AR eee sae ee {wrest 2 Boethia 5 q.| iindee
1. Type, Sioux County, Nebraska....-..-..--------- 45 25.5 | 19 30 33 EhEuy | Baeesoc
Dsincolny Nebraskas sae sae aes: nee eee 38.5 | 23 16.5 | (2) | 28 ANE e252
AVOURL ON came ccc cise ccicte ps ciate ociceincte cers Bea seucis SOT OW) DAT Qu Me bretd Ml cada—c SQUAW, | [cance

Relative length compared to width to width at |

spiracles: |
1 Sa 2 er eicice GBC CaS SCC ONS toto neonates 1. 00 - 56 42 - 66 -73 | 1.07 4.44
7 BSE Bee a6 Boeon Sr soee 4 50 aap pes aoooee - -o 1.00 -59 -40 | (?) 72 | 1.07} (?)

iMvarage fiis:c hoc ea dau tee esos vCal) ev

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 449

The range of differences is very small. A numerical index may be
obtained by adding the six relative measurements together. This
gives an average index of 4.43. Illustrations are given of the female
cephalothorax and mandibles.

29. STYLOPS OKLAHOMAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

Spocimons 2-6 eb). geal ees epee ee eae} 3 4 5 6 | index

|
| total
6,-Ardmore, Oklahoma; ....2.54...2..-5...2222.1 46.5 | 27.5 | 17 33 33 LOUIE Se
1,00 0. 59 0.36 | 0.70] 0.70 1.0 | 4,44

Bative length compared to width at spiracles. ..... |

30. STYLOPS SALICTARIAE, new species.

Described from seven female specimens from Andrena salictaria
Robertson, collected by Charles Robertson at Carlinville, Illinois.
Specimens in collection United States National Museum.

Female.—Cephalothorax yellowish brown, with broad basal dark
reddish brown band. Length of cephalothorax of type 1.8 mm.;
breadth 0.7 mm. Mandibles broad, bluntly two toothed. Spira-
cles laterally slightly prominent.

Table of measurements of female.

SpeuiMenles sce seet ee seks a ee eee anna c ene mas Nemes 1 2 3 4 5 6
Carlinville, Illinois:
(Cae se ehh eS SA Si ha, ek a Sa 41.2] 24 17 35 27 44
Ee ee oe cathe wisis ck eee nee aoe eae tas Soe meee toe 43.3} 26.5} 17.5] 35 29.5 45
GE asbocbeonenaddesebadecbbbotebececcuopysene Se 64 Geb doscs 42 26.5] 18 34 30 45
Ate S 52 ok EER. 38.7 | 23 18 33 28 45
apisadacosdcadds 45 27 18 34 29 44
6 (immature)... ; ....| 40 24 16 (?) | 26 @)
WACUIMIMACULC) Sees a to elt ae cee Ceisianige cote astemiets sesso 35 23 16 (2) 25 ?)
JARI EEE eas SES UD DOR SOO SOS TAR aaa KOO Oo aebe Sopcencasue 40.7} 24.8} 17.2| 34.2) 27.7 44.6

Taking measurement 1 as unit, the following relative lengths of the
other measurements are obtained:

Specimpne..£. -) RAM 2 Ok ee oh 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tndex
|
Relative length compared to width at spiracles:
1 (type) 1.00} 0.58} 0.41} 0.84] 0.65| 1.06] 4.54
Bisicfainenicassaciee 1.00 60 - 40 . 80 - 68 1.04 4.52
bisicaetsetoe eter 1.00 63 -42 . 80 we DOF, 4.63
4S Sire acc osaseeeoe ceeeberisraccerelnesciice soos 1.00 59 - 46 . 85 ea ||, Led 4.78
De sosmanscioaoe = soene cease eloemisie to stiaeeeeeneee 1.00 60 - 40 Arts) -64 97 4.36
RSPR Se MRSA mane nre 5 Se aes Eo 8 Ye 1.00 60 -40] (2?) S65) |) (2). (?)
ee a OST ne Coes oe yiarns Masih wae A 1.00 65 .45 | (2) SB | (62) (?)
SVORA LOY SS SAP eee stt reine sare ek eae sae hitare 1.00 . 60 -42 . 80 -68 | 1.06 4. 56

Type.—Cat. No. 21448, U.S.N.M.
3343—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——30

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.
31. STYLOPS ANDRENOIDES Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.

6 Index

total.

7 eI RY A

38) Fishes nee

Te a ease soe

Raia eter

52 tnleaemepee

46, , silanes

Cee eee

DANV GT ALG erate RE = meine ae sale alte ne ae ee ele es | 44.4 | 27.5 | 18.6 | 31.8 | 31.7 | 45.8 |......-

Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | bi
1 (type) Soa eaten t oaeece Semen oeemee oe ee 1.00} 0.56] 0.36] (?) 0.62 | 0.90} (?)

The material may possibly contain two or more or distinct species,
but it is more likely that the differences are accounted for by specific
variation.

32. STYLOPS MEDIONITANS, new spccies.

Described from one female extracted from an Andrena medioni-
tans Cockerell, determined by Cockerell, collected at Florissant, Colo-
rado, June 24, on Cerasus melanocarpa, by T. D. A. Cockerell.

Female.—Cephalothorax yellowish brown with dark basal band;
rather broad and rounded; strongly constricted at base; spiracles
marginal, not prominent; mandibles dentate at apex, strongly
rounded at outer apical angle and angulate on side.

Length of cephalothorax, 0.8 mm.; breadth, 0.8 mm.

Table of measurements.

| |
Bnecined sous ek ee ede ee coe mee ed 2 3 4 5 fie hereon
EV DOs} wisi scedelsank ca tces sosldecebwiccboesindetessocciek 49 30 20 37 32. Oo: sai esseere
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles...-| 1.00] 0.61 | 0.40| 0.75 | 0.65) 1.08 4.49
Type.—Cat. No. 21444, U.S.N.M.
Group 12.

33. STYLOPS SINUATUS, new species.

Described from two specimens from Andrena mandibularis Robert-
son, collected April 10, at Carlinville, Illinois, by Charles Robertson,
but differing from Stylops mandibularis.in the same host by numerous
eharacters.

no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIBPRCE. 451

Female——Cephalothorax yellowish brown; with broad basal red-
dish brown band. Length of cephalothorax, 0.7 mm.; breadth, 0.7
mm. Mandibles subquadrate, rounded, with small outward pointing
tooth at apex. Spiracles laterally prominent. Lateral margin
strongly sinuous, with two constrictions between spiracles and base
of head, which is also constricted and suddenly enlarged just beyond,
then again strongly narrowed some distance behind the base of the
mandibles.

Table of measurements of female.

| Index
BPOCHMRIIS Ssh cioaictat- co See biclo a aie wieloicielaiowis oaisie meeiseieetets 1 2 | 3 4 5 6 total
(ES oe Les eee cry I ee aE
1, Type Carlinville; Mlinois.........-s--s-cssesnee-s 51.5 | 29.7 | 21 BOR alae fy deh see
DM ALD DIO nao a rcia cle siaicksizicior wisi cwieldlreicete Same eee 49 | 30 | 20 39 | 34 | 47 Jececeee
AVEDARO ssccecs22d<scs0scee0cceeEens. LEMOS 50.2)| 29.8 20.5 | 39 | 35.5 | 49.9. J.......
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | rt ee
i eS RE RENTS POE “fast V7 1.00 | 0.57| 0.40] 0.75| 0.71] 1.00 | 4.43
eb sesecsc2 dotecssdsasecesasonesseaas ajoarsas ede 1.00} .61|/ .40] .79; .69| .95| 4.44
Wverdgedsexscf Psa sesgstd ensaheeesedeecegeved 1.00) -59| .40| .77 | -70| .97| 4.48

Type—Cat. No. 21445, U.S.N.M.

34. STYLOPS GRANDIOR, new species.

Described from two females extracted from a specimen of
Andrena grandior multiplicatiformis Viereck, determined by Viereck,
collected June 21, 1904, at Big Fork, Montana.

Female.—Cephalothorax yellowish brown with dark-brown basal
band; very broad at base, strongly narrowed toward apex; sides sub-
parallel for short distance behind spiracles and then strongly con-
stricted; spiracles very prominent laterally; mandibles subquadrate
with apical tooth pointed outward. Length of cephalothorax, 0.9;
breadth, 1 mm.

Table of measurements.

SS DOCINGGT So aera sina cebiet =alsloele alee elele el ate aiteialel= leis) late Lh ocd Nenec 5 6 total
Pe Ey pe see 4 BS 38225 eps ee ask soe dt soho s see 68 | 37 22 | 45 | 44 CE basse
Op MP ENEN NAD ogee. BODE C adooe nS Op SSDS IGose6 - -pssds 62 | 37 | 19 | 50 37 St |e See

Arvenagellias 2 obepeGe.4ap----cdkoosdBOdact ay p05 my 5 40.5, Shalt... .-

Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles: i |
1 r
Ae ec autcicyed daa ae teins => “jaceis seein areiet dele = 1.00} .59 S30) lige iSO) (enc)

Type.—Cat. No. 21446, U.S.N.M.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.
35. STYLOPS NUDAE Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
ie ) |

: =e | Index
SPECIOUS Ss eiso soars cits eeetceets ae eia coe ieee 1 2 | 3 4 oF eG fokall:
Lirype, Carlinville HMinoisiy 2522.3. tS 352569. SaSd: 54 32 | 19
2y Paratype. <> gies sare saen- vswie = aoc ccices asbis tec ae bE Sil ol 18.5

AVCTASOS erececcenc ssc comcliz cus sce ccece ose 52.6) | 31.5 |) 18.7

Relative length compared to width at spiracles:
Do eee OLE oh oe ccc c eS. ae a a 1.00} 0.59] 0.35 | 0.74] 0.63] 1.00} 4.31
TAI ie Bet RR RARE Ra Sieg SAG aN ea 5 L0Oul) 60s s8Gal 3745 —s66y) MEOU| ea;
AVOLO POW. Wc ono ccccecssaneeesacceecssaesicsse.s ae a L.00: 59 36 74 -65 | 1.00 4,34
e if ase ia tet
Length of triungulinid, 0.2 mm.
36. STYLOPS CORNII Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

: | Index
Specimens: 2030 see con Awpiccmachistssioa es cclasecehoemeeies 1 2 3 4 5 ye) total!
1. Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin...........-..--.-.-.- 72 | 38 27 50 | 58 (Gy ee 2 es
2. Paratype, Wisconsin...........- Be scouy oa arta etna 80 45 30 56 §©6| «56 | Site Mere ee

IN VOLES Scena sceict Saari cee epee eres SEE RGie> Bakes ee het 53 | | 54:5 | 78.5 [cs
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: i | :
Ds gee NS BFS 3 EE RELORE RES ee 1.00 | 0.52] 0.37| 0.69} 0.73} 1.05} 4.36
PASI A ea y, ORRRR RR ead coeds pias Safes 1.00| .56) .37) .70) .70| 1.01} 4.34
PAVORAP OOP sen A cas co Uy Sen Piacoa 100 |e cs04,|* x87] exiO8 ln 7k fe 2.08 | 4.35
i 5 |
37. STYLOPS CALIFORNICA Pierce.
Plate 71, figs. 5-7.
Table of measurements of female.
Spaciinense. See eee eee ee a: oe be: Dae 1 | 2 | 3 4 5 6 ean
1. Type, Southern California........--.:-.22.-22.2<-- 64 | 40.5 | 22.5 | 46 44 66>. lessee
2 Paratype, Southern Oaliformiasc. sees se e- -ee 64 | 39 22.5 | 52 41 66. liessees
AV OTERO ceerpinn bmceeseupenmemchemetmatensnae- 64 139.7 | 22.5 [49 | 42.5 | 66 |.......
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | i
TS mec Ap atin 5 RNS Sh Sea 7 SR 2" 1.00 0.63 | 0.35 | 0.71) 0.68} 1.03 | 4.40
7 CORE 7 SARA 8 Winn |: Rae ore ”: Melee aies 3 98 eats LSO0Ah 4 -60r) ma 685a); eel 64] 1.03] 4.43
Averages: .o20% 522th OE A Bk E500+} + -c16ir |= ~ 285 he 76r) + 366+) ARON es 4

Tilustrations are presented of the female cephalothorax and

mandible and of a triungulinid.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 453

38. STYLOPS VICINAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

phe TA wel oF _ older f E Sd |
Sppehenei 2 gon 8 kk ae! es 1 Qvale 2 ve) tal Soy Ge eoeee
| <
|
Le ypey NOW -AMpShITOs..— 2. fccw dace commcices- avis 71 44 28 52 50 Wel, Alssaccee
2. Paratype, New Hampshire......................-- 69 44.5 | 29 53 ||, PSL (Opell. cosas
SPL ATAUV DO CANU anc ko ce cra ce cee osenee chine aceaetare 75 43 26 Ge | otn0) | aD
4, Paratype, Canada... 3|| ed 48 32 Sy ee) 80
DU ANA NO OOLAGCO’ ac coc coeaere seine celneerCemearicer 75 44.5 | 28 57 | «86 80
Geb oulderColoradO:s coves ocnceceence cnet nace eeneeee 75 44 29 55.5 | 54 77
daeiumimers Island, Maryland ss. ose asses 72.5 | 41 28 50 | 52 73
8. Plummer’s Island, Maryland)! {228252 32: - A2se see 74 44 28h "| 5205) | 54 76
9. Cabin John Bridge, Maryland..................... | 74 1 45 27 53 54.5! 81
10; ahaway, New: Jersey... = <snesneceiesice -eeeeeeine 76 47 SOs bie oS SO eee eer
LisPiimmer’s Island; Maryland. 232.225. 8. s.sceme PRP Wes 29 51 Se CONS Ae sade
Mevorepen 2 kee ee aaa ee 73.6| 44.5] 28.5 | 53.7| 53.4| 77.0 |-.....-
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: | |
i Ue Se 5 a > | Oe SY Se eee 1.00) 0.61 | 0.39 0.73 | 0.70) 1.04 4.47
DER ee Raters isos ales ac ein sanee auaseueeetesesae 1.00 . 64 42 76 73 | 1.05 4, 60
Daisies « dosiexies seme e eens neceeseds ae cee eeetwe cane 1.00 ~ 57 . 34 76 72 | 1.00 4.39
Aaa aiavctete maimicinieeiatateietalelsiciaie isis osinissia cieielete eistsienrere ele 1. 00 . 62 41 70 ok | P03 4.47
LBRO RECO CSCO SO COCO COO OIC SEER RCRSRESCOCSeSrS | 1. 00 . 59 «3d 76 -74}| 1.06 4.52
Gee ee oe no cniceo cen seen ncoceeeee tera ne ate 1.00 58 SRt Pes 74 mY2 | A202 4.44
Nea camscietinje seiclaseadae snacdecsens hemeaemee essay 1.00 56 . 38 - 68 Stet || s(t.) 4, 53
Bctekoscierataaaiars ioe amici om eteic ieee oreie rer nin Sereno Sioreinieioieee 1.00 . 59 .38 70 72 1.02 4,41
US BOKG sc RED SO NOD enone Conc DDE aCesSEEmesasrr ta aac 1.00 . 60 - 36 | 71 -73 | 1.09 4.49
LOe ence css ac sacc esse stteescet eee ae eeeee 1.00 . 61 39 75 . 69 1.05 4.49
IIE SSSRB OSE EAbODDaaaGenese cade adn ccoSoadso 3222\p) 1.300 . 62 40 70 ottiy|| salsa 4. 58
AV OEE OS ackicls Seicticiiacicisep ec esaccc cen sac 1.00 60 38 | 72 @2)) 1504 4.46
Group 13.
39. STYLOPS SALICIFLORIS Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
Cline. ki | | Nl
Specimen : - 25. .<2 2.0. 2- os = ceo eee «ae eA eee waryes | 4 5 | 6 Tadex
| | | if E
rag | |
ype itl> 10. MaNtoous & IMOTT, 2at98 57.5 | 59 | 23 bain BRIA
Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... | 1.00 | 0.67) 0.40} 0.83) 0.76] 1.07 | 4,73
| | |
Group 14.
40. STYLOPS GRAENICHERI Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
Pe areas hae aa l = 1
Specimens.-Ses)- cies eee one cece ee ees psa Hera 1 2 3 4 | 5 6 | indies
ee ota a eee | pai [al Ae
| | |
Type, Milwaukee, Wisconsin...........-.--..-.-+--- 81 | 43 27 | 56. | 51 OMe aseenes
Relative length compared to width at spiracles..... 1.00 0.53) 0.33 | 0.69 | 0.63) 0.92) 4,10
; |
Group 15.
41. STYLOPS CRESSONI Pierce.
Table of measurements of female.
ro at ehh x =e = rs = aa ue -
Specimen 5... <c- sein cccscsein c= cde eee aRe ate sehen 1 2 | 3 4 5 6 ese
|
Type, Waldoboro, Maine.....................---.--- 59.5 | 32 | 21 | 50 MOEDS | G2 0um lee. oe
Relative length compared to width at spiracles...... | 1.00) 0.53 0.35! 0.83) 0. 67 | 1.04 4, 42

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

42. STYLOPS DIABOLA, new species.

Described from one female extracted from an Andrena bisalicis
Viereck, var. (determined by Viereck) from Devils Lake, North
Dakota, collected May 15, 1916, on Amelanchier.

Female——Cephalothorax yellow with a very dark brown basal
band; spiracles very prominent; mandibles rounded, with subapical
tooth on inner margin and an angle on outer margin. Length, 1 mm.;
breadth, 1 mm.

Table of measurements of female.

|
TILES Es oS NIE OR ARRON 0A A NR A 1 2 3 ‘oa att 6. | wees
Sek SEE OG IE ah ee NLT ene | 62. 2alogsiqe dnog)iid aghonlagoo ifgpal of neue
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles....; 1.00 | 0.56} 0.37 | 0.77 | 0.67 | 1.04 4.41
| |

Type.—Cat. No. 21447, U.S.N.M.

Grovur 16.
43. STYLOPS HARTFORDENSIS Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

Type, Mhomasville; Georgia: <7. <.cjcccecmiccicc ecm an 45 27 20 39 32 | 48 Leia

Relative length compared to width at spiracles.....-. 1.00

44. STYLOPS NEONANAE, new species.

Described from one female extracted from a specimen of Andrena
neonana Viereck, paratype, collected in Georgia, and the property
of the Pama Entomological Society.

Fematle.—Cephalothorax, vellowial brown with dark-brown basal
band; broad, rounded; spiracles prominent; mandibles with apical
tooth and with lateral angle almost a tooth. Length of cephalo-
thorax, 0.7 mm.; breadth, 0.7 mm.

Table of measurements of female.

BpOChMOR ae \o2b serie pee eee rine cet eecraiciceee niece ce 1 poles [4 ae 5 6

Type Georgiadis: see ac ae ak ecaset ste ee eee ee eseeeee 42 | 17
Relative length compared to breadth at spiracles....| 1.0) 70.6 1 0.40) 0.71

saenecs

7 4
0.64 | 1.04 4.40

Type—tIn the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences.

KATASTYLOPS, new subgenus.

I have separated off this subgenus because of the great difference
between its type, Stylops polemonii Pierce, and the other species of

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCH. 455

Stylops in female characters. It is the smallest known parasite of
the genus Andrena and differs greatly in the proportions of the
cephalothorax; although taken separately the various proportions
range within the variations of typical Stylops. The mandibles are
not dentate and the spiracles not prominent. It can not be sepa-
rated as a genus until the male is known.

Species: 1. polemonii Pierce, 1909; Colorado; parasite on An-
drena polemonii Robertson.

STYLOPS (KATASTYLOPS) POLEMONII Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

Specimente 2! ss 23s seaeeoc ee Sen seeeee es eee eee as | 1 Zenit Sauiea | 5 6 poder
Type; Coloradoy. =~... sim none eee ee oe aoe | 34.5 25 | 24 SO aeeeene
Relative length compared to width at spiracles ....- | 1.00, 0.60 | 0.37 | 0.72 | 0.67 | 1.10 4,48

PROSTYLOPS, new subgenus.

I have separated off this subgenus because of the great difference
between its type, Stylops pilipedis Pierce, and the other species of
Stylops in female characters. It is the largest known parasite of
the genus Andrena, and differs greatly in the proportions of the
cephalothorax from other Stylops. The mandibles are not dentate
and the spiracles barely surpass the lateral margin. It can not be
separated as a genus until the male is known.

Species: 1. pélipedis Pierce, 1911; China; parasite of Andrena
pilipes Fabricius.

STYLOPS (PROSTYLOPS) PILIPEDIS Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

12. NEOSTYLOPS, new genus.

Type of the genus.—Neostylops crawfordi Pierce.

Male-—Methathoracic scutum connected between praescutum and
scutellum.

Female.—Cephalothorax with marginal, but not prominent
spiracles, and mandibles without teeth, or with but a single tooth

(solidulae).
The genus probably includes several species still included in Stylops

sensu latiore, because the males are unknown. The differences in the
females recorded indicate that probably further subdivisions will
become necessary.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

It includes the following species:

1. crawfordi Pierce (Stylops), parasitic on Andrena crawfordi
Viereck; Texas.

2. trimmerana Smith (Stylops), parasitic on Andrena trimmerana
Kirby; England.

3. solidulae Pierce (Stylops), parasitic on Andrena solidula Vie-
reck; Washington.

4. shannoni Pierce; host unknown; Maryland.

1. NEOSTYLOPS CRAWFORDI Pierce.
Plate 70, figs. 3, 4.

Stylops crawfordi Pierce, 1909, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 66, pp. 100-102.
Errata: Gen. Insect. Page 52, lines 16, 17, read “5” for “4.” Page 16,
line 36, add “ Pl. 1, unnumbered figure.”

Male—The male has a very interesting mesothoracic spiracle
located on the margin between the propleuron and mesopleuron and
immediately at the base of the elytra. This spiracle has a very large
oval opening and is of the annular type with a crenulate soft lip. It
is impossible to see the form of the inner cpening and of the closing
apparatus. The figure given shows the position with relation to the
elytron, which happens to be so folded as to obscure a considerable
portion of the opening. It is bounded in front by the proepimeron,
above by the mesopraescutum-t+scutum, and behind by intersegmental
skin (pl. 70, fig. 3).

A drawing of the side view of the male (pl. 70, fig. 4) is also
presented.

Table of measurements of female.

Index

Bpeciens: scasencsece cece ee soe eesan ee eee aes 1 2 3 | 4 5 6 total.
1. "Type, Dallas; Texagst: casero seas 2... Sse e Se 73 41 25 50 45 70% D2) Geees
2Paratype, Dallas, Tex -- 2-56. ..5. Steet wobec ck 75 43 28 | 47 50 1O..- CAEL rete
i ——————

/ 0G Oo BERBRISRS SSS ABEL OEE BEe a JSBSBeee Geena: 74 42 Zoe DN NASD alec BO) al gene

Relative length compared to width at spiracles: amen ,

ES Snes 2 eels SIC SADE OD Oona OIaUCoa dade secure | 1.00} 0.56) 0.34! 0.68] 0.61] 0.95 4.14

© pean ROS RCC SCR OCRSROOIT EE MOOn OCS o Aco Conor | 1.00 57 .37 ~ 62 66 -93 4.15
AVOLARO coi so. clea see ee 3h a eee | 1.00] .56| .35| .65| .63| .94] 4.14

2. NEOSTYLOPS TRIMMERANA Smith.

Stylops trimmerana SMitTH, 1856, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ser. 2a, vol. 4, p.
118, pl. 24, fig. 6.
Stylops aterrima (Newport) (trimmerana Smith) SAUNDERS, 1872, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1871, p. 29. [Not aterrima Newport. ]
According to the drawings made by Smith, this species differs
greatly from aterrima in thoracic characters and should be referred
to this genus.

NO, 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 457

3. NEOSTYLOPS SOLIDULAE Pierce.

Table of measurements of female.

Specimenstests- Sree see coe cee ee 1 | 2 3 4 5 6 andes
ty ype; euliman, Washington=.-----2s2cesseeee sees | 82 48 35 55 59 OOF Beton
2; Paratype, Washington... .:-.-2.<.:...-.j0ssseeese | 76.5 | 44 29 54 WY) | | sooBbooo
A veracone Je. 84 Le ee | 79.2 | 52 32 54, 60) 57.2, 86 YA |.-2----
Relative length compared to width at spiracles: |
Dee reeetasiciasicieiaial stein s sine ieietie eral meiner meee etarmeiae | 1.00] 0.58] 0.42) 0.67) 0.71 1.09 4,47
De 3) SE Tee UY Noe le SS es aA | 1.00 571F. «89),| be ..20 1.07 | 4.45
AV OTAGO sce moses nid see Siete eee eee | 1.00 .57 41 69 71 | 1.08 4, 46

The male pupa has scutum united in front of scutellum.

4. NEOSTYLOPS SHANNONI, new species.

Plate 70, figs. 1, 2.

Described from one male collected on Plummers Island, Maryland,
April 7, 1915, by R. C. Shannon.

Male.—Velvety black, pro- and mesothorax shining, eyes, anten-
nae, femora, elytra, and wing veins piceous; tibiae, tarsi and last
ventral segment lighter, straw colored.

Antennae with second joint minute; third short with flabellum
surpassed by sixth; fourth longer; fifth shorter than sixth. Man-
dibles very slender, not reaching beyond basal third of second
maxillary joint. Maxillae very large, lamellate, second joint longer
than first and about equal to fourth antennal joint. Front flattened
into an overhanging triangular ledge over the mouth parts.

The mesothoracic spiracle is located at the base of elytron. The
prothorax and mesothorax are very small and each is divided by a
transverse fold. The metathorax is very large; the praescutum
keystone shape; the scutum broadly connected behind praescutum,
but with a deep depression in front of the scutellum; scutellum
broadly rounded in front; postlumbium very large, depressed and
heavily chitinized, of the same color as the remainder of the thorax;
postscutellum longitudinally depressed.

The elytron has a small anal lobe.

Type.—Cat. No. 21448, U.S.N.M.

12. Genus PARASTYLOPS Meijere (1908).

Parastylops Mrisgerr, 1911.
1. P. flagellatus Meijere, host unknown; Java.

VII. Family HYLECTHRIDAE Pierce.

In all my publications the spelling of this family name and of the
genus Hylecthrus, except when used in quoting bibliographic refer-

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

ences, should be changed from “ Hylechthridae” and “ Hylechthrus”
to “ Hylecthridae” and “ Hylecthrus” to agree with the original
spelling. The original description cites the Greek origin of the
word, which should have properly been spelled Hylechthrus,

13. Genus HYLECTHRUS Saunders.
LIST OF SPECIES.

1. H. rubi Saunders; parasite of Prosopis rubicola Saunders;
Epirus.

2. 1. quercus Saunders; parasite of Prosopis gibba Saunders;
Epirus.

3. H. sieboldu Sauceras parasite of Prosopis variegata Fabricius,
Epirus.
1. HYLECTHRUS RUBI Saunders.

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 18, line 23, add “ Pl. 1, numbered figure.”
VII. Family XENIDAE Semenov.

Table of subfamilies.

1. Male metathoracic scutellum broadly truncate in front, not pedunculate;
postlumbium more than half as long as wide. Parasites of Apoidea____ 2.
Male metathoracic scutellum pedunculate anteriorly, postlhimbium short
and transverse; maxillae two-jointed; oedeagus inflated at basal angle,
sharply angulate at apical third. Female with four median genital tubes
Enterine Prod > Cam al ee Ae ee A we ee ee ee 3. XENINAE Pierce.

. Male maxillae simple, two-jointed; oedeagus not conspicuously inflated at
basal angle, sharply angulate at apical third. Female with five median
genital tubes entering brood canal__________-__ 1. HALICTOXENINAE Pierce.
Male maxillae three-jointed; oedeagus beginning as a slender tube, then
greatly inflated, bent at right angles and produced as a very slender
DEOCESSLIEAS hd ed AR RE IEE Ee 2. CRAWFORDINAE Pierce.

1. Subfamily HALICTOXENINAE Pierce.
Table of genera.

Male maxillae with first joint longer than second; oedeagus strongly arcuate ~
DeneNth ae nid el Cea eee ee ee 14. Halictorenos Pierce.
Male maxillae with first joint shorter than second, oedeagus not strongly
arcuate beneath at middle; wings with two detached branches of radius
and two of medius, between radius and medius___ 15. Apractelytra Pierce.

14. Genus HALICTOXENOS Pierce.
Table of subgenera.

Wemale cephalothorax triangular, narrowly and roundingly truncate at apex,
obviously constricted at base of head; breadth of cephalothorax at widest
point 1.9 to 2.3 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasites
of ‘Chloraliciitg ttt “Ses A 2 hd EE WEIS 1. Halictorenos Pierce.

Female cephalothorax less apparently triangular, broadly and evenly rounded
to apex, with very slight sinuations at sides; breadth of cephalothorax at
widest point 1.4 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasites
OL BUULCCUS See ea ee ee eee 2. Halictophilus Pierce.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 459

Female cephalothorax almost triangular, narrowly truncate at apex; head
about one-third as wide as metathorax at spiracles. Parasites of Halictus.
it oe a Tg ME ge ee Be nk al 3. Halictostylops Pierce.

Female cepthalothorax very broad at base, triangular, convexly truncate at
apex, strongly constricted at base of head; breadth of cephalothorax at
widest point 1.5 times as wide as breadth of head at base. Parasite
Of, AU OCKIOT OS. — 2 ee ee ee 4, Augochlorophilus Pierce.

LIST OF SPHCIDS.

1. H. (Halictorenos) crawfordi Pierce; parasite of Halictus (Chloralictus)
bruneri Crawford, Nebraska.
2. H. (H.) graenicheri Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) albipennis Robertson; Wis-
consin,
8. H. (H.) jonesi Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) species; Texas, Louisiana.
4, H. (H.) nymphaeari Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) nymphaearwm Robertson ;
Tllinois.
5. H. (H.) sparsi Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) sparus Robertson; Oklahoma.
6. H. (H.) versati Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) versatus Robertson; Wisconsin.
7. H. (H.) zephyri Pierce; parasite of H. (C.) zephyrus Smith; Wisconsin.
8. H. (Halictophilus) manilae Pierce; parasite of H. (Hvylaeus) manilae
Ashmead ; Philippines.
9. H. (H.) robbii Pierce; parasite of H. (#.) robbiti Ashmead; Philippines.
10. H. (Halictostylops) spencii Nassonow; parasite of Halictus minutus Kirby ;
Europe.
11. H. (Augochlorophilus) viridulae Pierce; parasite of Augochlora viridula F.
Smith; Illinois.

3. HALICTOXENOS JONESI Pierce.

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 21, line 12, add “ Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.”

15. Genus APRACTELYTRA Pierce.

1. A. schwarzi Pierce; host unknown; District of Columbia.

1. APRACTELYTRA SCHWARZI Pierce.

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 22, line 21, add “ Pl. 2, unnumbered figure”; pl. 2,
unnumbered figure, for “ Aproctelytra” read “Apractelytra.”

2. Subfamily CRAWFORDINAE Pierce.
16. Genus CRAWFORDIA Pierce.

1. C. pulvinipes Pierce; parasite of Panurginus innuptus Cockerell ;
Nebraska.

2. C. cockerelli Pierce; parasite of Panurginus boylet Cockerell;
New Mexico.

3. C. labrosit Pierce; parasite of Panurginus labrosus Robertson;
Tllinois, —

4. (, rudbeckiae Pierce; parasite of Panurginus rudbeckiae Robert-
son; Illinois.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

5. C. californica Pierce; parasite of Panurginus californicus Cres-
son; Califronia.

6. C. labrosiformidis Pierce; parasite of Panurginus labrosiformis
Robertson ; Illinois.

1. CRAWFORDIA PULVINIPES Pierce.

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 23, line 18, add “ Pl. 2, unnumbered figure.”

Subfamily XENINAE Pierce.

1. Anterior edges of scutellum convergent, not parallel; wings with eight
pRimary ves trom! bases) a. el ae ee ee ee ee lean ee 2.
Anterior edges of scutellum parallel or almost so_-___-----~-+---------~~- 2:

2. Parasites of Vespidae. Wings with radius sometimes indistinct, radius

sometimes broken for a short distance, one detached vein between radius

SOTO GTN GUS ey See Ns Sere peererrt era _.._. 1. Xenini Pierce.
Parasites of Eumenidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius
and Meds) ease oy yey eee ee PE ee bl ce 2. Pseudorenini Pierce.
3. Metathoracic postlumbium spindle-shaped, constricted at middle. Parasites
Of ‘Larridae.. 222 22 Se ek a Ra ES es 3. Tachytixenini Pierce.
Metathoracie postlumbium not constricted at middle_________-__________ 4,
4. Parasites of Sphecidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius
and medius. and one between medius and cubitus.
4. Ophthalmochlini Pierce.
Parasites of Bembecidae. Wings with two detached veins between radius
TU CUE TIVE CUI eeeetee oe seat ee ee) teed ce EO ve ee eee eee 5. Paraxenini Pierce.
1. Tribe XENINI Pierce

> Eriun sulinidswithyiworapiealestylets= = 2 == ne ee ne ee ee eee 2:

Triungulinid with four apical stylets. Parasites of Belonogaster.
19. Belonogastechthrus Pierce.
2: Parasites Of Polistes 222222. 22 Sor ee ee es 17. Xenos Rossi.
Parasites. Of Vespa a2. a tenes epee sk See ato hee 18. Vespaerenos Pierce.

17. Genus XENOS Rossi, 1793.

Xenops Leach 1815, 1830, in Brewster’s Edinburgh, Eneyclopedia, vol. 9,
pp. 117, 1187. X. peckii Kirby, X. rossi Kirby (vesparum Rossi).

Errata: Bull. 66, p. 116, lines 16, 19, 23, read “1793” for “1790.” Gen.
Insect. p. 24, line 28, read “1794” for ‘1793’; p. 26, line 14, read
“114” for “14”; p. 52, lines 18, 19, read “6” for “5.”

Gen. Insect, pp. 25, 26, unnumbered figures on plate 1 are not men-
tioned for X. bowditchi, pallidus, pecosensis, wheeleri, or vesparum,
and unnumbered figures on plate 2 are not mentioned for XY. hubbardi
or jurinet.

LIST OF SPECIES OF XENOS.

1. X. auriferi renee parasite of Polistes aurifer Saussure; Cali-
fornia.

2. X. bowditchi Pierce; parasite of P. pallipes Lepeletier; Massa-
chusetts, Ohio.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 461

3. X. bruesi Pierce; parasite of P. metricus Say; Michigan.

4. X. hubbardi Pierce; parasite of P. crinitus Felton; Florida.

5. X. hunteri Pierce; parasite of P. n. sp. near minor; Texas.

6. X. jurinei Saunders; parasite of P. gallicus Linnaeus; Switzer-
land.

7. X. maximus Pierce; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ;
Texas.

8. X. nigrescens Brues; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ;
Louisiana, Texas.

9. X. pallidus Brues; parasite of P. annularis Linnaeus; Texas,
Florida, Nebraska, District of Columbia.

10. X. peckit Kirby; parasite of P. fuscatus Fabricius; Massa-
chusetts.

11. X. pecosensis Pierce; parasite of P. tevanus Cresson; Texas.

12. .Y. rubiginosi Pierce; parasite of P. rubiginosus Lepeletier ;
Louisiana.

13. X. texani Pierce; parasite of P. texanus Cresson; Texas.

14. X. wheeleri Pierce; parasite of P. metricus Say; Connecticut,
New York, District of Columbia. .

15. X. vesparum Rossi; parasite of P. gallicus Linnaeus; Europe.

16. X. bohlst Hoffman; parasite of P. canadensis L.; Paraguay.

4. XENOS HUBBARDI Pierce.

The mesostigmatal lobe of the male, ventral view, is figured in
Genera Insectorum, plate 1, figure 3, but not mentioned in the text.

14. XENOS WHEELERI Pierce.

Hrrata: Gen. Insect, pl. 2, unnumbered figure, for “Xenos roheeleri”’ read
“ Xenos wheeleri.”

15. XENOS VESPARUM Rossi.

Plate 72, fig. 1.

Errata: Bull. 66, p. 116, line 27, and p. 117, lines 6, 12, read “1793” for
“1790”; p. 117, line 13, read “1794” for ‘“ 1793.”
Gen. Insect, pl. 1, unnumbered figure, for ‘‘Xenos resparum” read PXgees
vesparum.”
An illustration is presented of the side view of a male from Polistes
gallica diadema, gollectad at Innsbruck, Austria, by Mr. Karl
Hofeneder.

16. XENOS BOHLSI Hoffman.
Xenos bohlsi HorrMan, Zool. Anz., vol. 45, pp. 100-108, 106, figs. 1, 2. Nov.
13, 1914.
Host.—Polistes canadensis Linneeus, Paraguay.
Male.—Described from specimen extracted from puparium.
Length of body, 4.5 mm. Breadth of head from eye to eye, 0.95 mm.
Greatest breadth of thorax, 1mm. Length of thorax above, 2.3 mm.

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Head brown, eyes deep black and stalked; antennae light brown,
somewhat darker at base, the first joint enveloping the second, third
and fourth ensiform, the terminal joint somewhat surpassing the
third. Antennae twice as long as the head. Mandibles transparent,
brownish at base, somewhat arcuate, acute, about a fourth longer
than the maxilla. Maxilla consisting of basal piece and rudimentary
palpus. The basal piece is relatively long, the palpus is only about
one-third as long as the basal piece. Thorax dark brown, except
postlumbium which is light brown. Postlumbium one-third as long
as broad. Elytra somewhat longer than mesothorax. Wings reach
almost to the tip of the metatarsus. Wings with seven veins arising
from base. Costal area strong. Radius broken before the middle,
strengthened beyond the break. Between radius and medius is one
isolated branch. Between medius and cubitus, quite close to the
apex of the medius lies a second detached vein. Oedeagus with
basal angle rounded, greater than a rectangle, apex bent with a
sharp edge, making an angle of over 45°.

Female.—Length of cephalothorax, 1.94 mm.; greatest breadth of
thorax 1.62 mm., which is greater than the distance from the outside
of one spiracle to the outside of the other. Brood canal opening,
0.46 mm.; its distance from apex, 0.18 mm. Openings of the brood
canal, 4. Cephalothorax very dark except the anterior portions.

Triungulinid—Length exclusive of apical stylets 0.33 mm.;
breadth of abdomen, 0.11 mm.; length of head, 0.05 mm.; length of
stylets, 0.16 mm. The pro- and meso- thoracic legs bear an apical
pulvillus in the form. of a disk; while the posterior legs have a
pulvillus that is ladle form. The last three segments are different
from the preceding and laterally provided with spines (Hoffman
figures eleven abdominal segments).

The above descriptions are translations from Hoffman.

18. Genus VESPAEXENOS Pierce.
LIST OF SPECIES.
1. V. buyssoni Pierce; parasite of Vespa ducalis Smith; Annam.
2. V. crabronis Pierce; parasite of V. crabro Linnaeus, Japan.
3. V. moutoni Buysson; parasite of V. mandarina Smith, V. mag-
nifica Smith, V. nigrans Buysson; China.
19. Genus BELONOGASTECHTHRUS Pierce.
1. B. zavattarii Pierce; parasite of Belonogaster elegans Ger-
staecker; Congo Free State.
2. Tribe PSEUDOXENINI Pierce.
Table of genera.
Female cephalothorax broadly oval, unevenly rounded from base to apex,

broadest behind spiracles; angled at base of head, obtusely rounded at
apex: ©. sumie ¢ erent gry eres 1 peters 1 oe 20. Pseudoxenos Saunders.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 463

Female cephalothorax broader than long, constricted at base, broadest at
spiracles, convex from base to spiracles, slightly oblique, but very nearly
straight from spiracles to base of head, at which point there is a slight
emargination, thence very oblique to mandibles, apex convex.

PAL Monobiaphila Pierce.

20. Genus PSEUDOXENOS Saunders.

LIST OF SPECIES.

1. P. arvensidis Pierce; parasite of Odynerus arvensis Saussure;
Tllinois.

2. P. corcyricus Saunders; parasite of O. spinipes Linnaeus;
Corcyra.

3. P erynnidis Pierce; parasite of O. erynnys Lepeletier; Florida.

4. P. foraminati Pierce; parasite of O. foraminatus Saussure;
Tlinois.

5. P. fundati Pierce; parasite of O. fundatus Cresson; Illinois.

6. P. heydenti Saunders; parasite of O. deflendus Saunders; Epi-
rus, Corcyra.

7. P. histrionis Pierce; parasite of O. histrio Lepeletier; Florida.

8. P. hookeri Pierce; parasite of O. verus Cresson; Texas.

9. P. jonesi Pierce; parasite of O. colon Cresson; Louisiana.

10. P. klugzt Saunders; parasite of O. laevipes Shuckard; Epirus.

11. P. louisianae Pierce; parasite of O. vagans Sausure; Louis-
lana.

12. P. neomexicana Pierce; parasite of O. toas Cresson; New
Mexico.

13. P. pedestridis Pierce; parasite of O. pedestris Saussure;
Thlinois. ;

14. P. robertsoni Pierce; parasite of O. histrionalis Robertson;
Tilinois.

15. P. schaumii Saunders; parasite of O. parietum Linnaeus;
Corcyra.

16. P. tigridis Pierce; parasite of O. tigris Saussure; Illinois.

6. PSEUDOXENOS HEYDENII Saunders.

Erratum: Gen. Insect. p. 27, line 28, read “ p. 141” for “p. 17.” The latter
page is that given in the separates.

10. PSEUDOXENOS KLUGII Saunders.

Erratum: Gen. Insect. p. 27, line 40, read “ p. 142” for “ p. 18.” The latter
page is that given in the separates.

12. PSEUDOXENOS NEOMEXICANUS, new species.
Plate 72, figs. 2-7.
Described from a male extracted from the puparium in a female

Odynerus toas Cresson var. (determined by Rohwer) collected at
Albuquerque, New Mexico, and labeled No. 2934.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Length at least 2.7 mm.; the head and thorax measure 2.1 mm. in
length and 0.8 mm. in breadth. Color, dark brown; eyes, black;
antennae, light brown; elytra and abdomen still lighter; legs, trans-
parent yellow.

Head, broad; eyes, many faceted, on broad bases; head deeply
emarginate between eyes with occiput strongly projecting from the
emargination and antennae set on the sides of the prolongation.
Front triangularly projecting beneath attachment of antennae. An-
tennae with second joint shorter than first and ringlike. They are
not different from the usual Xenid type. Mandibles elongate, ensi-
form. Maxillae two-jointed, the first longer. Pronotum transverse,
slightly arched forward. Mesonotum with a small anterior detached
piece; the posterior angles strongly produced; pleural spiracular lobe
beneath elytra of the same shape as in Xenos. Metathorax of the
usual size. Praescutum keystone-shaped. Scuti broadest behind the
base at the attachment of the wings; narrowly separated medianly
by the scutellum; divided to form diagonal parascutellum. Scutellum
elongate, pedunculate at posterior angles, triangularly produced in
front between scuti, rounded at apex; postlumbium transverse,
wrinkled, not heavily chitinized; postscutellum elongate, normal.
Wings with the normal veins, and two small detached pieces beyond
tip of radius. Oedeagus asin Xenos. (See pl. 72, fig. 7.)

This is the first male of the genus for America and the first seen by
the writer. Whether our American species are congeneric with the
European can not yet be determined.

Type.—Cat. No. 21449, U.S.N.M.

21. Genus MONOBIAPHILA Pierce.

1. UW. bishoppi Pierce; parasite of Monobia quadridens Linnaeus,
Texas.
3. Tribe TACHYTIXENINI Pierce.

22. Genus TACHYTIXENOS Pierce.

1. 7. indicus Pierce; parasite of Tachytes venoferus Rohwer;
India.
4, Tribe OPHTHALMOCHLINI Pierce.

Table of genera.

Female cephalothorax widest behind spiracles, more or less evenly convex
throughout; spiracles dorsal. Male scutellum not locked by the scuti; post-
lumbium not of a different consistency from the other parts. Parasites of
Sphez, Psammophila, and Miscus_______-__ + 23. Hupathocera Pierce.

Female cephalothorax broader than long, margins irregularly convex, con-
stricted at base, rounded at apex. Male scutellum locked by scuti; postlum-
bium of a different consistency from the other parts. Parasite of
COROT see eek ots ek 24, Ophthalmochlus Pierce.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 465

Feinale cephalothorax slightly constricted at base, thence obliquely widening to
widest point, just behind the spiracles, which are lateral, but hardly promi-
nent, thence sinuately convex to apex. Parasites of Sceliphron.

25. Sceliphronechthrus Pierce.

23. Genus EUPATHOCERA Pierce.

LIST OF SPECIES,

1. L. lugubris Pierce; parasite of Sphex (Ammophila) fragilis
Smith; Ohio.

2. L. pictipennidis Pierce; parasite of S. (A) pictipennis Walsh;
Illinois.

3. E'. pruinosae Pierce; parasite of S. (A.) pruinosa Cresson;
Colorado.

4. 1. sphecidarum Dufour; parasite of S. (A) sabulosa Linnaeus;
France, Germany.

5. E. vulgaridis Pierce; parasite of S. (A.) vulgaris Cresson;
Tlhnois.

6. 1’. luctuosae Pierce; parasite of S. (Psammophila) luctuosa F.
Smith; Idaho, Colorado.

7. H. sieboldii Saunders; parasite of Miscus campestris Latreille;
Germany.

20. Genus OPHTHALMOCHLUS Pierce.

Table of subgenera.

ParasitesotiChionion *Chnionony x) 23222 eee 1. Ophthalmochlus Pierce.
Parasites of Chlorion (Proterospher ) ——--_---—_~___ Reade 2. Homilops Pierce.
Parasites tof Chiomon (Tsodontiq)\e 2232. 3. Isodontiphila Pierce.

LIST OF SPECIES.

1. O. (O) duryi Pierce; parasite of C. (Priononyx) atrata Lepele-
tier; Ohio.
2. O, (fH) abbotti Pierce; parasite of C. (Proterosphex), species;
Siam.

3. O. (H) ashmeadi Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) pernanum Kohl;
Santo Domingo.

4. O, (H) bishoppi Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) ichnewmoneum Lin-
naeus; Texas.

5. O. (H) westwood Pierce; parasite of C. (P.) ichneumoneum
aurifuum Perty; Brazil.

6. O. (1) auripedis Pierce; parasite of C. (/.) auripes Fernald;

Pennsylvania.
1. OPHTHALMOCHLUS DURYI Pierce.

errata: Gen. Insect. p. 30, line 30, add ‘pl. 2, unnumbered figure.”
5. OPHTHALMOCHLUS (HOMILOPS) WESTWOODI Templeton.
Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 31, line 8, change ‘(1838)” to read ‘(1841)’;

line 10, add “pl. 2, unnumbered figure”; pl. 2, unnumbered figure, for
“ Hupathocera Westwoodi” read “ Ophthalmochlus Westwood.”

£348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54———81

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

25. Genus SCELIPHRONECHTHRUS Pierce.

1. S. fasciati Pierce; parasite of Sceliphron fasciatus Lepeletier ;
Santo Domingo.
5. Tribe PARAXENINI Pierce.

26. Genus PARAXENOS Saunders.

1. P. erberi Saunders; parasite of Bembecinus peregrinus Smith,
Corcyra.

IV. Superfamily HALICTOPHAGOIDEA Pierce.

Table of families.

Male antennae four-jointed, with the flagellum of the third and the fourth
joOimtelongate, subequalls== == ee IX. DIOZOCHRIDAH Pierce.
Male antennae seven-jointed, with the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth joints lat-
erally produced, and the seventh elongate__ X. HALICTOPHAGIDAH Pierce.

IX. Family DIOZOCERIDAE Pierce.
Errata: Bull. 66, pl. 14. Read ‘“ Males” for ‘‘ Females.”

27. Genus DIOZOCERA Pierce.

1. D. insularwm Pierce; parasite of Yerophloea viridis Fabricus,
Grenada, St. Vincent.

1. DIOZOCERA INSULARUM Pierce.

Plate 78, fig. 7.

An illustration of the side view of the male is presented. This
shows the line separating scutum from parascutellum reaching the
apex of scutellum rather than behind the middle, as usual in the
other families. The pleural suture is very strongly bent at the apex
of episternum and reaches the coxa.

X. Family HALICTOPHAGIDAE Pierce.

This family is probably one of the largest in the order. It now
comprises 16 genera. Many more species are in the author’s collec-
tion from various parts of the world and will be described in sub-
sequent papers. The distribution of the genera:is as follows:

Halictophagus Dale, 1 species; England.

Tettigoxenos Jeannel, 1 species; British East Africa.

Pyrilloxenos Pierce, 1 species; India.

Pentacladocera Pierce, 1 species; Australia.

Neocholax Pierce, 1 species; Java.

Muirixenos Pierce, 2 species; Java.

Anthericomma Pierce, 1 species; New Mexico.

Pentozoe Pierce, 1 species; Ceylon.

No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 467

10.

Dacyrtocara Pierce, 2 species; Georgia.

Pentozocera Pierce, 4 species; Queensland, Guatemala.
C'yrtocaraxenos Pierce, 1 species; Java.

Delphacixenos Pierce, 1 species; Russia.
Stenocranophilus Pierce, 1 species; Porto Rico.
Agalliaphagus Pierce, 2 species; Ohio, Maryland.
Colacina Westwood, 1, species; Borneo.

Megalechthrus Perkins, 1 species; Queensland.

Errata: Bull. 66, pl. 14, read “ males” for “ females.” Gen. Insect, p. 39,
line 19, change “‘ Prothorax bank-like” to read “ Prothorax band-like.”

Table of genera.

NMalesP in oy ise = 0 5S yet ee See the ey AIS Fee, i tet a I
Males sumo yi is (Se SR, ye Ae Se ea ee A332

. Prothorax bandlike, not pushed forward into head; wings with 7 primary
veins, and 2 distal detached veins between radius and medius________ 3.
Prothorax pushed forward into head; wings with 6 or 7 primary veins, and
2 distal detached veins between radius and medius____________________ 5;

. Median: vein broken, or with detached vein commencing just before its apex

on the anal side; metathoracie praescutum and scuti very long, scutellum
much ¥Shoriers22 GH) sss ey Eh Os 28. Halictophagus Dale.
Median vein not broken or with detached piece on its anal side; meta-
thoracic praescutum and scuti only moderately long, scutellum more than
Halivas Ons ASM pLAacsCuuuM as = a eee aa ee emer eee eee Oe 4,

. Mandibles and maxillae arising closer to the eyes than the length of the

basal joint of maxillae; oedeagus slender, basally arcuate, apically
acutely barbed, the outside angle between the outer edges of the hook
and the main tube being very acute___________ 29. Tettigoxenos Jeannel.
Mandibles and maxillae arising at a distance from the eyes at least equal
to the length of the basal joint of the maxillae; oedeagus stout, si-
phonate, greatly inflated at middle, outside angle little less than a right
angle, ST ae be a aE 30. Pyrilloxenos Pierce.

Prothorax so deeply embedded in head that the pleurae can not be seen__ 8.

. Wings with 7 primary veins; head transverse, not greatly arched, but

emarginate behind; metapraescutum broad and about twice-as long as
Scirbell mma ya Ss. ete ees epeertrers woe AE SL aye = 31. Pentacladocera Pierce.
Wines endthsixeprimaryhveinse = sik TA) Ae ge Ee ee ee ts

. Median vein broken, with detached part on anal side; antennae normally

flabellate, the flabellae longer than the basal portions of the joints.
32. Neocholaz Pierce.
Median vein not broken; antennae with sixth joint attached at middle of

fifth, and seventh beyond middle of sixth____ 38. Muwirirenos, new genus.
ey Wines with Ge priMma ry VeiiSs hs ss Sele Se 9.
Wings twit hi Gapeiniainys sveita Sioa e es eek ee eee SP ia tes Pe ee 123

. Metapraescutum over twice as long as scutellum, very broad its whole

length, pronotum subquadrate, embedded in head and mesonotum.
34. Anthericomma Pierce.
Metapraescutum not twice as long as scutellum______________________ TOS
Oecdeasus with-apek reflected 2 certs. teeslen mal). oe eee 8 AS 11,
Oedeagus with apex reflected and outer angle produced, acutely ; scutellum
widely separated from praescutum________~_ 35. Dacyrtocara, new genus.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

lal: Sale ni ome lobate in front, very sine divi separated trom praes-

cutum; oedeagus slender, inflated at base and strongly arched, thence be-

coming very slender and at apex acutely reflexed___ 86. Pentozoe Pierce.

Scutellum convex, not lobate in front, more widely separated from praes-

cutum; oedeagus slender, not greatly enlarged at base and obtusely

angulate, but acutely angulate at apex_____:____ 37. Pentozocera Pierce.

Scutellum broadly sinuately rounded in front, broadly separated from pra-
escutum; oedeagus slightly rounded at base, acutely barbed at apex.

38. Cyrtocarazenos, new genus.

12. Fifth and sixth antennal joints merely pectinate, elongate; metapraescutum

but little longer than scutellum__________ 39. Delphacixenos, new genus.
Fifth and sixth antennal joints normally flabellate; metapraescutum almost
iwicelas) lone sas) Sscutellum=s=-=s esos eee 40. Stenocranophilus Pierce.

13S ParasitevorcAgayigw ss ie ee ee ee 41. Agalliaphagus Pierce.
Parasitesiokeh POnd 22) eee 42, Colacina Westwood.

Parasites of Platybrachys, female cephalothorax with narrow transverse
slit; thorax longer than head, gradually narrowed to base: sides of head
COM VERE ee Sie his A a 42. Megalechthrus Perkins.

28. Genus HALICTOPHAGUS Dale.

1. H. curtisit Dale; host unknown; England.
Dale (1841) records collecting specimens of males on and near the
Isle of Portland, England, June 16, July 15, and August 1, 1840.

29. Genus TETTIGOXENOS Jeannel.

Tettigoxenos JEANNEL, 1918, Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique
Orientale (1911-1912) Insects Strepsiptéres, Paris, A. Schulz, pp. 1-8,
1 fig., pl. 1, April 28.
The following description is a translation from the original, with
additions in brackets:
' Front excavated between the antennae: antennae 7-jointed, with
last 5 laterally flabellate. Prothorax annular, narrow, not arcuate
in front. Elytra long, clavate. Wings with “6” [really 7] primary
veins; costal [subcostal], radial, medial and three anal; a detached
branch of radius and a detached branch in front of medius; medius
not broken; cubitus lacking. Metanotum strongly developed; post-
lumbium membranous. Metasternum formed of two pieces entirely
separated on the median line. Legs short, tibiae flattened, tarsi 3-
jointed. Oedeagus strongly arcuate at rakes reflexed in an acute
angle and very pointed at extremity. [This oedeagus is barbed as
in Cyrtocaraxenos but more arcuate at base. |
Type of the genus.—Tettigoxenos cladoceras Jeannel, 1918, from
British East Africa. Hosts unknown. Female unknown.

TETTIGOXENOS CLADOCERAS Jeannel.
Tettigoxenos cladoceras JEANNEL, 1913, Insects strepsiptéres, pp. 1-8, pl. 1.

Host.——Unknown. Described from a male caught at light on the
River Ramisi south of Mombasa, station No. 8, British East anevLees
November, 1911, and now in the Nera of Parid

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 469

Following is a translation of the original description, with com-
ments in brackets:

Male—tLength 2.75 mm.; wing expanse 3.5 mm. Color brilliant
pitchy-brown. Form rather slender, with abdomen elongate, as long
as the costal margin of the wings.

Head very large, transverse, slightly deflexed. Front concave be-
tween antennae which are attached beneath little angular salients.
yes enormous on great peduncles, hemispherical, with fifty great
ocelli. Face with rudimentary mandibles [as illustrated for Cyrto-
caraxenos| and maxillae without lacinia [Jeannel’s illustration, fig.
3, 1S apparently at fault in the delineation of the maxillae|]. An-
tennae slender, first two joints simple, cylindrical, the first a little
longer than broad, the second almost as long as broad; joints 8 and
+ almost as long as joint 2; joint 5 half as long, very flat, joint 6 a
little longer but smaller; joints 3 to 6 laterally flabellate, strongly
punctate [rather, provided with organs of sense]; flabellum of
third about one-fifth longer than that of the fifth; joint 7 similarly
elongate, as long as flabellum of fourth and longer than fifth.

Prothorax annular, not anteriorly arched, slightly longer on dor-
sum, separated from mesothorax by intersegmental skin, on which
are a number of small chitinous sclerites. Mesothorax formed of a
transverse mesonotum, a little mesosternal piece, and large oblique
pleural pieces. Elytra inserted at upper edge of mesopleural piece,
with a small V-shaped stigmatal piece covering the orifice of the
spiracle at its base. Coxal cavities open behind. Metanotum com-
posed of triangular praescutum flanked by “pleuri” [scuti] a little
longer than itself; scutellum transverse pentagonal; [parascutellum
oblique, subquadrate|; postlumbium membranous; _ postscutellum
very large, navicular, covering first two abdominal segments. Meta-
sternum formed of two elongate pieces in juxtaposition on median
line. [This is the line of the furca, usually found only on the
sternellum. |

Abdomen with 10 segments. Sternites more strongly chitinized
than tergites. [Jeannel has misinterpreted the last three segments.
He calls the eighth the ninth, and calls the ninth the tenth, and the
tenth the anal tube. He refers to the ninth and tenth as the
“ podex.” In reality, the eighth segment is ventrally produced to an
acute point, reaching as far as the ninth. The ninth is likewise nor-
mally produced and concave, bearing at its extremity the oedeagus.
The dorsal portion of the ninth is not shown in Jeannel’s drawings.
The tenth is like a flap over the oedeagus. |

Female.—Unknown.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

30. Genus PYRILLOXENOS Pierce.
Pyrilloxenos PiERcE, 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, p. 128.

Male—Head not conspicuously excavated behind. Eyes large,
convex with very large facets. Mandibles short, triangular, glabrous.
Antennae short, seven jointed, flattened, foliaceous, with large sen-
sory pits; first two joints simple, the second shorter; the remaining
five joints crowded, each broadened laterally in a broad lamina, the
apices of which are about even with each other, the entire antennae
not longer than width of head.

Pronotum very short, transverse band-like. Mesonotum a little
longer, also band-like. Elytra pedunculate spatulate, sensitive,
pubescent. Metanotum with praescutum rounded, keystone-shape,
truncate, sinuate at apex, longer than scutellum and postlumbium
together; scuti oblique, considerably surpassing praescutum at outer
angles and supporting it by a tiny projection at inner angles; scutel-
lum broad, irregular in outline, narrower at base than praescutum,
broadening in a concave line behind scuti, with anterior angles
rounded, almost rectangular, and posterior angles diagonally pro-
duced as quadrate peduncles, apex otherwise truncate; postlumbium
short, transverse, fitting in between and scarcely surpassing the
posterior peduncles of the scutellum; postscutellum large, convex,
broadly rounded.

Tarsi three-jointed, the first joint mucronate; claws absent. Eighth
ventral segment acutely produced beneath ninth. Anal segment
small, flap-like. Oedeagus strongly bent, broad near base, rectangu-
larly bent near apex, apical process slender and very acute.

The generic name is derived from Pyrilla (the host genus) +Xenos
(the typical Strepsipterous genus) signifying a Strepsipterous para-
site of Pyrilla.

Type of the genus.—Pyrilloxenos compactus Pierce, from India.

PYRILLOXENOS COMPACTUS Pierce.
Plate 77.
Pyrillorenos compactus Prercr, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 1914, vol. 16, p. 129.

Described from a type female and allotype male and two para-
type females from Pusa, Bihar, India, collected by C. S. Misra.

The original description is as follows:

The material was collected in August, 1907; March 15, 1918; and
May 23, 1914. The specimens collected in August, 1907, consist of
allotype male, pupal cephalothorax, and three paratype females with
triungulinids. This material is the property of the Entomological
Section, Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. The type is deposited
in the United States National Museum, and a paratype female is in
the author’s collection. The author is indebted to Mr. T. Bainbridge *
Fletcher, imperial entomologist, for the material. The specific name

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 471

is intended to draw attention to the compact appearance of the
antennae.

Male—Length, 1.5 mm. The tarsi are very small. The anterior
tibiae are very robust and shorter than on the other legs. The
antennae are much more compact than is usual in this family.
The mandibles can not meet. The remainder of the description is
to be drawn from the generic description. The specimen was, unfor-
tunately, boiled in caustic potash and is therefore very hard to
study.

Female.—Cephalothorax golden yellow to brownish, broader than
long; constricted behind spiracles; sides quite evenly rounded; apex
sinuate. Mandibles obtuse, separated by almost three times their
width. Front convex. Spiracles just touching margin.

Type—Cat. No. 18814, U.S.N.M.

The illustrations in plate 77 bring out a number of features not
covered by the original descriptions.

The prosternum is composed of a narrow transverse eusternum
and the medially divided sternellum which forms a half ring for
attachment of the coxae. This ring is undoubtedly composed of
sternellum, precoxale, and trochantin. At the lateral horn this
piece, together with the epimeron and episternum, separated by the
pleural suture, meet the coxa. The coxa is a small piece at the base
of the elongate trochanter (pl. 77, fig. 2). The pronotum is largely
of one piece, with small lateral pieces, probably scuti.

The mesonotum is shorter on the median line than at the sides. A
semilunar piece in front is apparently the praescutum, the remainder
is the scutoscutellum. The sternum is the most perfectly formed of
any yet seen in the order. The eusternum is triangular. The ante-
coxal ring is composed of three distinct pieces. The inner pieces of
the ring are the sternellar pieces longitudinally separated; the
median piece is the precoxale. The coxale attachment is at the
outer horn, where three pieces—trochantin, episternum, and epime-
ron—meet. The coxa is a minute piece at the base of the elongate
trochanter (pl. 77, fig. 3).

The metasternum has eusternum separated from sternellum by a
sinuate line. Episternum does not reach the coxa, although the
pleural suture does. The epimera are very large and almost sur-
round the coxae, which are more closely connected to the sternellum
than in the anterior segments (pl. 77, fig. 4).

31. Genus PENTACLADOCERA Pierce.

1. P. schwarzi Perkins; parasite of Agallia, species; New South
Wales.

1. PENTACLADOCERA SCHWARZII Perkins.

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 37, line 6, change “ p. 6” to read “ pl. 4.”

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

32. Genus NEOCHOLAX Pierce.

1. NV. jacobsoni Meijere; parasite of Ossoides lineatus Bierman;
Java.
33. Genus MUIRIXENOS, new genus.

Named in honor of Frederick Muir, the collector of the species on
which this genus is founded, and of many other species in the author’s
collection to be described later. Probably no collector has ever shown
a greater aptitude for collecting species of this order than Mr. Muir,
whose travels have taken him to many parts of the world.

The genus is characterized by its elongate narrow body, arcuate
head, antennae with the last two joints attached far from the base
of the preceding (pl. 76, figs. 1, 2); prothorax band-like, trans-
verse above but laterally strongly diagonally flexed forward; meso-
thorax distinctly composed of three transverse pieces; metathorax
with praescutum reaching scutellum and almost twice as long, scuti
divided; eighth segment ventrally produced beneath ninth; wings
lacking cubitus and one anal vein, medius not broken.

Type of the genus.—Muirixenos dicranotropidis Pierce, from Java.

The genus is easily separable from the other Javan genera Neo-
cholax and Cyrtocaraxenos by the characters given above and in
the table of genera.

1. MUIRIXENOS DICRANOTROPIDIS, new species.

Plate 76, fig. 1.

Described from a male bred from Dicranotropis muiri Kirkaldy
collected in Java by F. Muir under the number 333.

Length, 1 mm. Color, light brown. Head strongly arched. Pro-
thorax dorsally transverse but with pleurae diagonal, carrying the
dorsum far anterior to the sternum. Mesothorax with praescutum
semilunar, scutum transverse, and scutellum transverse. The meta-
thoracic parts are well illustrated in figure 1, plate 76.

Type.—Cat. No. 21450, U.S.N.M.

2. MUIRIXENOS PERKINSIELLAE, new species.
Plate 76, figs. 2-5.

Described from a male bred from Perkinsiella saccharicida Kir-
kaldy collected in Java by F. Muir under the number 316.

Length slightly under 1 mm. Lighter in color, almost yellowish.
It differs very slightly from the preceding. The oedeagus, antenna,
tarsus, and side view of thorax are illustrated.

The episternum reaches closer to the coxal cavity than in any other
species yet seen, but does not reach it.

Z'ype.—Cat. No. 21451, U.S.N.M.

NO, 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 473

34. Genus ANTHERICOMMA Pierce.

1. A. barbert Pierce; host unknown, New Mexico.
1. ANTHERICOMMA BARBERI Pierce.

Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 36, line 25, add ‘Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.”
35. DACYRTOCARA, new genus.

Name derived from éa (strongly) + xkvp7ds (curved) + képa
(head), meaning strongly arched head.

Male—Head strongly arched, inclosing the pronotum and part of
mesonotum; antennae typical five-branched, the branches subequal, ~
the bases of the joints short. Mesonotum distinctly divided into three
transverse sclerites. Metapraescutum not reaching and not greatly
longer than scutellum. Wings with seven principal veins, two de-
tached veins between radius and medius, and with the medius broken.
Oedeagus nearly straight, flexed near apex with outer angle pro-
longed almost as long as the prong.

Type of the genus.—Dacyrtocara oncometopiae, new species.

Species: 1. D. oncometopiae, from Oncometopia lateralis Fabri-
cius; Egypt, Georgia.

2. D. undata, from O. undata Fabricius; Thomasville, Georgia.

1. DACYRTOCARA ONCOMETOPIAE, new species.
Plate 74, figs. 1-4.

Described from one male and two puparia extracted from a single
Oncometopia lateralis Fabricius, determined by the late Otto Heide-
mann, collected by W. H. Finn at Egypt, Georgia, from the Uhler
collection in the United States National Museum. The male was in
perfect condition and ready to emerge when killed.

Male.—Length, 3.8 mm.; wing expanse at least 5 mm. Color
brown. Head emarginate above for reception of prothorax, not
emarginate below. Eyes on broad stalks, not very closely fascicled.
Antennae with flabellae closely appressed. Mandibles short, not
reaching mouth opening. Maxillae 2-jointed, the joints about equal.

Pronotum semilunar with pleurae extending diagonally backward;
prosternum composed of two pieces medianly separated, which cor-
respond to the sternellum-+precoxale-+trochantin; coxae minute,
trochanters elongate, femora very little longer, tibiae shorter and
enlarged at apex, tarsi 3-jointed, with first joint very broad and
remaining joints elongate. Mesonotum with a semilunar praescutum,
transverse scutum and scutellum; elytra clavate; pleural spiracles
protected by an episternal lobe beneath elytra; epimeron, epister-
num and trochantin forming hook for attachment of coxa; trochan-
tin, precoxale and sternellum forming open ring around coxal cavity;
eusternum large and triangular; sternellum bilobed; coxa minute

474 PROCEEDINGS -OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54,

at base of elongate trochanter, femur longer, tibia still longer, tarsus
with first joint mucronate, others pulvillate. Metanotum with key-
stone-shaped praescutum, connected scuti, diagonal parascutellum,
transverse, anteriorly sinuate scutellum, membranous postlumbium,
and very long postscutellum; wings normal; episternum not reach-
ing coxa; epimeron reaching coxa; eusternum separated from ster-
nellum by a line diverging posteriorly from median line; coxa very
large; trochanter smaller and cup shaped; femur, and tibia elon-
gate; tarsus as in middle leg. Oedeagus straight to angle of reflex-
ion, outer angle produced downward as illustrated (pl. 74, fig. 4).
Type.—Cat. No. 21452, U.S.N.M.

2. DACYRTOCARA UNDATA, new species.

Plate 74, figs. 5, 6.

Described from two females found in the fourth and fifth segments
of a female Oncometopia undata Fabricius, captured by George D.
Smith at Thomasville, Georgia, in May, 1915. The host died May 10.

Length, 7 mm. Color of cephalothorax dark brown with large
rounded brown spot on first ventral segment; brood canal slightly
darkened; abdomen otherwise white until mature, when it becomes
brown.

Cephalothorax elongate, apically rounded, slightly sinuate in front
of mandibles and laterally slightly compressed opposite opening of
brood canal, which is behind the middle. Mandibles broad, obtuse.
Brood canal opening a transverse narrow slit on the venter. Base of
cephalothorax strongly constricted. Thoracic spiracles lateral and
inconspicuous.

The brood canal extends back only four segments, and there are
only two median genital tubes opening into it, on the second and
third segments. At the edge of the brood canal at the posterior mar-
gin of the first, second, and third segments are simple spiracles con-
sisting of mere slitlike openings. The tracheae can be seen leading
from them. The first abdominal segment within the body of the
host extends far beyond the tip of the cephalothorax.

Type.—Cat. No. 21453, U.S.N.M.

36. Genus PENTOZOE Pierce.

1. P. peradeniya Pierce; parasite of Thompsoniella arcuata Mot-
schulsky; Ceylon.
1. PENTOZOE PERADENIYA Pierce.
Errata: Gen. Insect. p. 38, line 6, change “ Fig. 40” to read “ Fig, 44.”
37. Genus PENTOZOCERA Pierce.

1. P. australensis Perkins; parasite of Yetigonia parthaon Kir-
kaldy; Queensland.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 475

9. P. phaeodes Perkins; parasite of Hecalus immaculatus Kirkaldy.

3. P. stenodes Perkins; parasite Paradorydium menalus Kirkaldy ;
Queensland.

4. P. schwarzi Pierce; parasite of Diedrocephala sanguinolenta
Coquibar; Guatemala.

38. CYRTOCARAXENOS, new genus.

Name derived from xvpros (curved) + xapa (head) + Xenos.

Characterized by a very large head, emarginate behind, with tre-
mendous eyes; antennae with branches closely appressed, not sur-
passing one another. Prothorax quadrate invisible at sides. Meta-
notum with only two transverse areas. Metapraescutum broadly
separated from scutellum but considerably longer than the same.
Eighth abdominal segment greatly produced beneath the ninth.
Oedeagus barbed at apex.

Type of the genus—Cyrtocaraxenos javanensis, new species; Java.

CYRTOCARAXENOS JAVANENSIS, new species.

Plate 78, figs. 1-6.

Collected at light, 800 feet altitude, at Buitenzorg, West Java,
December, 1908, by W. Terry, and presented by Mr. F. Muir.

Length about 2 mm.; dark brown. Head emarginate from dorsal
and anterior views for reception of pronotum. Mandible short, but
reaching mouth. Maxillae short, 2-jointed, the joints very broad
and subequal. Pronotum trapezoidal. Mesonotum transversely
divided, posteriorly produced at angles. Metanotum with praescu-
tum keystone shaped, broad at apex, broadly separated from scutel-
lum by scutum; parascutellum diagonal; scutellum transverse; sinuate
in front; postlumbium short and transverse; postscutellum very
large. Legs normal, first tarsal joints mucronate. Oedeagus slightly
curved, with apex sharply reflexed, the inner and outer angles being
very acute. Wings with seven principle veins, and with two detached
beins between radius and medius; medius not broken.

Type.—Cat. No, 21454, U.S.N.M.

39. DELPHACIXENOS, new genus.

The generic name is derived from Delphax (the host genus)-+
Xenos (the typical Strepsipterous genus), signifying a strepsipte-
rous parasite of Delphax.

Male.—Head excavated behind, seen from above consisting of a
narrow arcuate rim supporting the eyes and produced somewhat in
front of these to form the apex of the frontal projection, at the sides
of which the antennae are inserted. Eyes large, convex, reaching
the base of the elytra when the body is compressed; facets large and

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54,

separate. Mandibles reaching to the mouth opening, about three
times as long as broad, acute. Maxillae longer, two jointed, cy-
lindrical, the first jomt shorter and subclavate; the second joint, or
palpus almost twice as long as first and tapering, longer than mandi-
bles. Antennae elongate, seven jointed, foliaceous with sensory
pits; first two joints simple, the first shortest; third about*as long
as first with long lateral sensitive flabellum; fourth longer than
second in apical half laterally produced into a flabellum about half
as long as that of the third; fifth joint longer than fourth with a
short apical lateral projection not much longer than the width of the
joint, sixth joint about as long as fourth merely with a tooth-like
enlargement at tip: seventh joint longest of all. Pronotum merely
a small transverse plate set into the emargination of the head.
Mesonotum with two plates the first in the emargination of the
head and the second band-like, not covered by head. Elytra elon-
gate, clavate. Metanotum with praescutum rounded keystone-
shaped: scuti oblique slightly surpassing praescutum; scutellum
transverse laterally pedunculate at apex on each side; postlumbium
semicircular of different consistency from other parts; postscutellum
elongate, broad; epimeron (femoralium) reaching almost to tip of
postscutellum. Wings with costa very short and basal, closely
united with subcosta which braces the costal margin to the middle
of the wing; radius and medius at base are closely connected with
the subcosta, the radius being very weak and indistinct except as
detached portions in the nodal region; medius strong in its basal
half, distinct, and thence forked in two infuscated branches which
reach the outer margin; cubitus missing; first anal merely an in-
fuscation; second anal strong; third anal missing. Tarsi 3-jointed,
the first joint on the meso- and meta-tarsi differently shaped from
the following joints. Oedeagus strongly bent, basally inflated; the
under side being twice bent and the upper twice; the last bend being
a strong reflexion near the slender acute apex.

Type of the genus.—Delphacixenos anomalocerus, new species;
parasitic on Delphaw striatella Fabricius; Russia.

1. DELPHACIXENOS ANOMALOCERUS, new species.
Plate 75, figs. 1-6.

Described from five males mounted on a single slide, which were
bred May 47 from Delphaz striatella Fabricius by A. A. Ogloblin
at Poltava, Russia, and presented to the writer by Prof. N. Kour-
dumoff.

Male—tLength, 1.2 mm.; wing expanse, about 2.5 mm. Color,
brown; with postlumbium, abdomen, except two last segments and
venter, anterior portion of epimeron (femoralium), and anterior por-
tion of sternum, yellow: appendages very light yellowish brown.

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. ATT

The buccal area is inflated with a tiny mouth opening. The anterior
and median coxae are elongate and grooved on the inner side; the
posterior coxae are only half as long as the others and so attached
that, from a straight ventral view, the attachment can not be seen.
The femora and tibiae are subequal, the anterior pair being shortest;
the median and posterior tibiae are dorsally grooved. The median
and posterior tarsi have the first joint mucronate at tip; all tarsal
joints are pulvillate beneath.

The prothorix consists of a single notal sclerite and two small
sternal pieces (each composed of sternellum—-precoxale+-trochantin )
to which the coxae are attached. The mesonotum has two dorsal
sclerites, a diagonal pleurum and a small sternum, The praescutum
is subtriangular; the scuti are narrowly connected by a separate
scutal area; scutellum is transverse quadrate with pedunculate pos-
terior angles. In front of the praescutum is evidence of a small
piece, probably the pretergite. In front of the wing is the oval
prealare area. Lying over the posterior edge of this is one of the
tiny sclerites to which the wing is attached. The parascutellum is
oval, oblique. The tiny wing sclerites visible between this and the
prealare are rather too difficult to differentiate at present. Below the
postscutellum is the elongate pleurotergite, which is hooked at the
front where it touches the parascutellum. The epimeron consists of
a nonchitinized area beneath the parascutellum and a more or less
faintly divided chitinized area behind this, with a heavily chitinized
crescentiform area at the apex, to which the coxae are attached. Be-
neath the prealare and front part of the epimeron is the episternum,
which is diagonally divided. The sternum consists of a narrow pre-
sternum and a very large elongate sternal area irregularly divided
into an anterior partly chitinized yellow eusternum and a posterior
chitinized sternellum, the posterior edge of which covers the insertion
of the coxae. The sternellum is medianly divided almost to base.

The eighth abdominal segment is greatly prolonged beneath the
ninth. The ninth segment is prolonged as usual beneath the tenth,
with the oedeagus at its tip. The tenth segment is a small flap aris-
ing from the cup of the ninth in front of the oedeagus.

Type.—Cat. No. 21455, U.S.N.M.

40. Genus STENOCRANOPHILUS Pierce.
Stenocranophilus Pierce, 1914, Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, pp. 126-127.

The original description is as follows:

Male.——Head excavated behind, seen from above consisting of
a narrow arcuate rim supporting the eyes and produced considerably
in front of these to form the tip of the sulcate frontal projection, at
the sides of which the antennae are inserted. Eyes very large,
convex, reaching and touching the base of the elytra. Mandibles

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

very short, broad and blunt, not reaching within their own length
of each other. Maxillae a little longer, two-jointed, cylindrical, the
first joint almost twice as thick as the second, and neither quite as
long as the mandibles. Antennae elongate, seven-jointed, flattened
foliaceous, with large sensory pits; first two joints simple, third to
sixth moderately elongate, each produced just before the attach-
ment of the succeeding joint into a broad flattened lamina not much
more than twice as long as the main stem; seventh joint also pro-
duced, laminate. Pronotum subquadrate, cut off at sides by head.
Mesonotum band-like, also included within the cavity of the head.
Elytra elongate, metanotum with praescutum elongate, convex at
base, sides roundingly approximate toward apex, where they almost
meet; scuti narrow, elongate, only a little longer than praescutum;
scutellum broad, quadrate, basally convex, apically bisinuate, not
much longer than postlumbium; postlumbium at least two-thirds as
long as wide; postscutellum long, broad; epimeron [femoralium]
reaching to middle of postscutellum. Wings with radial vein meet-
ing the costal margin beyond the middle, a small detached cloudy
vein behind the tip of the radius, medius strong, with a long an-
terior cloudy branch, cubitus missing; first anal merely a cloudy
vein, second anal strong, third anal missing. Tarsi three-jointed,
the first joint of different shape from the following; claws absent.
Oedeagus strongly bent, the under side being twice bent and the upper
thrice, the last bend being a very strong reflection at apical fourth;
apex very acute.

The generic name is derived from Stenocranus (the host genus)
+eihog (loving), signifying a parasite of Stenocranus.

Type of the genus.—Stenocranophilus quadratus Pierce.

1. STENOCRANOPHILUS QUADRATUS Pierce.

Stenocranophilus quadratus Pierce, 1914, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16,
Pp. 127, 128:

Described from one type and five paratype males bred by T. H.
Jones, October 19, 1912, from two females and four nymphal Steno-
cranus saccharivorus Westwood collected October 14 and 16, 1912,
from sugar cane at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, and bearing the Porto
Rico Sugar Planter’s Association accession number “ 847-1912.”
One paratype was returned to the association. The specific name is
intended to: draw attention to the quadrate form of the pronotum
and the scutellum. This form of scutellum has not heretofore been
found in the Halictophagidae.

Male—Length, 0.9 mm.; wing expanse,2 mm. Color golden brown.
A few points not given in the generic description remain to be noted.
The first tarsal joint is broad, apically broadest and somewhat acute
on outer angle; the point of attachment of the second is subapical at

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 479

the inner angle; the point of attachment on the second joint is dorsal
and very near its base; this joint and the third are both slender at
base, gradually enlarged, pulvillate beneath, apically truncate. The
antennae are quite long, the stem portions of the joints being longer
than usual. The last joint reaches as far back as the scutellum. The
length of the praescutum and scutellum about equals that of the post-
lumbium and postscutellum.

Female.—Cephalothorax about 0.2 mm. long, golden yellow, not
much darker behind the opening of the brood canal; almost one-
quarter longer than wide; sides constricted at base, parallel at mid-
dle, angulate and convergent from anterior third, sinuate at apex.
Mandibles large, obtuse with outer edges marginal; front convex ex-
tending beyond mandibles and separating them by a little more than
their width. Opening of brood canal broad, trapezoidal. Spiracles
ventral, close to margin.

Type.—F our paratype males, and allotype female, Cat. No. 18813,

U.S.N.M.
41. Genus AGALLIAPHAGUS Pierce.

1. A. americana Perkins; parasite of Agallia quadrinotata; Ohio.

2. AGALLIAPHAGUS UHLERI, new species.
Plate 73.

Described from a female from Agallia uhleri Van Duzee collected
at Rocky Ford, Colorado.

Female.—Cephalothorax transverse. Head occupying over one-
half the length, and broadly, narrowly emarginate behind, slightly
convergent on sides, slightly emarginate at base of mandibles, which
are closer to the oral orifice than their widths; oral orifice large and
transverse. Spiracles reaching lateral margin, but not prominent.
The opening of the brood canal is short and transverse.

The measurements, using the same scale as in Andrena are as
follows:

This species is quite different in form from A. americana, differing
especially in the lesser emargination of the head.
Type.—Cat. No. 21456, U.S.N.M.

42. Genus COLACINA Westwood.

This genus has been transferred to the Halictophaginae because
of the nearness of its habitat and host to those of Veocholaw.

1. C. insidiator Westwood; parasite of Hpora subtilis Walker,
Borneo.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

43. Genus MEGALECHTHRUS Perkins.
1. M/. tryont Perkins; parasite of Platybrachys, species; Queens-

land.
V. Superfamily ELENCHOIDEA Pierce.
XI. Family ELENCHIDAE Pierce.

Considerable unstudied material in this family is at hand, but must
remain for future consideration. Until that time it is unnecessary
to prepare a table of genera.

44, Genus ELENCHUS Curtis.

. EL. tenuicornis Kirby; parasites of Liburnia, species; England.
. £, walkeri Curtis; host unknown; England, Ireland.
. EL. templetonii Westwood; host unknown; Mauritius.
. 2, melanias Perkins; parasite of a Delphacid; Hawaii.

4a. Hf. m, silvestris Perkins; parasite of a Delphacid; Hawaii.

It is quite probable that this is a composite genus, but nothing can
be done with it until the species can be studied.

H= ©2 NO

Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 48, line 35, for “ p. 385” read ‘ pl. 385.”

2. ELENCHUS WALKERI Curtis.
Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 20, for ‘‘ p. 385” read “ pl. 385.”

Dale (1841) records collecting males at Glenville’s Wooton, Eng-
land, on June 27 and July 1, 1841.

4. ELENCHUS MELANIAS Perkins.

; Blevchus melarias PERKINS, 1910, Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 3, pt. 6. Dec.

LZ, p. 667.

Following is the original description:

Thorax dull brown or pitchy, head black or nearly so, abdomen black, tips of
the joints of anterior tarsi pallid. Lateral branch of antennae extending
nearly to their tip, second joint subglobose or subquadrate in different aspects,
paler generally than the following. Wings very dark smoky black, apical
dilatation of elytra deep black. Abdominal segments with interrupted white
apical margins. Genital segment more or less pale within, rather broad where
the sides are well angulated in front of the middle, chitinous recurved hook
dilated apically and terminated in a very minute pale upturned spine. Ex-
panse, 3.38 mm.; length, 1.5 mm. Male.

Errata: Pierce, Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 7, after ‘pt. 6”-add “ p. 667.”

4a. ELENCHUS MELANIAS SILVESTRIS Perkins.

Very like the above, but with the wings less deeply smoke colored, and the
genital segment more elongate in proportion to its width. This variety also
appears to be slightly smaller than the type. :

Hab. Oahu, Hawaii, and females on all the other islands. The typical form
described has been taken in more open country and the var. silvestris in very
dense, wet forests. It infests Delphacid leaf hoppers of many species and of
different genera. The var. silvestris approaches most nearly to H. tenuicornis,

NO. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 481

but the difference between the Hawaiian specimens and the examples I refer
to the latter from Europe, America, Fiji, and Australia is much greater than
any distinction between the individuals of H#. tenwicornis from the above named,
widely separated regions.

. 45. Genus DEINELENCHUS Perkins.

1. D. australenis Perkins; paratype of Platybrachys, species;
Queensland.
46. Genus LIBURNELENCHUS, new name.
Mecynocera Pierce, 1908, not J. C. Thompson in Crustacea, 1888.

1. L. koebelei Pierce; parasite of Liburnia campestris Van Duzee
and L. lutulenta Van Duzee; Ohio.
9. L. heidemanni, new species; parasite of Liburnia, species;

Maryland.
1. LIBURNELENCHUS KOEBELEI Pierce.

Mecynocera koebelei Pierce, in all previous works.
Errata: Gen. Insect., p. 44, line 43, add “ Pl. 3, unnumbered figure.”
2. LIBURNELENCHUS HEIDEMANNI, new species.
Plate 78, figs. 8. 9.

Described from a specimen extracted from a Liburnia collected
at Bay Ridge, Maryland, September 1, 1902, by the late Otto Heide-
mann, and named in his honor.

The thorax is in general as in L. koebelez, but the oedeagus differs
greatly, as shown in the illustrations.

Type.—Cat. No. 21457, U.S.N.M.

47. Genus ELENCHINUS, new genus.

Male—Elongate, with slender enlongate antennae, the last joint
of which would reach beyond the postlumbium. Mandibles stout,
acute, over half as long as breadth between eyes; maxillae 2-jointed,
the second joint longer than first. Metapraescutum, broad at base,
acute at apex, not reaching the transverse scutellum. Scuti not reach-
ing humeri, united behind praescutum. Parascutellum at sides of
scutellum and diagonal. Scutellum truncate in front, with anterior
angles diagonally truncate, posterior angles pedunculate, and base
bisunuate. Postlumbium semilunar, membranous. Postscutellum
elongate. Elytra very long, slender, clavate.

Type of the genus—Elenchinus heidemanni, new species, from
Megamelanus species; Maryland.

1. ELENCHINUS HEIDEMANNI, new species.

Plate 78, figs. 10-12.

Described from one male extracted from a Megamelanus, species
collected at Bay Ridge, Maryland, September 1, 1902, by the late Otto
Heidemann, in whose honor the species is named.

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54—82

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The description contained in the generic diagnosis is sufficient to
delineate this species. The mandible, maxilla, and oedeagues are

illustrated.
The oedeagus is quite distinct from that of Lzburnelenchus.

Type.—Cat. No. 21458, U.S.N.M. ,
48. Genus ELENCHOIDES Pierce.

1. E. perkinsi Pierce; parasite of Perkinsiella vitensis Kirkaldy,
Fiji.
49. Genus PENTAGRAMMAPHILA Pierce.
1. P. uhleri Pierce, parasite of Pentagramma vittatifrons Uhler;
“-Dacota.”

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE STREPSIPTERA.

In Bulletin 66, on pages 171-178, the writer presented a tabulation
of the distribution of the host species according to the faunal re-
gions described by Wallace. There were at that time records of
parasitism by Strepsiptera on 50 genera and 238 species of hosts,
distributed as follows:

Species.
Nearctic, subdivision—
TR a rs ae ere Le EEL at ena ne oi ea Ti
pace ica a ee OAs eee SA TA RR ES aay ge a eee ec A ee 14
eS a oe R= Mp Sep we Me RR aS eet pe SY ia 2 ea Seaestic, sell a Fan cir 69
Ad meted es ee A A ee 0
HY DY) eben ee ey dae pre BON ie roe aS Bea oe mE Ene een re ES pee GT eee 90

byl ahaha cn tea ahand te fine 2 ely I = a apilgin A pe pe SED APR Lng TA ae liah a sd 3
DS NESE A A AARD REL 5 AEP UATE ESOS EE A OS SIS A _ AES 10
BUDE AA EERE | Ba. DEAL ES OBIE oe oes Se Tas) eee ee 3
Al to Situs ed _epeeptrenan gece tn teeth ee eel Apia Dee 3
D0 1 AO BS ae ca Rl ae PTI ch ect Resin abe ppp A ou 19
Palaearctic, subdivision— shoe
a” Beate, he Dare By Ege! eee re i RO eee) UR ih ot wep SRE eS 1 2) TU
BIAS 7 ha ike ARE ARG BEN MEGS OND estates LENE Wel GEL peak kamen PAS Cy 19
eS ed he RRC 85) A DAR VAS VC ee 0
Ai 2 PASE ONS. AEN TEE DOES 2 BES CR ee Pee ee a deo. Shee oe ee eS 2
Potala = We Ae, Se seh. gh EAS eae age PE ee recipe a iron Were 91

Ethiopian, subdivision— .
UP IMO Ua ga a ag ee) A NS CERT BSA SMI a EEE eg CO 2:
De ic UNA W MBUNEN be OD Rear Lhe. 2A LS. SoS PRES NY READ Bk ye 0
Sie PE EAR SANE ALS EA ARRERRD LGEA TS DN Se ak eh eee 1
ANTAL Es Ea e S E aie iaeeere SO e Rett CMC Re ETS “ACES a ae Ae eran 0
Totall ee kk Pst SAO OPE RRL eS ee 3}

No. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIBRCE. 483

Oriental, subdivision—

ib teenth Ce eee Re ee SL Key Rie ees ee 3
atl ON De Bk Ns Ny NS Ele aly ST UO IE Ao RS ee Oa me 5
a Ba epee dae ream oeloey ea ane SIN pny eia apenas wl SoS gene ret ae eS 4
ANTS Re tea eee Sag ees Meares a Pe ey ea see Se ak hy 3 A es 2 Pe

NTN GFE z 1) Re a PTE le Ng SU a ee ae es Se er 14

5] Soe Py 20 Ee rag Me ao ene ee eat dah ot as SSE oe te 3
5 ae WP TEI SSO a Na Da Se Se alr
FP ee OO ie SO See DRS Ey Ie A ie Eee he eee Se eA 3
Us bh eM NEE WON Meee IN SES ee Sd SE AE ee Se Be ee ee ee, ee ee 0

PUN feeb Sa ae Hr Teg Sees lar aC A ee se = A Sk 23

In the following table the distribution of described parasites is
tabulated for comparison. It is interesting to note that species are
now described from all the geographical faunal subdivisions except
four, South Africa, Central Asia, Southwest South America, and
New Zealand. These regions have been the least studied entomolog-
ically, but it is to be expected that they will some day furnish many
interesting species.

VOL. 54.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

484

& z v € G & (4 € G € (4 T
‘uBlelysny "[eqUolO, uvidoryy at “Oly voR[e ‘[eotdo1j00N

“O1VIVEN,

weet eww we a ners ee gCoOU Avan sl
“= ***souUOXxTZA OBL,
TIT] Biuderqouow
Cpe wae CEN tee eae Bee “"">*"=souexopnosg
“- == SHU yyooysesouolog
pre SOS souexetdse |
-**souexX
SF Tce se SS-° BI IOTA GTS)
Bee Oe ee ORS Cera Heke IOC elyAajooridy
eee eo Ge a ae ete a Sige cme sn{iydoso,yoosny
Fa RO OSS ROR aes sr resress == sqorAqsoqoleH
Se ae wiet Geom ae eae See ee “7* "= snqTydoqoreH
“== *souexo ole H
Pages akaiy eed hat teas adele spent Pcleig sigs ees OB DION
ic Ags che hoeed pete mcm Katee Sa ae “77 *esniqyoe[AH
TTI eepraoofd
ee ee ee meee sdor q{sRIed
~-*sdo[A4sooN
~>-sdopAqsoig
~-sdo[A4seqe x,
~*--==sdopAqyg
“*--- eepidopA4g
Ss iso Wee a XeLOMDOUCRS)

ee TEP OSES Seen tog “*""xelOdoULIA TY

Boe eo “"*"9Bplov[OOSUTIA

te te Oe Fa OC eae OBO souextIod0sAIyO
CE Atel eal See ges Seem peak > saree 3 souextieydyye,)
uct cinig Che leg Sais CIE = Sep igs ets oepluoxtiey aye
Boplouox
BUleIOYONS
““aBpI}VMLaIIOYOI}S
-*"Baplojeuer4OYOryS
Be OO Bae iat. eae -"*= 8190020190,
ica I oN a a grag ae ese thie sdo[Ayso1sn-y
"7" "= BITTHesueyL
Se Spee oVPT[MasUay
“7""* BI9DOZOLLI,
cos ressssBas UO,
PN eee Bae wets a coe Gee GU eepPlosuojy
er eet, ta rere tke eoploogsuoayy

“aon fo suorbes jnorydniboab ayy 07 Burpsooon vuajdisda.jg Jo sawads paqiiosap ayy fo uoyngussip fo 19D],

485

MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCH.

NO. 2242,

**7>=>>pproas J0J [2907 puvay

Filia Wesel cnet ree “spe 104 [eUOTs0Yy

i oc Sy Re eg ee a Boployoudl it
SNIYZWO [VI
“""*BUTORTO,)
ee at Raia a gains SO Sead ““snsey dees y
Se ES ene eek ACS ~-snjrjdoue1000e}9
---""==* souextosy dec
ies PREM does ey ae eae ee **SsouexB1B00 4.14, )
*B190020 U0.

“""*=xeB[OUS00N
“"B.1QD0 PROVO
“*** SOUS OT[NIA J
Bee rite SOU9X0S1}}0\,
eae snseydoqoye ty
~ovprsey do oer
IDG ios ioc oS aa B1I900Z01(f

Pee OOOO OR AOC 2 aie aii pecan eBpl1000Z01( |
~-*- vaprloseydoqoiyet{
Soe Ge se en er Stes one SOUDXBIV
SS ele etna gto sniyyyoouorydtpaog
ways -**- ery d yuo post

ROE ERS Tee eases ~*> = sdojruroyy
Beate Bese ss gas ‘snqyoomyery3do

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The knowledge of the distribution of host species has been greatly
increased since Bulletin 66 was published, and we may therefore pre-
sent a revised summary for contract with the list of described
species:

Distribution of host species and described parasite species according to regions.

Host species. Described parasites,
: Subdi- |
Region. aoe a | a
Visite aa Regional Aare Regional
totals. SO | wcotals
totals. totals. :
|
NOALCEH OC s25 esc ds oc ck osoba ha tboueeece eee eteemaete 1 ISH cetessves | Silesivesdede
2 98-5 .e-aohed | Ade |i Oo 8
3 AUS ilcaceceocas | Fis | tees
4 ib 160 1 94
WNeotropicali=s a) e2-s-s-see = ee ee see ae eee eae 1 3) ee eeee oe Ob) saree ctete
elle gf bl ce Di eeroencennote
3 Silcsceeeeees Obie aeaeaads
4 4 21 4 9
IPAlAGaretic:ss soi cate wnem sem mice atc aie meraa nena 1 (ol ep eet Di | eee
2 23 aosac coun e 85152 stemiaede
3 Oivscecstewes Ohl Seerese see
4 3 99 1 30
if hiOplan ese er eee eepeneee eee ee ae ceererrr as 1 os sseccoe ON oso
Z 11 ae ee ea ge he eee a
3 i il [ashes am gt TriSsats soasere
4 0 7 1 3
Orientals... vasadecat stele cceomebe es Ease ee Accel 1 el SOP Be 2 eee ee
2 63/53 54-e5- 2) pepismioctsiete
3 | Deere eae Sf sssse ee
4 9 27 10 17
Wustralian . = cececacinsesmec he soscice iiseelesere~ seictisece 1 th eee ee Py Se mse
2 20) omiememertes (nese sere cto
3 B-lerjedeasnoe 1g a
4 0 27 0 11
Total for world.....-..----------------2+------ fsceeceeceeleee cee eee) Se Peete ca 174,
| |

It will be seen from the foregoing table that only half of the
recorded parasites are described. About 30 of the undescribed
species are in the possession of the author and will furnish material
for further studies. The indications are that tropical regions will
ultimately yield more species than the temperate regions, which now
stand highest because of the more intensive collecting done in them.

HOST LIST.

The following additions to the host list may be made:

HOMOPTERA.

Superfamily CICADOIDEA.
Family CICADELLIDAE (TETIGONIIDAE).

Tribe CICADELLINI (TETIGONIINI).

Cicadella Latreille (Z'ettigoniella Bergroth) : spectra Distant, Cey-
lon (EK. E. Green, 1912).

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

2 wes oi ee eee ee ee ee nn Ser

telah atetesabetetaien

"ZOOGEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS (Arrén WALLA 1876)

(To face page 486.)

18.

8343

Byres

Ane

sie

PR, Yer
t , ee
oe

ant

Weithe | Beat be

ae. 44

No. 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 487

Oncometopia Stal.
lateralis Fabricius (determined by O. Heidemann), Egypt,
Georgia (W. H. Finn): (male, male puparia, larva); Dacyr-
tocara oncometopiae Pierce.
undata Fabricius (determined by O. Heidemann)—
1. Shreveport, Louisiana (I. W. Mally); (male exuvium).
2. Thomasville, Georgia, (G. D. Smith); (females); Da-
cyrotocara undata Pierce.

Tribe PHRYNOMORPHINI.

Deltocephalus Burmeister :
sandersi, Clarksville, Tennessee, November 10, 1915 (S. E.
Crumb).
Tribe EURYMELINI.
Agallia Curtis:
species, Virginia Beach, Virginia, commonly parasitized. (EK. S.
Schwarz, E. S. G. Titus.)
uhleri Van Duzee (determined by O. Heidemann)—
1. Santa Cruz Mountains, California; (male exuvium).
2. Rocky Ford, Colorado, (H. O. Marsh), July 26, 1912
(male pupa and exuvium): August 24, 1912 (male
exuvium); August 26, 1912 (females); September 1.
1909 (male exuvium); September 22, 1909 (female,
triungulinids, male exuvium; Agalliaphagus uhleri
Pierce.

Superfamily FULGOROIDEA.
Family ASIRACIDAE.

Perkinsiella Kirkaldy :
saccharicida Kirkaldy, Java, F. Muir (male); Auirivenos per-
kinsiellae Pierce.
Phenice Westwood:
modesta Westwood, Java, F. Muir.
Dicranotropis Fieber:
muirt Wirkaldy, Java, F. Muir (male); Muirixenos dicrano-
tropidis Pierce.
Liburnia Stal:
campestris Van Duzee, Columbus, Ohio, August 11 (males), Au-
gust 17 (females) ; Liburnelenchus koebelei Pierce (Mecyno-
cera) (Collection U. S. National Museum), (Pierce 1909, Bull.
66, p. 178). :
lutulenta Van Duzee. 1. Columbus, Ohio, August 11 (male) ;
Liburnelenchus koebeleit Pierce. (dMecynocera), (Hlenchus
tenuicornis Perkins), (Perkins 1905; Pierce 1909; Bull. 66,

p. 178). .

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Stenocranus Fieber:
saccharivora Westwood, Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, on sugar cane,
October 14-19, 1912 (T. H. Jones), (males) ; November, 19138
(T. H. Jones), (males and females) ; Stenocranophilus quad-
ratus Pierce (Pierce 1914).
Delphax Uatreille:
striatella Fabricius, Poltava, Russia , May, 4-7; (males, females) :
Delphacixenos anomatlocerus Pinres

Family POEKILLOPTERIDAKE.
Subfamily TROPIDUCHINAE.

Ossoides Bierman:
lineatus Bierman, Semarang, Java, June and July, 1905 (Kd-
ward Jacobson), (male); Veocholaxw jacobsoni Meijere (Mei-
jere 1911).
Family LOPHOPIDAE.
Pyrilla Stal:
aberrans Distant, Pusa, Bihar, India, on sugar cane, August,
1907, March 15, 1913, May 23,1914. (C.S. Misra), (males and
females) ; Pyrillowenos quadratus Pierce (Pierce 1914).
pusana Distant, Pusa, Bihar, India, on sugar cane (C. S. Misra).

Family EURYBRACHYDIDAE.

Platybrachys Stal (%):
species (determined by O. Heidemann as Lurybrachys), Cairns,
Queensland ; Deinelenchus australensis Perkins (Perkins 1905)
(Correction to Bulletin 66).
genus, new:
species, Queensland; July, 1904, Megalechthrus tryont Perkins
(Perkins 1905) (Correction to Bulletin 66).

HETEROPTERA.
Family PENTATOMIDAE.

Subfamily SCUTELLARINAE.

Chrysocoris Hahn:
grandis Thunberg, Siam, (received from F. Muir); (females)
Chrysocorixenos siamensis Pierce.
Calliphara Amyot and Serville:
billiardieret Fabricius, (male and female) Amboina (F. Muir) ;
(females and triungulinids) ; Callipharivenos muiri Pierce.

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 489

HYMENOPTERA.
Superfamily VESPOIDEA.
Family EUMENIDAE.

Eumenes Latreille:
fenestralis Saussure, Abyssinia, (female), (LL. von Heyden 1867).
maxillosa DeGeer, (tinctor Christ), Abyssinia, (female), (L.
von Heyden 1867).
flavopicta Blanchard, (determined by S. A. Rohwer) Larat,
(females, males), (F. Muir), (females, male pupa, exuvium,
triungulinids).
species No. 2, Larat, (male), F. Muir, (female, triungulinids).
species No. 8, Larat, (male), F. Muir, (female).
Odynerus Latreille:
chloroticus Spinola, Abyssinia, (female), (LL. von. Heyden 1867).
(Stenodynerus) toas Cresson variety (determined by Rohwer),
Albuquerque, New Mexico, (No. 2934), (male) Pseudoxenos
neomexicana Pierce.
jirmus Cresson (determined by Rohwer) Cedar Point, Ohio,
June 19, 1913, (J. B. Parker), (female).
species, new, rBaeean, Arizona, August 24, 1913, on cotton (W. D.
Pierce), (females).

Family VESPIDAE.
Vespa Linnaeus:

acuta (sic) Germany (Ann. Soc., Ent. Fr., 1835, vol. 4, p. xlv.).
Vespula Thomson:

carolina Linnaeus (male), (determined by Rohwer), Clarksville,

Tennessee, October 19, 1915, (S. E. Crumb), (puparium).
Polistes Latreille:

anaheimensis Provancher (male), (determined by Rohwer),
Auburn, California. July 28, 1915 (L. Bruner), (female),
AXenos californicus Pierce.

annularis Linnaeus 10. Louisville, Nebraska (7 females).
August 2, 1914 (H. A. Jones, E. G. Anderson), (males),
AX enos palliches Brues.
11. Omaha, Nebraska (female), August 20, 1913 (L. T. Wil-

liams), (females), Yenos pallidus Brues.

12. New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster).

aurifer Saussure, (determined by Rohwer), Auburn, California
(female), August 14, 1915, (L. Bruner), (female), XYenos
aurifert Pierce.

bellicosus Cresson, Stone Cabin Cafion, Santa Rita Mountains,
Arizona, August 24, 1913, on Thurberia (W. D. Pierce, (pu-
paria).

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

canadensis Linnaeus, Paraguay, (Bohls), (male, female, triun-
gulinids) ; Xenos bohlsi Hoffman.

crinitus Felton (americanus Fabricius). 3. New Orleans, Loui-
siana (Ed. Foster).

hebraeus Fabricius. 2. Pusa, Bihar, India, April 12, 1911 (G. R.
Dutt), (female, males).

major P. B. (determined by Rohwer), District Federal, Mexico
(J. R. Inda), (4 male exuviae, 4 male pupae).

minor Beauvais. New Orleans, Louisiana (Kd. Foster).

rubiginosus Lepeletier. 12. New Orleans, Louisiana (Kd.
Foster).

variatus Cresson (determined by Rohwer), 4. Clarksville, Ten-
nessee, November 10, 1915 (S. E. Crumb), (4 male exuviae).
5. Lanham, Maryland, November 24, 1915 (H. F. Loomis),
(females, male pupa).

Meganthopus Ducke (Polybia Lepeletier) :

flavitarsis Saussure, Stone Cabin Cafion, Santa Rita Mountains.

Arizona, taken at its nest, August 25, 1913 (W. D. Pierce).

Superfamily SPHECOIDEA.
Family SPHECIDAE.

Sphew Linnaeus (Ammophila, Psammophila) :
heydeni Dahlbom (Morice, 1913).
pictipennigs Wahbom (determined by Rohwer), Falls Church,
Virginia, August 14, 1914 (G. M. Greene).
tydet Guillon 2. (Morice, 19138).
yarrowi Cresson. Tucson, Arizona, August 24, 1913 (W. D.
Pierce), (male, female).
Priononyx Dahlbom:
utrata Lepeletier. 2. New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster).
Ammobia Billberg. 1820 replaced Proterosphex Fernald 1905 ac-
cording to S. A. Rohwer.

Family BEMBICIDAE.

Stizus Latreille (Bembecinus Costa, Stizomorphus Costa) :

peregrinus Smith, Corcyra; Paraxenos erbert Saunders (S. S.
Saunders, 1872) (correction to Bulletin 66).

ruficornis Fabricius (female) (determined by Rohwer) (S. diés-
tinguendus Handlirsch). Jericho, Palestine. April 8, 1909
(F. D. Morice, 1913).

species, (Perez, 1886) (correction to Bulletin 66).

species, Australia (Perkins, 1905, 91) (correction to Bulletin 66).

NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. AY]

Bembix Fabricius:
species, Australia (Perkins, 1905, 91; 1906 in letter) (correction
to Bulletin 66).
texana Cresson; New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster).

Family MUTILLIDAE.

Sphaerophthalma Blake:
fenestrata Lepeletier ; New Orleans, Louisiana (Ed. Foster).

Family LARRIDAE.
Tachysphex Wohl:
maculicornis Saunders (female), Biskra, Algeria, June 19, 1907
(in Saunders Coll., Natural History Museum, South Kensing-
ton, England), (F’. D. Morice, 1911, 1918).

Family PROSOPIDAE.

Palaeoriza Perkins:
eboracina Cockerell, Australia (Perkins, 1912).
turneriana Cockerell, Australia (Perkins, 1912).
Prosopis Fabricius:
mesillae Cockerell, Arizona (C. F. Baker 2522) ; Colorado (1414;
304 Metz).

Family ANDRENIDAE.
Nomia Latreille:
stylopicta Strand, Tanganika-See, Africa (Strand 1911).
Andrena Fabricius: '
bisalicis Viereck (determined by H. L. Viereck) Alabama (fe-
male); Stylops bisalicidis Pierce.
bisalicis Viereck variety (determined by H. L. Viereck), Devils
Lake (6 miles southwest), North Dakota, May 5, 1916, on
Amelanchier (J. Silver) (female); Stylops diabola Pierce.
ceanothi Viereck (Trachandrena) (male), Montgomery County,
Maryland, June 12, 1916, on Ceanothus americanus (J. C.
Crawford) ; (male and female in copula).
cressoni Robertson, variety (determined by H. L. Viereck).

2. Ogden, Utah, May 16, 1915 (A. Wetmore), (female).

erigeniae Robertson.

3. (determined by J. C. Crawford), Plummer’s Island,
Maryland, March 29, 1915, on Evrythronium ameri-
canum (J. C. Crawford) (females); Stylops erigeniae
Pierce, type.

4. (determined by H. L. Viereck), Maryland, near Plum-
mer’s Island, March 21, 1915 (J. C. Crawford) (fe-
male), Stylops erigeniae Pierce.

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54,

5. (determined by H. L. Viereck), same place and date, on
Claytonia virginica (Crawford, No. 4025) (female) ;
Stylops erigeniae Pierce.
grandior multiplicatiformis Viereck (determined by H. L.
Viereck), Big Fork, Montana, June 21, 1904 (females) ;
Stylops grandior Pierce.

imitatrix fenningert Viereck (determined by H. L. Viereck),
Falls Church, Virginia, April 14 (N. Banks) (female).

imitatrix tewana Cresson (determined by H. L. Viereck). 2.
Texas (female).

medionitans Cockerell (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell),
Florissant, Colorado, June 24, on Cerasus melanocarpa (T. D.
A. Cockerell) (females); Stylops medionitans Pierce.

moésta Smith (determined by H. L. Viereck) (male) Govan,
Washington, March 29, 1911 (J. A. Hyslop; (females) ;
Stylops moéstae Pierce.

nasoni Robertson (determined by H. L. Viereck). 3. Mary-
land, near Plummers Island, April 16, 1916, on Salkia humilis,
H. L. Viereck (female).

neonana Viereck (paratype), Georgia (collection Philadelphia
Entomological Society) (female) ; Stylops neonanae Pierce.

vicina Smith (determined by H. L. Viereck).

3. Plummer’s Island, Maryland, April 20, 1916, on Dentaria
laciniata (A. H. Pottinger) (females); Stylops vi-
cinae Pierce.

4, Lahaway, Ocean County, New Jersey, on Gaylussacia
frondosa (female and triungulinids) ; Stylops vicinae
Pierce.

5. (determined by J. C. Crawford), Cabin John Bridge,
Maryland, May 16, 1916, on Barbarea barbarea (A. H.
Pottinger) (female), Stylops vicinae Pierce.

6. (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell) Salina, Colorado,
April 14, on Berberis repens (W. P. Cockerell) (fe-
male) ; Stylops vicinae Pierce.

7. (determined by T. D. A. Cockerell), Boulder, Colorado,
April 17, 1908, on Crataegus coloradensis (S. A. Roh-
wer) (female) ; Stylops vicinae Pierce.

. determined by H. L. Viereck), Plummer’s Island, Mary-
land, April 16, 1915 (J. C. Crawford) (females) ; Sty-
lops vicinae Pierce.

Halictus Latreille:

sparus Robertson (determined by Crawford).

3. Vienna, Virginia, April 18, on Salix tristis (R. A. Cush-
man) (Crawford, No. 4592) (female).

(oe)

NO. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTHRA—PIBPRCE. 493

4. Camps Springs, Maryland, May 11, 1916, on Potentilla
pumilo (A. H. Pottinger).

Family PANURGIDAE.

Panurginus Nylander:
innuptus Cockerell, West Point, Nebraska, August 10 (male,
female) ; Crawfordia pulvinipes Pierce (Pierce 1904 records
- as Panurginus, new species).
californicus Cresson (determined by J. C. Crawford), Los An-
geles County, California (D. L. Coquillett) (females) ; Craw-
fordia californica Pierce.
Panurgus Panzer:
cavannae Gribodo, Jericho, Palestine, April, 1889; April 7,
1909 (Morice, 1913).

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

New references, corrections, and omissions from previous bibliograpHfies.

ANONYMOUS.
* 1835. Note in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 4, p. xLy.
Cites Vespa acuta and Polistes gallica as hosts of Strepsiptera.

BASTIN, HAROLD.
* 1913. Insects, Their Life Histories and Habits. Frederick A. Stokes,
New York, pp. 46, 83, 188.

Refers to the family Stylopidae, Coleoptera.

Brues, CHARLES THOMAS and MELANDER, A. L.
* 1915. Key to the Families of North American Insects. Rumford Press,
Concord, N. H., pp. 2, 6, 10, 41, 42, pl. 8, figs. 169, #70, 171, 172, 175.
Only four families of Strepsiptera are given in the key for North America.
The authors have reduced my superfamilies to families and include Stylops in
the Xenidae. It would be impossible to run a male Strepsipteron to the order
in the key to the orders on page 6. In description of plate 8 Caenocholaz is
placed in Xenidae.

CurtTIs, JOHN.
* 1828. Styiops Dalii, British Entomology, pl. 226.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205.
* 1831. Elenchus Walkeri, British Entomology, pl. 385.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205.
* 1832. Halictophagus Curtisii Dale, British Entomology, pl. 433.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 205.

DALE, JAMES CHARLES.
* 1841. Stylops kirbii. Wlenchus waiker. WHalictophagus curtisii. The En-
tomologist (Newman’s), vol. 1, No. 11; pp. 174, 175. New records.
DEEGENER, P.
*1912. Sinnesorgane, Handbuch der Entomologie. Band 1, lief. 1, Kap. 8,
p. 151; Lief 2, Kap. 3, pp. 196, 197, figs. 180 A-C.

* Those marked with an asterisk have been examined by the author.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

FLEMING, JOHN.
* 1822. The Philosophy of Zoology, p. 479.
Refers to Stylops and Zenos.
Fow Ler, WILLIAM W.
* 1891. The Coleoptera of the British Islands, vol. 5, pp. 458-458, pl. 180
figs. T-10.
Refers to Stylops dalii Curt. (p. 457, fig. 7), S. kirbii Leach (p. 457), 8.

melittae Kirby (p. 457, fig. 8), Hlenchus tenuicornis Kirby (p. 458, fig. 9),
Halictophagus curtisii Dale (p. 459, fig. 10).

GEGENBAUR.
1859. Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie, ed. 1 (ed. 2, 1870).
GILL, THEODORE NICHOLAS.
* 1906. Remarks. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 8, p. 44 (correction of Bulle-
tin 66, p. 207).
GREEN, Hpwarp Ernest.
* 1910. Homoptera infested by Stylops. Spolia Zeylandica, vol. 7, pt. 25,
Sept., p. 55.
Record of Thompsoniella arcuata parasitized.
* 1912. Strepsiptera in India, Nature. August 22, 1912.
GRorE, AUGUSTUS RADCLIFFE.
* 1886. Book notice: Systematic Review of Fossil Myriopods, Arachnoids
and Insects: By Samuel H. Scudder, Can. Ent., vol. 18, p. 100, May.

Changes Triaena Menge (preoccupied) to Mengea, new name,
(This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 207.)

HANDILIRSCH, ANTON.
* 1908. Die Fossilen Insekten und die Phylogenie der Rezenten Formen.
Abschnitt 1, p. 883; Abschnitt 6, pp. 1175, 1184, 1189; Abschnitt 7, pp.
1199, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1205, 1207, 1210, 1219) 1215) 1218) 1221, 1285,
1287.
Horprt, MANVALI.
* 1897. Imenotteri, Neurotteri, Pseudoneurotteri, Ortotteri e Rincoti
Italiana, Entomologia, vol. 4, pp. 641-645.
Treats of Strepsitteri.
HorrMan, R. W.
*1913. Zur Embryonalentwicklung der Strepsipteren, Nachr. K. Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen Math.-Phys. Klasse, 1913.
Gives the embryology of specimens from unknown host from Paraguay.
1914. Die embryonalen Vorgiinge bei den Strepsipteren und ihre Deutung,
Verhandl. d. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., Jahresv. 24.
* 1914. Uber eigenartige Missbildungen an Strepsipteren Triunguliniformen,
sowie Diagnose einer neuen Strepsipteren-Art, Zool. Anz., vol. 45, No.
3, pp. 99-106, figs. 1-8b, Nov. 13.

Describes Xenos bohlsi and an aberrant triungulinid, and also an aberrant
triungulinid of Hupathocera specidarum Dutour.

HorMGren, NILS.
1904. Ueber vivipare Insecten, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 19, pp. 458, 459, 461.
Refers to Strepsiptera. This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66.
HOULBERT, CONSTANT. i
* 1894. Rapports naturels et phylogénie des principales familles de Colé-
optéres, Bull. des Sci. Naturelles, Paris, vol. 4, pp. 79, 80, 85, 93, 147,
148, 155, 158, 165, March to May.

Refers to Stylopides and Strepsiptéres and places Strepsiptera at head of
Serie Ténébrionienne, order Coleoptera.

NO, 2242, MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 495

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE.
* 1911. Opinion 36. Smithsonian Institution, Publication 2013, pp. 84-86.
July.
The commission is of the opinion that the original publication of Triowocera,
Diowocera, and Pentowocera make it evident that an error of transcription (seu
transliteration) is present, and that these names be amended to read Z'riozocera,
Diozocera and Pentozocera.
JACOBSON, GEORGE G.
*1905. #Kyxu Pocciu u sanagHou epponst, St. Petersburg, pt. 1, pp. 11, 12,
20:01, Of, 00, HES; olen 2 = pio, Dp ab, 116. 120:
Refers to Xenidae (Stylopidae).
*1913. dKyxu Pocciu u sanaguon eppoun, pt. 10, pl. 80, fig. 9, Xenos vesparum.
JEANNEL, RENE.
* 1918. Insectes Strepsiptéres, Voyage de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en
Afrique Orientale (1911-1912), pp. 1-8, pl. 1, and a photo, April 23,
1918. Paris. Albert Schultz.
Describes T'ettigoxenos cladoceras, new genus, new species.
JoLy, NICOLAS.
* 1844. Sur les Strepsiptéres, par le professeur Ch. F. de Siebold, Rev.
Zool. ser. 1, vol. 7, pp. 111-118.
A review.
Kose, H. J.
* 1893. Hinfiihrung in die Kenntniss der Insekten. Berlin, pp. 150, 152,
157, 158, 186, 264, 286, 298, 406, 628.
Speaks of single facetted eye of female, but must mean the cephalothoracic
spiracle.
LACORDAIRE, JEAN THEODORE.
* 1859. Famille LVIII. Stylopides, Gen. Coleop., vol. 5, pp. 634-647.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 209.
LATREILLE, PIERRE ANDRE.
* 1809. Genera Crust. et Insect., vol. 4, p. 388.
Placed Stylops in Diptera, Tribe III, Phthiromyiae.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 210.
Lea, ARTHUR M.
* 1910. On a new genus of Stylopidae from Australia, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1910, pt. 4, December, pp. 514-516, pl. 66.
Describes Austrostylops gracilipes Lea.

LEACH, WILLIAM ELForRD.
1815. Entomology. The Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, vol. 9, pp. 117, 118.
* 1830. Reprint of above.
Refers to Order Strepsiptera, genera Stylops and Xenops.
MEIJERE, J. C. H. DE.
* 1911. Bemerkungen zu den javanischen Strepsipteren Parastylops flagel-
latus de Meij. und Halictophagus jacobsoni de Meij., Tijd. voor Ent.,
vol. 54, pp. 255-257, 1 fig., Dec. 31.
MEINERT, FRIEDRICH VILHELM AUGUST.
1896. Bidrag-til Strepsipterernes Naturhistorie, Ent. Meddel., Bd. 5, Heft
4, pp. 148-182, fig. 1-4.
This is a correction to the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 211.
Morice, F D.
*1911. V. Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. The Sphegidae,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 99.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

‘** 1918. A note concerning certain cases of stylopisation, Entom. Month.
Mag., ser. 2., vol. 24, pp. 258-254. November.

Records parasitism of Tachysphex maculicornis, Stizus distinguendus, Am
mophila (Psammophila) tydei, Ammophila heydeni, and Panurgus cavannae.
NaAssonow, NicHoLAs (NIKOLAI VIKTROVICH NASSONOV).

* 1893. Position des Strepsiptéres dans le systéme selon les données, du
developpement postembryonal et de l’anatomie, Travaux du Congres In-
ternationale de Zoologie 4 Moscou, 1892. Extract, 11 pages.

PERKINS, R. C. L.
* 1910. Strepsiptera, Fauna Hawaiiensis., vol. 3, pt. 4, Dec. 17.
Describes Hlenchus melanias and its variety silvestris.

*1912. Notes with descriptions of new species, on aculeate Hymenoptera of

the Australian Region, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1912, p. 108.
PIERCE, WILLIAM DwicHT.

* 1909. A monographie revision of the twisted winged insects comprising the
Order Strepsiptera Kirby, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 66, pp. i—xiii, 1-282,
plates 1-15, 3 text figs., 1 map.

*1911a. Notes on insects of the order Strepsiptera, with descriptions of new
species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1884, pp. 487-511, May 17.

*1911b. Strepsiptera, Gen. Insectorum, fase. 121, pp. 1-54, plates 1-5, 1
text fig., July.

* 1914. Descriptions of two new species of Strepsiptera parasitic on sugar-
cane insects, Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash., vol. 16, pp. 126-129, Sep. 26.

Describes Stenocranophilus quadratus, new genus and new species, and Pyril-
lorenos compactus new genus and new species.

Reuter, O. M.
* 1913. Lebensgewohnheiten und Instinkte der Insekten bis zum Hrwachen
der sozialen Instinkte, Berlin, R. Friedlinder und Sohn, pp. 48, 49,
DA oes
R6scH, PAUL.
* 1913. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Strepsip-
teren, Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss., vol. 50, Heft. 1, pp. 97-146, figs.
1-8, pls. V-VIII. April 18.
RouHwER, S. A.
-*1911. Descriptions of new species of wasps with notes on described spe-
cies, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, No. 1887, pp. 581, 582.
Records Tachytes wenoferus Rohwer as parasitized from Deesa, India.
ROLLESTON,. GEORGE.
* 1860. Forms of Animal Life, p. exi.
Rosst, PETER.
* 1793. Observations sur un nouveau genre d’insecte voisin des Ichneu-
mons, Bull. Soc. Philom., vol. 1, p. 49, pl. IV, figs. 5A and B.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 213.
* 1794. Fauna Etrusca, Mant. App., vol. 2, pp. 114-116, plate 7, figs. B and b.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 213.
ScuppEr, SAMUEL HUBBARD.
* 1886. Systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil insects, in-
cluding Myriapods and Arachnids, U. S. Dept. Interior, Geol. Surv.,
Bull. 31, p. 69.
SmiruH, GEOFFREY, and Hamm, A. H.
* 1914. Studies in the experimental analysis of sex. Part 11. On Stylops
and stylopisation, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., n. s. No. 239 (vol. 60, pt.
8), pp. 4385-461, pls. 32-35. September.

No, 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF TILE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 497

STEPHENS, JAMES FRANCIS.
* 1867. Illustrations of British Entomology, Supplement, p. 18, pl. 47.
Figures Stylops melittae.
STRAND, HMBRIK.
1911. Neue afrikanische Bienen der Gattung Nomia, Jahrb. Nassau. ver.
Naturk., Jahrg. 64, p. 124.
TEMPLETON, ROBERT.
* 1841. Description of a new Strepsipterous insect, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond.
vol. 3, pp. 51-56.

This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 216.

TERRY.
* 1912. Note in Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 1910, vol. 2, pt. 4, p. 163, April.

WESTWOOD, JOHN OBADIAH.
1839. Notice of a minute parasite inhabiting the larva of the Stylopidae;

and upon the animal produced from the eggs of Meloe, Trans. Ent. Soe.
London, ser. 1, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 184-188, pl. 15, figs. 18, 14.

The first figures of the triungulinids showing mouth parts.
This is a correction of the reference in Bulletin 66, p. 217.

EXPLANATION OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

C.=coxa. Met. st.=metasternum.
}.=elytron. P.=prothorax.

em.=epimeron. palp.=maxillary palpus.

es.=episternum. pas.=parascutellum.

F.=femur. P. em.=proepimeron.

H.=head. P. 1.=postlumbium.

hem.=hypoepimeron. pr.=praescutum.

Mes.=mesothorax. preal.=prealare.

Mes. em.—=mesoepimeron. psl.=postscutellum,

Mes. ep.=mesepimeron. P. st.=prosternum.

Mes. es.=mesepisternum. pt.—pleurotergite.

Mes. sl.=mesoscutellum. se.=scutum.

Mes. st.=mesosternum. sl.=scutellum.

Met.=metathorax. st.=sternum.

Met. em.=metepimeron. T.=trochanter.

Met. ep.=metepimeron. W.=wing.

Met. es.=metepisternum. Ist A.=first abdominal segment.

Met. pr.=metapraescutum. 2nd A.=second abdominal segment.

Met. preal.=metaprealare. 9=ninth abdominal segment.

Met. sl.=metascutellum. i?=tenth abdominal segment.
it PLATE 64.

Mengeoidea. Mengeidae.

Fic. 1. Mengea tertiaria, male, author’s interpretation of Menge’s drawing.
2-10. Triozocera terana, male, collected at light, at Victoria, Texas,
July 4, 1908, by J. D. Mitchell. 2.—Venter of thorax, showing only
basal portions of one wing and one of each pair of legs. 38.—Dorsal

view of half of prothorax and mesothorax, with elytron removed, to illus-
trate protuberance over spiracle. 4.—Dorsal view of half of prothorax

and mesothorax, with elytron in position. 5.—Ventral view of half
of mesothorax showing spiracle and base of trochanter. 6.—Outline

3348—19— Proe.N.M.vol.54——33

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

of same showing direction of trachea. 7.—Side view of posterior. por-
tion of metathorax and base of abdomen to show position of first
abdominal spiracle. 8.—Side view of oedeagus. 9.—Side view of
posterior tarsus. 10.—Dorsal view of male.
Author’s illustrations.
PLATE 65.

Mengeoidea. Mengeidae.

Triozocera mexicana collected at Cordoba, Vera Cruz, Mexico, by A. Fenyes.
Figs. 1-10. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Profile of eye. 3.—Structure of antenna
at junction of fourth and fifth joints. 4—Mandible and maxilla.
5.—Another view of maxilla. 6.—Dorso-lateral view of male. 7.—
Ventro-lateral view of metathorax, showing especially the form of
the episternum, the coxae, and trochanters. 8.—Portion of meta-
thorax, same view as 6, to show relations of scutum to adjoining
parts. 9.—Side view of posterior portions of metathorax and base
of abdomen, showing position of first abdominal spiracle. 10.—

Oedeagus.

Author’s illustrations,
PLATE 66.

Mengenillidae.

Fics. 1—4. T’etrozocera santchii collected at Kairouan, Algeria, August, 1907,
by F. Santchi. 1—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Ventral view of head
and thorax, showing portions of one leg of each pair. 3.—\Lateral
view. 4.—KEnlarged lateral view on opposite side of anterior
portions.

5. Austrostylops gracilipes, from Australia. Author’s interpretation of
Lea’s drawing.
6,7. Mengenilla chobautii collected at Ain Sefra, Algeria, in 1896, by
A. Chobaut. Drawn from Hofeneder’s original illustrations. 6.—
Dorsal view of head and thorax. 7.—lLateral view.
Author’s illustrations.
PLATE 67.

Stichotrematoidea. Stichotrematidae.

Pies. 1-5. Stichotrema dallatorreanum collected in the Schouten Islands. 1.—
Dorsal view of first larva. 2.—Ventral view of first larva. 3.—
Side view of head and thorax of same. 4—Mouth parts of a first
larva. 5a@—Mouth parts of another individual. 5b.—Outline of
inner pieces of pharyngeal skeleton.
Author’s illustration.
PLATE 68.

Xenoidea. Callipharixenidae.

Fic. 1. Chrysocorixenos siamensis from Chrysocoris grandis collected in Siam.
Cephalothorax of female.

2-7. Callipharizenos muiri from Calliphara Ddilliardierei collected in Am-
boina by F. Muir. 2.—Cephalothorax of female. 3.—Ventrolateral
view of edge of cephalothorax showing spiracles. 4.—Triungulinid,
ventral view. 5.—Cluster of four ocelli seen from a ventrolateral
view of triunguilinid. 6—Dorsal view of head of triungulinid
showing three pairs of the ocelli. 7—Dorsal view of last four ab-
dominal segments of triungulinid.

Author’s illustrations.

no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 499

PLATE 69.
Xenoidea. Myrmecolacidae.

Vices. 1-3. Caenocholax fenyesi, Cordoba, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collected by A.
Fenyes. 1.—Adult male, dorsal view. 2.—Lateral view. 3.—Ven-
tral view.

Coleoptera. Rhipiphoridae.

FWias. 4,5. Myodites solidaginis, Lincoln, Nebraska. 4.—Lateral view. 5.—Dor-
sal view.
Author’s illustrations.
PLATE 70.

Xenoidea. Stylopidae.

Ilias 1,2. Neostylops shannoni, collected at Plummer’s Island, Maryland, April
7, 1915, by R. C. Shannon. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Lateral
view of male.

3,4. Neostylops crawfordi, from Andrena crawfordi, collected at Dallas,
Texas, April 28, 1906. 38.—Lateral view of prothorax and part of
mesothorax, showing spiracle at base of elytron. 4.—Lateral view
of male, except legs.

5,6. Stylops championi, collected at Woking, England, by G. C. Champion.
5.—Scuto-scutellar area of metathorax. 6—Side view of elytron
showing alar lobe.

Author’s illustrations.

PLATE 71.
ries. 1,2. Stylops bruneri, female. 1.—Cephalothorax, ventral. 2.—Right man-
dible, ventral.
3,4. Stylops bipunctatae, female. 38.—\Right mandible, ventral. 4.—Ceph-
alothorax, ventral.
5,6, 7. Stylops californica. 5.—Right mandible of female, ventral. 6.—Fe-
male cephalothorax, ventral. 7.—Triungulinid, ventral.
§,9,10. Stylops bruneri, female. 8.—Right mandible, ventral. 9—Cephalo-
thorax, ventral. 10.—Cephalothorax showing female within, ventral.
11,12. Stylops advarians, female. 11.—Right mandible, ventral. 12.—Ceph-
alothorax, ventral.
18. Stylops swenki, female. Cephalothorax, ventral.
Author’s illustrations.

PLATE 72.
Xenoidea. Xenidae.

Vie. 1. Xenos vesparum from Polistes gallica diadema, collected at Innsbruck,
Austria, by Karl Hofeneder. Side view of male.

2-7. Pseudoxenos neomexicana from Odynerus toas, collected at Albuquerque,
New Mexico. 2.—Dorsal view of head and thorax of male. 3.—An-
tenna. 4.—Wing. 5.—Mandible and maxilla. 6.—Side view of last
abdominal segments. 7.—Oedeagus.

PLATE 73.

Wieas. 1-4. Wings of Agallia uhleri parasitized by Agalliaphagus uhleri, collected

at Rocky Ford, Colorado, in 1909 and 1912. 2 is almost normal.

J The others are very abnormal, and undoubtedly due to parasitism,
Author’s illustrations.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

PLATE 74.
Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae.

Fics. 1-4. Dacyrtocara oncometopiae from Oncometopia lateralis, collected at
Egypt, Georgia. 1.—Adult male, dorsal view. 2.—Ventral view of
male head and thorax. 8.—Side view of last three abdominal seg-
ments. 4.—Oedeagus.

5,6. Dacyrtocara undata from Oncometopia undata, collected at Thomas-
ville, Georgia, May 10, 1915, by G. D. Smith. 5.—KFemale, ventral
view, or outer view with respect to position in host. 6—Female,
lateral view.

Author’s illustrations.

PLATE 75.
Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae.

Fics. 1-6. Delphacivenos anomalocerus from Delphazx striatella, collected at
Poltava, Russia. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Side view of head
and thorax. 3.—Venter of metathorax. 4.—Side view of last
four abdominal segments. 5.—Mandible and maxilla. 6.—Oedeagus.

_7. Pentozoe peradeniya from Thomponiella arcuata, collected at Pera-
deniya, Ceylon, by E. E. Green.
Author’s illustrations.

PLATE 76.
Halictophagoidea. Hatictophagidae.

Fies. 1. Muirixenos dicranotropidis from Dicranotropis muiri, collected in Java
by F. Muir. Diagramatic sketch of male, dorsal view.

2-5. Muirixenos perkinsiellae from Perkinsiella saccharicidae, collected in
Java by F. Muir. 2.—Antenna. 3.—Front tarsus, side view. 4.—
Oedeagus, side view. 5.—Thorax, side view.

6,7. Stenocranophlus quadratus from stenocranus saccharivorus, collected
at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico. 6.—Ventral view of head and thorax.
7.—Diagramatie sketch of male, dorsal view.

Author’s illustrations.

PAT ile

Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae.

Fics. 1-8. Pyrillorenos compactus from Pyrilla aberrans, collected at Pusa,
India. 1—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Venter of prothorax. 3.—
Venter of mesothorax. 4.—Venter of metathorax. 5.—Dorsum of
prothorax and mesothorax and front part of metathorax. 6.—
Face. 7.—Wing. 8.—Oedeagus, side view.
Author’s illustrations.

PLATE. 78.
Halictophagoidea. Halictophagidae.

Iias. 1-6. Cyrtocararenos javanensis, collected at Buitenzorg, West Java, De-
cember, 1908, by Terry. 1.—Dorsal view of male. 2.—Front view
of head and prothorax; P=prothorax. 3.—Side view of male.
4.—Side view of mandible and maxilla. 5.—Side view of oedeagus.
6.—Ventral view of oedeagus.

no. 2242. MORPHOLOGY OF THE STREPSIPTERA—PIERCE. 5O1

Halictophagoidea. Diozoceridae.

7. Diozocera insularum from Xerophloea insularum, collected at St.
George, Grenada.

Elenchoidea. Elenchidae.

8,9. Liburnelenchus heidemanni from Liburnia, species, Bay Ridge, Mary-
land, collected September 1, 1902, by O. Heidemann. §8.—Last
ventral segments from side. 9.—Oedeagus.

10-12. Hienchinus heidemanni from Megamelanus, species, Bay Ridge, Mary-
land. 10.—Under view of right mandible. 11—Under view of
right maxilla. 12.—Oedeagus.

Author’s illustrations.

ri b - re oe,
: A : 3 ¥ Ela!
JZ gn Belalico .orenineay np os Lae wk i

wT
‘
4

:
hee +3 if ;

vesther. ie

ms ~ ae ts aaeeeits " tee yeti

hie + — 7* de eh , ‘ 7 » ode

I re is, : - ” a : ' I . ix nt dst +¥ q
areal. Sabist Tae Bae rit heestrs ‘yor | siuahanies penta

&
tenJd— 2 cits iether, IGT as

iy. ay ert me
yt Mi, hist Visor hausrs' % Hiplaning VE
cif ia qobaty Ft eel, hiked RE iui 4
a . ar
iy eh Abs : AUB RGORS
.
i
>
hi
5 yi
an
1%
nt
Kr
ar
4
Fe 1

~.
.
x
i
,
pig
1
:
*
\
1 ‘
Lis ph
_ a
7%
f bi
‘ ¥.
ia!
andi ati
rans
“
*
ty
i] Riis %
i i
¢
Ts
i

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 64

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGEIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 497, 498

ah é v2 i
Pree 2

~
i
eo
et
‘ cs i!

eh eat 2 —. = i a
ham Mae’ ae

7 7. ; bj Lil.ncy Pitese bb, Seal Diiry s ean

; a0 =. id op ;
Pai pan

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGEIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498

PL.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 66

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY MENGENILLIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 67

STRUCTURE OF THE FIRST LARVA OF THE FAMILY STICHOTREMATIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498

Ps ; 7
=23 = tacos .

hor tk,
> herr : ae

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 68

ncaa atte +

< Rens “

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY CALLIPHARIXENIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 498

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 69

COMPARISON OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE FAMILY MYRMECOLACIDAE AND THE
COLEOPTEROUS FAMILY RHIPIPHORIDAE

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499

zn.
6

OP APU 2a 35 Ghai
PTE Re

. pall os) =a ~
=, WJ

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 70

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY STYLOPIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499

cl eo
es :
a)
- we a

soles
~
a

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 7I

i) Rd

Ag UIE

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY STYLOPIDAE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 499

>
' AAO Meee
4 :
me : :
z : sor] "We > =P
- 7
i 7.
rl
: i
+ 7 7
\ ~
us 1 i
~~
ad
iM oe
ae. \' . 7 % Mi ‘
. 4 : a *) by i
2 7
e.)e -

The

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 72

i
a ; C=
al.
2

As : a ‘ 7
Stas > Set hy
ret , ty , ; : E

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 74

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY “HALICTOPHAGIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 500

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 75

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 500

+ +
SR Ct eS Dee Ne ese
ae

a> eae

ied a

es 7
lies este

linemen

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 76

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 600

a i “

Raa Og

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 77

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILY HALICTOPHAGIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5)90

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 78

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FAMILIES HALICTOPHAGIDAE, DIOZO-
CERIDAE, AND ELENCHIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5007501

FURTHER NOTES ON THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS,
METEORITE.

By Georcr P. Merrit,

Head Curator, Department of Geology, United States National Museum.

In my paper descriptive of this find,t I called attention to an
apparent brecciated structure, the certainty of which could be
determined, if at all, only when one of the larger masses could be
cut in halves and give opportunity for study of unweathered por-
tions. Since that writing, through the liberality of Mr. C.S. Bement,
of Philadelphia, the Museum has come into possession of two more
of these stones. (Nos. 2 and 3 of pl. 35 of my paper.) This generous
gift has enabled me to sacrifice one of the larger individuals already
in our possession, No. 4 of the same plate, to the extent of slicing it
through the center in a plane parallel to the face there shown. ‘The
results of the studies on this and further thin sections are in every
way corroborative of the first, which are reviewed below, and the
new data likewise presented.

As descriptive of the appearance of a cut and polished surface, I
can not do better than quote the following from the addendum of
the first paper:

When the possibility of brecciation was realized, the smallest (870-gram)
fragment of the first find was cut in halves and polished. The resultant sur-
faces showed a ground of about equal parts light gray, mainly oxidized to
reddish, and darker gray more or less angular areas. Both portions are equally
injected with small, but abundant points of metallic iron and iron sulphide.
There are also occasional light-gray fragments, some 2 to 4 mm. in length,
which are evidently pyroxenic. To the unaided eye both portions are chon-
dritie, though this structure is much more pronounced in the dark areas. It
was at first thought that this difference might be merely apparent and due to
the obscuring of the structure in the lighter portions through oxidation.
Turther investigation has, however, shown that this conclusion will not hold.
Under the microscope the lighter portion is chondritic and consists wholly of
olivine and enstatite with the metallic iron and iron sulphide. None of the
twin pyroxenes so characteristic of the dark portion, which was the material
described in the first part of this paper, are present. Further than that, the

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, pp. 419-422.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2243.
503

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

chondrules in the light portion are almost wholly very light gray and nearly
white, while those in the dark portions are in part of a dark-gray color,
ulthough there are white chondrules here also. By reflected light the polished
surface shows a structure distinctly brecciated, and in one or two cases it is
possible to trace the outlines of a fragment of the darker rock inclosed in the.
lighter gray, but in the majority of cases this is impossible, and the darker
material is so commingled with the lighter that for a long time considerable
uncertainty existed in the mind of the writer as to the true nature of the stone.
* * * * ** * =

The strongest argument in favor of the brecciated nature of the stone seems
to lie in the presence of the polysynthetically twinned pyroxenes in the dark-
gray chondrules and their absence in the lighter portions. In one instance the
line of demarkation between the light and dark portions could be plainly
traced in thin section, and the metallic sulphides were found elongated along
this line to indicate that it had been an open cleft at the time of their deposi- °
tion.’

It remains to be stated that in the newly cut stone the dark por-
tions are plainly not entirely a result of oxidation through weather-
ing, as they are distributed regardless of surface contours and are
as abundant in the center as about the periphery. By holding the
stone so that the polished surface catches the light, lines of demark-
ation between the lighter and darker portions can in many instances
be very readily made out. But, again, there are places where it
would seem most certain that the darker portion is but an oxidized
zone about a fragment of the lighter. In short, it does not seem pos-
sible to decide the question of brecciation, if one must rely on exami-
nation of a polished surface alone. Thin sections were therefore
prepared of two portions affording structural differences even to the
unaided eye, from which the photomicrographs reproduced in plate
79 were made, figure 1 being of the dark portion and figure 2 of the
light. It is scarcely necessary to call attention to the marked dif-
ference in structure, which is all that was suggested in the first paper.
To further illustrate the difference, sections were prepared showing
the contact between the two portions, a photomicrograph of one of
which with the same degree of enlargement is shown in figure 1,
plate 80.

To assure myself that the apparent greater abundance of chon-
drules in the dark portion was not due to their being thrown out in
relief by the deposition of interstitial iron oxides, a second like sec-
tion was prepared, which, without cover, was then placed section side
down over a narrow-mouthed vessel containing a few cubic centi-
meters of strong nitric acid, where it was allowed to remain for 36
hours, when it was carefully washed and remounted. There was
effected an almost complete leaching out of the iron oxide, and of
course a portion of the metal and sulphide; the olivine was also some-
what attacked but not enough so to vitiate the wished-for results.

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 52, 1917, p. 422.

NO. 2243. THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS, METEORITE—MERRILL. 505

A photomicrograph from this is shown in figure 2 on plate 80, figure
1 being of the same magnification as those on plate 79 and figure 2
more highly magnified.

The above-mentioned facts, together with the presence of abun-

dant chondrules of polysynthetic pyroxene in the dark portion and
their absence in the light, lead me to the conclusion that the stone
is a true breccia composed of fragments of a spherical chondrite and
a veined intermediate chondrite like that of Dhurmsala. The con-
fused, obscure character of the brecciation may have been due to the
friable, sandy nature of one of the stones and the compression to
which the mass has been subjected. If not a true breccia, the stone
certainly shows, in its different parts, greater structural and miner-
alogical variations that are usually expected in one and the same
mass.
* It may be mentioned incidentally that Mr. Lazard Cahn writes
me he has three individuals of a chondritic stone, weighing altogether
about 15 pounds, from the Plainview locality, and which doubtless
belong to the same fall. This being the case, the total weight given
in my previous paper must be increased to “about ” 31 kilograms.

—- me =n aU pa
at er catia ie aed onaete a
ri there ee white chomtrales puerta alo. Dy

pe ; te
ee ‘gi10 to ies 16) ote 3h ba
enti fe 9110 AP

Ge Re ‘Pe fa : vate ae
Eee a She BQ he aL
pty pect Vt eee! ihe rigtiae + net Tato portiony oath » ovary ¥
be eau FIAT pode” Gi. Bet again, chhre ute pistes’ wihete Be .
Wwonil valetey te: Cert’ tebe Cher adit Weektne tae Se ae oxidieed
none abent aofragatinl of wke tyitee aly ahdet, 2 dies ret sean ‘poe
ejkie to*deciie the qiiestion dF prdocm tii, tf oie finst tary on ‘exann
gesik et ESR periche ar Sa Tm alae Thin Ries elon Wyrm thsreford
preparea ot Twa ee ons afordieg stradtarala ifereneas ever te tie
peisitetot “enrey Ereitve “vy nies thie pivot oncioregriphs renredpoad ie pinta ‘
7? Pere mihde, Sikale d heldigr of tie dary partion tad Siar ih thie - ;
Bent. _ it is scarcely necessary 0 ealk. attention to the maried'
gn its etrattuae, wiielis all (hatha -seggeated am the first peper.
Fo further iiastrate the differonae, stotions wate se “
tha eanteacs betwee) thy ten portpenn,. #, photomicrograph of ‘one
hich’ With the saiue degree of START BE Meth ia Pree, ce ‘Agare,
plate 50. ) oe... ee
To gewene mynet that the apparent greater onde of: ehone | :
dralex wi the dack’ portiin wae Bey Que to ther epee t hor:
reliet by the Gapos; tian ont uitersth tial iron ‘oxides, x nd is 2 oe a4
tion Was urepared, whch, % ithout cover, wes then placed skepien side
down over a RESFOW “4 pepe vesael. contaanlng: a. fem enbig: Ca
gaeters of strom nitxin acid, hae io wus olan ae cee ee
Hotes whi wae toanetoliy washed! eri? remountotl. Phere: was
effacted’ ax alméat denpletss lowe ini oud of’ the! ious oxide, and of .
roms a portion of Che mubal and aniphides ihe olivine was oe
“hat attayked be nets enengtyy $0 to vitiate the. his -

Cen tether
LP eT Poy a TES AN Br aoe cope on kdneotandiimnmiatalts oad cacanet weal
4

. | Hiroe, 1 i Maa i aa ,

PLE. 79

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

METEORITE

TEXAS,

MicRO-STRUCTURE OF THE PLAINVIEW

E PAGE 594

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE S

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 80

MICRO-STRUCTURE OF THE PLAINVIEW, TEXAS, METEORITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 604

Be iit
; P my
eH an

TEC) te ret

Sey!

MAMMALS AND REPTILES COLLECTED BY THEODOOR
DE BOOY IN THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

By Gerrir 8. Mizzer, Jr.,

Curator, Division of Mammals, United States National Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

During the winter of 1916-17 Mr. Theodoor de Booy excavated
two Indian sites in the Virgin Islands—one at Magen’s Bay, St.
Thomas, the other at Salt River, St. Croix. This work was done
for the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, New
York City. The remains of mammals and reptiles found in the
deposits were submitted to me for identification, and a representa-
tive series of the bones has been given to the United States National
Museum by Mr. George G. Heye. A wild-killed agouti from St.

Thomas was presented by Mr. de Booy.

As regards the localities, Mr. de Booy writes as follows under
date of March 15, 1917:

The bones from St. Thomas were found in a kitchen midden at Magen’s Bay
on the north coast of the island. This bay abounds in shell food and in fish of
all kinds. J. must have offered an ideal dwelling place for the pre-Columbian
inhabitants 01 St. Thomas. The midden was fairly large in extent and from
4 to 7 feet deep. From this depth must be deducted the covering of diluvium,
which was from 1 to 2 feet thick according to the slope. The animal bones were
found below the diluvial deposit in a semi-indurated mass of clay-like soil plenti-
fully mixed with shells, chareoal, sherds, and other artifacts. As I dug up
the entire midden, the bones that were found can fairly be regarded as repre-
senting the entire range of animals represented in the deposit. The St. Croix site
was near the mouth of Salt River on the western bank. Conditions did not differ
materially from those found in St. Thomas. Evidence was discovered in the depos-
its that the inhabitants of St. Thomas led an adventurous and roving existence.
Several artifacts were procured of Porto Rican and Santo Domingan origin, unmis-
takably so, as they differed totally from the normal culture found in the midden.
Further proof of this roving disposition was found when I excavated in the
same midden four shells of Helix [Plewrodonte] bornii, which is not found in
St. Thomas but has its nearest habitat in Porto Rico. The lips of these shells
were perforated as if to facilitate carrying them,

MAMMALS.
ISOLOBODON PORTORICENSIS Allen.

St. Thomas: 92 specimens (representing probably about 30 indi-
viduals) : palates 8; frontals 2 pairs and 1 odd; parietals 2 pairs;

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2244,
507

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

occipital 1; auditory bulla 1; mandibles (right) 10, (left) 5; scap-
ula 1; humerus (right) 2, (left) 3; innominate (right) 2, (left) 4;
femur (right) 22, (left) 18; tibia (right) 9, (left) 11.

St. Croiz: 56 specimens (representing probably about 15 indi-
viduals) : mandibles (right) 6, (left) 4; scapula 1; humerus (right)
8, left 2; radius (right) 5; ulna (left) 1; innominate (right) 3,
(left) 1; femur (right) 7; (left) 9; tibia (right) 4, (left) 10.

The numerous remains of /solobodon from St. Thomas and St.
Croix show no characters that suggest the existence of any tendency
toward local differentiation. The same fact is equally true when
they are compared with material from Porto Rico and Santo Do-
mingo.t It seems highly, improbable that any mammal could retain
so remarkable a degree of uniformity over such a range as this if
its distribution had been due to natural causes. It is equally diffi-
cult to believe that local forms did in fact extst on the different
islands, but that no clue to their peculiarities should be given by
the many jaws, teeth, and leg bones which have been collected. Dis-
persal by pre-Columbian man suggests itself as the most probable
means by which such a distribution could have been effected. While
this explanation can not yet be taken as final, it is distinctly pointed
to by the facts: (a) that the bones of /solobodon have thus far been
found chiefly if not exclusively in kitchen middens, (6) that the
abundance of the remains shows that the flesh was an important
article of food, and (c) that the pre-Columbian inhabitants of St.
Thomas had intercourse with a territory which exactly coincides
with the animal’s known range.

DASYPROCTA AGUTI (Linnaeus).

An old male of the golden-rumped Brazilian agouti was collected
on St. Thomas. It is a perfect specimen (Cat. No. 217950, °
U.S.N.M.), preserved in alcohol, and of its identification there can
be no doubt. As the animal was seen on several occasions running
about and evidently wild there is no likelihood that it had been re-
cently imported.? The capture of this specimen is of special interest,
as it demonstrates the fact that the Brazilian agouti has been intro-
duced on St. Thomas. The species was recorded as long ago as 1852
by Knox,’ but it has hitherto seemed possible that there was an error

1 Smiths. Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 12, pp. 4-5, December 7, 1916.

?The animal was “ wild-killed,”’- although not by me. I had seen this same agouti
twice, but had no gun with me, as I was on my way to my*own work on those two occa-
sions. Then I went after it for two Sundays with a gun, and of course did not see it.
So I finally offered a reward to my workmen for it and one of them got it with a dog.
From the reports I received I am sure that there are some more on the island and that
these are of the same variety and not the dark-rumped ones. So you can eliminate the
theory that this was an escaped pet or was given to me by a well-meaning friend.
(de Booy, letter of March 5, 1917.)

3A historical account of St. Thomas, W. I., p. 221.

No. 2244. WEST INDIAN MAMMALS AND REPTILES—MILLER. 509

of determination, because material from St. Thomas in the British
Museum was afterward identified by Alston? as Dasyprocta cristata.
Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes me under date of March 6, 1917, that he
has examined the specimens mentioned by Alston and that they are
obviously referable to some member of the cristata group. There is
now little doubt that introductions of agoutis have been made from
both Brazil and the Lesser Antilles. That the genus Dasyprocta
was probably not represented in the Virgin Islands during pre-
Columbian times is indicated by the absence from the kitchen mid-
dens of bones referable to any of its species.

Measurements of No. 217950: Head and body, 540; tail, 15; hind
foot, 125 (110); ear from meatus, 40; ear from crown, 25; condylo-
basal length of skull, 101.2; palatal length, 54.6; zygomatic breadth,
59; least interorbital breadth, 32; mastoid breadth, 34.4; occipital
depth, 27; least depth of rostrum behind incisors, 24; frontal depth
at level of anterior zygomatic root, 29.4; mandible, 64.5; mandibular
toothrow (alveoli), 29.

TRICHECHUS MANATUS Linnaeus.

The atlas and axis of one individual, and three fragments of ribs
probably not from the same animal as the vertebrae, were dug from
the midden on St. Croix.

REPTILES.
CYCLURA MATTEA, new species.

Type.—tLeft humerus (Cat. No. 59358, U.S.N.M.). Collected in
kitchen midden at Magen’s Bay, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, by
Theodoor de Booy. Presented by George G. Heye.

Characters—Humerus resembling that of Cyclura cornuta from
Santo Domingo and C. stejnegerit from Mona Island in general form,
but with extremities broader in proportion to total length of the
bone, and capitellum broader in proportion to its height. The radial
fossa is deeper and better defined than in C. stejnegeri. Pelvis much
more robust than in C. cornuta (that of C. stejnegert not seen).

Mcasurements—Humerus (type and Cat. No. 59359, U.S.N.M.):
total length 80.3 (76.4); greatest width of proximal extremity, —
(30.7) ; greatest width of distal extremity, 29.5 (—); least width of
shaft, 7. .7.5); capitellum, 13.1 by 8.1 (12.3 by 8.0). Pelvis (No.
59734) ; 141um 6 mm. in front of acetabulum, 14.4 by 7 (10.4 by 5.2)?;
ischium at level of small foramen, 13.8 by 5.6 (10.6 by 4.2) pubis at
narrowest region, 11.0 by 5.9 (7.3 by 4.0); acetabulum 21.8 by 18.0
(16.2 by 14.0).

1Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1876, p. 348.
2 Measurements in parentheses are those of a fully adult O. cornuta (No. 28625).

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

Specimens examined—Two left humeri and an imperfect left
innominate.

Remarks.—So far as can be judged from the structure of the
humerus Cyclura mattea is much more nearly related to Cyclura
cornuta and C. stejnegeri than it is to the C. pinguis of Anegada.
Doctor Barbour has kindly had the left humerus removed from the
type-specimen of C. pinguis and sent to me for comparison. It is
here figured on plate 81 (fig. 3). Though from an animal much
older than either of the specimens of C. mattea (figs. 4, 5), it is by
comparison decidedly small: total length, 61.5; greatest breadth of
proximal extremity, 23.7; greatest breadth of distal extremity, 21.5;
least width of shaft,7; capitellum,9.4 by 5.2. It agrees with the humeri
of C. matiea, C, cornuta, and C. stejnegeri in the general characters by
which the humerus of Cyclura differs from that of Jguana, principal
among which are the great breadth of the extremities as compared
with the total length of the bone, and the presence of a well-defined
radial fossa. But it is immediately distinguishable by several de-
tails of form, notably by the shorter, broader general outline of the
expanded portion at each extremity. The length of the sharply de-
fined, ridge-like outer border of the bone in the region of the capitel-
lum and radial fossa is equal to half the width of the distal expan-
sion, while in both C. mattea, C. cornuta, and C. stejnegeri it is con-
spicuously greater than half this width. As to the peculiarities of
Cyclura mattea as compared with C. cornuta and C. stejnegeri: the
remains appear to represent a much larger animal; the ratio of
greatest width of proximal expansion of humerus to the length of
the bone is 40 in C@. mattea (paratype), 34.4 in C. stejnegeri (No.
29366), and 33.4 in C. cornuta (No. 28625) ; the same ratios for the
distal expansion are 36.7 (type), 31.9, and 33.4.

The question naturally arises as to whether Cyclura mattea may
not have been brought to St. Thomas by man, as has undoubtedly
been the case with the species of Jguana now or recently living on
the island. There is, however, no such evidence for artificial intro-
duction as that presented by the rodent Jsolobodon. The animal is
distinct from that of both Mona Island and Santo Domingo; the
humerus of the extinct Porto Rican member of the genus is not yet
known. :

CHELONIA MYDAS (Linnaeus).

Shells and limbs of sea turtles of various ages and sizes are repre-
sented by about 40 fragments from St. Thomas and two dozen from
St. Croix. All the more complete bones appear to be referable to
Chelonia mydas, though members of other marine genera may be

1 Barbour, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 30, p. 98, May 23, 1917.

no. 2244. WHST INDIAN MAMMALS AND REPTILES—MILLER. al

represented among the less characteristic smaller pieces. Of the
freshwater Pseudemys palustris, whose remains occur freely in the
Indian deposits of Cuba and Santo Domingo, there is no trace.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 81.

Left humerus, natural size.

Fic. 1. Iguana rhinolopha. Cat. No. 356838, U.S.N.M. No history.

2. Iguana rhinolopha. Cat. No. 22814, U.S.N.M. No history.

3. Cyclura pinguis. Type. Cat. No. 12082, Mus. Comp. Zool. Anegada.
4. Cyclura mattea. Type. Cat. No. 59358, U.S.N.M. St. Thomas.

5. Cyclura mattea. Paratype. Cat. No. 59359, U.S.N.M. St. Thomas.

6. Cyclura cornuta. Cat. No. 28625, U.S.N.M. No history.

. Cyclura stejnegeri. Cat. 29366, U.S.N.M. Mona Island.

[es

. cab “deem! nes IS2O8LE GHA shee): OG: hee

weal: ssi migast set090- — che aeehasriy
é aca il le maairanct otal |
hearst serene inaniew is A ate i rere
eee 1 Thy tate Li: tani ihc a
Binstor ii saree yee Wine): the te domes seme -
ay pespenitiett: sh pra: (eye PORN TOR Foe! ‘ecm pair ats

b =e tev “all ins Bone Oe

Obi ve re Bet, OM. MIME BERSS 6H smaricoteiont >

pronuine) sama 20. AGL a A les an ee
AOR, eae Me Pee Git. ee as f a
e hoe oF Mt,

rn th hada ai eta Ervrith tlint #
nian Which any the nihet breadthenkd the or Ly eaereiaw a2 eumin: Ca |
pittnthe £ tal length of bhe band, wie the ieeoeigd ore pay datitied 3, aa |
malnl tose.) Bet. té a immodintals @ishinan nae “Hie sevnial et <=

rf ; , eid
dalle Gt for abig by the sherter, hrdadir general outline of tas.
. 4 ais fe a | cS ie
hae J 4 bf! , pee Byer) 23 wires ss rhe iP Bia ae of tke we Myce oe

Hin pia rade) ese Fe eyiet ta bale: Rte ES dul ix af ak &
a 4 .
4 wih fee ' eae 2 “in fi
ee ; meiied, 0.7 ire pad iadeneneald ra
aathously pastor tian baht thaa: wet As ea oe Fin: palcreinns

SPOR See aS DAA DATIN, © Ya f4, COHAMA PAG Eh, atajndgsris the Vi
MMSine apper. to TepHseil nue Wheres “seine: the 2atio wf. -

Pevaials i. MM empinse OF Diner te Whe Jeo iy or”
the Deore 19,40 02-0. geet (paratypes, B44 eee: (Bbe. ou

a ‘ i é as yuty te & ithe SuRae rating en e ‘
: aor 1. Piesn k fy a7 eee oe x } ve vy wy rE
cBoe pa 4 Liang i me. RAD pee iy) Heit re :
not, cave, beek Ora geht BO: ie Pes 13 vey Bees Be ni Bago ah
kino ties chine with, the syecied af 7puend now on renhatly —
tae i i 4 Thies aa “iw OF RM. gD 2 ree & Fi a Rie Fae. grt Bicial +
zt tit Sire enc Oa) a Rte a a Jentobs ined int: She. animal

¥ rr i £}s 1z tye Ravel: Me: 1B Jt ArH, ras na : ie 23 i). Doning '
Domenie or iie-extinel Perle P06 ree amngraber Dt tthe eS
rere yA

A Po 8 ais 1EA, METAS, Cie went.

= Fy a é -Tters. we \
ihe: syed ties sat $b tarrtion of vag fous: wee ‘nds sizes,
wanted by about 4 fragmants trou § Se.P hangs and: £30:
ot. Cronin: | Al ghee aiape Rabiplnis Bangs! appent, tok

Thteonde mydits by Rae ih suembers. Gf othue marine 4
va ~* ahochall ie nin oN as Seth d gelincnty ees cae peprenner er ers =

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 81

HUMERI. OF IGUANA (I-2)"AND CYCLURA (3-7)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5/1

1g) ki

BONES OF BIRDS COLLECTED BY THEODOOR DE BOOY
FROM KITCHEN MIDDEN DEPOSITS IN THE ISLANDS
OF ST. THOMAS AND ST. CROIX.

By ALEexanpEeR WETMORE.
Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture.

INTRODUCTION.

The presence of avian remains in the ancient refuse heaps that
mark aboriginal camp or village sites is always of interest to ornithol-
ogists. Such fragments may represent species still extant, or, more
seldom, may reveal forms less fortunate in the struggle for existence,
that have been exterminated, leaving these parts of skeletons, dis-
articulated or broken, as the only indications of their former ex-
istence.

Recently the writer has had the privilege of examining a collection
of bird bones secured by Mr. Theodoor de Booy for the Museum of the
American Indian, Heye Foundation, from kitchen middens on St.
Thomas and St. Croix in the Virgin Islands. The remains from St.
Thomas consist of fifty-one bones or parts of bones taken from a
midden at Magen’s Bay on the north coast of the island during
December, 1916. ‘These fragments were found below a diluvial sur-
face deposit that was from 1 to 2 feet thick. The material examined
from the island of St. Croix, 22 fragments in all, was taken dur-
ing January, 1917, from a midden on the north coast of the island
on the western bank of Salt River near its mouth. For a more com-
plete account of the sites where this material was collected, and the
conditions under which it was secured, the reader is referred to the
preceding paper in this volume by Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jr.?

Mr. De Booy believes that there is certain evidence that the natives
of the Virgin Islands had communication with Porto Rico and Santo
Domingo, so that it is possible that bones found in these middens may
in part have originated elsewhere. In spite of this element of un-
certainty concerning the origin of these specimens, notes on this ma-
terial are of value, as it may be considered doubtful that individuals
of the native species represented have been transported for any great
distance. Thirteen species of birds, including one described here as

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 54, 1918, p. 507.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2245.
33453—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54—34 . 513

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

new, have been identified in the remains from both islands. <A series
of these specimens, including the type of the new rail described be-
low, has been presented to the United States National Museum by
Mr. George G. Heye, at whose direction the work of excavating these
middens was carried out.

A detailed description of the collection follows.

LIST OF SPECIMENS FROM ST. THOMAS.
PUFFINUS LHERMINIERI Lesson.

A right ulna and a left humerus, both more or less chipped and
broken about the ends, are referred to this species. These bones are
somewhat heavier than those in the single modern skeleton available
for comparison, but are within the limit of individual variation. In
this genus, individuals of the same species often show great differ-
ences in the diameter and length of the wing bones—a fact that is
well shown in a good series of skeletons of Puffinus kuhlii borealis
in the collections of the United States National Museum. There are
no other published records of the occurence of P. lherminieri on the
island of St. Thomas.

AESTRELATA, species.

A left tibio-tarsus from St. Thomas belongs to a petrel of this
genus. In A/strelata the cnemial process of the tibio-tarsus is short
and rounded while in Puffinus it is long and broad. The condyles of
the specimen in hand agree in size with those in skins of AZ. hasitata.
It seems probable that it may represent either AZ. hastitata (La-
fresnaye) or AZ. diabolica (Lafresnaye).? Skeletons of these forms
are not at present available so that definite comparisons can not be
made. No species of petrel has been recorded previously from the
island.

SULA LEUCOGASTRA (Boddaert).

The following bones of this booby are present in the collection:
A right humerus nearly entire, the shaft of a left humerus, a nearly
complete right coracoid, a left femur that lacks the inner condyle,
and a left tibio-tarsus with the proximal end missing. These bones
in Sula leucogastra may be readily distinguished from those in Sula
piscator upon careful comparison, and in some instances the differ-
ences between the two species are striking. This is true especially
in the case of the head of the femur. In S. lewcogastra the femoral
head is globular with an irregularly grooved area marking the at-
tachment of the ligamentum teres. In S. piscator the head vf the
femur is distinctly flattened with a large rounded pit or depression
fermed to receive the distal end of the ligament. The tibio-t=rsus

1See Shufeldt, R. W., Ibis, 1916, p. 634.
2See Noble, G. K., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 60, 1916, pp. 870-374.

no. 2245. BONES OF BIRDS FROM WEST INDIES—WETMORE. 515

is larger and the coracoid more slender in leucogastra than in pis-
cator.

Though modern accounts do not include St. Thomas in the range
of the common Booby, the species is known from other islands near by.
Boodies are reported from some islets between Culebrita and Cayo
Norte, about 12 miles west of St. Thomas,’ and may occur elsewhere
in the vicinity. ‘

FREGATA MAGNIFICENS Mathews.

The distal end of a right humerus and a left coracoid nearly com-
plete are from the skeleton of the Man-o’-War Bird. There is marked
difference in size in skeletons of males and females of this species,
the female having the bones longer and heavier throughout than the
mle. The fragments from St. Thomas seem to have come from a
male as they are small and slender.

The Man-o’-War Bird is common around the islands of the Virgin
group at the present day. Published lists of the birds of St. Thomas
do not include it, but the writer has observed the species in the pas-
sage east of Culebra and Culebrita.

NYCTANASSA VIOLACEA (Linnaeus).

The Yellow-crowned Night Heron is represented by two right and
two left humeri, more or less complete, the distal portion of a left
tarso-metatarsus and parts of two right tibio-tarsi. These fragments
agree in all their characters with modern skeletons of Nyctanassa
violacea, but are above the average in size. This heron differs from
other herons examined from the West Indies and from North America
north of Mexico in having the fibula ankylosed at its lower end to the
shaft of the tibia. In Botaurus lentiginosus, Ixobrychus exilis, Ardea
herodias, Herodias egretta, Egretta t. thula, Dichromanassa rufescens,
HTydranassa tricolor ruficollis, Butorides v. virescens, and Nycticorax
n. naevius, the distal end of the fibula remains free.?, That Vycticorax
should differ from Myctanassa and resemble other herons in this
respect seems strange.

It is interesting to note that the present-day natives of the Virgin
Islands consider the flesh of the Yaboa (as they call the Yellow-
crowned Night Heron) a delicacy, and this species is in favor as a
game bird. The fragments recorded here seem to show a similar
preference on the part of the aboriginal inhabitants.

GALLUS GALLUS (Linnaeus).
Among the fragments from the island of St. Thomas occur the

following remains of the domestic fowl: Nine cervical vertebrae, in-
cluding those from the sixth to the fifteenth inclusive, save the ninth;

1 Wetmore, A., Birds of Porto Rico, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 326, 1916, p. 19.
2 Skeletons of Ardea occidentalis are not available for examination.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

two humeri from right and left sides, respectively, broken but nearly
complete; a right and a left ulna; one right metacarpus; the anterior
part of a sternum including the spina sterni and the lower portion
of the grooved anterior end of the keel; a broken sacrum; the distal
end of a right femur; the proximal end of a right tibia and the
proximal part of a left metatarsus. Apparently these bones all be-
longed to one individual. All seem rather small so that they may
have come from a female bird. They agree in all details of structure
with more modern skeletons of the domestic fowl.

Concerning these specimens Mr. de Booy wrote to Mr. Miller under
date of December 25, 1916: “I am sending you herewith the fourth
and last shipment from St. Thomas. Amongst other things it con-
tains two skulls of large animals [fish] and also a set of vertebrae
and some ribs, etc., of the Isolobodon (?). I found the latter inside
a large cooking vessel in the Magen’s Bay kitchen middens.” In a
letter to me, dated July 6, 1917, he adds: “* * * the vessel was
quite deep down, and numerous other specimens were on top of it.”
Unfortunately the bones found in the bowl were not specially desig-
nated in the package in which they were sent to Washington. But
the vertebrae of Gallus, listed above, were the only vertebrae in the
entire collection from the island of St. Thomas, save for isolated
segments of the backbones of fishes. Hence it would seem beyond
doubt that part if not all, of the fowl remains must have been con-
tained in this cooking vessel.

NESOTROCHIS, new genus.
Plate 82, figs. 1-5.

Type.—WNesotrochis debooyi, new species (Family Rallidae).

Characters —Femur and tibia (no other parts of skeleton seen)
much stronger and heavier in proportion to length than in other
North and South American Rallidae examined; Femur equal in
length to that of Aramides cayanea but much broader and heavier,
with highest point of ridge of trochanter maxima opposite a line
passing through the articular head; shaft more strongly curved:
tibio-tarsus slightly longer than that of Aramides cayanea and much
heavier especially toward distal end; proximal head larger and
stronger, with inner facet more deeply excavated and the ridge ex-
ternal to this concavity with a rounded tubercle on its outer margin;
a slight ridge on the posterior articular surface of the condyles; all
crests and tubercles more strongly developed.

NESOTROCHIS DEBOOYI, new species.1
Description.—Type. Cat. No. 225845 U.S.N.M., right femur, from

a kitchen midden at Magen’s Bay, St. Thomas, Virgin I Islands, col-
lected December, 1916, by Theodoor de Booy.

1 This species is named in honor of the collector, Mr. Theodoor de Booy.

no. 2245. BONES OF BIRDS FROM WEST INDIES—WETMORE. 517

Femur with head large, anterior margin produced strongly as a
ridge. Depression for attachment of ligamentum teres deep and
elongate, with two slightly indicated excavations at bottom. Neck,
when viewed from above, as broad as head with a very slightly indi-
cated constriction separating it from head. Trochanter maxima
raised in a broad, strongly marked ridge, with the upper margin
evenly rounded when viewed from the outer side. The highest me-
dian point in the ridge is opposite the center of the head and not
anterior to this point as in other rails examined. Outer surface of
upper end of bone broadly expanded, this expansion being equal on
the two sides. A wide shallow depression on the anterior face below
the trochanteric ridge. The shaft is more strongly curved than in
other rails examined. Its anterior and inner surfaces are lightly
rugose save for a narrow space at either end of the bone. These
rugosities are very lightly impressed and are in a general way trans-
verse. The medullary opening is equidistant from either end of the
bone. The condyles are imperfect, being worn or eaten away dis-
tally. The rotular channel is deeply impressed. There is a shallow
popliteal depression bounded distally by a high ridge passing from
inner to outer condyle. At the lower end of the popliteal depres-
sion is a slightly raised ridge making a shallow distal pit. There are
no pneumatic foramina. <A strongly marked linea aspera arises on
the inner side half way between the proximal end of the bone and
the medullary opening. This line swings in a gradual curve to the
posterior surface and then passes down to the angular base of the
inner condyle. The tuberosities marking the attachments for the
ilio-femoral and ischio-femoral muscles are strong and well defined.
The shaft is plano-convex, being flattened on the outer portion of
the posterior side. It is somewhat compressed on the antero-internal
face. At the medullary opening the shaft is bent strongly backward.

Tibio-tarsus with proximal head large and strong. Inner facet
deeply excavated (deeper than in Aramides cayanea, nearly as deep
as in Gallirallus australis). The ridge external to this concavity has
a strongly rounded tubercle on its outer anterior margin. This the
writer has not seen in other rails. Anterior crest rather deeply
impressed for the attachment of the strong tendon of the muscle
femoro-tibialis. That part of the groove excavated immediately
above the inner anterior crest is at right angles to the longitudinal
axis of the bone and has its inner margin raised and complete. The
outer anterior crest (perfect in one fragment) is broad and strong
with a nearly straight margin below and a well curved outline above.
The inner anterior crest is broken away, but the margins indicate
that it was broad and as heavy as in other rails. The peroneal ridge
is long and strong. It is higher distally, where it terminates in a
blunt, slightly projecting spine. The nutrient foramen enters the

518 PROCZEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

shaft immediately below and behind the peroneal ridge, 3 milli-
meters distant from its base. The fibula is lost, but was ankylosed
by a slender attachment at its distal end to the shaft of the tibia.
The lower portion of the tibio-tarsal shaft is broad and flattened
on its anterior surface with the usual osseous bridge under which ran
the tendon of the muscle extensor digitorum communis. The distai
condyles are large and heavy, with a broad sulcus between them
anteriorly. On the articular surface is a slight median ridge.

M easurements.—Femur, Cat. No. 225845, U.S.N.M. (type) : Length,
76.5 mm.; transverse diameter through center of head, 17 mm.;
transverse diameter through medullary foramen, 7.5 mm.; inter-
condylar diameter,: 16.6 mm.

Tibio-tarsus, Cat. No. 225845, U.S.N.M.: Length, 110 mm.; breadth
through lower end of peroneal ridge, 9 mm.; greatest breadth
through condyles, 12.5 mm.; length of articular face of peroneal
ridge, 17 mm.

Remarks.—This bird, is represented by portions of eight bones, all
irom the posterior limb—namely: Two nearly complete right femora,
the proximal portion of a left femur from a smaller individual, a
nearly complete right tibio-tarsus, the distal end of two others and
portions of two left tibio-tarsi, one of which lacks the anterior end,
while in the other the condyles are missing.

The relationships of this remarkable rail must remain for the
present somewhat obscure. It might be supposed that it would
resemble Aramides closely, but this is not the case. The bones at
hand are equal in length to the same bones in Aramides cayanea but
are much more robust. There is no skeleton of the large A. ypecaha
available, but there are several skins in the collections of the United
States National Museum in which the knee joint has been disarticu-
lated so that the tibio-tarsus is complete. In these the tibio-tarsus is
from 20 to 25 mm. longer than in Vesotrochis debooyi, while the inter-
condylar breadth at the distal end is slightly less, though this region
is covered by skin. From this it is seen that the proportions of the
two birds are entirely different.

In other rails available that part of the femoro-tibial depression
above the inner anterior crest of the tibio-tarsus slopes inward and
downward, and has no defined inner margin; there is also a terminal
decurved hook on the outer anterior crest that is not present in Veso-
trochis, though this may have been slightly developed as specimens
available show some wear here. The distal ridge found on the poste-
rior articular surface of the ¢ibio-tarsal condyles in Mesotrochis is
absent in other rails. The slight lateral rugae on the femoral shaft
are well developed in Aramides and are lightly indicated in a speci-
men of 7'ribonyx mortieri.

1 Not exact, as lower ends of condyles are missing

yo. 2245. BONES OF BIRDS FROM WEST INDIES—WLHTMORE. 519

The limb bones that represent this new form bear a striking re-
semblance to those of Gadlirallus in their strong, robust development.
In length, bones from the hind-limb in the two genera are practically
the same. WNesotrochis has the femur heavier and more strongly
curved while the tibio-tarsus is very similar save that the condyles
are broader and stronger than in Gallirallus. The discovery of other
parts of the skeleton of Nesotrochis will be awaited with interest as
it may be supposed that they will show marked differences from the
type found in other New World rails. It is possible that this species
possessed feeble powers of flight or even that it was flightless, facts
that might account for its extermination when its haunts were in-
vaded by man. ‘

ANOUS STOLIDUS (Linnaeus) (7).

A partly complete left humerus agrees with the large wing bone
of the Noddy fairly well, but the identification is not certain. The
skeletal material available at present in the Sterninae is small and
several important species are lacking, so certain identification in the
case of this one bone is made difficult. The Noddy is not known
at present from St. Thomas, but occurs on other islands not far
distant.

STERNA, species.

The shaft of a right humerus belongs in this genus. It is possible
that the species represented in Sterna anaetheta (Scopoli), but skele-
tons of this species are not available for comparison.

LIST OF SPECIMENS FROM ST. CROIX.
PUFFINUS, species.

The proximal end of a right humerus in the material from St.
Croix belongs to a shearwater, but with the material available it can
not at present be identified. The bone in question represents a spe-
cies larger than P. Jherminiert and smaller than P. gravis so that by
a process of elimination it may be supposed that it is P. puffinus, as
that species is intermediate in size between the other two. Some
weight is given this supposition when it is remembered that a shear-
water of this group has recently been described from Bermuda as
Puffinus p. bermudae by Nichols and Mowbray. No skeletons of this
species are at hand for comparison so that the matter of the deter-
mination of this fragmentary humerus is left in abeyance. The bone
in question is of the type that has the shaft well rounded below the
head. No species of shearwater has been recorded previously from
the island of St. Croix.

SULA PISCATOR (Linnaeus).

This species is represented by the shaft of a right humerus from
which both condyles and head are gone. The humeral shafts in S.

t Auk, 1916, p. 195,

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. 34,

piscator and S. leucogastra are practically identical in curvature and
size, but in S. piscator the ridge marking the insertion of the muscle
latissimus dorsi is placed farther from the upper margin of the
humerus than in S. leucogastra. When the humerus is viewed directly
from above (with the bone oriented in its natural position in life),
this ridge, in piscator, is located near the inner marginal line, while
in leucogastra it is median or slightly external to the center of the
space. The fragment of bone from St. Croix agrees with S. piscator
in the position of this ridge, and is identified as that species. Sula
cyanops has the humerus much larger than in either of the two
described above. Sula piscator has not been known previously from
the island of St. Croix.

NYCTANASSA VIOLACEA (Linnaeus).

The anterior half of a right coracoid comes from the skeleton of

this heron.
GALLINULA CHLOROPUS (Linnaeus).

The distal end of a tibio-tarsus belongs to this species without
question, while a femur nearly complete is assigned here with some
hesitation. Careful comparison of femora of /ulica americana and
Gallinula chloropus has shown that the two are very similar, save
that this bone in Gallinula is more slender, and in the specimens
examined the trochanteric ridge is continued ventrally to the poste-
rior margin of the articular surface as a sharp projection. In Fudlica
the femur is more robust, and the trochanteric ridge lowers as it
passes back until it merges smoothly into the bone at a point median
to the posterior margin. The fulicine femur in the collection from St.
Croix is somewhat more slender than that in available specimens of
G. chloropus from the United States and from the Seychelle Islands,
but has the trochanteric ridge slightly intermediate in its structure
between Fulica americana and Gallinula. Skeletons of Fulica cari-
baea Ridgway are not available at present, so that the characters of
the femur in this species are not known. Because of its slenderness
the femur from St. Croix is provisionally referred to G@. chloropus.
This species is said to be common on the island at the present time.

NESOTROCHIS DEBOOYI Wetmore.

Nine of the 22 bones examined from the island of St. Croix belong
to this remarkable rail. All are fragments of the tibio-tarsus more
or less complete according to the specimen. Two of these are nearly
entire, three fragments come from the head of the bone, three have
the shaft and condyles nearly complete, while the remaining bone
is a badly crumbled bit from the condylar region. These fragments
are identical in form with those examined from St. Thomas, but
on the whole average stronger and heavier. Three of the bones from

No. 2245. BONHS OF BIRDS FROM WEST INDIES—WETMORE. 522

St. Croix are much larger and heavier than the others and illustrate
what may have been sexual differences as an equivalent difference is
found between males and females of Gallirallus australis (the males
in Gallirallus being larger). The average difference in size between
the series of tibio-tarsi from St. Thomas and St. Croix is so ap-
parent that the birds from the two islands seem distinct when it is
supposed that the variation among individual bones from the same
locality is due to sex. This point, however, is uncertain, while it is
a fact that the largest bones from St. Thomas are equal to the small-
est ones from St. Croix. For this reason it is thought inadvisable
at the present time to separate the bird from St. Croix as a distinct
form. There is at best considerable uncertainty as to the exact place
of origin of bone remains from kitchen midden deposits, but it may
be supposed that where so many bones representing one species are
found, that these came from the island on which the midden was
located. There is no proof, however, that they belong to a truly
indigenous species, nor is it known that they were not brought as
needed from somewhere else. The comparative abundance of the
remains of this rail in these deposits when compared with other
species of birds indicate that it possessed flesh that was held in high
esteem as a source of food. This being the case, there is no evidence to
show that these rails may not have been kept as captives and trans-
ported from island to island by their owners. We may suppose, how-
ever, that this was not true to any great extent for rails in general
feed largely upon animal food and are not readily kept in captivity
for any length of time.

CORVUS LEUCOGNAPHALUS Daudin.

The discovery of bones of Corvus in these kitchen midden deposits
is of great interest, as no species of this genus has been recorded
farther east in the West Indies than Porto Rico. The crow is rep-
resented in the present collection by a femur, one nearly entire
humerus, and the proximal end of a second one. These bones are
identical in configuration with the form found in Porto Rico save
that the entire humerus has the shaft more slender. Humeri of male
birds only are available for comparison so that this difference may
be considered sexual as males and females of Corvus brachyrhynchos
Brehm from the United States differ in the same way.

The presence of these bones in kitchen midden deposits is of course
not certain proof of the former presence of a crow native to St.
Croix, but may be taken as representing a possibility. Crows may
have been kept captive in cages and transported from island to island
or may have been killed and eaten on Porto Rico and their bones
brought in some way to St. Croix. That there might have been an
indigenous bird of this genus in St. Croix is made somewhat prob-

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vib. 54.

able by the fact that the island when first discovered was covered
by dense forests such as crows inhabit in Porto Rico at the present
time. The French who founded a colony on St. Croix some time
after 1650 (the island was first settled about 1625) found their settle-
ment very unhealthy. After severe losses from fevers and other
diseases fostered, as they thought, by the dense, damp tree growth
they finally set fire to the forest and burned off the densely wooded
covering of the entire island. To this great conflagration may be
ascribed the present-day paucity of species that make up the exist-
ing island fauna as there can be no question but that many indi-
genous forms were destroyed either by the fire or by the sudden
change in ecological conditions that followed it. Elsewhere in the
West Indies species of the genus Corvus have retreated before the
clearing of forested areas. This is especially true in Porto Rico
where Gundlach found Corvus leucognaphalus common in 1875,
while at the present time the few known survivors of this bird are
restricted to the Luquillo Forest above Mameyes, the only wooded
area of any extent remaining on the island. Complete destruction
of the forests of St. Croix might therefore have led to the extermina-
tion of the crow had it been resident there in pre-Columbian times.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 82.
(All figures about natural size.)

Frias. 1-2. Right femur of Nesotrochis debooyi type, Cat. No. 225845,U.S.N.M.
38-5. Right tibio-tarsus of Nesotrochis debooyi, Cat. No. 225845, U.S.N.M.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 82

FEMUR (I-2) AND TIBIO-TARSUS (3-5) OF NESOTROCHIS DEBOOY!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 522

TWO NEW LAND SHELLS OF THE EPIPHRAGMOPHORA
TRASKIT GROUP.

By Pact Barrscu,
Curator, Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum.

My short paper on the Californian land shells of the L'piphrag-
mophora traskit group 1 resulted in having a lot of land shells sent to
me by west American collectors for classification.

Among these are two lots which represent races not heretofore
described. They were collected by Mr. Herbert N. Lowe, of Long
Beach, California, in mountains from which no material was avail-
able at the time the paper mentioned above was prepared. It is
quite possible that careful collecting in the higher altitudes of other
isolated peaks in Southern California and adjacent Mexican terri-
tory will bring additional forms to our attention.

Mr. Lowe has kindly donated both types to the United States
National Museum, and I take great pleasure in bestowing the name
Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei on the new form from Palo-
mar Mountain.

EPIPHRAGMOPHORA CUYAMACENSIS LOWEI, new subspecies.
Plate 83, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell very large, depressed, helicoid, broadly, openly umbilicated,
horn colored, with a chestnut band at the periphery which is flanked
on each side by a narrow zone, a little lighter than the general color
of the shell. Nuclear whorls one and a half, moderately rounded,
marked by retractively curved, incremental lines and scattered pa-
pillae. Postnuclear whorls marked by somewhat irregularly spaced
and irregularly developed, retractively slanting, depressed lira-
tions, which give to the surface a somewhat roughened aspect, and
rather strongly developed, elongated papillae which are arranged
in series that form curves, slanting in just the opposite direction
from the incremental lines. These papillae are rather regularly de-
veloped and quite evenly distributed on the upper surface; on the
lower surface they are shorter and inclined to be hemispherical.

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 51, pp. 609-619, pls. 114-117, 1916.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MusEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2246.
523

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

Here, too, they are quite régularly distributed, but a little more
densely spaced immediately behind the aperture than on the rest
of the shell. Aperture large; outer lip very slightly reflected; inner
lip expanded at the base and slightly reflected over the umbilicus;
parietal wall covered by a thin callus.

The type (Cat. No. 216906, U.S.N.M.) has six whorls and meas-
ures—altitude, 15.9 mm.; greater diameter, 26.7 mm.; lesser di-
ameter, 21.2 mm. It comes from Palomar Mountain, which Mr.
Lowe informs me is sometimes called Smith Mountain. He states
further that this is a detached mountain midway between the San
Jacintos on the north and the Cuyamacas on the south. He says
that it is about 5,700 feet at the highest peak, and that the shell was
obtained at an altitude of 5,000 feet.

EPIPHRAGMOPHORA TRASKII ISIDROENSIS, new subspecies.
Plate 838, figs. 4, 5, 6.

Shell depressed, helicoid, horn-colored, with a broad chestnut band
at the periphery, that is edged on either side by a somewhat lighter
zone than the general tint of the shell, which is almost as wide as
the brown band. Nuclear whorls one and three-quarters, moderately
rounded, densely covered with small papillae, which gives the entire
surface a granulose appearance. ‘The succeeding whorls are marked
by decidedly, obliquely curved, retractive lines of growth and rows
of well rounded, small papillae which form lines practically at right
angles to the lines of growth. In addition to this sculpture the last
two whorls are marked by rather distantly spaced, somewhat inter-
rupted, feebly incised spiral lines. Base well rounded, with a moder-
ately broad umbilicus, which is almost half covered by the reflected
inner lip, marked by strong incremental lines and the weakly incised
spiral striations which equal those on the upper surface. The
general papillation is absent on the lower surface excepting im-
mediately behind the aperture where there is a dense massing of
very fine granules, which is also the case on the upper. surface.
Aperture large, subcircular; outer lip very slightly reflected; inner
lip broadly expanded at the base and reflected to half cover the
umbilicus.

The type and another specimen were collected by Mr. H. N. Lowe
on Campo San Isidro Mountain on the Mexican border. The type
(Cat. No. 216907, U.S.N.M.) has 5.5 whorls and measures—altitude,
13.5 mm.; greater diameter, 21.3 mm.; lesser diameter, 17.6 mm. The
other specimen, which is in Mr. Lowe’s collection, is not quite mature.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 83.

Figs. 1, 2, and 3. Hpiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei.
4, 5, and 6. Hpiphragmophora traskii isidroensis.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 83

pen nanes
eens eT

New LAND SHELLS FROM CALIFORNIA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 524

REPORT ON THE CALCAREOUS SPONGES COLLECTED
DURING 1906 BY THE UNITED STATES FISHERIES
STEAMER ALBATROSS IN THE NORTHWESTERN
PACIFIC.

By Sanur Hozawa,
Of the Science College, Tokyo Imperial University.

INTRODUCTION.

A number of calcareous sponges were set aside by Prof. I. Tjima
from among the Hexactinellid material collected by the United
States Fisheries steamer Albatross during her cruise in the north-
west Pacific in 1906, and now being worked over by him for report.
The Calcarea specimens were kindly placed in my hand for ex-
amination. Small as the collection is, it proved to be a highly in-
teresting one, in that it was found to comprise in all 13 species, of
which 11 seem to be new to science.

The following is the list of the species:

Family HOMOCOELIDAE Dendy.

. Leucosolenia albatrossi, new species.
. Leucosolenia canariensis (Michlucho-Maclay).

Family SYCETTIDAE Dendy.

. Sycon simushirensis, new species.

Family HETEROPIIDAE Dendy.

. Heteropia medioarticulata, new species.

Family GRANTIIDAE Dendy (emend).

5. Grantia nipponica, new species.

6. Grantia beringiana, new species.

7. Achramorpha diomediae, new species.

8. Leucandra tuba, new species.

9. Leucandra poculiformis, new species.
10.
11
12
13

Leucandra foliata, new species.

. Leucandra kurilensis, new species.
. Leucandra splendens, new species.
. Leucopsila stylifera (O. Schmidt).

Next follows a list of the stations, showing their position, depth,
and the species obtained at each:

Station 4777. 52° 11’ N.; 179° 49’ E.; about 12 miles north of Semisopochnoi
Island, Aleutian Islands; 52 fathoms____Leucandra poculiformis, new species.

PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 54—No. 2247.
525

526 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Station 4788. 54° 50’ 24’’ N.; 167° 13’ E.; 8.8 miles southwest of north point of
Copper Island, Comandorski Islands; { Leucosolenia albatrossi, new species.
Di TaAthomignt cosas og Te weet 1 Grantia beringiana, new species.

Station 4789. 54° 49’ 45’ N.; 167° 12’ 30’’ E.; 9.1 miles southwest of north
point of Copper Island, Comandorski Is- { Lewcosolenia albatrossi, new species.
lands; 56 -fathomSeersk: 2 sve. errr oes | Leucosolenia canariensis.

Station 4790. 54° 38’ 45’’ N.; 167° 11’ 45’’ E.; 15 miles northwest of Cape
Monati, Bering Island, Comandorski Is- Leucandra splendens, new species.
land si) G4 fathoms es meet eee Leucopsila stylifera.

Station 4792..54° 36’ 15’’ N.; 166° 57’ 15’’ E.; 8.2 miles southeast of Cape
Monati, Bering Island, Comandorski Is- if Leucandra splendens, new species.
lands se(Zi fathoms sce ea eee Leucopsila stylifera.

Sycon simushirensis, new speciese

Grantia nipponica, new species.

Achramorpha diomediae, new species.

Leucandra kurilensis, new species.

Leucopsila stylifera.

Station 4822. 37° 8’ 10’’ N.; 187° 8’ E.; 4.5 miles northeast of Nosaki, Notojima,

Station 4803. 46° 42’ N.; 151° 45’ E.;
9 miles southeast of Cape Rollin, Simu-
shir Island, Kurile Islands; 229 fath-
OTIS sea ee Re Bk ee ws eee 2

INOtOy 130 fathoms 2222s 22 2 eee Grantia nipponica, new species.
Station 4877. 34° 20’ 30'’ N.; 130° 11’ E.; 6.3 miles northeast of Okinoshima,
Chikuzen, Kiushu; 59 fathoms________________ Leucandra tuba, new species.
Station 4894. 32° 33’ N.; 128° 32’ 10’’ E.; 5 miles southwest of Osesaki, Hizen,
Kiushus2O5 tat home sea Sea 2 eee Leucandra foliata, new species.
Station 5017. 46° 43’ 30’’ N.; 143° 45’ E.; 12.5 miles southeast of Cape Tonin,
Sachalin? 64 fathoms —_—- 2" = = s* Heteropia medioarticulata, new species.
Station 5024. 48° 43’ 10’’ N.; 144° 59’ 30’’ E.; northeast of Cape Patience,
Saghalin ; 67 fathoms___-_____* 26788 Heteropia medioarticulata, new species.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.
1. LEUCOSOLENIA ALBATROSSI, new species.

Plate 84, fig. 1.

This new species is represented in the collection by two specimens
obtained at two closely situated stations off Copper Island. Both are
nearly alike in appearance and structure, only differing in size. I
have selected the smaller specimen from Station 4788 as the type
(Cat. No. 9182 U.S.N.M.), of which a portion (about one-third of
the whole) is shown in natural size in plate 84, figure 1.

Structure.—The type-specimen forms an irregularly shaped colony
consisting of numerous proliferous lobes of varying size and shape.
The lobes are somewhat lamellar, irregularly ascending, and folded.
They are hollow, the pseudogaster extending into them in the form
of slitlike spaces. The pseudoscula, found in a few number on the
upper surface of the sponge, measure up to about 7 mm. in diameter.
They are each provided with an irregularly undulating membrane.
The wall of the pseudogaster, $-1 mm. thick, is made up of a close
reticulation of ascon tubes. It appears on the outer surface closely
and minutely punctate from the presence of very numerous pseudo-
pores, which lead into the interspaces between the ascon tubes. The

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 527

pseudopores are, as usual, circular, with a diameter of 150-500n. The
ascon tubes are 150-450 wide. The inner surface of the wall is
perforated by numerous small oscula of 100-700n diameter, each
leading into a single or more gastral cavities of the ascon tubes.
The prosopyles are circular appertures of about 20 diameter.

The color of the sponge in alcohol is white, with a slight yellowish
tint. Under the microscope there are visible in the wall numerous
spherical granules of a yellowish color and with a diameter of 4-12n.
The sponge readily falls into pieces, being of a very delicate texture.

The skeleton consists of triradiates, quadriradiates, and oxea. The
main part of the ascon wall is composed of triradiates and quadri-
radiates, both of which are arranged promiscuously in a single layer.
the apical rays of the latter projecting into the gastral cavity, but

Fic. 1.—LEUCOSOLENIA ALBATROSSI. @, TRIRADIATES OF ASCON-TUBE. 0D, QUADRIRADIATE
OF ASCON-TUBE. C, OXEA OF ASCON-TUBE. Cc’, SAME SEEN FROM SIDE. d, TRIRADIATE
OF THE LINING LAYER OF PSEUDOGASTER. €, QUADRIRADIATE OF THE LINING LAYER OF
PSEUDOGASTER. All X 300.

otherwise without any definiteness in the orientation of the rays of
both. The skeletal layer lining the pseudogaster, and having a thick-
ness of nearly 40y, is made up of a somewhat different kind of tri-
radiates and quadriradiates, both of which are fairly closely arranged
in a few layers, the apical rays of the latter projecting into the
pseudogaster. The oxea occur in a few number only in the outer
parts of ascon tubes, running parallel to the tube surface, but show-
ing no rule as to the direction they take.

Spicules (fig. 1).—Triradiates of ascon tubes (a) slightly sagittal,
with paired rays slightly longer than basal ray. All rays are of
equal thickness. Paired rays very slightly curved, often somewhat
crooked, sharply pointed, 80-100, long and 8» thick at base. Basal
ray straight, tapering gradually to sharp point, 70-90» long and 8p
thick at base.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Quadriradiates of ascon tubes () nearly similar to the above tri-
radiates except in the presence of apical ray. This is much shorter
and slightly thinner than facial rays, gradually tapering and sharply
pointed, slightly curved upwards, 40-60» long and 6y thick at base.

Oxea of ascon tubes (c) with distinct sharply pointed lance head,
more or less curved, broadest at the lance head, 70-90y long and
8. broad at head. L

Triradiates of the lining layer of pseudogaster (d) strongly
sagittal, with paired rays much longer than basal ray and standing
nearly at right angles to the latter. Basal ray straight, sometimes
slightly thinner than paired rays, 60-90u long and 8y thick at base.
Paired rays nearly straight except for the slight curvature at base,
rarely crooked, gradually tapering to sharp point, 130-240» long
and 8-12y. thick at base.

Quadriradiates of the lining layer of pseudogaster (¢) nearly
similar to the triradiates just mentioned, but with a short slender
curved apical ray of 40-60p length and 6—8y. thickness at base.

Localities —Off the north point of Copper Island, Comandorski
Islands (Station 4788, 57 fathoms; Station 4789, 56 fathoms).

Remarks.—This species can not be identified with any species
already known of the genus. The canal system of the reticulate
type D' and the sagittal triradiates and quadriradiates in the lining
layer of pseudogaster appear to be characteristic to it. The oxea
closely resemble those of Lewcosolenia variabilis Haeckel, L. botry-
cides (Ellis and Solander), etc. The other specimen from station
4789 alluded to above is entered under Cat. No. 9180, U.S.N.M.

2. LEUCOSOLENIA CANARIENSIS (Michlucho-Maclay).
Plate 84, fig. 2.

Nardoa canariensis MicuLtucHo-Mactray, Jenaische Zeitschr., vol. 4, 1868, p. 230.

Nardoa sulphurea MicHtucHo-Mactay, Jenaische Zeitschr., vol. 4, 1868, p. 230.

Nardoa rubra MicHtucHo-Mactay, Jenaische Zeitschr., vol. 4, 1868, p. 230.

Tarroma canariense HArcKEL, Prodromus, 1870, p. 244.

Tarroma rubrum HAEcCKEL, Prodromus, 1870, p. 245.

Ascaltis canariensis HAECKEL, Kalkschwiimme, 1872, p. 52, pl. 9, figs. 1-3; pl. 10,
figs. 1, a-e.

Ascaltis compacta SCHUFFNER, Jenaische Zeitschr., vol. 11, 1877, p. 404, pl. 25,
fig. 9.

Leucosolenia nanseni BreitFuss, Zoologische Anzeiger, vol. 19, 1896, p. 427;
Zoologische Jahrb, Syst., Abt. 10, 1898, p. 106, pl. 12, figs. 1-9.

Leucosolenia canariensis LAKSCHEWITSCH, Zoologische Jahrb., vol. 1, 1886, p.
300, pl. 7, fig. 1—THackerr, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, p. 762, pl. 40, fig. 3,
text-figs. 157-160.—Dernpy and Row, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1918, p. 724.

The collection contains a single specimen of this species (Cat. No.
9181, U.S.N.M.). The sponge (pl. 84, fig. 2) consists of a massive

1 Dendy, A. A Monograph of the Victorian Sponges, Pt. I. The Organization and
Classification of the Calcarea Homocoela, with descriptions of the Victorian Species.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 3, No. 1, 1891, pp. 30-32,

NO. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 529

assemblage of recticulating ascon tubes. It is of a flattened oval
shape, broadest at the upper end and narrowed toward the lower
end, which forms a short stalk for attachment. It is apparently
devoid of either an osculum or a pseudosculum. Total length about
15 mm.; greatest breadth about 10°mm. The thickness is about
5 mm. as measured in the thickest part. The entire outer surface
of the sponge seems to be covered with a finely folded continuous
membrane. The recticulation of ascon tubes is rather loose. Gray-
ish white in alcohol. Soft and delicate in texture.

Structure.—The bad state of preservation of the specimen made it
difficult to ascertain the fine internal structure. However, it is prob-
able that the ascon tubes have no papillae on the inner surface.

The skeleton is composed of triradiates and quadriradiates, ar-
ranged in a single layer in the wall of ascon tubes. Some of the
former are provided with a small knob representing the rudimentary
apical ray. The latter occur relatively sparsely and mixed together
with the triradiates; their apical rays project into the gastral cavity.
There is no conspicuous difference in size between the dermal and the
more deeply situated spicules.

Spicules.—Triradiates regular, with rays straight, usually some-
what bluntly and sometimes sharply pointed, rather slender, 50-140,
long and 6-12, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of the same shape and size as the triradiates, but
with a short, slender, straight, and sharply pointed apical ray. In
an example of the spicule, the apical ray measured 304 long and 2x
thick at base.

Localities—Canary Islands (Michlucho-Maclay, Haeckel) ; Cape
Verde Islands (Thacker) ; Mauritius (Schuffner) ; Minorca (Laks-
chewitsch) ; Spitzbergen, Arctic Ocean (Breitfuss); off the north
point of Copper Island, Comandorski Islands (Station 4789, 56
fathoms). *

3. SYCON SIMUSHIRENSIS, new species.
Plate 84, fig. 6.

This new species is based on a single specimen in the collection
(Cat. No. 9170 U.S.N.M.). It is a small solitary individual (pl. 84,
fig. 6) of a slightly laterally compressed tubular shape, narrowed at
base, which is torn off. The osculum at the upper end is in a co!-
lapsed state. Length about 9 mm.; the greatest breadth about 2
mm.; thickness of wall not over 0.4 mm. To the naked eye both
dermal and gastral surfaces appear nearly smooth. Color grayish
white in alcohol. Texture moderately firm.

Structure.—The canal system is of the syconoid type. The flagel-
late chambers are arranged radially around the rather wide gastral

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——35

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

cavity; they are more or less united at places where they come into
contact with one another.

The articulate tubar skeleton is composed of triradiates, its proxi-
mal joints being formed by the basal rays of subgastral triradiates.
Those tuber triradiates which form the distal joints have the basal
rays grouped into tufts together with a number of oxea. The gastral
skeleton is made up of triradiates, quadriradiates, and the paired rays
of subgastral triradiates. The two former are fairly regularly ar-
ranged around gastral apertures with basal rays directed downward
and with apical rays projecting into the gastral cavity. The quadri-
radiates are much less numerous than the triradiates. The oscular
margin is very thin, but richly supplied with spicules; externally

Fie. 2.—SyYcoON SIMUSHIRENSIS. @, TUBAR TRIRADIATES. 6, SUBGASTRAL TRIRADIATES.
C, GASTRAL TRIRADIATES. d, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATES. @, TRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR
MARGIN. /f, QUADRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. g, OXEA OF OSCULAR MARGIN. All
x 150.

there are found triradiates, large oxea, and linear spicules, all which

form a thin fringe, and internally there exist quadriradiates in a

layer. Both the tri- and the quadriradiates lie tangentially with

downwardly directed basal rays.

Spicules—Tubar triradiates (a) slightly sagittal with slender rays.
Basal ray longer and slightly thinner than paired rays, tapering
from base to sharp point, straight, 100-140p long and 6y thick at
base. Paired rays slightly doubly curved forewards in basal parts
and backwards in the remaining parts; 90-100y long and 8p thick at
base. Subgastral triradiates (0) sagittal. All rays slender, taper-
ing from base to sharp point, not lying in the same plane. Basal
ray distinctly longer than paired rays, straight, about 200p long and
6—-8y. thick at base. Paired rays strongly diverging, distinctly curved

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 531

at a point a short distance from base, 80-120p long and 6-8». thick at
base.

Gastral triradiates (c) sagittal. All rays slender, equally thick,
tapering to sharp point. Basal ray straight, much longer than
paired rays, 110-330y long and about 8p thick at base. Paired rays
nearly equal, slightly doubly curved, first forewards and then back-
wards; 70-180y. long and about 8y thick at base.

Gastral quadriradiates (d) similar to gastral triradiates, except in
the presence of apical ray. Apical ray much shorter than facial
rays, slightly curved and gradualy tapering to sharp point, 40—80p.
long.

Oxea at distal end of flagellate chambers generally slightly curved,
sharply pointed at both ends, about 80y long and 4y thick.

Triradiates of oscular margin (e) sagittal. All rays nearly equally
thick, tapering from base to sharp point. Basal ray straight, slightly
longer than paired rays. Paired rays rather strongly divergent, dis-
tinctly bent at the middle of their length. In an example of the
spicule the basal ray measured 140 long and 6p thick at base, and
the paired rays 110p long and 6y thick at base.

Quadriradiates of oscular margin (f/) very strongly sagittal.
Basal ray straight, sharply pointed, slightly longer than paired rays.
Paired rays sightly curved at base, otherwise nearly straight, stand-
ing nearly at right angles to’ basal ray. Apical ray short, tapering
to sharp point. In a large example of the spicule the basal ray
measured 250y long and ue thick, and the paired rays 190p long and
8p. thick at base.

Oxea of oscular margin (7) spindle-shaped, slightly curved, gen-
erally thickest nearer inner than outer end, about 370y long and 12y
thick.

Linear spicules of oscular margin straight or slightly curved,
sharply pointed at both ends, 240y. or more long and 2—4y thick.

Locality —Off Cape Rollin, Simushir Island, Kuriles (Station
4803, 229 fathoms).

4. HETEROPIA MEDIOARTICULATA, new species.
Plate 84, fig. 7.

Four specimens of this new species exist in the collection. They
are all of a closely similar appearance, being of a more or less bent
and laterally compressed tubular shape, attached by the narrowed
stalk-like base and showing at the somewhat contracted upper end an
esculum, which is surrounded by a trace of a collar.

The largest specimen (pl. 84, fig. 7), which I make the type of the
species (Cat. No, 9186 U.S.N.M.), is nearly 40 mm. long and 10 mm.
broad in the broadest part, where the wall is about 2 mm. thick. The
oval osculum measures 8 mm. by 2 mm. across. The dermal surface

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

is nearly smooth though not quite even. The gastral surface appears
slightly hispid, due to the projecting apical rays of gastral quad-
riradiates. The color in alcohol is grayish white. The texture is
pretty firm.

Structure——The canal system is typically syconoid. The dermal
cortex is rather thin, the gastral cortex thicker. Flagellate chambers
are radially arranged around the gastral cavity. They are cylin-
drical, almost straight, slightly narrowed distally and_ scarcely
branching. Each flagellate chamber communicates with the gastral
cavity by means of a very short exhalant canal. The meshes of the
lacework formed by the gastral spicules constitute the openings of
exhalant canals into the gastral cavity. They are angularly cir-
cular or oval with a diameter of about 4 mm.

The dermal skeleton is made up of oxea and of the paired rays of
subdermal pseudosagittal triradiates. The oxea run somewhat lon-
gitudinally in a few layers, parallel to the surface. ‘There may occur
very slender hair-like oxea grouped into small sparsely distributed
tufts, which project on the dermal surface. The tubar skeleton is
eomposed of the centripetal basal rays of subdermal pseudosagittal
iriradiates, of the centrifugal basal rays of subgastral sagittal tri-
radiates, and of tubar triradiates which are placed in several layers
between the spicules just mentioned. The gastral skeleton consists
of the paired rays of subgastral sagittal triradiates, of gastral tri-
radiates arranged in several layers, and of a small number of gastral
quadriradiates, the apical rays of which project into the gastral cav-
ity pointing upwards. The basal rays of .gastral tri- and quadri-
radiates are directed towards the sponge base and are grouped into
bundles. The skeleton of the oscular margin is a close-meshed retic-
ulum formed by fine longitudinally disposed linear spicules and by
triradiates with strongly divergent paired rays.

Spicules—Subdermal triradiates (a) pseudosagittal, irregular.
All rays nearly equally thick, gradually tapering to sharp point,
not lying in the same plane. Basal ray longer than paired rays,
usually nearly straight except for a slight curvature at base, some-
times crooked, 140-240» long and 12y thick at base. Paired rays
unequally long and differently shaped. The longer ray nearly twice
as long as the shorter, doubly flexed, curving first backwards and
then slightly forewards, sometimes crooked, 100-160y long and 12y
thick at base. The shorter ray not straight, being distinctly curved
in the middle parts, 60-80p long and 12» thick at base.

Tubar triradiates (b) sagittal, more or less varying in size and
shape. Rays nearly equally thick, gradually tapering to sharply
pointed end, not lying in the same plane. Basal ray distinctly or
sometimes only slightly longer than paired rays, straight, 170-290p,
long and 12y thick at base. Paired rays slightly curved, rather
irregular in outline, 100-190 long and 12». thick at base.

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 583

Subgastral triradiates (¢) sagittal, with wide oral angle. All
rays equally thick, lying nearly in the same plane and gradually
tapering to sharp point. Basal ray slightly longer than paired

Fic. 8.—HETEROPIA MEDIOARTICULATA. @, SUBDERMAL TRIRADIATES. 0, TUBAR ‘TRIRA-
DIATES. C, SUBGASTRAL TRIRADIATN. d, GASTRAL TRIRADIATE. €, GASTRAL QUADKI-
RADIATES. ¢’, APICAL RAYS OF GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATES. f, DERMAL OXEA. J, TRIRA-
DIATES OF OSCULAR MARGIN. h, QUADRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. 1%, OXEA OF OSCU
LAR MARGIN. All X150.

rays, straight, 170-200 long and 10-12p thick at base. Paired rays
nearly equal, curving first backwards, and then very slightly forwards,
90-140p long and 10-12p thick at base.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

Gastral triradiates (d@) strongly sagittal, slender-rayed. Basal
ray much longer than paired rays, straight, perceptibly narrowed in
the middle parts, ending in sharp point, 560-730p long and 8-12p.
thick at base. Paired rays equal or but slightly differentiated in
length, gradually tapering, showing more or less distinct double
curvature, 180-240p long and 8-12y. thick at base.

Gastral quadriradiates (¢) similar to gastral triradiates, differing
only in the presence of apical ray. Apical ray (e’) very strong,
variable in length, slightly curved upwards, strongly laterally com-
pressed, irregular in outline, narrow at base and broadening dis-
tally to terminate with obtuse end, 260—470p in length, 16p in breadth,
and up to 25y in thickness.

Dermal oxea (f) elongate spindle-shaped, usually slightly curved,
rather irregular in outline, more or less sharply pointed at ends,
470-700u long and 12-16y thick in the middle.

Linear spicules of dermal cortex very slender, hair-like, straight,
sharply pointed at both ends, may measure 240y. long and 1p. thick.

Triradiates of oscular margin (g) strongly sagittal. All rays
nearly equally thick, gradually tapering. Basal ray straight, very
finely pointed, 150-800» long and 10-12n thick at base. Paired
rays strongly diverging, sharply pointed, slightly curved backwards
in basal parts and either straight or slightly curved forewards in
the remaining parts, 100-150 long and 10-12, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of oscular margin (A) like the triradiates of oscu-
lar margin except in the presence of apical ray. Apical ray much
shorter than either basal or paired rays, slightly curved and very
sharply pointed, directed upwards.

Oxea of oscular margin (2) slender, slightly curved, broadest
nearer one end than the other, sharply pointed at both ends, 150-
230n long and 4p thick.

Linear spicules of oscular margin similar to those of dermal
cortex.

Localities —Off Cape Tonin, Saghalin (Station 5017, 64 fathoms),
Cat. No. 9186, U.S.N.M., type and paratype; off Cape Patience,
Saghalin (Station 5024, 67 fathoms), two specimens, Cat. No. 9087,
U.S.N.M.

Remarks.—This species is remarkable for the presence of some
intermediate layers of triradiates, indicative of the articulate tubar
skeleton, between the centripetally and centrifugally directed basal
rays of subdermal and subgastral triradiates.

5. GRANTIA NIPPONICA, new species.
Plate 84, fig. 8.

This new species is represented in the collection by three speci-
mens. The sponge represents a solitary person of a slightly laterally

No. 2247. GPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 535

compressed tubular form, gradually narrowed toward the base and
showing at the upper truncate end an oval osculum provided with
a weakly developed collar. The dermal surface is nearly smooth or
slightly hispid. The gastral surface is distinctly echinated by the
projecting apical rays of gastral quadriradiates.

The largest specimen (pl. 84, fig. 8), which I have selected as the
type (Cat. No. 9188 U.S.N.M.), is 52 mm. long, 7 mm. broad in the
middle and 4 mm. broad at base. The sponge wall is about 1 mm.
thick. The osculum is 4 mm. long and 2 mm. wide. The color in
alcohol is grayish white; the texture pretty firm.

Structure—Dermal and gastral cortices are pretty well developed,
containing some quantity of mesogloea. The former is slightly
thicker than the latter. The canal system is of the syconoid type.
The flagellate chambers are arranged radially around the gastral
cavity. They are straight, circular in cross-section, nearly equally
wide in all parts, unbranched or very slightly branched, and open
either separately or several together through an exhalant canal into
the gastral cavity. Further details concerning the soft parts could
not be ascertained owing to the bad state of preservation.

The dermal skeleton is composed of triradiates which are either
tangentially or more or. less confusedly arranged in several layers.
Oxea in sparse distribution project to a slight degree and nearly
vertically from the dermal surface. The tubar skeleton is of the
many-jointed articulate type. The gastral skeleton is made up of (1)
the paired rays of subgastral triradiates, (2) gastral triradiates
occuring generally in groups and with downwardly pointed basal
rays, (8) gastral quadriradiates with their prolonged apical rays
projecting into the gastral cavity, and (4) the small quadriradiates
which surround the exhalant canals. The skeleton of oscular collar
consists of oxea in two kinds and of triradiates and quadriradiates,
all being closely set together. The last named two kinds of spicules
have basal rays directed downwards.

Spicules.—Dermal triradiates (a) slightly sagittal or subregular.
Rays equally thick, straight and gradually tapering to sharp point,
not lying in the same plane but directed slightly inwards, 80-160p
long and 12-16p thick at base.

Tubar triradiates (0) sagittal. Rays straight, sharply pointed,
nearly equally thick, not lying all in one plane. Basal ray about
one and half as long as paired ray, 130-160 » long and 12 » thick
at base. Paired rays nearly equal, 70-90 » long and 12 » thick at
base.

Subgastral triradiates (c¢) differing from the tubar triradiates
only in having more widely open oral angle. In a typical example,
basal ray 180 » long, paired rays 100 p long, all 12 » thick at base.

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Gastral triradiates (d) sagittal, rather slender-rayed. Basal ray
straight, much longer and slightly thinner than paired ray, nearly
uniformly thick throughout, except at the thickened basal parts and
the tapering and sharply pointed end, sometimes slightly narrowed
in the middle parts, 350-500 p long and 12 yp thick at base. Paired
rays slightly irregular in outline, curving first backwards and then
slightly forewards, about 190 y long and 16 yp. thick at base.

| inl
\
| hep V4
| he |
| } Wu
i | a \
\t lf \f \

Fic. 4.—GRANTIA NIPPONICA. @, DERMAL TRIRADIATES. 0, TUBAR TRIRADIATES. Cc, SUB-
| GASTRAL TRIRADIATE. 4, GASTRAL TRIRADIATE. €, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE. e’, APICAL
RAY OF GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE. f, QUADRIRADIATES OF EXHALANT CANALS. ff’, SAMB
SEEN FROM LATERAL SIDE. g, TRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR COLLAR. ht, QUADRIRADIATE OF
OSCULAR COLLAR. 4%, OXEA PROJECTING FROM DERMAL SURFACE. j, OXEA OF OSCULAR
coLuAR. All X150.

i \ ;
| \
|
i
|
|
|

‘

Gastral quadriradiates (e) similar to the gastral triradiates, dif-
fering only in the presence of apical ray. Apical ray (e’) varying
considerably in length, slightly curved upwards and occasionally
at the same time crooked, nearly uniformly thick in the greater
part of its length, but narrowed in the basal parts and at the pointed
end, 330-700 p. long and 16 p thick in the middle parts.

Quadriradiates of exhalant canals (f) small. Basal ray nearly
straight, gradually tapering to sharp point, about 110 p long and 10 p

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 537

thick at base. Paired rays nearly as long as but slightly narrower
than basal ray; curved in accommodation to the curvature of ex-
halant canal, about 80 pw long and 6 p thick at base. Apical ray (/’)
slender, sharply pointed, angularly curved in the middle, 30 » long
and 4 p thick at base.

Triradiates of oscular collar (g) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
much longer and thinner than paired rays, straight, finely pointed,
310 p long and 10 p thick at base. Paired rays very strongly diverg-
ing, standing nearly at right angles to basal ray, obsoletely showing
double curvature, 160 » long and 14 » thick at base.

Quadriradiates of oscular collar (i) like the triradiates of same,
except in the presence of apical ray. Apical ray much shorter than
facial rays, never attaining so great a length as in gastral quadri-
radiates.

Oxea (¢) slightly curved or nearly straight, sharply pointed at
both ends, 130-300 p long and 12 p thick in the thickest parts.

Oxea of oscular collar (7) slightly curved and more or less irreg-
ular in outline, nearly uniformly thick for the most part of their
length but tapering toward the pointed ends. Close to one end,
provided with a feebly developed nodiform ring. They are 240-550,
jong and 12-16, thick in the middle.

Linear spicules of oscular collar slender, hair-like, straight, sharply
pointed at both ends, the thickest part lying nearer one end than the
other, 160-280, long and 3» thick.

Localities —Off Nosaki, Notojima, Province Noto on the western
coast of Japan (Station 4822, 130 fathoms) ; off Cape Rollin, Simu-
shir Island, Kuriles (Station 4803, 229 fathoms).

Remarks.—The specimen from Station 4803 (Cat. No. 9172,
U.S.N.M.) measures only about 11 mm. in total length and 24 mm.
in maximum breadth, the wall being nearly 0.4 mm. thick. It differs
from the type-specimen in the smaller size of its spicules, in the less
number of the layers of tubar triradiates, and in the presence of
hair-like oxea projecting from the dermal surface. The most re-
markable feature of the present species consists in the excessive
prodongation of apical rays in gastral quadriradiates.

6. GRANTIA BERINGIANA, new species.

Plate 85, fig. 9.

A single specimen in the collection has served as the type of this
new species (Cat. No. 9183, U.S.N.M.), Sponge (pl. 85, fig. 9), a soli-
tary individual, cylindrical, slightly latellay compressed, broadened,
and somewhat bent in the basal parts. The osculum at the upper
end has a thin margin. The dermal surface is fairly hispid, due to
projecting oxea. The gastral surface appears nearly smooth to the
naked eye, in spite of numerous fine apical rays of gastral quadri-

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

radiates protruding through it. Total length of body 28 mm., great-
est breadth about 10 mm., wall about 1 mm. thick, osculum about
5 mm. in major diameter. The color in alcohol is whitish. The tex-
ture is fairly firm and elastic.

Structure.—The dermal cortex is fairly thick. It is about 0.4 mm.
thick. The gastral cortex is also well developed, but is distinctly
thinner than the dermal, measuring about 0.25 mm. in thickness.
The canal system is of the syconoid type. The flagellate chambers
are rather short, cylindrical, straight, not unfrequently slightly
branched; each passes at the apopyle into a long exhalant canal, a
diaphragm occurring at the boundary. The dermal skeleton con-
sists of few layers of triradiates, which are tangentially but other-
wise rather irregularly disposed. Large oxea, grouped into small
bundles and placed perpendicularly or somewhat obliquely to the
dermal surface, project far beyond the surface, their proximal parts
being deeply imbedded in the chamber layer. The tubar skeleton is
made up of triradiates in two or three irregular layers, as well as of
the basal rays of subgastral triradiates and quadriradiates. The gas-
tral skeleton forms a thin layer, consisting mainly of gastral quadri-
radiates, of which the basal ray generally points toward the base and
apical ray projects into the gastral cavity in oblique inclination to-
ward the osculum. In addition to the quadriradiates there occur in
the layer the paired rays of subgastral triradiates as well as the facial
rays of subgastral quadriradiates. The skeleton of oscular margin
consists of interlacing oxea, triradiates, and quadriradiates. The
oxea are arranged longitudinally; the basal rays of tri- and quadri-
radiates are directed regularly downward.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates (a) slightly sagittal. All rays
slightly irregular in outline, nearly equally thick, lying in one plane.
Basal rays nearly straight, usually slightly shorter than paired rays,
90-260 long and 20» thick at base. Paired rays subequal, nearly
straight, excepting a slight curvature near base, 180-260y long and
20» thick at-base.

Tubar triradiates (0) sagittal. Rays slightly irregular in outline,
lying not in one plane. Basal ray much longer and slightly thicker
than paired rays, nearly straight, 290-370. long and 24-28». thick
at base. Paired rays slightly curved at base and nearly straight or
weakly crooked in the remaining parts, 160-2202 long and 20-24y.
thick at base.

Subgastral triradiates (c) strongly sagittal. Rays sharply pointed,
nearly equally thick, lying not in one plane. Basal ray straight, much
longer than paired rays, 150-240. long and 12-16 thick at base.
Paired rays strongly diverging, curved rather angularly in the
middle parts, 130-170» long and 16-20, thick at base.

a tr

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 539

Subgastrial quadriradiates (@d) nearly similar to subgastral trira-
diates except in the presence of well-developed apical ray. Paired
rays sometimes unequal. Apical ray very slender, slightly curved,
sharply pointed, about 50y long and 8p thick at base.

Gastral quadriradiates (e€) more or less sagittal. Rays nearly
equally thick, gradually tapering to sharp point. Basal ray straight,
longer than paired rays, 150-240u long and 12-16y thick at base.
Paired rays usually slightly curved and irregular in outline, 110-170,

Fic. 5.—GRANTIA BERINGIANA. @, DERMAL TRIRADIATES. 0, TUBAR TRIRADIATES. C, SUB-
GASTRAL TRIRADIATE. d, SUBGASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE. @€, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE.
f, OXEA. g, TRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. h, QUADRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN.
All 150.

long and 16, thick at base. Apical ray fairly well developed, slightly
curved in distal parts, 100-210y long and 12-16y. thick at base.

Large oxea (/) straight, nearly uniformly thick throughout entire
length excepting the sharply pointed ends. A small example of the
spicule measured 500 long and 8p thick; a large one over 1p long by
12» thickness,

Triradiates of oscular margin (g) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
straight, slightly thinner than paired rays, finely pointed, 120-260,
long and 12-16y thick at base. Paired rays strongly diverging,
sharply pointed, 130-240» long and 16-20, thick at base.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Quadriradiates of oscular margin (4) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
straight, finely pointed, 200-260 long and 12, thick at base. Paired
rays strongly diverging, distinctly thicker than basal ray, obscurely
showing double curvature, 160-200y long and 16y thick at base.

Large oxea of oscular margin similar to those which project from
the dermal surface.

Locality—Off the north point of Copper Island, Comandorski
Islands (Station 4788, 57 fathoms).

Remarks.—This species resembles Grantia comowensis', but shows
some differences, chiefly in the external form and in the spiculation.

7. ACHRAMORPHA DIOMEDIAE, new species.

Plate 85, fig. 10.

The collection contains a single specimen of this new species (Cat.
No. 9171, U.S.N.M.). The sponge (pl. 85, fig. 10) is in the form of a
thin-walled and slightly curved cylindrical tube about 8 mm. long,
inferiorly narrowed and swollen in the upper parts, the swelling
beginning a little below the osculum. Maximum breadth of body 13
mm. The terminal osculum leads into the gastral cavity of a habitus
corresponding to that of the entire specimen. A feebly developed
fringe exists around the osculum. The sponge wall is less than $ mm.
thick. The dermal surface is slightly hispid due to projecting oxas.
The gastral surface is also more or less rough on account of the pro-
jecting apical rays of gastral quadriradiates. The color is nearly
white in alcohol; the texture delicate.

Structure.—Both dermal and gastral cortices are very thin. The
canal system is of the syconoid type. The flagellate chambers are of
an elongate sac-like shape, circular or oval in cross-section with a
diameter of 50-150». They extend nearly across the entire thick-
ness of wall. Internally they communicate with exhalant canals
which run through the gastral cortex before opening into the gastral
cavity. The very wide inhalant canals start from beneath the dermal
cortex and penetrate deeply into the interspaces between flagellate
chambers.

The dermal skeleton is made up of tangential sagittal triradiates
which are loosely distributed in a very thin layer with basal rays
pointed downward. The larger oxea are grouped into tufts, with
their proximal ends deeply stuck in the chamber layer and the distal
ends projecting from the dermal surface. The tubar skeleton con-
sists of the basal rays of subgastral triradiates and of the large oxea
just mentioned. The gastral skeleton is composed of loosely arranged
quadriradiates, lying parallel to the gastral surface in a single or
two layers; their basal rays are directed toward the sponge hase,

1Grantia comozensis Lambe, Sponges from the Pacific Coast of Canada. Proc. and
Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 1893, sec. 4, art. 3, pp. 39, 40, figs. 3, a—c.

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 541

while the apical rays project into the gastral cavity. The skeleton
of the oscular margin is formed of two kinds of oxea forming a
tringe and of very closely set triradiates and quadriradiates, both of
which have very strongly diverging paired rays, the basal ray being
directed downward in a regular manner.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates (a) slightly sagittal, slender rayed.
All rays nearly equally thick, tapering gradually to sharp point.
Basal ray straight, slightly longer than paired rays, 140-240 » long
and 8-10 w thick at base. Paired raysnearly equal, straight or slightly
curved backward, 110-200 p» long and 8-10 p thick at base.

Subgastral triradiates (6) strongly sagittal. All rays nearly
equally thick, lying in one plane. Basal ray straight, tapering to

Fic. 6—ACHRAMORPHA DIOMEDIAE. @, DERMAL TRIRADIATES. 6, SUBGASTRAL ‘TRIRA-
DIATES. C, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATES. d, TRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. €@, QUAD-
RIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. ff, OXEA PROJECTING FROM DERMAL SURFACE. g, OXBA
OF OSCULAR MARGIN. All X150.

fine point, 200-8310 » long and 8-10 u thick at base. Paired rays
strongly diverging, equal, nearly half as long as basal ray, curved
backward at a point nearer the base than the sharply pointed end,
100-150 » long and 8-10 p» thick at base.

Gastral quadriradiates (¢) sagittal. Basal ray straight, much
longer, and slightly thicker than paired rays, 200-250 » long and
10-12 w thick at base. Paired rays equal, doubly curved, ending in
sharp point, 110-150 » long and 8-10 » thick at base. Apical ray
curved forward, tapering from base to very sharp point, about 100 »
long and 8 p» thick.

Triradiates of oscular margin (d) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
straight, sharply pointed, shghtly longer and distinctly thinner than
paired rays, about 250 » long and 12 » thick at base. Paired rays

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

strongly diverging, slightly curved backward, somewhat bluntly
pointed, about 200 » long and 16 4» thick at base.

Quadradiates of oscular margin (é€) nearly similar to the triradiates
of oscular margin, except in the presence of short apical ray, which
is sightly curved upward and tapering from base to sharply pointed
end. In a large example of the spicule the basal ray measured 26 pu
long by 8 p thick at base, and the paired rays 16 p long by 12 p thick
at base.

Oxea projecting from dermal surface (/) not very stout, rather
slender, straight or slightly curved, and nearly uniformly thick in
the greater part of their length, though tapering at ends, which are
finely pointed. The majority of these spicules are found broken. A
large fragment measured about 600 pw in length and 8 yp. in thickness.
The same spicules occur also in the oscular margin.

Oxea proper to oscular margin (g) very slender, hair-like, nearly
straight or slightly curved, thickest nearer inner than outer end;
both ends finely pointed; 280-600 » long and 2-4 p thick.

Locality —Off Cape Rollin, Simushir Island; Kuriles (Station
4803, 229 fathoms).

Remarks.—This new species may easily be distinguished from
Jenkin’s species Achramorpha glacialis,: A. nivalis® and A. grandi-
nis, by the presence of the gastral skeleton containing tangential
quadriradiates as well as by the absence of microxea. The species
differs from Topsent’s Achramorpha truncata* by the presence of
tangential quadriradiates in the gastral skeleton and by the differ-
ent share and size of the oxea which project from the dermal surface;
and finally from Breitfuss’s Achramorpha schulzei® by the absence
of microxea and by the different shape of subgastral triradiates and
of gastral quadriradiates.

8. LEUCANDRA TUBA, new species.

Plate 84, fig. 3.

This species is based on a single specimen found in the collection.
(Cat. No. 9184, U.S.N.M.) It consists of a mass of complexly anasto-
mosing tubes (pl. 84, fig. 3), partly blind and partly provided with
an osculum at the free end. The tubes are cylindrical or more or less
laterally compressed, and may be 5-10 mm. wide at their base, where
the wall is about 2 mm. thick. The osculum is naked and circular
in outline with a diameter of 14-25 mm. Both dermal and gastral

1 Jenkins, The Calcarea of the National Antarctic Expedition. Natural History Re-
ports, vol. 4, 1908, pp. 31, 32, pl. 34, figs. 98-102.

2TIdem, pp. 33-35, pl. 27, figs. 7, 8; pls. 35, 36, figs. 105-112.

8 Idem, pp. 32, 33, pl. 27, fig. 4; pls. 34, 35, figs. 103, 104.

4 Grantia truncatu Topsent, Eponges caleaires recueillis par le Franeais dans l’Antare-
tique. Bull. Mus. His. Nat., Paris, 1907, pp. 540, 541.

5 Hbnerella schulzei Breitfuss, Kalkschwaimme der Bremer Expedition nach Ost-Spitz-
bergen im Jahre 1889, Zool. Anzeiger, 1896, vol. 19, pp. 492, 480; Zool. Jahrb. Syst.
Abt., 1898, vol. 11, pp. 113-115, pl. 13, figs. 39-52.

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 543

surfaces are smooth. The color in alcohol is white with a somewhat
grayish tint. The texture is very compact and rather hard.

lation of small tangential triradiates, to which there may be added
a small number of specially large tangential triradiates and some
microxea in scattered distribution. The skeleton of oscular margin
is a close interlacement of small triradiates and quadriradiates, both
which have strongly divergent paired rays and downwardly directed
basal ray. There may be found in addition some triradiates of an
unusually large size.

Structure——The canal system is leuconoid. The wide inhalant
canals, starting from beneath the dermal surface, run centripetally
into the chamber layer, becoming narrower as they divide into
branches. The exhalant canals are also wide and branching. The
gastral apertures, by which the exhalant canals open into the gastral
cavity, are circular or oval measuring up to 4 mm. across. The
flagellate chambers, closely packed in the chamber layer, are oval or
nearly spherical with diameter of 80-60 uw.

The dermal skeleton is made up of large and small triradiates
placed tangentially in several confused layers. On the dermal sur-
face are found microxea in thinly scattered distribution. The skele-
ton of the chamber layer likewise consists of large and small trira-
diates in dense and irregular disposition. Along the larger exhalant
canals there occur a different sort of triradiates in addition to some
quadriradiates with apical rays projecting into the canal. The gas-
tral skeleton is fairly well developed; it is composed of a dense reticu-

Spicules.—The larger dermal triradiates (a) regular or subregular.
Rays nearly straight, gradually tapering toward the pointed end,
very variable in dimensions, 200-800» long and 20-90, thick at base.
The smaller dermal triradiates (6) slightly sagital; the rays nearly
uniformly thick, not lying all in one plane. Basal ray slightly longer
than paired rays, straight, usually 200-300n long and 16-28 thick
at base. Paired rays slightly curved, 150-270, long.

Triradiates of chamber layer (c) regular, very variable in size.
Rays straight, 350-800 long and 40-90, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canals (d) have gradually
tapering and sharply pointed rays of nearly equal thickness, the
facial rays not lying in one plane. Basal ray straight, about 200p
long and 16p thick at base. Paired rays more or less curved around
the exhalant canals, about 200p long and 16y thick at base. Apical
ray much shorter and thinner than facial rays, slightly curved and
very finely pointed, about 50» long and 8» thick at base.

Triradiates of the larger exhalant canals (¢) nearly similar to the
above quadriradiates, only differing in the absence of apical ray.

Gastral triradiates (f) strongly sagittal. Basal ray straight,
sharply pointed, thinner and shorter than paired rays, 80-150y

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

long and i6s thick at base. Paired rays slightly curved and
strongly divergent, often unequal in length and obtuse at end,
200-400u long and 20-24y thick.

Regular gastral triradiates large. Similar to large dermal tri-
radiates.

Triradiates of oscular margin (g) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
straight, nearly uniformly thick for the greater part of its length,
sharply pointed, about 300p long and 16y thick at base. Paired rays

—Y

Fic. 7.—LEUCANDRA TUBA. @, REGULAR DERMAL TRIRADIATES. 0, SAGITTAL DERMAL TRI-
RADIATE. C, TRIRADIATE OF CHAMBER LAYER. d, QUADRIRADIATES OF THE LARGER EX-
HALANT CANAL. @, TRIRADIATE OF THE LARGER EXHALANT CANAL. f, GASTRAL TRIRA-
DIATES. g, TRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN. hh, QUADRIRADIATE OF OSCULAR MARGIN.
i, GASTRAL MICROxHA. a—h, X100; i, X400.

much shorter and thicker than basal ray; slightly curved, very
strongly diverging, about 160p long and 20, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of oscular margin (h) strongly sagittal, exactly
similar to triradiates of oscular margin except in having slender
apical ray. ¥

Microxea (2) nearly straight, forming lance-head at one end, 40-56y.
long and 2-4» thick at head.

Locality—Near Okinoshima, Proy. Chikuzen in Kiushu (Station
4877, 59 fathoms).

no. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 545

9. LEUCANDRA POCULIFORMIS, new species.

Plate 84, fig. 4.

Only a single specimen of this new species is represented in the
collection (Cat. No. 9189, U.S.N.M.). It has the form of a thick-
walled cup with a very irregular-shaped laterally compressed oscu-
lum at the upper end. The sponge was probably attached by the
inferior, somewhat narrowed, and broken-off end. It is nearly 38
mm. high and 28 mm. broad in the broadest part. The gastral
cavity is about 25 mm. deep The sponge wall is thickest in the
lower parts, where it measures 13 mm. in thickness. This dimin-
ishes gradually toward the sharp-edged oscular margin. To the
naked eye the outer surface appears nearly smooth. The gastral
surface is perforated by numerous small exhalant apertures of 2 mm.
and under in diameter. The color in alcohol is in part whitish and
in part more or less brownish. The texture is not very compact, but
rather soft and brittle.

Structure-—The canal system is leuconoid. The flagellate cham-
bers are ovoid or nearly spherical, measuring about 70-120y. in their
longest diameter. They are thickly and irregularly set between the
branches of inhalant and exhalant canals, which are surrounded by
a fairly thick layer of mesogloea.

The dermal skeleton is composed of several layers of variously
sized tangential triradiates. Microxea cover the external surface all
over, disposed at varying angles to it. The skeleton of the chamber
layer consists in the main of triradiates, which are of very variable
sizes and are thickly set together without any definite order. The
wall of the larger exhalant canals is provided with a different sort
of triradiates besides having quadriradiates with apical ray project-
ing intothe lumen. There exists a gastral skeleton which is fairly well
demarked from the chamber layer. It is composed of a thin layer
of tangential triradiates and of microxea, which occur moderately
densely together all over the gastral surface. The same kinds of
spicules as those of the larger exhalant canals are also found in the
gastral skeleton. Further, there occur in it some small and strongly
sagittal tri- as well as quadriradiated, both of which are, however.
not numerous. The oscular margin shows no special spicules.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates (a) regular or subregular. Rays
nearly equally thick, gradually tapering from base to sharp point,
very variable in size, 130-680 long and 20-60y thick at base.

Triradiates of chamber layer (6) regular or subregular, similar
to those of dermal skeleton, 280-6404 long and 40-60, thick at base.
Much smaller triradiates occur in a small number.

Triradiates of the larger exhalant canals (c) are sagittal. Rays
nearly equally thick, now lying all in one plane. Basal ray nearly

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——_36

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54,

straight, gradually tapering, sharply pointed, 180-260, long and
12-32 thick at base. Paired rays longer than basal ray, gently
curved forwards and gradually tapering to sharp point, 170-870,
long and 16-32, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canals (d) similar to the
above triradiates, except in the presence of short and slightly curved
apical ray. Basal ray 140-270» long and 20-30» thick at base.
Paired rays 230-330u long and 20-32, thick. Apical ray about 60p
long and 16-20, thick at base.

Fic. 8.—LEUCANDRA POCULIFORMIS. a, DERMAL TRIRADIATES. 0, TRIRADIATES OF CHAM-
BER LAYER. C, TRIRADIATES OF THE LARGER EXHALANT CANAL. d, QUADRIRADIATES OF
THE LARGER EXHALANT CANAL. €, GASTRAL TRIRADIATES. /f, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE.
g, DERMAL MICROXEA. d-f, X100; 9g, 400.

The larger gastral triradiates regular or subregular, nearly similar
to those of dermal skeleton and of chamber layer.

The smaller gastral triradiates (e) strongly sagittal. All rays
equally thick, sharply pointed. Basal ray nearly straight, distinctly
shorter than paired rays, 80-120u long and 16-20, thick at base,
lying slightly out of the plane of paired rays. These are nearly
straight or slightly curved, very strongly divergent, 120-200n long
and 16-20n thick at base.

Gastral quadriradiates (7) exactly similar to gastral triradiates,
but with a short apical ray. Basal ray 90-110p long and about 20p

no. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 547

thick at base. Paired rays, 130-180» long and about 20, thick
at base. |

Microxea of dermal skeleton (g) slightly curved, proximally
tapering to sharp point, distally terminating with a lance-head which
is slightly bent and provided with sharp or obtuse apex, 60-90 long
and 4-6p thick at head.

Microxea of gastral skeleton exactly similar to those of dermal
skeleton.

Locality —Off Semisopochnoi Island, Aleutian Islands (Station
4777, 52 fathoms).

Remarks.—This species differs from Leucandra tuba, new species,
chiefly in the peculiar external form, in spiculation and in the absence
of a skeleton proper to oscular margin. In external form it closely
resembles the members of the genus Pericharax Poléjaeff.

10. LEUCANDRA FOLIATA, new species.

Plate 84, fig. 5.

This new species is founded on the strength of a single specimen
in the collection (Cat. No. 9185, U.S.N.M.). The sponge (pl. 84,
fig. 5) is foliate, consisting of a single continuous lamella, which is
irregularly folded or convoluted. It is attached in the middle of its
lower surface by means of several nipple-shaped basal processes.
The lamella is about 55 mm. broad and about 4 mm. thick in the
middle parts where it is thickest. The thickness decreases peripher-
ally toward the very thin oscular margin. The inner surface of the
lamella appears smooth to the naked eye; it is minutely punctuate,
due to the apertures of exhalant canals, which are more distinct in
the middle parts than in the periphery. The outer surface is like-
wise smooth, but without the punctate appearance of the inner sur-
face. The color in alcohol is greyish white. The texture is fairly
compact, rigid and brittle.

Structure——Very wide inhalant canals arise just beneath the der-
mal surface and penetrate deep into the chamber layer, giving off
numerous branches on the way. Small exhalant canals combine into
a number of larger ones which open on the gastral surface by the
apertures above alluded to. Between the inhalant and exhalant
canal systems the flagellate chambers are quite irregularly scattered.
They are oviid or spherical, with a diameter of 50-100p..

The dermal skeleton is very thin and is composed of chiefly small
and occasionally very large tangential triradiates, with basal ray
pointing away from oscular margin. The skeleton of the chamber
layer consists of large triradiates of a slightly variable size, which
are densely set together without definite order. The larger exhalant
canals are lined with quadriradiates, the apical ray of which projects
into the canalar lumen. There exists a gastral skeleton made up of

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

triradiates in two sorts and of quadriradiates, all which spicules
are disposed parallel to the gastral surface. The gastral surface is
covered with microxea occurring irregularly, but moderately densely
together.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates in part (a) regular or subregular,
very large though variable in size; rays nearly straight, tapering
from base to sharp point, 190—-900n long and 28-100» thick at base.
Other dermal triradiates (0) sagittal, slender; rays nearly equally
thick, not lying in one plane. Basal ray straight, usually slightly
longer than paired rays, 110-250p, long and 8-20» thick at base.
Paired rays gently curved forewards, 80-210» long and 8-20p thick
at base.

Triradiates of chamber layer regular or subregular, variable in
size; similar to those of dermal skeleton.

ees =

Fic. 9.—LEUCANDRA FOLIATA. @, REGULAR DERMAL TRIRADIATE. 06, SAGITTAL DERMAL
TRIRADIATES. C, QUADRIRADIATES OF THE LARGER EXHALANT CANAL. 4d, GASTRAL TRI-
RADIATE. €, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATES. f, MICROXEA. a-e€, X100; f, X400.

Quadriradiates of the larger exhalant canals (c) sagittal, slender.
Basal ray straight, usually longer, but sometimes shorter than paired
rays, not lying in the plane of paired rays. Paired rays curved,
sometimes more or less crooked, usually slightly broader than basal
ray, 150-200, long and 12-16, thick at base. Apical ray very slender,
more or less curved, finely pointed, measuring up to 100» long and
12, thick at base.

Gastral triradiates regular or subregular, large; similar to those
of dermal skeleton and of chamber layer.

The smaller gastral tiradiates (d) strongly sagittal, exactly like
gastral quadriradiates except in the absence of apical ray.

Gastral quadriradiates (e) strongly sagittal, with basal ray
straight, much shorter and slightly thinner than paired rays, 80-210
long and 12-16, thick at base. Paired rays doubly slightly curved,

no. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 549

first backwards and then forwards; irregular in outline, 170-330u
long and 20y thick at base. Apical ray very short, tapering to sharp
point, up to 70p long.

Microxea (7) obtusely or sharply pointed at the inner end, more
cr less hastate and sharply pointed at the outer end. They are of
«more or less irregular outline, being usually thickest nearest the
inner end than the outer.

Locality Off Osesaki, Province Hizen in Kiushu (Station 4894,
95 fathoms).

Remarks.—This species is distinguished from Lewcandra tuba, new
species, by its remarkable external form, by having no proper oscular
skeleton, by the presence of gastral quadriradiates, and by some
other points of detail in the spiculation. It differs from Leucandra
poculiformis, new species, by its external form, by the dimensions
and characters of spiculation, etc.

11. LEUCANDRA KURILENSIS, new species.
Plate 85, fig. 11.

This species is represented by a single specimen in the collection
(Cat. No. 9173, U.S.N.M.). The sponge (pl. 85, fig. 11) represents a
solitary individual of a strongly laterally compressed oval shape
attached by its one side to a foreign body. A circular osculum of
about 14 mm. and surrounded by a fringe of oxea opens near one
end of the body. Total length, including the oscular fringe, about
12 mm.; greatest breadth, about 8mm.; thickness of wall, about 1
mm. The dermal surface is slightly rough from the projecting ends
of oxea; the gastral surface is smooth, but is perforated by uniformly
distributed circular exhalant apertures 0.4-0.5 mm. wide. The color
in alcohol is grayish white. The texture is fairly firm.

Structure——Unfortunately it is difficult to exactly determine the
state of the canal system, owing to the bad state of preservation, but
it seems to be of the sylleibid type, intermediate between the syconoid
and the leuconoid. The flagellate chambers are more or less elongate
and are arranged radially around the wide exhalant canals.

The dermal skeleton is well developed, attaining a thitkness of
about one-third that of the sponge wall or even somewhat thicker.
It is made up of tangential triradiates in many confused layers.
Large oxea and finer linear spicules project from the dermal sur-
face, their proximal parts being imbedded in the chamber layer. The
tubar skeleton consists in the main of irregularly distributed tri-
radiates, but shows an indication of the articulate character in the
presence of subgastral sagittal triradiates in a small number. The
gastral skeleton is thin, consisting of triradiates closely set and dis-
posed parallel to the gastral surface in several layers. The oscular
margin contains large oxea and finer linear spicules which form «#
dense fringe, as well as regularly and closely set triradiates, whicls

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

have basal ray directed downward and paired rays standing out

nearly at right angles from it. |
Spicules—Dermal triradiates (a) sagittal. All rays nearly equally

thick, slightly irregular in outline. Basal ray straight, generally

pts ine
N

Fig. 10.—DLEUCANDRA KURILENSIS. @, DERMAL TRIRADIATES. b, TUBAR TRIRADIATES.
C, GASTRAL TRIRADIATES. d, OXEA. €, TRIRADIATES OF OSCULAR MARGIN. f, LINEAR
SPICULES OF OSCULAR MARGIN. All X150.

shorter than paired rays, 120-170p long and 20, thick at base.
Paired rays usually equal, widely diverging, nearly straight or
slightly curved backwards, 190-290, long and 20p thick at base.

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 551

Tubar triradiates (6) sagittal. Rays equally thick, moderately
variable in size and shape. Basal ray nearly straight, tapering to
sharp point. Paired rays nearly equal, simply slightly curved for-
ward or doubly curved, first forward and then backward, ending
in sharp point. Those tubar triradiates which lie directly beneath
the gastral cortex have more widely diverging paired rays than the
others. Basal ray 270-520» and paired rays 170-230» long; both
20-24 thick at base.

Gastral triradiates (c) sagittal, with slender rays lying all in the
same plane. Basal ray longer than paired rays, straight, 240-400,
long and 20, thick at base. Paired rays sharply pointed, showing
more or less distinct double curvature, being curved forward at
basal parts and backward in the remaining parts, 190-300» long and
20u thick at base.

Triradiates of oscular margin (e) strongly sagittal. Basal ray
usually much longer and thinner than paired rays, straight, sharply -
pointed at end, 180-570 long and 12, thick at base. Paired rays
equal, more or less sharply pointed, very strongly diverging, stand-
ing out almost at right angles from basal ray, 110-220» long and
16 thick at base.

Large oxea of body surface and oscular margin (d) straight or
slightly curved, sharply pointed at both ends, attaining a length
of over 1 mm. and a thickness of 20-40p in the middle.

Linear spicules very slender, straight, sharply pointed at both
ends. Those of general body surface 370n to 1 mm. long and 5-10z
thick; same of oscular margin (f) 1.4 mm. or more long and 4-20,
thick.

Locality—Off Cape Rollin, Simushir Island, Kuriles (Station
4803, 229 fathoms).

Remarks.—This species seems to be nearly related to both Leu-
candra anguinea (Ridley?) and ZL. pulvinar (Haeckel?), but is
readily distinguished from either by its external form and by the
dimensions and other details of most of the spicules.

12. LEUCANDRA SPLENDENS, new species.
Plate 85, figs. 12-14.

_ Three specimens of this new species exist in the collection. One

of them (pl. 85, fig. 12), which came from Station 4790, was selected
as the type of the species (Cat. No. 9178, U.S.N.M.). It is of an
ovoid shape, measuring 22 mm. in length and 11 mm. in greatest
breadth. The outer surface is strongly hispid, owing to the presence
of large oxea projecting from it. The osculum at the upper end is
circular, provided with a well developed fringe of about 34 mm.

1 Leucortis anguinea Ridley, Spongida. Reports on the Zoological Collections made in
the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H. M. S. Alert, 1881-1882, pp. 629, 630,
pl. 53, fig. L; pl. 54, figs. d, d’.

2 Leucortis pluvinar Haeckel, Kalkschwiimme, 1872, pp. 162-166, pl. 29.

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54,

height; it leads into a wide gastral cavity. The sponge wall is about
2 mm. thick in the middle parts of the body. The color in alcohol
is grayish-white and the texture moderately firm.

Structure.—The canal system is of the leuconoid type. The dermal
pores, thickly distributed all over the surface, lead into narrow canals
which soon join together to form very wide inhalent canals run-
ning deep into the wall. The exhalant canals are also very wide and
originate from deep parts of the wall. The apertures by which they
open into the gastral cavity measure up to 2 mm. across. The flagel-
late chambers are densely and irregularly arranged between inhalant
und exhalant canals. They are more or less spherical, measuring
100-150, in diameter.

The skeleton of the dermal cortex is composed of tangential tri-
radiates arranged in a few layers. Their basal ray is in most cases
pointed toward the sponge base. The large oxea which occur
thickly in vertical disposition in the sponge wall project out on the
dermal surface. Microxea are found in two kinds on the dermal
surface; the smaller kind is thinly scattered all over the surface in
tangential disposition, while the larger kind is grouped into small
tufts which project externally in association with large oxea. The
skeleton of the chamber layer consists of quadriradiates of various
sizes. Though seemingly irregularly scattered, the majority of
them have basal rays directed centrifugally, thus presenting a trace
of the articulate character. The gastral skeleton is very thin, being
made up of quadriradiates, the apical ray of which projects into ex-
halant canals or into the gastral cavity. The skeleton of the oscular
margin is composed of large oxea, microxea, triradiates and quad-
riradiates. The large oxea are longitudinally placed, paralled with
the basal rays of tri- and quadriradiates. The microxea are thinly
scattered on the outer surface. The tri- and quadriradiates have
very strongly divergent paired rays which stand nearly at right
angles to the basal ray.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates (a) slightly sagittal, with rays
sharply pointed and lying in the same plane. Basal ray nearly
straight, usually slightly shorter and broader than paired rays,
250-400u long and 20-24 thick at base. Paired rays equal or slightly
differentiated in length, slightly curved forewards at base and
nearly straight or slightly curved in the remaining parts, 270-4402
long and 16-20, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of chamber layer (6) slightly sagittal. All rays
nearly equally thick and sharply pointed. Basal ray straight,
300-450n long and 32, thick at base. Paired rays slightly curved
forewards at base and nearly straight or slightly curved backwards
in the remaining parts, more or less irregular in outline, 300-450p
long and 32 thick at base. Apical ray much shorter than facial
rays, slightly curved.

no. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 553

Gastral quadriradiates (¢) slightly sagittal, with slender, straight,
and sharply pointed rays. Basal ray slightly shorter but not thinner
than paired rays, 170-330 long and 24-28, thick at base. Paired
rays widely divergent, 210-440,» long and 20-24, thick at base. Apical
ray thinner and shorter than facial rays, 150-170 long and 16, thick
at base.

Triradiates of oscular margin (d) very strongly sagittal. Rays
nearly equally thick. Basal ray longer than paired rays, 330-500»

Fic. 11.—LEUCANDBA SPLENDENS. 4, DERMAL TRIRADIATE. 0, QUADRIRADIATE OF CHAM-
BER LAYER. C, GASTRAL QUADRIRADIATE. d, TRIRADIATH OF OSCULAR MARGIN. f, LARGER
MICROXEA. g, SMALLER MICROXEA. All X100. 4

long and 20-24 thick at base. Paired rays strongly diverging,

slightly curved backwards or nearly straight, 270-400y long.
Quadriradiates of oscular margin (e) very strongly sagittal,

slender-rayed. Basal ray straight, sharply pointed, 190-570» long
and 16-24» thick at base. Paired rays nearly as thick as basal ray

but slightly shorter, slightly curved, strongly diverging, 160-400,

long and 12-16p thick at base. Apical ray very short, slightly curved,

and finely pointed.

Large oxea of body surface slender, nearly straight, nearly uni-
formly thick in the middle greater parts and sharply pointed at both
ends, up to 8 mm. or more long and 20-40» thick in the middle.

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The larger microxea (f) slender, more or less angularly curved,
sharply pointed at proximal end, and provided with lance-head at
distal end, 180-400,» long and 6-8» thick in the middle.

The smaller microxea (g) very short, straight, or slightly curved,
provided with lance-head, 60-804 long and 6-8, thick in the middle.

Locality Off Cape Monati, Bering Island, Comandorski Islands
(Station 4790, 64 fathoms; Station 4792, 72 fathoms).

Remarks—The other two specimens (Cat. Nos. 9176 and 9177,
U.S.N.M.) on hand are much larger than the type-specimen. One
of them (pl. 85, fig. 13) is of an elongate ovoid shape, measuring
about 60 mm. in length and 35 mm. in greatest breadth. The oscu-
lum is irregularly circular, with a diameter of about 8 mm. The
dermal surface is uneven and moreover strongly hispid, due to pro-
jecting tufts of large oxea. The sponge wall is thickest in the basal
parts (about 10 mm. thick) and becomes gradually thinner toward
the oscular margin. The gastral surface is perforated by numerous
circular or oval apertures of exhalant canals, up to 3 mm. in diameter.

The second specimen agrees well with the first in both external
and internal features. Plate 85, figure 14, represents a portion of it,
as seen from the gastral surface. In this specimen, the hispidity of
dermal surface as well as the oscular fringe are very weakly repre-
sented. The wall measures about 8 mm. in greatest thickness.

With regard to the microscopical structure of the above two speci-
mens, there is an essential agreement with the type-specimen, though
not without some points of deviation in their spiculation which re-
quire special mentioning. In both of them, the dermal triradiates,
the quadriradiates of chamber layer, and the large oxea are found
in dimensions on the whole somewhat larger than in the type-
specimen. In addition to the quadriradiates, there may occur in the
chamber layer a small number of similar triradiates. The microxea
are found in greater abundance than in the type-specimen. They
can not be distinguished into the larger and the smaller form so
readily as in the latter.

13. LEUCOPSILA STYLIFERA (0. Schmidt).

Plate 85, figs. 15, 16.

Leucowiut stilifera O, Scuipt, Atlant. Spong., 1870, p. 78, pl. 2, fig. 24.
Leuconia stilifera HAECKEL, Prodromus., 1870, p. 247.
Leucandra stilifera HAarckrer, Kalkschwimme, 1872, p. 225, pl. 33, figs.
4a-—4f ; pl. 40, fig. 11.
Leucopsila stylifera DENDY and Row, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1913, p. 776.
There exist five specimens of the species in the collection (Cat.
Nos. 9169, 9174, 9175, 9179, U.S.N.M.). They are either tubular
solitary individuals or irregular colonies consisting of a few per-
sons broadly connected together and indicated by the several
oscula present. The largest specimen (pl. 85, fig. 15), upon

No. 2247. SPONGES FROM NORTHWESTERN PACIFIC—HOZAWA. 555

which I base the further description, was obtained off Cape Monati,
. Bering Island (station 4792). It is a solitary person of an irregu-
larly bent and strongly laterally compressed tubular shape. The
osculum at the upper end is surrounded by a thin undulating oscular
margin. The narrowed inferior parts of the body are provided
with a number of irregularly shaped processes for attachment.
Total length of body about 140 mm., greatest breadth about 30 mm.,
and the wall about 3 mm. thick. ‘The dermal surface is nearly quite
smooth. The gastral surface is also smooth, though not even, being
perforated by exhalent apertures of varying size (50»-303 mm.
wide). The dermal surface appears white, and the chamber layer
also the gastral surface grayish. The dermal cortex is rigid and
elastic, and may easily be sparated from the chamber layer, which
is very soft.

Structure.—The canal system is of the leuconoid type. The cham-
ber layer is strongly lacunar, being traversed by well-developed
inhalent and exhalent canals. Between these canals are thickly
packed together the ovoid or spherical flagellate chambers of 60-
100 diameter. The exhalant canals unite into tolerably wide trunks
which open into the gastral cavity. The latter is rather narrow.

~The dermal skeleton is well developed, composed as it is of tan-
gential triradiates and microxea. The triradiates are arranged in
several layers with basal rays directed downward. The microxea are
very closely set all over the dermal surface but leaving meshlike
pores of inhalent canals measuring 50-100» across. The skeleton
of the chamber layer is made up of a confused mass of microxea
and of very large quadriradiates irregularly scattered among the
former. The gastral skeleton is formed solely of microxia disposed
in a dense Jayer; only occasionally the quadriradiates of the chamber
layer join the gastral skeleton with their apical rays which project
into the gastral cavity. The oscular fringe is supported by irregu-
larly and closely set microxea and triradiates, with an admixture of
oxea occasionally occurring in longitudinal disposition.

Spicules—Dermal triradiates sagittal. Rays nearly equally thick,
straight, sharply pointed, lying in the same plane. Basal ray dis-
tinctly shorter than paired rays which are strongly divergent.
Basal ray 450-950 long and 50-70, thick at base.

Quadriradiates of chamber layer sagittal, very large, variable in
size, with rays of nearly equal thickness and slightly irregular out-
line. Basal ray straight, shorter than paired rays, 9.8-1.27 mm.
long and 100-150, thick at base. Paired rays usually equal, some-
times unequal, either curved simply forewards or showing double
curvature, in the latter case curved distinctly forewards in the prox-
imal parts and slightly backwards in the distal parts, 0.9-2 mm.
long and 100-150, thick at base. Apical ray shorter than basal ray,
straight or slightly curved, 350-850 long and 100-150, thick at base.

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Microxea slightly curved in an S-like manner. Its thinner end
sharply pointed, the broader end forming a more or less sharply
pointed head marked off by a nodiform ring.

Oxea of oscular margin slender, nearly straight. A small example
of the spicule measured 4 mm. or over in length and 4 in thickness.

Localities —Greenland (O. Schmidt, Haeckel) ; off Cape Monati,
Bering Island, Comandorski Islands (Station 4790, 64 fathoms;
Station 4792, 72 fathoms) ; off Cape Rollin, Simushir Island, Kuriles
(Station 4803, 229 fathoms).

Remarks.——Of the remaining specimens on hand of the species,
I may call attention to the one from Station 4790, which is shown
in plate 85, figure 16. In it the oscular oxea are more numerously
present than in the type. They are broadest near the inner end,
which is simply sharply pointed; the outer end forms a lance-head
similar to that of microxea. They are 0.6-3 mm. or more long and

15-20p thick.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 84.

Fic. 1. Leucosolenia albatrossi, new species. A portion of the type-Sspecimen,

natural size. Station 4788.

2. Leucosolenia canariensis (Michlucho-Maclay). Station 4789. Natura!
size.

3. Leucandra tuba, new species. The type-specimen, natural size. Sta-
tion 4877.

4. Leucandra poculiformis, new species. The type-specimen, natural size.
Station 4777.

5. Leucandra foliata, new species. The type-specimen, natural size. Sta-
tion 4894.

6. Sycon simushirensis, new species. The type-specimen. X2. Sta-
tion 4803.

7. Heteropia medioarticulata, new species. The type-specimen, naturak
size. Station 5017.

8. Grantia nipponica, new species. The type-specimen, natural size. Sta-
tion 4822.

PLATE 85.

9. Grantia beringiana, new species. The type-specimen, natural size.
Station 4788. :

10. Achramorpha diomediae, new species. The type-specimen. X2. Sta-
tion 4808.

11. Leucandra kurilensis, new species. The type-specimen, natural size.
Station 4808.

12. Leucandra splendens, new species, The type-specimen, natural size.
Station 4790.

13. Leucandra splendens, new species. One of the specimens from Station
4792, natural size.

14. Leucandra splendens, new species. A portion of another specimen from
Station 4792, natural size, to show the gastral surface.

15. Leucopsila stylifera (O. Schmidt). A specimen from Station 4792,
natural size.

16. Leucopsila stylifera (O. Schmidt). A specimen from Station 4790,
natural size.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 84

New NorTH PACIFIC CALCAREOUS SPONGES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 556

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 85

NEw NorTH PACIFIC CALCAREOUS SPONGES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 556

7 = i ie" es 14
4 a =

' tal = .

g + 2 aay
6 ie =

bane)
Wo le ye A oe

—

*
- an

ON THE FAYETTE COUNTY, TEXAS, METEORITE FINDS
OF 1878 AND 1900 AND THE PROBABILITY OF THEIR
REPRESENTING TWO DISTINCT FALLS.

By Georce P. Merritt,
Head Curator, Department of Geology, United States National Museum.

Under date of February 10, 1900, Prof. O. C. Charlton, then of
Baylor University, Waco, Texas, sent me two chips of a stony meteor-
ite, concerning the exact nature of which he was in doubt, but which
were brought to him by a Mr. C. L. Melcher, of Swiss Alp, Fayette
County, in that State. Subsequent correspondence developed the
fact that three stones had been found by Mr. Melcher, weighing,
respectively, 16 pounds 9} ounces, 12 pounds 34 ounces, and 2 pounds
12 ounces. The meteoric nature of the material was easily estab-
lished, and from the locality where found, color, general texture, and
other features of the stones, which were badly oxidized exteriorly, it
was assumed by me, as well as by others, that they were a part of
the Fayette County (Bluff) stone found in 1878 and described by
Whitfield and Merrill in the American Journal of Science for
August, 1888. The largest, nearly complete individual of this (1900)
find passed immediately into the hands of H. A. Ward and is the
8,619-gram mass figured on plate 64 of Farrington’s catalogue of
1916. A 38,186-gram piece, approximately one-half of the 12-pound
individual, is in the collection of the United States National Museum,
and the remainder is or was in the cabinet of the university at Waco.

As stated above, the identity of the find of 1900 with that of 1878
was unquestioned at the time, and has apparently remained so until
the present day. I, at least, had no occasion to doubt until a short
time ago when examining a number of thin sections in connection
with the occurrence of the problematic phosphate, concerning which
I have prepared sundry papers.1_ That the two finds are not identical
but must be regarded as two distinct falls will, I think, be apparent
from the descriptions below.

1See On the Calcium Phosphate in Meteoric Stones, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 43, 1917,
pp. 322-324.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2248.
557

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Concerning the stone of 1878, little more need be added to what
is given in the paper referred to above. A broken surface shows
a dense, dark-brown stone, very indistinctly chondritic and with
none of the mineral constituents determinable by the unaided eye.
A freshly polished surface is of a greenish-gray cast and shows
abundant flecks of metal, but the chondritic structure still remains
obscure (see fig. 1, pl. 86). On going over the sections a second
time I find the colorless interstitial mineral full of gas cavities,
referred to in my paper of 1888, and concerning the nature of which
I was then in doubt, to be a calcium phos-
phate occurring in the characteristic, irregu-
lar forms (see text-fig. 1). It differs some-
what from other occurrences which I have
described in that it shows a somewhat higher
relief in the section and is rendered actually
clouded by the abundance of empty, irregular

cavities. Its phosphatic nature has been de-
MiG. Te Cuandcrentneron’ termined beyond doubt by microchemical tests.

BLUFF, FAYETTE COUNTY, The first chips forwarded of the stone found

Ree Sree oee in 1900 differed but little in macroscopic ap-

DIETS: pearance from the above, being dark brown-
ish in color with no distinctive structural features, though in thin
section the chondritic structure is much more pronounced (see fig.
2, pl. 86). The most striking difference lies in the physical condi-
tion of the two prevailing silicates, the olivine and enstatite. In
the stone of 1878 they are so filled with dust-like particles as to be
dull and cloudy, while in that of 1900 they are clear and pellucid.
The difference may be compared with that so frequently found
between the feldspars of some of our older granites and those of the
more recent effusive rocks. Further, the ground of the stone of
1900 is doubtfully crystalline. Indeed, I am disposed to consider
it fragmental, and to class the stone, following Brezina, as a veined
spherulitic chondrite (Cca). An equally distinctive feature, how-
ever, lies in the fact that in the slides of the 1900 stone I find numer-
ous chondrules composed wholly of the polysynthetically twinned
pyroxene, none of which appear in any of the slides examined of
the 1878 find. The calcium phosphate occurs here also, but in clear,
limpid forms lacking the cavities so conspicuous in the other. Both
stones are veined, though in the find of 1900 the vein filling seems
less dense and the included silicate fragments more angular and
otherwise less altered.

An interesting feature brought out by a cross section and shown
in plate 87 is the peculiarly pitted character of the interior of the

no. 2248. FAYETTE COUNTY, TEXAS, METHEORITE—MERRILL. 559

mass in contrast with the more compact exterior portion and that bor-
dering on the fracture lines or veinlets which traverse it in various
directions. All around the margin, for a width varying from 1 to 2
centimeters, is a zone of oxidation projecting irregularly inward, and
within which the stone is firm and compact, acquiring a smooth,
Justrous surface, and with abundant small, metallic points, mainly
of troilite. Each of the veinlets has a similar border varying in
width up to 10 millimeters. The areas between the boundary. zone
and the emargined veins are relatively poor in metallic constituents,
and filled with numerous very irregular, minute cavities. The cause
of these pittings can not be satisfactorily explained. They are too
numerous and too large to have been occupied by metal, in which,
in fact, the stone is poor, and indeed it would seem impossible that
the metal could have been removed without the sulphide also suffer-
ing to a greater or jess extent. Neither can they be due to the partial
removal of the sulphide, since this mineral remains fresh and un-
altered in the outer zones and those bordering the veins, where it
would most likely be attacked. Except on the immediate weathered
surface this constituent remains quite untouched. The thought sug-
_ gests itself that the cavities may have been filled originally by
lawrencite, but the presence of so large a quantity of this mineral
must certainly have resulted in the complete destruction of the stone
when exposed to a terrestrial atmosphere. The veinlets, it may be
said, are filled by disconnected stringers of metal, sulphide, carbo-
naceous matter, and secondary iron oxide. In the slice figured there
is relatively a large amount of troilite as compared with nickel iron,
while in the Bluff stone of 1878 the reverse is true. In a section from
a chip of the mass in the Field Museum, which Doctor Farrington
has kindly furnished, this does not hold true, however.

It remains to be noted that the 3,136-gram individual of the 1900
stone is more deeply oxidized than that of 1878, which may perhaps
mean that it has been longer exposed to terrestrial weathering and
inferentially belong to an earlier fall.

The relative positions of the various finds of 1878 and 1900 are
shown in the accompanying chart (p. 560) prepared by Mr. Melcher
in 1900, but which reached my hands from Professor Charlton only
a few days ago. Nos. 1, 2, and 3 on the Knape, Strobel, and Sanders
tract represent the localities of the finds of 1900. No. 4 is the 1878
stone brought by Hensolt to New York, sold to Ward, and described
by Whitfield and myself in 1888 under the name of Fayette (after-
wards changed to Bluff) County. It will be noted it is somewhat out
of line with the other three. The distance between Nos. 1 and 3 on
Mr. Melcher’s drawings is given as about 24 miles, and 1 mile from
2 to 4.

VOL. 54.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

560

SQNV1 1OOHDS “09 ALLAAVA 40 dv

LOVUL YSONVS
€

avou AAN1V NOLONIHS VM 2 7

(eens
et
LDSVYL SdVNM

z Gvou_ . A311V NIOONIT

avouw ~ ASTIV QNV1 “IOOHDS 1S1

; }

DSYNENAINHDS —ZONVHED VI

¥3133d

2
7
AWULTASOULS

8Z8l 40 GNIS
LOIVYL MASONIVY

No. 2248. FAYETTE COUNTY, TEXAS, METEORITE—MERRILL. 561

The differences between the finds of 1878 and 1900, as I have
pointed them out, are in my opinion amply sufficient to warrant their
being considered distinct falls. The question of what this 1900 find
shall be called is a troublesome one. The name La Grange would
be appropriate, but that it has been given to an iron from Oldham
County, Kentucky. That of Swiss Alp, Mr. Melcher’s post-office
address, is unfortunately geographically misleading. It is sug-
gested, therefore, that the stone of 1900 be known as the Cedar,
Fayette County stone, Cedar being the name of a small village a
little to the southwest of Bluff.

3348—19—Proe.N.M.vol.54——87

aes

<3 ‘ ates :
oo — ¢ <
a As See.

ey an

&
}
*
;
ee |
ie
|
7
'

Sd ee ee

nll eO Pp Ry. teams,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 86

THE FAYETTE COUNTY, TEXAS, METEORITE

FOR DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 558

)

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 87

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

POLISHED SLICE OF THE CEDAR, FAYETTE COUNTY, TEXAS, METEORIC
STONE, ABOUT TWO-THIRDS NATURAL SIZE

The polished surface shows a dark, compact margin thickly studded with particles of troi-
lite and some nickel iron (white in the figure). The veins, or properly the cracks, cutting
across the surface are emargined by like narrow, compact borders carrying the same con-
stituents. The intermediate gray portions are full of pits or cavities, also showing in
white, which at first sight seemingly result from the removal of the metal and metallic
sulphide. (See p. 558.)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 558

DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES ON SOME ICHNEUMON-
FLIES FROM JAVA.

By S. A. Rouwer,
Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

This paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of Forest
Insects, Bureau of Entomology, contains the descriptions of 10 new
species of Ichneumon-flies submitted for determination by Dr.
K. W. Dammerman. All of the species have been reared. The
types of all of them are in the United States National Museum.

In the descriptions the term “ reclivous nervellus” is used in place
of “nervellus postfurcal,” as understood by Thomson and others.

Genus ERIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck.

The three species described below seem to belong to Hripternimor-
pha Viereck. This is especially true of the first species, which is
closely allied to the genotype of Viereck’s genus. They resemble each
other in being black and in having the metathorax and legs emiestly)
red, but they may be separated by the following key:

Wings unicolorous; the third and apical half of the second tergite rufous

Scirpophagae.

Wings with a cloud below the stigma; second and third tergites black, the
second withuthe posterior margin’ white-22- 2.0 ls ee eee 1,
PMCS COLL ILE se ULOUG se ne se a ane Ee eens I See BS Bee ee javensis.
HITS GALES te sla Che sateen ys Sees eS I ee eee dammerman.

ERIPTERNIMORPHA SCIRPOPHAGAE, new species.

Closely allied to H'ripternimorpha schoenobii Viereck, but the in-
termediate coxae are red instead of black, the postpetiole is broader
and has a median longituinal depression and the second tergite is
much wider posteriorly than long (not with the length and apical
width subequal).

Female.—Length, 9 mm. Body opaque, closely, finely granular;
clypeus not separated from the face by a distinct suture, the apical
margin truncate; the area between the eyes distinctly longer than
wide; antennae filiform without an annulus, the third and fourth

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2249.
568

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

joints subequal; notauli well defined, practically complete; scutellum
flat, not margined, shining, sparsely punctured; propodeum long
with a transverse carina before the middle and an irregular carina
defining the petiolar area; propodeal spiracles slitlike; nervellus
reclivous; nervulus interstitial; second intercubitus nearly obliter-
ated; the areolet trapezcidal; recurrent somewhat before the first
intercubitus; first tergite with the dorsal carina extending nearly to
the middle, the lateral carinae complete but poorly defined basally ;
the first tergite shining, with irregular, scattered punctures along
the posterior margin, twice as wide posteriorly as anteriorly; the
second tergite gradually widening posteriorly so it is twice as wide
on the posterior margin as on the anterior margin; legs robust;
ovipositor a little less than one-half as long as abdomen. Black;
propodeum, metapleurae, the posterior part of mesepisternum, the
first tergite, apical half of the second and entire third tergite rufous;
the apical half of the seventh tergite white; legs rufous; trochanters,
anterior and intermediate tarsi black; posterior legs wanting beyond
coxae; face and mesosternum with dense white hair; thorax above
with sparser white hair; wings uniformly subhyaline, venation dark
brown.

Type-locality—Cheribon, Java.

Described from one female which was reared from a pupa of
Scirpophaga sericea, February, 1918, by K. W. Dammerman.

Type.—Cat. No, 21494, U.S.N.M.

ERIPTERNIMORPHA JAVENSIS, new species.

Female—Length, 9 mm. Body subopaque, finely, closely granular ;
apical margin of clypeus truncate; clypeus sharply defined laterally
by elongate supraclypeal foveae, not defined in the dorsal middle;
face with close, well-defined punctures; antennal foveae deeply de-
pressed, not carinate above, shining, transversely striate; area be-
tween the eyes much longer than wide; frons shining, with well-
defined but close punctures; the posterior part of the propodeum
striato-punctate; notauli well defined by feebly foveolate furrows;
mesonotum shining, sparsely punctured; scutellum flat, not margined
laterally ; propodeum long with a transverse carina near the base and
with only a feebly indicated carina defining the petiolar area; the
area before the first transverse carina shining, propodeal spiracle
short oval; first tergite shining sparsely punctured, lateral carinae
complete, the dorsal carinae extending to the spiracle; second tergite
distinctly longer than the posterior width, widening to the middle.
and then becoming parallel-sided; its posterior width twice as great
as anterior width; ovipositor a little more than half as long as abdo-
men; nervulus slightly post-furcal; areolet large, pentagonal; second
recurrent slightly beyond the middle; nervellus strongly reclivous,

NO. 2249. ICHNEUMON-FLIES FROM JAVA—ROHWER. 565

broken above the middle. Black; antennae with a broad white dorsal
semiannulus; thorax posterior to a line drawn tangent to the anterior
margin of the scutellum, the propodeum and the first tergite rufous;
legs rufous; apical margin of the second, sixth, and seventh tergites
white; the trochanters, four anterior femora above, four anterior
tibiae beneath, posterior tibiae entirely and all of the tarsi brown;
wings hyaline, a large brownish spot below the stigma; venation dark
brown.

Type-locality.—Pasoerocan, Java.

Described from one female reared from the pupa of Sctropophaga
intacta Snellen by J. van der Goot.

Type.—Cat. No. 21495, U.S.N.M.

ERIPTERNIMORPHA DAMMERMANI, new species.

Female.—Length, 10 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus trun-
cate sharply separated laterally by the supraclypeal foveae, but not
separated on the dorsal middle, its surface shining, with distinct
punctures basally but impunctate apically; face with close, well-
defined punctures; frons sparsely punctured; area between the eyes
longer than wide; antennal foveae deep, carinate above, shining, with
the surface transversely striate; mesoscutum shining, with close punc-
tures; notauli well defined, complete; posterior and lateral part of
the pronotum irregularly striato-reticulate; upper part of mese-
pisternum sparsely coriaceous; scutellum flat, shining, almost without
punctures, not margined laterally; propodeum long, basal carina
poorly defined and with no carina defining the petiolar area; the area
in the basal middle shining; spiracles short oval; first tergite shin-
ing, impunctate, lateral carina complete, the dorsal carinae extend-
ing half way beyond the spiracles; second tergite closely punctured
on a dull surface, somewhat longer than the posterior width, oblique,
anteriorly, parallel-sided beyond the middle, the posterior width a
little more than half the basal width; ovipositor about half the length
of the abdomen; nervellus reclivous, broken well above the middle;
nervulus interstitial, areolet pentagonal; recurrent at about the mid-
dle. Black; antennae with a narrow, white, semiannulus beneath;
the thorax beyond a line drawn tangent to the anterior margin of the
scutellum and the propodeum rufous; abdomen black; the apical
margin of the first, second, and seventh tergites and a lateral spot on
the apical margin of the third white; legs rufous; the anterior pair
mostly brownish; the intermediate trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi
brown; posterior trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi black; calearia white;
wings hyaline, with a large brown cloud below the stigma; venation
dark brown.

Type-locality —Cheribon, Java.

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54,

Described from one female reared from the pupa of Scirpophaga
sericea, July, 1912, by K. W. Dammerman, for whom this species is
named.

Type.—Cat. No. 21496, U.S.N.M.

ECHTHROMORPHA NOTULATORIA (Fabricius).

One male from Poerwakarta, J: ». Reared in May, 1911, from
the pupa of Ocinara signifera by K. W. Dammerman.

Morley (Fauna Brit. India Hym., vol 3, p. 100) considers Pimpla
continua Brullé a synonym of this.

THERONIA ZEBRA (Vollenhaven).

One female, Buitensong, Java. Reared from pupa of Cricula tri-
fenestrata, May, 1911, by Dr. K. W. Dammerman.

APANTELES (PROTAPANTELES) BATAVIENSIS, new species.

Female and male-——Compared with the type of Protapanteles cole-
mani Viereck, the following are the only differences noted: The ver-
tex is shining; the scape and flagellum are yellowish-brown beneath.
The black abdomen and coxae readily distinguish it from creatonoti
Viereck.

Type-locality.— Batavia, Java.

Described from many specimens reared from the larva of Odonestis
plagifera by S. Leefmans and presented to the United States Na-
tional Museum by K. W. Dammerman.

Type.—Cat. No. 21492, U.S.N.M.

Were it not for the difference in host and locality I would hesitate
to consider this different from colemani, as the differences are so mi-
nute. These differences are constant for the series examined.

APANTELES BELIPPAE, new species.

The smooth shining thorax and longer ovipositor will readily sep-
arate this from Apanteles creatonoti Viereck.

Female—Length, 2.75 mm. Supraclypeal foveae small, deep,
punctiform; face shining, with a few irregularly defined punctures
below the antennae; vertex and posterior orbits shining and impunc-
tate; ocelli in a low triangle; postocellar line slightly shorter than
the ocellocular line; posterior orbits not narrowing posteriorly, their
width subequal with the cephalo-caudad diameter of the eye; mesos-
cutum shining, with only a few setigerous punctures; the suture in
front of the scutellum opaque below with close punctuation and with
a narrow median ruga; scutellum shining, impunctate, depressed lat-
eral areas oqaque; metanotum with a U-shaped median area; propo-
deum shining, impunctate; first tergal plate slightly narrower pos-
teriorly, nearly twice as long as its anterior width; second tergal
plate trapezoidal in outline, its posterior width a little less than its

NO. 2249, ICHNEUMON-FLIES FROM JAVA—ROHWER. 567

length; the third tergal plate triangular in outline, the anterior width
greater than its length; the entire abdomen shining, without sculp-
ture; ovipositor nearly half as long as the abdomen. Black; the
legs except the posterior trochanters and apices of the posterior ti-
biae, bright yellow; sides of the first three tergites and all of the
sternites yellow; wings hyaline, iridescent, costa and stigma dark
brown, the rest of the venation pale brown. :
Male.—Length 2mm. The male agrees very well with the female.
Type-locality.—_Bandoeng, Java.
Described from 29 females (one, type) and 5 males (one, allotype)
reared from the larva of Belippa ohor by K. W. Dammerman.
Type.—Cat. No. 21507, U.S.N.M.

APANTELES JAVENSIS, new species.

This species differs from plusiae Viereck, which it resembles, by
having the first tergal plate smoother and more rounded apially and
by the sparse punctures on the mesoscutum.

Female——Length, 2mm. The area between the eyes much broader
than the length of the eye; face opaque, with irregular punctures;
inner margins of the eyes nearly parallel; eyes hairy; frons, vertex,
and posterior orbits with close, rather well-defined punctures; ocelli
in a curved line; postocellar line subequal with the ocellocular line;
posterior orbits narrowing posteriorly, subequal in width to the
cephalo-caudad diameter of the eye; mesoscutum opaque, with close,
sometimes confluent punctures; the suture in front of the scutellum
plain; scutellum smooth and shining, the lateral depressed area
foveolate; propodeum shining, with two median carinae which con-
verge posteriorly; first tergal plate narrowing somewhat behind the
middle, anterior width slightly less than its length; second tergal
plate trapezoidal in outline, anterior width nearly twice as great as
the length; third tergite normal; all of the abdomen shining, smooth;
ovipositor about one-third the length of the abdomen. Black; tegu-
lae, anterior femora except at base above, anterior tibiae and tarsi,
intermediate femora beneath apically, intermediate tibiae and tarsi,
basal half of the posterior tarsi and a narrow ring at base of the tar-
sal joints, white; wings clear hyaline, iridescent, venation yellowish
brown.

Type-locality—Buitenzorg, Java.

Described from 24 females (one, type) reared from the larva of
Hesperia conjuncta, October, 1911, by K. W. Dammerman under his
number 253.1.

Type.—Cat. No. 21506, U.S.N.M.

AMYOSOMA LEUZERAE, new species.

This species is very like the genotype Amyosoma chilomis Viereck,
but it is slightly larger and darker, the front legs are black and the

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

ovipositor is longer than the abdomen. It is probably very closely
allied to, if not the same as, the Braconid figured on plate 16, figure
3, by van Deventer, Handboek ten dientse van de Suikerriet-Cultur
on de Rutsuiker-Fabricage op Java, 1906.

Female.—Length, 4 mm.; length of ovipositor, 2 mm. Eyes
slightly converging below, the distance between them at the vertex
subequal with the length of the eye; clypeus finely granular, the rest
of the head smooth, shining; ocelli in nearly an equilateral triangle;
postocellar orbits sharply narrowing posteriorly, about half as wide
as the cephalo-caudad diameter of the eye; thorax shining, without
sculpture; the suture in front of the scutellum plain; first tergal plate
about three times as long as its posterior width, nearly parallel-sided,
anteriorly with two raised lines which diverge posteriorly; second
tergal plate triangular in outline; the entire abdomen smooth and
without sculpture, nervulus interstitial; recurrent interstitial; first
abscissa of the radius slightly less than the first intercubitus, the sec-
ond abscissa subequal in length to the first abscissa of the cubitus;
radius leaving the stigma distinctly before the middle; legs normal.
Black the entire mesothorax and lateral margins of the pronotum
rufo-piceous; the sides of the first tergites white; body with sparse
rather long gray hair; wings hyaline, iridescent, venation dark
brown.

Type-locality—Ambarawa, Java.

Described from three females (one, type) reared from the larva of
Zeuzera coffeae, August, 1918, by K. W. Dammerman, under his
number 389.

Type.—Cat. No. 21508, U.S.N.M.

PLATYBRACON JAVENSIS, new species.

Judging from descriptions this seems close to Platybracon carini-
ceps Cameron, yet it does not agree sufficiently well with his descrip-
tion to be considered that species. It is the second species known
from Java.

Male—Length, 6 mm. Face with a median nearly quadrate de-
pression; a distinct carina from anterior ocellus to between bases of
antennae, head somewhat narrowing behind eyes; posterior orbits
as broad as cephalo-caudad diameter of eyes; head and thorax
shining without sculpture; first tergal plate nearly parallel-sided, a
little more than twice as long as apical width, its surface with ir-
regular raised lines; second, third, and fourth tergites irregularly,
longitudinally striate; the suture between the second and third
crenulate; recurrent antefurcal by about one-third the length of the
first intercubitus; second cubital cell quadrangular, about one-third
longer than the first abscissa of cubitus; nervulus interstitial. En-
tirely reddish yellow; interocellar area and scape blackish; flagellum
brownish; wings yellowish hyaline nearly to basal, beyond that

NO. 2249. ICHNEUMON-FLIES FROM JAVA—ROHWER. 569

brownish; along the anterior margin of first abscissa of cubitus and
basal margin of second discoidal clear hyaline; venation the color of
wing; stigma yellow basally, black apically.

Cocoon.—9.5 mm. by 4.5 mm. by 1 mm. Thin brownish, papery;
single walled; parallel-sided with the ends rounded; flat, of uniform
thickness throughout.

Ty pe-locality—Cheribon, Java.

Described from one male reared from a cocoon collected under
bark and believed to be parasitic on Chrysobotheris sexnotatus.
Reared by K. W. Dammerman under his number 396.

Type.—Cat. No. 21504, U.S.N.M.

ONCOPHANES HESPERIDIS, new species.

In Szepligeti’s key? this space runs to the genus Clinocentrus
Haliday. In Ashmead’s key? it agrees better with Oncophanes, but
even here the venation is somewhat at variance with the characters
given. In habitus and abdominal structure it is more like Onco-
phanes, and it seems to congeneric with O. lawnceolator Nees, even
though the venation is different.

Female.—Length, 2.75 mm.; length of ovipositor, .75 mm. Head
shining, polished, distinctly narrowing behind the eyes; eyes large,
subreniform, and slightly converging below; antennae with more
than 30 joints; ocelli in nearly an equilateral triangle; thorax shin-
ing; prescutum with a median depression; suture in front of the
scutellum with a few poorly defined rugae; propodeum with a me-
dian longitudinal carina, which becomes forked posteriorly; the
area along this carina and the posterior face irregularly reticulate;
first tergite short, the posterior width as great as the length, sharply
margined laterally, its surface rather uniformly finely striate, with
two carinae near the middle more prominent; second tergite fully
one and two-thirds times as wide as long, shining without sculpture;
the following tergites without sculpture, soft; ovipositor not half
as long as abdomen; nervulus postfurcal by nearly its length; re-
current received in first cubital well before the intercubitus; first
abscissa of radius two-thirds the length of first intercubitus; second
abscissa of radius fully one and one-half times as long as the first in-
tercubitus. Uniformly reddish-yellow; interocellar area and sheaths,
brown, wings hyaline; venation pale brown.

In one paratype the tergites are brownish.

Type-locality.—Buitenzorg, Java.

Described from three females reared from a Hesperid larva, Feb-
ruary, 1916, by K. W. Dammerman.

Type.—Cat. 21503, U.S.N.M.

1 Genera Insectorum, fas. 22, 1904, p. 76.
2Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 142.

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

HORMIOPTERUS CHOENOBIVORUS, new species.

The sculpture of the second tergite readily differentiates this spe-
cies from all other species of this genus, which are in the United
States National Museum collection. This is the first species of this
genus from the East Indies and does not seem to be closely allied to
any of the described forms.

Female.—Length, 3.5 mm. Length of ovipositor, 1.25 mm. Face
shining, practically without sculpture, the lateral margin with a
number of long, pale hairs; frons irregular reticulate; vertex and
posterior orbits shining, very finely granular; ocelli arranged in
nearly an equilateral triangle; mesocutum and prescutum opaque,
closely granular; notauli complete and without distinct foveolations;
prescutum posteriorly and the scutum on the posterior middle with
a few large irregular punctures; the suture in front of the scutellum
with a few rugae; scutellum opaque; propodeum granular, the mid-
dle areas somewhat shining, the posterior face coarsely reticulate, the
carinae sharply defined, the median one two-thirds the length of
the lateral ones, due to the deep V made by the transverse carinae;
abdomen shining, the first, second, and third segments with regular
well-defined longitudinal striae, the base of the fourth segment with a
few irregular striae, the apical margin of the second and third nar-
rowly, most of the fourth and all of the following smooth and without
sculpture; the second tergite with a median more more or less lens-
shaped area defined by foveolate furrows (this area is not quite as
heavily striate); radius leaving the stigma at the middle; first
abscissa one-fifth shorter than the first intercubitus; second abscissa
but very little shorter than the first intercubitus; recurrent slightly
beyond first intercubitus. Brownish yellow; head posteriorly and
dorsally, mesoscutum, prescutum, and propodeum (medianly) brown-
ish; legs pale yellow; wings hyaline, iridescent, venation including
the stigma yellowish.

Type-locality.—Buitenzorg, Java.

Described from one female reared from pupa of Choenobius bi-
punctifera by K. W. Dammerman under his number 417.

Type—Cat. No. 21501, U.S.N.M.

NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM PANAMA.

By Pau Bartscu,

Curator, Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum.

The United States National Museum has for a number of years
been receiving mollusks collected by Mr. James Zetek in Panama.
Most of these, however, have represented the larger, well-known
species. It has been only recently that he has given attention to the
securing of minute forms, among which no less than eight new
species were discovered: Three E'pitoniwms,1 which have already
appeared in a paper by Dr. W. H. Dall,? and the five mollusks
described in the present paper.

In addition to these there are fragments of several other species,
which appear to belong to undescribed forms, diagnoses of which
will be postponed until better material comes to hand.

CYLICHNELLA ZETEKI, new species.

Plate 88, fig. 4.

Shell small, thin, semitranslucent, bluish-white, or in dead shells
cream-yellow. The early whorls always covered by the succeeding
turns, so that in adult shells the last turn only is visible. Apex with
a shallow umbilicus about one-fifth the diameter of the shell. Sur-
face of the shell marked by slender lines of growth and very numer-
ous, exceedingly fine, and exceedingly closely spaced spiral striations.
In addition to this there are 12 strongly incised spiral grooves, which
are subequal and subequally spaced and situated on the anterior two-
fifths of the shell, and four incised spiral lines of similar spacing
and similar strength situated on the posterior fifth of the shell.
Aperture pyriform anteriorly, then forming a slender channel, which
is almost of equal width from the anterior two-fifths to the posterior
portion ; outer lip thin, extending considerably posterior to the body
whorl, strongly rounded at the posterior extremity, slightly con-
cave in the middle, then strongly rounded anteriorly; columella

1 Epitonium zeteki, imbexr, and thylaz.
2 Notes on the Shells of the Genus Epitonium and its Allies of the Pacific Coast of
America, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, pp. 486—487, 1917.
PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2250.

571

at2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

short, twisted, and truncated anteriorly to resemble a fold; a strong,
oblique fold encircles the insertion of the columella; parietal wall
covered by a thin callus.

The type (Cat. No. 216840, U.S.N.M.) and six specimens of this
species were collected by Mr. James Zetek at Panama City, Panama.
The type measures—length, 2.5 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm.

ODOSTOMIA (CHRYSALLIDA) ZETEKI, new species.
Plate 88, fig. 5.

Shell of medium size, elongate-ovate, bluish-white. Nuclear whorls
deeply immersed in the first of the succeeding turns, which gives the
apex a truncated appearance; postnuclear whorls appressed at the
summit, the later ones overhanging, marked by exceedingly strong,
very distantly spaced axial ribs, of which 16 occur upon the second and
third, 14 upon the fourth, and 12 upon the penultimate turn. These
ribs are well rounded and have a slightly retractive slant. The spiral
sculpture consists of five raised bands, which are a little wider than
the spaces that separate them. The first of these is at the appressed
summit of the whorls, while the fifth is immediately posterior to the
angulated periphery (for in the adolescent stage, as shown by the
overhanging portion of the whorls the periphery is angulated, though
this is not the case in the last whorl of the adult shell), while these
raised threads pass upon the sides of the ribs they do not pass over
their summit in sufficient strength to render these tuberculated. The
spiral pits between the axial ribs and spiral threads appear as oblong
impressions, their long diameter being parallel with the spiral sculp-
ture. Suture rather poorly marked, not at all channeled. Periphery
of the last whorl] well rounded. Base slightly produced, well rounded,
narrowly umbilicated, marked by the continuations of the axial ribs,
which extend feebly almost to the umbilical region, and eight spiral
threads, of which the first two below the periphery are as strong as
those occurring on the spire, while the rest become successively weaker
and more flat anteriorly. Aperture ear-shaped; posterior angle de-
cidedly channeled; outer lip thin and slightly reflected; inner lip
curved, somewhat sinuous and slightly reflected over the umbilicus;
parietal wall covered by a very strong callus, which is free at the
edge and renders the peristome complete by connecting the posterior
angle of the aperture with the insertion of the columella.

The type (Cat. No. 216905, U.S.N.M.) was collected by Mr. Zetek
at Panama City, in sand siftings and rock washings at low-water
mark. It has 5.8 postnuclear whorls and measures—length, 2.8 mm. ;
diameter, 1.3 mm.

This species is at once distinguished from all the others so far
described from the West Coast by its very strong axial ribs, which
are more distantly spaced than in any other form.

No. 2250. NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM PANAMA—BARTSCH. 573

HELIACUS PANAMENSIS, new species.
Plate 88, figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell small, chestnut brown, lenticular. Nuclear whorls well
rounded, smooth, separated by a strongly impressed suture. Post-
nuclear whorls slightly rounded, marked by spiral cords and axial
ribs, the junction of which forms nodules. The first spiral cord
forms a shoulder that marks the highest elevation of the whorls. It
is situated at some little distance anterior to the suture, which is
located in a decidedly impressed groove. Following the nuclear turn,
the whorls are sculptured with three spiral cords, of which one marks
the summit as indicated, another the periphery, while the third is
about midway between the two. As the whorls increase in size three
additional cords make their appearance, first as slender threads, then
increasing in size until they almost equal the median cord in strength.
These three are located between the summit and the median cord.
The first of these begins about a half turn behind the beginning of the
postnuclear turn, and is situated a little posterior to the middle be-
tween the two. The second one begins about one and a fifth turns
behind the beginning of the postnuclear turn and is a little nearer to
the intercalated cord than the median. The last one has its inception
about a half turn behind the aperture, and is about midway between
the second intercalated cord and the median one. The axial ribs are
well rounded and retractively slanting. There are 24 of these on the
first whorl, 35 on the second, and 40 on the remaining half turn, on
the latter part of which they are rather closely crowded. The spaces
inclosed by the ribs and the spiral cords are well-impressed rhom-
boidal pits. Suture strongly channeled. Last whorl rendered keeled
by a strong spiral cord, which is covered up in the preceding whorls.
This is really the true peripheral cord, but on the preceding turns,
the one anterior to it, is the last one visible.

Base well rounded, openly umbilicated, marked on the anterior half
by four equal and equally spaced spiral cords, while the inner half
bears three additional spiral cords, of which the one bordering the
umbilicus is very broad. The two anterior to this are about twice as
strong as the four anterior to these two, and they are also spaced
about doubly as wide as the four preceding. Near the aperture a
slender spiral thread appears between these two. The axial sculpture
of the base is a continuation of the axial ribs on the upper surface,
which extend strong and undiminished to the umbilicus. Here, how-
ever, we usually have two ribs fused in the cord bordering the um-
bilicus with a strong callus between, forming a series of very strong
nodules. The junction of the four anterior spiral keels of the base
and the axial ribs forms well-rounded nodules, while those of the two
succeeding spiral turns are about twice as strong and those of the cord

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

bordering the umbilicus are about four times as strong as those on
the four anterior cords. The parietal wall bordering the umbilicus
is concave and crossed by the axial ribs. Aperture subcircular; peri-
stome rendered sinuous by the spiral sculpture; parietal wall covered
by a thin callus.

The type (Cat. No. 216838, U.S.N.M), was collected by James Zetek
at Punta Paitilla, near Panama City, Panama, in siftings from sand
and worm burrows. It measures—greater diameter, 3.8 mm.; lesser
diameter, 3 mm.; altitude, 1.2 mm.

DISCOPSIS PANAMENSIS, new species.
Plate 88, figs. 9, 10, 11.

Shell lenticular, thin, semitransluscent, bluish-white. Nuclear
whorls two, strongly rounded, forming an elevated mucronate
apex; succeeding turns one and three-fourths, decidedly depressed,
gently rounded. The part following the nuclear turn is ornamented
by two strong, spiral cords, one of which is at the periphery and the
other halfway between this and the summit, where it forms a de-
cidedly strong angle. Soon after this various other spiral cords
make their appearance at intervals, resulting eventually in 10 sub-
equal and subequally spaced cords between the suture and the
peripheral keel. These cords are rendered nodulose by the somewhat
irregularly developed and distributed, decidedly protractedly bent
axial riblets which pass undiminished from the summit of the whorls
to the periphery. Suture strongly channeled. Periphery rendered
angulated by the limiting cords. Base with a very broad funnel-
shaped umbilicus, well rounded, the greatest convexity falling on the
posterior limit of the anterior third, marked by the irregular axial
riblets and numerous very fine closely spaced incised spiral lines
which pass equally over the intercostal spaces and ribs. This
sculpture passes over the parietal wall into the umbilicus. Aperture
very large, pyriform, decidedly oblique; outer lip rendered sinuous
by the external sculpture, which is also apparent through the mass
of the shell; inner lip evenly curved; parietal wall very narrow,
almost crossed by the two ends of the aperture.

The type (Cat. No. 216839, U.S.M.N.) was collected by Mr. James
Zetek at Punta Paitilla, near Panama City, Panama, from sand and
worm burrow siftings. The type measures—greater diameter, 2.3
mm.; lesser diameter, 1.8 mm.; altitude, 1 mm.

DISCOPSIS ARGENTEA, new species.
Plate 88, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell small, discoid, thin, semitranslucent. Nuclear whorls three,
smooth, small, forming a quite elevated spire, the axis of which is
obliquely tilted to that of the succeeding turns. Postnuclear whorls

no. 2250. NEW MARINE SHELLS FROM PANAMA—BARTSCH. 55

two, well rounded above, the first one and a half marked with a strong
keel about one-third of the distance between the suture and the
periphery, anterior to the suture. This keel becomes enfeebled on
the last half of the last whorl and practically completely disappears
before the edge of the aperture is attained. In addition to this keel
the upper surface is marked by rather distantly spaced, slender, re-
curvedly slanting axial riblets, of which 19 occur upon the first
turn and 22 upon the last; these riblets are about one-sixth as wide
as the spaces that separate them in the region of the keel and much
more distantly spaced at the periphery. In addition to the axial
sculpture, the whorls are marked on the upper side by slender, raised
spiral threads, which are separated by fine, incised lines; of these
threads 50 occur between the summit and the periphery of the last
whorl. Sutures strongly impressed. Periphery of the last whorl
strongly carinated. Base very broadly, openly unbilicated, marked by
the continuations of the axial riblets which become condensed within
the umbilicus and somewhat irregularly spaced. The spiral sculp-
ture on the base is even finer than on the upper surface. In fact, it
is so fine that we have found it best not to indicate it in our sketch.
Aperture very large, oblique; with a decided angle at the periph-
ery and another at the junction of the columella and the basal lip;
parietal wall very narrow, covered by a thin callus.

The type (Cat. No. 216920, U.S.N.M.) comes from shell siftings
of sand and worm burrows collected at Punta Paitilla, near Panama
City. It measures—altitude, 1 mm.; diameter, 2.2 mm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 88.

ies. 1, 2, and 3. Discopsis argentea.
4, Cylichnella zeteki.
5. Odostomia (Chrysallida) zeteki.
6, 7, and 8. Heliacus panamensis.
9, 10, and 11. Discopsis panamensis.

‘foixe ad} ot aoithbe of, Paes hasan ¢id

bts HOM: 73 he sot

ofa” Ronee

Sh See: eae ahs staat

i in ee aaa bd? Ki dni sasha

is art : id Be tnokg ee bl dt

ig Pepe Rens’ &

i Sones elem
ahi 2B0ttRi eos oele aiht sto se si Mh
douyep has saga se pl tye tepereioe et or odd ame

bweiwen probivale xd colle cuca sit out
seedy %5° saoail honioal Ooo BRistedesting stoighe ebugt
Susie Voc eiockepiiong wie ba inane ga asm
frodnt lent adh box erartqitathindbeanoreginnty ylgasonbey:

vegheborabancre shits T teks sarang oh bei id
ieglnton ispsiogeon sth r-nbooadta, ce ra
tion ad osabnve sagt eiBvadh tend aymopitt one
coeiteiie “sete: sristinalgniinbeddoaltved weibanats
etetnatyaila opelree tbabéaskion, dite, panthilhogs
sommes oft Pra Bacal ad: PONS ual gt tos
rer intend kee, iyrortamyr tare en
saeiiihta; Hoddrunizh catnaot (Aaa shapes ih fom ;
ee va . a
in Rey nase he 2 pesto canbe incoming {oli Foren apn. |

or” vt “5 wih
pit ahaet ge Hts. Aye AG, HORA . ie
Sete Ge tiger 4a eiibe at asin th treed Be tape

kK ans eh ¥ By Ae
thn {ene ay. Geer tA (Os a
Sate

ry) LER DASON TN OR LS ARE

¥ - ig
TS hE iia nia a ie ee Dope

ney lappine, wre dh fire: deetodie Uta aes es pee ¥
ey She waters elite eh i 1g. ahd wpe deengh, i 3 St
of ihe ghey tener Dep extidy: enna s pare wae Sy i
SAGs or lssed. tor The ty cheiae ine bad aperhing ;

TBA ty i +tmt Mey RGD LTS AE RS: S cee coinage) iy Min
Poin at Puna Patten. weet Paves (ites ae. Thc mati
WEE orton waiting. Thar t 7 pee cask i 8 fe
sh EHO Mininater te, ) aeeie a a ian “g |
| honey, Ae: Stl, ie uae ; ah

Bia as, “ag hae: ee cca ie PSL

thi euntalhy Gupeviigl, absttiy pin tranwlomail pens
ceniweh, arial Sobrkisige es ee

en a a

oe . ra gy
v7
ae

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 88

10 I

NEw MARINE SHELLS FROM PANAMA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 575

ON THE ANATOMY OF NYCTIBIUS WITH NOTES ON
ALLIED BIRDS.

By ALexanpER WeErMorzE,
_ Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture.

The sternum and foot of the genus Vyctibius have been described
by P. L. Sclater,1 and an account of the palate was given many years
ago by Huxley,? but little has been published on the anatomy of
the soft parts of these birds so far as is known. ‘Through the cour-
tesy of Dr. C. W. Richmond, acting curator in the Division of Birds,
United States National Museum, the writer has been permitted to
dissect the body, preserved in alcohol, of the type-specimen of the
Potoo described recently as Vyctibius griseus abbotti. This bird
(Cat. No. 225851, U.S.N.M.), a male, was collected by Dr. W. L.
Abbott at Port de Pimenti, northwest Hayti, on March 9, 1917.
Though this specimen comprised the trunk and viscera alone, several
points of interest were brought out by critical examination. An
account of the dissections made is given in the following pages.

The esophagus was contracted, and in this state had strong thick-
ened walls, with the inner surface thrown into a series of longi-
tudinal folds or rugae that expanded anteriorly to join the broader
surface of the pharynx. Apparently the esophagus was capable of
great distension in life, and the bird must have been able to swallow
any object that could pass the opening guarded by the furculum and
the vertebrae at the anterior end of the body cavity. The proven-
triculus was large and glandular, and the stomach proper was com-
paratively thick walled and strong. This bird probably regurgitates
pellets composed of chitinous fragments of insects and other in-
digestible matter, as the pyloric opening of the ventriculus was too
small to allow particles of any size to pass. In the present instance
the stomach contained insect jaws and other fragments too large to
pass through into the small intestine and too firm in texture to
permit of trituration.

1 Notes upon the American Caprimulgidae, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, pp. 123-130.

20On the Classification of Birds, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 454.

8 Richmond, C. W., Descriptions of two new Birds from Haiti, Smiths. Misc. Coll.,
vol. 68, No. 7, July 12, 1917, p. 1.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54—No. 2251.
8343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——38 577

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

The convolutions of the gut were of the isocoelous type. When
removed from the body and dissected out, a large duodenal loop (see
fig 1) was found, in which the intestine was larger in diameter than
elsewhere. The remainder
of the small intestine was
thrown out in one large
loop with three smaller
divisions indicated. The
remnant of the vitelline
duct apparently was near
the summit of the second
of these smaller divisions,
but it could not be made
out exactly and the posi-
tion assigned to it in the
accompanying figure is
somewhat uncertain. The
caeca were paired and
much elongated. At the
open end each caecum was
slender, while for its pos-
terior half each was much

Fia. 1.—DIAGRAM OF THE INTESTINAL CONVOLUTIONS IN di | ated i The intestine
NYCTIBIUS GRISEUS ABBOTTI (ABOUT NATURAL SIZE). 4, was somewhat narrowed

REMNANT OF VITELLINE DUCT. at the point where the
caeca were given off, and then expanded into the rectum. Measure-
ments of the intestine were taken as follows:

mm.
Mots DPlensth2Le Shoes OLE Vie Tiers. ZoVIae Ay 250
Distance: dromicaecy ito amusz usec. sel) ue ety) eet ses pew 30
TG Ory Ol (CHOC A Sol oy oes ik de a a ne i 3 42
The liver (fig. 2) was bilobate, with the left division only about
one-fifth the size of the right. The left “i
lobe was elongate and flaplike, and meas- ?
ured 20 mm. long by 11 mm. wide. The /

right lobe was somewhat triangular in out-
line, with a broad, square-angled lower
margin. The width of this lobe decreased
toward its anterior end, where it was more
or less squarely truncated. The external
margin was straight and the internal
fi : i Fig. 2.—OUTLINE OF LIVER LOBES
border, forming one side of the cavity to OF NYCTIBIUS GRISEUS ABBOTTI
receive thé: lower end of the pericardium... ("sees So" sce ee ee ee
é ‘a (SLIGHTLY LESS THAN NATURAL
was sinuate. Through the center this lobe — sux). r, Ricut tose; 7, LEFT
was 383 mm. long. The tips of the two 18*.
lobes converged toward one another, though medially the right and
left divisions were separated by a comparatively broad space. At

NO, 2251. THE ANATOMY OF NYCTIBIUS—WETMORE. 579

the anterior end the two lobes were connected by a band of liver
tissue 7 mm. long. This band was broad where it joined the left
lobe, expanded by a rounded process on its lower margin, and then
contracted to a narrow neck to join the right lobe. The small size
of the left liver lobe is unusual, as in allied forms concerning which
information or specimens are available (Podargus, Caprimulqus,
Phalaenoptilus, Setochalcis, Nyctidromus, and Chordeiles) the left
lobe is much larger, being from one-third to more than one-half the
bulk of the right hand division.

A small elongate gall bladder similar to that found in other Capri-
mulgi (including Chordeiles*) underlaid the right lobe of the liver in
a notch near the external margin. The pancreas was small, consisting
of a single lobe that was rounded and full at the lower end, elongate
and attenuate above. It was not possible to trace the hepatic and
pancreatic ducts in this specimen to the point where they entered the
intestine.

The spleen was placed against the anterior end of the gizzard on
the right side, beneath the upper end of the right liver lobe. It was
elongate with bluntly rounded ends, flattened somewhat from side
to side, but in general form was cylindrical. The spleen measured
10 mm. long and the flattened face was 2.5 mm. broad.

There was only one carotid artery, a character in which Vyctibius
resembles Podargus and differs from the Caprimulgidae. The left
carotid passes up out of the body cavity, and then swings over to
run on up the neck through the hypapophysial canal, as in a
specimen of Podargus strigoides (Cat. No. 19361, U.S.N.M.) ex-
amined. In Vyctibius there is a small artery on the right side that
extends to the right thyroid gland. A branch of this artery then
proceeds inwards as a vertebral artery but extends no farther up
the neck.

In the specimen of Nyctibius at hand the trachea was injured so
that a detailed study of it was not practicable. It was ascertained,
however that the syrinx was tracheo-bronchial, in which character
this genus resembles the Caprimulgide.

The sternum has been studied so no details of the trunk skeleton
need be given save to note that the.procoracoidal process is small,
not reaching the clavicle, and that there are 14 cervical vertebrae of
which three bear free ribs.

There is some confusion in published accounts as to the number
of cervical vertebrae in this group. Beddard? states that Chordeiles

possesses 18. Gadow® gives 14 for Podargus and Batrachostomus
and 13 for Caprimulgus. Fiirbringer* says that Caprimulqus has 13

1 Wetmore, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 28, 1915, pp. 175-176.

2 Structure and Classification of Birds, 1898, p. 241. See also Oberholser, A mono-
graph of the Genus Chordeiles, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 80, 1914, p. 9.

8 Bronn’s Klassen and Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, Vogel, vol. 1, 1891, p. 950.
4 Untersuchungen zur Morphologie and Systematik der Végel, vol. 1, 1888, table 23.
pp. 780-781.

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THH NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

and Batrachostomus 14. In the following table is given the number
of cervical and cervico-dorsal vertebrae (those possessing free ribs)
and the number of complete ribs reaching the sternum in the species
at hand at the present time:

. P Cervical Free | Complete

List of species. vertebrae.| ribs. ribs.
Steatornis caripensis U.S.N.M. No. 18309. ........... 22-222 e eee eee eee ee eee 15 3 4
Podargus sirigoidessULS.N-M. NO LSb lass coe eens cee ee eee ee Seach ae 13 2 5
ome strigoides U-S.N.M. No. 19361 -.< -.- 22 <i. - 2) tase alate = atel-to = 13 2 5
Ad POUL 4 griseus U.S.N.M No. 225851. .-......---2----01-- 2-2-2 enn n ee 14 3 4
rdeiles acutipennis A.W. No. 1265.--.....-..------ 2-222 e eee cee eee eee 14 3 4
Chordeiles virginianus A.W. No. 1269........--....---------e0---ceee sees 14 3 4
Chordeiles virginianus U.S. NN. Mi Nol DESO ALEC OUN TEL REET 14 3 4
Phalaenoptilus nitidus U.S.N.M. RoE AQUAG Eo, Beene aes ate, Salas Ae reenter 14 3 4
Nyctidromus albicollis U.S.N.M. No. —— ......---00-0-200+0cesecccececees 14 3 4
Caprimulgus europaeus U.S.N.M. ‘io, 19359 ea < atin ois teins ais stron oats 14 3 4
Serochatersivociferw U.StN Mi Noida 7(825 accion sence ee Sols odase ce ceea ee 14 3 | 4
AMtfOsponvus CH OLINENSIS A Wie, NONOLAee waweee = oe nene cee cise ies eee eit oe 14 3 4
Thermochalcis cayennensis A.W. INO LIDROU Ota eS. SNOREE. BEDE TER! 14 2 5

It will be noted that Podargus has only 18 cervical vertebrae, in-
stead of 14, as given by other authors, and that (with the exception of
Steatornis) all of the other genera available (including Chordeiles
and Caprimulgus) possess 14.

There is enough of the base of the skull present in the specimen of
Nyctibius examined to show that well-developed basipterygoid proc-
esses are present, a fact not previously known, as Huxley? figured
only the palatal portion of the skull in this bird, possibly from a
specimen taken from a study skin.

In addition to this the writer is unable to find a trace of an oil
gland in this alcoholic specimen or in a series of skins of Vyctibius
that are available in the collections of the United States National
Museum.

The tongue (fig. 3) of Vyctibius is small in proportion to the size
of the mouth cavity as in other Caprimulgi. In form it differs con-
siderably from the tongues of related genera. The tip of the tongue
in Vyctibius is somewhat elongate, with the lateral outlines at first
concave. The postero-lateral margins are produced as elongate points
that equal the anterior portion in length. The outline of the lat-
eral margin of these is convex. In general the form of the tongue
is that of the head of a spear point, with a deeply incised base,
spreading posterior angles, and slender point. The margins of the
tongue at the tip are smooth. A short distance behind small spine-
like papillae appear, with the points directed backward. These
increase greatly in size toward the posterior end of the tongue and
extend around on the inner margins of the posterior elongations.
These points are not wholly symmetrical in their arrangement upon
the opposite sides of the tongue. They are firm in texture and are

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 454, fig. 6.

NO. 2251. THE ANATOMY OF NYCTIBIUS—WETMORE. 581

sharply pointed, but bend readily. The upper surface of the tongue
appears smooth to the unaided eye, but when examined with a hand
lens it is found to have a few minute spines scattered over its sur-
face. The tongue measured 20 mm. long and
the posterior prongs were 12 mm. apart.
Examination of other species available be-
longing to the suborder Nycticoraciae shows
four main types of tongue structure in this
group. The material available includes the
following: Steatornis caripensis, Podargus
strigoides, Nyctibius griseus, Chordeiles acuti-
pennis, Chordeiles virginianus, Phalaenoptilus
nitidus, Nyctidromus albicollis, Caprimulgus
europaeus, and Setochalcis vocifera. The form
of tongue peculiar to Vyctibius griseus has been
described above. Of the remaining forms Po- ,.. 3 :oxcun or NrcnB-
dargus (fig. 4) possesses a tongue most remark- ws anisrus apport (x2.
able in form. This organ has been briefly de- ©4 N° ??81, U.S.N-M).
scribed by Beddard? as “a curious tough but transparent mem-
branous organ,” but no other reference to its peculiarities has been
found in literature available. The tongue in Podargus is elongate
and much larger in proportion to the size of the mouth cavity than
in other forms examined. The anterior end
of the hyoidean apparatus forms a thickened,
\ pointed projection in the tongue base, as shown
by the line z in the text figure. Anterior to
this strong base the tongue is thin and trans-
lucent, being not much thicker than a sheet of
ordinary writing paper. The lateral outlines
of this portion are slightly convex, and are

As) somewhat irregular, due to wear of the thin,
delicate margins. The tip forms an obtuse

ee point. At the base the tongue is dilated on
sf 7 () either side, and terminates in two pointed pro-

jections. The margins of these projections are
pa Mpls ie 28 eters armed with spinose papillae projecting back-
URAL siZE. Cat. No. 19361, Ward, which continue around on the inner side.
U.S.N.M.). 2, L : "We . .
a ee eee hese spapelose! pulnits are not symmetrically
STRONG BASE AND THIN, PA- Geveloped on the opposing side. The base of
linia 5 the tongue lies only a short distance in front
of the glottis. It seems questionable whether the thin anterior por-
tion of the tongue can serve any purpose in feeding, although that
is a point to be settled only by observation of living specimens. The

1 Structure and Classification of Birds, 1898, p. 234.

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

tongue in Podargus strigoides is certainly one of the most curious
found in the Class of Birds.

The tongue of Steatornis caripensis (fig. 5) has been briefly de-
scribed by Garrod.t In two alcoholic specimens in the United
States National Museum collections the tongue is shaped like an
arrowhead with a rather elongate bluntly pointed tip, convex lateral

outlines, and spreading, somewhat slender pos-

terior processes that project beyond the hinder
border. The margins of these posterior proc-

esses are armed with soft, slender, backward
projecting papillae, and smaller papillae of the

same nature are found on the upper surfaces

of these projections. The arrangement of these

Sone ‘ papillose points is not symmetrical and the
, i tongue is somewhat thickened basally, becom-
is 0 \ ing thin at the anterior end. In the specimen
figured (a male, Cat. No, 18309, U.S.N.M.) the

tongue measured 19.5 mm. along the sides by
Fic. 5.—Tonevz or Stra 12 mm. broad across the spreading base. These

Sia wie ei A measurements are slightly in excess of those

given by Garrod.

The remaining genera examined all belong in the family Capri-
mulgidae, and in all the tongue is small, more or less triangular in
form, with the posterior lateral margins and upper surface armed
with papillae of varying sizes. Various modifications of this general
type mark the different genera, as may be noted in the following
pages. Though the tongue is small in all these forms, it must be
considered that it plays a definite part in manipulating
food in swallowing; otherwise the development of the
basal papillae would be less marked.

In a treatise on the anatomy of Phalaenoptilus
that species as “slender and pointed. Posteriorly it is
nitidus Miss M. EK. Marshall,? describes the tongue of
bifid and fimbriated.” In a specimen at hand this ye. ¢—rvonaue
organ (fig. 6) is small, measuring 9.5 mm. long by eric
3 mm. broad. The postero-lateral spinose processes ys (x2. Car-
are elongate and pointed. The lateral margins in out- ae US.
line are approximately straight lines. Spinose, back- iis
ward projecting papillae begin at a point anterior to the center and
become stronger and heavier toward the base of the tongue. The
upper surface of the tongue for its basal two-thirds is thickly set
with small horny papillosities, all projecting backward. Because of

1Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873, p. 531.
2A Study of the Anatomy of Phalaenoptilus Ridgway, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol.
44, 1905, p. 215. (See pl. 4, fig. 10.)

NO, 2251. THE ANATOMY OF NYCTIBIUS—WETMORE. 583

the posterior elongation of the lateral processes, the basal margin
appears deeply incised, in this respect exceeding any of the other
genera examined save Vyctidromus. The arrangement of the lateral
papillary processes is not bilaterally symmetrical.

In a specimen of Vyctidromus albicollis the tongue is very similar
to that just described and figured in Phalaenoptilus. Strong back-
ward directed papillae are found on the lateral margins posterior to
the middle and the arrangement of the papillae on the upper surface
is somewhat different than in Phalaenoptilus. A row of strong
spicules, four or five in number is developed on either side, and at
the base the number of papillae is reduced to two or three. A slender
papillus arising on the inside, at the tongue base, is about two-thirds
as long as the postero-lateral process. The margins of the latter are
smooth, and the processes are elongate as in Phalaenoptilus. The
tongue measures 10.5 mm. long by 2.5 mm. broad at the base.

The tongue of Caprimulgus europaeus has been described briefly
by William. MacGillivray’ who notes (p. 634) that it “is ex-
tremely small, slender, slightly papillate at base, having also some
papillae on its upper surface, tapering to an obtuse point.” In a
specimen at hand (Cat. No. 19359, U.S.N.M.) the tongue resembles
that of Phalaenoptilus nitidus, but has the postero-lateral spines
much less elongate. The tongue in this specimen measures 10 mm.
long by 3 mm. broad at the base. In outline the lateral margins are
nearly straight, so that in profile the tongue is like an elongate
triangle. Pointed papillae projecting backward begin on the mar-
gins at a point anterior to the middle and continue to the base. The
last in the series toward the base of the tongue are the largest.
The postero-lateral spines are moderately elongate and there are no
other projections from the posterior margin. Small scattered coni-
cal papillae cover the posterior half of the upper surface. Toward
the base there is one row on either side of the center composed, re-
spectively, of two and three papillae each that point in toward the
center.

The tongue of Setochalcis vocifera has likewise been described by
MacGillivray? who notes that it is “slender, tapering to a point,
very thin, with two long-pointed papillae at the base, and numerous
small papillae on its upper surface.” In specimens examined by the
writer the tongue in this species also resembles that described in
Phalaenoptilus nitidus. In form it is slender and elongate with a
triangular outline. One specimen seen (Cat. No. 223661, U.S.N.M.)
is 10.5 mm. long by 8 mm. broad at the base. Spinose processes
appear on the margin about one-half of the distance back from the
tip; these increase slightly in size toward the posterior part of the

1 History of British Birds, London, vol. 3, 1840, pp. 630 and 634.
2In Audubon, J. J., Ornitholigical Biography, Edinburgh, 1839, vol. 5, p. 306.

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

tongue. The postero-lateral spines are elongated as slender, pointed
processes, and there are six or seven small backward-projecting
papillae on the upper surface of the tongue near the base. The
hyoidean muscles in this species are very slight in development.

No alcoholic specimen of Antrostomus carolinensis is at hand, but
the tongue in this species (also described by William MacGillivray *)
is said to be “ very small, * * * attenuated, tapering, flat above,
covered with papillae, of which there is a large one at the base on
each side; the tip is narrow, but rather obtuse.” No drawing show-
ing the tongue is given, but from the description quoted it is evident
that it resembles in general type the tongues of Phalaenoptilus, Cap-
rimulgus, and Setochalcis.

The tongue of Chordeiles virginianus, while similar to that of
other Caprimulgidae, shows a slightly different development. This
organ in the nighthawk (fig. 7) is small in comparison to the size
of the mouth opening, but is strong and heavy. It measures approxi-
mately 9 mm. long by 4.7 mm. broad at the base, so that it is short

and broad in comparison with the lingual appendages
of other genera in this family that have been described.
This difference was noted by MacGillivray? in his
dissections of birds made for Audubon. In outline
the tongue of Chordeiles virginianus is triangular,

i ' \ with the lateral margins slightly concave. The pos-
Fic. 7—Tonave vero-lateral angles are produced as curved spinose proc-

or Cuorpemes esses, and the line of the base is incised at the center.

(x2, Can, No, Lhe lateral margins of the tongue are armed with

225265, U.S. spinose papillae, which are small and weak anteriorly

AMD: and become strong and heavy toward the _ base.
Stronger processes arm the posterior margin, and the broadened
basal third of the tongue has its dorsal surface covered with pointed,
harsh papillosites, all directed toward the pharynx. The hyoidian
muscles are fairly strong and well developed.

In Chordeiles acutipennis the tongue resembles that described in
C. virginianus but is smaller, measuring only 7.5 mm. long by 4.5
mm. broad at the base. The postero-lateral spines are somewhat
longer so that the posterior margin appears more deeply incised.
The lateral outlines and the arrangement and size of the spines are
practically the same as in the larger nighthawk. The tongue is these
birds, though small, appears so much stronger than in the other
Caprimulgidae and is so heavily armed with papillae that it must
be supposed that it plays an important réle in the swallowing of food.
Certainly the development of spines is so striking that the tongue in
this genus can not be considered rudimentary or functionless.

1 Audubon, J. J., Ornithological Biography, Edinburgh, 1839, vol. 5, pp. 402-403.
2TIdem, p. 407.

NO. 2251. THE ANATOMY OF NYCTIBIUS—WETMORE. 585

The relationships of the goatsuckerlike birds of the groups char-
acterized by the genera Podargus, Nyctibius, and Caprimulgus have
been interpreted in various ways by different authors. Sharpe?
placed Podargus in a suborder Podargi of the Coraciiformes, while
he united Vyctibius, which he considered as the type of a distinct
family, the Nyctibiidae, with the Caprimulgidae in another suborder,
the Caprimulgi. Beddard? and Gadow* on anatomical grounds
joined all these with Steatornis under one suborder known as the
Caprimulgi.

Mr. Ridgway‘ in his recent treatment of the group has proposed
a suborder Nycticoraciae to include the superfamilies Caprimulgi
(Caprimulgidae + Nyctibiidae), Podargi (Podargidae) and Steator-
nithes (Steatornithidae).

The grouping of Steatornis, Podargus and its allies, Vyctibius, and
the various genera belonging to the Caprimulgidae in one suborder
under the Coraciiformes is one that seems logical in view of the facts
known through modern research into the affinities of these birds.
Steatornis as an outlying aberrant form, though seeming to belong
to this suborder, is so different from the other genera included in the
Nycticoraciae that it is readily separated from them in a well cir-
cumscribed division, and may be dismissed without further comment.
A survey of the facts now known concerning the anatomy of Vycti-
bius, however, together with the structural characters of this genus
previously recorded, serve to show that the gap between the two re-
maining superfamilies recognized by Mr. Ridgway is less trenchant
and sharply defined than has been supposed. In the following table
are given the details of 12 of the main structural characters of use in
the classification of the members of this group remaining after
Steatornis is removed.

Podargus. Nyctibius. Caprimulgidae.

Oiligland): 22c6hc8 -Soe5 eck ASO bt steaths sase= dee Absent. oie easdeqass Present.

Powder down patches...... IPTOSONE Aayieesniciciaes aw loe POSEN G Sa esses ee Absent.

Carotid arteries............- One(leit) 2 sae seco cence Onei (er epee eee ree. Two.

SY TUK Ne Pe ise esc oes ee Bronchial yes. ab cates Tracheo-bronchial....... Tracheo-bronchial.

Leftliver lobe=t is s2.-heee More than one-half as | One-fifth as large as | One-third to one-half
large as right. right. as large as right.

WONG Mes sssaoe wee eae Large, with transparent | Medium, shaped like a} Small, triangular in
paperlike tip, spinose spearhead, feebly pa- outline, more or less
basally. pillate. spinose.

Cervical vertebrae .......... TB RoE ree Sa Aare ieee ate me LS 14.

Sternume 5322532453. -cenbe Four notched........... Four notched........... Two notched.

Procoracoidal process....... Large, reaching furcu- | Small, not reaching fur- | Small, not reaching
lum and scapula. culum. furculum.

Basipterygoid processes... .. INDSON GME eee a cee cues IPTOSONE LS etecee cic s ic Present. {

Palatinoss. 9:43) 3h2.2 hose Broad throughout, | Narrow anteriorly, | Narrow anteriorly
Slightly expanded greatly expanded greatly expanded
posteriorly. posteriorly. posteriorly.

Number of phalanges in} Five.................... TE Ry Shs Be hm eee Four.

fourth toe.

1 Review of Recent Attempts to Classify Birds, 1891, pp. 79, 81.

2Structure and Classification of Birds, 1898, pp. 231-244.

* Classification of Vertebrata, 1898, pp. 36-37.

4Birds of North and Middle America, Bull. 50, U. S. Nat. Mus., part 6, 1914, pp.
487-489.

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

It will be noted that in five of the characters outlined, Vyctibius
agrees with the Podargidae, and in five with the Caprimulgidae. In
the absence of an oilgland, presence of powder down patches, single
carotid artery, four notched sternum, and the possession of five
phalanges in the fourth toe Nyctibius resembles Podargus (here
taken as typical of the family Podargidae). While in its tracheo-
bronchial syrinx, 14 cervical vertebrae, presence of basipterygoid
processes, development of the procoracoidal process, and the form of
its palatines Vyctibius is similar to the Caprimulgidae. It is seen
from a study of these points then, that, as Gadow stated,1 the
Nyctibiidae seem to form an intermediate group between the other
two. Study and comparison of the known characters of Aegotheles
which forms another family of this group, the Aegothelidae, serves
to narrow the gap between Podargidae and Caprimulgidae still
more.” It is thought that the two major groups will be found still
more closely allied when more is known of Aegotheles, and when
Batrachostomus has been more carefully investigated. From present
knowledge Batrachostomus seems to belong in the family Podargidae
as it is said to have a four-notched sternum, a bronchial syrinx, and
a desmognathous palate, while it lacks basipterygoid processes. It
differs from Podargus in possessing an oil gland.

From the facts outlined above it seems that the suborder Nyctico-
raciae of the Order Coraciiformes may be divided into two super-
families, the Steatornithoidae with the single genus Steatornis and
the Caprimulgoidae with the families Podargidae, Nyctibiidae,
Aegothelidae, and Caprimulgidae. In the second superfamily the
Podargidae, though specialized, are considered lowest and the Capri-
mulgidae highest in development. The Nyctibiidae and the Aegothe- _
lidae seem to be about on the same level, though on the whole the lat-
ter seems the more primitive.

1 Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, Végel, vol. 2, p. 2438.

2 As alcoholic specimens or skeletons of Aegotheles are not available, the writer is
indebted for information on this genus and on Batrachostomus to the following: Bed-
dard, Structure and Classification of Birds, 1898, pp. 231-244; Gadow, Bronn’s Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, Végel, vol. 2, pp. 242-248; to brief notes gleaned from
other sources, and to such characters as are available from the study of skins.

FOUR NEW AFRICAN PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA BE-
LONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY MICROGASTERINAE.

By A. B. Gawan,
Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

The following four species of parasitic Hymenoptera were re-
ceived in 1916 by the Bureau of Entomology from Mr. C. C. Gowdey.
All the specimens were reared, but in only two cases are the names
of the host caterpillars known. Very few Microgasterinae appear to
have been recorded from Africa and these will form an interesting
addition to the known fauna.

Family BRACONIDAE.

Subfamily Microcasterinak.
MICROGASTER FASCIIPENNIS, new species.

Female.—Length, 2.9 mm. Black; palpi and scape reddish testa-
ceous; flagellum fusco-testaceous basally, becoming piceous toward
the apex; anterior femora, narrow apex of median femora, anterior
and median tibiae and tarsi, and a broad basal annulus on the hind
tibiae pale reddish testaceous; remainder of legs black or blackish;
first and second ventral abdominal segments pale; apical one-fourth
of the forewing distinctly clouded, the basal three-fourths hyaline,
stigma and veins dark brown. Head, mesoscutum, and scutellum
closely, strongly punctured, the punctures not confluent; face with
a delicate median carina from the base of antenna half way to
clypeus; frontal depression smooth and polished; posterior orbits
more sparsely punctured than the face; mesoscutum without parap-
sidal furrows; mesopleura punctate above and below with a nearly
impunctate area medially; propodeum rugoso-punctate, with a strong
median carina, the anterior margin nearly smooth; hind coxae large,
strongly punctured, subopaque, extending backward to the middle
of the abdomen; hind femora sculptured like their coxae; hind tibiae
slightly curved, the longer tibial spur equal to two-thirds the length

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VoL. 54—No. 2252.
587

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

of the basal tarsal joint; second cubital cell of forewing very minute,
triangular; abdomen about equal to the thorax in length, compressed
from the sides, its greatest width not more than half the width of
thorax at the tegulae; first tergite twice as long as broad, the apex
scarcely broader than the base, the lateral apical angles slightly
rounded; tergites all polished; ovipositor slightly exerted but not
extending beyond the apex of abdomen, very slightly curved
downward.

Male—Agrees with the female except that the middle femora
and the hind tibiae are mostly testaceous.

Type-locality—Kampala, Uganda, British East Africa.

Type.—Cat. No. 21598, U.S.N.M.

Host.—Deilemera apicalis Walker.

Sixteen females and three males received by the Bureau of Ento-
mology from Mr. C. C. Gowdey and on his authority reared from the
above-named host.

The cocoons of this species are pure white and arranged side by
side in a compact mass like the cells in honeycomb. The arrange-
ment of the cocoons is similar to that of some species of Microplitis
and the nonsculptured abdomen also suggests that genus, but the
long spurs on hind tibiae and the absence of crenulate episternauli
place the species in Microgaster.

APANTELES PALLIDOCINCTUS, new species.

Female.—Length, 2.9 mm. Black; mouthparts, scape, legs, in-
cluding all coxae, venter of the abdomen and the first and second
dorsal segments pale testaceous; wings hyaline, veins and stigma
dark brown. Head polished with sparse weak punctures on face;
antennae about as long as the body, the first six flagellar joints sub-
equal and three times as long as thick, following joints gradually
shorter. Thorax smooth, polished, the mesoscutum anteriorly and
the mesopleura anteriorly and below moderately punctured, the
sternauli smooth and not deeply impressed; propodeum smooth,
impunctate, without a median carina; hind coxae extending back-
ward beyond the middle of the abdomen and sparsely punctured;
abdomen smooth and polished, narrow, its greatest width only a
little more than half the width of thorax at tegulae; first tergite
slightly narrower at apex than base and about twice as long as broad
at base; second tergite with a short oblique furrow on each side ot
the middle extending backward and laterally from the angles of the
first tergite; ovipositor not exerted beyond the apex of abdomen.
Male unknown.

Type-locality—Kampala, Uganda, British East Africa.

Type.—Cat. No. 21599, U.S.N.M.

Host.—Papilio demodocus Esper.

NO. 2252. NHW AFRICAN PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA—GAHAN. 589

Six female specimens received by the Bureau of Entomology from
Mr. C. C. Gowdey, and on his authority reared from the above-
named host.

APANTELES UGANDAENSIS, new species.

Female.—Length, 2.2mm. Black; mouthparts, scape, pedicel, three
or four basal flagellar joints, tegulae, and the legs except the hind
coxae pale testaceous, the apex of hind tibiae and their tarsi slightly
infuscated; ventral abdominal segments one and two also testaceous;
wings hyaline, stigma and costa dark brown, the other veins paler.
Head smooth or nearly so, with obscure punctures on the face; face
rather narrow, the greatest distance between the eyes below the
antennae very slightly less than the distance from the base of antennae
to clypeus; antennae shorter than the body, the first flagellar joint
about two and one-half times as long as thick, second to the sixth
joints each about one and one-half times as long as thick, joints be-
yond the sixth to the apex slightly shorter, the apical four or five
joints more or less pedicellate; malar space not greater than the
width of a mandible at base; thorax for the most part impunctate,
the mesoscutum anteriorly and the pleura anteriorly, with some very
weak punctures; propodeum polished without a median carina; hind
coxae with some obscure punctures along the upper side; transverse
part of discoideus distinct; abdomen about equal to the thorax in
length, smooth, polished throughout, distinctly narrower than the
thorax, first tergite about twice as long as broad at base, slightly
broader at base than apex; second tergite with an oblique furrow each
side extending from the lateral angles of the first tergite backward
and toward but not reaching the lateral margins; ovipositor not ex-
tending beyond the apex of abdomen.

M ale-—Unknown.

' Type-locality —Kampala, Uganda, British East Africa.

Type.—Cat. No. 21600, U.S.N.M.

Host.—A Pyralid on Hibiscus.

Four females received by the Bureau of Entomology from Mr.
C. C. Gowdey.

APANTELES GOWDEYI, new species.

Female.—Length, 2 mm. Black; palpi and scape beneath pallid;
coxae all black; anterior and median femora, tibiae, and tarsi and
the posterior femora and tibiae, except apex of latter, pale testaceous;
apex of hind tibiae and their tarsi brownish black; abdomen black,
except ventral segments one and two, which are concolorous with the
legs; wings hyaline, the costal and radial veins and stigma dark
brown, other veins paler. Head smooth, with very obscure weak
punctures on the face and posterior orbits; distance from the an-
tennae to the base of clypeus not more than two-thirds the shortest

590 PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54

distance between the eyes below the antennae; antennae longer than
the body, flagellar joints one to six subequal and nearly three times as
long as thick, following joints gradually shortening toward the apex,
the apical joints about twice as long as thick and not distinctly pedi-
cellate; mesoscutum anteriorly, mesopleura along the anterior mar-
gin, and the mesosternum obscurely punctured, smooth; remainder
of thorax polished impunctate or practically so; propodeum
smooth, without a median carina, the longitudinal carina laterad of
the spiracles rather weak; transverse abscissa of discoideus obsolete;
hind coxae impunctate polished, attaining the middle of the abdo-
men; abdomen polished, narrow, its greatest breadth not more than
half the width of thorax at tegulae, first tergite narrower at apex
than base and about twice as long as broad at base, second tergite with
an oblique furrow from the posterior lateral angles of the first tergite
to the lateral margins; ovipositor extending very slightly beyond
apex of abdomen.

Male.—Agrees with female except in the usual sexual characters.

Ty pe-locality—Kampala, Uganda, British East Africa.

Type.—Cat. No. 21601, U.S.N.M.

Ten specimens received by the Bureau of Entomology from Mr.
C. C. Gowdey and reared according to the label from an unknown
caterpillar.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS.

By Peart L. Boonr,

Aid, Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum.

The 10 new species herein described are accumulations from vari-
ous collections of Isopods transmitted to the United States National
Museum.

The one new genus, Pterisopodus, is so widely different from all
previously known forms of the suborder Cymothoidea that it has
been necessary to establish a new family for it, the Pterisopodidae.

The illustrations were made by Mrs. E.. Bennett Decker, under
my direction.

Suborder GNATHIDIE.
Family GNATHIIDAE.

GNATHIA TRIOSPATHIONA, new species.
Plate 91, fig. 3.

Male—Body elongate, 2.9 mm. wide, 8.8 mm. long, head and
thorax of nearly uniform breadth, about 2.8 mm.; abdomen quite
narrow, 0.9 mm., gradually tapering posteriorly. Head large, sub-
quadrangular, dorsal surface deeply carinated; a median dorsal
groove-like depression divides the head into two lobes; this depres-
sion widens anteriorly forming a deep V-shaped excavation, enhanc-
ing the bilobed impression; below this depression the frontal margin
is produced triangularly into a rostral process with a tooth-like pro-
jection on either side of the median point; the frontal margin of each
supraocular lobe is recurved, having a tricrenulate aspect. The
superior antennae have a peduncle of four stout, subequal articles,
and a flagellum of four short, fine articles, and extend to the flagel-
lum of the inferior antennae; the inferior antennae have a peduncle
of four unequal articles and a flagellum of eight small articles, and
are one and one-half times as long as the mandibles. The eyes are
elongate-oval, composite, moderately large, and placed in the extreme
anterolateral margins.

The mandible is 2 mm. long with the outer margin a smooth,
thickened ridge, broad at the base and decidedly tapering toward
the tip which is acutely incurved; the inner margins are produced
into three distinct blades—a superior, which is very narrow and

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2253.
591

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

slightly expanded at the base, where it is about half as wide as the
middle blade; thence narrowing to a mere line with the inner margin
produced into three low, blunt undulations. The superior and mid-
dle blades are separated by a comparatively straight groove; the
middle blade is subovate, broadly expanded in the middle, with the
inner margin recurved, giving the appearance of four conical teeth;
the area between the middle and inferior blades is a deeply excavated,
twisted groove; the inferior blade is three-fourths as long as the
middle blade, is broadly expanded, subtriangular, with the apex
produced and truncate, and the inner margin undulating. The
maxilliped has a palp of four articles.

Thorax: The first segment is rudimentary, united with the head
as indicated by a suture line on the median dorsal area; the second
and third segments are each about 1 mm. long with the lateral parts
curved and expanded anteriorly; the fourth segment is slightly less
than 1 mm. wide, with the anterior margin straight, the postlateral
parts very little produced; the fifth segment is extremely long, about
34 mm., subconvex, marked anteriorly by a ridge-like carination
from side to side and longitudinally by a median depression; the
sixth is similar to the fifth, but shghtly longer and tapering pos-
teriorly; the seventh segment is abruptly narrower than the pre-
ceding segment and is surrounded by the projections of the sixth
segment.

Abdomen: This has the first five segments distinct, similar, each
almost 0.6 mm. long, subconvex, and the terminal segment triangu-
lar, 24 times as long as the preceding segment. The uropoda have
the peduncle extremely short; the inner branch, long, narrow, pos-
teriorly obtusely truncated; the outer branch is similar but is ob-
tusely pointed posteriorly.

The holotype, an adult male, and two additional specimens (Cat.
No. 50408, U.S.N.M.) were collected by the United States Bureau of
Fisheries steamer Fish Hawk at station 7282, Gulf Stream off Key
West, Florida, February 19, 1902, in a depth of 109 fathoms.

This species is readily distinguished by its unique mandibles and
the curiously excavated head.

Suborder CYMOTHOIDEA.
Family CIROLANIDAE.

CIROLANA HERMITENSIS, new species.
Plate 91, fig. 2.
Body oblong-ovate, 9 mm. long, 4.9 mm. wide. Head wider than
long with the frontal margin widely, evenly rounded.: The first pair

1The frontal margin is evenly rounded. The cleft appearance in plate 3, figure 2, is
caused by the artist’s representation of the antennae.

No. 2256. DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 593

of antennae have the first and second articles about equal, 0.4 mm.
long, the third short and a flagellum of 10 articles, and extends about
to the first article of the flagellum of the second antennae. The sec-
ond pair of antennae has the first, second, and third articles very
short, stout, subequal; the fourth and fifth articles about equal, each
as long as the first three articles taken together; the flagellum is
long, slender, tapering, consists of 18 articles and extends to the an-
terior margin of the fourth thoracic segment. The eyes are small,
round, complex, and situated in the anterolateral angles of the head.
The frontal lamina is conspicuous, with the anterior margin triangu-

late. The maxilliped has a palp of five articles.

Thorax: The first segment is wide, with the lateral margin pro-
duced around the head to the posterior end of the eye. There are
no epimera on the first segment. The second to seventh segments
are similar, subequal, each about 1 mm. long; the epimera are dis-
tinct on all six segments and have the outer postlateral angles grad-
ually acutely produced, those of the last three extending consider-
ably beyond the segments. The first three pairs of legs are prehen-
sile, the last four ambulatory; the inner margins of all seven pairs
are furnished with strong spines.

Abdomen: This has the first segment, except a small area on each
side, entirely concealed by the seventh thoracic segment; the second,
third, and fourth segments are each about 1 mm. long, subequal, with
the postlateral angles incurvate; the fifth segment is slightly longer
than the fourth, but abruptly narrower and with the lateral parts not
produced; the sixth segment is 2 mm. long, subtriangular, with the
apex roundly truncate, crenulated, and ornamented with a row of
spines. The peduncle of the uropod is not quite 1 millimeter long
on the outer margin, but is nearly three on the inner, with the margin
between recurved; the inner branch is about as long as the sixth ab-
dominal segment, with the outer part evenly rounded and the inner
part broadly expanded and rounded posteriorly. The outer branch
is oval and about half as long as the inner. The entire margins of
both branches are decidedly crenulate and fringed with spines.

Color: The specimen is heavily banded crosswise with light brown
stripes, with an equal light creamy area between them on the head,
thorax, and first five abdominal segments; the sixth segment and
uropoda are similarly marked but have the bands longitudinally
placed.

The holotype, an adult male (broken), and another specimen were
collected in August, 1912, at Home Lagoon, Hermite Island, Monte-
bello Islands, Australia (Orig. No. 116), and are in the collections —
of the Cambridge Museums, England.

3343—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——39

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

This species resembles Cirolana harfordi} (Lockington), but is
readily distinguished from it by the bizarre color pattern and the
different posterior margination of the head. The present species has
the first abdominal segment only partly concealed and the second ab-
dominal segment not at all concealed, while Cirolana harfordi has the
first two abdominal segments entirely concealed.

Family EXCORALLANIDAE.
EXCORALLANA BERBICENSIS, new species.
Plate 92, fig. 1.

Body ovate, three and one-fourth times as long as wide, 13 mm.,
4 mm.

Head wider than long, 3 mm., 2 mm., with the anterior margin
widely, evenly rounded, and the posterior margin straight. The
eyes are large, composed of large ocelli, occupy the sides of the head,
and are separated in front by a distance equal to the length of one
eye. The first pair of antennae have a peduncle of two articles each
about 0.5 mm. long and a flagellum of 11 short, subequal articles,
and extends almost to the fifth article of the second antennae. The
second pair of antennae has the first, second, and third articles very
short, subequal, the fourth and fifth articles about equal, each as long
as the first three taken together, a flagellum of 25 short, subequal
articles, and extends to the middle of the fourth thoracic segment.

The left mandible is distinctly bidentated, interlocking with the
right mandible.

Thorax: The segments are subequal; the epimera are distinct on all
except the first segment; the first two are rounded posteriorly, the
last four have the outer posterior angle gradually more acutely pro-
duced. The first three pairs of legs are prehensile, the last four are
ambulatory; all have the inner margin beset with short, stout spines.

Abdomen: The first segment is about half concealed by the thorax;
the second, third, and fourth are subequal in length but have the
outer posterior angle gradually more produced; the fifth is longer
than the preceding segment, by which it is almost entirely overlapped
on either side; it is ornamented by two blunt tubercles, one on either
side of the median line; the posterior margin is produced to a median
point, giving the segment a triangular appearance; the sixth segment
is triangulate with the apex evenly rounded and ornamented near the
base with four almost invisible tubercles, one on either side of the
median line and one near the base of the peduncle of each uropod.

The peduncle of the uropod is short and bears a tubercle near the
outer angle; the larger, inner branch is broadly rounded posteriorly,

1Aega harfordi Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, 1877, pt. 1, p 46. Oirolana
harfordi Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, 1899, pp. 822-823.

No. 2253. DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 595

the smaller, outer branch is very narrow, obtusely pointed posteriorly,
and bears six teeth in the outer margin. The terminal segment and
both blades of the uropoda are heavily fringed with fine, closely set
hairs.

Pleopoda; Four pairs, subequal, similar in structure; the outer
branch is the larger and is broadly evenly rounded; the inner branch
is about two-thirds the size of the outer and of similar shape.

The holotype and an additional specimen (Cat. No. 50402,
U.S.N.M.) were collected in the Rio Berbice, British Guiana, by the
Rev. James Aiken, February, 1913.

This species is at once recognized by the simplicity of the sculpture
of the telson.

Family CYMOTHOIDAE.

BRAGA OCCIDENTALIS, new species.

Plate 91, fig. 1.

Female—Body ovate, 17 mm. long, 11 mm. wide. Head triangu-
late with the apex produced and slightly truncate, forming a blunt
rostral process about 1 mm. long. Eyes large, complex, elongate-
ovate, and located in the extreme postlateral angles of the head.
The first antennae are composed of seven short, stout, subequal
articles and are about three-fourths as long as the second pair. The
second antennae consist of eight short, stout, subequal, articles and
extend almost to the first thoracic segment.

The first thoracic segment is 8 mm. long and has the anterolateral
margins slightly produced and the postlateral margins obliquely
truncated; the second and third segments are each 1.5 mm. long,
the fourth is 2 mm. long, the fifth and sixth are each 1.2 mm. long,
and the seventh is 0.9 mm. long.

All of the segments except the first have the lateral area divided
by a diagonal carination, which causes the postlateral angles to appear
as elevated, horn-like projections; these segments have distinct epi-
mera extending along the lateral borders; the epimera gradually in-
crease posteriorly in breadth and have the external postlateral angles
roundedly produced. All seven pairs of legs are strongly prehensile
and have the dactyl extremely curved, the tip being excavated, some-
what resembling an arrowhead.

The marsupial pouch is composed of three pairs of plates. These
are thoracically attached and are very convex, overlapping each
other like rosebud petals.

Abdomen: This has the first segment entirely and the second
partly concealed by the seventh thoracic segment, the second seg-
ment appears about 1 mm. long and has the lateral parts concealed,
the third and fourth segments are each about 1.1 mm. long, the fifth

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

is about 1.4 mm. long in the median area but narrows toward the
sides and has the posterior margin recurved. The terminal segment
is 4.8 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, slightly asymmetrical, shield-shaped.
The uropoda have the peduncle quite flexible and the inner posterior
angle decidedly elongated ; the inner blade is elongate-ovate, fringed
with hairs; the outer blade is about 1 mm. longer than the inner,
has the outer margin decidedly curved and the inner nearly straight.
The uropoda are not quite as long as the terminal segment.

The pleopoda are rather thick, ovate, leaf-like structures, but are
too broken in the type-specimen to permit of critical diagnosis.

The holotype, an ovigerous female, was collected off the coast of
California by Messrs. LeConte and Dana in 1866 and is in the col-
lections of Yale Museum, Cat. No. 302.

This species is the first representative of the genus recorded from
the west coast of North America, all previously recorded species be-
ing from the east coast of South America.

PTERISOPODIDAKE, new family.

Body strongly depressed, oval. Mandibles small, with a palp of
three articles. Cutting edge broad, dentate. First maxille with
outer lobe slender, tipped with small spines; inner lobe feeble. Max-
illiped with a palp of two articles. Eyes feebly developed, incon-
spicuous.

Thorax: All seven segments with lateral extremity widely ex-
panded and produced distally into an acute, roughly triangular
process with apex directed posteriorly, this formation becoming more:
conspicuous on the last three segments. Epimera perfectly fusecl
with segments. Legs: All seven pairs strongly prehensile. The
first joint strongly produced into a curious wing-like process which
is roughly triangular, with the apex directed outward and pos-
teriorly; that of the first leg fused with the thorax; those of second
to seventh free, conspicuous.

Abdomen: Compressed, decidedly narrower than thorax, com-
posed of six segments, strongly curved and produced posteriorly,
overlapping each other; sixth segment large. Uropoda lateral, fan-
like. '

PTERISOPODUS, new genus.

With characters of family, only genus known, of which the type is
Pterisopodus bartschi, new species, collected in Bahia Honda, Cuba.
PTERISOPODUS BARTSCHI, new species.

Plate 89, figs. 2-5.

Body strongly depressed, oval, 14 mm. long, 10.8 mm. wide; tho-
racic margins produced acutely into roughly triangular, wing-like

NO. 2253. DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 597

formations. A broad, median dorsal black band extends the length
of the body; followed on either side by a narrower creamy band,
then a broader black band which widens posteriorly extending to the
extreme lateral margin from the fifth thoracic backward; the lateral
margins of the head and first three thoracic segments are tipped
with cream color.

Head wider than long, 3.5 mm., 2.5 mm., anterolateral margin oval;
median posterior margin oval, less curved postlaterally. Eyes very
feeble, located in postlateral angles of head. The antennae are short
and attached so far on the ventral surface of the head that they
are scarcely visible dorsally. The first pair consist of eight, short,
stout, subequal articles and extend almost to the middle of the first
thoracic segment. The antennae are similar but slightly longer, con-
sisting of ten articles. Mandibles small, with a palp of three articles.
First maxillae with outer lobe slender, tipped with small spines;
inner lobe feeble. Maxilliped with palp of two articles.

Thorax: First segment 2.5 mm. long, anterior margin excavated,
anterolateral angles bluntly produced beyond the angles of the head;
second, three-fifths as long as first; third, a little less than second;
fourth as long as second; fifth and: sixth slightly longer than the
fourth; seventh slightly less than sixth. Epimera perfectly coalesced
with segments, line of fusion wanting; the lateral parts widely ex-
panded and produced distally into an acute, roughly triangular
process with apex directed posteriorly. Legs: Seven pairs, subequal,
strongly prehensile, similar in structure. The first joint strongly
produced into a curious wing-like process, which is roughly tri-
angular with acute apex directed outwardly and posteriorly; this
process on the first leg fused with the first thoracic segment, those
of second to seventh legs, inclusive, distinct; these of the second and
third legs are so produced as to be conspicuous on the dorsal side;
the second process equals in length the produced extremity of the sec-
ond segment; the third is slightly less than the extremity of the
third segment; the fourth to seventh, inclusive, are not visible
dorsally; the fourth and fifth are stout and not quite so long as the
third; the sixth is slenderer and longer than the fifth; the seventh is
slender and quite pointed; the second joint of the leg is very small;
the third is the longest with unique basal curvature adapted to
sculpture of the first joint; the fifth is slightly longer than the
fourth; the sixth is a strongly curved claw folding over on the fifth,
with a tip reaching the basal part of the fifth joint.

Abdomen: This consists of six segments, the first of which is hid-
den, except the postlateral extremity, by the thorax; the second,
third, fourth, and fifth segments are subequal, about 1 mm. long;
they are decidedly curved posteriorly and overlap each other. the
postlateral angles are acutely produced, the sixth segment is shield-

598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

shape, wider than long (4 mm., 3.1 mm.), its length being slightly
greater than that of the first five segments; the postlateral margin is
evenly rounded. Uropoda 2 mm. long, biramous; peduncle triangu-
lar, posterior margin bluntly toothed, with inner postlateral angle
acutely produced; outer branch slender, curved, terminating in a
bluntly rounded point; the inner branch is about the same length,
more oval basally, but also bluntly pointed distally. Pleopoda five
pairs, natatory, biramous, outer branch larger, oval, folding over the
smaller but similar inner blade.

The holotype, a single specimen (Cat. No. 50406, U.S.N.M.), was
collected in Bahia Honda, Cuba, June 7, 1914, by Dr. Paul Bartsch
and Mr. John B. Henderson of the Zomas Barrera Expedition to
Northwestern Cuba. (Coll. No. 504.)

Family SPHAEROMIDAE.

SPHAEROMA EXOSPHAEROMA, new species.

Plate 90, figs. 1, 3.

Body oval, twice as long as wide, 11 mm., 5.5 mm. Head twice as
wide as long, anterior margin evenly rounded, posterior margin be-
tween the eyes straight, deeply, widely carinated. Eyes very large,
round, compound, located in the postlateral angles of the head. The
first antennae have the first segment inconspicuous, the second elon-
gated, the third not quite as long as the second; the flagellum, which
is broken, retains seven articles and extends midway to the first
thoracic segment. ‘The second antennae have the basal article incon-
spicuous, the second about 1 mm. long, the third about 1.5 mm., the
fourth about 1.75 mm., and the fifth about 2 mm. long; the flagellum,
which is broken, retains 16 articles, the first to ninth inclusive, each
bearing on the outer distal margin a stiff brush of setae. The second
antennae (broken) extend to midway the first thoracic segment. The
maxilliped has a palp of five lobes; the second, third, and fourth of
these are more lobed than are previously described Sphaeromas, but
this lobing is less pronounced than is found in typical Hxosphaero-
mas. The second, third, fourth, and fifth lobes of the maxilliped are
furnished with brushes of long hairs.

The thorax has the first segment about 0.5 mm. wider than the
rest, with the lateral margin widely expanded anteriorly, curving
around the eye to the anterior margin; posteriorly expanded acutely
and produced, overlapping the anterior half of the second thoracic
segment; the posterior margin is deeply carinated. The second to
fifth segments are subequal, the seventh is nearly as wide as the first
segment. The legs are all ambulatory.

The abdomen is composed of two segments. The first has suture
lines indicating the coalescence of several segments. The terminal

NO. 2253. DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 599

segment is domelike with the posterior margin evenly rounded. The
two branches of the uropoda are about of equal length; the fixed in-
ner branch is oar-blade shaped; the movable outer branch is more ta-
pering posteriorly and has the outer margin distinctly tridentate on
the right uropod, and bidentate on the left. The margins of the ter-
minal segment of the abdomen of both branches of the uropoda are
fringed with very minute, closely set hairs.

The entire body surface is marked with fine brown pigment spots;
dense granulations arranged in longitudinal ridges occur on either
side of the thoracic segments, and a double row of coarse granulations
borders the posterior margin of each thoracic segment, which is dis-
tinetly carinated.

The holotype (Cat. No. 50407, U.S.N.M.), comes from Mariveles,
Luzon, Philippine Islands, and was collected by Mr. Albert M.
Reese.

The species is unquestionably a form intermediate between the two
genera Sphacroma and L'xosphacroma, more pronouncedly so than
Heosphaeroma crenulatum Richardson? or Sphaeroma globicauda*
Dana, and after a critical examination of the types of many species
of both genera, I feel it is probable that the finding of additional
specimens will make it imperative to unite these genera.

EXOSPHAEROMA BARRERAE, new species.
Plate 90, figs. 2, 4.

Body elongate-ovate, convex, very contractile; length, 13.5 mm.,
width 7 mm.

Head subcrescentic, anterolateral margins produced, entirely con-
cealing the antennae. Eyes large, round, compound, situated in the
extreme postlateral region of head; the posterior margin of head be-
tween the eyes is decidedly carinated. The first antennae are about
four-fifths as long as the second pair, and have the first and second
articles of the peduncle decidedly swollen, the second being much
shorter than the first; the third is long and slender and the flagellum
consists of 20 articles. The second antennae extend backward and lie
under the epimeral plates of the first to third thoracic segments,
reaching to the anterior margin of the second thoracic segment; the
peduncle consists of five subequal articles and the flagellum of 19
articles. The maxilliped has a palp of three articles. The mandible
has a palp of three articles.

Thorax: The first segment is 2 mm. long, with the lateral margins
decidedly expanded and produced anteriorly, surrounding the ante-
rolateral margin of the head; also expanded and acutely produced

1 Hxzosphaeroma crenulatum Richardson, Trans, Conn. Acad. Sciences, vol. 11, 1902,
pp. 292-298, pl. 39, fig. 40.

2 Sphaeroma globicauda Dana. Stebbing., T. R. R., The Fauna and Geography of the
Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagos, vol. 2, pt. 8, 1905, p. 710.

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

postlaterally. Second segment 1 mm. long. Second, third, and
fourth segments subequal, fifth, sixth, and seventh segments nar-
rower and subequal, the lateral margins decidedly, acutely produced
into a toothlike process; epimera completely coalesced with seg-
ments, but with line of fusion very distinct.

Legs: All six pairs are ambulatory, subequal, similar in structure;
the third, fourth, and fifth joints are heavily fringed along the inner
margin; the dactyl of each is distinctly bifid.

Abdomen: This is biarticulate; the first five segments are fused,
the first is entirely and the second almost entirely hidden by the
thorax; three suture lines on either side mark the areas of the third,
fourth, and fifth segments, respectively; these suture lines are lost
on the median region; the terminal segment is smooth, domelike,
with two indistinct blunt tubercles posteriorly; the postlateral mar-
gin is triangularly produced, pointed acutely at the median ex-
tremity and with a distinct, small, pointed tooth on either side of
the median point. The uropoda are shorter than the terminal seg-
ment, the immovable inner branch is the larger, and has its outer
postlateral angle truncate; the inner movable branch is three-fourths
as broad, lanceolate, and with its outer postlateral angle very acute
and the entire outer branch minutely crenulated on the lateral
margins. There are five pairs of pleopoda, which are biramous and
heavily fringed with fine hairs.

The holotype (Cat. No. 50404, U.S.N.M.) was collected at Ca-
banas, Cuba, by Dr. Paul Bartsch and Mr. John B. Henderson, of
the Tomas Barrera Expedition to Northwestern Cuba, 1914. (Coll.
No. 512.)

This species is readily recognized by the unique sculpturings of
its domelike telson.

Suborder IDOTHEOIDEA.
Family ARCTURIDAE.

ASTACILLA CALIFORNICA, new species.
Plate 89, fig. 1.

Body narrowly elongated, 6.1 mm. long, exclusive of antennae,
and 2.2 mm. wide. <A distinct median dorsal ridge is present, which
attains its greatest prominence in a bluntly conical tubercle on the
anterior part of the fourth thoracic segment. Segments decidedly
convex dorsally. Fourth thoracic segment two-fifths the length of
entire body. Sutures deeply constricted.

Head slightly wider than long (0.9 mm., 0.75 mm.), with decided
anterior excavation between the produced anterolateral angles; lat-
eral margins lobate, swollen anteriorly by prominent ocular lobes.
Eyes composite, suboval, 9.6 mm. long., situated anterolaterally.

NO, 2253. DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 601

Superior antennae about 1.5 mm. long, basal joint short, stout; sec-
ond and third article slightly longer, very slender; flagellum short,
four-ringed, bearing olfactory filaments. Inferior antennae very
slender, as long as the body, (6.1 mm.), basal joint short, anterior
margin produced into serrations which encup the base of the second
article; second article slenderer posteriorly, slightly swollen an-
teriorly, twice the length of the first; third and fourth articles of
equal length, one-third longer than the second; fifth and sixth ex-
tremely short, subequal, flagellum less than last ode mele segment.
The piacere has a palp of five articles.

Thorax: First, second, and third segments of equal length but of
gradually increasing width; lateral parts of first segment expanded,
surrounding the posterior part of head, anterolateral angles extend-
ing to the eyes; epimera of the second and third segments distinct,
lateral margin broadly expanded, lobate; fourth 2.5 mm. long, de-
cidedly wider anteriorly than the preceding segments, thence nar-
rowing posteriorly (greatest width 2.2 mm., least width 0.9 mm.), a
prominent median dorsal tubercle summits the greatest width and
@. similar less prominent one the least width of this segment; the
boarder epimera occupy the anterolateral angles; posterior margin
deeply excavate; fifth segment 0.3 mm. long, the sixth less, the sev-
enth equals the sixth; epimera on last three segments small, angular,
occupying the anterolateral angles.

Abdomen: This consists of two segments, the first of which is
short and evenly vaulted above, while the terminal segment is long,
narrow, and produced on the sides near the base into an acute process
or expansion of the lateral margin, and a second similar but less
prominent process two-thirds of the length of the last near the pos-
terior end; the extreme termination being blunt and triangular.

First four pairs of legs slender, forward-directed, densely hir-
sute, each successive pair longer than the preceding; the last three
pairs ambulatory, gradually decreasing in length.

The holotype (Cat. No. 50401, U.S.N.M.), an adult female, was
collected by the Venice Marine Biological Station, on seaweed, at
Venice, California.

This species is at once distinguished from previously described
Astacillas by its greater size and the unique pyramidlike shape of the
fourth thoracic segment.

Suborder ONISCOIDEA.
Family ONISCIDAE.

PHILOSCIA MINUTISSIMA, new species.
Plate 92, fig. 2.

Body elongate-ovate, about two and a half times as long as wide,
4mm.,1.6mm. Head about twice as wide as long, with the frontal

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54,

margin broadly, evenly rounded, and the anterolateral angles
rounded, the eyes being so situated on a ridge as to produce the ap-
pearance of a small lobe in front of each eye. The eyes are small,
compound, lateral. The first pair of antennae are inconspicuous,
rudimentary, consisting of one small joint, tipped with a few bristles.
The first, second, and third articles of the second antennae are short,
stout, subequal; the fourth article is twice as long as the third; the
fifth is slightly greater than the fourth; the flagellum is biarticulate ;
the second pair of antennae extends to the anterior margin of the
third thoracic segment. The maxilliped has a palp of three articles.
The first maxilla has the inner plate furnished with several small
spines; the outer plate is quadridentate.

Thorax: The first segment is the longest, about as long as the head,
with the anterolateral margins decidedly curved and extending
around the head to the posterior margin of the eye; the second to
seventh segments are subequal; the epimera are completely fused
with the segments. ‘The lateral margins of the first three segments
are straight, the postlateral angles of the fourth, fifth, sixth, and
seventh segments are gradually, acutely produced, that of the seventh
entirely concealing the sides of the first and second abdominal seg-
ments; also the anterior margin of the third segment. The legs are
all ambulatory, similar and subequal.

Abdomen: This is decidedly narrower than the thorax; the first
and second segments are strongly compressed and partly concealed
by the seventh thoracic segment; the third, fourth, and fifth segments
are subequal, each about equal to the first and second segments taken
together, and having the postlateral angle gradually acutely pro-
duced; the sixth segment is small, triangular, with the apex bluntly
pointed. The peduncle of the uropoda extends to the extremity of
the abdomen; the inner branch is very slender, pointed, and extends
about 1 millimeter beyond the abdomen; the outer branch is about
1 mm. long and 0.2 mm. wide, and is bluntly pointed at the end.

Color: yellowish with irregular fuscous patches and with a longi-
tudinal light area or band in the middle of the dorsal surface.

This species is nearest to Philoscia culebrae Moore, but differs in
the following: (1) The biarticulate flagellum of the second antennae;
(2) the head is more rectangular, and the lobed aspect of its frontal
margin is less decided; (3) the appendages are less setiferous; (4)
the abdomen, as a whole, is wider and shorter, its lateral line being
approximately continuous with that of the thorax.

The holotype and six additional specimens (Cat. No. 50403, U.S.
N. M.), secured “on bat guano” in Hunt’s Cave, New Providence,
Bahamas, June 29, 1914, were presented to the United States National
Museum by Mr. George P. Englehardt.

1Philoscia culebrae Moore, Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, vol. 20, pt. 2, 1902, p. 176,
pl. 11, figs. 13-17.

NO, 2253. DESCRIPTIONS OF THN NEW ISOPODS—BOONE. 603

LEPTOTRICHUS VEDADOENSIS, new species.

Plate 92, fig. 3.

Body elongate-ovate, subconvex, twice as long as wide, 6 mm., 3
mm., densely granulated. Head produced in front in a conspicuous
median lobe which is squarish with the anterior margin rounded
and is tilted upward and outward; the lateral lobes are large and
divergent and broadly rounded. The eyes are moderately large, oval, ,
complex, and situated at the base of the lateral lobes. The second
antennae have the first four articles of the peduncle subequal; the
fifth is much longer, about 1 mm.; the flagellum is biarticulate, the
first article being about two-thirds as long as the second and termi-
nating in a minute hook-like point; the flagellum is about as long
as the fifth joint; the second antennae extend to the anterior margin
of the second thoracic segment.

Thorax: The first segment is slightly longer than the others,
about 1.1 mm., with its lateral margins expanded and surrounding
the head, the second to seventh segments, inclusive, are similar, sub-
equal, with their lateral parts moderately expanded and the post-
lateral angles gradually, acutely produced. The legs are similar,
subequal, and have the inner margin ornamented with brushlike tufts
of spines.

Abdomen: The first and second segments are compressed and have
the lateral parts concealed by the seventh thoracic segment; the
third, fourth, and fifth segments are broadly expanded, forming a
continuous curve with the margin of the thoracic segments; the sixth
segment is abruptly narrow, triangulate, with the posterior margins
recurved. The peduncle of the uropod is broad, about two-thirds as
long as the terminal segment; the inner branch is minute, placed at
the inner distal angle of the peduncle; the outer branch is broken off.

The posterior margins of the head, thorax, and first five abdomi-
nal segments are heavily carinated. The entirely dorsal surface is
densely granulated, has scattered minute pigment spots, and is finely
setiferous.

The holotype (Cat. No. 50405, U.S.N.M.) and two paratypes
come from La Puntilla, Vedado, near Habana, Cuba, and were se-
cured and donated to the United States National Museum by Dr.
Mario Sanchez Roig. All these specimens are slightly broken.

This species is very near Leptotrichus granulatus Richardson,‘ but
differs from it in the following: (1) Greater length of the second
antennae, (2) in having the central lobe of the head longer or
greater, (3) in the shape of telson, (4) the carinated aspect of the
margins of the segments is more pronounced and the entire specimen
is more compact than is Leptotrichus granulatus.

1 Leptotrichus granulatus Richardson, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sciences, vol. 11, 1902, p. 308,
pl. 40, fig. 58.

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Via.

Fia.

aces

Fic.

VOL. 54.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 89.

1. Astacilla californica, new species, type, lateral view.

2. Pterisopodus bartschi, new species, type, dorsal view.
3. Pterisopodus bartschi, new species, type, ventral view.
4. Pterisopodus bartschi, new species, type, maxilliped.
5. Pterisopodus bartschi, new species, type, mandible.

PLATE 90.

1. Sphaeroma exosphaeroma, new species, type, dorsal view.
2. Hzosphaeroma barrerae, new species, type, dorsal view.
3. Sphaeroma exosphacroma, maxilliped.

4, Hrosphaecroma barrerae, ventral view of head.

PLATE 91.

1. Braga occidentalis, new species, type, dorsal view.
2. Cirolana hermitensis, new species, type, dorsal view.
8. Gnathia triospathiona, new species, type, dorsal view.

PLATE 92.

1. Hxzcorallana berbicensis, new species, type, dorsal view.
2. Philoscia minutissima, new species, type, dorsal view.
3. Leptotrichus vedadoensis, new species, type, dorsal view.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 89

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

$09 29Vd 33S 3LW1d 4O NOILWNW1dx3 YC H

sqdodOs| 4O SAI0AdS MAN

a) ae eer

; : oP ii
f 7 > t
: \ Vinod
| en
‘ Pie sey
t : aan | A a aN
4 io
| ‘
L Me 4 ee
7 5
Noir tis
ns

pe | oy estlg A Sa
Ps A

bE Wad Soe

' es
te 7
Pal
pent s
Wewiee
. My rl ;
ee ee. ok
tire»
a ar
a hay t
Sea a
ere ie
i » an a
‘ ee
, a i
i 135
. of 4
x
ee
3
‘ he
| ’ we
rh
: 4
ao ua
at
= <a
He
= ' x i:
; + a4 a
* ay et
rs “4 af
- “ , {
i a4
| iid een
. ae i . fi mg
oe
- at
ry
ot : &
Mu re ee et 7)
. J A
e
]
:

OW 2 ree a
. a . *by

bras ainsi als bea ri 9
ai = Vie a ie a
eS al ae ? FT nol

N ae i © a ae

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 90

—O\\
ZN

New SPECIES OF ISOPODS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 604

ale = Ae

y = *gaTk ae ®t
} : ! ’ cy 1
ip os hee
a) “_
f : F - oe © Ys
| \ ve y on
4 as 5 i oe YP
: Meche ge > kN. OP ee
eS ee ee d Sewke ey
lethal kg ’ i, ai eal |
Sl Cl TR oP sat §
er
;
.

, iI ee he Shs Tas fi "% - ne fae
3 < on ‘4 Mi. ‘ 7 . =f + : i i i ae

: F ; ar Sai, . af , pip mys vis a

i ; 7 F; Ric } \ at ie

a
°
'
’
_,
‘
4
j
»
=

a = ~
"y 5 es a ‘h 4 4
, i‘
1 : hs A ; ' :
; .
. Z re J -
rs y : 7 - > ¥, Le as M

% j cP. = 8 en

d * Z A ade oy
i x i :

'z i ; A Hou ‘

a j
+ ‘

a
*

)
; ‘ i \ ws 4
% ; F \ i
e y .
’ ;
a | Lt
! ¥ F
' wey
ae
I ae
‘ ° ‘
a
“ j
A se ba
7 ¢
}
‘
ive ¥
at]
§
‘A J “
v i& 1
ery
| SA
} Prats od
; wr 4
Sh 4 i
a) * ue in ; ity ;
P ’ i i, if
¢ a . oy e 4 f

AA Prva an? ae
' es

a y i
avee®

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 9I

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

p09 30Vd 33S 31V1d 4O NOILVNW1dx3 HO4

SgOdOs| 4O SH1I0SdS MAN

a = ——— - - - —_—— —

i = —
Maye eee ¥
eae ‘ eye?

ves 7: /
PAO

Nigny eS So
* as; 7

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 92

NEw SPECIES OF ISOPODS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 604

Set
eho Uap
r Mey ¥- aps
| eat Oe ieee
‘ = ° a e
Ohi AY ia if yo Vie mes &
) ined onde :

‘
4

&
®

Cae. Go

ae:

A NEW WEST INDIAN FOSSIL LAND SHELL.

By Pav Bartscny,

Curator of Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum.

Among a lot of kitchen midden marine shells collected by Theodoor
de Booy on Salt River, North Coast of St. Croix, and submitted to
the United States National Museum for determination, is the shell
of a Pleurodonte belonging to the Section Caracollus. <A. critical
comparison shows it to be quite distinct from all the other known
members of the group. I therefore name it:

PLEURODONTE DEBOOYI, new species.

Plate 93.

Shell large, very broadly conic, depressed above and well rounded
below. Upper surface grayish-white excepting the nuclear turns,
which are rusty brown; and a band of the same color about one-fifth
as wide as the whorl situated about half the width of the dark band
posterior to the periphery. The basal side is of the same general
color as the upper and bears a rusty spiral band a little distance
anterior to the periphery. All the whorls are flattened. Suture
scarcely indicated, not at all impressed. Periphery strongly cari-
nated. Base slightly inflated, strongly rounded, with a narrow,
shallow, impressed umbilical pit. Aperture subtriangular, oblique;
outer lip thickened at the edge, the upper less so than the basal,
the latter as well.as the columellar portion much thickened and
reflected; parietal wall covered with a thin callus. Entire surface
both above and below marked by moderately strong, decidedly re-
tractively curved incremental lines and the exceedingly fine, crinkly,
crisscross markings characteristic of all the members of the section.

The type (Cat. No. 218039, U.S.N.M.), was collected by Mr. Theo-
door de Booy in kitchen midden deposits on Salt River in northern
St. Croix, West Indies. It has six whorls and measures—altitude,
26 mm.; greater diameter, 58 mm.; lesser diameter, 49 mm.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 54—No. 2254.
605

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54,

In the flattening of the upper surface of the whorls the present
species suggests Plewrodonte (Caracollus) angistoma Ferussac from
Haiti, but the under surface is entirely different, for in Plewrodonte
(Caracollus) angistoma there is no umbilical depression. The only
_ other form which approaches it in the flattening of the whorls is the
Haitian Pleurodonte (Caracollus) sarcocheila but even in that they
are not so flat as in the new form, nor does it have as strong an
umbilical depression as the present species; in that character this
approaches most nearly Pleurodonte (Caracollus) caracolla.

It is quite possible that the present species is the fossil Pleurodonte
carocolla previously reported from St. Croix. The existence of a
member of the Caracollus section on this island argues strongly for
a former land connection from St. Croix to Porto Rico and the
island of Vieques, in both of which it is also represented, in spite
of the deep water existing at this present time between them and
St. Croix. Likewise, the presence of members of the group in Haiti
and Santo Domingo is equally strong evidence of former land con-
nection across the channel that now separates them.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSELM FRCCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 93

A NEw WEST INDIAN FOSsIL LAND SHELL.

FOR DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 605

| ue as Ru oi

.:
7 f i : ;
eo al 2 ae pi
Ai. ~ i-s - &
PTD? RE her BAS
: - y > a 7 = call
s 7 = ' i . , Ge 7 2 wi
7 a. Ae my Sea ig: gl al —-
| = 4 _ : “eo!
bet i er ANG, aie
wt
; %. ’ -
i rte or ¥ 7 =
(a >. 2
i ©
¢ , i ia
a “. i ‘
F 7) ‘
—_ > : 5
“wa
at : d
sf
- } :
> f. =
aa ‘ 1
7 7 7 : Bg 7
: f
7 few ~~.
i L i :
{ a
it 7 a
> ’ ,
a
a ve
i _
; . ‘ ie
f™ « A
: a |
i a pon
¢ : * : 4 ‘gi 4q
| ; ~ jp ae
. é ‘ : ay
5 ¥ 7
, 7
7
n
. oe 1
A . rn ;
Fe ~
=
} ~
i
= f
: 4
. .
re j
a
?
Z F . A
> my 2 oy
a K r _ Get ‘i o
< Oth ae 2 r, _
. « : eg in aR sh te eee ee er
ve re Rae oy Fe ee Gx tell Fe Pas 7
. “a. ata *. = rae 1h Tha <
i »* Scat 2 sia x
: 4 ’ : Sees arte a
a : i _ 7 ~ vs bes
- i. a er ee Gey winnie owe - ed a em een Ul @'
4 ya — F
¥ i * ‘ ¥

Seat > anvh ited Lae 5

ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF A COLLECTION OF BIRDS
MADE BY MR. COPLEY AMORY, JR., IN NORTHEAST-
ERN SIBERIA.

By J. H. Riney,

Aid, Division of Birds, United States National Museum.

Mr. Copley Amory, jr., accompanied the Koren Expedition to the
Kolyma River region of northeastern Siberia in 1914, where the 228
specimens of birds and few sets of eggs listed in the following report
were collected, and generously presented to the United States Na-
tional Museum.

While the collection contains no novelities, it included a number
of forms previously unrepresented in the museum, and the series
of hazel grouse from the Kolyma has enabled me to describe a new
form from further south.’

A brief sketch of Mr. Araory’s route has already been published’
und Mr. B. Alexander, who accompanied the expedition, collecting
fossils for the Smithsonian Institution, has published in the same
number (pp. 31-40) an account of the country along the lower
Kolyma and the Little and Big Annuj rivers, tributaries of the
Kolyma. Mr. Amory, besides collecting on the two Annuj rivers, the
lower Kolyma, and the coast, collected further up the Kolyma in the
wooded area at Verkhni and in the foot hills of the Tomus Chaja

mountains to the west of Verkhni.
Mr. Koren had previously made a trip to the same region, the

birds of which have been reported upon by Thayer and Bangs,* who

1On his way north along the Alaskan coast Mr. Amory collected examples of the follow-
ing species:

Puffinus tenuirostris (Temminck). (Bristol Bay.)

Larus brachyrhynchus Richardson. (Kodiak Island.)

Heteractitis incanus (Gmelin). (Kodiak Island.)

Histrionicus histrionicus pacificus Brooks. (Kodiak Island.)

Passerculus sandwichensis sandwichensis (Gmelin). (King’s Cove.)

Melospiza melodia insignis Baird. (Kodiak Island.)

Corvus caurinus Baird. (Kodiak Island.)

Pica pica hudsonica Sabine. (Kodiak Island.)

2 Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 29, 1916, p. 17.

* Smiths. Misc. Coll., vol. 66, No. 3, 1916, pp. 46-51.

*Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, April, 1914, pp. 1-48, with an outline map of
the region.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuUSEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2255.
607

608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

have described most of the novelties not previously named by Butur-
lin. The latter spent some time near the mouth of the Kolyma and
made large collections there but has published no connected account
of his work, to my knowledge, though in his paper on the Rosy Gull?
a good description of the country is given and many species of birds
are mentioned.

Thayer and Bangs’s list is so well done that little can be added to
what they have already said, but as Mr. Amory seems to have reached
a higher point on the Kolyma than Koren did on his previous trip,
he naturally secured a number of forms not obtained by the latter,
and it has been thought advisable to publish this list, with the field
notes of the collector, as a supplementary contribution to the orni-
thology of a little-known region.

For convenience of comparison the species are listed in the order
followed by Thayer and Bangs.

The author is indebted to the authorities of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology for the loan of a series of Phylloscopus trochalus
eversmanni for comparison.

Family TETRAONIDAE.

1. LAGOPUS LAGOPUS KORENI Thayer and Bangs.”

Seventeen specimens from the following localities: Annuj River,
September 12, 18, and 28, 1914; Little Annuj River, September 23,
November 9, and 26, 1914; Nijni Kolymsk, January 20, February 11,
and June 12, 1915; Verkhni Kolymsk, April 12, 17 and 20, 1915; 7
miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 19, 1915; 80 and 33 miles west
of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 28, 1915; Kelyma Delta, July 11, 1915.

This series bears out the characters ascribed to it by the describers,
and to their account I can add nothing. In measurements it comes
very close to Lagopus 1. ungavus as the following table will show:

Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen. ee
mm mm. mm mm

Sixemalesitrom) thesKolynia ee cree ee a ae gee erence eee 260 128. 2 20.6 13
Ten males from Ungava-.:..---..+---- ees ASH). 197 121.9 20.9 13.5
Five males, west side of Hudson Bay......-.-:+-.--+----2=---:- 200. 6 126.7 19.1 11.8
Six males, MOFLHERTMATAS RAS ee ee inl Dee een a, es 196.8 119.9 18.9 12.8
Five females, ICOLYING Le wets hoe ecw aes srinke Oe rec erige se sense 195.6 125.8 17.8 11.3
Ten females, Ungava1 ae. a Ras eld See 179 110 19.3 12.9
Three females, west side of Hudson Bay.....-....-----.-------- 191.2 116.7 18.3 10.8

Winter resident throughout the Kolyma Valley.—C. A.

1}bis, 1906, pp. 131-139, 333-337, 400, 661-666.
2Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 4.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 609

2. LAGOPUS RUPESTRIS, subspecies?

Three males and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk,
May 6, 8, 14, and 19, 1915; one male and one female, 60 miles west
of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 20, 1915.

A]Jl of these are in the white winter plumage and only in two males
and one female are there any feathers of the summer plumage ap-
pearing; in the case of the males (taken May 19 and 20) only a few
feathers on the top of the head, but in the female (May 20) there
are numerous feathers on the back, head, wing-coverts, and upper
breast, mostly concealed by the white feathers, however.

After comparing these with a series from Alaska I can find no
differences in size; they are not in the right stage of plumage to
show whether there is any difference in color, so for the present
the Kolyma form will have to remain in doubt.

In the Tomus Chaja Mountains; winter resident.—C. A.

3. TETRAO PARVIROSTRIS PARVIROSTRIS Bonaparte.

The head of a male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 13, 1915, and a
female, Verkhni Kolymsk, April, 1915.

We saw one in September on the Lesser Annuj, 50 versts [38 miles] east of
the Kolyma, where the larch increases in size and quantity; and another in
the same locality in October. None around Nijni Kolymsk and they are not
common anywhere in the lower valley. They are common in the upper valley
and are used for food by the Yakuts. In April in the foothills of the Tomus
Chaja Mountains one morning a boy killed three males with his rifle. During
a three weeks’ visit to the priest at Verkhni Kolymsk several were brought in
to him by the natives.—C. A.

4. TETRASTES BONASIA KOLYMENSIS Buturlin.t

Four males, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 12 and 20, 1915; two males
and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni Volymsk, May 8 and 17,
1915.

This series is very uniform and quite different from any of the
forms with which I have been able to compare it. The form I
named Z'etrastes bonasia amurensis® approaches it in certain par-
ticulars, but is quite distinct, and as the differences have already
been pointed out in the description they need not be repeated here.
‘Since I published the above description Mr. 8. A. Buturlin has pub-
lishd a paper quoted in the footnotes, revising the birds of this genus.
In this revision he renames the bird I described from Manchuria,
but fortunately gave it the same name. He also names the bird from
Ussuriland, calling it Zetrastes bonasia ussuriensis.2 Seebohm’s de-
scription * of 7’etrao septentrionalis is very unsatisfactory. He does

1 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916, p. 226.

2Proec. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 29, 1916. p. 17. :
3 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916. pp. 222 and 227.
4Ibis, 1884, p. 430.

8348—19—Proc.N.M.vol.54——40

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

not give any definite locality, but Buturlin? seems to restrict See-
bohm’s form to the “ middle course of the Yenisei, from Krasnoyarsk
to the confines of the forest and westward to the Government of
Tobolsk and southeast to the Government of Sokutsk.” Seebohm’s
type should be in the British Museum, but until some competent
ornithologist examines it and fixes the name there is nothing. to do
but accept Buturlin’s disposition of it. Fortunately the United
States National Museum possesses a female from the Yenisei of
Seebohm’s own collecting. This is the bird I referred to? as prob-
ably representing a new form when I was under the impression that
the Manchurian bird was true 7’. b. septentrionalis.

The Yenisei specimen when compared with 7. 6. kolymensis is
not so gray above and the white markings on the wings and the
white bars on the feathers below are more restricted; the dark bars
to the feathers on the underpart of 7’. b. kolymensis are also darker
and heavier. The United States National Museum has recently ac-
quired two specimens of 7Zetrastes from Sakhalin Island. They
agree with a specimen from the mouth of the Amur River (near
Nikolaievsk). This Amur specimen is slightly grayer above than
the two males from I-mien-po, Manchuria (the type and cotype of
my 7. b. amurensis), but not different enough in my opinion to war-
rant a separate designation. From the above I would also place the
7’. b. ussuriensis Buturlin in the synonymy of 7’. b. amuriensis, as it
hardly seems probable that two forms can inhabit practically the
same country. Nearly all species of grouse have two phases of
plumage, a red and a gray; but they are not distinct forms in the
general acceptation of the term, as Buturlin seems to imply, but
variations. In some parts of a species’ range one of the phases
may be lacking. This seems to be the case with 7’. b. kolymensis, as
there are no birds of the red phase in the series before me.

Does not occur below Sredne Kolymsk, but not common until Verkhni is
reached. Saw them constantly there in April and May, near the Kolyma

and in the foothills of the Tomus Chaja Mountains before leaving the timber.
Winter resident south of Sredne Kolymsk.—C, A.

Family GAVIIDAE.
5. GAVIA ADAMSI (Gray).

One female, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, July 19, 1915; and one with-
out data from the Kolyma Delta region.

6. GAVIA STELLATA (Pontoppidan).
One male, Kolyma delta, July 16, 1915.

1 Messager Ornith., vol. 7, No. 4, 1916, p. 226.
2Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 28, 1915, p. 162.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 611

Family PROCELLARIIDAE.

7. FULMARUS ROGERSI Cassin.

Two males, off Indian Point, August 8, 1914.

These two specimens are very dark on the back, in fact darker
than any specimens of the light phase of Yulmarus g. glupischa with
which I have been able to compare them, but in measurements they
are nearer /ulmarus rogersi, which averages larger with a heavier
bill. The type of #. rogers is a light-colored bird, in fact aberrant.
It is pure white, the interscapular region and scapulars with a pale
neutral gray wash; wing-coverts with a few pale neutral gray spots;
bend of the wing, border, and primary-coverts, mouse gray; pri-
maries and outer secondaries chaetura drab, with inner portion of
the inner web white; tail feathers mouse gray, white on the inner
web, except on the central pair. It is unsexed and measures: wing,
314; tail, 120; culmen, 38.5; depth of bill at base, 19.5.

For comparison I append the following averages:

Depth of

Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.| billat
Fourmales ofl itrogensi ty. oo ORISSA. ceed ek ec ce es 323.5 126.6 38.5 19.4
Twomales, off Indian Point. «... <-c\0- 2 enies o- Fesige vooea nae ss « 321 123.7 39 19.5
Fournimalesioff..g: glepischa sy. 200. tk eh US 313 124.6 37.7 17.6

Family ALCIDAE.
8. FRATERCULA CORNICULATA (Naumann).
One male, Emma Harbor, July 28, 1914.
’ 9, AETHIA CRISTATELLA (Pallas).
One male, Emma Harbor, July 29, 1914.
10. AETHIA PUSILLA (Pallas).
One male, off Indian Point, August 8, 1914.

11. CEPPHUS MANDTII (Mandt).
One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 9, 1915.
12. CEPPHUS COLUMBA Pallas.

Four males and two females, Emma Harbor, July 22, 28, 29, Au-
gust 5 and 8, 1914.

Very common, Hmma Harbor.—C. A.

Family LARIDAE.

13. LARUS VEGAE Palmén.

One male and one female, Emma Harbor, August 4 and 5, 1914;
one female, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914.

612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 54.

14. RHODOSTETHIA ROSEA (Macgillivray).
On August 20, 1914, Capt. Koren saw four young Ross’ gulls as we passed
north of Ajan Island.—C. A.
15. STERNA PARADISAEA Briinnich.

Two males, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914; one female, Nijni
Kolymsk, June 18, 1915.

Family STERCORARIIDAE.

16. STERCORARIUS POMARINUS (Temminck).
One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 1, 1915.

17. STERCORARIUS PARASITICUS (Linnaeus).
Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 12 and 15, 1915.

Family PHALAROPODIDAE.

18. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS (Linnaeus).

Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915; one female, Cape Wan-
karem, August 12, 1914; one male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August
11,1915; one male (?), three females, and one unsexed, mouth of the .
Baranika River, August 16, 1915.

The two males taken July 7, have begun to turn white down the
center of the breast, and a small white spot is appearing on the
throat; the male taken August 11 has the lower parts particolored
red and white, the latter prevailing, and the dusky of the chin has
almost entirely disappeared; all the other specimens are white below
with a band of light brownish drab across the foreneck. None of
the specimens, except one male, taken August 11 show any great
change above from the breeding plumage; the foreheads have become
white and a few of the feathers of the winter plumage have begun
to appear along the scapular region. The male collected August 11,
has more of the gray of the winter plumage appearing on the back
than any other specimen in the series.

19. LOBIPES LOBATUS (Linnaeus).

Two males, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915; one male, Sucharin,
Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915; and one unsexed, Baranika River,
August 16, 1915.

Mr. Amory obtained a set of four eggs nearly hatched from a low,
flat, bare island at the mouth of the Kolyma, July 16, 1915. The
nest was situated on a tuft of wet moss among swampy “ nigger-
heads.”

Family SCOLOPACIDAE.

20. GALLINAGO GALLINAGO RADDEI (Buturlin).

One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 1, 1915; one male
and one unsexed, Nijni Kolymsk, June 24, 1915.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 613

The three specimens listed above are lighter, both above and below
than in a series of five specimens from western Europe. The axil-
laries, though, are as heavily barred as in any European bird in the
series, so this can not be a very reliable character. As there seems to
be some doubt of the applicability of Hodgson’s name Gallinago uni-
clavus as given by Thayer and Bangs,' it is probably better to use
Buturlin’s name.?

There seems to be little or no difference in size between European
and east-asiatic birds, as the following will show:

Locality. Wing. Tail. Culmen.
mm mm. mm.
Four malesirometuropes.ja-2 sels doesn sanandoceicks nanaades saseewe asec 129 58.2 65.9
Ten males from eastern Asia 127.4 57.6 69.5
Three females from Europe-...... 128 57.7 70.3
Eight females from eastern Asia 127.9 56.3 65.9

21. PISOBIA ACUMINATA (Horsfield).

Two females, Sucharin Island, Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915; one
female, Kolyma Delta, July 14, 1915.

22. PISOBIA MACULATA (Vieillot).
One female, immature, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914.
23. PISOBIA RUFICOLLIS (Pallas).
One male and one female, Emma Harbor, August 4, 1914.

24. PISOBIA TEMMINCKII (Leisler).
One female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 22, 1915.

25. ARQUATELLA COUESI Ridgway.
One immature female, Koliutschin Bay, August 10, 1914.
26. CANUS CANUS ROGERSI Matthews.®

One immature female, Chaun Bay, August 17, 1914.

Mathews, in his great work cited below, has divided the knots into
three races—an European, an Asiatic, and an American. The series
at my command seems to confirm this arrangement, except that birds
from Alaska seem to belong to the Asiatic form. Birds from the
eastern United States seem to be paler above, with more rufous and
less black, when compared with European specimens. Asiatic birds
are, as Mathews says, somewhat intermediate, darker than American
specimens, but not so dark as those from Europe. With the Asiatic
race I would include the Alaskan specimens as above stated, since
they seem to be identical.

1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 14.

2 Scolopar (Gallinago) gallinago raddei Buturlin, ‘“‘ Limicolae of the Russian Empire.”
Pt. I, Tula, 1902, p. 54.

§ Birds, Australia, vol. 8, pt. 3, Aug. 18, 1913, p. 270.

614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

There is an adult male specimen in the United States National
Museum collection (No. 109097) taken at Fort Simpson, Mackenzie,
May 138, that seems also to agree with Alaskan and Asiatic birds; in
point of size it is the largest male example measured. It must be con-
fessed that the eastern United States specimens are in fresh unworn
plumage; while the Alaskan, Asiatic, and European birds mostly have
the gray edges of the back feathers abraded, but there are three un-
sexed individuals from Greenland before me that are about in the
same stage of abrasion as the series from the three latter localities.
These Greenland birds have less black and more rufous on the back
than in either the European or Asiatic-Alaskan series, and the rufous
below is especially dark and extensive, particularly so in No. 18628.
The shade and extent of the rufous below varies considerably in the
same series and I do not attach much importance to this character.
My series of fall plumages of both the American and Asiatic forms
are much too small to show anything. The differences in size between
the series are small and covered by the variations; American birds
average slightly smaller than the other two races. Besides an exten-
sive series of spring birds from eastern United States there are a .
few unsexed specimens from the old world, not given in the measure-
ments below, though useful for comparison. The various series
average as follows:

Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.| Tarsus. Middle
mm mm. mm mm mm.

Ten males from eastern United States............... 163. 4 60. 7 35.3 30.7 21.1
Hourgmales fromyAlaskan oe eee ence oe cette deems 166. 2 63.9 34.5 31.7 21.2
One'male'from Mackenzie... 222.528. 22 ee 177 64 36.5 34.5 2255)
TwowmalesifromepAsiaa-= 22. s any och ee aes eee 166. 2 62.5 33 31 20.5
One:'male from’ Frances=2. . 22ST eee eee eee 166.5 65 36 31 21
Ten females from eastern United States............-. 167.8 62.1 37.1 31.6 21.6
One female from ‘Alasks 212 fois as Fa Ee 169.5 63. 5 39 32.5 21.5
Four females fromsEurope:..-csse cesses seceseoneons 168. 6 62.9 36.1 31.5 21.3

27. LIMOSA LAPPONICA BAUERI Naumann.
One male, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 9, 1915.
28. RHYACOPHILUS GLAREOLA (Linnaeus).
One male and three females, Nijni Kolymsk, May 27, June 16, 17,
and 27, 1915; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 1, 1915.
29. TOTANUS ERYTHROPUS (Pallas).

One immature female, Little Annuj River, September 9, 1914.

Thayer and Bangs! when they found it impossible to accept 7ringa
erythropus Scopoli? for this bird, evidently overlooked the older
name of Scolpax erythropus Pallas.

1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 20.
2 Annus 1, Hist. Nat., 1769, p. 102.
3 Vroeg’s Cat., Adumbr., 1764, p. 6.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 615

30. TEREKIA CINEREA (Giildenstadt).

Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolmsk, June 2 and 9, 1915;
one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 22, 1915.
These three specimens measure as follows:

U.S.N.M. No. Sex. Date. Wing. Tail. Culmen.
mm. mm, mm.
231348 sb. soa lah ae SR LR ek Maléts i235 be.. June 9 132.5 51 44
DSTBAT a dco des s aaldas css cisions clesiee aeewecenes | eeleas God Seisecacses June 2 130.5 54.5 45
Dat asO eee eae sa cee ohsc = eee Rene eee Hemale. . = Lees 4. June 22 139.5 56 50

31. MACHETES PUGNAX (Linnaeus).

Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 26 and 30, 1915;
one female, 8 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 24, 1915; five
females, Sucharin Island, Kolyma Delta, July 7 and 9, 1915.

Family CHARADRIIDAE.
32. PLUVIALIS DOMINICUS FULVUS (Gmelin).
One female, Nijni Kolymsk, September 1, 1914.

33. CHARADRIUS MONGOLUS (Pallas).

One female, Emma Harbor, July 22, 1914.
34. MORINELLA INTERPRES INTERPRES (Linnaeus).

Three immature specimens, Cape Wankarem, August 12, 1914.

Family ANATIDAE.
35. MERGUS SERRATOR Linnaeus.
One immature, not sexed, Kolyma River, September 12, 1914.
36. MARECA PENELOPE (Linnaeus).

One male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 8,
1915; one immature male, Annuj River, September 5, 1914.

37. NETTION CRECCA (Linnacus).

One male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June
3, 1915.
38. NETTION FORMOSUM (Georgi).

One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915; two males and one fe-
male, 7 miles north of Nijni Heehandte May 27 and 381, and June =
1915; and one female, Kolyma Delta, July 7, 1915.

Mr. Amory secured a set of seven eggs, ili incubation advanced
five or six days, on Sucharin Islands, Kolyma Delta, July 9, 1915.
The nest was on a “niggerhead” in open swamp, a hundred yards

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

from a pond. It is composed of willow leaves, broken grass, and
trash gathered apparently on the spot and the sides are lined with
blackish down and a few feathers. The egg cavity is four inches
in diameter and about the two and a half inches deep. The eggs are
pale olive-buff and measure as follows: 47.6 by 35.3, 47.7 by 35, 47.4
by 33.8, 46.2 by 34.8, 47.4 by 35.7, 46.4 by 35, 47.3 by 34.4.mm.

39. DAFILA ACUTA ACUTA (Linnaeus).
One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 25, 1915.

40. CLANGULA CLANGULA CLANGULA (Linnaeus).

One specimen, Annuj River, October 4, 1914.

41. HARELDA HYEMALIS (Linnaeus).

Four males, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, July 22 and 23, 1915; one
female, Kolyma Delta, July 14, 1915. :

Three of the males have lost the long central tail feathers, and
the remainder of the tail is much worn, and in all four the scapulars
are mostly molted, and the fulvous of the upper back is much faded
and worn.

We saw this back in September (1914) on the Lesser Annuj River. This year

(1915) we saw great quantities of them at the delta of the Kolyma and along
the Chorchee coast. They were by far the commonest duck observed.—C. A.

42. POLYSTICTA STELLERI (Pallas).

One male, Emma Harbor, August 8, 1914, and four females, near
Cape North, August 138, 1914.

The male is commencing to assume the adult plumage. The fore-
head and sides of the face are becoming dusky white, and there is
considerable white appearing in the scapulars.

Large flocks about the boat near Cape North.—C. A.
43. ERIONETTA SPECTABILIS (Linnaeus).

Two females, Ajan Island, August 18, 1914; and one female, near
Karpe River, August 18, 1914.

Large flocks seen from the boat not far from shore, near Karpe River. Dur-
ing the trip in and trip out we observed no eiders of any kind west of Ajan
Island.—C, A.

44, SOMATERIA V-NIGRA Gray.

One male in “eclipse plumage,” Emma Harbor, July 7, 1914; one
young male, near Karpe River, August 13, 1914, the latter is in the
down and with the feathers of the first plumage appearing on the
flanks and posterior scapulars; one downy young, not long from the
nest, Plover Bay, August 8, 1914.

Very common at Emma Harbor.—C. A.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 6L7

45. ANSER ERYTHROPUS (Linnaeus).

One female, Verkhni Kolymsk, May 26, 1915. It measures—wing,
406; tail, 114; culmen, 36.

46. MELANONYX SEGETUM SERRIROSTRIS (Swinhoe).

One male, Annuj River, September 6, 1914; one male, Kolyma
Delta, July 18, 1915.

Family PHALACROCORACIDAE.
47. PHALACROCORAX PELAGICUS PELAGICUS Pallas.

One female (?), Emma Harbor, July 22, 1914.

Very common at Emma Harbor.—C. A.

Family STRIGIDAE.
48. ASIO FLAMMEUS FLAMMEUS (Pontoppidan).

One male, Little Annuj River, September 7, 1914; one unsexed, 7
miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, no date.

49. SCOTIAPTEX NEBULOSA BARBATA (Pallas).

One male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 26, 1915.

This specimen is grayer on the back, the face is whiter, and the
mark above the eye is darker and better defined than in any European
specimen with which I have been able to compare it but it must be ad-
mitted my series of the latter is small, consisting of three specimens
only. It measures—wing, 430; tail, 8305; culmen, 23.5.

Very common just north of Sredne Kolymsk; not seen or heard around Nijni
Kolymsk.—C. A.

50. NYCTEA NYCTEA (Linnaeus).

One adult female, Kolyma River, October 11, 1914. It measures—
wing, 441; tail, 255; culmen from cere, 28.

51. SURNIA ULULA PALLASI Buturlin.

One female, Nijni Kolymsk, January 25, 1915; one female, Verkhni
Kolymsk, April 22, 1915; one female and three males, 67 miles west
of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 10, 12, and 16, 1915.

Specimens of this series, when compared with a male, a female,
and an unsexed specimen of S. wu. ulula from Europe, present a quite
different appearance on the upper surface; S. wv. pallast seems to have
more white; the nape patch, the patch over the shoulder, and the
ear coverts and mark on the sides of face are darker and more pro-
nounced; and the brown is of a different shade nearer hair brown,
while in S. wu. ulula it is olive. Below there does not seem to be
much difference. There is a specimen in the collection from Pe-
tropaulski, Kamtschatka (No. 41010) that does not seem to differ

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

from European specimens and it may be that the differences in the
color of the back pointed out for S. wv. pallasi are due to the fresher
condition of the specimens.

The series measures as follows:

U.S.N.M. r : = Culmen
No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. lrrom afr,
mm mn. mm.
2373933 Male:/43| 67 milesiwest of Verkhni 222: 2822 2ee. coke cee 240 =) 190 17
231394) | 5<-A0%,.05| once GO6F- Aft A SERS A. EA TEE ee 223 185 18
237395) | 5-00. <2) lace CO to atemnaer es eetas ect seach aE toReSeAsoR eae 239. 5 172.5 18
237392 | Female..|..... Oe ee Te Se ee ee nae RS ORES eee 235 180 18
237391'.|..-do. .....|| Vierkhmi Kolymsk eae) ieee p opeyie. Se 5 ae yea rie 230 170 16.5
237390 |...do....| Nijni Kolymsk.......... 240 187.5 18
109868 | Male....) Archangel, Russia... Be 243 187 19
98031 | Female..| Bergen, Norway..........- 244 182 18.5
002) lel ere ae Kinberg, Lapland ........- 240 177 19
41010 Reese Petropaulski, Kamtschatka 220. 5 165 15.5

52. CRYPTOGLAUX FUNEREA MAGNA (Buturlin).

One male, Verkhni Kolymsk, April 17, 1915.

This specimen, when compared with European birds, is more nearly
hair brown on the back, in sharp contrast to the olive of the European
series before me; it also seems to have more white spotting on the
top of the head. The color of the back may be due to the freshness
of the specimen, however. It measures as follows: Wing, 169; tail,
101.5; culmen, 14.

Family PICIDAE.

53. DRYOCOPUS MARTIUS REICHENOWI Kothe.

One male, 8 miles west of Verkhni Kolymsk, May 22, 1915; one
female, 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November 23,
1914.

These are of the same deep black as a male specimen from Man-
churia and a female from north China, but have smaller bills.t They
measure as follows:

Une MS Visexs Locality. Wing. | Tail. | Culmen.
mm. mm. mm.
2S 7 B90e| (Male sso. | ie TILES LWeSt Ol Wen ki nie tem ee a eee a aaa 253 168 bGe5
237296) |'Female:~| Little Annu} River. !- 493. Tia oe eae 245 174 56

A winter resident in the Kolyma. The first one observed was in November,
100 versts [67 miles] from Nijni Kolymsk on the Lesser Annuj (collected by
Axel Siindmark) in a larch next the river. In the winter I saw two skins
brought in by Chorkches, one to Nijni Kolymsk, the other to Verkhni Kolymsk.
The specimen taken 12 versts [8 miles] west of Verkhni Kolymsk had a nest
10 feet from the ground in the heart of the largest white birch I saw in the
valley. The nest tree was in a swampy, willow-covered locality, near the

1See Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 28, Sept. 21, 1915, p. 162.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN. BIRDS—RILEY. 619

shore of a large lake. The nest contained four white eggs. I watched for
awhile, but did not observe the mate. This one was working at the nest
and the ground at the foot of the birch was sprinkled with pickings from the
tree. The form is shy.—C. A:

Only one egg from the set mentioned above by Mr. Amory is in
his collection. It measures 34.3 by 25.38 mm.

54. PICOIDES TRIDACTYLUS CRISSOLEUCUS (Reichenbach).
One male 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November
18, 1914. It measures—wing, 120.5; tail, 82; culmen, 30. This is so

distinct from P. t. tridactylus that I do not see the utility of making
it a form of that species, unless it is known to intergrade.

Saw three of these woodpeckers on the Little Annuj in November. I did not
see any but was told at Verkhni Kolymsk they were there throughout the
vear.—C. A,

Family HIRUNDINIDAE.

55. HIRUNDO URBICA WHITELEYI (Swinhoe).

Three males, Nijni Kolymsk, June 15, 16, and 17, 1915.
Family TURDIDAE.

56. TURDUS MUSICUS Linnaeus.

Two males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 18 and 23, 1915;
one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915.

These three birds when compared with a series from Europe are
more nearly hair brown on the back, while in European birds it is
bistre. There appears to be no difference in size.

57. CYANOSYLVIA SUECICA ROBUSTA (Buturlin).

One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 27, 1915.

It measures as follows: Wing, 73; tail, 51; culmen, 13.
58. OENANTHE OENANTHE OENANTHE (Linnaeus).

One male, immature, Ajan Island, August 17, 1914; one male(?),
immature, Cape Bolshaja Baranov, August 11, 1915.

Family SYLVIIDAE.
59. PHYLLOSCOPUS TROCHILUS EVERSMANNI (Bonaparte).

One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 27, 1915; one male, 7 miles north
of Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915; and one female, Kolyma River,
opposite Nijni Kolymsk, June 18, 1915.

The above specimens, along with the series reported upon by
Thayer and Bangs, kindly loaned me by the authorities of the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology, when compared with a series of

1Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, Apr. 9, 1914, p. 39.

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Phylloscopus t. trochilus appear quite different. P. ¢. eversmanni
differs from P. ¢. trochilus in being gray on the back (between hair
brown and drab) with only a very slight yellowish tinge, this latter
color being confined mostly to the rump and wings, quite different
from the buffy olive upper parts of the latter. P. t. eversmanni is
grayish white below with only a slight buffy tinge on the jungulum,
in sharp contrast to the yellowish tinge, more or less pronounced on
the under parts of P. t. trochilus, and the loral streak is more sharply
defined and more distinctly yellow in the latter. In size there is
little or no difference, as the following will show:

mm, mm, mm,
Six males of Pits CVeTSMANNE «cos anno as eens pacianes elec ene acclsegueeet 70.9 53.3 9.4
Four males of P.t..trochilus..... 23) fe 4-b.ee nab edn te dep an ee eee 68 50 9.5
Four femalesiof:P. tseversmannt ss ss scene ees el sete esse cease a eeenee 65.5 48 9.2
Wourdemalesiof Pts trochilus.-sc.5 ssn cece oom mone eens qasiecine sees 66.8 49 9.5

Mr. Amory took a nest and seven slightly incubated eggs on the
Kolyma, directly opposite Nijni Kolymsk, June 18, 1915. The nest
was in swamp and willows on one side of a “niggerhead,” with
water directly below the nest and a leaning dead willow stick directly
above. The nest outwardly is composed of rather coarse grass with
a few pieces of sphagnum moss, loosely woven; internally of finer
grass and lined with white ptarmigan feathers. The outer covering
extends up over the egg cavity, forming a roof. In fact, the nest has
the appearance of two nests, the outer one composed of dark-colored
coarse grass and the inner of finer yellowish grass. Outwardly the
nest measures about 64 by 5 inches; the egg cavity which is rounded
2 inches. The inner nest is placed in the front of the mass that com-
poses the outer nest.

The eggs are short, ovate in shape; white, rather evenly spotted
with larger and smaller spots of vinaceous russet in two tints; the
spots more numerous on the larger end. They measure as follows:
16.7 by 12.6, 16.4 by 12.5, 15.5 by 12.4, 16.4 by 12.5, 16.7 by 12.7, 16.5
by 12.6, 16.2 by 12.4 mm.

_60. REGULOIDES SUPERCILIOSUS SUPERCILIOSUS (Gmelin).

One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 1915. It measures—wing,
58.5; tail, 40; culmen, 9.

Family LANIIDAE.
61. LANIUS EXCUBITOR MOLLIS Eversmann.

One immature, Nijni Kolymsk, September 8, 1914.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 621

Family PARIDAE.

62. PENTHESTES CINCTUS KOLYMENSIS (Buturlin).

Two males and one unsexed, 80 miles from the mouth of Little
Annuj River, November 18 and 14, 1914; one male, Verkhni Kolymsk,
April 14, 1915; one male and one female, 67 miles west of Verkhni
Kolymsk, May 12, 1915.

These birds appear to be paler than Penthestes c. alascensis, espe-
cially on the flanks.

These remain even in the lower Kolyma throughout the year.—C. A.

This series measures as follows:

tate Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.
QSVAB8) |. jaictoms a. 80 miles from mouth of Little Annuj River | Nov. 13 71 69.5 9.5
237469 | Male. : ..|..... Ape eee ee nett coee es abiccisaseeeeee Nov. 14 73 71.5 9.5
237A dOns £- GOs. | £95: Orso. hen he saoee te abba pe ceee be dors - 70 69.5 9.5
WAM |ee2d Ones e Verbena ROOMY WISKE seme nee ecnaeee coce Apr. 14 74 71 10
237472 |...do....| 33 miles west of Verkhni-.-................ May 12 72.5 67.5 9
237473 | Female..|..... GO arson emanate ce each lenateenicwssiectelene Gee a= 67 68 9

Family MOTACILLIDAE.

63. MOTACILLA ALBA OCULARIS Swinhoe.

One male, 40 miles south of the mouth of the Kolyma River, July.
6, 1915; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 17, 1915.

64. BUDYTES FLAVUS PLEXUS Thayer and Bangs.1

One immature, in white plumage, Koliutschin Bay, August 10,
1914; one male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 2, 1915; two
males and two females, Nijni Kolymsk, June 16, 17, and 27, 1915.

In the above series of adults three have the narrow white super-
ciliary as given by Thayer and Bangs,” and two are without it. The
latter, when compared with B. f. borealis, are duller in color, not
nearly so bright on the back. In a series of nine (seven breeding
birds) of B. f. simillima from Kamchatka, the white superciliary
extends forward to the bill in every case, and it would appear that
any specimen in which it occurs only posterior to the eye is aberrant.
B. #. simillima seems to be brighter above with the gray of the top
of the head more sharply defined against the back than in B. f.
_ plexus. I regard the latter as a good race, though I am aware that
my remarks do not agree with what Thayer and Bangs have written.
Below I give the measurements of a series of males of B. f. simillima
and B. f. plexus, which suggests the possession of a longer bill by the
former.

1Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 41.
2Tdem, p. 42.

622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Budytes flavus simillima.

BAM Sex. Locality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.
89148.2... Male<-:-| Petropaniski; Kamichatkar:-2s-e-s-+-e eee July 11 79 67.5 13
eof Lt Ee ee Gorse ores ee WOR ss cemcot timcjeite aches See wnwioceicine July 4 81 71.5 15
201498....|... domee- jowsec OW ooenocabencdsttadonsanncooneoaceose| June 18 79 66 14
201499. .2.|... doz=- eee GOA aR ae See ose nes -ee ee: Mane ee June 17 85 73.5 13
201497... 2)... doe er GOSS Pee ee oo cee eee anaes eee June 19 83 70.5 13
201496..../... GOwceacloocae COR Gr ce ae bose geccet eee at acon teee June 17 80 69 13.5
20150002 see don seee esas DO iss coe sescceceencot coaeee oceeees qeeGO-n eee 80.5 70.5 13.5
Budytes flavus plexus.

237462....| Male....| 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk........... June 2 82 72 12.5
2314644. 21. -dO--s5- ING cKolymisk: sheet sod ects sae een wane og June 17 79.5 68 13

937466... + Wdo..) pet 0 NO ola te sa June 27 80 69.5 12.5

A nest with five nearly fresh eggs was taken at Nijni Kolmsk,
June 16, 1915. It was placed in a tuft of grass, 10 feet inside the
fringe of willows that lines the banks of the Kolyma. The nest is
composed of rather course grass, lined with hair and one grayish-
white feather. It is about 34 inches in diameter outwardly and the
egg cavity, which is rather shallow, about 24 inches in diameter.

The eggs are olive buff in ground tint, profusely spotted rather
evenly over the entire surface, with very minute spots of wood brown
and some purplish shell markings. They measure as follows: 19.6 by
14.9, 20 by 14.8, 20.2 by 14.6, 19.5 by 14.4, 19.4 by 14.3 mm.

65. ANTHUS GUSTAVI Swinhoe.

One male, Nijni Kolymsk, June 17, 1915.

I have compared this specimen with a series from Bering and
Copper Island; it appears to be more heavily streaked below, but
does not seem to differ otherwise. It measures: Wing, 83; tail, 54;
culmen, 13.

66. ANTHUS, species?

One immature, Emma Harbor, August 5, 1914.

This is a young bird not long from the nest; too young to be
identified with any degree of certainty at present, except that it
probably does not belong with the above species.

Family ALAUDIDAE.

67. OTOCORIS ALPESTRIS EUROA Thayer and Bangs.

Six males, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 14, 15, and 16,
1915. Ican add nothing to the account of the describers. The above
series measures as follows:

1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 43.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 623

bess ae Locality. Date. | Wing. | Tail. | Culmen.
mm. mm, mm
237400 7 ne Homo OLN a. .cs soos eases sese ree cciec ace ce May 14 111 69 12
gets eee ee Sccinuene, HU PN Sian enry MA Mele NAL oY ie May 16| 111 72 12.5
BAyAGAE lees | dd. woke 11 Hiveweaeccumrestiegaaerceeeroerer re May 15| 116.5 2B 12.5
237402..-.|--... GML RBRRS hag ented Lark oh ode Dales Te May 16| 115 69.5 12.5
237401. .-.|..... Fs ed cane? 2 epee ode anlen td Bde hhccnernte May 14| 116 73.5 11.5
237399....|..... > Ts SRA oes ESI alga ay am clea RE AD idewee! 113.5 72.5 12

Family FRINGILLIDAE.
68. ACANTHIS HORNEMANNI EXILIPES (Coues).

Two males and one female, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10, 16, 25, 1915;
one male and one female, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May 21,
1915.

One of the males taken at Nijni Kolymsk (No. 237425, June 25) is
very pale above, the centers of the feathers of the back and wings
being light drab, edged with dirty white; tail smoke gray, edged with
white. In fact, it is approaching albinism.

Very common in summer and autumn. Did not observe them around Nijni
after the end of October, but was told at Verkhni they remain in the upper
Kolyma Valley all winter.—C, A.

A nest and four eggs with incubation advanced about five days was
taken from a willow about 24 feet from the ground at Nijni Kolymsk,
July 5, 1915. The nest. is composed of cotton wool, rootlets, grass,
and small sticks felted together and lined with cotton wool and
feathers. The outside diameter of the nest is about 34 inches, that
of the egg cavity is about 13 inches, and the depth of the latter about
13 inches.

The eggs are etain blue with some ght vinaceous-drab markings
and a few spots and scrawls of taupe brown arranged principally
- around the larger end. They measure as follows: 16 by 12, 16.2 by
12.4, 16.4 by 11.9, 16.4 by 11.7 mm.

69. PLECTROPHENAX NIVALIS NIVALIS (Linnaeus).

Three males and five females, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, May
12, 13, and 14, 1915; one immature male and one ARNG Emma
Eeaars July 22 and ieee 5, 1914.

These do not seem to differ Fett North American birds ii in size or

color.
70. CALCARIUS LAPPONICUS ALASCENSIS Ridgway.

One adult and one young male, and four adult females, Emma
Harbor, July 22 and 28 and August 8, 1914; one young, Koliutschin
Bay, August 10, 1914.

These specimens are very much worn but seem to agree better with
C. l. alascensis than with C@. 1. coloratus, as has been already re-
marked by Thayer and Bangs."

1 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 5, 1914, p. 46.

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 54.

Locality. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.
Lhree:males fromimainland Siberias. ceeesees sauce as weeeceacicccce seo eome 92.7 60. 2 11.8
Tenmales WON. COOTOLUS ston sa sao ee eee noe ne aonee ven see ances seers 97.3 62.5 BLP
Twenty-two, C.alascensisi esos hee eee eee 95.7 63.2 11.6
Hour females from mamlandSiperty.. seen seen ee eee eee eee ene ee eens 87.2 59 11
Sixfentales*iGil, Colonayusiac). oes ee eee ee amen Oe eee ee eee ee eee eee 92.1 58.9 11.7
Twenty-four, Colt alescensisit as: Se see sees eee eee nee eee eee een ee eee 86.1 58. 4 10.9

1 Ridgway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 50, Pt. i, 1901, p. 158.
The commonest perching bird at Emma Harbor.—C. A.

71. EMBERIZA PALLASI (Cabanis).

One male, 7 miles north of Nijni Kolymsk, June 9, 1915.
It measures—wing, 71.5; tail, 59; culmen, 9.5.

72. EMBERIZA PUSILLA Pallas.

Two males, Nijni Kolymsk, June 10 and 27, 1915.
These measures as follows: Wing, 73-69.5; tail, 57-54;
culmen, 9.5.

Family CORVIDAE.
73. CORVUS CORAX KAMTSCHATICUS Dybowski.

One (“ female” ?), Verkhni Kolymsk, April 20, 1915.

It measures—wing, 415; tail, 238.5; culmen, 69. Counting from
the outside, the third and fourth primaries are longest, the third
longer than the fifth.

Compared with C. ¢. behringianus, C. c. kamtschaticus appears to
be of a deeper black and the gloss of a different shade of purple
(more steely) but I attribute these differences to season; C. e.
behringianus has a heavier bill, however. A male of C. c. ussurianus
from I-mien-po, Manchuria, October 14, 1914, before me, agrees very
well with C. c. kamtschaticus in color, but has a shorter and weaker
bill. It measures—wing, 410; tail, 257; culmen, 62.5.

As Stresemann? has shown, Corvus corax sibiricus Taczanowski,
1891, can not be used on account of Corvus sibiricus Boddaert, 1783,
and Gmelin, 1788. I therefore follow Buturlin? in using C. e.
kamtschaticus Dybowski for the eastern Siberian form.

We saw ravens along the coast of the Chorchee Peninsula. They are found
throughout the Kolyma Valley, especially in the upper part.—C. A.

74. CORVUS CORONE ORIENTALIS Eversmann.

One female, Nijni Kolymsk, October 1, 1914.

This specimen agrees fairly well with a female bird from Tientsin,
China, February 26, except it has a slightly longer bill. From
Kamtschatcan specimens it differs in the same way that the raven

1 Orn. Monatsb., vol. 21, 1913, p. 9.
2 Messager Ornith., vol. 6, 1915, pp. 107, 114.

NO. 2255. CATALOGUE OF SIBERIAN BIRDS—RILEY. 625

from Bering Island and the Kolyma differ in that the back is more
steely blue not so purplish, and in my opinion, Dr. L. Stejneger?
was justified in assigning the crow of this species from Kamtschatka
to a different form. The measurements of the females given by
Doctor Stejneger + with the two birds mentioned above are as follows:

ee Hane Loeality. Date. Wing. Tail. | Culmen.
mm. mm. mm.
97762 330 198 53
97761 324 195 52
236939 |..- 315 183.5 45
237414 |... 320 187 49
|

75. NUCIFRAGA CARYOCATACTES MACRORHYNCHOS Brehm.

One male, two females, and two unsexed, 80 miles from the mouth
of the Little Annuj River, November 10, 11, 14, and 20, 1914; one
male, 53 miles west, May 10, 1915; and one male, 67 miles west of
Verkhni Kolymsk, May 21, 1915.

The majority of the Kolyma birds when compared with three
males and one female from Korea look quite different; they are
more nearly hair brown on the back, which is bistre in the Korean
series. A male and female from Japan are rather odd in that the
female (July 2) resembles the Kolyma birds in color, while the
male (December 7) is like the Korean birds. It may be that the
striking difference in color between Korean and Kolyma birds is due
to the freshness of the specimens of the latter. This is the more
probable as two of the Kolyma specimens resemble the Korean birds.

Observed many on the Little Annuj in November but not around Nijni. In
April and May observed them in the foothills of the Tomus Chaja Mountains.
Was told at Verkhni they were to be found in this region regularly throughout
the year; that is, near the mountains.—C. A.

76. PERISOREUS INFAUSTUS YAKUTENSIS Buturlin.?
Four males and one female, Verkhni, Kolymsk, April 14 and 22,

1915; one male, Little Annuj River, September 6, 1914; one male, 80
miles from mouth of Little Annuj River, November 5, 1914.

1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 29, 1885, pp. 239-241.
2 Messager Ornith., 1916, pp. 39, 43.

3343—19—Proc.N.M. Vol.54——41

626

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

VOL. 54

This series when compared with European specimens is so very
different that it seems very doubtful whether it should be only ac-
corded subspecific rank. They are clear slaty gray on the back with-
out the brownish wash seen in P. ¢. infaustus; below they are lighter
gray with a slight buffy wash, quite different from the tawny of
P. i. infaustus. This series measures as follows:

U.S.N.M.
No. 8

OX. Locality. Date. Wing.
mm.
237410 |sMale-...| Verkhni Kolymsk: jcc. ec we cite <cioetowe Apr. 22 147.5
PRY EINE | aae6 as el AGaoe Of Sector ot eee telone’~alafeterorerereroleto 25-005 148
2371409" Sect O se olen ee GO Sash Stace este eeneceeneccleeeic Bss0d0\ 149.5
POTASH ee GO severe lean (Kas oe oobacoeoonbanee soapoocoarG Apr. 14 146.5
237407 |...do....| 80 miles from mouth Little Annuj River.) Nov. 5 149
937406 1s. Osa a4| ultblasAmn Rivers 2e- see eekiee anita. Sept. 146
237412 | Female..| Verkhni Kolymsk..................-.--- Apr. 22 148.5

ser eeeeres

This bird is common throughout the Kolyma Valley. Winter resident.—C. A.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM THE LATE TERTIARY OF
OKLAHOMA.

By Epwarp W. Berry,
Of the Johns Hopkins University.

The following short paper is based upon materials collected by
Prof. E. C. Case, of the University of Michigan, and presented by
him through the writer to the United States National Museum.
These collections were incidental in the exploration of the red beds
of Oklahoma in search for Permian vertebrates, under the auspices
of the Carnegie Institution. They were made from an outcrop of
chalk-like clay on the south side of Beaver Creek, near the since
abandoned post office of Alpine, about 10 miles east of Beaver City.
The matrix is a light-colored fluffy clay which appears to be largely
a volcanic ash. No vertebrates were found associated with the plants
except a few undeterminable fishbones. A small undetermined
crustacean was also found in the clay.

Darton? in 1899 divided the Loup Fork of the central Great
Plains into the Arikaree and the Ogallala formations, regarding
the former as Miocene and the latter as possibly Pliocene in age.
Various local subordinate divisions have been recognized by the
field geologists in Kansas and Nebraska. Materials corresponding
in a general way to those of the Ogallala formation of Kansas and
Nebraska are widespread in western Oklahoma. These are clays,
sands, and gravels of exceedingly variable character and propor-
tions. They probably once covered the entire “ panhandle ” but are
now preserved chiefly on the uplands where the argillaceous cliffs
of these materials are locally known as “mortar beds” or “ chalk.”
The thickness varies from place to place and ranges in Beaver
County from thin remnants to upwards of 300 feet. These deposits
are, in the latter region, usually underlain by the red beds of the

1Darton, N. H., U. S. Geological Survey 19th Ann. Rept., pt. 4, p. 784, 1899; Pro-
fessional Paper 32, p. 176, 1905.

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 54—No. 2256.
627

—-628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Permian, although locally traces of the Lower Cretaceous may be
intercalated.

According to our present knowledge of the genesis of the conti-
nental Tertiary deposits it can not be expected that similarity of
lithologic composition has any definite bearing upon correlation,
and it must be understood that the conclusions of the present paper
refer only to the fossiliferous outcrop which is discussed.

The florule collected from this outcrop represents but six deter-
minable species, of which four are new, and three additional forms
that are generically but not specifically recognizable. It includes two
grass or sedge-like plants which are fragmentary and of no botanical
value beyond indicating the presence of such plants in this region at
that time. Willow leaves are present, but not specifically deter-
minable. The most abundant forms are the Platanus and the Sap-
indus. The Gymnocladus, Rhamnus, Bumelia, and Diospyros are
all represented by a scanty amount of material, but as the collection
is a small one the individual abundance of the different species is
probably without significance,

All of the forms appear to have been alluvial species of river bot-
toms, and most of them have their genera still represented in the
valleys of the principal streams that enter eastern Oklahoma from
the Coastal Plain of the Gulf States. This statement is true of Plata-
nus, Gymnocladus, Sapindus, Rhamnus, Bumelia, and Diospyros.
All these genera are normal constituents of the rich alluvial de-
ciduous forests of the southeastern United States, and the presence
of fossil representatives in western Oklahoma shows that climatic
conditions in that region were more mesophytic toward the close of
the Miocene than they are at the present time, with the stream valleys
covered with a mixed deciduous forest, which may also have covered
more or less of the interstream areas.

Regarding the age indicated by this florule, it may be said that
the Cyperacites, Caulinites, and Salia are without significance. Only
one of the nine forms—namely, Rhamnus lesquereuxi—is limited to a
single outside horizon, and this species occurs in the late Miocene of
Florissant, Colorado. Platanus aceroides and Diospyros brachysepala
are recorded throughout the Tertiary in both this country and
Europe, and while both are probably composite species, it is impos-
sible to segregate them in the present state of knowledge. Both are,
however, typically Miocene forms, the Platanus being found in the
John Day Basin on the west coast and in the Calvert Miocene of the
Atlantic coast, and indistinguishable leaves of the Diospyros occur
at Florissant, Colorado. Moreover, the new species of Sapindus ap-
proaches closely to Sapindus lancifolius Lesquereux, another Floris-

NO. 2256. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA—BERRY. 629

sant species. From this it would seem that the Oklahoma plants
were of somewhat similar age to those of Florissant, the different
physical conditions combined with the much less effective methods of
preservation accounting for the sparseness of the flora recognized
from Oklahoma. I believe that this is substantially true, and I am
inclined to regard the Oklahoma outcrop as of upper Miocene age,
although there is no conclusive evidence in existence that such a
valley flora may not have continued in this region during the early
Pliocene, there being no considerable American Pliocene floras, ex-
cept that of the Gulf coast,! with which to make comparisons.

Subclass MONOCOTYLEDONAE.
Order GRAMINALES.

Genus CYPERACITES Schimper.
CYPERACITES, species.

Fragments of the foliage of an undeterminable species of a grass
or sedge are not uncommon in the collection. Similar remains are
not uncommon at many Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary outcrops
and are without significance beyond indicating the presence of this
order of plants.

Genus CAULINITES Brongniart.

CAULINITES, species.

Fragments of the impression of a rhizome of a grass or sedge are
present in the collection. The impressions are 8 mm. in diameter,
with nodes about 4 cm. apart, and indicate a grass or sedge of con-
siderable size. Similar remains are not uncommon throughout the
Tertiary.

Subclass DICOTYLEDONAE..

Order SALICALES.
Family SALICACEAE.

Geuus SALIX Linnaeus.

SALIX, species.

Several fragments of an undeterminable species of willow are con-
tained in the collection. These represent a form with entire leaves

1 Berry, H. W., U. 8. Geological Survey Prof. Paper 98 L, pp. 193—208, pls. 44-47, 1916.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 54.

and about the size and shape of those of the existing Salix nigra
Marsh.

Order PLATANALES.
Family PLATANACEAE.

Genus PLATANUS Linnaeus.
PLATANUS ACEROIDES Goeppert.
Plate 94, fig. 3; plate 95, fig. 5.

Platanus aceroides Gorprrrt, Zeits. Deutsch, Geol. Gesell., vol. 4, 1852,
p. 492.

There is no need for me to redescribe this exceedingly well-known
species. It is the most abundant form in the present collection where
it is represented by counterparts of both small and large leaves be-
side numerous fragments showing petioles, tips, and lobes, so that
collectively all parts of the leaf are well represented. Both the large
and the small leaves are identical in proportions, lobation, marginal
and basal characters with Goeppert’s types? and with the leaves of
this species figured by Heer? from the Tortonian of Oeningen,
Baden.

This species has been identified from such a variety of horizons
and localities that it would be fruitless to endeavor to make compari-
sons with all of the forms that stand in the literature as Platanus
aceroides. Undoubtedly some of these represent distinct species, but
it is impossible to make any rational segregation at the present time.
As the records stand it has a range from the basal Eocene to the
Pleistocene in this country, and from the Oligocene through the
Pliocene in Europe.

Its typical development, however, is in the middle and upper
Miocene, and although it has not been discovered in the deposits of
the Miocene lake basin at Florissant, Colorado, it is present in the
John Day Miocene of Oregon and in the Calvert Miocene of Vir-
ginia. A very similar form, questionably distinct, is Platanus dis-
secta Lesquereux * from the California Miocene which is said to be

a larger and more coriaceous form.
Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 35283, 35284, U.S.N.M.

1 Goeppert, H. R., Tertairflora von Schossnitz, 1855, p. 21, pl. 9, figs. 1-3.

2 Heer, O., Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. 2, 1856, p. 71, pl. 87; pl. 88, figs. 5-12, 15.

3 Lesquereux, L., Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Memoirs, vol. 6, 1878, p. 13, pl. 7, fig. 12; pl. 10,
figs. 4, 5.

NO. 2256. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA—BERRY. 631

Order ROSALES.
Family CAESALPINIACEAE.

Genus GYMNOCLADUS Lamarck.
GYMNOCLADUS CASEI, new species.

Plate 94, fig. 2.

Leaflets sessile, relatively small. in size, somewhat inequilateral
ovate in general outline, with a short acuminate tip and a rounded
base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length 3.5 cm.
Maximum width, below the middle of the leaflet, 1.7 cm. Midrib
stout, prominent, slightly curved. Secondaries comprising about
four subopposite to alternate pairs, camptodrome; they diverge from
the midrib at angles of about 45 degrees and curve regularly upward
subparallel with the lower lateral margins. The character of the
matrix has obliterated the areolation.

The present material is clearly to be affiliated with the leaflets of
the existing Gymnocladus dioicus Koch, the Kentucky Coffee tree,
differing from the latter principally in the slightly smaller size of
the fossil leaflets. Gymnocladus has but two existing species, the
one just mentioned and a second in southern China. This distribu-
tion in itself and from the analogy furnished by other genera such as
Magnolia, Liriodendron, Sassafras, and Liquidambar, likewise found
in eastern North America and eastern Asia, and with more or less
of their geological history known, is conclusive evidence that Gymno-
cladus had a Tertiary history during which it occupied intervening
areas. However, with the exception of the species just described and
some rather doubtful European records? no fossil remains have thus
far been discovered.

Gymnocladus diocicus (G. canadensis Lamarck), the existing
American species, is a member of the mixed deciduous forests of
southeastern North America, ranging from central New York and
western Pennsylvania and Maryland through southern Ontario and
southern Michigan to the valley of the Minnesota River and to the
bottoms of the larger rivers in eastern Nebraska, eastern Kansas,
and eastern Oklahoma. It is distinctly an alluvial species through-
out its range and while plant geographers record it and other species
of like habitat as invaders into the prairie region from the east it
is certain that they or their immediate ancestors had a much more
extensive range in the late Tertiary in what is now the prairie
country.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35285. U.S.N.M.

1Heer, O., Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. 3, 1859, p. 108, pl. 134, figs. 9-12. Squinabol, S., La
Flore de Novale, 1901, p. 71, pl. 4, fig. 15.

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 54.

Order SAPINDALES.
Family SAPINDACEAE.

Genus SAPINDUS Linnaeus.

SAPINUS OCKLAHOMENSIS, new species.
Plate 95, figures 1, 2.

Leaflets inequilateral, relatively large, sessile or subsessile, ovate-
lanceolate and more or less falcate in outline. Apex and base about
equally acuminate but the former more extended and the greatest
width of the leaflets below the middle. Margins entire. Substance
of the leaflets of medium consistency but hardly deserving the term
subcoriaceous. Length 9.5 cm. to 13 cm. Maximum width 2.5 cm.
to 83cm. Midrib stout, fairly prominent, curved. Secondaries nu-
merous, thin but prominent where the preservation is good; they
diverge from the midrib at angles around 50 degrees at regular
intervals of from 3 mm. to 5 mm., are indifferently opposite to alter-
nate, rather straight and subparallel in their courses and campto-
drome. The tertiary areolation, which was well marked in life and
rather fine consisted of transversely or obliquely elongated poly-
gonal meshes, and is shown in occasional patches on the specimens
but is generally entirely obliterated by the character of the matrix.

This species next to Platanus aceroides is the most common form
in the collection and indicates a vigorous and fairly large-sized
tree. There are a number of described fossil species that approach
it very closely. Thus Sapindus lancifolius Lesquereux* a common
Florissant form, while prevailingly smaller, occasionally approaches
it in size, as for example in figure 9 cited. The base is, however,
more obtuse and the secondaries are somewhat less ascending.
Sapindus affinis Newberry ? which is a very common Eocene species,
has been identified by Knowlton * from the Miocene of Yellowstone
Park. The latter specimens are very similar to the Oklahoma
species differing merely in their less extended form and fewer second-
aries. ‘The widespread European Sapindus falcifolius Al. Braun 4
is also very similar but generally smaller and relatively narrower,
and the middle Miocene Sapindus densifolius Heer® of Europe is
also very similar.

The geological record of Sapindus is a full one, many species hav-
ing been described from the Upper Cretaceous onward. The genus

1 Lesquereux, L., Cret. and Tert. Flora, 1883, p. 182, pl. 32, figs. 3-6; pl. 37, fig. 9.

2 Newberry, J. S., U. S. Geol Survey Mon., vol. 35, 1898, p. 116, pl. 30, fig. 1; pl. 40,
fig. 2.

3 Knowlton, F. H., Idem, vol. 32, 1899, p. 736, pl. 102, figs. 1-3.

«Heer, O., Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. 3, 1859, p. 61, pl. 119; pl. 120, figs. 2-8; pl. 121, figs. 1, 2.
Hess Le 2.

5 Heer, O., Idem, p. 62, pl. 120, fig. 1.

NO. 2256. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA—BERRY. 633

is particularly prominent in the Miocene, no less than 30 species of
this age having been described from Europe, Asia, and North
America. The genus is present in the Miocene of the U nited States
in Oregon, Colorado, and the Yellowstone Park. The existing species
number about two score and are widely distributed throughout the
tropics of both hemispheres and are especially abundant in the
Asiatic region. Several extend long distances into the North Tem-
perate Zone. Three of these are found in the United States—two
in Florida and Sapindus drummondi Hooker and Arnott as a con-
siderable tree in moist clayey and dry calcareous soils ranges from
western Louisiana to southern Kansas and through Texas to the
mountain valleys of southern Arizona and northern Mexico. It
occurs in the Wichita Mountains of Oklahoma, but I do not know
of its presence in Beaver County, although it may occur there.
Cotypes—Cat. Nos 35286, 35287, U.S.N.M.

Order RHAMNALES.
Family RHAMNACEAE.
Genus RHAMNUS Linnaeus.

RHAMNUS LESQUEREUXI, new species.
Plate 95, fig. 4.

Rhamnus notatus Lesqurreux, Cret. and Tert. Flora, p. 189, pl. 38, fig. 15,
1883 (not Saporta, 1867).

Leaves relatively small and very short petioled, ovate in general
outline, inclined to be slightly inequilateral. Apex short and obtusely
pointed, as is also the base. Margins entire. Texture sub-coriaceous.
Length about 3.5 cm. Maximum width, midway between the apex
and the base, 2.1 em. to 2.2 cm. Midrib stout, curved in the material
seen, prominent on the lower surface of the leaf. Secondaries six to
eight opposite to alternate, mediumly stout and prominent pairs.
They diverge from the midrib at angles of over 45 degrees, are sub-
parallel with the lower lateral margins and with one another, and are
camptodrome in the maginal region. The areolation is not visible
in the Oklahoma specimens. Lesquereux says of the Florissant mate-
rial, “nervilles oblique, transversely reticulate.”

This species was provisionally identified by Lesquereux with a
form described by Saporta? from the Miocene of southeastern
France. The latter is obviously different, being smaller, more cori-
aceous, subdentate apicad, and with fewer secondaries. It is, how-
ever, similar in appearance, and the two are possibly closely related.
The material from Oklahoma appears certainly identical with that

1 Saporta, G. de, Etudes, vol. 3, 1867, p. 108, pl. 11, fig. 5.

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

from Florissant. It may also be compared with various identifica-
tions of Rhamnus rossmasstert Unger, as, for example, the leaves
figured by Heer? from the Miocene of Switzerland. The latter
species is rather common in Europe from the Aquitanian to the
Pliocene and shows considerable variation. It is, in general, a some-
what larger form than the present species.

Rhanmus is a rather common element in Miocene floras both in
this country and abroad. Its known history extends from the
Upper Cretaceous to the present, and it is especially abundant in
the early Tertiary of the western United States. The existing species
number about three score shrubs and small trees widely distributed
in all temperate and many tropical parts of the world except Aus-
tralia and the Pacific islands. There are eight species and three
varieties in the existing fiora of the United States of which the
eastern hamnus caroliniana Walter, a stream bank and bottom-
land species, extends westward to eastern Nebraska, Kansas, Okla-
homa, and Texas. I do not know of its occurrence in the “ pan-
handle” region, however.

The humid demanding mesophytic species of the Cretaceous and
Eocene appear to have given rise to two physiologically divergent
lines—one dwellers in bottoms, along streams and as undershrubs
in forests—the other becoming inured to scanty water conditions,
bright sunlight, high evaporation, etc., and giving rise to the chapar-
ral and montane species of the Rocky Mountains and Pacific coast
region.

Lesquereux’s material of Rhamnus lesquereuai from Florissant is
said to be in the collections of Princeton University. The Okla-
homa material is in the United States National Museum,

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35288, U.S.N.M.

Order EBENALES.

Family SAPOTACEAE.
Genus BUMELIA Swartz.

BUMELIA OKLAHOMENSIS, new species.

Plate 94, fig. 1.

Leaves oblong-obovate in outline, with a rounded tip and a nar-
rowly cuneate base. Length about 5 cm. Maximum width, at or
slightly above the middle, 1.75 cm. Margins entire. Texture sub-
coriaceous. Extreme base and petiole missing in the present mate-
rial. Midrib very stout and prominent, somewhat curved proximad.
Secondaries extremely thin, numerous, subparallel; they diverge

1Heer, O., Fl. Tert. Hely., vol. 3, 1859, pl. 124, figs. 18-20.

No. 2256. FOSSIL PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA—BERRY. 635

from the midrib at rather regular intervals of about 3 mm. at angles
of about 45°, and are camptodrome. Areolation not made out.

These leaves, in both form and venation, are allied to numerous
fossil and living species of Bumelia, of which many have been
described. In the existing flora about a score of species are known—
all American, and distributed from the southern United States
through the West Indies and Central America to Brazil. The fossil
species are known from the Upper Cretaceous onward, and the genus
is represented in the Miocene of Europe by seven or eight different
forms. It occurs also in the Florissant lake bed.

The present fossil species is very similar to various existing sub-
tropical forms, as for example Bumelia angustifolia Nuttall and
Bumelia tenax Willdenow. It is also very much like the leaves of
the existing Bumelia lanuginosa Persoon which ranges from Georgia
and Florida to Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, and Texas, and reaches
its optimum development in the bottom lands of eastern Texas.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 35289, U.S.N.M.

Family EBENACEAE.

Genus DIOSPYROS Linnaeus.
DIOSPYROS BRACHYSEPALA Al. Braun.
Plate 95, fig. 3.

Diospyros brachysepala Au. Braun, Die Tert. Fl. v. Oeningen, Neues
Jahrb., 1845, p. 170.—Hererr, Fl. Tert. Helv., vol. 3, 1859, p. 11, pl. 102,
figs. 1-4.—Lresqurrreux, Tert. Fl., 1878, p. 232, pl. 40, figs. 7-10, pl.
63, fig. 6; Cret. and Tert. Fl., 1888, p. 174, pl. 34, figs. 1, 2—IJX now L-
TON, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 51, 1916, p. 285.

Diospyros princetonia CocKERELL, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 24,
1908, p. 105, pl. 10, fig. 36.

This polymorphous species has been recorded from a very large
number of localities and horizons. The type material came from
both the earliest and the latest Miocene of Switzerland, but subse-
quently this species has been identified from all stages of the Ter-
tiary of Europe. In America it has been recorded from beds of
the late Upper Cretaceous and at different Teritary horizons. It
seems incredible that all of these records should represent a single
species and probably several are included, but their segregation on
other than stratigraphic grounds is impossible at the present time.
This being true I can not do otherwise than to refer the Oklahoma
material to this species since it appears to be identical with that
from Florissant, Colorado, so determined by Lesquereux and Knowl-
ton. At the same time it should be kept in mind that many of the
identifications of Diospyros brachysepala, of which an extended

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou, 54.

bibliography was published by me in 1916,' can not be accepted with-
out reservation.

Practically all of the fossil species of Diospyros and most of the
numerous existing species belong in mesophytic environments. Thus
our American Diospyros virginiana Linnaeus is a member of the de-
ciduous forest association of the southeastern United States, extend-
ing westward a short distance into the prairie States along the bot-
toms of the principal streams. Some modern species, as for example
Diospyros tewana Scheele of Texas and Mexico, are found under
more arid conditions, but like certain existing species of Rhamnus, °
they are believed to indicate relatively modern specialization of
habitat in a direction away from the normal habitat of the two

genera.
Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 35290, U.S.N.M.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 94.

Fic. 1. Bumelia oklahomensis, new species.
2. Gymnocladus casei, new species.
3. Platanus aceroides Goeppert.

PLATE 95.

Figs. 1,2. Sapinus oklahomensis, new species.
38. Diospyros brachysepala Al. Braun.
4, Rhamnus lesquereuxi, new species.
5. Platanus aceroides Goeppert.

1 Berry, E. W., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, 1916, p. 333.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 94

FOSSIL TERTIARY PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 636

5-9 teen
7; i
7 i ign Poke 5 hal
4 ; td at 1 Sih thy, eit? |
enn ta. © fs isi aypetars angst Aw Bong i nae Gia a
iF be A i /a ; yp Nee on ar ie — _ hay Ai ac) ged
i) ae Sea, fd =. rie t Nps DS 5 ae
fey pele aw, i: ; |
sits
An i 7 ie ; : ce} : es y az
aie 05 oH Oh | Vomcastig Wha diel r
; C bode ea : eae pee ‘
i : a
; 5 vd Vervant 2

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 95

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

FossiL TERTIARY PLANTS FROM OKLAHOMA

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 636

ao ve :
Po Baro lm ee a Dg veg ie

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MULTIBRACHIATE
OPHIURAN OF THE FAMILY GORGONOCEPHALIDAE
FROM THE CARIBBEAN SEA.

By Austin H. Crarx,

Assistant Curator, Division of Marine Invertebrates, United States National
Museum.

While in certain localities in the north Atlantic and Arctic Oceans
and over considerable areas in the north Pacific basket-fish are abun-
dant and easily collected, they are as a rule but rarely found in
other portions of the world, though they exist everywhere. In the
tropics especially their habit of clinging most tenaciously to strongly
rooted gorgonians renders their capture either by the dredge or by
the fisherman’s hook quite a matter of accident.

For this reason the numerous species have been, and still are, very
poorly represented in even the largest museums of the world. The
inevitable result of this has been to discourage intensive work upon
the group, and until the last ten years our knowledge of the inter-
relationships of the various forms has remained where it was left by
Lyman, most naturalists contenting themselves with assigning the
species to one or other of the two genera Astrophyton and Gorgono-
cephalus, which in reality are synonymous terms.

But recently the group has been thoroughly and most carefully
revised by Professor Déderlein, and the species distributed among no
less than fourteen genera, Astrindia, Astroboa, Astrochalcis, Astro-
cladus, Astroconus, Astrocyclus, Astrodactylus, Astrodendrum,
Astrogordius, Astrophytum, Astrorhaphis, Astrospartus, Conocladus,
and Gorgonocephalus, by which their interrelationships have finally
been made more intelligible.

The remarkable type herein described belongs to a peculiar group,
including Astrodactylus from the East Indies and Astrogordius and
Astrocyclus from the Caribbean Sea, which is characterized by the
presence of a madreporic plate in each interradius. In the develop-
ment of the tentacle papillae it is intermediate between the first and
the two last, but in the development of articulated spinelets or teeth

PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuseEuM, VOL. 54—No. 2257.
637

638 PROCEEDINGS Of THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

on the dorsal side of the disk and to the exclusion of the character-
istic hooks on the dorsal side of the arms as far as the seventh
branching it is absolutely unique.

ASTROCYNODUS, new genus.

Genotype—Astrocynodus herrerai, new species.

Diagnosis—F¥ive madreporic plates, one in the innermost corner
of each interradius; tentacle papillae present from the second arm
branch onward; eight or nine arm divisions; each arm segment as
far as the seventh fork bears a conspicuous transverse band of closely
appressed tubercles, each carrying an articulated conical tooth; the
ribs of the disk bear numerous similar transverse bands; from the
seventh fork onward each arm segment bears a double transverse
row of closely appressed tubercles, each carrying a slender very
strongly recurved glassy hook without accessory prongs; teeth, tooth
papillae and mouth papillae very long, subequal.

Distribution—Only known from the Caribbean Sea.

Depth.—Shallow water.

Included species.—Astrocynodus herrerat.

For the privilege of making known to science the following re-
markable new species the museum is indebted to the kindness and
generosity of Prof. A. L. Herrera, the director of the National
Museum of Mexico:

ASTROCYNODUS HERRERAIT, new species.

Plate 96.

Description—The disk, 52 mm. in diameter, is rather deeply in-
cised interradially. There is no peripheral girdle of plates. The
ten radial ribs stand out prominently.

Aborally the disk is entirely covered with extremely small grains,
very closely crowded, which become larger toward the periphery and
are largest on the outer half of the ribs. In their inner halves the
ribs bear about 10 more or less regular cross bands, each consisting
of a single row of closely crowded and regular tubercles, considerably
larger than the adjacent grains, each of which carries a short stout
blunt conical spinelet or tooth attached to it by a movable articula-
tion. On the outer half of the ribs these cross bands become some-
what more separated and irregular, breaking up into sections or
running diagonally across the rib, and the conical articulated teeth
which they bear become longer and more sharply pointed, though
never exceeding half a millimeter in length. The ends of the ribs are
occupied by an oval shield about twice as broad as long, covered with
finer grains than those on the adjoining body surface. Between the
ribs there are a few irregular patches of enlarged grains, and in the

NO. 2257. A NHW OPHIURAN FROM THE CARIBBHAN SHA. 639

outer half of the disk scattering straight lines, running parallel to
the periphery, of from 3 to 12 (usually from 6 to 12) closely ap-
pressed tubercles, some of which usually carry conical teeth similar
to those borne by the transverse lines on the ribs. These lines become
increasingly common outwardly.

Orally the interradial portions of the body are covered with very
fine grains, among which are numerous larger and lighter-colored
grains grouped in such a way as to form a close-meshed marbling or
reticulation.

The entire under surface of the arms is covered with a uniform
investment of fine grains, which become coarser proximally and
largest beneath the disk, where, on account of their increased con-
vexity, they are especially prominent in the interradial angles.

The five madreporic plates, which are short and broad and more
or less reniform or crescentic, lie in the adoral angles of the inter-
radial areas.

The teeth, tooth papillae, and mouth papillae are all very long, and
do not differ greatly in length. The teeth distally become broadened
and flattened, with chisel-like ends.

The genital slits are short, 83 mm. to 5 mm. in length, not more
than one-fourth of the distance from the arm base to the adoral
interradial angles in length.

The arms divide eight or nine times, the first fork being beneath
the disk, and the second on its border. In the second division the
outer branch is shorter, but stouter, than the inner; it consists of 6 or
7 segments, while the inner consists of about 10. In the third division
the inner branches are longer and somewhat stouter than the outer,
though both consist of 8, more rarely of 9, segments. The following
divisions to the arm tips all consist of 8 or 9, more rarely of 10, 11,
or 12, segments, and in each case the inner branch (in reference to
the preceding division) is slightly stouter than the other.

The tentacle papillae appear immediately, or very shortly, after the
second forking. At first they are one, or (usually) two, in number,
and small and inconspicuous, but after the third fork they become
longer and more prominent and the number increases to three, which
seems to be the ultimate number. These tentacle papillae are almost
identical in size and in appearance with the jointed conical teeth
which extend in transverse bands across each arm segment, and
merely form the ventral terminal portions of these bands. On a
superficial examination it is impossible to differentiate them.

The dorsal] and lateral surface of the arms is covered with a pave-
ment of thickly set granules, which pass over uninterruptedly into
the similar granules of the ventral surface.

§40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 54.

Up to the seventh fork each brachial segment carries a very con-
spicuous transverse band, consisting of a single regular line of usually

about 25 low closely appressed tubercles, each one of which bears a
conical articulated tooth similar to those on the cross bands of the
ribs, which may be slightly compressed in its outer portion, with a
chisel-shaped tip.

Beyond the seventh fork, instead of these transverse bands of articu-
lated teeth, the segments each bear a prominent and regular double
row of tubercles carrying rather slender strongly curved hooks with-
out supplementary prongs, resembling those of Astrocyclus caecilia.

Color (dry) yellowish brown, ventrally lighter and more grayish,
the transverse bands of tubercles on the arms and disk, the groups of
enlarged granules on the latter, and the terminal shields of the radial
ribs, yellowish white.

Locality.— Yucatan.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 96.

Abactinal (dorsal) view of Astrocynodus herrerai, X 2,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 54 PL. 96

ASTROCYNODUS HERRERAI, NEW SPECIES

FOR DESCRIPTION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 638

=
.
a
mee -

i
;
Fab CON ey i St 8

by
os
i

-
Se

.
Ltd

‘
aay

cee aa

etme oe

+
=
Yr

ign eee

ip
7
oat
oi |
ut
b Yo hs
78 =
oe ile
i ae
i” * ¥, ; { rj 4 a
an 47 { i
y i. > ty va . : ‘hie is iq a ¥
~ : =o a! r 7s hah, be | an re bcs
oh ike 4 i ite - wore aare!® re ety: a

ut sah Maral Delgo, alee 81
a aie

‘a

: Awe
el sos tau b wigs

INDEX.

Page. |
Abbott, W.L. Birds collected by, onislands
iW THoMavatsearere core cesoset sca or seacnes 177
Ablepharus poecilopleurus...............-.-. 25
Alcaclaicrassholinneteccctcns ccc ece cece ceccsse 140
Gimidiato-COrdatas s2.-..--cccscesccs 129
fasciculata....... Set acetate msicwes 130
paradoxa.....- ERE Sock ap cis caiawsine ° 129
Pecicellatas cere sc <ciscsicceessnicisssc 130
TOOMOKIAN Peete has caicsiccis'sisinic'ccaecsiee 130 |
fonuito lamas estes sacs cates aces 13
UnINSTVILOUA eee ese se eee 106, 129, 133, 147
Acanthis hornemanni exilipes.............-. 623
Acanthogobio longirostris.............-.---- 99
Achramorpha diomediae..........---- 525,526,540
Placialisumenedass cases cocoate 542
grandinistsacstseseessseeee ese 542
Mivalists-ceoeses tec tecseee 542
Schulzel yess cerca ss 542
Acronyctatumeolasnsssscsssenceee oases 346
yibasis!s:cs.ccsctsscslieececcee eto 346
AICFOPErUS HATpaei ss =ccesceccseesessaseeeee 80, 86
Acrostichumlinearo.:*::s-ss2-cssceecssces cs 119
. linedrifoliunmse-ss. see see eee 119
Actinopteria) bella... c..<cccaeccecessccacctcice 29
GISPATy. a oa\csmccses cose saci siceis 29
POTICALA soa teineiniccccnncsies eres 29
AGOSMIAIMUTICALA. cosacescccccceciesecosece nc 128
Aeschynomene bolivianum.................- 150
AAICA TUM Ss 105 sosace eeee cass, 150
NOStrelata SPeCleSs.<cccesccosncasiesscaccce c's 514
Wethis cristollasccccccncccncmeciscscscacccacs 611
MAUS Bepecmccscs sca cccs ec ccicaielsacee 611
Avalliaiquadrinotata. <<... <s-.<<s----ecenl 479
IONE apstaleinaisintewiceiemersimeessicc= 397, 479, 487
Agalliaphagus americana. ...........-.-....- 479
Uberti ees eseee css 397, 479, 487
PATOSIA TODUSLA a sicismiiceea sees cose ceciawes cas 202, 204
AlesuaiCtialis: cass ccs os aeencaensesdanaese 353
Alpanses fOrmoOsasnsscscessccss-ccecciscesice - 297
Mona rultataa > csecsccsssesccescacecwebls cise 86
Moneliaiexcisa S<cccciecesiscceedoees Meeasecele 80
GRIPUIBecistenc cesses eoceeaceee 80
PMI CIATANUIGUG =e eciseclociclesieseecoeee coos SOIREE
lobbiana.ce sees eer er ecescsetens 146
Amory, Copley. Catalogue ofa collection of
birdswmadelbys-cosceecesecocccscesececes e007
Amyosomea Chilomisesssecsnss-scnessceccs as 567
leuzerae’s.'s 3.5. s-cscokcees cease 567
IAVECHISIAZOLA casa cae one cman acbanoeses cscs 5 P38}
bartschii....... aeieiain' a sis\clow ese cied areles 233
Anarnatula hyporhoda s.ccc..ccccscccccecce 371
Subflavida-n.).. saccsaet cceeeeeses 371
Ancistrolepis Gamonos.ccaee oe esse seeks cn. se 230
IQEUS. = cisice smc eebeteee cece ce 229
MIA SRUS so wsscesteeacte ane alan = 229
Ancistrosyrinx elegans...................- 318, 322

3343—19—Proc.N.M.Vol.54—_42

Page.

| Andes, Eastern, fossil plants from Bolivia

and their bearing upon the age of uplift of

THO 2 sSae ssadececacsscsecacccseee eet ee eee 103
Andrenasadvarians):<2<2sc..cscseeecoees eee’ 441
andrenoides:=.<2222 evi eteee eee 442

ASUOTIS A. Sob sos Sse e as ses ere eee 441
bipunctatassos-csseee eee one meete ses 441
isaliciseseasesees snes 441, 443, 445, 454, 491
Ceanothi'aactatosonccesscstoocm ence 491
ChrySosceles:scececccwisecisicinceenisiom'e 398
COMMOGAS A sesce scene ecceacese ee 442
CTAWIOIGIe ss. asencecnseeesc cece 399, 456

cressontttt seo cones cemoeeecens 443,491

erivenlaerc tint ossecclccen ese 441, 446, 491
falvoclypeata miserabilis.........-.. 442

grandior multiplicatiformis... 442, 451,492

Hhippotest ont tecce ccc ceccecccceeses 441
illinoiensis: --cccsseeoc ce seceseecese 442
imitatrixs sss ccesecoe sees sees case 442
fenningeriss i ccssee cess 492

TOXANA Seco cse tee eee e 492

LabInligMr ae ee tee cacac cee weiesersaae 398
MANGiDMAriS sac hcesesecee sce 441, 442, 450
medionitans sc ccc-ceccssaeee 442, 450, 492

TOSS tl oeeiee ein aeiseeisise cise ciseeiate 441, 492
multiplicatad...c:-ceesccc-cecscoss 441

NAND= cssssicccisaecia seeaccmsasesicacc 398

TIASOTUSS eRe Se see e eee eeRcee cociae 441, 492

TICONIAD BS es Sere ataciacie coins wacwiaeieisicls 492
nigroaenea... 392,396,397, 398, 399, 404, 439
Mivaliseecshcsccccscecueseaacooeoee 442
NnbeCUa ss 2esc coe cess wecc sear ecee 441

NUGR es cscs csc ecs cet eeeeeen mes 442

DAV Uae ec sean seer sen eee 399
polemonil®-esoeenseseee neem ee eee 455
IDEStCHSISeae eee eee see eee 396
salicifloriss 025-1 ace cake ecsccces 442
salictarif=--c--<-esce-eecsssosees 442, 449
Solidazinistteeccossseccs spose cee s 442

SOlIdUIAS Ett Goce eceicce cee seccetens 456
Sparsipilosa-...-- sete cates ae tease 441

SPOCHES soc ccaace tne vestcosseeecee ae 441
subcandidaso-2-- .s-cnenocceic cea 441

SUDEIISHe ease os ceases sen am cise mie sins 442

TIDIBLISS See has sce hae Sess sins sesso, 396

ETT CLAS we tae cle tein nisiela wieteicicielei= 456

WA CIM Gp aetet mtatela eeteleiaieiclee elnicialefeleeie= 442, 492

Wilkellao ese oe wcccscicc somsisais 398
Anomalosipho dautzenbergii..............-.- 213
ATIOUSSCOUGUS losses snteietetateeisietainieeioteialeiaalelat 519
ANSE ErythrOpUS cece cesses eee meee ee 617
Antaplava alesdea)a.acccs cea cos <2 > semaitoneesis = 350
VATLAL coset ciiseicieiisseienis oma cercis 350
Anthericomma barberi............-------- 410, 473
Antholithus quinquepartita..........-..-... 163
ANGtHUS LUStAVI coast = see eee ween e amen ene sale 622
GDOCIES As cous weewssseacesocceeeecene 622

642 INDEX.
Page Page.
Antrostomus Carolinensis........-.----+-++-+ 584 | Blaberus trapezoideus..............-...----- 302
Apanteles| belppae@mcs<ne = 2 eeeeaecimeisieicis 566 | Bocchoris contortilinealis.................--- 368
Creatonoti-.-ssscsas Ses sen se oeeeee 566 | Bolivia, fossil plants from.................-.-- 103
POW ACYL sewsancsccececcusesseees #4) 589is|, -Bomolochaldiciglisis.s-.csseeeseneccescee sens 354
JAVONSIS 2-350 -225-c0ctessaeseseers 56% | wBonateseriscolata-s--osce-tesscses eee eecine 360
Pallidocinctuss2e-=sses= see 588 | Bones of birds collected by Theodoor de Booy
(Protapanteles) bataviensis....... 566 from kitchen midden deposits in theislands
UgANld gens ee eeaseccieeece sce 589 of St. Croix and St. Thomas..............- 513
Apicia aberrans:--..<25---2sccs-ssesecesescse 360 | Boone, Pearl L. Description of ten new iso-
Apocynophyllum potosianum........------- 159 DOGS ence ccem ae cae aie acini aaaeie = seine 591
Apractelytra schwarzi........-...-.-..--.20 459 | Booy, Theodoor de, bones of birds collected
AramidesiCayaned-aessseceesccocices se 516, 517, 518 by, from kitchen mid-
VDCCAM Aeros tenisis sisisle a aiseteitesiaecines 518 den deposits in the
Archimandrita marmorata........-.--.------ 301 islands of St. Thomas
IN OGEMIS WYSSED JeoaesadsocosscosanaECcuccocas 515 and St. Croix........ 513
Ardetta eurhythma..............----0--0<e0 191 reptiles and mammals
Arquatella couesi......--.---.------000----- 613 collected by, in the
Artamus leucoryn amydrus.........-.--.---- 185 Virgin Islands....... 507
leucoryn...--------------- 185) |) Boreofusus nodosus:-------e-se--eeeee cece 219
Ascaltis canariensis.........-.--------------- 528 Boreotrophon COPUlA= so ssesscsessecesesisms cis 232
COMMPA CHA teeta aleleiele lelalel(tetisiateie ii 528 @Ghinuss! see es am goes 232
Asio flammeus flammeus...........--------- 617 KOSTAS sec oan La eee ee 232
Astacilla californics sco ce ie iesiinaitmin i= 600 | Bosmina longirostris............-----------+- 85
Astrocyclus caecilia......-------+++++-+-++--- 640 | Botaurus lentiginosus............-...--++-++ 515
Astrocynodus herrerai..........-.-.-+------- 638i SBoudayhidalponisseeseeoeseneeeeeeeee eee eeee 347
Atimoblatta curvipennis.........-.--------- 302 Dalliparss-s.5.cascnccere enero oes 347
fleXU0SA ....- +--+ 22-2 eee rere eee 306 | Brachymylacris bassleri..........----------+ 304
TOQUCTH ec asics cece seseateceimsiees 301 COTORtAs ee cc eee 304
Augochlora viridula.......-...----+---+----+ 4591) leBrachyprionishalerisaseeseseeeeecreeeee tenes 29
Austrostylops gracilipes............-..--.-.- 402 Brachytoma castancea--s.sass-- 2s eee ee eeee 317
Sracilis.....+--+++--+++++2-2+++ 428 | Bragaioccidentalls. .....<2<2<<..<ssece sqveitiae 595
Balanius (?) beeklyi......--------------+-+-- 307 | Branchinecta coloradensis..........--.------ 77
Barbarea barbarea..........-------------++-- 402 | Buccinum angulosum..........--..----ese0+ 231
Bartsch, Paul. A new West Indian fossil Cyaneuiis eecce sere boca nee 231
land shell.......-.-------- 605 glaciale, var. parallelum......... 231
New marine shells from TrASGL ee ere ee ee ee 295
Panama...-.--.---------+- 571 hydrophanom:--°5.5¢-<00---<90e5 231
Two new land shells of the CVU Tn ee ee ee eee 224
Epiphragmophora traskii TOttae eee ce ee 212
STOUP..---+--eeee eee reese 523 simulatumesses se eeeee eae ee eee 231
Bauhinia marylandica..............-....---- 145 SErIALISSINIUIN Eee ee eeee ee eeeeneee 231
microphylla..-.......------------- 145 mndaturis ts cects eee eee 231
potosiana...--------+--+++-+-++-+-- 144 | Budytes flavus borealis...........----------- 621
uniflora...----+---+--+++++++++-++-- 145 plextist 2021 ee Se eee 621
Beetles, cockroaches, and tsetse flies, fossil, ‘stmillima...-....c-. eee 621
new American species of..........-.-.----- 301 | Bumelfa angustifolia.............-....------+ 635
Belaexarata....-.- <2 c- seco ninscinscecees 318 Januginosase-s2e=-eeeeeeeee eens 635.
Bembecinus Peregrinus...........---e-eseee0 466 oklahomensiss--eeee eee eee eee 634
Bem Dixst OXAN Aone amescseielemeeecieecesis 491 TONAKic.ccdkanedeccecccecteeeeen eee 635
BST DEnIS TODCN See ataqiisisteciesisiss ws ectemistissiieie ici 492), Butleriaypenaea:o-stcac-ccecinceee meee 338
Berry, Edward W. Fossil plants from Bo- Butorides wileSCens: = cee... cies eeee eas 165,177
livia and their bearing VifeSceDS:..2.- eceeeees. 1515
upon the age of uplift Butreron capellei capellei...........-.--..--- 192
ofthe Eastern Andes. 103 passorhina.....-.---------- 192
Fossil plants from the Caenocholax fenyesi....-....----------------- 433
late Tertiary of Okla- Caesalpinia gmehlingi DEBCOSSSICO ROE SES CoS CSS 141
ARR lie 627 a sessilifolioides Heebosogeshsdadsesos 142
Berry, S. Stillman. Chitons taken by the Caesalpinites P See S -- aeaoaay ees
United States Fisheries steamer Albatross Calandrives Bind sto aceon aao aaa SU
R pert (A nIrsonume ss eee ee ceeeeeseaare 308
a thenorthwest Pacificin 1906........-.... 1 Calcarius lapponicus alascensis........-.-.--- 623
Birds, bones of, collected by Theodoor de coloratisueenae wine 623.
Booy from kitchen midden deposits in the Calliandra leptopoda..........2..-0--0e2eeee+ 135
islands of St. Thomasand St. Croix........ 513 macrocephala........-2+..--ss+-++ 134
Birds, catalogue of a collection of Siberian, ObWGQUA: Secs ckaceceeee tases 107, 134,143
made by Mr. Copley Amory, jr-.......-...-- 607 OVatiiollas cecec scene ce eceees 134
Birds collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on Calliotectum vernicosum...........-.------- 321
islandsinthe Java Seasecc-ss-cssesceceeere 177 | Calliphara billiardierei............-..------ 431, 488

INDEX. 643
Page. Page.
Callipharixenos muiri.............- 405, 407, 431,488 | Chitons taken by the United States Fisheries
Camarotoechia leightoni....... ndeoomseccesed 29 steamer ‘Albatross’ in the northwest
Camptocercus rectirostris...........-...----- 80, 86 Pacific in 1906eo ee ee ES 1
Cancellaria citharella....-......+------------ 319 | Chlorion (Isodontia) auripes.............---- 465
Canus pens Togersi sree cece cece cece cece cece 613 (Priononyx)iatratase. soo. oe eee 465
Capparis angustifolia.............-.--+-+------ 127 (Proterosphex) aurifluum.......... 465
domingensis....-....--------------- 127 ichneumoneum..... 465
JaCODINGO.. 5... oder eee 127 pernanum 465
manltinenvise ssa --..smcemeeetelsiseierl= 126 specie muna ane 465
Caprimulgus europaeuS..........-.--.----- Rife Layee WS Te oe ee aaa eR LR eee ere) 1 poem Te 4
eat ne rote by NS Shera cad ss 307 | Choenobius bipunctifera esse tee scseeteceeens 570
Caribbean Sea, a new ophiuran of the family Chonetes bastini........--.-------2+2--+++0++ 29
Gorgonocephalidae from the...........-.-- 637 CobSCOOKi..-.- 2. +. +-+2-2+ 2222222 29
Caripeta hyperythrata...............-..----- 361 edmundsi.........+..-....----...-- 29
Carpolitesiovoldeussesassse sce s-seae== cores: 162 | Chordeiles acutipennis................-...- 581, 584
Carpolithus engelhardti............:...--.--: 162 WiTginianusessesescecconensteeee 581, 584
SPOCIOSIN Onl concsic cise ciiscincisecs 162))|"Chrysocoris!grandisteesse-asceceeese oes 433, 488
SPecicsINOw2eccancsesscecase ccc 162 | Chrysocorixenos siamensis........-...- 407, 433, 488
species No. 3_------.--.-.--- 2... 162 | Chrysodomus and other mollusks from the
species No. 4.......-...----+++++ 162 North Pacrfic Ocean. ...... 207
species No: 5_--.--..-.-.-----..- 163 Acutispiratsses: eee netee 220
viornaformis.).3/ 222282222 125, 163 (Ancistrolepis) damon....... 230
Carthara’erenulosa-2. een eo- en eee sees 359 ahtiquuser.. Soeeen ee 21
Cassia chrysocarpoides.............-.------ 131, 136, argyrostomus 21
137, 138, 139, 140, 142, 152 ne cag Sn er er ee
erista wets SOREN 2 alin cme day be cteigS ney, wet 140 dispectus MEMO OR SOD O SIONS OOO 214
cristoides-cstedcas- sete Sees Se 139, 140, 152 eucosmiuS.....-----+-------- 225
Ghltriloliness so. .2 5. ions Sedeatt cece 140 SHES DB hocpasaacecgunacaatsias cat
eultrifolinformis....-..o-s%=so-402----- 139 hypolispus......-.----------- 217
franckel iene sac cok oe as eee aaa 141 kelseyi....-....-.-...-------- 221
ligustrinaformis............. 106, 138, 139, 140 laticaudatus..........---.--- 221
MemMbranacesss. ccnp sc aces 138, 140, 141 TOCLOLISUIIS: camer seasons oi 221
MUCTONAEAsa.5 <ssie1s seo caress cicisieisisiswis.e'=' 137 tabuiatuseeceevermecesssecess 215
ODSCUTAS a socccc wes seasiasioscenisctes s 137, 139 VWITCUS aces seresccce csr eessccss 220
Tigidullfoliazs = ..-- cs. «sce sceae 137,139,140 | Chydorus sphaericus...........-....-..-.- 77, 80, 85
TO CUCM OM Bes aos eco sien sete reese 137% |) Cirolanavyhermitensistcs---..-- ccs nsec cee 592
Singewaldicsas: eae cccccccmne 136,139,140 | Cittocincla nigricauda..................----- 197
WONGGI 2c tarsren ceebeancte cts 138, 189, 140,148 | Clangula clangula clangula.............-...-- 616
Catia jObrea sss-csssacicnostocesaissseepeccemscic 338 | Clark, Austin H. A new genus and species
Catostomusiarenarlus-. <2 o.cn<cc<< an ccmsaes ss 202 of multibrachiate ophiuran of the family
Caulinites)'species sav. .s22ssi.ce5sciscic scence 629 Gorgonocephalidae from the Carribbean
Ceanothus americanus. ...............-..--.. 491 SOaewacclere ce Cons one cneeinsicclsiseicacitcesites 637
Cepphus columba.............. ssaeeaecscaees 611s | Cisthureliawavarssercssccocecceeere scans cess 321
Mand bile. Ssoct ccna cicsamsapiece serie 611s) (Clavatula:coronatats-assscsces awsces tence 315
Corasusimelanocarpa =. 5 ccc -ss<secececnnsiness 492 flaMMeCA Her sos oes ease secs ses 315
Cerchneis moluccensis microbalia.......... 178,179 Sucka ser oi ceceseceteecwacses 315
MOLMICCOUSISs. omen aie = wel Clavus flammulatus-..c. 2. -miesaesosees es ae 315
occidentalis......... 1785179%) Claytoniavirpinicao..--.5c-.s<csss<ciecesa~ 492
orientalis’ soe cacsecieas 179) || Clidophorus'elongatus=---. 2... ..-cccscee-e 46
Ceriodaphnia pulchella...................... 8531 <Cliopteria DICOstata: ons scce ces momscciice =e 28
TOLICUIATB.--a1c\icaew seman aesica 86 MMICOSLALA aa cacisceine ce secsice cemieee 28
ChabuatailOtaeic cost ecsces saaswdesinccnen cae 9445\"Cobaloblattasimulanss: csccscseceesiecccete 303, 304
SYfClota lt oc cc oscdechasnsaGaeee xu iet4s|) Cobubatha Tusticassscsaan-ss-sceeececees see 351
halcopastaauo piss. -sseaesscmnsaseececeness 348 | Cockerell, T. D. A. New species of North
chaleophanise ssc sccscteeacsecese 348 American fossil beetles, cockroaches, and
Charadrius falwuse ce ares c/si-onjodeinssgjeaia see oe 179 tsotse Mies aa eee eae cece cece 301
MONZOWS. 2 -- ciswcwsic acannon are 615 | Cockroaches, beetles, and tsetse flies, new
Charis craspediodonta...............--.-.-.- 335 species of North American fossil.......-.-- 301
Choloniaimydase. asc cccecesctiastassc asec 510) | (Colacinainsidiatorissea see tele ences corsair 479
Chibia hottentobta:-..-c-cccsces-anec~cces sc 185 | Colorado, altitudinal distribution of Entomos-
China, two species of fishes from the Yalu tracanneeseseeee ee ete sere se esamcecece <eominiy)
WRIVODscwacnser cece maa aaascn ce ce cesses 99 | Columba melanocephala..............-.-.--- 192
Chiton albrechtlt-sessessssccreasseccccore ss 4,5 | Colus dautzenbergii.......... Re soenoteeacecee 218
brand tiles sasoster ces ec saccccccces 3 (Uatisipho) epidus’-2---ecccesseenn soe 228
(Molpalia) stimpsoni................. 12 (Limatofusus) tahwitanus..........--- 228
SUOEEedhoestesoacahoasnsoosdaSedeuee 15 | Copaifera corocoriana...........--.-------- 105, 144
SUDMALMOLCUS eos ee ee eons 3 potosianasseeseceseeeceseecesees 143, 144

644 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Corvus) brachyrhynchos:..22< <2. .<s <0<e56-- Sal i Desmodinmibarb atin. cacetwe ae sectecee ae 149
corax behringlanus <7. a -sieinin 624 Ollipticwms ~eKe eee sae aces 149
corax kamtschaticus...............-- 624 | Diaptomuscoloradensis.-~.........-....----- 77,80
Sibiricuss- peste esas 624 IOPLOEUS & wis -oageetee ees 79
UISSUTIANUS eereasieieieeecesee ess 624 Var. PISCINAC saa seein 78
GOroneloriontalls) q<jacjaseieisicinjnreisisei - <1 624 inttonise. s2c cc beeen e ae eee 80
leucognaphalus® 5-2. 22> mains 521 Nudus ss... scas5 Sy 6 Sess 80,81
SIbDITICNS aes segs acto ween 624 shoshone 2).ss-2922s9es 20 ose 77, 78, 79
Crataegus coloradensis...........-.-.-------- 492; "SDiastema dosceles=--ce eee oee eet e ee eee a 352
Crawiordia californica - 4252 -2eesse = eee ee 460¢493 || “Dicentriaoblivata=c-ses nace ese eee oe eens 359
Cockerelliizn cos. cst soswisceset sees 459 | Dichromanassarufescens.............------- 515
DADLOSI soso nietieiaeneaeasiss 4595| Dicranotropismuiris-cs-- 22 eee eee ee 472,487
lahrositonmidis-o-54-2-4-eeeee eee 4602. Dicruropsis bOMmeensises..--canteeeiecineeceeee = 184
pulvinipes 22-2: 22-55-22=2 5 459, 460, 493 lencops: mies tees 184
MUG Peckiaesss sh asses ee eee 459 pectoralise ese seca ssee ene scn 185
Criculatrifenestratas =o. -+-cenaseceeer een 566 OLNCONSISe eee 184
Cryptoglaux funerea magna. ......----.----- 618 leucops..--..---.-.- 184, 198
Cucullaestanti quia se ses sssne eee ere 36,37 pectoralis...........-- 184
Gucullellajantiqnass pee asasseee ae eee sna 36 SITEDSIS~--<< je ceeeine= 198
COAT CURA 2 ed 26 solombensis.......-- 184, 198
Guphea antigua: 6 24s 4ac-ecisaseee-deoees tse 157 | Diedrocephala sanguinolenta-.........-.---. 475
balsamona......- TEEPE conan 158 | Dinosaur, armored, a newly mounted skele-
COL AES oe ee a ee eR Re 158 ton of the, Stegosaurus stenops, in the
VISCOSISSLINA a neo eee 158 United States National Museum........... 383
Cyanosylvia suecica robusta.......-....----- 619 | Diospyros brachysepala--......-.-....----- 628, 635
Cyclops bicuspidatus..............--..-0---+ 81 princetonia.............---------- 635
Cy clora\cornutas saese see eee eee eee neee 509,510 texaMa..........--.----.2-- eee ee 636
THALLCD Se ee eee eee EE eee 509, 510 virginiana .....-----..-----.------ 636
POE CS eo eee A a OAc 510) | 10z0cerainsiarom 2 - ou senee sen ance 415, 466
Stejnegeri ace). aeetr cee see 509, 510 DISciniscaCuMINn gies ee sees eecetecaesceene 117
Gylichnellazetclin ss a teeee nee ee nome ten 571 la@Vis..-....-------22 222222222222. 117
Cyperacites Speclesse= ee ene panes eee eee 629 lamellosa---.------.---------0-2e- 1li
Cyprinodon macularius............-------- 202, 205 singewaldi..-....--.....-.-.-.-- 116, 11%
Cypselites potosianus............--.-----0+ 161 strigata....--------2-.0----------- 117
Cyrtocaraxenos javanensis.:............--- 403,475 | Discopsis argentea....---.---------------+--+ 574
@ythara'striata sso: ace neeeoe eee Sa Vie aM 319 : panamensis.....------------------ 574
Dacyrtocara oncometopiae......-.-- 410, 411,473,487 | Dismidila atoca...-....--.-.--------+---+-++ 371
andatanss: sees 394, 403, 407, 473, 474 tocista..--------------+---22-eee ee 371
Dafila acutaacutals cee coe ee 616 | Dodds, Gideon S. Altitudinal distribution
Dalbergia (?) antiqua...............2------- 149 of Entomostracain Colorado............-- 59
CHATTACCH See et 139, 141, 148 Drepanocarpus franckei....-....-.-------- 138, 149
potosiana pt Sp rye i Be ads celle” ae ae 148 NUNS GUS oeeeeee cease eee 150
Tiparia see een ae Ch oz 149 | Drillia empyrosia..............-------------+ 317
VATA DLS occ eee ek 149 UMMACUlatd ee reacemelacoseaeemeeanters 317
Dall, William Healey. Notes on Chrysodo- Dryocopus martius reichenowi.......-..----- 618
mus and other mol- Dyar, Harrison G. Descriptions of new lepi-
lusks from the doptera from Mexico. ..........-..-...---- 335
North Pacific HE DTIGtas AChOSiSeiencccmesicmeiecieccsclseecae 338
Otean eee 207 | Echththromorpha notulatoria.........------ 566
Notes on the nomen- Egretta t. thula.-.....--.-.----------------- 515
clature of the mol- Elenchinus heidemanni...........--..---.-- 481
lusks of the family Elenchoides perkensi........-.-------------- 482
Turritidae ........ 313 | Elenchus melanias..............------------ 480
Dalmanellalunatase-cooease es ceceee eee ae ee 29 Silvestris........--------+- 480
Daphnia longispina................---- 78, 81, 85, 86 templetonii.........------+-++-+++- 480
Dalex eee ee eee 77, 78, 80 tenuicornis..-..--..--.-- 22.2... 480, 487
Das yproctaagitiecsonaeet tect ese ee eee 508 walkeri.......-----++++-+++-++++-+- 480
Pelrancis, pasads ccs eee ee ee 391 | Emberiza pallasi-....-..-------------+--++++ 624
Deinelenchus australensis...........-..---- 481, 488 puSilla..........-..22-------+--ee- 624
Delphacixenos anomalocerus............. 410,411, | Emoia cyanura.......--.-.---.--------++--+- 24,25
: 414,416, 476,488 | Enterolobium grandifolium.... 129,133, 135, 136,143
Molphaxstriatella.ccossucmsece woes wees 476, 488 parvifolium...........-- 135, 136, 143
Deltocephalussandersi\.; .o---cenosecee ceases 487 schomburgkiits...--soseeeene= 136
Dentaria laciniata.-.. cs eccesmceessascccess 492 | Entomostraca in Colorado, altitudinal distri-
Doepanothrix'dentata-...--2----n-2--e 2-5. - 86 butionlofeeseceneeeee CISC Uae ERNE eae 59

INDEX. 645
Page. Page

Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis lowei....... 523°] Fregata magnificens...................--..-. 515
task esc masnome ce Badssd O25 PHU Ca CAniDAGae nates aes aaac ee Teer eee een ie 520
isidroensis......... 524 CINCTER Es ess aee oe cece nee ee ee aS 199
pore Sul tilistae-cect cel ociclenamessceecsece << AGA MULMArUS TOROS aceeccs sectese sone e ee 611
Erionetta spegtabilis......-..-.---..-------. GLEN hususabyssorum cece eee ee 219
HTlOp YES C&COSONA — store elem ninniahiceinneniniela cis 345 ANtiquust seco ee ae eee 214
CONSTANS Paes jacjsjsce ice saines sess 344 artbriricus.. sss ee ce cee ere eee 215
pansapha,........ ce teeeee cece eceee 345 onelliie Sk toc eetcer eee eee tee eee 212
phanerozona....¢...-.........-..-. 345 bulbacemss:5. 5222 tissance cece sesieee 215
Eripternimorpha dammermani...........--. 565 CONLTATINS Sacra ee eee Pee Ee eee 223
IPG Es Soe eda sascasee6 64 fonestratUsececneee eee eee se 219
schoenobil.... 2acee cscs 563 MOrdeOlUSes ee oe sce eee REE 212
Scinpophagae. ei. s-s2 5-612 563 (ucun dusts: case eee cee cee 212
Erythronium americanum.,..........-.----.-- 491 DY LIMAOUS SAG ee eee ee meee 217
Hscallonia wendtite << cc2csccsn ese ccee ane o= = 127 SATS enc ee sae e ae eee me 219
EU CIOAITISCID ALS Sesemrecisne snes eeaceeme eran 366 Spitz bergensises---ce asec ce ence teen 217
Bumenes fenestralissye- -)---- <<< ~<oi 489 Gerebralismes: cose sees eae ieee ee 212

HS VODICUM RI sews = = mien se lee la 489 | Gahan, A. B. Four new African parasitic

ETA OSs onsoobeceosuedoQueTsas 489 hymenoptera belonging to the subfamily
HMO Eris CHOpPISso ce mcssee sams = aoecine ce a 343 Microgasterinse--sce see cee eee eee 587
Eupathocera luctuosae........-....---.----- AGoF | Gallicrexicinercareae se eet een mae 199
bf gb lore S846 soo So5Secogseseacsee 465 | Gallinago gallinago raddei...............---- 612
pictipennidis.......-.--..-.---. 4655) Gallinulaichloropuss--2---2ecseeece- se see ee 520
pruinosae.....-..-..----------- 65° \l\ Galliralltis australis’. 22-0 o.. es velenece ke 517, 521
SIQWOLU em seine eee lela AGorl GatlasiPallustee ce ese see eee ee 515
sphecidarum...-......-..--.- 406,465 | Gaylussacia frondosa.............-.--------- 492
vulgaridis......--....--..-..--- 465 Tedifoliqnsscceee ns eee ras 159
Euphorbia (?) species...........---...--..-- 154 tertiaria.........- Ade ng Here 158
Eurycerus lamellatus.....-......-...2-..--2- SONSER | NGaviaiad anisie sees nee sesame am eee 610
Eurymyella angularis...-..--.-.-...---.---- 28 Stollatamscnatee see eesten ee ese 610

COANIGR Sp obacadesrpscusscqoboers 28 | Gilbert, Charles H., and Carl Hubbs. De-

denbowensis....--------+-----+- 28 scription of Hymenocephalus tenuis, a new

planaswereacssecceekesseseccess 28 : EATS

SRG 1S) | Seelaleealnd 28 macruroid fish from the Hawaiian Islands. 173

anAleec ERTS RINT 98 Gilmore, Charles W. A newly mounted skel-

Scie brava ee 9 eton of the armored dinosaur, Stegosaurus

TGneatte Moonee 2 28 stenops, in the United States National
SOD ee 28 MI GOW nado sebededonocos datesdeEjeoecodar 383
SiTTLIATS hh ate t ee ae Sa Ogn|t Ginelaheovavaccereraaasceccaecticsenica canis 366

Eustrotia deltoidalis.......-..-------------+- 352 | Ginsburg, Isaac. On two species of fishes
Muthria conulises cee cse kos rae eee 218 from the Yalu River, China..........-.... 99
plumbea aces ae eee soe teases 229n WGlossin g@armatipes acca sacsecee eee eee as 310, 311
WIPO at Seren isieinee case aieisteelsiso n-ne 229 BUSCCMT case sees cen eerie 309
IMU OM WGISCLIn Gare as <2 > cleisic cis cisiawisinicaisic'e 342 IDTEVIPAlpisser secs s sameee te esos 309
DATSIMONIA SA erate enim = -(-rein ee -l-ln)ei= = le 234 Caligin ea tese eee raeeee soar acre e 309
Excorallana berbicensis. ..........-...---.-. 594 PUSC Reese asatis Saisie seer se 309, 311
Exosphaeroma barrerae. .....-.-.----------- 599 TUISCIDOS eee eae soem a 309
GisalblE\nbhon ae seo asaeobanocdcce 599 LUISCIDeNTisneee cee tec eeR Cnc oCeeneee 309
Wabia chilensis\cesaccswess=@ciscincsciceseesaete 392 lONnLipalpistececacee eee see eee tees 309
TIES HIE GNA gs occogscderasesesosanedesnes 121 LOnNgIpPeMMIsessseaseeeeee sees sl 309
Fish, macruroid, from the Hawiian Islands, a medicorum....--..---+--++-+-++++++ 309
TG Wie ete acai ianle wae eealng Seta ane casings 173 MOFSIGANS aceee senate sees eee 309
Fishes from Owens River, California........ 201 Pallida.- -.-.2 222. 5--22.-- Be
Fishes of Mohave River, California. ......... 297 Paradoxa --.-.-----.----- ae
Fishes, two species of, from the Yalu River ? SE EIOMER 258 oan ani: coke

? J ,

(iN Te ahead meal ete pee ed 99 nigrofusca SSSR EEE Dan EOC Coe nece 309
3 OlIZGCENAL en tanec cacecs aeecaee eee ae 311
Flies of the genus Sarcophaga from Guam and SoBe ean k puesa naa 310,311
the Philippines, ...----....----------+----- 89 DAT ICOLE ec eee Orono ene "309
Fossil bettles, cockroaches, and tsetse flies, DallidipesMecmess 2 -eoe eee eee es 309
MO WAIN OM CAI smite eeticiaisacieisic(sinicicinsicinc's 301 Dalpaliswececets ese scesesteseccs 309
fossilland shell, anew West Indian........ 605 wGlnachatiee eo secadesac 309
Fossil plants from Bolivia........-.---..---- 103 SChillin’Simscareeemee tease see cee ae 311
Fossil plants from the late Tertiary of Okla~- PabanitOnmissessee see eee eset eeee 309
loo Mees oAaceqshge odososdonsnacasnodecan 627 tachinoidéses.e sane sesaceee ssc 309, 310
Fotopsis'spargantotis..-<-...---.-.2..-.00s--6 347 WOtCInN a2 eeetie ns oe scenes cscs cwe 310, 311
Mratercuila COnmMCulatassc-scenccr ae omce ccsiscle 611 FAG IIE) TRO losronaoaobocauroEdaoSnoonoe 309

646 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Gloveriaiconcinnaz-esceeece essence cssease 355 | ,Hesperoleucus (Rutilus) symmetricus....... 298
atipennis seco sacoeecccemanse stig. 356 | Heteropia mediorticulata.............. 525, 526, 529
Obsolete ten vcscee one Seo eee ees 356 | Hirundo urbica whiteleyi..................- 619
TU PICUNG CNS. . oe ees ee eee es 356 | Holopedium gibberum................. eee 80, 85
SOdOme eat ceee eee eee CE nee eee eter 356 | Hopi Indian collection in the United States
Gnathia triospathiona....---22--ss-esssceee- 591 National Museums. -ceeneseeesseese cess 235
Gorgonocephalidae from the Caribbean Sea, Hormiopterus choenobivorus............---- 570
a new genus and species of multibrachiate Hough, Walter. The Hopi Indian collection
ophinraniofthetamnlye-seeces- sense aeeene 637 in the United States National Museum.... 235
Grammysia pembrokensis........-..-..----- 29 | Hozawa Sanji. Report on the calcareous
EIGN Clata see eee eee ene ee 29 eee collected during 1906 by the United
Grantiaberinfianae.--+oseessoescssnane 525, 526, 537 ates Fisheries steamer Albatross in the
COTO SOT1S 16 ee ae 540 NODE Western) Pacilic=s.ssseeen eee ee eeee nee 525
nipponica....... 5 ARERR ac em ae 534 | Hubbs, Carl, and Charles H. Gilbert. De-
Graptoleberis testudinaria.................-- 86 scription of Hymenocephalus tenuis, a new
Guam and the Philippines, new flies of the macruroid fish from the Hawaiian Islands. 173
Zenus Sarcophaga from...--. 2-2 ce-sscees 89. | Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis................ 515
Gymnocladus canadensis........-..-.-- ..... 631 | Hydroeciodes aspasta.................-----. 343
CESCl ware ssinsma oes ece eae eee 631 POCHEN. ose. snceece seemseeeee 344
GIOICUS=2een eee hoses onceees 631, ||) Hylecthrus quercus 2225-22 «3. os eee see eee 458
Gymnogramme(?) species....-.--.---------- 120 ind Na sdododedsoasdendaSeeSedeseaR 458
Haemataena melanocephala bangueyensis... 192 S1CDOI Gis eames sateen 458
chrysorrhoa..... 192 | Hymenocephalus striatulus................. 173
massoptera.....- 191 | Hymenocephalus tenuis, description of, a
melanocephala.. 191 new macruroid fish from
melanospila..... 192 the Hawaiian Islands.... 173
pelingensis ..... 192 | Hymenoptera, new African parasitic, belong-

. xanthorrhoa.... 192 ing to the subfamily Microgasterinae...... 587
Healictophacusicurtisiiessseeeceeeeee ec eeee cee 468) | ELy DOD ta:aChileUCh =n. -sesecer cesar acetone 367
Halictoxenos (Augochlorophilus) viridulae.. 459 | Ichneumon-flies from Java, descriptions and

(Halictophilus) manilae........ 459 MOLES KON. = -)- ace eeicoce sone aaeaacecase 563

(Halictostylops) spencii........ 459) i pLchoriai leu COPUss=nsels<-~ sc emesis 340

(Halictoxenos)icrawiordi-e--5.5 ).459) |) Loe OChSeniasi 25 sees eee tennis ieee ecics 130

graenicheri..... 459 | Ipidecla monenoptron...................-.-. 336

fOUESInsesesccee 459 | Ischnochiton amabilis........--.-.-.---.-... 9

nymphaeari.... 459 COLCANICIS etait alee le eicieist=eee 10

SDATSIceance cee 459 craticulatuster ance cescceccancat 10

WVELSAuleceeeseac 459 cultratusseee.-.---ccs cece eace 9

ZODUY Tare yecieteie 459 hakodadensis cco cscs eee s « area 4,5

JOneSteorcem sects noecateeeeas 459 interfossdsc.<Saa-scssee eee eee 9

Halictus (Chloralictus) albipennis........... 459 (Ischnoradsia) albrechti....... 4

IPTUN CLI senate sees 459 hakodadensis. .. 4

nymphaerum........ 459 (Lepidozona) amabilis......... 1,6

SP&lUS sec cceecceaccee 459 interfossa........ 1,8,9

SPECIES: a acaccec sauce 459 pilsbryanus...... 1,10

VIGUSAUUS teenie Se siscre 459 TMELECNSH Joes acts nse eee eee 10

ZEPUYyRUSseesesascane 459 | Isolobodon portoricensis................-..-. 507

(Evylaeus) manilae................ 459) ||) Isopods; GenvnGWjeceqm occ eommin ea si-seieie ieee 591

ININU GUS Sess ene taselseeesmee eee eee 459) lf Exobrychusi@xilisennn.<cescseee nace eaeeiseae 515

SDATUS esses soee ta oase cee mete 492) |) Jacaranda caroliniana= =. -.s-sec-s=sesccecmee 160

tumulorumisece-- sane eee eeeenee 400 CUSpIdiLOlia escent cles-seiserer 160

ZOMMMUS << see oteee er ecesees ceca 445 POLOSINA <s- as ee eee ce eee 160

Hareldaihvyemalis: 2222 sen teeeee cecoesas ences 616 | Java, Ichneumon-flies from.................. 563
Hawali, lizards tromsteseetes ssc. ce ces sec e 19 | Java Sea, birds collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott

Hawaiian Islands, a new macruroid fish from Onlislandsyin GHOe cece as ecieeeleiselee sneereee 177

NO Gasca aa astoe ase aaice tana eee eee 173 | Kakatoe parvulus abbotti................-.. 181

Hecalusimmacnlatuss:2--cs2 oes eee ee eee ace 475 DALVUIUS sejeeecisccie see 181

Heliacus panamensissessen. seeeceee ees ce oe 673 ||| -Kattacinclaimelanuras —- <- cee - ceric ieee sas 197

Hoamibarbusla@beo-es.c-eerseeecnceenaecs secs 99 MIPTICAUG Aas emecieceeae 197

longirostriss: tcc sccssesesse sc 99 opisthochroa.......... 197

MIS CHIALUIS erties Saas eee as 99 Mipricandas... oer a ese ce cee 197

Hemicerasiobliquiplaga- « cespscc-teec eens. 309 il, Kryptosieleganss occas cesses eaeeemseee 219

Pemidactylus rarnotills.ece-seecsecescens 21,22,23 | Lagopus lagopus koreni.-.........--..-.---- 608

Hemimylacris clintoniana................... 306 UNA VUSs es aceneeceeeeeceeee 608

TAMINCatassssoceedepacecsascce 306 TUpestriss s+. <soseeeece teases 609

Hemiphyllodactylus leucostictus..........-. 24))) ‘Dalage nigra 2c. s-.-ceasecccsnccescceceeee 182

ETeSperis | CON UNCbA Ls Seren nats ce wininieicfacicteieleretele 667 | Lanius excubitor mollis. .------25------csee= 620

INDEX. 647
Page. Page.
NAnUShVe TAD ase ame aw oe= omen ccecice eee ce OL) (Marvizapartitalisssc--ceere ceeesc ee ccenecceee 352
atone SOuilera xcs cciceeeee ceesece seca se cies SOFS6) | Marpizettaobliquas recess cess = sssene se eceee 353
Leach petrel, a review of the subspecies of the, Mastigophorus asynetalis........ Sboohersacee 353
Oceanodroma leucorrhoa........---------- 165 | Megalechthrus tryoni.......-...-....--.--- 480, 488
Leguminosites (?) globularis...............-- 152 | Meganthopus flavitarsus................-.-.- 490
SHEClOSscosec cose eee 153 | Megapodius duperryli< 5 25.2-s-s2<-2 sees ~~ 189
Meiolopismamoctuaey-ce-a-eeee eee ceae is cee= 24 ° assimiliso. 22. <ancess oe 189
TOL OPLEMA GUTS «2c5 cmc neceeeccee see siecle nie 29 Gupernyils-s--.cssss- += 189
Hepasts Concordense-.- ..ce----ceees2 =~ === 356 gouldiiscsesc--= 179, 189, 191
CONSPiGUae. eee eee eae ae ees ne eis 356 tumuluse Sse ceccseene) Loo
Lepeta (Cryptoctenidia) lima..........------ 233 POUldii eee ese cele seice secre nes 179, 189
Lepidodactylus lugubris.............----- 20, 21,23 | Melanchroiopsis acroleuca..........--------- 341
Lepidopleurus hakodatensis..........------- 3 | Melanonyx segetum serrirostris....... sess 617
Saponiewees fe cae iscsi cece 3 | Mengea tertiaria..........-.---+----+--+-+- 424, 425
Lepidoptera, from Mexico, descriptions of | Mengenilla chobautii..........------------ 427,429
Pennine er 335 Mereus'S@rrat0l-..scece seen ecerseaccesseae 615
Leptochiton diomedeae...........----+---+++ 1 | Merrill, George P. Further notes on the
Leptotrichus granulatus.........--------+--- 603 | Plainview, Texas, me-
edad Oensiseee ene eroeeeeanoes 603 teorite.....-------.+--- 503
Meremahypozonaessesses. coteces-saccen ces 339 On the Fayette County,
Leucandra anguinea...........sseseeeeeeeees 551 Texas, meteorite finds
follstaret Ae Ptceels 525,526,547 of 1878 and 1900 and
Jourdlensis\. <-c0--00 deeb 525,526,549 the probability of their
poculiformis........ eee 525,545,549 | representing two dis-
pulyimare. sc wet eo 551 tinetfallsieccocessccces 557
Splendees sce. cee. « 525,526,551 | Mesembreuxoa melanopis......-.-.--.------ 341
SEaLiforaee I eee 554 Meteorite, Fayette County, Texas, finds of
tuba....... eee 525,526, 542,547, 549 1878 and 1900 .........---------- 557
Leucopsila stylifera.......-. ta ae 525,526,554 | Plainview, Texas, further notes on
Leucosolenia albatrossi 525,526 LT ge ape pao asec Bee
ag Dae aig PHT ud Mexico, new lepidopterafrom..............-. 335
DOty Odes caeeccesssnecesseene 528 2 oy
Rh ae ae OWE 525,526,528 Microgasterinae, new African parasitic hy-
SEs DEMt CEO ENGI Ral : : 528 menoptera belonging to the subfamily..... 587
SEG NDes le a 593 | Microgaster fasciipennistesescsssemee cesses 587
Liburnelenchus heidemanni...........----« 491 | Miller, Gerrit £.,jr. Mammals and reptiles
coeholotce. nee eaee 408, 481, 487 collected by Theodoor
ut nleniae eee eee nee nee 481 de Booy in the Virgin
Wiburniacampesttisss-cssecsecesesaeessnce 481, 487 Islands.......--.---- 507
TI ELON tA Sees ee eee 487 | Mimetite,thaumasite,and wavellite,noteson 373
Pimmnotiswoulditecescssce csc scesecsaccocsecs so | Mimosa arcuatifolia.............-.- 106, 132, 134, 143
Limoss lapponica baueri . ........-...-.0.-5- 614 | MONtAN Ase. serene cee ease ene eect 133
Lingula minima, var. americana.........-... 29 MOntanoldes {se ease oecesseae= see 133, 154
SCO DITA ote re eee een teenie 29 | Mimosites engelhardti........-. 106, 129, 133, 135, 147
Lithacodiaisubstellatass. cc... ccc cccccccces 351 Lineariiolivseeacsseceeeceeeaels 133
Lizards, notes on Hawaiian........... serene 19 MINGATISemesainaccisccies ccisaeaeeae cere 133
Wobipestlobatissseee aes sseeececeececs ac 612) |) Miscus'campestris: ..--- 2c c<.<-<- csi Sesteces 465
Lomariopsis (?) species.........-.-.---+----- 119 | Modiolopsis leightoni............c-.-s------+ 29
tertiaria......-.2--.-2-.--2.200- 119 Var. qiadratassec. ssserscaceee-> 29
Lonchocarpus obtusifolius...-.-.-------++-+- 151 | Mohave River, California, fishes of..........- 297
Lophoceramica simplicifacta.........-----+++ 346 | Mollusks from the North Pacific Ocean...... 207
Lygropia falsalis...... GOSCOSS5TO RBS B Se OSECOS 368 | Mollusks of thefamily Turritidae, nomencla-
Machaerium eriocarpoides ease 129, 133 , 143, 146, 147 RAAT ABs Sabai al dep ok by oe the bg 313
CRITE TEE SoS BBCEO2S 2 OG356 147 | Monobia quadridens............---------e+-- 464
Milleri...---------++++-+-+-+++-- 147 | Monobiaphila bishoppi...............-----+- 464
Machetes pugnaXx.......---+-2-2-+-+2+2eeeeee 615 Moodna bisinuellatsss-cocecscssennesnicsas ai 372
Bfalacocinels.abbobtl serec si <n=ciele cele ce's sisieis 196, 197 é :
a Ain Cr, 197 imnanimoellseeas.pisececseescepaesiatece 372
baweana ii of AD ER a 197 lugubrella.. SO OI OIA IO SI 372
fee ee 196 Morinellainterpres interpres BeapsoSasaece coos 615
IMAG los aya be 195, 196, 197 Motacilla alba ocularis sertececeeseeces ese es 621
sirensis.....---.+- 195, 196, 197 Muirixenos dicranotropidis...........- 411,472, 487
Mammals and reptiles collected by Theodoor perkinsiellae.........-+-+------ 472, 487
de Booy in the Virgin Islands............ 507 | Murexislandicus..........-----.------------ 217
Mangilia costulata............. peas ade Bees Svea 316 J @VATUSS osecse se ses se mseie eee 315
SINMAMIAGE Ree sccccosesecessecceee 316 TH) IGS ees aeSdbobcncoacdes ssaneSasac 316
Manhatta bisinuella............. icy eee os Re 372 septangularis..-...-.--.-------------- 320
Mareca’ penelope aeect ace acssqnicccosecsecscs 615 LOLNAGUSees eereemes sins aa ilaleeineine rare 315

648 INDEX.
Page Page.
Muscadivores rosaceus rosaceuS........--.-.- 179") Nuculites'subplanus=---5-45-4-ee-esaeeeee 31, 34,35
ZAMY CLUS) emer oeliela 179 thyestess-« enc pseeee en one 31, 41, 42, 52
Myodites'solidapinis--- 4-22 2ses--e- soaeeseier= 419 $rescottin =e 3-2 ee: ae Se Slash
Myrica banksiaefolia........- dioplssseueed scans 123 tTigneter:.- so 53ee eee eee 30,31, 35
banksioides:........- ascsce sees seeese 107,123 | Nyctanassa violacea............-.-.----+-- 515, 520
engelhard bites: soncset-eeeRerer sere LOT LAs | Nigctes my Cieas. ec se see eeeene eee ee ae ee eae 617
PGE a anencseacesase ceeocbdeds Cabeeuc 108 | Nyctibius, anatomy of, with notes on allied
TNL CLOCHNP as caeecemeiee merle eel 124 Birds. oe el Ee aan a 577
polymorpha........--...---.-------- 123 STISCUS:2<-0-- 15. eee eee 581
potosina........--------+2-2+2-222ee+ 128 AbOUel:. os ae 517
variibractea......-..+--+-2-+2++-2+++- 108 | Nycticorax naevius naevius..-..........---- 515
Weberbauert .----.----seracerrenss2 108,124 | Nyctidromus albicollis..........-.++++--++- 581, 583
__Wwendtil..--- synendceine pages pare I 107,124 | Oberholser, Harry C. A review of the sub-
Myricophyllum, species....-.------.-------- 125 enpelesvaiarho leach
Myrmecolax nietneri..........-..--.------ 402, 433 i ial Onseodionna
; J
Se emg ee COED lencorhoa (Vieillot). 165
NACleI ee Oe ee 368 Birds collected by Dr.
Nannocnus eurhthymus.............-------- 191 W. : ue Abbott on
Nardoaieanlanensisa as sss cee ces ce esieicme= 528 various islands in
bli rin usc he ddr Se a 528 the J ava SOasecssase 177
riphares eee cee eae 528 Oceanodroma leucorhoa, a review of thesub-
Neocholax jacobsoni........--....-.--- 403, 472, 488 Specs oftheleach petrel... 165
Neophaeus chalcospilans......-....-.----:-- 350 Oceanodroma beali. Dreamin site cg 165, 169
Neostylops crawfordi............-.-.-- 415, 455, 456 beldingi Oa ale cw cat vias cds a oe
ehantonlss go era 411, 456, 457 ESTES, pabStbaa 2s ccces pi
molldnlaperk cocercorree eee ne 456,457 SEG ORIEE Gal Gocconcniy abe eae
ELIMI erange sees eee hesaee 456 beali.. SSzscssrs secs 168,171
Nephelestis sabatta.....-..-.2.<2s<s--ct---0- 342 ee ried
See Tet eT tates. an rie Bee ones Ll etCOnhoase: sem sees :
Be ce ee ae a oat 166,167, 168 60,171
Hee lo ks a ee eS O11 Ocinaria signifera Pe APs aa a Se 566
Nesalcis cediopasaieasmcnise 2 -eeceees eane 362 Odonestis plagifera. Bite Gai REPRO S Sse bert 586
NEuiteOcn a dobon yin ose nantes 516,518,520 | Odostomia (Chrysallida) zeteki-.---......... 572
NatEiOHiGrecca ea awe cre Ree 615 | Odynerus ATVENSIS...----+-+-+--++- 2-222 202s 463
: ChIOrOtICUS Ieee nee escece te eccee 489
AOTMOSIUMMS eS Nese ee seas seeeaae se 615 a gti oe ees EER aoe, Soe 8 463
INocloaibeatamieseeencrs: ten a ctieccmisasececee 349 Re a ne ae eee 463
lamiota..--..---+-++-++-2-+-+-20200+ 349 erynnysl. < earn vg earl 5 ; - 463
Nomiastylopictates: 2s--cccmsscer sere 491 Armiude! TU RLMaS a ns POP RRI AG, 489
Nucifraza caryocatactes macrorhynchos...... 625 foranilnintue AeA oi ay a de 463
Nuculites from the Silurian formations of findatas: one A RSA ONE
Washington County, Maine............-..- 27 Higttio.. . REESE Te OR 463
Nuculites sbnormis:.---..--.s+-s2e-e---2--- 32,39 HiSGORELEg ne eon ee 463
@MYCUS..----------- 2-2-2 ------ 31, 43, 52 Test iges ce ee 463
BLTOUS Saaes aie setaetetatatater=t= 31, 40, 41, 42, 52 meristem Tuan OTR Win, tee ae 463
IDSttUs: cassesceewtes eee seer 31, 33, 43, 52 pedestris SIS 4 Sok Nar een 463
chrysippus-..2.2..------- 31,39, 40, 48, 52 species. EINER =o te ee an 393
coarobatgssasia4iRvit borer ean-o-s 30 ees Sian ae
corrugata.s-2cccseseseeee Hotta UE EERE OHIO RRCEE
corrugatus a sneer rs? 7" 463
31, 32, 33, 35, 38, 42, 44, 47, 50, 51, 52 a aeens Cy ep eae 2 463
CTASSUS-. 0 2-02eee2eeeeeeeeeeees See verds 2 ies; sme GO Mages
cuneiformis.---.--------22- 2.0202 30,30) || Genantheoenanthe oonarithe:sse ete sesnee 619
emarginata......---.-----------20- 2 Oncometopia lateralis...........-..------- 473, 487
eurylochus.-....----+------- 31, 45, 46, 52 eee 394, 399, 403, 473, 474, 487
galeus......-------------- 31, 44, 45, 46, 52 Oncophanes launceolator-.-.....-..--------- 569
lagonee ee eeeeee eae. 31, 33, 34, 50, 51 hesperidiswe se see teat ease ne 569
lamellosa.......--------++-+-++---+ 29 | Ophiuran, a new, of the family Gorgonoce-
LONtUSsee Seen ee eee seecsnae 31, 46, 47 phalidae from the Caribbean Sea..........- 637
lichaS. ......-------------++--+- 31, 34,50 | Ophthalmochlus duryi-.........------------ 465
WERT aoasac codon aueecoswocscntac 31, 33 (Homilops) abbotti........ 465
Oploncataeecesccesseoe cease seca 30 ashmeadi...... 465
Oplongatuseeccs: ences scae ce == 31,37 bishoppi.....-. 465
ClO PSsseereraeaea ss ceeae pea 31, 44, 46, 52 westwoodi..... 465
MOMS Eeeemes\seseaeise ais 31, 33, 50, 52 (Isodontia) auripedis....... 465
TODUSGUS eos eeisiene ease eels aiclereiel== 32,36 (Ophthalmochlus) duryi... 465
SPeClOSUSEepeee sees soem aera 31,38,39 | Ophyrastites hendersonise---seseeceee eee 307, 308

INDEX.

Page.

Oriolus maculatus lamprochryseus......... 186,190
MACUIATUS Ho oee aac cs aces 186

TICHMONGIS See see eee ee oe 187
OssoidesilineatusSiecoaececesceseccccete secs ss 488
Osthamoeniorlas cece wenene sees ee sissecciotes 354
Otocoris alpestris euroa.............--------- 622
Owens River, California, fishesfrom........- 201
OzZarba din plora seve aacsacse eee ce ins ie aisis\ele.s 351
Squamicornisiscssccescadseeoceae es 351
Padraonainculta -.setsoe aces eee secee see ee cs 340
Sophistes sees scccssc-s senses 340
Palaconelloplana.ascssesusseosescicess ss sete: 40
Palaeopecten cobscooki.................----- 29
Can byaleteec sotto es scice 29
tranSversalisosc.teseceesceee ee 29

Walgeoriza GHOLACINA=7-.2m=y-ororstee oases cise coe 491
TUTNETaAN a osSa ceca aoacee teeses 32 491
Baloesitusiolizocenuss.s-sssesccasseeeeree ace 310
Patmophyllum;ispecies2...s.sscescesee+ ences 122
Panama, new marine shells from...--........ 571
Panurzinusipoyleliscsscceenscc seen eeer cease 459
califonnicus.-sccsecceceeeee 398, 460, 493

AMUN PPISsece see eee eee ee 399, 459, 493
labrosiformise= ios tas eee cee 460
MADLOSUSSccodec sane ete ete saoo ee 459
rudbeckises==-<<s.ssseeeeeee sees 459
IPANUTZUS|CAVANNAG ese csoccce eee eee sea aina 493
Parachabora pseudanaetia.............-...-.- 355
Paradorydiumymenaluss.s sss cs -s-c cue sce ccs 475
Parastylops:flacellatus....s..0:-:2--s-se-cee 402, 457
Paraxenos Orel co snisssascahoer eee eee 466, 490

Parker, R. R. New flies of the genus Sarco-
phaga from Guam and the Philippines... 89

Parvisiphoterepralis: |.\2.. 2.5 ..cess os eseeece 217
Passifilora canfieldi--.-. 8.22 st. -2cc tees eects 154
Pecopteris speciesiss< o.s55022.5252 eee 120
Peltophorum membranaceum..............- 145
VOZelanNuUM: mee ee ese eeece 138, 145
Pentacladocera schwarzii.............-..---. 471
Pentagramma vittatifrons.................-- 482
Pentagrammaphila uhleri...............-..- 482
Penthestes cinctus alascensis............---. 621
kolymoensis>s:ss22.6-222- 621
Pentozocera australensis......<....-2---s-s0.6 474
PRACOGES e crictassasentasnseeeees 475
SCDWALZ1 ss jece 22 <ncaewasseeeees 475
stenodeS=c:ss<e<scahsece tee c ees 475
Pentozoe peradeniya..-....-..-.20-sse00-- 410, 474
Pericallia pannyeha aos asccassccseoeena sci 341
Perisoreus infaustus infaustus...... Se wns 626
yakutensishse sees .<-1- 625
Perissolalage chalepa........-.--------2+---- 182
Perkinsiella saccharicida...........-------- 472, 487
WILEDSIS) ASRS see Eek aces 399, 482
HBeropusmmupilatus ss. .-ecec= cases ce--s<- 24
Phalacrocorax pelagicus pelagicus..........- 617
Phalaenoptilus nitidus...-2:.22.-2-2....-- 581, 583
Phalaropusmalicarivscecccccecrctescc + ~ce6 612
‘Phenice modestas sass see secs ce Sete scsse'e 487
pherotesiajdentata ws. 2. se5s52 Ge sese eet se sce 362
Philippine Islands and Guam, new fliesof the
genus Sarcophaga from..............------ 89
iPhiloscigyminutissimateeewee ee ce ss ec see == <- 601
Phoberoblatta grandis. ....:.......-----.-- 302, 303
TOUCMIatatese case oes. cece 302, 303
PHrAgMILes SpeClos seen eaters cs eaiciccceis 122
Phrilloxenos compactus..............-.----- 4if

Page.

Phthinomylacris (?) pauper..............--- 306
Phyllites franckel: 2c. Josscsscoe ste tooo ee 141
Phylloscopus trochilus eversmanni.... 608, 619, 620
trochiluseeseesse- <2 -- 620

Picea engelmanni= oss seds tesco eee sees Hp als
Picoides tridactylus crissoleucus.......-.-.--. 619
tridactylus... 22sec ce « 619

Pierce; W. Dwight. The comparative mor-
phology of the order Strepsiptera together

with records and descriptions ofinsects.... 391
Pimpla' contintia...2. 5 53csheesoncsstee ee coos 566
PANUS MUPTAYANA=<=-socsceocs eee ee eee ee eee 75

Scopulorum ss. scccchassctoae-cece ees 75

PisobigjACuminatasesoscesases as steeee eee as 613

maculata ssdssasessccees cosseeee sees 613

LUACHNIS: ssasseeasssensnnseseseessees 613

tomminckils snc svoecae sas see ee 613

Pithecolobium brittonianum..-...........- 131, 132

Gulees stissteersccsete cee e ss 132

OLiZOCREN UM erica sae sessile 131

SAMAN(e. sosccccscceee eeerice 132

sCalarein22t<- cto eee eee 132

sophoricarpum.............-. 132

terntiarnimincc.mecet esses cscinis 132

trapezitolium=s-.------.-- 131, 132

Placiphorella borealis.........- landsoooeRes os 13,14

Stim PSOne sco sceia= eae ee 12, 13,14

VOB as wcjziereswaeiseciceeees swe 13

Plants; fossil; from<Bolivia=---)-.2---+------- 103
the late Tertiary of Okla-

NOMS Hees see sees cece. 627

Platanus aceroides............--..----- 628, 630, 632

Gissectarasssacsssseesasseree sess 3 630

Platy braconcarinicepsiy..s2as2-se---2s---- 568

JAVONSISK aeons sce soe ee 568

Platygraphisisabellarjs.ss-s-seceas- eae ee = 367

Platypodium potosianum........-..---.-- 148, 152

Platyschismahelicitessessa.<--22--<c~l+-o=5- 29

Plectrophenax nivalis nivalis................ 623

Pleonectyptera trilineosa............-.------ 355

Pleurodonte (Caracollus) angistoma.......-- 606

caracoliaen se... 606

oY sarcocheila.-....-.. 606

Webooydrsecstaceo ae tee ce see ae 605

Pigurotomaraneustaascsccs sees esas sees 320

DeLerandissssssoce = oeceee sco 320

DICGIORSS. ccace asm coco ssin- cece 321

Hotta sees e Foe ee wesc ence 317

cataphractacestesaassccse sess 319

circinata a. scssessses=s5= en 319,321

Creniwlarisicsaset-esscesie = csic = 315

echinatani252 ac ctuewewaasssesees 315

filOSAs .355.sse =< ateenctseeeasssss 319

Pemmata.: - sc. + tsar awisiniarave 318

laniceolata: 32s sss24.sneeeee= ee see 315

NUN AGA s,s aes esse eee tees 317

MACUOSAS cn. eeeee ee serials 315

penicillata. sceseseseeea see =e eee 317

Plicifususiarchicuss assests saaeee eee sala 218, 220

(Aulacofusus) rhyssoides.........- 227

(Latifusus) griseus -.-...-..-------- 227

wakasanus-....-.-...- 227

(Retifusus) scissuratus........-. 236, 227

THY SSUS Meee reac seen senate eae 227

VOSSOOSISs acne emcee eeae sana ane 227

Pluvialis dominica fulva.........-.-.---.---- 179

dominicus folvus: ~2.2-----e6+ss— <1 615

650 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Poacitesspeciessvissa < Seeesaee A eee eee 122 | Pterisopodus bartschi..... wioeied Soateewse aes 596
Podareus strigoides...aseseecesaeoseeesecee 579; oS): Eterodontia faviness. scenes eeeeneser eco: 405, 418
Podocarpuseleifolius jsss242¢ sae bee eee ees 121 | Ptilomylacris medialis..................---- 305
fOSSIIS Re ekeet ows saciensecesees 120 | Puffinus gravis...... da iaeeesecee cee eee yee 519
: lambertis <<. os na<sebemsieeces 121 kublitiboréaliss.o-see ccs... -eeeeeeee 514
Polistes anaheimensis..........----------- 392, 489 iherminieri®=..-sacseeene eee eeeee 514, 519
annularisoaecsceseeee 392, 396, 397, 461, 489 Pufiinus:22.6.568: eee eee 519
suriferinenssasasec ds et sete: 393, 460, 489 bermudae:.,-42-sesseeeeee 519
ellicosusieeeieies ee eeest ce= 393, 399, 489 SPOCIES 5. /-.c..< 0.3 5h Sees 519
Canadensis: .ssesecsseusotses ateees 461,490 | Pycnonotus brunneus brunneus...........-- 194
CHinitus sees ecnceneeties cme saacte 461, 490 ZaPNRCUS: .ceces see « 194, 195
fuSCatus sess cece cseneestscteeesecacs 4510 || OP yrillaiaberransssses-ccccsces soaceoeeee eee 488
Pallicanwiss. se soss ce sess ogee eeeseSas 403 | Pyrilloxenos compactus................--- 410, 470
Galli CUShe erence neociceiecie sae eee 461 quadratus= ee esereseaee cee 488
NEDIACUS Teer hse os eee 490) | Pyromorpha aurora... --ceee=eseee eee eens 366
MB) ORS ao seen sne nessa eeeaeeees 490) is Pyruofusus deformis: eer es-eeeeeeeee eeeee 223
IMOCMICUSs .aascececasceeeeneee 396, 400, 461 harpa.....cssctees Geweacew eae wee 223
MIN OPS < oc aancceseoewesatasseuseeseds 490) ||| Racheospila cara... ...<-c2.-.ceeeee cence see 362
pallipes! sv. o-c- seco sees sce ece 460) | Raphitoma harpula®.-c-c2 cesses seeeeee eee 316
bloytaba bac eteoecorococnsn saooenS 461, 490 Vulpeculazssiiatisececse- cece 316
TOXANUS occ ssssise scissile eiccscee 461 | Reguloides superciliosus superciliosus........ 620
VATIAUUS. «u[os cee cs eseeeee 393, 396, 397,490 | Rensselaeria mainensis...............-----.- 28
Polystichum bolivianum...............-.. 106,117 | Reptilesand mammals collected by Theodoor
CADENSE. =< eeeeeeeee-< scene 118 de Booy in the Virgin Islands............- 507
docorabumiee sea satcerrst- == -1-1-/s 118 | Rhamnus lesquereuxi..............--- 628, 633, 634
denticulatum® << ss-2--s2ssceses 119 NOCAtUS Hess /k. ccc celesemne eee sae 633
var.rigidissimum. 119 TOSSMASSLOTI. ceceace see eemeeaeeee 634
pi(er.qbbi NABER Rao Sone AO SEC 118 | Rhinogobius nagoyae........--...-cs-eeee-e0 101
heterolepissas-ti8-2-eias-cesse 118 Sowerbyi. ses cecsisceisa- secon 100
Thizophorume. je----s-csse sce 118 ||) Rhodostethia rosea....--.-.--seseesscneeesee 612
triangulum ee se cosssecececese 118) |) Rhyaecophilusielareolas. <5 .----.--se-eee see 614
Polystictastelleriocc-sscees sees cieees ae 616 | Rhynchonella mainensis................-..-- 28
Porlierigberuiaria. aac. ses ese sel ceeneee == 153 | Riley, J. H. Annotated catalogue ofa collec-
Postanita Gecurrens nese mssteece se eiee seas 357 tion of birds made by Mr. Copley Amory,
Potentiliaypumlomesne mcs ceeecisocioes ses 493 jr., in northeastern Siberia................- 607
IPFENES NEMNZON Awe eve ate l= slate ale siolo ei<tate r= eee l= 339 | Roeselia pseudermana....-.......---.--.--- - 365
PriOWMON YR WUEALA a= =) oe se aeisieeioiies selec a 490 | Rohwer, S. A. Descriptions and notes on
Proboyrus! bithy Wiss <\s. ccc scieiseieeiciee ole eleie == 392 some Ichneumon-flies from Java........... 563
Procellaria leaehii. 3. +. cesasaeste alae slemicecine 165 | Rubiacites nummularioides.................. 161
LEUCORHOS jeeee senacemeae eee seine 165) |; Ruprechtia brauniicse---4----e sere = eee 125
Prodalliadalline.- 2.20 -Ceeecneeeiee eae seek 322 laurifolias,. ..sferceiac cee aemteaeees 125
BrLOsOpisiPiDWAeeeacacniesn estes sec vecicc ces 458 | Sacculina carcini.............---.-.- aancancS 392
mesillae...-....--.---.------------- 401'9|) Salix humilissscoaa-ceesss see seseee ass aceeeee 492
TUbUCOlA. 35 se scssce pee ncececess se 458 | TighAls seSa cee cee o eset eaten eee 630
Variegata......--.-+-..2-2-eee eee eee 458 SPeCléS: <2 sds s-c nce cacseaticesatee es sels 629
Brotapanteles\colemanic= so. ocseence eee 566 ETIStIS oS Peet ce oe eee 492
Pseudemys palustris.-.....----------------- 511 | galluca amathynta...........---s--- ae See 358
Pseudoxenos arvensidis..........-..------.- 463 | Sapindus densifolius........... Ne 632
CORGCYRICHS mor steeineeesomiasiseisiacis 463 aruimmondis. 22.2 633
erynnidis....---.---------c+0- 463 falcifoliua:. c<u.stat saqeenea aes 632
foraminati-.-...-------2se2--- ae laneifoliustreeememere. ees otk 628, 632
fund atiness stenceccceeacesssnes 463 i
ane dara es oc nee. 2 463 oklahomensis..........-.----.--.02 632
| Ae eeanT eto 463 | Sarcophaga, flies, new, of the genus, from
OO Kereta stake ee Ng 463 Guam and the Philippines..... 89
JOneSE Se accse cesses eee ae 463 crinita..-.---------++---e--22ee - 92
pa LOY 3 eee ee ate ie eek in a 463 faleulata....-.---......-.. eseees 92
LOUisianaGsce. cores, eee. 463 haemorrhoidalis...............- 92
néeomexicana si stcteseeed- =. 5 489 harmpeerneetee cesses Seances 91
NeoMmexicanus =o -jceeoseseae 463 KNaDie esses sseesseeee eee 96
Pedestridis 6). fomeyaseeecioeiclere's's 463 OLChi esata... -cseemweeeearncene 97
TODELLSON sees wela- ema 463 sOrientalissnisccesenaseeeeecese c 94
Schaumilly eos sepia sec nismistaseicioere 463 TUACOMNIS <- ce ceemiseeen sees 92, 97
tigridisy see awe se ei olsceseeeices 463 SATTACENIOIDES >... seceneeeeeesice 91
Psilacroneusraphicas sa. ccc sic sisieclmcmimeoeate 358 SOCUrliera =. -..c nem oceans Saeiesi 92
MONOSHEMAS Soci cele cineisiinemeanae ee 358 subtuberosa...................- 89, 92
Psy chonoctwapoamy-. sss -aeecetesnis sence 366 TUuberosa sac cser sce ccemeccececcice 91
Pterinea (?Tolmaia) trescotti................ 29 | « NaNPaxX occas s5-[nc us 97

INDEX. 651
Page. Page
Sauropatis chloris cyanescens........-.-.-- 18251945 | Spirifer’COpSCOO Kes... so ces sia cineca selineln'= 29
Scapholebris mucronata............-.------- 86 CGMUNGSI a= cecve= ss seeenamcaanee 29
Scoliphroniasciatuse..-ses—esess-e-sssssoo=> 466 NUD ECENSISancncis Gomes eisis= seeeeneeen 29
Sceliphronechthrus fasciati.......-..--.-.--- 466 TLESCOUL ease aeeaeeee ene ese 29
Schizoplax brandtii--. 5: <<+<<-<-----<----<- 3 | Sponges from the Northwestern Pacific, col-
Scirpophaga Sericea:.. <<. .-<<-csssinecosence 566 lected by the United States Fisheries
Scolpaxierythnopus... 2s... seine asses -ceee 614 steamer Albatross during 1906.........---- 525
Scoparia ansdontare. s-scen es ----- 20-5 cece 368 | Steatornis caripensis..........-...... IRR hee 581
ANA PAN CISsence eee ess ecwacncisseskcie 370 | Stegosaurus stenops, a newly mounted skele-
CYCLOP NOTA reser enesceinesics=scicmea= 370 ton of, in the United States National Mus-
HOXHOSAeeesracenendenceesaseee cece 370 SOUM Soe secre ciacie seiseeiae ecemisee eee 383
Sabunadeceesemscceececensecenessas 370) |) Stenia mononaliss.o--2ceacsses cose cies sce 369
Stereostigms.......<..--ceennncense 369 | Stenocranophilus quadratus..........- 394, 478, 488
Scopiferainsurrects...---05-<scccscencecesnce 354 | Stenocranus saccharivorus........ 394, 396, 397, 488
NV CASUSAIS Sec mamceemiesnseenecice === 354; |) Stercorarivs parasitiCUS: cass - smectic er 612
Scotiaptex nebulosa barbata..........-....-- 617 DOMAINS ese ensaaeeageemiesisce 612
Searlosinconstrictas. anes scececesacsecnes< = 228, )| Slerna anacthetae. emcee cise cinseissiecccie sie 519
GLP TR yeas sesAboo sacddceedseanceeboee 215 DATAGISACR=s.cn ccs ac Docc cece sistsetio= 612
HelenigexcoconOss reser eines senscneccesscaces = 361 SINEGNES iocceeeeSsonbooosabEbesdacbesse 519
BUCOLOsee nce ti eecte tec ce sucesncines= 361,362 | Stichotrema dallatorreanum............--. 405, 429
PYMACCOM oes sso se ecw aeaieiemsaccicleiis'= Rei | Stinaintermixtasssecssseseecess se sete tes 349
Setochalcis vocifera..........--....-.ce--e--- 581 TEL PHS) so occonQboodembbonSuSpEEaSSbe 349
Shell, a new West Indian fossilland......... 605 | Stizus distinguendus........-....--.-.------- 490
Shells, new marine, from Panama........... 571 Peregrinus ....------------------+-+--- 490
Shells, two new land, of the group Epiphrag- Tuficornis.....-...-------------------- 490
MIO NNOLA CIMAKSL oe en een nes ners 523 | Streblocerus serricaudatus...........-...---.- 86
Siberia, catalogue ofa collection of birds made Strepsiptera, morphology of the order, with
by Copley Amory, jr., in northeastern..... 607 records and descriptions of Insects-......-... 391
BIRIMIC APO tte eee ee oer “365 | Streptotrochus carinatus..........-..-.----- 28
Sicyarmedangilassccssesseres s-seeaceaaecee 360 lone .-...-.-.----------------- 28
Simocephalus serrulatus............--------- 86 regularis..........-..-------- 28
VOUULUS Soe a eee nee eee 86 sulcatus..--..---.------------ 28
Siphateles formosus........-..2+-2+-2eeeeeeee 298 | Strongylocentrotus gibbosus............-.--- 392
MORAVONSIS ook one ecseee aes 29g | St. Croix and St. Thomas Islands, bones of
ODESTIS ee eee 202, 203, 298 birds collected by Theodoor de Booy from
Biphojpracilis#:-¢ 2-32 < soseaca-Bestcens ese eee 211 kitchen midden deposits in...............- 513
RA DrOSUS ocho ht sci ce cae aeons 912 | St. Thomas and St. Croix Islands, bones of
Pa CHESIS eet es pL te 212 birds collected by Theodoor de Booy from
PALVUS sss ee: aoe sveonsccgs-soseeae esos 217 kitchen midden deposits in...-.........-.- 513
SAINI LS oo sod betes co ecce REE IE D192 | StYlOPS AG VarianS: a-ssccssesseremcce sss 441, 445
TOLtUOSUS: sceheccocess scene eee 212 ANALEMOIGES ssccticsa ca eecioe sie nicsieaia 442, 450
Vverkruzenilss2sssseeeeeaee trees ee 212, 213, 218 asteridis......--..----++-+++-----++ 441, 443
var. plicata........-...---- 218 Aterrima ----------++-++-2+--2e eee ee- 456
Siphonalialubricass: 2: eeseeeeetceee Rata tosh bipunctatae.....-.-+---+-+-+-++-+- 441, 443
Snyder, John Otterbein. Anaccount of some eee BOG eter Ock iG 441, 446
fishes from Owens River, California........ 201 Lee eater ara oie ee
NotcsveniElawais CalifommiGar sce. ee eae 406, 442, 452
iuilieede oo 19 chamPpioni .....-------------.---- 411, 440
The fishes of Mo- claytoniae, var. claytoniae......... 442,448
have River, Cal- IMIG ATI eto so 442, 448
ifornia...... ae 297 VicreCkite ste -.<-- 6 442, 448
Somateriaw-nicras.<es25552s2se-5 pee eeeee 616 COIMI -..------------2-e eee eee eee 442, 452
Sphaeroma exosphaeroma........----------- 598 crawfordi......--..------------------ 456
Plobicaudaresssssoan ce eae 599 CLESSODI Geese eee eae eee! 443, 453
Spaherophthalma fenestrata..............-.- 491 Oalities eck cic wokin's Borer oe aces 440
Sphex (Ammophila) fragilis................- 465 dia bolacccassssss2 ceo seee eee 443, 454, 491
pictipermis---.c=----<-. 465 CriZeMIa#@=seseceeacecese eee 441, 446, 491, 492
PLUINOSB se eeacins=-s 50 465 PLACDICHET Ia. se seeiees)=eeeeiee 442, 453
Sa DOS Bees esas meee ee 465 STandiol=.<2sssee=—h eee -eee=e 442, 451, 492
WALLPAEIS sic cieisca mies a cel= 465 hartiordensiss-2-.-.--=eeseecee moses 454
HeyGENnieen saseaeee aricices elise as 490 HipPOteS =. =< seeeseieeee eee 441, 447
DICHPENDIS esses ohio oscicecweisicc incase 490 (Katastylops) polemonii............ 455
(Psammophila luctuosa) .-........-.. 465 Hold ) ROSES a cro Dor co So 6 ECO SDCOOS OAC 439
EY else Weed nsec ase aseeaass soca 490 KRY LEri=.< (noe sec eacess 441, 445
WallOWiscsssascecscssccmcccsccnwsascss 490 mandibularis...2=---.-seercans 441, 444, 450

652 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Stylops medionitans..............--.-- 442,450,492 | Texas, Fayette County, meteorite finds of
INIGIIGEAC Lee seach me ieee oe aries 402, 404 187 Sandel GOO sae Aaa eae een 557
MNOCSCAO ess ccecaeccceenene 441,443,492 | Texas, Plainview, meteorite................. 503
multiplicataes...-+4ceesese-ceeesels 441,445 | Thaumasite, chemical constitution of........ 377
NASONI Ie as acceacemese seca see 441,447 | Thaumasite, crystallographic measurements
MOONANAG! Sos wrcclereseaas oss Seseae es 454, 492 Ofc. Soe Hoe aS eae eas Sane 375
nubeculae.......-.....- Vakenecese 441,444 | Thaumasite, mimetite, and wavellite, notes
p10 (6 £2 ee ee eae a De 442, 452 0) (RAR BAISO OIC OC CED EMC OHM CenEEpeaaeeEosooe 373
OkAHOMAG: Sanna ces con seeweeeT ee 442544948 Thecia DUnMITaCya-eencaec cece ces see ceee cee 336
pllipedis-22.ccce-~ceseh cepseeseatacss 455 Janthodoniasio: sassc cece once ceccscss 337
polemomlie: -ioccceseccteeece ces aseis 454 muridoseaics. case eee ee eeence cer eone 337
(Prostylops) pilipedis............... 455 Mp pla ees asceceeccee ee cecceseececees 337
Salicifloris>.<s-<<0.<cceses ss escaeee 442, 453 VOVEMACE. as cetinner eines erm oaaenenaae 337
salietariaoztereccecccecscesceece nee 442, 449 Wie sla Maes eee aosec cee meeee 336
SINUATUS!S- = sac Sescsceasascsssincese 442° 450) Rheoronia Zebra seesnenc sane eee a sereoeee eee 566
sparsipilosae=-cac-seeecesaecceee as 4414460 Dhespleus | gayre--ceceseniaasce-cecces ceeeeee 339
SPONCHoaies 5 asccec cscs ce ceees cencese 440 | Thompsoniella arcuata..........--.-....-.--- 474
subcandidse.-:.25.<2teeesececnsene 441,444 | Tiracola nonconformens...............--..-. 343
SWONKA? Sac sisi deniaaseeeasae mes 406,442,447 | Tolmaia campestris...........-s---sccce-cene 29
trimimerana.-<.2-.casessceecneesece 456) |) Tonicella submarmoreds.-.-4.--ecee~-ssecece 3
VICINAO. Fo a5 52225 s2c5s5ese5 407,442,453, 492 | ‘Totanus erythropus= |. 22-cosscs-osecae- ee 614
Sula'CyanOpS-.< scenes co soccewcccusecicees 520) |) Eribony-xmortieri-a.os.-c-< 2 esse aces cece 518
leucogastran.° 32 seb eseecis essteccs 5145520 | ‘Irichechusimanatus:---0-22----2ss---+ese ene 509
piscator-ssce-see acces saseeansseeeweer pl4 519% |e iringavery thio puss eee. aero see neaeser cere 614
Sulcosipho tabulatus=< =: =< s-<c-\-c--ee5-=502 = 225. | Triozocera mexicana...............- .- 408, 416, 427
Surculacancellata 55.2. 2.<-scececccse cece 318 TOXBNB So ~ Sojocjoeine sacs 402, 409, 411, 425
Surniaiululapallast so 5-22. as teen cena ee 6179 Eriplaris'saliciioliazesc<- soos s2cccea-n ceases 125
WHE ao a scaaoaeotn > sseacdqceaes 6175) Triprocris tosetiazs.sscacsa-e sc eaaeeeee ees 366
Sweetia Clogans se see cecensmemmanneece~e 1519) Viritoniam:carinatumss]sascee eee eee eteeee 231
IMOMPTANACCAS hepa onesie cee ee 149 EHurneuin see ee eee 924
Vertlantascs secs sccataaseees ates 139, 150 POSSOGNS OV ihc jaceeaecare ae ceametcle 220
Syconisimushirensis.. ..-. cs sores al 525, 526, 529 Dericochlionssessees cee ee eceeeee 225
Symmerista odontomys.........<------ss.00- 357 Viridulum sas oa eee yee. 318
Syngamia subnebulosalis..................-- 368. | Eritonofusus adonis=eas- 2 seee-eee eco aeea= 218
Tachysphex maculicornis...................- 491 | Tsetse flies, beetles, and cockroaches, new ;
‘TACHY LOS XONOLOTUS Scncaeccsciejece/s kien cccnes 464 species of American fossil...........:.....- 301
Tachytixenosindicus-+2s--.4- sss saa- sce 464 | Turcicula bairdii........----.....-----.-..-- 222
Tapinolopha variegata................----- 371,372 | Turdinus macrodactylus..............-.-- 196,197
maphonia testacealis:-...+--c.s--s2se--2 ses g54 | TPurdus musicus.......-.-------+-+-----+-+++ 619
PALTOMS CANSTONSOse.- ~~ =< ssccee cece c ee ases 528 Turricula flammea Rint eg or a ee a. nao 315
Foy paver eb aes tab bee can em te 598 Turris babylonius we ecec eee rceceeeee tees eee es 315
Tephroclystia alogista........-..--.--------- 364 (Crassispira) rugitecta..............-. 226
Gnas! ccccee se ceseesesees 363 5 JeyenUS SENET TEN A Tne tom sony 5 on
E Turritidae, nomenclature of the mollusks of
capitate: .<<-2..5:.2288se.ee22~ 363 .
Chimeras: <2: 2252s aden eee 363 the family, a en be Aaa gale Pea NE: GUE oF a
Venericardia (Cyclocardia) morsei..........-. 234
chrodna.......-----+-++-++---- 363 hiraseieseee eas Sia dh ener este 234
endonephelia.<.-.--j22.222e-2-- 364 Spin OSes Fc Fe Pola hae 234
microleuca...........+.-+----- 364 Vespa acuitaseees see acc cbeese cee coe net ee 489
DeLtaCt assesses eeee= see eee 365 GrSbrOUsen METAL <2 heen eo nana b 462
: supporta....-..-....---------- 364 GuiGalig teas er tensie nan Aiden eke 462
ee pet oT SRS oe SE Tae SG POEL a 615 magnifica: :.2ss52saecs bsock eee eee 462
erminalia antiqua.....................--- 156, 157 maaridarirind ties Aiea mies tated 462
Catappa...-----.--..--..--22...-- 157 MOUTON 2c el eee AEM One 462
oblonga CL LA eLe oie eas a ag 156 MIPTANS AS Sete sc ees eee eee ee 462
littoralis.. FRESE TPR OS TSE CSE ses 157 Vespaexenos buyssoni...-......-..-..--..- . 462
SINGCWAaldi on - <ee eterna sere esa ae 106, 157 CLADLONIS Meee ots oer ah awe 462
Tetigonia parthaon7s22 5.22 ssssces sesso ee 474 MOP ee oe eh be ged 462
Tetrao parvirostris parvirostris.............. 609) Vespula carolinass teen oe ee ees 489
septentrionalis..........-...---....-- 609 | Virgin Islands, mammals and reptiles col-
Tetrastes bonasfa amurensis............... 609, 610 lected by Theodoor de Booy in the........ 507
kolymensis.............. 609,610 | Volutopsius castanea......-....----.--e----- 222
septentrionalis............. 610 fragilis: NSA EN COA 222
ussuriensis...............- 609 langilliertiissss) sss s2 sox he nee 222
Tetrozocera santchii........... 411, 415, 416, 428, 429 MOGV esi Canta ae eee ee 222
Tettigoxenos cladoceras.................+.- 402,468 | Wavellite,mitetite,andthaumasite,noteson. 373

INDEX. 653
Page. Page.
Weinmannia brittoni............-.-..------- 128) || “XenosDEUesl ps oesis ele casi occ ee oentcieslsOsase 461
BIADLA as cesceeese de scaccocecce 128 Califormicus?j35-2s-1--<-ssss sce eeiee 489
POCOSING sac -maceeseseeccicescis 128 hubbardis ..--as-ses siecle 410, 460, 461
Wetmore, Alexander. Bones of birds col- MUN OM a saaossesosss-ee seen anes 461
lected by Theodoor PUTING acess Soak sas ace seeeeseee 460, 461
de Booy from TN ARNIS Sateen aces ceewacieeeeee 461
kitchen midden de- NIPTOSCONS sn.aa-acie ass ses e eee eae oe 461
posits in the islands Pallidusy sce sasiciceee cee scence 460, 461, 489
of St. Thomas and DOCS acss ones e sows ccitaseceee renee. 461
SERCLORG ene eaiel'=1- 513 IPECOSENSIS cieawiesicetecieise esata 460, 461
On the anatomy of TOSSES soi a slgeeseeeeaceenaceenteses 403
Nyctibius with HUD SINOSI Gs. sa a cec cise sicaameteewenee 461
notesonalliedbirds 577 CORMAN Soni a icfo sole <inlaia)s <teinenals Shecseieae 461
Wherry, Edgar T. Notes on mimetite, thau- VOS DATUM ees eeeciace acces ese 414, 415, 460, 461
masite, and wavellite................--..-- 373 WHEClON «co ssstne ence ecccseise ess 400, 460, 461
Whitfieldella edmundsi...................... 20) |mexerophlocaivaliGis hs.) cccecns snes cicescee selec 466
Williams, Henry Shaler. Nuculites from the Hotekia|denticulatas ss. 2cs-<ssccccsisosc-es 320
Silurian formations of Washington County, ZOStELOPS HAV Asses cee ssesccctnwencweas cesar 188
Maines 2 Soscceeucocseesace- cectinesoeens 27 FIchMondise ss oecassscsseeesoooes 188
Xenos auriferiis. ss. saseswcc ces dee cess 411, 460, 489 SOlOMDONSIS << s6-- =e <n 2s e=si-s2 188
HOHIstsaew esse ee 401, 402, 406, 461, 490 solombensis.......-- 199, 200
bowdltchiss:.. 2.sces.e.-nsesette ese 460 ZACHIOLA sisi oneness 199

, oS
res LF fale * 74

chs Sa

ihe ae te

aie? Adena

fn! in

1 os)
* ‘yeh ja ¢
ie he Deh y

nig
» ea

Ria wk

ae la teas hail
i a eS

—
fo Ss

tis
"*

a
' hy

i
Kit
Se ae |

MD iti
ans

ing

Oo
ai)

is Me
we

part

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats